Both alia
A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH
Vol. 41,1
May 2011
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL
BIODIVERSITY INSTITUTE PRETORIA
Obtainable from the South African National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI), Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001,
Republic of South Africa. A catalogue of all available publications will be issued on request.
BOTHALIA
Botha/ia is named in honour of General Louis Botha, first Premier and Minister of Agriculture of the Union of
South Africa. This house journal of the South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, is devoted to the
furtherance of botanical science. The main fields covered are taxonomy, ecology, anatomy and cytology. Two
parts of the journal and an index to contents, authors and subjects are published annually.
Three booklets of the contents (a) to Vols 1-20, (b) to Vols 21-25, (c) to Vols 26-30, and (d) to Vols 31-37 (2001-
2007) are available.
STRELITZIA
A series of occasional publications on southern African flora and vegetation, replacing Memoirs of the Botanical
Survey of South Africa and Annals of Kirstenbosch Botanic Gardens.
MEMOIRS OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF SOUTH AFRICA
The memoirs are individual treatises usually of an ecological nature, but sometimes dealing with taxonomy or
economic botany. Published: Nos 1-63 (many out of print). Discontinued after No. 63.
ANNALS OF KIRSTENBOSCH BOTANIC GARDENS
A series devoted to the publication of monographs and major works on southern African flora.Published:
Vols 14-19 (earlier volumes published as supplementary volumes to the Journal of South African Botany).
Discontinued after Vol. 19.
FLOWERING PLANTS OF AFRICA (FPA)
This serial presents colour plates of African plants with accompanying text. The plates are prepared mainly by
the artists at the South African National Biodiverity Institute. Many botanical artists have contributed to the
series, such as Fay Anderson, Peter Bally, Auriol Batten, Gillian Condy, Betty Connell, Stella Gower, Rosemary
Holcroft, Kathleen Lansdell, Cythna Letty (over 700 plates), Claire Linder-Smith and Ellaphie Ward-Hilhorst.
The Editor is pleased to receive living plants of general interest or of economic value for illustration.
From Vol. 55, twenty plates are published at irregular intervals. An index to Vols 1^49 is available.
FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA (FSA)
A taxonomic treatise on the flora of the Republic of South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Namibia and Botswana,
the FSA contains descriptions of families, genera, species, infraspecific taxa, keys to genera and species, syn-
onymy, literature and limited specimen citations, as well as taxonomic and ecological notes.
Contributions to the FSA also appear in Bothalia.
PALAEOFLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA
A palaeoflora on a pattern comparable to that of the Flora of southern Africa. Much of the information is pre-
sented in the form of tables and photographic plates depicting fossil populations. Now available:
Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. I . Introduction. Dicroidium , 1983, by J.M. & H.M. Anderson.
Molteno Formation (Triassic) Vol. 2. Gymnosperms (excluding Dicroidium ), 1983, by J.M. & H.M.
Anderson.
Prodromus of South African Megafloras. Devonian to Lower Cretaceous, 1985, by J.M. & H.M. Anderson.
Obtainable from: A. A. Balkema Marketing, Box 317, Claremont 7735, RSA.
Towards Gondwana Alive. Promoting biodiversity and stemming the Sixth Extinction, 1999, by J.M.
Anderson (ed.).
Heyday of the gymnosperms: systematics and biodiversity of the Late Triassic Molteno fructifications,
2003, by J.M. Anderson & H.M. Anderson. Strelitzia 15.
Brief history of the gymnosperms: classification, biodiversity, phytogeography and ecology, 2007, by
J.M. Anderson, H.M. Anderson & C.J. Cleal. Strelitzia 20.
Molteno ferns: Late Triassic biodiversity in southern Africa, 2008, by H.M. Anderson & J.M. Anderson.
Strelitzia 2 1 .
SANBI BIODIVERSITY SERIES
A series of occasional reports on projects, technologies, workshops, symposia and other activities initated by or
executed in partnership with SANBI.
BOTHALIA
A JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL RESEARCH
Volume 41,1
Scientific Editors: G. Germishuizen, O.A. Leistner
Technical Editor: B.A. Momberg
national
biodiversity
institute
S A N B I
2 Cussonia Avenue, Brummeria, Pretoria
Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001
ISSN 0006 8241
May 2011
Editorial Board
D.F. Cutler
B.J. Huntley
P.H. Raven
M.J.A. Werger
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK
South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA
Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis, USA
University of Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands
Acknowledgements to referees
Archer, Mrs C. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Braun, Ms K.P. P.O. Box 174, Mbabane HI 00, Swaziland.
Burrows, J.E. Box 710, 1120 Lydenburg, RSA.
Figueiredo, Dr E. University of Coimbra, 3001-455 Coimbra, Portugal / Nelson Mandela Metropolitan
University, Port Elizabeth, RSA.
Forster, Dr P.L, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Australia.
Geerinck, Dr D. Rue Charles Pas 4, B-1160, Brussels, Belgium.
Henderson, Ms L. Agricultural Research Council, Private Bag XI 01, Pretoria, RSA.
Herman, P.P.J. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Hutchings, Ms A. P.O. Box 1362, Empangeni, KwaZulu-Natal, RSA.
Isawumi, Dr M.A. Natural History Museum, Obafemi Awolowa University, Ile-ife, Nigeria.
Jongkind, Dr C.C.H. Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands.
Klopper, Mrs R.R. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Lammers, Prof. T.G. University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh, USA.
Leistner, Dr O.A. 1 94 Griselda Rd, Murrayfield, Pretoria, RSA.
Moffett, Prof. R. Omruil, P.O. Box 326, Kestell, Free State, RSA.
Nagalingum, Dr N.S. University of California, Berkeley, USA.
Nicholas, Prof. A., Howard College, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, RSA.
Nordenstam, Prof. R.B. Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden.
Oliver, Dr E.G.H. Department of Botany & Zoology, University of Stellenbosch, RSA.
Robinson, Dr H. Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC, USA.
Roux, Dr J.P South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA.
Snijman, Dr D. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA.
Tilney, Prof. PM. Department of Botany, University of Johannesburg, RSA.
Van Jaarsveld, E.J. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Cape Town, RSA.
Van Wyk, Prof. A.E. Botany Department, University of Pretoria, RSA.
Vlok, J. Regalis Environmental Services, P.O. Box 1512, Oudtshoorn, Western Cape, RSA.
Welman, Ms W.G. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Windham, Dr M. Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, USA.
Winter, P.J.D. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria, RSA.
Yatskievych, Dr G. Missouri Botanical Garden, St Louis, USA.
Date of publication of Bothalia 40,2: 1 Oct. 2010.
CONTENTS
Bothalia 41,1
1 . Systematics and biology of the African genus Ferraria ( Iridaceae: Irideae). P. GOLDBLATT and J.C. MAN-
NING
2. Annotated catalogue of the flowering plants of Sao Tome and Principe. E. FIGUEIREDO, J. PAIVA, T.
STEVART, F. OLIVEIRA and G.F. SMITH
3. Systematics of the southern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 3. Sections Hyalis and Morphixia. P. GOLD-
BLATT and J.C. MANNING
4. A conspectus of Combretum (Combretaceae) in southern Africa, with taxonomic and nomenclatural notes
on species and sections. M. JORDAAN, A.E. VAN WYK and O. MAURIN
5. Generic status of Quisqualis (Combretaceae), with notes on the taxonomy and distribution of Q. parviflora.
M. JORDAAN, A.E. VAN WYK and O. MAURIN
6. Notes on African plants:
Agavaceae. Furcraea foetida : an invading alien in South Africa. N.R. CROUCH and G.F.
SMITH
Apocynaceae. Distribution of Ciyptolepis delagoensis (Periplocoideae-Cryptolepideae), a sub-
continental southern African endemic and selection of a neotype. S.P. BESTER and L. JOU-
BERT
Asphodelaceae: Alooideae. Gasteria croucheri subsp . pondoensis, a new cremnophyte from Pon-
doland. South Africa. N.R. CROUCH. G.F. SMITH and D.G.A. STYLES
Asteraceae. The true identity of Oxylaenci acicularis. M. KOEKEMOER
Asteraceae. Vernonia (tribe Vemonieae) and related genera in southern Africa: updates and correc-
tions. P.P.J. HERMAN and N. SWELANKOMO
Bryophyta. New and interesting records of mosses in the Flora of southern Africa area: 5. New
provincial records. J. VAN ROOY
Campanulaceae. A new species of Wahlenbergia from Western Cape, South Africa. C.N. CU-
PIDO
Iridaceae. Tritonia cedarmontana and T. linearifolia (Crocoideae), two new species from the Cape
Floristic Region; T. lineata var. pan’ifolia included in T. gladio/aris; and the correct author
citation for T. strictifolia. J.C. MANNING and P. GOLDBLATT
Marchantiophyta. New liverwort distribution records in South Africa. J. VAN ROOY, N. PHEPHU
and S.M. PEROLD
Molluginaceae. Adenogranvna natans, a remarkable new aquatic species from Western Cape,
South Africa. J.C. MANNING, P. GOLDBLATT and F. FOREST
Pteridophyta-Marsileaceae. Pilularia dracomontana , a new species of pillwort from the KwaZu-
lu-Natal Drakensberg, South Africa. N.R. CROUCH & J. WESLEY-SMITH
Pteridophyta. New pteridophyte records for the flora of Swaziland. N.R. CROUCH and J.E. BUR-
ROWS
Pteridophyta-Sinopteridaceae. A new subspecies of Cheilanthes deltoidea from Gauteng and Lim-
popo, South Africa. R.R. KLOPPER and A.E. VAN WYK
Pteridophyta-Thelypteridaceae. Metathelypteris burrows iorum, a new species from Swaziland
and a first genus record for southern Africa. N.R. CROUCH
7. The medical ethnobotany of Lesotho: a review. A. MOTEETEE and B-E. VAN WYK
8. Miscellaneous notes:
Tribute to Gerrit Germishuizen, editor of Bothalia. G.F. SMITH
1
41
83
135
161
196
199
183
187
176
188
178
171
185
189
201
181
204
193
209
229
New combinations, names, species, statuses, subgenera and subspecies in Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Adenogramma natans J.C. Manning & Goldblatt , sp. nov., 191
Cheilanthes deltoidea Kunze subsp. silicicola Klopper & A.E.van Wyk , subsp. nov., 204
Combretum psidioides Welw. subsp. grandifolium (F.Hoffm.) Jordaan, stat. nov., 147
Combretum sylvicola O.Maurin, comb, et nom. nov., 168
Ferraria flava Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 31
Ferraria macrochlamys subsp. kamiesbergensis (M.P.de Vos) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, comb, et stat. nov., 36
Ferraria macrochlamys subsp. serpentina Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, subsp. nov., 37
Ferraria ornata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 24
Ferraria parva Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 26
Ferraria spithamea (Baker) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, comb, nov., 15
Gasteria croucheri (Hook.f) Baker subsp. pondoensis N.R. Crouch, Gideon F.Sm. & D.G. A. Styles, subsp. nov., 183
Ixia alata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 121
Ixia cedarmontana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 126
Ixia dolichosiphon Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 126
Ixia ecklonii Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 118
Ixia linderi Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 97
Ixia linearifolia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 121
Ixia longituba N.E.Br. subsp. macrosiphon Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, subsp. nov., 95
Ixia monticola Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 115
Ixia parva Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, nom. nov., 116
Ixia pavonia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 120
Ixia ramulosa (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, stat. nov., 117
Ixia recondita Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 103
Ixia saundersiana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 1 1 1
Ixia stenophylla Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, nom. et stat. nov., 129
Metathelypteris burrowsiorum N.R. Crouch, sp. nov., 193
Pilularia dracomontana N.R. Crouch & J. Wesley-Smith, sp. nov., 201
Subgen. Glutinosae (M.P.de Vos) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, subgen. & comb, nov., 11
Tritonia cedarmontana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 171
Tritonia linearifolia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov., 173
Wahlenbergia suffruticosa Cupido, sp. nov., 179
IV
Bothalia 41,1: 1-10(2011)
Systematics and biology of the African genus Ferraria (Iridaceae:
Irideae)
P. GOLDBLATT* and J.C. MANNING**
Keywords: Ferraria Burm. ex Mill., floral biology, Iridaceae, new species, taxonomy, tropical Africa, winter rainfall southern Africa
ABSTRACT
Following field and herbarium investigation of the subequatorial African and mainly western southern African Ferraria
Burm. ex Mill. (Iridaceae: Iridoideae), a genus of cormous geophytes, we recognize 1 8 species, eight more than were included
in the 1979 account of the genus by M.R de Vos. One of these, F. ovata , based on Moraea ovata Thunb. (1800), was only
discovered to be a species of Ferraria in 2001, and three more are the result of our different view of De Vos’s taxonomy. In
tropical Africa, F. gluiinosa is recircumscribed to include only mid- to late summer-flowering plants, usually with a single
basal leaf and with purple to brown flowers often marked with yellow. A second summer-flowering species, F. candelabrum,
includes taller plants with several basal leaves. Spring and early summer-flowering plants lacking foliage leaves and with
yellow flowers from central Africa are referred to F. spithamea or F. welwitschii respectively.
The remaining species are restricted to western southern Africa, an area of winter rainfall and summer drought. We rec-
ognize three new species: F. flava and F. ornata from the sandveld of coastal Namaqualand, and F. parva, which has among
the smallest flowers in the genus and is restricted to the Western Cape coastal plain between Ganzekraal and Langrietvlei near
Hopefield. Ferraria ornata blooms in May and June in response to the first rains of the season. Among the remaining species,
F. uncinata subsp. macrochlamys is now F. macrochlamys and is treated as comprising three subspecies: subsp. macroch-
lamys from central and northern Namaqualand has leaves with thickened, crisped margins; subsp. kamiesbergensis from the
southern Kamiesberg has leaves with unthickened margins and blades curved in one direction; and subsp. serpentina from
gravels and sands of coastal Namaqualand has serpentine leaves, also with unthickened margins. Among the remaining spe-
cies, F. divaricata subsp. arenosa is now treated as a synonym of F. divaricata. Because of our re-interpretation of the type
of F. divaricata, plants which were called F. divaricata subsp. divaricata and subsp. australis are now treated as synonyms
under the name F. variabilis.
Flowers of Ferraria are unique in Iridaceae in having tepal limbs with crisped margins and a style that divides into flat-
tened branches, each deeply forked w'ith finely fringed adaxial margins. Despite relative floral uniformity, the genus displays
a surprising range of discrete pollination systems for so small a genus. Pollinators include Diptera in the families Muscidae,
Calliphoridae, and Sarcophagidae (F. crispa group); anthophorine and honey bees (F. ferrariola)', eumenid wasps (F. di-
varicata., F. macrochamvs, F. variabilis)', and Coleoptera in the families Meloidae and Melyridae (F. uncinata ). Preliminary
phylogenetic analysis using plastid DNA regions shows F. glutinosa to be sister to an unresolved cluster of southern African
species and confirms as plesiomorphic the open branching habit, many-flowered inflorescences and exserted globose capsules
that characterize F. glutinosa and its immediate allies in subgen. Glutinosa.
CONTENTS
Abstract 1
Introduction 1
Generic relationships and geological age 3
Morphology 3
Chromosome cytology 6
Pollination biology 7
History 8
Phylogeny and evolution 9
Systematics 9
Key to species 10
A. Subgen. Glutinosae M.P.de Vos (spp. 1—4) .... 11
B. Subgen. Ferraria (31 spp.) 17
B 1 . Sect. Ferraria M.P.de Vos (spp. 5-10) 17
B2. Sect. Macroscyphae M.P.de Vos (spp. 1 1 — 18) . 25
Series Subdivaricatae (spp. 11, 12) 25
Series Macroscyphae (spp. 13-15) 27
Series Uncinatae (spp. 16-18) 33
* B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical Garden.
P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, USA.
** Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Insti-
tute, Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town/Research Centre for
Plant Growth and Development, School of Biological and Conserva-
tion Sciences, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Pietermaritzburg, Private
Bag X01, Scottsville 3209, South Africa.
MS. received: 2010-02-09.
Excluded species 39
Acknowledgements 39
References 39
INTRODUCTION
When last revised by De Vos (1979), Ferraria Burm.
ex Mill. (Iridaceae: Iridoideae) was treated as compris-
ing 10 species: nine native to the southern African win-
ter rainfall zone and a broadly circumscribed F. gluti-
nosa (Baker) Rendle, widespread across the summer
rainfall interior of southern and tropical Africa. Field
work in central and southern Africa in the past 10 years,
often in conjunction with studies of pollination biology
and examination of herbarium collections, has shown
that the taxonomy of the genus needed major adjust-
ment. Some nomenclatural changes have already been
published. F. ovata (Thunb.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning
was added to the genus (Goldblatt & Manning 2002)
after the rediscovery in the wild in 2001 of the plant
named Moraea ovata by C.P. Thunberg in 1800. Subspe-
cies macrochlamys of F. uncinata Sweet is now recog-
nized as a separate species (Goldblatt & Manning 2004),
and reinterpretation of the type of F. divaricata Sweet
resulted in plants called F. divaricata subsp. divaricata
and subsp. australis M.P.de Vos being referred to a new
species, F. variabilis Goldblatt & J.C. Manning. Subsp.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
PLATE I. - Ferraria : A, uncinala (Clanwilliam, Western Cape) (no. 16); B, macrochlamys subsp. kamiesbergensis (Kliprand, Northern Cape)
(no. 17b); C, folios a (near Elands Bay, Western Cape) (no. 6); D, variabilis (Bushmanland, Northern Cape) (no. 14); E, crispa (Langebaan,
Western Cape) (no. 5); F ,ferrariola (Bitterfontein, Northern Cape) (no. 1 1 ); G, glutinosa (northern Namibia) (no. 1 ); H, ornata (near Groen
River Mouth, Northern Cape) (no. 10); I, parva (Vredenburg, Western Cape) (no. 12); i. flava (near Koekenaap, Western Cape) (no. 15).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
3
arenosa of F. divaricata is now referred to F. divaricata
(Goldblatt & Manning 2005) and subsp. aurea M.P.de
Vos is most likely a synonym of the new F.flava.
Our examination of herbarium collections (from BM.
BOL, K, LISC, NBG, PRE and SAM), photographs and
drawings of the tropical African Ferraria glutinosa as
circumscribed by De Vos (1979), has convinced us that
there are at least four clearly defined sets of populations
under this name. Mid- to late summer-blooming popula-
tions with brown or dull purple flowers with yellow tepal
margins and one or two poorly developed basal leaves
match the type of F. glutinosa , which is from Angola. We
refer plants with a fan of up to eight basal leaves and yel-
low flowers sometimes marked with brown, also bloom-
ing in mid- to late summer, to F candelabrum (Baker)
Rendle. Among a series of late spring to early summer-
blooming (October to mid-December) populations with
smaller, dull yellow to buff flowers and lacking foliage
leaves on flowering stems, we recognize F. spithamea
(Baker) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning for plants lacking
fringed style branches and tepal limbs with smooth rather
than crisped margins. Plants with tepal limbs with minute
brown, red, purple or dull green spotting and well-devel-
oped fringed style branches represent a fourth species,
the earliest name for which is F welwitschii Baker. We
cannot exclude the possibility that additional species
occur in tropical Africa, but specimens from there have
flowers too poorly preserved to be certain.
These changes render De Vos’s 1979 account of Fer-
raria of limited practical use. We provide a revison of
the genus in which we recognize 18 species, including
three new species, F. flava, F. ornata and F. par\>a, all
from the western coastal belt of South Africa. We also
reduce De Vos’s F. kamiesbergensis to subspecific rank
in F. macrochlamys and describe subsp. serpentina of
that species. After briefly outlining the morphology of
Ferraria and what is known about its phytogeny, we
propose a new subgeneric classification. We also review
the pollination biology of the genus, show how floral
morphology is closely correlated with pollination ecol-
ogy, and conclude with a key and systematic account of
the genus.
GENERIC RELATIONSHIPS AND GEOLOGICAL AGE
Ferraria is a member of the predominantly Old World
tribe Irideae (subfam. Iridoideae), which includes the
northern hemisphere genus Iris L. (± 280 spp.) of Eura-
sia and North America, the largely sub-Saharan African
Moraea Mill. (± 200 spp.), the southern African Bobar-
tia L. (15 spp.), and Dietes Salisb. ex Klatt (6 spp.), also
largely sub-Saharan African, but with one species on Lord
Howe Island in the southern Pacific (Mathew 1980; Gold-
blatt 1990). Additional small genera of the tribe are now
no longer recognized. Flermodactylus Mill. ( 1 sp.), Pard-
anthopsis (Hance) Lenz (1 sp.), and Belamcanda Adans.
(1 sp.) have been shown by molecular study to be nested
in Iris (Tillie et al. 2001 ), whereas Barnardiella Goldblatt
(1 sp.), Galaxia Thunb. (15 spp.), Gynandriris Parlatore
(9 spp.), Hexaglottis Vent. (6 spp.) and Homeria Vent.
(32 spp.) are now known to be nested in Moraea (Gold-
blatt 1998; Goldblatt et al. 2002) and are included in that
genus.
Both morphological analysis and molecular DNA
sequences of plastid DNA regions show that Ferraria is
sister to Moraea (±210 species) (Goldblatt 1990; Reeves
et al. 2001; Goldblatt et al. 2002; Goldblatt et al. 2008)
and this clade is sister to Dietes/Bobartia. Using the
molecular clock and a combined analysis of four chloro-
plast DNA regions, preliminary dating estimates showed
that Ferraria and Moraea diverged in the Miocene, ±
25 mya (Goldblatt et al. 2002). Subsequent dating using
improved molecular clock analysis techniques indicate
that the two genera diverged earlier, ± 30 mya, therefore
in the late Oligocene (Goldblatt et al. 2008). Moraea is
distinguished from Ferraria by its bifacial leaf, single
intemode conns of axillary corm ontogeny, whereas
the leaves of Ferraria are unifacial and isobilateral, the
ancestral type in Iridaceae, its corm consists of multiple
intemodes and is of axial origin (De Vos 1977).
MORPHOLOGY
Corm: unmistakable in Iridaceae, relatively large,
depressed globose to almost discoid, and lacks tunics
when mature. A new corm, produced each season, devel-
ops from the base of the flowering stem (De Vos 1977),
and is therefore regarded as terminal or axial (sensu
Goldblatt et al. 2006) in origin. This ontogenetic pattern
contrasts with development in the immediately related
genus Moraea , corms of which are lateral in origin, aris-
ing from an axillary bud at the base of the flowering
stem (Goldblatt 1976, 1990). Although Ferraria corms
are described as having tunics, the tunics are membra-
nous and short-lived and are rarely present in mature
corms, but in F. flava corms carefully removed from the
sandy ground have a dark, softly fibrous covering.
Although new corms are produced annually, those
of the previous seasons are not completely re-absorbed.
Instead, they persist as hard brown discs attached to
each other, like a string of large beads behind the cur-
rent corm. Anatomically, corms lack an organized stele,
a feature shared with Moraea (De Vos 1977), and as in
that genus, new roots emerge from the base of the ter-
minal bud when growth is renewed at the beginning of
the wet season. This contrasts with the typical pattern in
conn-bearing plants, including Iridaceae subfam. Cro-
coideae (syn. Ixioideae), Colchicaceae and Tecophilae-
aceae, which have an organized stele and in which the
new roots emerge from the base or lower half of the
corm (Goldblatt 1990).
Leaves : the lowennost foliar organs sheath the emer-
gent shoot and lack blades and are cataphylls. There are
usually three present and they are typically pale and mem-
branous. The cataphylls are distinctive in Feiraria ferrar-
iola, where they consistently turn reddish with pale speck-
ling above ground level, and often also in F. crispa and
F. densepunctuata. In F. ornata the uppermost cataphyll
develops red pigmentation above the ground. The true
foliage leaves have a sheathing base and a unifacial, linear
to sword-shaped blade with several to many equal, paral-
lel veins or, in F. crispa, F. foliosa and F. schaeferi, there
is a relatively prominent central vein, the pseudomidrib,
consisting of a pair of large, opposed, vascular traces (De
Vos 1979). Even F. glutinosa has, at least anatomically, a
4
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
pair of larger vascular traces in the centre of the leaf, but
this is not evident in live plants or pressed specimens.
Foliage leaves are lacking on the flowering shoots of F.
spithamea and F. welwitschii, and leaves are evidently
not normally produced by the flowering stems even after
flowering and fruiting are completed. Non-flowering and
juvenile individuals produce one large, narrowly sword-
shaped leaf and one or two smaller ones on a new shoot
produced from the base of the fruiting stalk as capsules
mature. Ferraria glutinosa may also have a reduced or
vestigial basal leaf, but cauline leaves are always present.
The basal leaves (or the juvenile leaves produced by
immature plants) differ sharply from the cauline leaves
in Ferraria densepunctulata, F. ferrariola, F. ornata and
F. ovata. In the last-named species the short, bifacial,
broadly ovate cauline leaves contrast with the unifacial,
linear basal leaves. In F. ornata , juvenile and non-flow-
ering plants produce 3-5 centric, subterete leaves, round
to oval in cross section and up to 100 mm long, whereas
flowering individuals have shorter falcate-lanceolate and
channelled to concave leaves up to 40 mm long, with
short or vestigial unifacial tips.
In Ferraria foliosa and F. schaeferi the basal leaves are
thickest in the midline and have the central vein internal
to the thickest part of the blade (De Vos 1979). The leaf
blade (the unifacial portion of the leaf) of F. brevifolia is
considerably shorter than the prominent sheaths which
together form a tight fan. Ferraria spithamea lacks uni-
facial foliage leaves except in non-flowering individuals;
flowering plants bear relatively large sheathing leaves at
the base and in axils of the flowering stems, the tips of
which are sometimes extended as short, unifacial blades.
Leaf margins may be undifferentiated or are moder-
ately to prominently thickened and hyaline. The hyaline
appearance is the result of the thickening of the strand
of sclerenchyma, present below the marginal epidermis
in leaves of all species. Thickened margins are particu-
larly prominent in Ferraria macrochlamvs subsp. macro-
chlamys and F. uncinata. In F. uncinata the margins are
also usually moderately to strongly crisped and the mar-
ginal thickenings may be slightly irregularly serrate
to crenulate. The leaf tips are often slightly hooked, the
feature for which F. uncinata was named, but the hook is
only weakly developed and is not restricted to that spe-
cies. In F. macrochlamys subsp. macrochlamys the mar-
ginal thickenings are often slightly and minutely pilose
(visible under lOx magnification) and usually crisped
or at least crenulate. The blades of the basal leaves of F.
macrochlamys subsp. serpentina are slightly curved back
on themselves in loose concertina fashion and the mar-
gins are not thickened. In contrast, the leaves of F. macro-
chlamys subsp. kamiesbergensis all curve gently to the
same side, and in some populations, the curvature is par-
ticularly pronounced, forming almost a half circle.
Leaf blades of the Ferraria glutinosa and F. crispa
groups have a visible central vein but in F. divaricata,
F. ornata, F. variabilis and the F. ferrariola and F. unci-
nata groups, the leaves show no external evidence of an
enlarged central vein and leaf sections show all vascu-
lar traces to be ± the same size in these species (De Vos
1979).
Flowering stem and inflorescence: the stem of all spe-
cies is ± erect, terete and, in well-grown plants, often
branched. There are three distinct growth patterns. In
subgen. Glutinosae (the Ferraria glutinosa group), the
stem bears well-developed branches and the intemodes
are sheathed only near their bases. Most other species,
e.g. F. crispa , F. ferrariola , have short, suberect branches
crowded in the upper half of the stem, and the intemodes
are usually enclosed by large leaf sheaths. The cauline
leaves may be held ± in two opposed, vertical ranks,
or are strongly curved outward in a spirally 2-ranked
arrangement in F. foliosa and F. schaeferi. In subgen. Glu-
tinosae the upper nodes and distal portions of the inter-
nodes are sticky. In a third growth form, typical of a few
species including F. macrochlamys and F. variabilis, the
above-ground part of the stem and internodes are short,
and the few branches produced are usually subequal in
length and crowded close to the ground, giving the plants
a somewhat tufted appearance. Ferraria ornata is acau-
lescent, with the stem entirely underground and the rhi-
pidia are borne at ground level.
The main axis and each branch terminates in a cluster
of flowers, a rhipidium, the basic inflorescence unit of
all Iridaceae subfam. Iridoideae. This is a laterally com-
pressed monochasial cyme with the main axis collapsed
and the flowers enclosed by a pair of opposed, large,
± leaf-like bracts called spathes (Goldblatt 1990). The
flowers are borne serially on short pedicels that elon-
gate at flowering so that the flower bud is raised out of
the sheathing spathes. Within the rhipidium, each flower,
except the first one, is enclosed in a large submembranous
bract, which in Ferraria can usually be seen to have a pair
of weakly defined keels, each often greenish and with a
central vascular trace. In subgen. Glutinosae the rhipidia
usually have at least three and in F. glutinosa up to six
flowers. All members of subgen. Ferraria have just two
flowers in each rhipidium. The inner of the two spathes is
longer than the outer and is partly to entirely sheathed by
the outer spathe. The spathe tips are often slightly hooked
and curved inward, a feature weakly developed in most
species. A feature of several species, notably F. crispa
and F. foliosa, is the elongation of the inner spathe as the
capsules ripen. The enlarging capsule therefore remains
enclosed in protective leafy spathe tissue until the aerial
parts wither and dry.
Perianth: specialized in the family, the Ferraria flower
embodies several derived features. The inferior ovary is
either ovoid and borne on a long pedicel that reaches the
tips of the spathes (subgen. Glutinosae ), or the pedicel
reaches to about the middle of the spathes and the ovary
is ellipsoid (F crispa, F. foliosa, F. ornata, F. ovata), or
fusiform and with a sterile, tubular upper half or beak
(F. schaeferi and sect. Macroscvphae of subgen. Fer-
raria). The ovules are then restricted to the lower part
of the ovary. The six tepals are subequal or those of the
inner whorl are somewhat smaller. The tepals are clawed
and the claws may be relatively short, broad, and slightly
ascending to suberect. The claws typically overlap each
other and together form a wide to narrow floral cup,
whereas the tepal limbs spread horizontally or are slightly
reflexed. In F. ferrariola, F. parva and the F. uncinata
group, the tepal claws are relatively narrow, compara-
tively long, and suberect, and then form a narrow cup or
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
5
gullet, while the limbs may be distally recurved or the
inner tepal limbs may be fully reflexed. In F. ornata the
lower third of the tepal claws are narrowed with the result
that the floral cup has wide gaps or windows alternating
with the bases of the claws. The tepal limbs are lanceo-
late-attenuate and have tightly crisped margins, except F.
spithamea , in which the margins are plane.
Perianth colour is variable across the genus and
is even, within limits, in species. Colours are typi-
cally relatively dull, and the margins of the tepal limbs
often have a contrasting lighter or darker pigmentation.
Because of intraspecific variation it is hard to general-
ize about colour. Ferraria glutinosa has predominantly
dark brown (chocolate-coloured) to dull purple tepals
(also described as violet), the limbs of which have yel-
low margins and sometimes yellow markings at the
bases of the limbs. F. welwitschii has dull yellow to buff
tepals with tiny, dark red. brown or dull green spots but
the tepal limb margins lack contrasting colour. F macro-
chlamys and the closely allied F. brevifolia consistently
have pale, watery yellow tepal limbs with slightly darker
margins. Populations of these species differ, if at all, in
the colour intensity of the few small spots toward the
limb bases. Ferraria uncinata usually has deep blue-vio-
let tepal limbs, but populations in the north of its range
often have light brown limbs with dark blue spots.
The tepals of Ferraria crispa, F. foliosa , F. ornata
and F. schaeferi are usually irregularly mottled with
dark brown to dull maroon on a paler ground colour.
But at least in F. crispa and F. glutinosa there are indi-
viduals with almost uniformly dark brownish tepals with
pale, almost golden margins (see figure in Manning et
al. 2002: 157). Flowers of F. divaricata are also dark-
coloured, but are not blotched with darker pigment;
instead they have dark brown limbs, described in the
type description as chocolate-brown, with light brown
margins and a pale cup, usually longitudinally streaked
with brownish purple or with a single broad longitudi-
nal streak. The series of populations that De Vos (1979)
called subsp. aurea have flowers with yellow tepals
very faintly marked with contrasting colour. Ferraria
variabilis shows a range of distinctive perianth pat-
terning across its range. In the north, in Namaqualand
and southern Namibia, flowers have tepal limbs with a
darker band toward the base and are pale brown distally
and the margins are the same pale brown. The claws are
pale greenish cream with a narrow darker band running
down the midline. In the western Karoo flower pigmen-
tation is more variable, with shades of brown or yellow
predominating but individual variation is often striking.
In the southern Cape and southern Karoo F. variabi-
lis has greenish yellow or light to middle brown tepal
limbs, usually darker in the midline, and with small or
medium-sized spots in the lower third, or when brown,
then often with spots irregularly scattered across the
limb and the margins sometimes slightly darker col-
oured. The claws are pale, usually with a darker streak in
the midline. Perianth colour can vary as much within a
population as across the entire southern Cape and west-
ern Karoo.
Perhaps most striking in floral pigmentation, Fer-
raria ovata has yellow tepals with dark brown at the
base of the tepal limbs and along the margins and mid-
line (Figure 7). In F. ferrariola the tepal limbs range
from pale yellow to grey-blue or light turquoise usually
with a pale yellow zone toward the base of the outer
tepal limbs bearing small dark dots, while the particu-
larly prominent, feathery style branches are grey-blue to
pale purple. The smaller, less conspicuous inner tepals
are unmarked, often a darker colour, and the limbs are
± reflexed, in contrast to the horizontally extended outer
tepal limbs.
Each tepal claw bears a nectary, which takes the form
of small dark zones or larger shallow depressions cov-
ering one third to almost half the claw. Nectaries are
largest and most conspicuous in the tropical African spe-
cies and in those southern African species with a shal-
low floral cup, as in Ferraria crispa, F. foliosa and F.
schaeferi the nectary is paler than the rest of the claw. In
contrast, the nectaries of F. glutinosa and F. welwitschii
are dark brown and often wider than high. F. densepunc-
tulata and F. ovata have small, pale, bilobed or paired
nectaries above the tepal bases. In F. ornata the nectar-
ies are ± white with violet spots and the distal edges are
raised into an irregularly lobed crest. Smaller nectaries
located close to the tepal base are often not easy to iden-
tify, particularly in species with a deep, narrow floral
cup. In those species with large nectaries, small drop-
lets of intensely sweet nectar, in excess of 50 % sucrose
equivalents, are scattered over the surface, which may
coalesce in a pool in the base of the floral cup when
the air is moist or after light rain. Nectar of remarkably
low sugar concentration, in the range of 5-9 % sucrose
equivalents, accumulates in a pool in the relatively
deep floral cups of F. divaricata and F. variabilis. The
size and position of nectaries is usually constant, but we
have encountered populations of F. variabilis with large
bilobed nectaries forming pockets in the middle of the
outer tepal claws (e.g. Goldblatt & Porter 12977 from
the Tankwa Karoo) although the species usually has
small dark nectaries close to or at the base of the claws
(De Vos 1979).
Androecium and gynoecium : the three stamens have
filaments united for most of their length in a slender,
smooth or rarely puberulous column that reaches to the
apex of the floral cup. The upper 1. 5-3.0 mm of the
filaments are free and diverging. The anthers are either
oblong with conventional, parallel thecae (sects. Glu-
tinosae and Ferraria), or the thecae are held together
only at their tips and diverge from the apex after anthe-
sis, usually becoming widely divergent (sect. Macroscy-
phae). The filaments are inserted in a small pocket in the
connective ± a third of the anther length above the base
or, in sect. Macroscyphae a short distance below the
anther apex.
Pollen is bright orange-red in most species, or occa-
sionally yellow, but Ferraria flava consistently has yel-
low pollen. Pollen of F. welwitschii has been described
as orange-yellow (Milne-Redhead 2664) or is yellow
in photographs we have examined. Anthers shrink a
surprising amount, at least a third and up to half their
length, after pollen is shed. De Vos (1979) described the
pollen grains in some detail: they are always monosul-
cate with reticulate exine but exhibit no features of taxo-
nomic significance within the genus.
6
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
The ovary is borne on a well-developed (subgen.
Glutinosae) or short pedicel that elongates just before
anthesis, thus raising the flower bud above the sheath-
ing inflorescence spathes. The ovary is either narrowly
ovate-truncate (subgen. Glutinosae) to ± fusiform (sect.
Ferraria except F. schaeferi ) or in all members of sect.
Macroscyphae and F. schaeferi elongate-fusiform,
tapering distally into a slender, sterile tube, the rostrum
or beak. Only the middle portion of the wider, lower
portion of the ovary then contains ovules. The ovary
remains included in the spathes except in subgen. Glu-
tinosae and is then held either just below the apex of the
inner spathe, or when the ovary is beaked, well within
the spathes.
The slender style, held within the filament col-
umn, divides at its apex into three tangentially flattened
branches, each divided for more than half its length into
a pair of conduplicate lobes or arms that curve outward.
The arms consist of an adaxial surface, nearly always
deeply and irregularly fringed, and an abaxial surface that
arches over the anthers and bears the stigma. The fringes
of Ferraria glutinosa can be seen under at least 20x mag-
nification to be minutely papillate, a feature not or barely
developed in other species. In F. spithamea the style
branches lack the fringes that characterize the rest of the
genus.
In subgen. Glutinosae and sect. Ferraria of subgen.
Ferraria, the stigma is minute and located at the apex
of each stylar arm (see illustrations by De Vos 1979). In
sect. Macroscyphae (subgen. Ferraria ) the stigmatic sur-
face consists of an expanded and channelled fold of tissue
below the tip of each style arm. The stigmatic surface is
unusually large in F ferrariola and arches over the adja-
cent anther lobe, partly concealing it.
Capsules and seeds', capsule shape largely mirrors that
of the ovary. Thus, in subgen. Ferraria the capsule is ±
globose-truncate closely resembling that in the related
Bobartia, the less specialized species of Dietes (e.g. D.
bicolor ) and many species of Moraea. In F. crispa , F.
densepunctulata and F. foliosa, which have a fusiform
ovary, capsules are ovoid with a rounded to pointed apex.
In those species with a beaked ovary, the beak persists in
fruit as a firm extension at the tip of the large, ovoid, seed-
bearing portion of the fruit. The capsules are enclosed in
the spathes throughout their development in subgen. Fer-
raria but remain exserted in subgen. Glutinosae as they
ripen.
The relatively large seeds are unique in Irideae in their
size, multifaceted shape and distinctive smooth, glossy
surface. In most species, seeds are five- or six-sided with
the facets separated by raised, somewhat undulate ridges
and the individual facets have a ± plane to slightly undu-
late or somewhat wrinkled surface. These seeds are, to
some extent, variable in size, even in the same capsules,
and ± 2.5-3 .4 mm wide and 3-4 mm at the longest axis.
Seed colour ranges from pale to dark brown, with the
ridges separating the facets often lighter yellow-brown.
The entire seed surface is smooth and glossy without
raised cell outlines. De Vos (1979) noted that F. divari-
cata (as subsp. arenosa ) stands out in having matte, dull
brown, globose seeds with a slightly wrinkled, ± rumi-
nate sculpturing (called reticulate by De Vos) and fove-
ate epidermal cells, which we have confirmed for one
population.
CHROMOSOME CYTOLOGY
The basic chromosome number in Ferraria (Table
I ) is x = l o and diploid numbers range from 2 n = 20
to 60 (Goldblatt 1971; De Vos 1979; Goldblatt & Takei
1997). Most species are paleodiploid but F. crispa and
F. schaeferi have tetraploid and hexaploid populations
(2n = 40 and 60) (Table 1). Largely on the basis of
their tetraploid chromosome number, 2 n = 40, but also
a slightly smaller flower, De Vos (1979) segregated the
northern populations of F. crispa as subsp. nortieri. The
southern and eastern populations of the species are hexa-
ploid, 2 n = 60. The single count for F. glutinosa (from
Namibia) is tetraploid and F. variabilis has diploid and
tetraploid populations, the latter in the southern part of
its range (and were assigned by De Vos to a separate
subsp. australis of F. divaricata). The southern African
F. Jlava, F. ovata, F. ornata, F. par\>a and the tropical F.
candelabrum and F. spithamea are uncounted.
TABLE 1 . — Chromosome numbers of Ferraria. Data from Goldblatt
(1971), De Vos (1979), and Goldblatt & Takei (1997). Ferraria
candelabrum. F. pan’a, F. ornata, F. ovata. F. spithamea and F.
macrochlamys subsp. serpentina are uncounted
Chromosomes are large, as they are in most genera of
subfam. Iridoideae (Goldblatt 1971). The basic karyo-
type consists of nine acrocentric and one metacentric
chromosome pair, reported for Ferraria welwitschii (De
Vos 1979, as F. glutinosa). The southern African species
have, in contrast, a derived karyotype of 10 ± acrocen-
tric chromosomes, some of the smaller pairs tending to
metacentric. Within Iridoideae, the karyotype of F. wel-
witschii with its metacentric chromosome pair, most
closely resembles that of Moraea species that have x =
10, the ancestral base number in that genus. Both Bobar-
tia and Dietes , the two genera immediately related to
the Ferraria-Moraea clade also have x = 10 (Goldblatt
1971; Goldblatt & Takei 1997) and a karytotype with
both aero- and metacentric chromosomes.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
7
POLLINATION BIOLOGY
Somewhat surprisingly for a small genus with super-
ficially similar flowers, pollination of Fen-aria is rela-
tively diverse (Goldblatt et al. 2009). As was long sus-
pected, the flowers of several species are adapted for
pollination by muscid flies, calliphorid flies, flesh flies
and other families of Diptera. Vogel (1954), in his semi-
nal survey of pollination systems in the southern African
flora, regarded Fen-aria as a genus adapted for pollina-
tion by flies. The basis for this contention appears to
have been the reports by Scott Elliot (1891) of visits to
F. crispa (as F. undulata) by two Diptera, the flesh fly
Scathophaga hottentotta (now S. stercoraria ) (Sarco-
phagidae) and the blowfly Chrysomya regalis (Cal-
liphoridae). These insects are evidently attracted to
the strong, molasses or burnt sugar odour of the flow-
ers (sometimes loosely described as putrid or decay-
ing), combined with a dull, mottled perianth coloration,
reminscent of the flowers of Orbea and Stapelia species
(Apocynaceae). Two populations sampled respectively
by R. Raguso (pers. comm. 2009) and R. Kaiser (pers.
comm. 2009) both yielded significant amounts of guai-
acol, a phenylpropionoid, which has a strong molasses
odour. The reward offered is concentrated sugary nectar
retained as tiny droplets on the surface of large perigonal
nectaries within the floral cup.
Ferraria densepunctulata, F. foliosa, F. ovata, and F
schaeferi (all sect. Ferraria) share this pollination sys-
tem, often termed sapromyiophily (Faegri & van der
Pijl 1979) and according to the definition, associated
with a dull-coloured and often mottled perianth, odours
of rotting protein, but without a reward. Clearly, flies
are attracted by the appearance and odour of the flow-
ers but in Ferraria they are rewarded by concentrated
nectar. Four families of Diptera: Calliphoridae (Chryso-
mya), Tachinidae (genus undetermined), Sarcophagidae
( Scathophaga ), and Muscidae (several genera) have now
been recorded visiting flowers of this group of species
(Goldblatt et al. 2009). In fair to warm weather, flowers
of these species are rarely without one or more fly visi-
tors, usually carrying dense loads of bright orange pol-
len covering the dorsal parts of the head and thorax and
sometimes the abdomen. The ± bitter or aminoid scents
produced by the flowers of F. crispa . F. foliosa, and F.
ovata are typical of flowers visited by these flies. In con-
trast, F. densepunctulata and F. schaeferi flowers have
faint, and to the human nose, pleasant floral odours, and
visits by the same suite of fly species are as frequent as
those to F. crispa and F. foliosa.
Not all Ferraria flowers have this floral presenta-
tion and pollination system. Flowers of F. ferrariola are
specialized in the genus in having a narrow floral cup,
17-20 mm deep, a pale blue-grey or yellow perianth
with only the outer tepals bearing nectar guides, nectar
of elevated sugar concentration, and typically a faint
sweet scent recalling violets mixed with a spicy odour,
in some populations recalling vanilla or, in others, bit-
ter almonds. Flowers of some populations appear to
be unscented. The flowers are pollinated only by bees,
including honey bees. Apis mellifera , and long-tongued
anthophorines, including Anthophora praecox (Goldblatt
et al. 2009). Observations on the pollination of other
bee-pollinated Iridaceae show that anthophorine bees of
several species may visit and successfully pollinate spe-
cies of Babiana and Gladiolus (Goldblatt et al. 1998,
2001; Goldblatt & Manning 2006) across their ranges,
and we conclude that different Anthophora species
probably visit F. ferrariola at other sites across its wide
range. Bees climb into the narrow floral cup, evidently
in search of nectar and, in doing so, they passively accu-
mulate loads of orange pollen on the dorsal part of the
thorax. Visits to a second flower result in the deposition
of pollen on the exposed stigmatic surfaces of the style
branches.
Ferraria divaricata and F. variabilis, either have
dull-coloured flowers, either uniformly pale to dark
brown, speckled or banded with purple, brown or green
on a cream to dull yellow background, or in F. macro-
chlamys pale, watery yellow. Floral odour seems to be
absent, or is slightly unpleasant, but indefinable. The
flowers produce large amounts of nectar of exception-
ally low sugar concentration, mostly 3-10 % sucrose
equivalents, which accumulates in a pool in the base
of a wide, fairly deep floral cup. Flowers of both spe-
cies are visited by medium-sized to large potter wasps,
Delta and Allepipona erythrospina (Eumenidae) or
female masarine wasps (Masarinae), Jugurtia koeroe-
gabensis recorded on F. variabilis (as F. divaricata) and
Ceramius on F. macrochlamys subsp. kamiesbergensis
in Namaqualand (Gess 1997, reported as F. divaricata,
now F. variabilis). Other potential insect visitors includ-
ing bees and flies of several families common nearby are
not attracted to these flowers. The eumenid wasps, seen
only infrequently, display a constant foraging pattern,
alighting on flowers of one plant after another. In doing
so they become densely covered in pollen on the dorsal
part of the head and thorax. Microscopic examination
of pollen from captured male and female individuals of
Allepipona and female Delta caffer shows that the only
type of pollen they carry is that of Ferraria. The reason
for visits by wasps is unknown but may simply be for
the water content of the nectar rather than the dissolved
sugar, although the possible presence of amino acids in
the nectar has not been assessed.
One last pollination system in the genus is that
reported in Ferraria uncinata, which is visited only by
small herbivorous beetles, Iselma planidorsus (Meloi-
dae), and an unnamed genus of Melyridae (Goldblatt et
al. 2009). We assume that nectar of moderate sugar con-
centration is the reward for these insects. We are hesitant
to accept these beetles as the legitimate pollinators but
these fairly common flower visitors are almost invari-
ably seen on flowers of F. uncinata.
Pollen carried by flies, bees, and wasps was always
deposited on the dorsal part of an insect’s thorax as
it enters the floral cup in search of nectar. To date, no
insect visitors capable of accomplishing pollen transfer
have been recorded on the small, pale, watery, yellow
flowers of Ferraria brevifolia but we assume the species
has the same pollinator as F. macrochlamys. The flowers
of these species have faintly scented flowers with a nar-
row floral cup containing dilute nectar, 6-12 % sucrose
equivalent. All these species require insect-mediated
pollen transfer and our lack of success in locating pol-
linators remains puzzling.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Nectar sugar chemistry, examined for individuals of
four species shows that Ferraria species secrete hexose-
dominant nectar (Goldblatt et al. 2009). This is consist-
ent with nectar sugars of the sister genus Moraea (Gold-
blatt & Bernhardt 1999) and contrasts with nectar sugars
of Iridaceae subfam. Crocoideae which are sucrose-rich
or sucrose dominant except in a few species adapted to
butterfly or sunbird pollinators (Goldblatt et al. 1999,
2001; Goldblatt & Manning 2006).
HISTORY
The first record of Ferraria in the literature is the illus-
tration of F. crispa in the celebrated volume. Flora sen
de florum cultura (Flora of cultivated plants) by the 17th
century artist, Giovanni Batiste Ferrari (1633). Interest-
ingly the illustration was made from a plant grown in Italy.
Ferrari called it \flos indicus e violaceo fuscus radice tube-
rosa ’ and, unfortunately, did not record the source of his
plant. The genus appears in the botanical literature again
in Robert Morison’s (1680) Plantarum historiae universa-
lis as Gladiolus indicus e violaceo fuscus and in Olof Rud-
beck’s (1701 ) Reliquiae mdbeckianae as Narcissus indicus
flore saturate purpureo but the illustrations in both works
appear merely to have been copied from Ferrari’s original.
Ferraria was formally described by Philip Miller (1759a,
b), who attributed the name to the Dutch botanist, Johan-
nes Burman. Evidently Burman communicated to Miller
his intention to name the genus Ferraria , of course, hon-
ouring Giovani Ferrari. Burman’s own paper was pub-
lished two years later (Burman 1761) and included not
only an extended botanical description, but woodcut
illustrations of two plants, F. crispa , and what he called
F. fimbriata , the identity of which is uncertain. The illus-
trations are in fact the types of the two species and ade-
quate for the identification of F. crispa but not for F. fim-
briata. We agree with De Vos (1979) that the latter is not
F. crispa. Our best guess it that the illustration represents
what is now F. divaricata.
Linnaeus (1759) accepted the genus without cit-
ing Miller or Burman, but listed one species, Ferraria
undata , without description. Later in Species plantarum
edn 2, Linnaeus (1763) admitted one species, F. undu-
lata, thus overlooking Burman’s earlier epithet, F.
crispa , although citing Burman’s paper. Linnaeus’s F.
undulata was based on Miller’s 1759 illustration and
was the name used for the species until the late 20th cen-
tury when Moore (1974) noted that F. crispa has nomen-
clature! priority.
The distinctive and most unusual looking Ferraria
crispa was grown in Paris and Vienna in the later 18th
century and was illustrated by Jacquin (1770) and Re-
doute (1802), amongst others. Thunberg (1787) col-
lected F. crispa himself and realized it was Linneaus’s
F. undulata. However, he transferred the species to
Moraea , which then included such diverse genera as
Bobartia and Aristea (typical Moraea species were
at the time included in Iris). Only two other species of
the genus, F. ferrariola and F. ovata , are known to have
been recorded before 1800. Jacquin described Moraea
ferrariola in 1790, thus following Thunberg ’s circum-
scription of that genus. Jacquin’s description was based
on a plant grown in Vienna, and very likely provided by
Franz Boos and Georg Schol, who collected plants for
Jacquin at the Cape in the years 1786 to 1788 (Gunn &
Codd 1981). Then, in the 1890s, most likely 1893, Fran-
cis Masson, plant collector for the Royal Botanic Gar-
dens, Kew, discovered what we now know to be Fer-
raria ovata in western South Africa. His collection, a
dried specimen lacking preserved flowers or corms, was
described as Moraea ovata by Thunberg (1800).
We owe the restoration of Ferraria to Willdenow
( 1 800) for in edn 4 of Species plantarum he included F.
undulata and F. ferrariola in the genus, as well as two
American species, the superficially similar F. pavonia,
now Tigridia pavonia, and F. ixioides, now Libertia
ixioides. Thunberg’s Moraea ovata was not included in
Willdenow’s account (perhaps because of their con-
temporary publication) and M. ovata remained a puz-
zling species until 1995 when vegetative plants were
collected near the Skilpad Reserve in Namaqualand by
botanist, Annelise le Roux. Flowering specimens were
obtained soon thereafter and the species was found to
have a Ferraria- like flower. M. ovata was transferred
to Ferraria by Goldblatt & Manning (2002). Salisbury
(1796), always a maverick, also recognized Ferraria
but expanded its circumscription to include species of
what are today Moraea and Sisyrinchium as well as Iris
domestica (syn. Belamcanda chinensis). Ker Gawler
(1804, 1827) followed Willdenow in maintaining Fer-
raria but Tigridia pavonia and a few of its American
allies in the tribes Tigridieae and Trimezieae (species
of Cypella, Eleutherine, Gelasine, and Trimezia ) were
sometimes included in Ferraria. Tigridia had actually
been described for Linnaeus fil.’s Ferraria pavonia in
1789 (Jussieu 1789) although the species itself was only
formally transferred to that genus some years later (De
Candolle in Redoute 1802). The separation of Tigridia
from Ferraria, or for that matter Moraea, was not uni-
versally accepted until late in the 19th century (Molseed
1970).
The early 19th century saw the addition of two new
Ferraria species: F. uncinata (Sweet 1826a) and F.
divaricata (Sweet 1827) were both grown in England
from corms or seeds collected by Walter Synnot, land-
drost (magistrate) at Clanwilliam from 1821 to 1825.
Four more species were described in the latter half of the
19th century by J.G. Baker (1878), notably Ferraria glu-
tinosa and its allies, F. candelabrum and F. spithamea,
all from Angola and based on collections by the Austrian
Friedrich Welwitsch in the years 1855-1861, and all were
initially referred to Moraea by Baker who evidently did
not see their resemblance to the southern African Fer-
raria species (Baker 1877, 1896). This error was most
likely due to the condition of the specimens, the flowers
of which are poorly preserved. In 1892, Baker described
another Angolan species, F. welwitschii, this time as
referred to the genus. Based not on herbarium material
but on an illustration of a plant grown in England, the
drawing with some parts painted in watercolour, showed
clearly the hallmarks of Ferraria, fringed style crests,
a floral cup and crisped and undulate tepal limb mar-
gins. It was left to J.B. Rendle (1899) to transfer to Fer-
raria, Baker’s other tropical species. Baker (1876) also
described what is now F. macrochlamys but included it
in Lapeirousia. The species was based on a poor herbar-
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
9
ium specimen in the Kew Herbarium, originally owned
by William Forsyth and probably collected by William
Paterson in the 1780s, though this is no more than sur-
mise.
Several more species were added in the later 19th
and early 20th centuries but most are synonyms of those
already described. In 1920, Kurt Dinter added Fen-aria
schaeferi based on collections from southern Nanibia
± 1912-1913, unaware that the species had first been
recorded by J.-F. Drege in 1820. G.J. Lewis added Fer-
raria brevifolia and F. foliosa in 1954 and M.P. de Vos, in
her revision of the genus, added F. densepunctulata and
F. kamiesbergensis . De Vos recognized just 10 species
and four subspecies (14 taxa). De Vos unfortunately mis-
understood the tropical African species and included the
four we recognize here in F. glutinosa, following Carter’s
(1963) lead. Our revision reverses this action, and we now
admit 1 8 species and two subspecies (20 taxa) in Ferraria
assigned to two subgenera and three sections.
PHYLOGENY AND EVOLUTION
De Vos (1979) considered the morphologically and
geographically isolated Ferraria glutinosa (in which
she included all four tropical African species we recog-
nize), the least specialized member of the genus in the
light of its open branching growth form, cluster of basal
leaves differentiated from the bract-like cauline leaves,
multi-flowered inflorescences, and globose, truncate
ovary. These features seem intuitively to be ancestral,
recalling species of the related genus Moraea. Molecular
studies of the genera of the Iridaceae using plastid DNA
sequences confirm that Ferraria and Moraea are imme-
diately related (Goldblatt et al. 2002, 2008). The genera
share apomorphic astelic conns that produce roots from
the base of the terminal bud. unique in the Iridaceae,
and also have flowers with the filaments partly united,
whereas other African genera of Irideae and Iris itself,
have free filaments as their ancestral condition.
DNA sequences of 12 Ferraria species, using the
plastid DNA regions trnL-V and rbcL (unpublished
data), confirm our intuitive hypothesis about relation-
ships within the genus. Ferraria glutinosa is sister
to the remaining species in the data set, which did not
include any other tropical African species. The relation-
ships among these species is largely unresolved, leaving
us with the conclusion that F. glutinosa (and presum-
ably the morphologically similar tropical species) are
taxonomically and geographically isolated species that
evolved before the establishment of the present southern
African winter rainfall climate. This in turn is consistent
with the most recent molecular clock estimates of the
divergence of Moraea and Ferraria ± 30 mya (Gold-
blatt et al. 2008), during the later Oligocene, when the
African climate become increasingly dry and seasonal,
but with summer precipitation. This period coincides
with the establishment of circum-Antarctic oceanic cir-
culation and the strengthening of the cold Benguela
current along the southwestern African coast. Although
still under a summer rainfall regime, seasonal aridity is
believed to have caused the reduction of forest in favour
of open grass-dominated habitats (Raven & Axelrod
1974; Coetzee 1993). Such a regime would have encour-
aged the evolution of geophytic plants, which survive
periods of drought using underground storage organs
that enable them to rapidly sprout and flower when suit-
able growing conditions return.
The onset of a winter rainfall regime in south-
ern Africa probably dates from the beginning of the
Pliocene, ± 6 mya, and this is when we assume that a
recent burst of radiation occurred in Ferraria in the
south, associated with summer drought and cool, wet,
winter conditions. We infer that the resulting species we
see today are too recent to have accumulated sufficient
DNA sequence diversity to be successfully resolved in
phylogenetic studies of two chloroplast DNA regions we
utilized for our molecular study.
For the present, except for the position of Fer-
raria glutinosa (and we infer, the other tropical spe-
cies) as sister to the remaining species confirmed by
DNA sequence studies, we are left with morphology as
a guide to the phylogeny of the genus. Outgroup com-
parison reveals two major specializations in the Ferraria
species of the southern African winter rainfall zone: an
ovary with a sterile tubular tip, the beak (and associ-
ated beaked capsule); and divergent anther lobes. The
first of these is present in the species of sect. Macro-
scyphae (subgen. Ferraria ) of De Vos plus F. schaeferi ,
and divergent anther lobes are restricted to that section,
although the expression of the character is delayed in F.
ferrariola and F. parva, in which it is expressed in older,
flowers, after dehiscence of the anther lobes and some-
times only on the second day of anthesis.
We propose a revised infrageneric classification of
Fen-aria based first on the molecular data, supplemented
by the morphological variation evident in the ovary and
anthers. Thus we recognize two subgenera, subgen. Glu-
tinosae, for the tropical species and subgen. Ferraria
for the remaining species, all of winter rainfall southern
Africa. We endorse De Vos’s two sections, Ferraria and
Macroscyphae, the first for species with parallel anther
lobes, broad, spreading tepal claws and a relatively wide
floral cup, and except for F. schaeferi , a subacute cap-
sule apex lacking a beak. Sect. Macroscyphae always
has anther lobes joined only at the tips and usually
widely divergent (rarely sub-parallel), a beaked ovary,
and except in F. divaricata and F. variabilis , suberect
tepal claws that form a narrow floral cup. In sect. Mac-
roscyphae we recognize three informal series, Macro-
scyphae, Subdivaricatae and Uncinatae.
SYSTEMATICS
Ferraria Bunn, ex Mill., Figures of plants, vol. 2:
187, t. 280 (1759a) and The gardeners dictionary, edn 7
(1759b); De Vos: 327-375 (1979). Type species: Fer-
raria foliis lanceolatis ... (= F. crispa Burm.).
Named for the 17th century artist, Giovanni Ferrari,
whose illustrated works were much celebrated by contem-
poraries; his Flora sen de florum cultura (Flora of culti-
vated plants) included the first illustration of Ferraria , F.
crispa , drawn from plants grown in Italy.
Revisionary accounts: De Vos in Journal of South
African Botany 45: 295-375 ( 1979).
10
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Small to medium-sized seasonal perennials. Corm
depressed-globose, consisting of several intemodes,
producing roots from terminal bud, lacking tunics when
mature. Leaves several, lower 3 or 4 lacking blades,
thus cataphylls, foliage leaves with isobilateral, sword-
shaped to linear, unifacial blades, sometimes not pro-
duced on flowering stem, basal one or more and larg-
est, progressively smaller above, becoming bract-like at
distal nodes. Flowering stem aerial or largely to entirely
underground, usually branched, branches often short and
crowded distally. Inflorescence a 2- or several-flowered
rhipidium; spathes green, often leafy, enclosing flower
buds, inner always longer than outer, margins free to
base. Flowers radially symmetric, fugaceous or lasting
2 days, often dull-coloured, usually cream-coloured to
buff or brownish, sometimes yellow, rarely blue-violet,
spotted and blotched dark brown, green or purple, with-
out scent or scented with sweet, spicy or rotting odours;
tepals free, clawed, those of outer whorl slightly to sig-
nificantly larger than inner, claws forming a wide or nar-
row cup or shallow basin, limbs spreading to slightly
reflexed, margins crisped, the tips attenuate and twisted,
producing nectar from nectaries at base or middle of
claws, distal edges of nectaries lobed in F. ornata. Sta-
mens symmetrically arranged; filaments united in lower
± two thirds in a smooth column, free and diverging
in upper third or quarter; anthers appressed to style
branches, lobes joined to connective but not to each
other, parallel and ± contiguous or widely diverging,
rarely subparallel but not contiguous. Ovary included
or exserted from spathes, often with sterile beak; style
enclosed by filament column, dividing at column apex
into short branches, each forked into flattened, diverg-
ing, conduplicate arms, each usually prominently
fringed on adaxial margin, rarely fringes vestigial or
absent (F spithamea), stigmatic surface terminal on
style branches or on grooved lobe below tip of abaxial
margin. Capsules globose-truncate, ovoid or ellipsoid,
then often beaked. Seeds angular, mostly 5- or 6-sided,
facets separated by winged angles, facets ± smooth or
wrinkled, in one species ± globose and reticulate. Basic
chromosome number x = 10.
Species: 18, dry parts of central and southwestern
Africa, with a centre along the southern African west
coast and near interior, and four species extending from
interior southern Africa through Namibia to Angola,
Congo, Zambia, Zimbabwe and Malawi in dry grass-
land, generally favouring sandy soils, occasionally rocky
habitats or seasonally wet sites.
Key to species
la Anthers with filament insertion in lower third and lobes parallel and usually contiguous above filament insertion when fully dehisced;
capsules globose- to ovoid-truncate or acute or beaked in one species; perianth with tepal claws usually forming a shallow cup and
bearing prominent nectaries '/3 to '/, as long as claw; stigmas minute, terminal on apices of style branch arms (subgen. Glutinosae and
sect. Ferraria ):
2a Upper intemodes below flower clusters with sticky exudate; ovary ovoid, short, < 10 mm long; capsules ovoid to globose and truncate
(subgen. Glutinosae ):
3a Leaves several (up to 8) in basal fan; rhipidia with outer spathe 7 to ‘/4 as long as inner 2. F. candelabrum
3b Leaves absent at base of flowering stem or 1-4 basal; rhipidia with outer spathe V to slightly more than V, as long as inner:
4a Flowers brown or dark purple, sometimes marked with yellow near tepal limb bases; tepal limbs often with buff to yellow mar-
gins; flowering plants usually with 1—4 basal foliage leaves, or foliage leaves reduced; filament column 8-11 mm long; flower-
ing (Dec.-)Jan.-Mar.(-May) 1 . F. glutinosa
4b Flowers yellow to buff, limbs sometimes speckled with brown, dark red, purple or dull green spots; tepal limb margins not con-
trasting in colour; flowering plants lacking foliage leaves at base and branches subtended by sheathing leaves without blades;
filament column 5. 0-7. 5 mm long; flowering (Sept.-)Oct. to Dec. (-early Jan.):
5a Tepal limbs speckled with dark colour and margins obviously crisped; style branch arms prominently fringed 4 . F. welwitschii
5b Tepal limbs uniformly yellow and margins plane or slightly undulate; style branch arms entire (not fringed) and arching outward
3 . F. spithamea
2b Plants ± acaulescent or stem aerial, then upper intemodes below flower clusters not sticky; ovary ± fusiform, > 10 mm long; capsules
usually ovoid, rounded at apex or with short sterile beak (sect. Ferraria ):
6a Stem aerial, slender with intemodes partly exposed; basal leaves linear to falcate, with blades usually < 5 mm wide:
7a Plants ± acaulescent; tepal claws narrow in lower third, thus forming a windowed cup; nectaries concave, at apex of narrow part of
claw and with raised and lobed to fringed distal edge 10. FI ornata
7b Plants with aerial stems: tepal claws broad and not abruptly narrowed in lower part, cup not windowed; nectaries relatively large,
in centre of tepal claws and without raised distal edges:
8a Cauline leaves lanceolate-attenuate; flowers grey or blue-green with minute brown, maroon or violet speckling; nectaries yel-
lowish green 9. F. densepunctulata
8b Cauline leaves ovate-cucullate; flowers yellow with brown margins and a few conspicuous spots; nectaries cream-coloured
streaked maroon 8. F. ovata
6b Stem stout, mostly covered by leaf bases; leaves sword-shaped to falcate, with blades > 5 mm wide:
9a Ovary with short tapering beak, ± 8 mm long; tepals 22-25(-30) mm long, pale yellow with dark brown margins and blotches,
often coalescing in outer quarter; flowers sweetly scented 1 . F. schaeferi
9b Ovary fusiform, without tapering beak; tepals 25-35 mm long; flowers variously coloured, usually dark maroon or purple with
paler margins or cream-coloured to pale yellow and variously striped and blotched, with an unpleasant, burnt-sugar or putrid scent:
10a Blades of basal leaves with slightly thickened zone in middle and prominent central vein; leaves 2-ranked 5. F. crispa
1 0b Blades of basal leaves much thickened in middle but with weakly developed central vein; leaves spirally 2-ranked 6. F. foliosa
lb Anthers with filament insertion in upper third and lobes held together only at tips, usually widely divergent when fully dehisced, rarely
sub-parallel but not contiguous (not always so in freshly opened flowers); capsules always prominently beaked; perianth with tepal
claws forming deep, narrow or wide cup; stigmas consisting of groove below tips of style branch arms (sect. Macroscyphae ):
1 la Floral cup widening substantially toward apex, rim ± as wide or wider than depth of cup:
12a Flowers small, sweetly, slightly clove-scented; floral cup ± 8 mm deep, ± 7 mm wide at rim; outer tepals 18-22 mm long; filament
column ± 6 mm long 12. F. parva
12b Flower relatively large, unscented or faintly unpleasantly scented; floral cup 12-15 mm deep, 13-20 mm wide at rim; outer tepals
30— J5 mm long; filament column 8-13 mm long:
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
13a Plants usually subacaulescent and stem mostly covered by sheathing parts of leaves; flowers lasting 2 days; seeds (4)5(6)-sided,
facets separated by raised angles, surface smooth 14 . F. variabilis
13b Plants with aerial stem and branching only distally; flowers lasting a single day; seeds ± globose, surface matte 13. F. divaricata
lib Flowers with narrow cup, sides ± erect (rim of cup V, to 2/3 as wide as depth of cup):
14a Stem produced well above ground; basal leaves sharply distinct from cauline leaves and with intemodes partly exposed; flowers
with floral cup 1 7-20 mm deep; outer tepals 30-40 mm long 11 . F. ferrariola
14b Stem not or only shortly extended above ground (unless growing in shade); basal leaves often hardly distinct from cauline leaves
(or from spathes enclosing flower clusters); floral cup 10-12 mm deep; outer tepals 25-35 mm long:
1 5a Basal leaves broad, leathery-succulent, 8-20 mm wide, cauline leaves and spathes different from basal leaves; flowers lasting a
single day, deep yellow; anthers and pollen yellow 15. F. flava
15b Basal leaves hardly distinct from cauline leaves, rarely exceeding 12 mm wide, flowers lasting two days, watery yellow, blue or
shades of beige to cream-coloured dotted with blue spots; anthers and pollen usually orange to ± red:
16a Flowers usually predominantly blue to violet with dull yellow-green to khaki margins, occasionally tepal limbs pale bluish or
cream-coloured, then speckled dark blue; margins of at least lowermost leaves conspicuously thickened, hyaline and partly
crisped and undulate; marginal thickenings smooth 16. FI uncinata
16b Flower pale watery yellow with darker yellow to buff or khaki margins; leaf margins either thickened then lower leaves with
margins plane or serrulate to crenate, or sometimes slightly crisped or unthickened and margins plane; marginal thickenings
when present often shortly velvety:
17a Basal leaves with extended, lanceolate to linear blades longer than sheaths 17. F. macrochlamys
17b Leaves with short, oblique, ovate blades less than half as long as sheaths 18. F. brevifoha
A. Subgen. Glutinosae ( M.P.de Vos) Goldblatt
& J.C. Manning, subgen. & comb. nov. Sect. Gluti-
nosae M.P.de Vos: 329 (1979). Type: Ferraria glutinosa
(Baker) Rendle.
Plants with open, aerial branching system and stem
sticky below nodes. Rhipidia with > 2 and up to 6 flow-
ers each. Flowers with tepal claws forming a wide cup,
bearing prominent nectaries with dry nectar; filaments
inserted in lower third of anthers; anther lobes paral-
lel and contiguous above filament insertion when fully
dehisced. Ovary exserted. ovoid; stigmas minute, termi-
nal on apices of style branch arms. Capsules globose- to
ovoid-truncate.
1 . Ferraria glutinosa (Baker) Rendle , in W.P.Hiem,
Catalogue of the African plants collected by Dr. Frie-
drich in 1853-61. vol. 1,2: 27 (1899); De Vos: 329
(1979); Goldblatt: 11 (1993). Moraea glutinosa Baker:
271 (1878). Type: Angola, Huila, near Lopollo, Ferrao
da Sola, February and April 1860, Welwitsch 1543 (BM,
holo.!; K!, LISU, P!, iso.).
F. bechnanica Baker: 344 (1898). Type: Bechuanaland [Botswana],
Ngamiland, Kalahari Desert near Manumwe, ‘flowers chocolate with
yellow fringe’, 26 Feb. 1897, Lugard 237 (K, holo.!).
Moraea randii Rendle in Rand: 144 (1898). Ferraria randii (Ren-
dle) Rendle: 54 (1905). Type: Southern Rhodesia [Zimbabwe], Bula-
wayo, Jan. 1898, Rand 223 (BM, lecto.! here designated; BR, iso.).
F. viscaria Schinz: 77 (1900). Type: South West Africa [Namibia],
Omupanda, Wulfhorst 45 (Z, holo.).
IMoraea malangensis Baker: 862 (1901). Type: Angola, Malange,
without date, Expedition von Mechow 386 (B, holo., no longer extant,
R. Vogt pers. comm.).
Plants mostly 400-600 mm high. Stem exposed above
sheaths of lower leaves, with 1(2) branches from upper
nodes, branches rarely also branched; distal 5-6 mm
of upper intemodes sticky, often with sand adhering.
Leaves at base solitary or up to 4, sometimes basal leaf
poorly developed; blades linear, straight, 4 — 6(— 1 0) mm
wide, with visible central vein, cauline leaves moder-
ately well developed, often longer than basal leaf, pro-
gressively reduced above and then largely sheathing.
Rhipidia 4— 6-flowered; inner spathe 30-42 mm long,
outer entirely sheathing, usually ± 7 to V3 as long as
inner. Flowers on pedicels slightly longer than spathes,
lasting a single day, usually dark brown to dull purple or
maroon; tepal limbs with pale yellow to gold margins,
sometimes limbs marked or sparsely spotted yellow
near base or with large irregular brown blotches on pale
background; claws brown or yellow streaked with pur-
ple or brown, odourless; tepals diverging, claws forming
wide basin ± 10 mm deep, 15-18 mm wide at rim, limbs
spreading ± horizontally to reflexed; margins crisped;
nectaries dark brown, 1.5 x 2.0 mm, 3-4 mm above
claw bases; outer tepals 23-33 x ± 10 mm, claws usu-
ally slightly longer and ± as wide as limbs; inner tepals
slightly smaller, claws tapering to narrow base. Stamens
with filaments united in a minutely puberulous column
8-11 mm long, free in upper 1. 5-2.0 mm; anther thecae
diverging below, parallel above filament insertion, 5-6
mm long before anthesis, 3-4 mm long after anthesis,
dark brown; pollen orange. Ovary narrowly ovoid, usu-
ally exserted. 5-7 mm long; style branches 2 mm long,
dividing into diverging, prominently fringed arms 2-3
mm long, fringes smooth or minutely papillate, 4-5 mm
long; stigmas terminal on tips of style arms. Capsules
ovoid- to globose-truncate, mostly 12-18 mm long.
Seeds glossy, brown, 4-5 mm at longest axis, ± 5-sided,
facets separated by raised ridges, facet surfaces wrin-
kled. Flowering time : mostly Jan.-Mar., occasionally
later. Figure 1; Plate 1G.
Distribution and biology. Ferraria glutinosa occurs
across a wide belt of summer rainfall southern and cen-
tral Africa; it is relatively common across Botswana and
northern Namibia from where it extends northward to
southern Angola, and westward to the North-West Prov-
ince of South Africa and western Zimbabwe, but with an
isolated record from Malawi (Figure 2). We have seen
no collections from Zambia, where it is likely to occur.
F. glutinosa is usually found in sandy ground with the
corms deeply buried, but sometimes in rocky places.
Several collections specifically mention white sand habi-
tats and others red sand.
Diagnosis and relationships'. Ferraria species in
tropical Africa and summer rainfall southern Africa dif-
fer from all species of the southern African winter rain-
fall zone in their open-branching habit, steins with sticky
exudate below the nodes, rhipidia with several (usu-
ally 4—6) flowers, and subglobose, flat-topped capsules.
The genus in tropical Africa is, nevertheless, unusually
variable as regards plant height, presence or absence of
foliage leaves on the flowering stem, proportions of the
12
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE I . — Ferraria g/utinosa. A, flowering stem; B, flower, side view; C, outer tepal; D, inner tepal; E, staminal column and style,
undehisced anther indicated by broken line; F, anther. Scale bar: A, B, 10 mm; C, D, 5 mm; E, F, 1.5 mm. Artist: John Manning.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
13
inner and outer rhipidial spathes, and flower colour and
patterning. It is not altogether surprising then, that 12
species have been described for the area between North-
West Province of South Africa and western Angola,
southern Congo and Zimbabwe. Ferraria glutinosa ,
based on Moraea glutinosa , one of the first four of these
named species, was first collected by Friedrich Wel-
witsch in western Angola in the years 1855-1861, and is
the name used until now for all populations of Ferraria
in tropical Africa (De Vos 1979; Goldblatt 1993).
Three other Welwitsch collections of Ferraria from
Angola formed the basis for Moraea andongensis, M.
candelabrum and M. spithamea, named by J.G. Baker
(1878) at the same time as F. glutinosa. Five more spe-
cies were subsequently described by Baker (1892,
1901), four from Angola and one from Botswana (then
Bechuanaland); one more species was described from
Namibia (Schinz 1900); one from Zimbabwe (Rendle in
Rand 1898); and one from Congo (Bolus 1932a). Five
of these were placed in the synonymy of Ferraria gluti-
nosa by Carter (1963), who suggested that the Namibian
F. viscaria was probably also conspecific. Following
Carter’s lead, De Vos (1979) treated all 12 named spe-
cies from tropical Africa as synonyms of F. glutinosa.
Her taxonomy was uncritically accepted by Goldblatt
(1993) for Flora zambesiaca and by Geerinck (2005) for
Flore d’Afrique Centrale.
We have examined most of the available herbarium
collections of tropical African Ferraria and conclude
that recognition of a single tropical species does not
reflect the extent of the variation among Ferraria popu-
lations there. Most importantly, there are two major veg-
etative types, one with only short sheathing leaves pro-
duced by the flowering stem in plants flowering mainly
in October to mid-December, and another with at least
one and up to eight well-developed basal leaves with
unifacial blades and a relatively prominent central vein
in plants flowering in (December) January to March.
In the light of the variation, which is closely correlated
with flower size and colouring, tepal patterning, relative
proportions of the inner and outer inflorescence spathes,
flowering time, and partly with geography, we propose
an alternative taxonomy, recognizing four species, thus
to a large extent validating Baker’s (1878) original inter-
pretation of Ferraria in tropical Africa.
Ferraria glutinosa , largest-flowered of the tropical
species, is distinguished by the presence of several foli-
age leaves with well-developed blades, at least one of
which is basal, and dark brown to purple flowers. Sev-
eral specimens have the basal leaf virtually vestigial, but
longer cauline leaves (e.g. Evles 8543). Also exceptional
are collections from Gweru [Gwelo] and Lomagundi in
Zimbabwe (Holland s.n.; Rutherford-Smith 593), which
respectively have three or six basal leaves. The inner
inflorescence spathes are (30-)35-42 mm long, with
the outer half or sometimes only one third as long. The
brown to dark purple (also described as brown-violet,
bright mauve or dark maroon) flowers have tepal limbs
edged with yellow, sometimes also marked with yel-
low, and are produced mainly from January to March.
The plants described as F. bechuanica from Botswana
by Baker (1898), Moraea randii by Rendle (in Rand
1898) from Zimbabwe, and F. viscaria from Namibia by
Schinz (1900) are the same species, but we note that the
flowers of the last-named, F. viscaria, were described
as yellow. We also provisionally include F. malangen-
sis (Baker 1901 ) in F. glutinosa because its flowers were
described as violet, but details of the leaves and flower-
ing time, essential for confident identification, are not
known. The type at the Berlin Herbarium is evidently
lost (R. Vogt pers. comm. 2008).
Like the other species of Ferraria from tropical
Africa, F. glutinosa is remarkable in having sticky inter-
nodes, a feature absent in the southern African winter
rainfall species of the genus, but present in a few species
of related genera of the southern African Moraea (only
subgen. Visciramosa) and two species of Bobartia (Strid
1974; Goldblatt 1986). Rand (1898) noted that ants are
trapped in the sticky exudate and suggested that this was
a defence against these insects, which we assume might
consume nectar, the reward for legitimate pollinators.
The fairly open branching pattern of the tropical
species is also quite different from the crowded, short
branches of other species of Ferraria and this, as well
as the ovoid-truncate capsule and several-flowered
rhipidia suggest an ancestral position in the genus. The
morphological indicators of its unspecialized status are
confirmed by molecular analysis using plastid DNA
sequences, which places F. glutinosa as sister to the win-
ter rainfall southern African species of the genus that
were included in a preliminary analysis.
Both the common tropical African Ferraria wel-
witschii and the related but rare F. spithamea are smaller
plants, notable for lacking foliage leaves on flowering
plants. They also have flowers somewhat smaller than
in F. glutinosa, with yellow to buff tepals (in F. wel-
witschii with the limbs marked throughout with small
brown to dark red spots, more densely so on the claws),
and large dark brown nectaries ± in the middle of the
claws (illustrated in Geerinck 2005: plates 9A, B, as F.
glutinosa). The rhipidia typically have the outer spathe
slightly more than half to two thirds as long as the inner.
Both these species bloom mainly in November to mid-
December, but have been recorded in flowering as early
as October.
The corms of Ferraria glutinosa are eaten raw or
roasted by the Kwanyama Ovambo, according to the
14
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
ethnobotanist Robert Rodin (1985). Except for its value
as an occasional ornamental in the garden or in contain-
ers, we know of no other human use of this or any other
Ferraria species. It is noteworthy in the context of Rod-
in’s statement about the edibility of conus, that Mann-
heimer et at. (2008) report that Ferraria glutinosa is
poisonous to stock, with symptoms including anorexia,
increased heart rate, rapid respiration, diarrhoea and apa-
thy. Post mortem signs are cyanosis, hyperaemia of the
lung, and bloody inflammatory areas of the stomach and
intestine. No southern African species is known to be
toxic and we have seen cattle grazing on F. divaricata ,
but evidently not relishing it, for animals rarely took
more than a mouthful before moving on.
Representative specimens
ANGOLA. — Huila: without precise locality or date, Dekindt 493
(LISC) [specimen incomplete and without base], Huambo: Chianga,
± 1 700 m, 3 Nov. 1962, Teixeira & Andrada 6525 (LISC). Cunene:
Cuvelai, 11 Dec. 1972, Menezes 4270 (LISC).
BOTSWANA. — 1825 (Panda-ma-Tenga): 13 km toward Jol-
lies Pan, flowers yellow, (-DC), 23 Dec. 1996, Bruyns 6912 (NBG).
2033 (Chibabava): near Kwebe Hills, (-CA), Dec. 1898, Lugard 282
(K). 2121 (Ghanzi): Groot Laagte (East) fossil river valley, (-AD), 16
Mar. 1980, Smith 3176 (MO, PRE, SRGH). 2322 (Kang): Phuduhudu,
(-DD), 12 Dec. 1989, Barnard 499 (PRE). 2421 (Tshane): Kalahari
Park, SW of Ritchie’s Pan, white sand savanna, (-AC), Mar. 1979, Van
der Walt 5807 ( PRE).
MALAWI. — Northern: ± 10 km north of Mpherembe, sand at edge
of thicket, brown with yellow centre, 1 180 m, 7 Feb. 1987, La Croix
957 (MO).
NAMIBIA. — 1915 (Okakuejo): Ovamboland, Oshikango, brown-
purple with yellow spots, 1 May 1973, Rodin 9360 (MO, WIND).
1917 (Tsumeb): Tsumeb, 25 Jan. 1911, Dinter 1840 (SAM). 1920
(Tsumkwe): 6 km east of Tsumkwe along Botswana border, white
sand, (-DA), 13 Jan. 1971, Giess. Watt & Snyman 11027 (PRE); 157
miles [251 km] east of Grootfontein, Simkue, (-DA), 16 Jan. 1958,
Stoiy 6156B (PRE, with colour slides). 2017 (Waterberg): Otji-
warongo, turn-off to Waterberg, (-DA), 24 Mar. 1987, Maggs 83
(WIND). 2115 (Karibib): Donkerhuk 91, sandy ground, (-DD), 2 Mar.
1965, Barnard 79 (PRE); Erongo Siding, deep Kalahari sand, (-DB),
22 Apr. (fr.), Bean, Vlok & Viviers 1837 (BOL, MO); Namibrand,
Altenbronn, (-DD), 10 Mar. 1964, Seydel 264 (B). 2117 (Otjosondu):
Waterberg, Quickbom, (-AA), 30 Mar. 1930, Bradfield 146 (PRE).
2118 (Steinhausen): 15 km along Kapps Farm road, Steinhausen to
Windhoek, sandy plain, (-CC), Mar. 1988, Goldhlatt & Manning
8805 (MO). 2216 (Otjimbingwe): dry rocky slopes of Kupferberg
Pass, SW of Windhoek, (-DB), 21 Mar. 1988, Goldblatt & Manning
8843 (MO, WIND). 2217 (Windhoek): Farm Frauenstein, (-AD), 18
Jan. 1976, Giess 13901 (WIND); Goreangab Dam near Windhoek, (-
CA), 21 Feb. 1965, Giess 8395 (NBG); Lichtenstein, (-CC), 20 Jan.
1923, Dinter 4311 (B). 2219 (Sandfontein): east of Gobabis, farm road
between Farm Isabella and Farm Etna, (-AD), 8 Mar. 2002, Bartsch
503 (WIND). 2316 (Nauchas): Khomas, Farm Lichtenstein North,
rock outcrop, (-DD), 3 Mar. 2002, Mannheimer 1732B (WIND). 2317
(Rehoboth): Rchoboth, (-AC), 13 Apr. 191 1, Dinter s.n. (SAM).
ZIMBABWE. — Mazoe, Umvukwes, 5000 ft [I 525 m], Ruorka
Ranch, 17 Dec. 1952, Wild 3911 (MO, K, PRE, SRGH). Lomagundi,
Dyke near Rod Camp Mine, flowers yellow, spotted purple, 22 Feb.
1961, Rutherford-Smith 593 (K). Mangula Township, 17 Dec. 1961,
Jacobsen 1990 (PRE). Plumtree, Jan. 1936, Eyles 8543 (K) [without
basal foliage leaves]. Gwelo, 29 Dec. 1929 (cultivated at Kirsten-
bosch), Holland s.n. (BOL as National Botanic Gardens 92/28, K).
Matobo, Farm Besna Kobila, grassland, Dec. 1955, Miller 3215 (PRE).
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2723 (Kuruman): Kuruman, Esperanza,
(-AD), Apr. 1940, Esterhuysen 2219 (BOL); Kormutsethla, (-BB), 2
Feb. 1934, Cross 1088( PRE).
2. Ferraria candelabrum (Baker) Rendle , Cata-
logue of the African plants collected by Dr. Friedrich
in 1853-61, vol. I, 2: 27 (1899). Moraea candelabrum
Baker: 271 (1878). Type: Angola, Huila, Morro de
Lopollo, Apr. 1860, Welwitsch 1544 (BM, lecto.!, desig-
nated by De Vos, 1 979: 331; K!, LISU, iso.).
? Moraea andongensis Baker: 271 (1878). F. andongensis (Baker)
Rendle: 27 (1899). Type: Angola, Pungo Andongo, Mutollo near
Pedras de Guinga, marshy, low grassland, Jan. (fr. Mar.), Welwitsch
1532 (BM, lecto.!, designated by De Vos: 331 (1979); K!, LISU, iso.).
M. kitambensis Baker: 575 (1898). Type: Angola, Bangala, Kitam-
ba, on Cuango River, in swamp, 1880, Buchner 679 (B, holo., no
longer extant (R. Vogt pers. comm); K, iso!, fragment and drawing of
B specimen).
Plants mostly 600-800 mm high. Stem enclosed
below by overlapping leaf bases, exposed above,
branched from upper nodes, branches sometimes 2(3)
per node, and primary branches themselves often
l(2)-branched; upper nodes and distal parts of inter-
nodes sticky, often with sand adhering. Leaves at base
5-8, ± narrowly sword-shaped-linear, straight, 8-10 mm
wide, with visible central vein; margins not thickened;
cauline leaves well developed, shorter than basal, pro-
gressively reduced above and becoming largely sheath-
ing and bract-like. Rhipidia at least 3- or 4-flowered;
inner spathe 28-32 mm long, outer entirely sheathing,
usually ± 7 (-V4) as long as inner. Flowers on pedicels
slightly longer than spathes, ?lasting a single day, brown
with yellow markings or pale yellow, evidently odour-
less; tepals ascending with claws forming a cup 11-12
mm deep, ± 9 mm wide at rim, limbs ± spreading, ± 1 0
mm long, margins crisped; nectaries not evident; outer
tepals 20-25 mm long, claws 11-13 mm long, inner
tepals slightly smaller, claws tapering to narrow base.
Stamens with filaments united in a column ± 1 1 mm
long, free in upper ± 1 .5 mm; anther thecae ± paral-
lel, ± 3 mm long, shorter after anthesis. Ovaty usually
exserted, narrowly ovoid, ± 3 mm long; style branches
± 1.5 mm long, dividing into diverging, prominently
fringed arms ± 2 mm long; stigmas terminal on tips of
style arms. Capsules globose-truncate, ± 8 mm long.
Seeds unknown. Flowering time : Feb.-Apr., possibly
also in Jan.
Distribution and biology', known to us from just four
collections, none with well-preserved flowers, Ferraria
candelabrum is recorded from central Angola and adja-
cent western Zambia (Figure 3). Plants grow in rocky,
well-drained sites. Collections usually mention hilly
places, but the type of the synonym, Moraea kitamben-
FIGURE 3. — Known distribution of Ferraria spithamea , O; F. cande-
labrum, •.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
15
sis, is said to be from a swampy place (which seems
unlikely). The type of Moraea andongensis , provision-
ally assigned here, is from marshy, low grassland.
Diagnosis and relationships : none of the collections
of Ferraria candelabrum has well-preserved flowers
but the colour was described as yellow in the type col-
lection, brownish in one other, and buff with dark brown
stripes and spots in a third. Despite the lack of precise
floral details, the vegetative habit is unique among the
tropical African species. Plants stand up to 800 mm
high, and have a basal fan of several (up to 8) long, rela-
tively soft-textured leaves. The stem is branched repeat-
edly, the branches terminating in unusually slender rhi-
pidia about 30 mm long. Notably the outer of the two
rhipidial sheaths is~V3-'/4 as long^as the inner, giving the
plants a distinctive appearance. Ferraria candelabrum
is no doubt closely allied to the widespread subtropical
African F. glutinosa and was included in that species by
De Vos (1979). The unusually narrow rhipidia and short
outer spathe makes the species easy to recognize. Unlike
F. candelabrum, F. glutinosa has a single or rarely up to
three basal leaves, sometimes poorly developed at flow-
ering, a stem usually with the primary branches them-
selves only occasionally branched and large capsules
12-18 mm long, compared to capsules ± 8 mm long,
known only from the somewhat atypical collection from
Lubango in Angola (De Menezes 1661).
We provisionally place Ferraria andongensis in the
synonymy of F. candelabrum. Although flowering in
January and fruiting in March, plants of the type collec-
tion are much less robust, at most only 300 mm tall, and
have only one basal leaf and a second, well-developed
cauline leaf, both with narrow blades, ± 2.5 mm wide.
The outer inflorescence spathes are short, about a third
as long as the inner, and this as well as the small cap-
sules are consistent with F. candelabrum. Welwitsch, in
his notes, described the flowers as dull sulphur-yellow.
The anthers are short, ± 2 mm long. Little more can be
deduced from the type material.
Representative specimens
ANGOLA. — Huila: Lubango, on plateau of Ponta do Lubango, 1 1
Apr. 1965, De Menezes 1661 (LISC).
Also known from Angola from the types of the species cited above.
ZAMBIA. — Northwestern: Mwinilunga District: Ikelenge, Milomba
Hill, among rocks, 1 440 m, 22 Feb. 1995, Zimba et al. 632 (MO, PRE);
Mwinilunga, base of Kalene Hill, 1 400 m, sandy bank, flowers buff with
dark brown stripes and spots, 22 Feb. 1975, Hooper & Townsend 327 (K).
3. Ferraria spithamea (Baker) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning, comb. nov.
Moraea spithamea Baker in Transactions of the Linnean Society,
London, ser. 2, Botany 1: 271 (1878). Type: Angola, sandy places
about Humpata and Lopollo, Oct. 1859 (fl. and fr.), Welwitsch 1547
(BM, lecto.!, designated by De Vos: 331 (1979); K, iso.!).
Plants mostly 100-160 mm high. Stem exposed
above sheaths of cauline leaves; upper nodes and distal
parts of intemodes sticky, often with sand adhering, 2
or 3 intemodes long, with a branch at each node, thus
2- or 3 -branched. Leaves of flowering plants absent at
base, borne at aerial nodes, partly sheathing, channelled
throughout, 20^10 mm long; leaves of vegetative plants
unknown. Rhipidia at least 3-flowered; inner spathe
25-30 mm long, outer entirely sheathing, ± half as long
as inner. Flowers on pedicels as long or slightly longer
than spathes, ?lasting a single day, yellow, marked with
brown spots toward base of tepals, tepals ascending,
claws forming a cup, ± 8 mm deep, ± 7.5 mm wide at
rim, limbs spreading, margins slightly undulate (not
crisped); nectaries ± 1 .5 mm diam., in lower third of
outer tepal claws, in middle of inner tepal claws, col-
our unknown; outer tepals ± 20 mm long, inner ± 18
mm long. Stamens with filaments united in column ± 8
mm long, free in upper ± 1 mm; anther thecae parallel
or diverging basally, ± 3 mm long. Ovary oblong to nar-
rowly ovoid, ± 3 mm long, included or exserted 2-3 mm
at anthesis; style branches ± 1.3 mm long, dividing into
two divergent, entire arms ± 2 mm long; stigmas termi-
nal on style arms. Capsules globose-truncate, ± 5 mm
long, exserted from spathes, smooth. Seeds unknown.
Flowering time : Oct.-Dec.
Distribution and biology. Ferraria spithamea is
a narrow endemic of the highlands of southwestern
Angola (Figure 3). Its habitat is described as thorny
thicket in sand, or among rocks.
Diagnosis and relationships', poorly understood,
Ferraria spithamea is known to us from just two col-
lections, the type and one other, both from southwest-
ern Angola. The species is recognized primarily by the
entire, arching style arms, without the fringes character-
istic of other species of the genus, but also by the pale
yellow flowers with the tepal limbs at best undulate,
and not crisped as they are in other species. Plants lack
foliage leaves at flowering and we assume the foliage
leaves are developed later in the season from separate
shoots. The growth form is thus exactly as in the fairly
widespread tropical African F. welwitschii but that spe-
cies differs in the slightly smaller flowers, also yellow
to buff, but with the tepal limbs and distal parts of the
claws liberally scattered with minute dark spots. Nor-
mally a taller plant, F. welwitschii may reach 350 mm,
therefore about twice as tall as F. spithamea and, typical
of Ferraria, it has crisped tepal limb margins and promi-
nently fringed style arms. We have relied in part for
the description of the flowers of F. spithamea on Wel-
witsch’s notes which describe the yellow tepal colour
(flava) marked from the middle to the base with small
dark marks (parvis nigris picta).
The lack of style branch fringing and tepal limbs
without crisped margins are anomalous in Ferraria but
the vegetative form, distally sticky internodes and dis-
tinctive corm, leave us in no doubt that the species is
correctly assigned to the genus.
Representative specimen
ANGOLA. — Huila: Sa de Bandeira, Bata-Bata, 6 Dec. 1961, San-
tos 657 (LISC).
4. Ferraria welwitschii Baker, Handbook of the
Irideae 74 (1892). Type; Angola, locality unknown, cul-
tivated in England (Hort. Saunders), Welwitsch s.n. (K,
holo.! drawing only with tepal painted in watercolour).
? Moraea viscosa R.C. Foster: 48 (1936), as a new name for M.
aurantiaca Baker: 575 (1898), nom. illegit. non A. Dietrich: 485
(1832). Type: Angola, Malange, Oct. 1879, Expedition von Mechow
303 (B, holo.! (fragment), K, drawing!).
16
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Moraea aurantiaca Baker: 575 (1898). Type: Angola, Malange,
October 1879, Expedition von Mechow 303 (B, holo.! (fragment), K,
drawing!).
F. hirschbergii L. Bolus: 57 (1932a). Type: Congo, [Shaba], near
Lubumbashi (Elisabethville), von Hirschberg s.n., cultivated at
National Botanic Gardens, Kirstenbosch, 615/29 (BOL, holo.!; K (two
sheets)!, SAM, iso.!).
Plants ( 1 20~) 1 80—350 mm high. Stem exposed above
sheaths of lower leaves; upper nodes and distal parts
of internodes sticky, often with sand adhering. Leaves
of flowering plants sheathing, occasionally with short
blades shorter than sheaths; of vegetative plants (1)2,
narrowly sword-shaped, straight or falcate, 1. 5-3.0 mm
wide, with visible main vein. Rhipidia 4- or 5-flowered;
inner spathe 20-34 mm long, outer entirely sheathing,
mostly V to ± 2/3 as long as inner, 10-17 mm. Flowers
on pedicels ± as long as spathes, lasting a single day,
pale to dull yellow to buff (?also orange) with brown
to dark red or dull green spots on limbs and distal part
of claws, evidently odourless, tepals ascending, claws
forming a cup, 7-9 mm deep, ± 7 mm wide at rim, limbs
spreading to reflexed up to 40°, margins crisped; nec-
taries dark brown, ± 1.5 x 2 mm, ± in centre of claws;
outer tepals 15-20 x ± 5 mm, inner 14-20 mm long.
Stamens with filaments united in a column 5. 0-7. 5 mm
long, free in upper 1.0-1. 5 mm; anther thecae parallel or
diverging basally, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, slightly shorter after
anthesis. Ovary’ usually exserted, oblong to narrowly
ovoid, 2-3 mm long; style branches 1. 5-2.0 mm long,
dividing into diverging, fringed arms; stigmas terminal
on style arms. Capsules globose-truncate, mostly 5-7
mm long, exserted from spathes, smooth or minutely
warty (Mendes 1957). Seeds angular, ± prismatic, 3 nun
long, glossy, brown with pale, raised angles, ± 5-sided,
facet surfaces undulate to wrinkled. Flowering time :
mostly Oct. to early Dec. (early Jan.).
Distribution and biology. Ferraria welwitschii occurs
across a wide belt in central Africa from the Malange
highlands in west-central Angola, across Zambia to
southern Congo and Zimbabwe (Figure 4). Records
indicate that plants grow on the margins of open wood-
land, often in rocky ground and in fairly moist habitats,
including riverbanks and dambos.
FIGURE 4.' Known distribution of Ferraria welwitschii.
Diagnosis and relationships : the type collection of
Ferraria welwitschii is a pencil drawing of a plant cul-
tivated in Britain, with one of the tepals coloured. The
plant evidently stood ± 300 mm high, lacked developed
basal foliage leaves and had flowers with reflexed, dull
yellow tepal limbs covered with fine, dark brown spots.
Friedrich Welwitsch is believed to have collected the
plant but the original locality is not recorded. Plants
matching this collection, although not always as tall,
have been recorded widely across Angola, Zambia,
Congo and parts of Zimbabwe, always flowering early
in the wet season, October to mid-December, and con-
sistently lacking well-developed foliage leaves. Even
those specimens in fruit (e.g. Cruse s.n. from Zambia
collected in late December) lack foliage leaves; other
collections (e.g. Mendes 1957 from Angola in fruit in
January) have short, narrow foliage leaves emerging at
the base, evidently representing late-developing foliage
leaves on a shoot lateral to the main axis. It is clear that
flowering plants do not produce leaves later in the sea-
son but rely on the stems and sheathing leaves for pho-
tosynthesis and production of storage carbohydrates for
the new conns developed after flowering. This pattern
recalls tropical African Gladiolus unguiculatus Baker;
flowering and fruiting specimens of this species have
short or vestigial foliage leaves but plants remain green
even after the capsules have ripened and the seeds are
shed in December (Goldblatt 1996). Corms of both spe-
cies eventually produce new foliage leaves from shoots
lateral to the fruiting axis, after the capsules have rip-
ened. Vegetative specimens of F. spithamea have one
or more well-developed leaves and one or two smaller
leaves in a basal tuft.
Evidently the closely allied Ferraria spithamea from
southwestern Angola has a similar growth form, but the
yellow tepals lack the characteristic small dark spots,
have at best undulate margins (never crisped), and the
style branches lack the feathery fringes of all other Fer-
raria species.
The inclusion of Ferraria welwitschii, and for that
matter F. spithamea, in the larger-flowered F. glutinosa
(e.g. Carter 1963; De Vos 1979; Geerinck 2005), a taller,
more robust plant with brown or purple (to maroon) or
sometimes partly yellow flowers, and often bears one or
more foliage leaves and well-developed cauline leaves
on flowering individuals, now seems mistaken. The
flowers of F. glutinosa have tepal limbs edged in yellow
and bloom mainly from January to March, rarely in late
November or December. Colour photographs in Flore
d’Afrique Centrale (Geerinck 2005) show the flower
form, colour and patterning of F. welwitschii clearly and
they contrast starkly with photographs of F. glutinosa
(e.g. Story 6165B PRE; Mannheimer et al. 2008) and
our illustration of the species (Figure 1). We include F.
hirschbergii in the syonymy of F. welwitschii, the type
of which closely matches that species. We provision-
ally also include a second heterotypic synonym, Moraea
aurantiaca, in F. welwitschii. The type, at the Berlin
Herbarium, is fragmentary, but consists of an apparently
leafless plant without flowers, but with small rounded
capsules. We assume the species was called aurantiaca
because the flowers were orange (or thought to be so)
but the basis for this is not evident to us. Duplicates of
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
17
the type collection, if they exist, may help establish the
identity of this name. The flowering time, October, and
absence of leaves are consistent with our provisional
assignment to F. welwitschii.
Representative specimens
ANGOLA. — Huila: Ganguelas, Vila Artur de Paiva, banks of
the Cubango, 1 450 m, 4 Jan. 1960, Mendes 1957 (fit), (LISC, MO);
Huambo, outskirts of Nova Lisboa, 1 750 m, 8 Nov. 1970, da Silva
3340 (K, LISC, PRE); Caala to Cuima, 26 Nov. 1959, Stopp 122 (K).
Lubango, Hoque, on road to Dinde, 5 km, 9 Nov. 1962, De Menezes
340 (K, LISC, PRE). Cuanza Sul: Cela-Cassamba, ± 1 350 m, 28 Sept.
1963, Texeira & All 7396 (LISC).
CONGO. — Shaba: Lubumbashi, woodland and savanna, 1 300 m,
6 Dec. 1968, Lewalle s.n. (MO); near Lubumbashi. banks of the Nat-
webo, 25 Oct. 1970, Lisowski 108 (B, BR. K); Lubumbashi. Paturage
de la Karavia, Nov. 1933, Quarre 3633 (BR).
ZAMBIA. — Northwestern: Mwinilunga: Kalenda Ridge, W of
Matonchi Farm, stony ground, 8 Oct. 1937 (fr. 16 Dec. 1937), Milne-
Redhead 2664 (K).
ZAMBIA. — Western: Luano Forest Reserve, Chingola, in granite
rocks, 19 Nov. 1961, Liriley 218 (K, MO, PRE, SRGH).
ZAMBIA. — Copperbelt: Kitwe, dambo margin, 13 Dec. 1959,
Fanshawe 5314 (K, NDO); Mufulira, dambo, 10 Nov. 1947, Cruse 92
(K), late Dec. 1947 (ft.), Cruse s.n. (K); Kawambwa Dist., 900 m, by
M’bereshi River, 2 Dec. 1961, Richards 15485 (K); Mazabuka. Ridge-
way road, 2 Dec. 1931, Central research station 541 (K, PRE). Mum-
bwa Dist., 30 miles [48 km] west of Kafue Hoek pontoon on road to
Mankoya. 21 Nov. 1959, Drummond & Cookson 6734 (K, MO, PRE.
SRGH).
ZIMBABWE. — Bulawayo, 25 Dec., "brown flowers’, Norman R44
(K); Matobo, Paddocks, black land, Dec. 1931. Rattray 440 (K); Farm
Shumbashaba, among rocks, Dec. 1954, Miller 2569 (K); Gokwe,
Charama road fly gate 4 miles [6 km] north of Gokwe, 2 Jan. 1963,
Bingham 393 (PRE).
B. Subgen. Ferraria
Plants acaulescent or with aerial stems with relatively
short branches enclosed by leaf sheaths. Stem not sticky
below nodes. Rhipidia with only 2 flowers each. Flow-
ers with tepal claws widely diverging, forming a shal-
low cup, with large nectaries with non-fluid nectar, or
forming a deep, wide to narrow cup with small nectaries
and with fluid nectar; filaments inserted in lower third or
near apex of anthers; anther lobes parallel and usually
contiguous above filament insertion or lobes not contig-
uous and usually widely diverging when fully dehisced.
Ovary included, ellipsoid, with or without sterile beak;
stigmas minute, terminal on apices of style branch arms,
or larger, on lobes below style arm tips. Capsules ovoid-
oblong and obtuse or with prominent beak.
B1 . Sect. 1 . Ferraria
Flowers with tepal claws widely diverging, forming a
shallow cup. with large nectaries with non-fluid nectar;
filaments inserted in lower third of anthers; anther lobes
parallel and contiguous above filament insertion. Ovary
ellipsoid, sometimes with sterile beak; stigmas minute,
terminal on apices of style branch arms. Capsules ovoid-
oblong and obtuse or with prominent beak.
5. Ferraria crispa Burnt, in Nova acta physico-
medico Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae
germanicae naturae curiosorum 2: 199 (1761); De Vos:
338 (1979). Type: South Africa, without precise local-
ity, illustration in Burman, Nova acta physico-medico
Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae germanicae
naturae curiosorum 2: 199, t. 3, fig. 1 (1761).
F. undulata L.: 1353 (1763), nom. illegit. superfl. pro M. crispa
Burm.f. Moraea undulata (L.) Thunb.: no. 14 (1787). Type: South
Africa, without locality or collector, illustration in Miller: 187, t. 280
(1759a), lecto., here designated.
F. ensiformis Mill. (1768), nom. superfl. pro F. crispa Burm. Type.:
not designated.
F. obtusifolia Sweet: t. 148 (1826b). Type: illustration in Sweet, l.c.
(1826b).
F. major Eckl.: 18 (1827), nom. nud.
F. vandermenvei L. Bolus: 276, fig. D (1932b). Type: South Africa,
[Western Cape], near Swellendam, cultivated in Cape Town, Sept.-Oct.
1932, Van der Meme s.n. BOL20168 ( BOL, holo.!).
F. crispa subsp. nortieri M.P.de Vos: 338 (1979), syn. nov. Type:
South Africa, [Western Cape], heights north of Verlorenvlei, 28 Aug.
1976, De Vos 2366 (NBG, holo.!).
See De Vos (1979: 338) for additional synonymy.
Plants usually robust, (300— )450— 1 500 mm high.
Stem much branched in upper half, sheathed by leaf
bases below; cataphylls and bases of leaf sheaths often
speckled pale on red background. Leaves several, linear
to sword-shaped, (4-)6-12 mm wide, basal leaves long-
est, with visible main vein. Rhipidia 2-flowered; spathes
green with membranous margins, inner 45-65 mm long,
outer ± half as long, usually entirely sheathing. Flow-
ers on pedicels 40-60 mm long, lasting a single day,
variously pale yellow to beige with brown to dull pur-
ple mottling and brown margins to predominantly brown
with pale yellow margins, strongly scented, odour remi-
niscent of caramel or molasses, tepals widely diverging,
forming a shallow bowl 6-8 mm deep, 13-18 mm wide
at mouth, nectary ± 7 length of claw, sometimes slightly
longer, limbs spreading horizontally; outer tepals 28-35
mm long, claws 8-12 mm long, limbs to 25 mm long,
inner tepals slightly shorter and narrower. Stamens with
filaments united in smooth column ± 6 mm long, free
in upper 3 mm; anthers ± 3 mm long, thecae parallel,
shortly apiculate; pollen orange. Ovary spindle-shaped,
not beaked, included in spathes, 12-20 mm long; style
branches ± 4 mm long, forked in upper half, divided into
diverging arms; 4—5 mm long, prominently fringed: stig-
mas terminal on style arms. Capsules ovoid to oblong,
1 5-25 mm long, obtuse or pointed at apex. Seeds angu-
lar, mostly 5-sided, ± 4 mm long, facets slightly wrin-
kled. Flowering time : Aug.-Oct. Plate IE.
Distribution and habitat : Ferraria crispa is best
known as a coastal species and it is common along the
Western Cape coast in rocky sites from Lambert’s Bay
to Hermanus; it also occurs sporadically further east
along the coast at least to Herold’s Bay near George
(Figure 5). Showing a striking ecological shift, it also
grows in montane habitats, sometimes along streams in
deep, coarse sand, or on seasonally moist south-facing
slopes, from Pakhuis Pass in the north through the Wit-
teberg and Swartberg to Georgida in the Baviaanskloof
Mtns of Eastern Cape. Usually fairly robust in stature,
plants of montane populations can reach a remarkable
1.5 m in height, more than has been recorded in any
coastal population of the species. Unlike the coastal pop-
ulations which flower annually, the montane populations
of F. crispa flower well only in late spring following a
wild fire the previous summer.
18
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
16° 18° 20° 22° 24°
_j i i 1 1 —
FIGURE 5. — Known distribution of Ferraria crispa.
Long known by the later synonym, Ferraria undulata
L., dating from 1763 (e.g. Baker 1892, 1896), the spe-
cies was first described by Johannes Burman in 1761 as
F. crispa. It is the most well-known species of the genus
and the name F. crispa (or F. undulata ) is often care-
lessly applied to other members of the genus. The spe-
cies is best recognized by the habit, with stems produced
well above the ground and bearing numerous branches
crowded in the upper half of the stem, combined with a
flower with a wide, shallow cup and an ovoid capsule
lacking a beak. The sword-shaped lower leaves and the
shorter cauline leaves have a definite main vein and
form two-opposed vertical ranks. The strongly scented
flowers have tepals speckled or blotched dark brown to
dull purple on a cream-coloured to pale yellowish back-
ground, or occasionally predominantly dark brown, but
whatever the dominant colour, the crisped margins are
a pale colour, sometimes almost golden when the tepals
are otherwise brown. More important than their colour
and patterning, which is quite variable, the tepals form a
wide, fairly shallow cup and each claw has a large nec-
tary, often covering almost half the surface. The nectar-
ies produce minute droplets of concentrated nectar scat-
tered over the entire surface.
De Vos (1979) recognized the northern populations
of Ferraria crispa as subsp. nortieri because of their
pale green rather than slightly glaucous leaves, slightly
smaller flowers, the perianth with a cup ± 8 mm deep
and ± 1 0 mm wide at the rim, and the ovary less than 20
mm long. The inner tepals are also slightly narrower, ±
6.5 mm wide versus ± 10 mm wide in the typical sub-
species. The distinction is less clear than De Vos indi-
cated and we prefer not to recognize these northern pop-
ulations formally. Notably, all plants of subsp. nortieri
for which chromosome numbers are available, are tetra-
ploid, 2 n = 40, whereas populations assigned to subsp.
crispa to the south and in the southern Cape mountains
are hexaploid, 2n = 60. The smaller flower dimensions,
and smaller pollen grain size noted by De Vos, seem
directly correlated with the lower ploidy level in these
northern populations.
The ecological range of Ferraria crispa , as noted
above is remarkable. We have looked in vain for differ-
ences between the coastal populations that favour rocky
outcrops and those from montane sandy slopes and in
the absence of any morphological distinction, apart from
greater height in the latter plants, they remain the same
taxon.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): 2 km from Lam-
bert’s Bay to Vredendal, (-AB), 5 Sept. 1976, De Vos 2374 (NBG);
Pakhuis Pass, road to Klein Kliphuis, (-BB), 4 Sept. 1976, De Vos
2368 (NBG). 3317 (Saldanha): Bobbejaankop, Saldanha, (-BB),
2 Sept. 1974, De Vos 2323 (NBG). 3318 (Cape Town): entrance to
West Coast National Park, calcareous slope, (-AA), 4 Aug. 2001,
Goldblatt & Manning 11665 (MO); Dassen Island, (-AC), Jan. 1926
(fr.), Lang sub Marloth 6696 (PRE); Robben Island, (-CC), Walgate
496 (NBG); Spieka near Klipheuwel, (-DA), 10 Sept. 1975, Thomp-
son 2617 (NBG). 3319 (Worcester): Hex River Pass, (-BD), 26 Sept.
1951, Barker 7454 (NBG). 3320 (Montagu): Montagu Baths, (-CC),
Oct. 1921, Page 74 (PRE). 3321 (Ladismith): Swartberg Mtns, road
to Gamkakloof, deep sand along stream, burned last summer, (-BD),
Goldblatt & Porter 11858 (MO, NBG); Gamkaberg Nature Reserve,
(-CB), 15 Aug. 1983, Cattell & Cattell 298 (NBG). 3322 (Oudt-
shoom): Swartberg Mtns, Meiringspoort, (-BC), Loubser sub De Vos
2351 (NBG). 3418 (Simonstown): Strandfontein, (-AB), 18 Sept.
1942, Compton 13705 (NBG). 3419 (Caledon): Kleinmond, (-AC),
De Vos 2360 (NBG); Hermanus, (-AC), Nov. 1921 (fr.), Rogers 22619
(PRE); Femkloof Nature Reserve, (-AD), 2 Oct. 1984, Drewe 154
(MO). 3420 (Bredasdorp): De Hoop, (-AD), 13 Sept. 1979, Burg-
ers 2217 (NBG). 3421 (Riversdale): Stilbaai, hill near tennis courts,
(-AD), 23 Nov. 1978 (fr.), Bohnen 4651 (NBG, PRE); 1 mile [1.6 km]
N of Gouritz River mouth, (BD), 18 Sept. 1968, Mauve 4755 (PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3323 (Willowmore): Georgida, (-AD), Oct.
1930, Fourcade 4411 (NBG).
6. Ferraria foliosa G.J. Lewis in Annals of the
South African Museum 40: 117 (1954); De Vos: 366
(1979). Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], near
Elandsbaai [Elands Bay], 12 Sept. 1955, Lewis 2301
(, SAM60809 , holo.!; SAM (two sheets)!, STE!, PRE!,
iso.).
Plants 300-800 mm high. Stem leafy and much-
branched, branches rotated in clockwise fashion. Leaves :
basal (and juvenile) with linear blades diamond-shaped
in cross section, thickened in midline, ± 8-10 mm wide,
main vein hardly evident below thickened midline;
cauline leaves falcate, channelled below, distally hori-
zontal, main vein often not evident, arranged in a two-
ranked spiral. Rhipidia 2-flowered; inner spathe 48-50
mm long, often prominently inflated, outer 28-30 mm
long, sheathing below, diverging in upper half, hooked
at tips. Flowers on pedicels 17-20 mm long, lasting a
single day, dull maroon to purple or dark brown, usu-
ally with darker purple-maroon blotches, margins pale
brown, claws usually maroon speckled with white,
putrid- or molasses-smelling, tepal claws broad, forming
a wide cup, 7. 5-8.0 mm deep, 13-18 mm wide at rim,
nectaries pale green, heart-shaped, prominent, '/ to V, as
long as claw, limbs ± spreading; outer tepals 33^-0 mm
long, inner tepals 28-35 mm long, claws of both whorls
9-10 mm long. Stamens with filaments united in a col-
umn 8-11 mm long, free in upper 1.5-2. 5 mm; anthers
± 3.5 mm long before anthesis, thecae parallel; pollen
orange. Ovary spindle-shaped, not beaked, included,
15-20 mm long; style branches ± 4.5 mm long, diverg-
ing, with prominently fringed arms; stigmas terminal on
style arms. Capsules ellipsoid, 28-35 mm long, round
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
19
at apex. Seeds angular, ± 5-sided, ± 3 mm long, facets
slightly wrinkled, light brown, shiny. Flowering time :
late Aug.-Oct. Plate 1C.
Distribution and biology, the vegetatively distinctive
Ferraria foliosa is restricted to dunes and sandy beaches
along the Atlantic coast of Northern and Western Cape
of South Africa (Figure 6). Plants have been recorded
from near Hondeklip Bay in the north to near Velddrif in
the south, where it overlaps the range of F. crispa. The
latter favours rocky sites in contrast to the deep sands,
mostly in strandveld close to the sea shore in which F.
foliosa grows. The dull purple-brown flowers have a
strong unpleasant, molasses-like or putrid odour and
attract numerous flies which successfully accomplish
cross pollination.
Vegetatively, Ferraria foliosa can be recognized
by the long, linear basal leaves much thickened in the
midline, thus diamond-shaped in cross section (see De
Vos 1979), and sometimes dry by flowering time. The
basal leaves differ markedly from the shorter, wider
cauline leaves, the blades of which are also thickened
in the middle and arch outward, ultimately spreading
horizontally. Successive leaves are opposed but col-
lectively the leaves have a spirally two-ranked arrange-
ment. This is also reflected in the short lateral branches,
which are crowded in the upper half of the stem, the suc-
cessive ones rotated slightly in a clockwise direction.
The flowers differ little from those of closely related F.
crispa in their darkly mottled pigmentation, broad tepal
claws with large nectaries, and wide, shallow floral cup.
Whereas the flowers of F. crispa are usually shades of
dull yellow, buff and brown, those of F. foliosa are mot-
tled dull purplish, or brownish maroon on a paler grey-
purple background.
In her key to the species, De Vos (1979) distinguished
Ferraria foliosa and F. schaeferi from F. crispa by the
leaf blades having numerous parallel veins rather than
a single prominent vein. That distinction seems to us to
poorly reflect their morphology, for the blades of F. foli-
16° 18° 20° 22° 24°
_l i l l i —
FIGURE 6. — Known distribution of Ferraria foliosa, O; F. schaeferi ,
osa are so thickened and leathery that no veins are evi-
dent except for the main vein in the centre of the thick-
ened blade. Ferraria foliosa is better distinguished from
F. crispa by the spirally rotated leaves and branches, and
secondarily by the duller flower coloration, the back-
ground tinged with purple and the mottling a maroon
to dull purple in F. foliosa that contrasts with the dark
brownish or dull yellow colouring on a pale cream-col-
oured background, or brown with yellow margins in F.
crispa. The cream-coloured perianth covered with dark
speckles and prominently beaked ovary, immediately
separate F. schaeferi from F. foliosa. The species appears
to have first been collected by Harry Bolus near Veld-
drif in 1892, but that specimen was overlooked by Lewis
and was referred to F. crispa by De Vos in her account of
Ferraria.
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): Farm Avontuur, 3
km E of Hondeklipbaai [Hondeklip Bay], (-AD), 25 Aug. 1986, Le
Roux & Lloyd 260 (NBG); sandy slopes above lighthouse at Groen
River Mouth, (-DC), 25 Aug. 2002, Goldblatl & Porter 12113 (MO);
Groen River Mouth, above highwater mark, (-DC), 29 Aug. 1977, De
Vos 2396 (PRE).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3117 (Lepelfontein): Brand-se-Baai, (-BD),
23 Aug. 1993, De Villiers 121 (PRE). 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): Olifants
River, dunes at river mouth, (-CA), 8 Oct. 1983, O'Callaghan 649
(NBG). 3218 (Clanwilliam): Otterdam, Lambert’s Bay, (-AB), 6 Sept.
1953, Compton 24162 (NBG); sandy slope south of Leipoldtville,
Elandsbaai [Elands Bay] road, (-AD), 15 Sept. 2001, Goldblatt & Por-
ter 11886 (MO, NBG); sandy flats along coast between Nuwedam and
Soutkloof, S of Elandsbaai [Elands Bay], (-AD), 5 Oct. 2004, Gold-
blatt & Porter 12619 (MO, NBG); Elands Bay, sand below Bobbe-
jaankop, (-AD), 28 Aug. 1976, De Vos 2365 (NBG); Dwarskersbos,
strandveld, (-CA), 7 Oct. 2004, Goldblatt & Porter 12636 (NBG);
dunes at mouth of Berg River, (-CC), Oct. 1892, Bolus 6301 (BOL,
NBG, PRE).
7. Ferraria schaeferi Dinter in Repertorium
Novae Species Regni Vegetabilium 16: 339 (1920); De
Vos: 344 (1979). Type: South West Africa [Namibia],
Klinghardt Mtns, Dreikugelberg, 14 Aug. 1913, Schafer
562 (B, neo.!, designated by De Vos 1979: 344).
Plants 200-500 mm high. Stem sheathed by leaf
bases, branching repeatedly in upper axils, branches
rotated in clockwise spiral; with corm bearing long run-
ners from base, each terminating in a small corm. Leaves
with overlapping sheaths; blades thick and leathery,
thickened in midline and main vein usually evident,
arranged in a two-ranked spiral, spreading horizontally
above, 12-20 mm wide. Rhipidia 2-flowered; spathes
firm, leafy in texture, with translucent membranous
upper margins, inner 50-60 mm long, outer somewhat
shorter, sheathing only near base, arching outward in
upper half. Flowers on pedicels 40-50 mm long, lasting
a single day, creamy yellow with small to large brown
spots, margins dark brown, usually sweetly scented (of
violets), tepal claws broad, forming a wide cup, ± 8
mm deep, 12-15 mm wide at rim, with brownish pur-
ple, heart-shaped nectaries in lower half, ± xf as long
as claw; outer tepals ± 25 mm long, inner tepals 22-24
mm long, claws of both whorls ± 8 mm long. Stamens
with filaments united in a column ± 7.5 mm long, free
in upper 2 mm; anther thecae parallel, ± 5 mm long at
anthesis, later shrinking; pollen dull brown to orange.
Ovary spindle-shaped, 20-25 mm long, tapering to a
slender beak, ± 8 mm long, included; style branches ±
20
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
2 mm long, diverging into prominently fringed arms ±
2 mm long; stigmas terminal on style arms. Capsules ±
ellipsoid, 20-25 mm long, excluding beak. Seeds light
brown, glossy, 5- or 6-angled, facets ± smooth. Flower-
ing time : mid-Jul.-Sept.
Distribution and biology, favouring deep sands,
mainly along the coast, or a short distance inland, Fer-
raria schaeferi extends from near Liideritz Bay in south-
western Namibia in the north, to the coast at Grootmis
in Northern Cape, South Africa in the south (Figure 6).
The type locality, the Klinghardt Mtns of southwesten
Namibia, lies some 40 km inland, which is somewhat
unusual but we have also seen F. schaeferi growing near
Brandkaros east of Alexander Bay, some 30 km inland,
along the Orange River. There is also an early record of
the species at Arrisdrif ( Marloth 12391), even further
inland, so F. schaeferi is not restricted to near-coastal
habitats. The inland stations benefit from coastal fog, the
additional precipitation allowing this otherwise coastal
species to extend into the interior.
Unlike the flowers of the related species, Ferraria
crispa and F. foliosa, those of F. schaeferi sometimes
have, at least to the human nose, a pleasant, sweet scent
reminiscent of violets, but with a slightly sour under-
tone. We have noted in cultivated plants that some have
sweeter-scented flowers at cool temperatures, whereas
others smell putrid both at cooler and warm termpera-
tures. Whatever the scent, the flowers of F. schaeferi are
visited exclusively by a range of small and large fly spe-
cies, mostly of the families Muscidae and Calliphoridae
that forage on the droplets of sweet nectar on the nectaries.
Diagnosis and relationships', with a basic floral mor-
phology very much like that of Ferraria crispa and F.
foliosa , F. schaeferi has widely spreading tepals, the broad
claws of which form a shallow cup, ± 8 mm deep and
some 12 mm wide at the rim. The tepal claws bear large
heart-shaped nectaries, while the limbs have a creamy pale
yellow ground colour speckled with small dark brown
spots, the same colour as the crisped margins. In vegeta-
tive form, Ferraria schaeferi most closely resembles F.
foliosa which also has the leaves and branches arranged
in a two-ranked spiral, and the leaf blades are similarly
thick and leathery with a weakly defined central vein. In
addition to the differently coloured perianth, the ovary
and capsule have a pronounced beak up to 8 mm long,
that readily separates F. schaeferi from F. foliosa. In its
normally sandy habitat, plants spread vegetatively on
long runners produced from the base of the stem that can
extend below the ground a metre or more from the parent
plant, each terminating in a corm.
Although first collected in October 1830 on the
south side of the Orange River by the important early
plant explorer in South Africa, J.F. Drege ( Drege s.n.,
P), Ferraria schaeferi is based on an early 20th cen-
tury collection made about 1912 to 1913 by the medical
doctor, Fritz Schafer, who worked on the Liideritz Bay-
Keetmanshoop railway in the then German colony of
South West Africa (Gunn & Codd 1981), now Namibia.
Schafer made two collections in the Klinghardt Mtns
in the Namib Desert south of Liideritz Bay, and these
specimens formed the basis for Dinter’s description of F.
schaeferi. The broad similarity of the plant to F. crispa
led 19th century botanists to overlook the Drege col-
lection, which lacks flowers, but has the characteristic
beaked capsules that mark F. schaeferi unmistakably.
Representative specimens
NAMIBIA. — 2615 (Liideritz): Kovisberge, (-AA), 8 Sept. 1929,
Dinter 6689 (B); Luderitzbucht, (-AC), Sept. 1917, Knobel s.n.
( SAM12783 ); Kowis Mtns, east of Liideritz, 644 m, (-AA), 15 Aug.
2001, Smook 11394 (PRE); east of Grosse Bucht, wind farm site, (—
CC), 21 Sept. 2001, Mannheimer & Burke 1703 (WIND). 2715
(Bogenfels): south Namib opposite Possession Is., (-AA), 10 Oct.
1976, De Vos 2379 (NBG); Granietberg near Bogenfels, (-AA), Aug.
1911, Schaefer 14 (sub Marloth 5249) (PRE); Buchubergen, (-DD), 9
Aug. 1929, Dinter 6584 (B). 2816 (Oranjemund): rocky outcrop before
Schakel Mtn among quartzite stones, (-BA), 31 Jul. 1977, Muller 752
(WIND).
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2816 (Oranjemund): Beauvallon, sanddune,
(-DA), 22 Aug. 2001, Goldblatt & Porter 11739 (MO); 19 Jul. 2002,
Manning 2746 (NBG). 2817 (Vioolsdrif): stony gravel flats near Arris-
drif, banks of Orange River, (-AC), 31 Aug. 1925, Marloth 12391
(PRE). 2916 (Port Nolloth): 5 km E of Port Nolloth, (-BC), 22 Aug.
2001, Goldblatt & Porter 11734A (MO). 2917 (Springbok): Grootmis,
sanddune, (-CA), Oct. 1977, De Vos 2391 (NBG).
8. Ferraria ovata (Thunb.) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning in Novon 12: 461 (2002). Moraea ovata
Thunb.: 186 (1800). Type: South Africa, [Northern
Cape,] Namaqualand, near Kooksfontein [as Koksfon-
tein, also Cocksfonteyn], (now Soebatsfontein), without
date, probably in 1793, Masson s.n. UPS-THUNB1225
(UPS-THUNB, holo.l).
Plants often small, (40—) 1 00—200 mm high. Stem
erect, unbranched, lower half partly exposed. Leaves :
basal and juvenile with short, linear blades, up to 45 x
2 mm; cauline entirely bifacial, broadly ovate to rotund,
amplexicaul, 15-18 mm long, spreading, concave; mar-
gins membranous, often reddish. Rhipidia 2-flowered;
spathes leafy, green, often brown at tips, inner 18-20
mm long, outer 12-20 mm long, sheathing in lower half,
arching outward above. Flowers on pedicels 7-12 mm
long, lasting a single day, pale yellow with brown spots
in midline and base of limbs, margins closely crisped,
dark brown, acrid-smelling, tepal claws broad, 7-8
mm long, forming a cup ± 7 mm deep, ± 8 mm wide at
rim, nectaries ± 2 mm long, above base of claws, ± 2 x
2 mm, paired or bilobed, greenish, tepal limbs spread-
ing; outer tepals 17-20 mm long, limbs 8-12 mm long,
inner slightly smaller than outer. Stamens with filaments
united in a column 7-8 mm long, free in upper 1 mm;
anther thecae parallel, ± 2 mm long; pollen orange.
Ovary included, spindle-shaped, ± 6 mm long, without
beak; style branches ± 2 mm long, diverging into promi-
nently fringed arms; stigmas terminal on style arms.
Capsules ovoid (mature capsules and seeds unknown).
Flowering time : Jun.-Jul. Figure 7A-E.
Distribution and biology, found on granitic slopes
and clay-loam flats, Ferraria ovata is restricted to cen-
tral Namaqualand, South Africa, where it has been
recorded from a few isolated sites from Soebatsfontein
in the north to the low hills of the southern Kamiesberg
between Kliprand and Bitterfontein (Figure 8). Plants
typically grow in gritty granitic gravel among rocks that
protect the corms from predation. Like those of other
species of sect. Ferraria, the flowers of F. ovata seem
adapted for pollination by muscid and blowflies.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
21
FIGURE 7— A-E, Ferraria ovata : A, whole plant; B, half-flower; C, outer tepal; D, inner tepal; E, anther and style branches. F, Ferraria variabilis:
flower. G, FI, F. densepunctulatcr. G, capsule; H, seed. Scale bar: A, C, D, F, G, 10 mm; B, 5 mm; E, 2 mm; H, 1 .5 mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
22
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1)
FIGURE 8. — Known distribution of Ferraria densepunctulata, A; F.
ovata, O; F. ornata, •.
Diagnosis and relationships', the parallel anthers,
wide and shallow tepal cup, spindle-shaped ovary with-
out a beak, and stigmas terminal on the style arms, show
that Ferraria ovata belongs in sect. Ferraria. It most
closely resembles the coastal species F. densepunctulata ,
which also has dimorphic basal and cauline leaves, a
sparsely branched or unbranched stem, and the relatively
small bilobed or paired nectaries located well above the
base of the tepal claws. It is one of three winter flower-
ing species in the genus, the others being the coastal spe-
cies, F. densepunctulata and F. ornata.
History, one of the rarest species of the genus, Fer-
raria ovata was first collected in the 1790s, probably
in 1793, by the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew collector,
Francis Masson, and not again for over 200 years. The
species was described as Moraea ovata by Thunberg in
1800, based on Masson’s collection, which was in fruit
and without corms. Plants were rediscovered in 1995 by
botanist, Annelise le Roux, who collected a sterile speci-
men near Soebatsfontein in central Namaqualand. A
later record by P. Desmid and party, also sterile, finally
led us to a site with plants in bloom near Kliprand, east
of Bitterfontein ( Manning 2350), in June 2001, when
it became clear that the plants represented an unknown
species of Ferraria (Goldblatt & Manning 2002).
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): Namaqualand, Farm
Doomfontein 464, Steenkamp Kraal, sandy loam slope, (-BA), 2 Sept.
1 995 (sterile), Le Roux 4658 (.IONK).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3018 (Kamiesberg): Farm Gannabos, 25
km from Bitterfontein on road to Kliprand, granite outcrops, (-CD),
10 Aug. 2000 (fr.), Goldblatt & Manning 11373 (MO, NBG), 10 Jun.
2001, Manning 2350 (MO, NBG); Knersvlakte, Farm Steenbokskraal,
(-CD), 20 Aug. 1999 (fr.), National Geographic-IPC Expedition 115
(NBG).
9. Ferraria densepunctulata M.P.de Vos in Jour-
nal of South African Botany 45: 346 (1979). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Elandsbaai [Elands Bay], 14 Jun.
1974, Louhser sub De Vos 2317 ( STE, holo.!; PRE, iso.!).
Plants slender, mostly 120-250 mm high. Stem sev-
eral-branched in upper half, lower half of stem partly
visible; leaf sheaths and cataphylls often flushed red
with pale spotting. Leaves : basal with long compressed-
cylindrical blades, loosely 2-ranked, 3-5 mm wide,
with narrow hyaline to reddish margins; cauline leaves
shorter, spreading outward, tips often hooked; juvenile
leaves in a 2-ranked cluster, up to 6, terete, hollow, dark
green. Rhipidia 2-flowered; spathes green with nar-
row membranous margins either pale or flushed red;
inner 40-50 mm long, outer ± 25 mm long, sheathing
below, diverging and hooked distally. Flowers on pedi-
cels slightly shorter to ± as long as spathes, lasting two
days, pale greenish to grey-blue, outer tepals densely
speckled with small maroon to purple or dark blue spots,
inner tepal limbs maroon to purple or dark blue blotch
in lower V2, faintly spice-scented, tepal claws forming
a shallow cup, ± 9 mm deep, 15-20 mm wide at rim;
nectaries bilobed, above base of outer tepal claws, in
midline of inner tepal claws, tepal limbs spreading hori-
zontally, undulate or only slightly crisped; outer tepals
25-30 x 11-13 mm, inner tepals 20-23 x ± 10 mm,
claws of both whorls ± 10 mm long, inner much nar-
rower than outer. Stamens with filaments united in a col-
umn 8-10 mm long, free in upper ± 2 mm; anther thecae
parallel, ± 4 mm long before anthesis; pollen orange or
dull yellow. Ovary sometimes exserted, spindle-shaped,
12-15 mm long, without obvious beak but without
ovules in upper 3—4 mm; style ± 10 mm long, style
branches ± 3 mm long, divided in upper 7 into diverg-
ing, fringed arms; stigmas terminal on style arms. Cap-
sules ovoid, 15-25 mm long, apex subacute. Seeds pale
glossy brown, ± 3 mm diam., 5-sided with facets slightly
wrinkled. Flowering time : May-Jul. Figure 7G, H.
Distribution and biology. Ferraria densepunctu-
lata grows in rocky or calcareous sandy sites along the
Western Cape coast of South Africa, from Lambert’s
Bay in the north to Langebaan in the south (Figure 8).
At Jacobsbaai near Saldanha, plants grow in limestone
pavement. The spice-scented flowers are pollinated by a
range of short-tongued flies.
Diagnosis and relationships', early flowering and rela-
tively rare, Ferraria densepunctulata was only described
in 1979 by M.R de Vos, and until she began her study
of the genus, the species was known from just three col-
lections, the first made by C.L. Leipoldt in June 1941 in
the hills at Langebaan, south of Saldanha, still the most
southerly record. The species is distinctive in the narrow
basal leaves, oval in cross section, and rather different
from the shorter, broader cauline leaves, and in the unu-
sually coloured flowers, minutely dark blue to purple
spotted on a pale greenish to grey-blue background, but
with the limbs of the inner tepals so densely speckled as
to appear solidly coloured, either maroon or dark slate
blue. The flowers are also unusual in the genus in hav-
ing the tepal limb margins undulate instead of closely
crisped. The small bilobed nectaries are located at the
base of the outer tepals but in the midline of the inner
tepal claws, the lower halves of which are linear and ±
1 mm wide. Like other members of sect. Ferraria , the
stigmas are terminal on the arms of the style branches
and the ovary is not beaked as in all but F. schaeferi of
the section. The flowers are unique in the section in last-
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
23
FIGURE 9. — Ferraria omata, Manning 3174. A, flowering plant; B, fruiting plant; C, outline side view of flower; D, claw of outer tepal;
E, claw of inner tepal; F, staminal columns and style; G, capsule. Scale bar: A— C, G: 10 mm; D, E, 0.5 mm; F, 1.5 mm. Artist: J.C.
Manning.
24
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
ing two days instead of a single day. The leaves of non-
flowering plants are so strikingly different from those of
mature, flowering indivuals that they appear to represent
a different species. Four to six in number, they are held
in a close, 2-ranked fan and the blades are dark green,
terete and hollow.
The early flowering habit of Ferraria densepunc-
tulata is now known to be matched in the genus by F.
ornata and F. ovata, both of which also have the narrow
basal leaves differentiated from the shorter and broader
cauline leaves.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3217 (Vredenburg): Jacobsbaai, in limestone
pavement, (-DD), Aug. 2007 (fr. ), Goldblatt & Manning 129I4A
(MO); Cape Columbine, hill adjacent to lighthouse, in sand with lime-
stone gravel, (-DD), 8 Sept. 2009, Goldblatt & Porter 13285 (MO,
NBG). 3218 (Clanwilliam): Langdam, near Lambert's Bay, (-AB),
Jun. 1974, De Vos 2298 (NBG); Elands Bay, near school, (-AB),
17 May 1966, Pamphlet t 98 (NBG); Farm St Helenafontein, sandy
ground, (-DB), 11 Sept. 2008 (fr.), Goldblatt & Porter 13111 (MO,
NBG). 3318 (Cape Town): Langebaan, hills behind hotel, (-AA), Jun.
1941, Leipoldt 3844 (BOL).
10. Ferraria ornata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
Plantae acaulescentes usitate 50-80 mm altae, foliis
4 vel 5 amplexicaulibus concavo-lanceolatis ad 40 x 15
mm, lamina folii basalis 5-10 mm longa subtereti ad
cylindrica, spathis coriaceis glaucis marginibus translu-
centibus spatha interna 40-50 mm longa externa 20-30
mm longa extrinsecus arcuata, floribus albis tepalis basi
pall ide flavis, limbis unguibusque brunneis maculatis
inodoris, marginibus undulatis crispisque, nectaribus
bilobis in medio unguium marginibus distalibus cristis
prominentibus, tepalis inaequalibus externis ± 19 x 10
mm unguibus ± 8 mm longis ± 2 mm latis ad basem,
internis ± 13 x 6 mm unguibus ± 6.0 longis ± 1.5 mm
latis ad basem, columna filamentorum ± 8-9 mm longa,
antheris ± 3 mm longis brunneis lobis paralleli, ovario
fusiformi incluso 10-12 mm longo, ramis styli fimbria-
tis.
TYPE. — Northern Cape, 3017 (Hondeklipbaai):
central Namaqualand, sandy slopes 10 km inland from
Groen River mouth. Farm Van Zylsrus, 500 m along dirt
track N of main road, strandveld in deep sand, (-DC), 2
Jun. 2008, Manning 3174 (NBG, holo.; MO, iso.).
Plants acaulescent, congested, 50-80 mm high. Stem
2^1-branched; replacement conns not present at flow-
ering, developing later; cataphylls (usually only upper-
most) turning red above ground. Leaves 4 or 5, amplexi-
caul, lanceolate-concave, up to 40 x 15 mm, glaucous
with purple tips; margins reddish membranous, finely
crisped, basal leaf with blades only 5-10 mm long,
subterete to cylindrical, obtuse-apiculate, 3-4 mm
diam.; non-flowering plants with l-3(-5) leaves; blades
suberect or falcate, subterete or cylindrical, ± quadran-
gular to round in section, 60-80 x 2-4 mm, obtuse-
apiculate, glaucous with purple apex and sheath, sheath
margins and veins abaxially minutely hairy. Rhipidia
2-flowered; spathes leathery, glaucous, with translu-
cent, membranous margins, inner 40-50 mm long, outer
much smaller, 20-30 mm long, sheathing in lower half,
arching outward. Flowers on pedicels 30-40 mm long.
lasting a single day, white with base of tepal limbs yel-
low, limbs finely brown-spotted basally and with fewer,
larger brown spots distally, margins finely crisped, yel-
low and brown, claws streaked with brown, unscented,
with bilobed, concave nectaries in middle of claws,
distal nectary margin prominently crested, pale lilac
with purple streaks, tepal claws narrowed below, form-
ing a windowed cup 7-8 mm deep and ± 10 mm wide
at rim, limbs spreading or slightly reflexed; tepals un-
equal, outer ± 19 x 10 nun with claws ascending, ± 8
mm long, narrowed below and ± 2 mm wide, inner ±
13x6 mm with claws ± 6 mm long, narrow proximal
part ± 1.5 mm wide. Stamens with filaments united in
column 8-9 mm long, free in upper ± 2 mm; anthers
diverging, thecae parallel, ± 3 mm long, brown; pol-
len orange. Ovary included, spindle-shaped, 10-12
mm long; style branches diverging, deeply divided into
diverging, fringed arms; stigmas terminal on style arms.
Capsules broadly ovoid, 14-18 mm long, tapering to
acute tip. Seeds irregularly 5(6)-sided, ± 3 x 2 mm, fac-
ets separated by pale straw-coloured, wavy ridges, facet
surfaces usually ± plane and dark brown. Flowering
time : May to early Jun. Figure 9, Plate 1H.
Distribution and biology. Ferraria ornata is known
from two extended populations, one on slopes above the
lower Groen River in central Namaqualand and the other
west of Koekenaap in southern Namaqualand, some 120
km to the south. It occurs on sandy ground in sandveld
(Figure 8). At its northern site on the northern bank of
the Groen River, ± 1 0 km inland from the Atlantic coast,
plants occur in localized colonies in deep, gritty, sandy
soil in Namaqualand Strandveld vegetation among suc-
culent shrubs, including Othonna cylindrica and O.
coronopifo/ia. The plants appear to be habitat specific
and were not located in patches of Namaqualand Coastal
Fynbos that interdigitate with the strandveld. Plants
flower early in the season, after the first rains, in May
or June, and last a single day, opening ± 08:00 and col-
lapsing ± 16:00. Branches are produced in the upper one
or two leaf axils, which extend the flowering period for
some weeks, possibly into early July in years of favour-
able rainfall. Juvenile and non-flowering plants produce
a tuft of cylindrical leaves quite different from those on
flowering individuals. Replacement corms of flowering
individuals are absent at flowering and develop later as
the capsules ripen.
The species was discovered by Cape Town ecologist,
Rupert Koopman, who collected a fruiting specimen
in spring 2007. The locality was visited in the follow-
ing winter in a year of poor rainfall but we were able to
locate a single flowering individual for description and
illustration.
Diagnosis and relationships', stemless, and with the
tepal claws unusually narrow in the lower part, thus
forming a windowed cup, Ferraria ornata is easily rec-
ognized by its small size, flowering individuals stand-
ing only 50-80 mm high. The flowers are unique in the
fleshy crests bordering the distal margins of the nectar-
ies, which are situated in the middle of the tepal claws,
and which secrete miniscule quantities of sticky, sweet
nectar. The flowers appear scentless to the human nose.
The short, concave cauline leaves of flowering plants
stand in marked contrast to the long, centric leaves of
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
25
non-flowering individuals. Both the early flowering
and unusual, concave cauline leaves of flowering plants
suggest it is most closely allied to F. ovata , which has
a similar growth strategy of early flowering and small,
concave cauline leaves on a taller flowering stem.
Additional specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): same locality as
type collection, Aug. 2007 (fr. and sterile), Koopman s.n. (NBG).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): Farm Kommandokraal
west of Koekenaap, sandveld, ± 80 m, (-CA), 9 Sept. 2008 (fr.), Gold-
blatt & Porter 13098 (K, MO, NBG, PRE).
B2. Sect. Macroscyphae Baker in Journal of the
Linnean Society 16: 106 (1877); De Vos: 349 (1979).
Type species: Ferraria divaricata Sweet (lectotype des-
ignated by De Vos 1979: 350).
Flowers with tepal claws forming a deep, wide or
narrow cup containing fluid nectar; filaments inserted
near apex of anthers; anther lobes when fully dehisced
usually widely divergent, rarely parallel but never con-
tiguous. Ovary always with sterile beak; stigmas on
lobes below apices of style branch arms. Capsules with
prominent beak.
Series Subdivaricatae
11. Ferraria ferrariola (Jacq.) Willd., Species
plantarum edn 4, 3: 581 (1800); De Vos: 350 (1979).
Moraea ferrariola Jacq.: (1790). Type: South Africa,
without precise locality or collector, illustration in
Plantarum rariorum horti caesarei schoenbrunnensis 4:
24, t. 450(1804).
F. viridiflora Andrews: 285 (1803) \F. viridis Ker Gawl. (1804)
orth. var.]. Type: South Africa, collected by W. Synnot, without precise
locality, illustration in The botanist’s repository 4: t. 285 (1803); no pre-
served material known.
F. tonga Barnes: 313 (1930). Type: South Africa, [Northern Cape],
Nieuwoudtville, cultivated at Kirstenbosch, Jul. 1930, P. Ross-Frames
s.n. BOL19720 (BOL, holo.!).
Plants slender, mostly 150-250 mm high. Stem
sheathed below by mottled cataphylls and leaf sheaths;
lower intemodes usually partly exposed, usually branched
in upper V . Leaves', basal linear, unifacial, usually slightly
longer than stem, mostly 2-3 mm wide, main vein usu-
ally well delineated; cauline leaves markedly shorter and
broader than basal leaves and resembling spathes. Rhi-
pidia 2-flowered; spathes glaucous or pale green, with
broad transparent margins, inner 45-60(-70) long, often
inflated, outer ± '/ to 2/3 as long, sheathing below, diverg-
ing in upper half and ± hooked at tips. Flowers on pedi-
cels 20-30 mm long, lasting two days, greenish blue,
grey-blue, or pale watery yellow to pale green, usually
with darker spots and streaks on outer tepal limbs, faintly
sweet- or spice-scented, sometimes odourless, tepal claws
forming a narrow, closed cup, 17-20 mm deep, ± 12 mm
wide at mouth; nectaries small, at base of tepals; outer
tepals (30— >35^40 mm long, claws fairly narrow, 17-20
mm long, inner slightly shorter and narrower, limbs of
outer ± spreading, inner usually reflexed. Stamens with fil-
aments united in a column 14—19 mm long, free in upper
1-2 mm; anther thecae initially parallel, ± 4 mm long at
anthesis, later diverging and shrinking to almost 2 mm.
Ovary spindle-shaped, 20-25 mm long, with sterile beak.
(5— )8— 12 mm long; style branches ± 2.5 mm long, divid-
ing into diverging, fringed arms, ± 2.5 mm long; stigmas
irregularly shaped lobes in middle of style arms, arching
over anthers. Capsules ovoid-oblong, 1 4 — 20(— 25) mm
long, beak (5 — )8— 1 2 mm long. Seeds mostly 5-sided, 3.0-
3.5 x 2. 5-3.0 mm, smooth, shiny, brown, facets separated
by prominent, pale wavy ridges, facets light yellow-brown
with surfaces smooth or slightly wrinkled. Flowering time :
Jun.-Aug. Plate IF.
Distribution and biolog\r. usually in rocky sites, the
relatively common Ferraria ferrariola is found on gran-
ite and sandstone slopes, or in sandy ground usually not
far from rock outcrops. Its range extends from the Rich-
tersveld in northern Namaqualand to the Bokkeveld and
Olifants River Mtns as far south as Clanwilliam (Figure
10). The floral cup contains nectar of moderately high
sugar concentration. The scented flowers, which last two
days, appear attractive to bees, the only recorded floral
visitors (Goldblatt et al. 2009). These include honey
bees. Apis mellifera, and Anthophora species, which
visit the flowers to forage for nectar, and during their
visits accomplish pollination.
Diagnosis and relationships'. Ferraria ferrariola is
readily recognized by the linear basal leaves, quite dif-
ferent from the shorter cauline leaves, the stem usually
partly exposed, and the red-flushed and white-speckled
cataphylls and sheath of the lowermost leaf. The large
flowers have a deep and relatively narrow floral cup,
17-20 deep and ± 12 mm wide at the mouth. The flow-
ers are usually shades of turquoise-grey to pale slate-
blue with a pale yellow nectar guide lightly speckled
with darker colour on the limbs of the outer tepals (Man-
ning et al. 2002: 157). The flowers have a faint sweet
odour, often with spicy overtones of almond or cinna-
mon or vanilla, unique in the genus.
The relationships of Ferraria ferrariola are evidently
with sect. Macroscyphae with which it shares the diver-
gent anther lobes and large stigma lobes below the tips
of the style arms, as well as a prominently beaked ovary.
16° 18° 20° 22° 24°
l
FIGURE 10. — Known distribution of Ferraria ferrariola, O; F. parva,
26
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
The sharp dimorphism between the basal and cauline
leaves does not occur in other species of the section, but
is found in F densepunctulata and F. ovata of sect. Fer-
raries and in F. glutinosa of subgen. Glutinosae. These
species are, however, otherwise very different in having
flowers with the tepal claws forming a wide, shallow
cup, anthers with parallel lobes, small stigmatic surfaces
terminal on the style arms, and an ovary lacking a beak.
In our Western Cape Wildflower Guide (Manning &
Goldblatt 1996: 51) we misdentified as Ferraria fer-
rariola the photograph of a second species, F. parva,
described here as new. Whereas the two have flow-
ers of similar shape, divaricate anthers, and a narrow
floral cup, those of F. pan>a are much smaller, with
a floral cup, ± 6 mm deep, and outer tepals 18-22 mm
long, compared to (30— )35^40 mm in F. ferrariola. The
sheaths and cataphylls of F. parva also lack the red flush
and white speckling so characteristic of F. ferrariola.
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2817 (Vioolsdrif): Richtersveld, Kodaspiek,
stony clay loam, (-AA), 2 Sept. 1977, Oliver, Toelken & Venter 395
(PRE); Armanshoek, moist gorge, (-AC), Aug. 1995, Williamson
& Williamson 5647 (NBG); stony flats ± 4 km N of Eksteenfontein,
(-CD), 23 Aug. 2001 (fr.), Goldblatt & Porter 11755 (MO). 2917
(Springbok): granite dome W of Springbok, (-DB), 21 Aug. 2002,
Goldblatt & Porter 12085 (MO). 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): Kamieskroon,
(-BB), 24 Jul. 1941, Compton 11110 (NBG); flats east of Karkams on
Tweerivieren road, (-BD), 21 Aug. 2001, Goldblatt & Porter 11723
(MO). 3119 (Calvinia): Nieuwoudtville Wildflower Reserve, dolerite
rocks, (-AC), 11 Aug. 1983, Perry & Snijman 2276 (NBG); Botter-
kloof Pass, (-CA), 12 Aug. 1983, Van Wvk 1453 (NBG); top of Botter-
kloof, (-CC), 28 Jul. 1948, Lewis 1992 (SAM).
WESTERN CAPE.— 3018 (Kamiesberg): ± 9 km N of Bitter-
fontein, (-CC), 20 Aug. 2001, Goldblatt & Porter 11713A (MO).
3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): Holrivier, stony hills, (-AD), 11 Aug. 1970,
Hall 3730 (NBG); Farm KJiphoek, 10 miles [16 km] east of Doring-
baai, (-CC), 12 Aug. 1970, Hall 3743 (NBG). 3218 (Clanwilliam):
Pakhuis Pass, west end, (-BB), 23 Aug. 1966, Barker 10454 (NBG);
Clanwilliam. 350 ft [106 m], (-BB), 22 Aug. 1896, Schlechter 8597
(PRE). 3219 (Wuppertal): between Pakhuis and Botterkloof, 2 km past
Bidouw turn-off, (-AA), 4 Sept. 1976 ( t'r.), De Vos 2369 (NBG).
12. Ferraria parva Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
Plantae usitate 80-150 mm altae, foliis unifacialibus,
basalibus 2-3 linearibus 3-5 mm latis, caulinibus lan-
ceolatis 4-6 mm latis, spathis pallidis viridibus interne
45-65 mm longis, externe ± dimidio longiore interne,
floribus atroflavis ad pallide caeruleo-viridibus atro-
maculatis, marginibus crispis bubalinis, tepalis exteri-
oribus 18-22 mm longis, columna filamentorum ± 6 mm
longis, antheris ± 3 mm longis lobis divaricatis.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3217 ( Vredenburg): sandveld
west of Vredenburg, north side of Saldanha highway,
opposite cemetery, under shrubs and restios, (-DD), 19
Sept. 2007, Goldblatt & Manning 13000 (NBG, holo.;
MO, iso.).
Plants mostly 80-150 mm high, not including basal
leaves. Stem branched near base and in upper part, lower
'/, often partly exposed; cataphylls and sheath of low-
ermost leaf pale. Leaves unifacial, basal 2 or 3 ± linear,
usually exceeding spathes, 3-5 mm wide, upper leaves
subtending branches lanceolate, spreading, shorter and
wider than basal, mostly 4-6 mm wide, margins and
main vein not evident when alive; non-flowering plants
with 2 or 3 linear leaves, oval in cross section, without
differentiated margins or main vein. Rhipidia 2-flow-
ered; spathes pale green, apices slightly hooked, inner
45-65 mm long, often inflated with age, margins trans-
parent, outer spathe ± 7 as long as inner, often diverg-
ing in upper 7V Flowers on pedicels 18-20 mm long,
lasting 2 days, spotted with dark brown in a dull yellow,
light red-brown or pale greenish blue background, mar-
gins crisped, buff to khaki, sweetly scented of a mix of
jasmine and coconut, tepal claws forming a narrow cup
± 8 mm deep, ± 7 mm wide at rim; outer tepals 1 8-22 x
8-10 mm, claws 7-8 mm long with a pouch-like bilobed
nectary in lower midline; inner tepal slightly shorter and
± V as wide, limbs slightly reflexed, inner more so than
outer. Stamens with filaments united in a column ± 6
mm long, free in upper ± 1 .5 mm; anther thecae initially
parallel, later divaricate, ± 3 mm long at anthesis, later ±
2/3 as long. Ovary fusiform, 12-15 mm long, with a ster-
ile beak up to 7 mm long; style branches ± 2 mm long,
forked in upper V2, prominently fringed; stigmas nar-
row, at lateral ends of style branches, arching forward.
Capsules ovoid-oblong, 15-20 mm long, with beak up
to 2-7 mm long. Seeds angular, smooth, shiny, golden
brown, mostly 5-sided, facets smooth or slightly wrin-
kled. Flowering time : late Aug.-mid-Sept. Figure 11,
Plate II.
Distribution and biology. Ferraria parva is a sur-
prising discovery — plants grow close to Saldanha and
Vredenburg, an area believed to be well-explored botan-
ically. Clearly rare, the species is restricted to sand-
veld and limestone fynbos on the Western Cape coast
between Bokbaai and Vredenburg and the Berg River
near Langrietvlei (Figure 10). Plants grow in deep sandy
ground, sometimes over limestone, or in cracks in lime-
stone or calcrete pavement. The flowers last two days
and have a sweet scent reminiscent of a mix of jasmine
and coconut or, less often, a somewhat sour, unpleasant
odour. The floral cup contains moderately sweet nectar
of mean 24.2 % sucrose equivalents. Pollination biology
is unknown but, like its closest relative, F. ferrariola, the
flowers appear adapted for pollination by bees foraging
for nectar. At the type site we noticed plants had been
well pollinated. Unfortunately, many plants in the small
population had been uprooted and the corms eaten, pre-
sumably by porcupines. Apart from the type site, inci-
dentally, the only known locality for Romulea el/iptica
M.P.de Vos, just one other record of the species was
known before 2007, made in 1940 by W.F. Barker ‘on
the road to GanzekraaT (probably the farm southwest of
Darling near Bokbaai). Collecting in the Saldanha area
in 2008 showed the species to be fairly common in the
immediate area of Vredenburg and Saldanha, both on
limestone and in sandy ground. The single flower of the
Ganzekraal collection is poorly preserved but is compa-
rable in size and has the divaricate anthers and general
appearance of F. parva.
Diagnosis and relationships', we first encountered
Ferraria parva in 1995 while taking photographs for
the West Coast Wildflower Guide (Manning & Gold-
blatt 1996) and included therein a photograph of
the species misidentified as F. ferrariola. Later, dur-
ing our study of Ferraria, it became clear that this
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
27
FIGURE 1 1 . — Ferraria parva,
Goldblatt & Manning 13000.
A, flowering plant; B, half
flower; C, outer tepal; D,
inner tepal; E, anther and sin-
gle style branch; F, capsules,
undehisced (left) and dehisced
(right); G, seed. Scale bar: A,
F, 10 mm; B-D, 5 mm; E, G, 2
mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
was not F. ferrariola, which is a Namaqualand plant
that extends south only as far as Clanwilliam, but
an unknown species. After repeated searches at the
same site, we re-collected the species in Septem-
ber 2007. The flower is similar to F. ferrariola in
basic structure: it has a narrow floral cup and tepals
with slightly reflexed limbs but the flower is less than
half the size of those of F. ferrariola. the tepals just
18-22 mm long, the floral cup ± 8 mm deep and fila-
ment column ± 6 mm long, compared with outer tepals
(30-)35-40 mm long, a floral cup 17-20 mm deep and
a filament column 14-19 mm long of F. ferrariola. The
cataphylls and sheath of the basal leaf of F. parva are
uniformly coloured in contrast to the speckled and usu-
ally red-flushed cataphylls and sheaths of F. ferrariola.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3217 (Vredenburg): sandveld west of Vreden-
burg, (-DD), 29 Aug. 1995, Goldblatt & Manning 10271 (MO); lime-
stone-topped hill north of Saldanha, (-DD), 13 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt
& Porter 13117 (MO, NBG, PRE). 3218 (Clanwilliam): Eriocephalus-
dominated sandveld on Farm Brakfontein (Nuweland) south of Langriet-
vlei, (-CC), 6 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt & Porter 13077 (K, MO, NBG,
PRE, S); sandveld near Langebaanweg Fossil Park, (-CC), Goldblatt
& Porter 13150 (MO, NBG). 3318 (Cape Town): road to Ganzekraal,
(-?DB), 15 Sept. 1940, Barker 730 (NBG).
Series Macroscyphae
13. Ferraria divaricata Sweet in British flower
garden: t. 192 (1827); De Vos: 354 (1979). Type: South
Africa, without precise locality, collected by W. Synnot,
illustration in British flower garden: t. 192 (1827) (no
preserved material known).
28
Bothalia 41.1 (2011)
F. divaricata subsp. arenosa M.P.de Vos: 358 (1979). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Clanwilliam, Nardouw Pass, Farm de Lille,
Oct. 1 973, Van Breda sub De Vos 2295 (NBG, holo.!; PRE, iso.!).
Plants (250-)350-500 mm high. Stem well devel-
oped, much-branched distally. Leaves sword-shaped
to linear, 6-15 mm wide, often with a slightly raised
main vein, glaucous, margins sometimes slightly
raised, basal leaves longest, cauline leaves progres-
sively shorter above and becoming spathe-like. Rlti-
pidia 2-flowered; spathes glaucous, with broad mem-
branous margins, inner 70-85 mm long, outer ± half as
long as inner, sheathing entirely or in lower two thirds,
then often slightly S-shaped. Flowers on pedicels 6-15
mm long, lasting one day, variously dark chocolate to
golden brown, crisped part of margins concolourous or
paler, claws pale, streaked with fine longitudinal lines
or with a broad median darker centre, forming a cup,
14- 18 mm deep, 15-18 mm wide at rim; outer tepals
(30— )35^44 x 14-16 mm, inner tepals (28-)36-38 x
8-10 mm, claws of both whorls ( 1 3— )1 6—1 9 mm long;
nectaries at base of claws, ± black or pale yellow-green,
1 .3 — 4.0 mm long. Stamens with filaments united in a
column 11-13 mm long, free and arching outward in
upper ± 3 mm; anther thecae usually widely diverging,
initially ± 4 mm long, shrinking after dehiscence; pollen
orange. Ovary fusiform, 33—42 mm long including beak
15- 20 mm long; style branches ± 2 mm long, dividing
into diverging, prominently fringed arms ± 4 mm long;
stigmas on small lobes below tips of style arms, arching
over anthers. Capsules 1 5-22 mm long (excluding beak
15-20 mm long). Seeds globose, ± 3 mm diam., pale
matte brown, surfaces lightly wrinkled in ± ruminate
pattern, epidermal cells foveate. Flowering time : mainly
late Sept, to early Nov.
Distribution and biology'- Ferraria divaricata extends
along the west coast and coastal mountains of North-
ern Cape and Western Cape, South Africa, from near
Komaggas in northern Namaqualand southward to the
Cape Flats (Figure 12). Plants grow in deep sandy soils,
in sandveld or marginal fynbos habitats. The flowers,
FIGURE 12. — Known distribution of Ferraria divaricata , O; F. f/ava.
with a relatively wide, deep floral cup, contain quantities
of dilute nectar, seldom more than 8 % sucrose equiva-
lents. This dilute nectar is remarkable as it is an unlikely
reward for any potential pollinator. Like its relative, F.
variabilis , which has a similar floral cup and dilute nec-
tar, the flowers are visited only by vespid and masarine
wasps (Eumenidae) (Goldblatt & Manning 2006).
Diagnosis and history, the name Ferraria divaricata
has been generally applied to the low-growing, usually
± tufted plant, mostly 100-200 mm tall, now F. vari-
abilis, from southwestern Namibia, the Upper Karoo,
Namaqualand and Western Cape. This species also has
divaricate anthers and pale brown to yellowish tepals
with the limbs either speckled or marked with a dark
brown to blackish purple band of solid colour at the base
and the claws forming a deep floral cup. De Vos (1979)
associated the name F. divaricata with the northerly
populations of F. variabilis , which she divided into four
subspecies.
Examination of the type, a watercolour illustra-
tion in The British flower garden led us (Goldblatt &
Manning 2004) to question De Vos’s interpretation
(Goldblatt & Manning 2005) of subsp. divaricata. The
height, said to be 18 inches (450 mm), the longer basal
leaves with a slightly raised central vein and appear-
ing slightly striated when dry as the leaf veins become
raised above the surrounding leaf tissue and differenti-
ated from the cauline leaves, plus the exposed stem and
uniformly chocolate-brown tepal limbs, seem to us to
accord best with the plant De Vos called F. divaricata
subsp. arenosa. This attribution also seems reasonable
on circumstantial grounds, for plants depicted in the type
illustration were collected (presumably as seed) by Wal-
ter Synnot, magistrate ( landdrost ) at Clanwilliam from
1821 to 1825. Synnot collected plants in the Clanwil-
liam District and nearby (Gunn & Codd 1981), where
subsp. arenosa is found but there is no evidence that he
collected in Namaqualand where subsp. divaricata sensu
De Vos occurs. This generally tufted plant has flowers
with a solid, dark band of colour on the lower half of
the tepal limbs. De Vos’s two tufted subspecies, subsp.
divaricata and subsp. australis , seem best treated as
one species, F. variabilis. The fourth subspecies, subsp.
aurea , is here asociated with the new F. flava.
The vegetative differences outlined above and the
associated different patterns of tepal marking are sub-
stantial and are correlated with differences in the seeds.
Whereas most Ferraria species have brown seeds, com-
pressed by pressure into 5 or 6 smooth, flattened facets
separated by thickened ridges, the seeds of plants called
subsp. arenosa and subsp. aurea are globose with reticu-
late/foveate sculpturing (De Vos 1979). Seeds rarely
vary within a species so that differences in seed mor-
phology usually have strong taxonomic significance.
Another difference between the last two subspecies is
that their flowers last a single day but two days in subsp.
divaricata and subsp. australis.
As here understood, Ferraria divaricata is a plant of
deep sands or stony sandstone slopes, extending from
near Komaggas in northern Namaqualand to the Cape
Flats close to Cape Town. Populations extend inland as
far as Vanrhynsdorp and the northeastern slopes of the
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
29
Piketberg (60-70 km inland). As in most Ferraria spe-
cies. floral pigmentation patterns and colour are variable.
The tepal limbs are uniform in colour, except for the
margins, and range from light to chocolate-brown with
paler margins, or are dull yellow-brown, then with little
or no colour difference at the margins. The tepal claws
are cream-coloured to palest yellow with fine, dark, lon-
gitudinal streaks and usually a dark median stripe.
The Cape Town botanist, H.M.L. Bolus, annotated
collections of Ferraria divaricata from Langebaan,
north of Cape Town, F. langebaanensis, but did not pub-
lish the name (De Vos 1979).
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): 1.2 km east of
Oubees/Wildepaardehoek boundary, 4.7 km E of Springbok-Soebats-
fontein road. (—BA), 15 Oct. 1986, Le Roux & Lloyd 664 (NBG); 38
km from Garies to Wallekraal, (-BC), 4 Sept. 1977, Drijfltout sub De
Vos 2399 (NBG); without precise locality: between Komaggas and
Soebatsfontein, 9 Sept. 1950, Barker 6740 (NBG).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): 16 km north of Strand-
fontein, front of sand dune, (-CA), 12 Sept. 1975, De Vos 2356 (NBG);
west of Koekenaap, Farm Kommandokraal, (-CA), Sept. 2008, Gold-
blatt & Porter 13188 (NBG); Ratelfontein, Olifants River Mtns, (-DC),
6 Oct. 2004, Goldblatt & Porter 12630 (MO). 3218 (Clanwilliam):
northeastern slopes of the Piketberg, ± 28 km north of town, (-DA),
28 Sept. 2001, Goldblatt & Manning 11931 (MO, NBG). 3318 (Cape
Town): Farm Osfontein east of Saldanha and north of Langebaan, cal-
careous sand and limestone, (-AA), Nov. 1976, Boucher s.n. (PRE);
Silwerstroomstrand, (-CA), 20 Nov. 1974, De Vos 2339 (NBG); Bell-
ville, University of Western Cape campus, (-DC), 10 Nov. 1976, De
Vos 2385 (NBG).
14. Ferraria variabilis Goldblatt & J.C. Manning
in Bothalia 35; 73 (2005). Type: South Africa, [Northern
Cape,] Nieuwoudtville, Klipkoppies, lower slopes, 15
Sept. 1961, Barker 9537 (NBG. holo.!; MO, iso.!).
F. antherosa Ker Gawl.: t. 751 (1804), nom. illegit. superfl. pro F.
viridiflora [as F. viridis] Andrews (= F. ferrariola (Jacq.) Willd.). Type:
South Africa, without precise locality or collector, illustration in Cur-
tis’s Botanical Magazine 19: t. 751 (1804).
F. divaricata subsp. australis M.P.de Vos: 359 (1979). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape,] Karoo Garden, Whitehill, 17 Sept. 1945,
Compton 17412 (NBG, holo.!).
Plants 60-200(-300) mm high. Stem often branched
just above base, branches crowded and ± equal in length,
often forming small tufts. Leaves sword-shaped to lin-
ear, usually ± as long as stem, sometimes up to twice as
long, (2— )3— 1 5(— 22) mm wide, mostly sub-basal, with-
out visible midrib, often slightly striate, margins often
slightly thickened, rarely obscurely crisped, sheaths usu-
ally overlapping and concealing stem. Rhipidia 2-flow-
ered; spathes glaucous green, inner mostly 60-75 mm
long, outer slightly shorter to ± as V as long, entirely
sheathing or arching outward in distal third. Flowers
on pedicels 10-15 mm long, lasting 2 (rarely 3) days,
predominantly pale to dull yellowish to pale or middle
brown, or dull grey-blue, limbs with solid dark brown
to blackish purple at base, or with scattered dark spots,
margins darker or paler in colour, claws uniformly pale
or with dark longitudinal streaks or with a broad darker
median streak, forming a floral cup 12-15 mm deep,
13-15 mm wide at rim, usually slightly putrid smell-
ing, nectaries usually basal, rarely in pouches in centre
of claws, pale or dark-coloured; outer tepals 3CM10(-
45) x 10-15 mm, claws 10-15 mm long; inner tepals
25 — 40( — 45 ) x 8-10 mm. Stamens with filaments united
in a column 8-13 mm long, free and arching outward
in the upper 2^1 mm; anthers 3. 5-5.0 mm long before
anthesis, shorter after dehiscence, thecae joined only at
apices, usually widely diverging but sometimes almost
parallel. Ovary > fusiform, 15-20 mm long, with a sterile
beak 5-8 mm long; style branches 2-3 mm long, divid-
ing into diverging, prominently fringed arms, ± 4 mm
long; stigmas on small lobes below tips of style arms
and arching over anthers. Capsules ellipsoid, 30-50 mm
long. Seeds rounded, usually angled by pressure, coat
dull and slightly wrinkled. Flowering time ; Aug.-Nov.
Figure 7F, Plate 1 D.
Distribution and biology, most widespread of the
southern African species, Ferraria variabilis extends
from southern Namibia to Oudtshoorn including Bush-
manland and the Great Karoo and as far east as Uping-
ton and Britstown, but is absent from the western coastal
forelands of Western Cape Province (Figure 13). Plants
grow in a variety of habitats including shale flats, gran-
ite outcrops, and deep sands. As described in more detail
above and elsewhere (Goldblatt & Manning 2006; Gold-
blatt et al. 2009), the flowers are adapted for pollination
by mud wasps (Vespidae): the only pollinating insects
recorded on F. variabilis are species of Allepipona and
Delta (Eumeninae), and Jugurtia (Masarinae). A previ-
ous report of pollination of F variablis by the masarine
wasp, Ceramius (Goldblatt et al. 2009), is incorrect: that
record is for F. macrochlamys subsp. kamiesbergensis .
Diagnosis and relationships : Ferraria variabilis
is morphologically fairly coherent in including plants
with relatively few branches crowded near the base, and
rarely higher than 200 mm. Plants thus form low tufts
unless growing under shrubs when they may be taller.
The flowers are fairly large and the broad tepal claws
form a deep, relatively wide bowl in which nectar of low
sugar concentration accumulates in a pool. The spread-
ing tepal limbs vary considerably in colour and marking.
In the north of its range, in Namaqualand and southern
Namibia, flowers have light brown tepal limbs with a
FIGURE 13. — Known distribution of Ferraria variabilis.
30
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
dark purple longitudinal band toward the base and light
brown margins, while the claws are pale greenish cream
with a narrow darker band running down the midline. The
nectaries in the northern populations are fairly large and
green or less often purple-black. In the western and south-
ern Karoo and the southern Cape, populations have green-
ish yellow or pale to middle brown tepal limbs, usually
darker in the midline, and with small or medium-sized
spots in the lower third or when brown then often with
spots irregularly scattered across the limb and the mar-
gins sometimes slightly darker coloured. The claws are
pale, usually with a darker streak in the midline and have
a small dark nectary at the base or on the inner tepals,
shortly above the base. Perianth colour can vary as much
within a population as across the entire southern Cape and
western Karoo.
Scent is also variable and difficult to describe. In the
protologue of Ferraria antherosa, an illegitimate, super-
fluous name but applicable to F. variabilis, Ker Gawler
(1804) described the scent as reminiscent of green
olives, whereas we have noted both a slightly putrid
smell or a faint, sweet odour in different populations.
Scent characteristics are dependent on temperature and
the condition of the plants, so that little can be said with
certainty except that odours slightly unpleasing to the
human nose are characteristic of the species.
A notable variant of Ferraria variabilis occurs in
the Olifants River Valley and adjacent mountains, rep-
resented by Goldblatt & Porter 12210, and possibly
De Vos 2389 ; leaves are broader and more succulent
than those found elsewhere. The best-developed leaves
are 20-22 mm wide (versus typically 4-12 mm for
most other populations), and the rest of the plant is also
larger, thus the outer spathes are 50-70 mm long and
the inner may reach 85 mm. Plants form circular mats
in stony ground, which suggest spreading by vegetative
means. De Vos (1979: 355) found that her collection
from the Gifberg, was triploid (2 n = 30) and she specu-
lated that it was a hybrid between F. divaricata subsp.
divaricata (i.e. the diploid northern form of F. variabilis
with 2 n = 20) and subsp. australis (the southern tetra-
ploid form with 2 n = 40), both of which occur on the
lowlands below the Gifberg (and have similarly narrow
leaves less than 10 mm wide). Polyploidy and hybrid
vigour seem unlikely to explain the gross differences in
leaf width and thickness of the plants in question. More
likely, they represent a local variant of F. variabilis and
deserve further investigation. Plants from Boklands-
kloof near Lokenburg ( Acocks 19736 ) in the Bokkeveld
Mtns have subspathulate leaves with the blades shorter
than the sheaths and 15-18 mm at the widest point. The
blade margins are also strongly thickened, the thicken-
ings partly wavy to slightly crisped and the apices are
hooked. These plants appear vegetatively very unusual;
unfortunately the flowers are poorly preserved and col-
our was not noted on the label. Revisiting Lokenburg in
2008 we found plants with such leaves but the flowers
were quite typical of F. variabilis.
Some collections of Ferraria variabilis from south-
western Namibia, the Richtersveld and Bushmanland
have long, narrow leaves exceeding the stems and only
2-3 mm wide (e.g. Mittendorf 43; Mostert 1415), so dif-
ferent from the spathes, that the plants appear to repre-
sent another species. Flowers and other features corre-
spond closely to F. variabilis from this, the northwestern
and northeastern extremities of its range.
Populations of Ferraria variabilis from the Tanqua
Basin and nearby (e.g. Goldblatt & Porter 12977, MO,
NBG, PRE) stand out in having the nectaries located
in prominent pouches in the middle of the tepal claws,
rather than at the claw bases. The anthers in the Tanqua
Basin populations and others from nearby (e.g. Jackson
s.n. NBG, from Wuppertal; Compton 17412, NBG, from
Whitehill, incidentally the type of F. divaricata var. aus-
tralis) have the anther lobes held ± parallel, although
joined together only at the tips, as they are in plants
from other parts of the range that have widely diverging
anther lobes.
Histoiy : as discussed above under Ferraria divari-
cata, this name was applied in part by De Vos (1979)
to what we here call F. variabilis. A taller species, F.
divaricata is based on a painting of a plant about 450
mm high, most likely collected in the Clanwilliam Dis-
trict. It has large flowers with dark brown tepal limbs
except for the paler margins, large anthers with widely
divaricate lobes, orange pollen, and long basal leaves
with a grey bloom. That plant corresponds to what De
Vos called F. divaricata subsp. arenosa , which we con-
sidered best treated as a separate species that now bears
the name F. divaricata (Goldblatt & Manning 2005).
The only epithet that can be applied with some degree
of certainty to F. divaricata subsp. divaricata sensu De
Vos is the nomenclaturally illegitimate F. antherosa, a
species based on a plant of uncertain provenance, and
painted from a specimen that flowered in England in
1804. The flowers most closely match those of northern
populations of low-growing, more or less tufted plants
which De Vos distinguished in F divaricata by tepal
markings of solid colour and the claws with large green
nectaries. The name F. antherosa is, however, super-
fluous because Ker Gawler also cited as a synonym F.
viridis Andrews, an orthographic variant of F. viridiflora
(= F. ferrariol a), published in 1803. Ferraria divaricata
subsp. divaricata sensu De Vos was named F. variabilis
by Goldblatt & Manning (2005). The epithet reflects the
variability in tepal colour and marking across its range,
and even within populations. Ferraria atrata Loddiges
(1828) may be this species but the description, accom-
panying the illustration, and a fragment at the Kew Her-
barium that may be the type, are inadequate to identify
the plant. It can even be argued that the species lacks a
description, for the text associated with the painting con-
tains no truly descriptive information. It is impossible
even to determine whether the anther lobes are parallel
or divergent.
Ferraria divaricata subsp. australis was described
by De Vos (1979) for populations that have tepals
speckled and streaked and small dark-coloured nec-
taries at the tepal bases, contrasting with subsp.
divaricata (as she understood it), which has tepals
with solid patterns of colour and larger, pale green-
ish nectaries. We find the distinction less clear in
the field: plants with some tepal streaking or spots
have large nectaries and there seems to be a cline
from the northwest to the southeast of the range of
plants with increasing degrees of tepal spotting and
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
31
decreasing size of the nectaries. Some northern popu-
lations with tepals marked with solid bands of colour
also have fairly small nectaries. Currently, subsp. austra-
lis is included in the synonymy of F. variabilis.
Representative specimens
NAMIBIA. — 2715 (Bogenfels): Klinghardt Mtns, near ephemeral
pan, (-BC), 22 Sept. 1996, Mannheimer & Mannheimer 271 (PRE,
WIND). 2716 (Witputz): Sperrgebiet, SE side of Auros Mtns, in red
sand, 644 m, (-CB), 11 Aug. 2001, Smook 11318 (WIND); ± 40 km
N of Rosh Pinah, (-DA), 29 Sept. 1983, Goldblatt 7018 (MO); Huib
Hoch Plateau, between Zebrafontein and Witputs, (-DB), 29 Jun.
1989, Oliver 9161 (NBG); Namuskluft, (-DD), MiJtendorf 43 (PRE,
WIND); 12 Sept. 1973, Giess 12900 (PRE). 2816 (Oranjemund):
Luderitz Dist., gravel plain west of rooi duine, (-BA), 1 Oct. 1996,
Mannheimer & Mannheimer 449 (WIND); Schakel Mtn in sand, (—
BA), 1 Aug. 1977, Muller 775 (WIND).
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2816 (Oranjemund): 37 km north of
Lekkersing, red sand, (-DB), 10 Oct., 1991, Germishuizen 5595
(PRE). 2817 (Vioolsdrif): Richtersveld, Rosyntjieberg, dry riverbed, (-
AC), 30 Aug. 1977, Oliver, Tolken & Venter 267 (PRE); 15 km south
of Vioolsdrif, (-DC), 7 Aug. 1976, Giess 14535 (PRE, WIND). 2821
(Upington): Sandveld, Upington, (-AC), 8 Aug. 1961, Mostert 1415
(PRE). 2917 (Springbok): Richtersveld, road to Eksteenfontein, (—
CD), 24 Aug. 1992, Goldblatt & Manning 9312 (MO); 48 km W of
Steinkopf, stony slope, (-BA), 25 Sept. 1974, Goldblatt 2778 (MO).
2918 (Gamoep): Aggenys, Farm Nooisabes, (-AB), 11 Aug. 2000,
Desmet & Opel 2995 (NBG); Goegab Nature Reserve, (-CA), 10 Oct.
1999, Zietsman 3869 (PRE). 2919 (Pofadder): 6 km from Pofadder to
Springbok, (-AB), 21 Sept. 1975, Boucher 2886 (NBG). 2921 (Ken-
hardt): golf course, (-AC), 28 Aug. 1977, De Vos 2395 (NBG). 3019
(Loeriesfontein): 103 km from Brandvlei to Loeriesfontein, (-DC),
Oct. 1975 (fr.), Arnold 905 (PRE). 3023 (Britstown): Britstown, rock
cracks, (-DA), Sept. 1961, Mauve 4133 (PRE). 3119 (Calvinia): Bok-
landskloof, Lokenburg, (-CA), 11 Oct. 1958, Acocks 19736 (PRE);
Agterplaas, west of Calvinia, (-BC), 1 Sept. 1990, Oliver 9615 (NBG).
NORTH-WEST.— 2822 (Glen Lyon): Hay Dist., Langberg, (-DD),
Jul. 1920, Hunter 18 (PRE); Hay Dist., Farm Doring Aar, red sand, (—
DD), 7 Aug. 1936, Acocks 571 (PRE).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): top of Gifberg, (—
DB), 25 Sept. 1975, De Vos 2389 (NBG). 3119 (Calvinia): near Nieu-
woudtville, Glen Lyon, rocky hills, (-AC), Goldblatt & Porter 12216
(MO, NBG). 3218 (Clanvvilliam): 12 km N of Clanwilliam on old road
to Bulshoek, (-BB), 15 Sept. 2002, Goldblatt & Porter 12210 (MO);
Clanwilliam, 350 ft [106 m], (-BB), 5 Aug. 1896, Schlechter 964
(PRE). 3219 (Wuppertal): Bidouw Valley, (-AA), 23 Sept. 1952, Mid-
dlemost 1746 (NBG); Farm Jakkalsfontein, 25 km toward Middelpos
from Calvinia-Ceres road, (-BD), 31 Aug. 1982, Snijman 616 (PRE);
Tanqua National Park, Maansedam, 10 Sept. 2007, Goldblatt & Por-
ter 12977 (MO, NBG, PRE). 3220 (Sutherland): ± 2 km N of Matjies-
fontein. Farm Buelhouer, (-BA), 14 Sept. 2004, Snijman 1925 (NBG).
3319 (Worcester): flats east of Prince Alfred’s Hamlet, (-AD). 10 Oct.
1974, Oliver 5062 (MO, NBG, PRE); Doom River, 12 miles [19 km]
N of Villiersdorp. (-CC), 25 Oct. 1962, De Villiers s.n. (NBG). 3320
(Montagu): Tweedside, (-AB), 26 Sept. 1951, Barker 7463 (NBG).
3419 (Caledon): burned stony slopes on western outskirts of Cal-
edon, (-AB), 29 Sept. 2110, Goldblatt & Ndnni 11939 (MO). 3420
(Bredasdorp): 25 km W of Swellendam. slopes of Bromberg, (-AA),
17 Sept. 1978, Goldblatt 4882 (MO).
15. Ferraria flava Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
IF. divaricata subsp. aurea M.P.de Vos: 359 (1979). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], ± 9 miles [± 13.5 km] north of Lambert’s Bay,
Farm Langdam, 28 Sept. 1973, Van Breda sub M.P de Vos 2297 (STE,
holo.!; PRE, iso., two sheets!).
Plantae ± acaulescentes ad 120 mm altae foliis exclu-
sis, foliis 5-7 ensiformibus ad 300 x 12-20 mm suberec-
tis glaucis ± succulentis, rhipidiis 2-floris, spathis viridi-
bus marginibus transparentibus spatha interna usitate
40-55 mm longa externa vaginanti vel supra divergenti
apice incurvata, floribus flavis limbis tepalorum caer-
uleo-viridibus maculatis marginibus crispis pallidiori-
bus, tepalis exterioribus ± 30 x 10 mm, interioribus ±
12x5 rnm, unguibus ± 15 mm longis, columna filamen-
torum 11-12 mm longa, antheris ± 3.5 mm longis lobis
divaricatis, ramis styli ± 3 mm longis, lobis ramorum
prominenter fimbriatis.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): sand-
veld west of Koekenaap, Farm Kommandokraal, (-AD),
10 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt & Porter 13105 (NBG, holo.;
K, MO, PRE, iso.).
Plants ± acaulescent, up to 120 mm high excluding
leaves. Stem with (2— )4 or 5 primary branches produced
from below or shortly above ground level, each with
several branches, these crowded basally and congested,
together bearing up to 50 rhipidia. Leaves suberect, 5-7,
sword-shaped, up to 300 mm long, lower 3-5 much
exceeding spathes and flowers, mostly 12-20 mm wide,
glaucous, ± succulent, without visible main vein. Rhi-
pidia 2-flowered, numerous, crowded on short, ± hori-
zontal or ascending branches; spathes green, margins
transparent, inner mostly 40-55 mm long, outer ± 2/3
as long as inner, usually entirely sheathing or diverg-
ing above, apex curving inward. Flowers on pedicels
up to 10 mm long, lasting one day, clear yellow, tepal
limbs with minute blue-green spots in lower 7 margins
slightly paler in colour, claws translucent white inside,
forming a floral cup 14-15 mm deep, 8-9 mm wide
at rim, tepal limbs spreading, crisped, usually sweet
vanilla-smelling, nectaries at tepal bases, pale green;
outer tepals ± 30 x l() mm, inner tepal limbs ± 12 x 5
mm, claws of both whorls ± 1 5 mm long. Stamens with
filaments united in a column 11-12 mm long, free and
arching outward in upper ± 1 mm; anthers pale yel-
low with dark purple-brown on the lines of dehiscence,
± 3.5 mm long before anthesis, ± 1.5 mm long after
dehiscence, horizontal, thecae joined only at apices,
widely diverging; pollen pale yellow. Ovary fusiform,
20-25 mm long, with a sterile beak, ± 1 0 mm long, style
branches ± 3 mm long, dividing into diverging, promi-
nently fringed arms, ± 5 mm long; stigmas on small
lobes below tips of style arms and arching over anthers.
Capsules and seeds unknown. Flowering time', early
Sept.-late Oct. Figure 14, Plate 1J.
Distribution and habitat', endemic to the sandveld
of coastal Western Cape and Namaqualand, Ferraria
flava extends from the sandy flat country north of Lam-
bert’s Bay and Klawer to the Groen River and Komag-
gas (Figure 12). Plants grow in deep, moderately fine
sand among sandveld species such as Willdenowia
(Restionaceae) and the small, tree-like, willowy Wibor-
gia obcordata (Fabaceae), and occur most often on the
slopes of low, stabilized and vegetated dunes. It shares
this habitat at some sites with the rare F. ornata which
blooms in May and June and has ripe capsules when F.
flava comes into flower in September. Its pollination
biology is unknown. The flowers last one day, with the
tepals unfolding at ± 9:00 and collapsing at ± 16:00.
They produce small quantities of watery nectar 6-8 %
sucrose equivalents, a feature of F. divaricata and its
immediate allies (Goldblatt et al. 2009). No potential
pollinating visitors have been observed.
32
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 14. — Ferraria flava, Gold-
blatt & Porter 13105. A, flow-
ering plant; B, flower, side
view; C, inner tepal; D, outer
tepal; E, staminal column and
style; F, anther, undehisced
(above), dehisced (below).
Scale bar: A, B, 10 mm; C, D,
8 mm; E, F, 1.6 mm. Artist:
J.C. Manning.
Diagnosis and relationships'. Ferraria flava is recog-
nized by the yellow, sweetly scented flowers and typi-
cally acaulescent habit with well-grown plants bearing 3
or 4 main branches arising below the ground and bearing
numerous rhipidia set closely together. Combined with
the acaulescent habit are the several broad, firm, almost,
rigid leathery leaves up to 300 x 20 mm. The leaves
recall those of F. divaricata , which has aerial stems and
larger, usually predominantly brown flowers (but some-
times dull yellow) with a wider floral cup. The flowers of
F. flava recall those of F. macrochlamys and its immedi-
ate allies in the narrow floral cup but they are somewhat
larger, with tepals ± 30 x 10 mm and claws ± 15 mm
long, and last a single day, unlike those of the F. macro-
chlamys group, which have somewhat smaller tepals with
shorter claws, 10-14 mm long, and last two days. We
noted that at one site near Koekenaap, F. divaricata , with
tall stems and brown flowers (Goldblatt & Porter 13188
NBG), occurs together with F. flava, but blooms later in
the season, coming into flower there in October.
We provisionally include Ferraria divaricata var.
aurea in synonymy here. The type, from near Lambert’s
Bay, has short, aerial stems but other collections cited by
De Vos (1979) under this name are more or less stemless
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
33
and do belong here. Flower colour and shape of the type
collection with aerial stems are consistent with F. flava.
We have not been able to locate plants at the type local-
ity and wonder whether subsp. aurea is simply a short-
stemmed variant of F. flava. Living plants from the type
locality need to be examined to determine the true iden-
tity of subsp. aurea.
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2917 (Springbok): Komaggas, (-DC), 6
Oct. 1934, Herre s.n. (BOL). 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): Farm Hardevlei,
NW of Kotzesrus on road to Groenrivier, sandy flats, bright yellow
with greenish dots in V-shaped pattern, sweetly scented, (-DC), 29
Sept. 1987, Reid 1292 (BOL, MO, PRE).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3117 (Lepelfontein): sandy flats and dunes
west of Lepelfontein, ± 160 m, (-BB), 10 Sept. 2009 (sterile), Gold-
blatt & Porter 13309 (NBG); Brand-se-Baai, sandy slopes inland of
coast, (-DD), 15 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt & Porter 13122 (MO, NBG).
3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): sand dunes 3^1 miles (4. 5-6.0 km] north of
Klawer station, (-DA), 27 Oct. 1944, Leipoldt 4166 (BOL).
Series Uncinatae
16. Ferraria uncinata Sweet in The British flower
garden: t. 161 (1826a); De Vos: 365 (1979), excluding
subsp. macrochlamys. Type: South Africa, without pre-
cise locality, illustration in Sweet l.c. (1826a), originally
collected by W. Synnot (no preserved specimen known).
F. framesii L. Bolus: 123 (1931). Type: South Africa, [Western
Cape], ± 6 miles [± 9 km] south of Clanwilliam, 22 Oct. 1931, Ross
Frames s.n. BOL19928 (BOL, holo.!; SAM, iso.!).
Plants 90-200(-300) mm high. Stem either ± sub-
terranean and then few-branched at base, or stem pro-
duced above ground and branched from upper nodes.
Leaves lanceolate, mostly 8-12 mm wide, sheaths usu-
ally concealing stem, usually without visible main vein,
prominently multi-veined, flat or slightly twisted, apex
often hooked, margins thickened, hyaline, smooth, usu-
ally crisped and undulate at least proximally. Rhipidia
2-flowered; spathes green, usually with hooked tips,
inner mostly 40-60 mm long, outer 26 — 40 mm long (±
V2 to 2/3 as long as inner), usually entirely sheathing.
Flowers on pedicels 12-20 mm long, lasting two days,
usually pale to dark blue-violet, or light brown with blue
speckling, margins crisped, dull yellow-green to khaki,
with a narrow cup, 8-12 mm deep, ± 7 mm wide at rim,
often unscented, faintly foetid-smelling, or scented of
lemon and cinnamon, nectaries minute, at base of tepals;
outer tepals 28-35 * 7-10 mm, limb at least 1.5 times
as long as claw, and up to 3 times as long, often long-
attenuate and coiled, claws 8-12 mm long; inner tepals
28-30 mm long, limbs reflexed, claws slender, 7-12
mm long. Filaments united in a column 7-1 1 mm long,
free in upper ± 1.5 mm; anthers ± 3 mm long, thecae
divergent, shrinking to ± V2 their length after dehis-
cence. Ovaty fusiform, 1 5—28 mm long, with beak 8-12
mm long; style branches ± 1.5 mm long, dividing into
diverging, prominently fringed arms, ± 1.5 mm long;
stigmas terminal on small lobes below tips of style arms
and arching over anthers. Capsules 12-15 mm long,
excluding beak. Seeds angular, 5- or 6-sided, 3^1 mm
long, dark brown, facet surfaces slightly wrinkled. Flow-
ering time: late Aug.-Oct. Plate 1A.
Distribution and biology’’. Ferraria uncinata extends
from the slopes of the Gifberg near Klawer southward.
through the Olifants River Valley and Piketberg to
Malmesbury and Mamre, some 65 km north of Cape
Town (Figure 15). Plants are most often found in sand-
stone outcrops and relatively dry sites, but also some-
times in open ground in coarse, granite-derived gravel or
on sandstone slopes in deep sand.
Diagnosis and relationships’, as circumscribed here,
Ferraria uncinata includes plants with a narrow flor-
al cup 8-12 mm deep, tepals either deep blue to violet
edged with dull yellow-green or in the north of its range,
buff to dull yellow with violet speckles with yellow-
brown margins. The leaves have thickened margins with
at least the edges of the lower leaves crisped and undu-
late. The margin surface itself is smooth. The hooked
tips of the leaves and spathes, the character for which
the species was named ( uncinatus is Latin for hooked),
is frequent, though not constant, not only in F. uncinata
but in several other species of the genus.
De Vos (1959) included the yellow-flowered central
Namaqualand species, Ferraria macrochlamys in F. un-
cinata as subsp. macrochlamys, but we regard this plant
as a separate species (Goldblatt & Manning 2004). It dif-
fers not only in the pale yellow flower colour but the leaf
margins in those populations with thickened margins
resemble those of F. uncinata only superficially. In F.
macrochlamys subsp. macrochlamys the marginal thick-
enings are usually densely ciliate and irregularly ser-
rulate or crenulate, as well as sometimes being slightly
crisped. The tepal limbs of F. uncinata are at least 1.5
times as long as the claws and up to three times as long
in the northern populations, the tepal apices of which are
unusually extended. In F. macrochlamys the tepal limbs
are slightly shorter to ± 1.5 times as long as the claws
and are less prominently attenuate.
The type illustration, of a plant with the tepal limbs
speckled with dark blue dots on a light brown back-
ground, suggests that it was collected between Clanwil-
liam and Bulshoek in the Olifants River Valley. Else-
where across its range, Ferraria uncinata has blue-violet
tepal limbs with somewhat obscure, darker blue spot-
34
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
ting. The northern populations of F. uncinata differ not
only in colouring, but in the proportions of the flower.
Elsewhere, the floral cup is ± 11-12 mm deep and the
tepal limbs are 16-18 mm long. In the northern popula-
tions, however, the floral cup is 8-9 mm deep and the
tepal limbs are 25-28 mm long, the extended length due
largely to the long, trailing, attenuate tip.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Olifants River Val-
ley, stony slopes at turn-off to Nardouw, (-BB), 26 Aug. 1957, Lewis
5213 (NBG), 15 Sept. 2002, Goldblatt & Porter 12213 (MO, NBG,
PRE); Clanwilliam, 5 Aug. 1896, Schlechter 8413 (K, MO, PRE, S);
Olifants River Valley, Farm Klawervlei, N-facing slopes at bridge
over Olifants River, (-BD), 2 Sept. 1994, Goldblatt & Manning 9959
(MO); hills N of Aurora near Redelinghuis, (-DA), 14 Sept. 2001,
Goldblatt & Porter 11882 (MO, NBG). 3219 (Wuppertal): Brandewyn
River, (-AA), 26 Aug. 1950, Barker 6572 (NBG); Cedarberg, Algeria
Forest Station, (-AC), 10 Sept. 1997, Van Rooyen et al. 729 (NBG).
3318 (Cape Town): Malmesbury, western edge of town in new devel-
opment, (-BC), 1 Oct. 1998, Goldblatt & Manning 11034 (MO); near
Groenekloof (Mamre), (-AD), Nov. (ft.), Ecklon 305 (K, MO, S). 3319
(Worcester): Mostertshoek, Romans River, (-AC), Sept. 1976, De Vos
2338 (NBG).
17. Ferraria macrochlamys (Baker) Goldblatt
& J.C. Manning in Novon 14: 293 (2004). Lapeirousia
macrochlamys Baker: 338 (1876). F. uncinata subsp.
macrochlamys (Baker) M.P.de Vos: 369 (1979). Type:
South Africa, without precise locality or date, as Herb.
Forsyth (K, holo.!).
Plants mostly 70-100 mm high forming low tufts.
Stem few- to several-branched (rarely simple), branches
crowded close to base; branches and spathes all ± same
length. Leaves narrowly sword-shaped to linear, mostly
(2.0-)4.5-7.0 mm wide, ± straight, or all curving to
same side, or serpentine (loosely wavy in concertina
fashion), tips oblique or hooked, sometimes densely
papillate-ciliate; margins heavily thickened then some-
times velvety, often irregularly serrulate or crenate,
sometimes slightly crisped. Rhipidia 2-flowered; inner
spathes 37-62 mm long, abaxial margins sometimes
crisped, outer 24-50 mm long, usually entirely sheath-
ing, or free distally, often hooked at apex. Flowers on
pedicels 10-23 mm long, lasting two days, pale watery
yellow with slightly darker yellow to light brown mar-
gins, outer tepal limbs often minutely speckled grey-
blue at base, with a narrow cup, 9-13 mm deep, 5-7
mm wide at rim, with a faint, green apple or slightly
sour odour; outer tepals 26-32 mm long, limbs spread-
ing to slightly reflexed, inner tepals 26-28 mm long,
limbs often ultimately ± reflexed, claws of both whorls
10-14 mm long. Stamens with filaments united in a col-
umn 10-12 mm long, free and diverging in upper ± 1
mm; anthers 2. 2-3.0 mm long, thecae divergent; pollen
orange. Ovary fusiform, 1 5-20 mm long with beak 7-15
mm long; style branches 1.0-1. 5 mm long, dividing into
diverging, prominently fringed arms, 1.0-1. 5 mm long;
stigmas on small lobes below tips of style arms and
arching over anthers. Capsules 15-20 mm long exclud-
ing beak. Seeds angular, mostly 5- or 6-sided, ± 2. 7-3.0
mm diam., dark brown, facets slightly wrinkled. Flow-
ering time-, late Aug. to end of Sept., rarely to mid-Oct.
Figures 16-19.
Distribution and biology-, an exclusively Namaqua-
land species, the range of Ferraria macrochlamys
extends from Steinkopf in the north to the southern foot-
hills of the Kamiesberg near Bitterfontein in the south
and west toward the coast (Figure 17). Plants grow on
a variety of soils, subsp. macrochlamys and subsp.
kamiesbergensis in gritty to loamy granite-derived soils,
sometimes in granite outcrops, in vegetation dominated
by succulent-leaved shrubs and subsp. serpentina mostly
in quartzitic sand, usually among rocks. As in other
members of series Uncinatae, the flowers last two days
and often have a slightly unpleasant, sour odour, but
sometimes they appear to have no scent at all. Pollina-
tion biology is known only for subsp. kamiesbergensis ,
the flowers of which are pollinated by the masarine wasp
(Vespidae: Masarinae) Ceramius (Gess 1997, reported as
F. divaricata , now F. variabilis ). So similar are the flow-
ers of all three subspecies that we infer the same pollina-
tion strategy for the other two subspecies.
Diagnosis and relationships : De Vos (1979) treated
Ferraria macrochlamys as a subspecies of the dark
blue-flowered F. uncinata , a plant of the western half of
Western Cape. She considered that the two shared iden-
tically specialized leaves with heavily thickened and
crisped margins and derived flowers with a narrow floral
cup and that they differed only in flower colour, either
violet-blue with dull greenish yellow margins in subsp.
uncinata or pale yellow with yellow to brown margins
in subsp. macrochlamys . The leaf morphology in the two
taxa is, however, not identical: whereas Ferraria unci-
nata has leaf margins crisped and sometimes undulate
with the thickened edges smooth, F. macrochlamys has
more often straight leaf margins but the marginal thick-
enings, when present, are usually irregularly serrate to
crenate, or sometimes crisped, and are also sometimes
densely velvety. Only occasionally do the lower leaf
blades have undulate or crisped margins. Their flow-
ers differ in size as well as colour. The tepal limbs of F.
uncinata exceed the claws by at least 1.5 times and are
usually at least twice and sometimes up to three times
as long, and ( 1 8 — )28— 3 5 mm long (with claws 8-12 mm
long), whereas the tepals limbs of F. macrochlamys are
15-20 mm long and at most half again as long as the
claws, 10-18 mm long, and are less strongly attenuate.
While F. macrochlamys is clearly allied to F. uncinata, it
seems to us most closely related to F. brevifo/ia, a local
endemic of southern Namaqualand. This species has vir-
tually identical flowers to those of F. macrochlamys but
the broad leaf blades are shorter than the sheaths.
We recognize three subspecies in Ferraria macro-
chlamys, based on differences in leaf morphology and
sometimes in habitat. Only subsp. macrochlamys has
leaves with thickened and crisped to undulate margins
and sometimes papillate-ciliate leaf blades. The ± falcate
leaves of subsp. kamiesbergensis are all recurved in the
same direction and have smooth, unthickened margins.
In subsp. serpentina the leaf margins are also unthick-
ened but the blades are serpentine, thus loosely wavy in
concertina fashion.
History-. Ferraria macrochlamys was initially des-
cribed as Lapeirousia macrochlamys by J.G. Baker
(1876). It remained so poorly understood that in 1931
H.M.F. Bolus, who collected plants at Bowesdorp in
central Namaqualand in 1929, described it anew as F.
crispulata. Goldblatt (1972), in his revision of southern
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
35
African Lapeirousia, noted that the type of L. macro-
chlamys was a species of Ferraria akin to F. crispulata,
but it remained to M.P. de Vos in her revision (De Vos
1979) to transfer the species to the genus. The species
was based on a specimen in the Kew Herbarium, osten-
sibly collected by W. Forsyth. It is now understood that
the specimen was part of a collection purchased in 1 835
by George Bentham of the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew, from the estate of William Forsyth, son of W.F.
Forsyth (1737-1804). Forsyth, a distinguished Scottish
horticulturist, was one of the founders of the (Royal)
Horticultural Society of London and was also associ-
ated with the Chelsea Physic Garden (1771-1784). The
brief comment about Forsyth by Gunn & Codd (1981)
in their history of plant collecting in southern Africa, is
thus inaccurate with regard to Forsyth (Nelson 2006).
It seems reasonable to suggest that at least some speci-
mens of the Forsyth herbarium were gathered by the
Scottish botanist, James Niven, who collected plants at
the Cape for British patrons and later the Empress Jose-
phine of France. Niven visited Namaqualand in 1799
and travelled to the Kamiesberg through country where
F. macrochlamys grows. Another possibility is that F.
mcicrochlamys was first collected by William Paterson,
who travelled through Namaqualand collecting plant and
animal specimens in 1778 and 1779. Paterson was for a
time associated with W.F. Forsyth.
Key to subspecies
la Leaf margins thickened, hyaline, and sometimes shortly vel-
vety, at least lower leaves with serrulate to crenulate mar-
gins; leaf blades ± straight or laxly undulate; outer spathes
sheathing for most of their length and no more than 2/3 as
long as inner 17a. subsp. macrochlamys
lb Leaf margins hardly, if at all, thickened, and smooth:
2a Leaf blades in upper 7 inclined to curving to same side;
outer spathes not sheathing in distal half and ± as long
as inner; outer tepals 25-35 mm long; filament column ±
12.5 mm long 17b. subsp. kamiesbergensis
2b Leaf blades in upper 7, serpentine, thus loosely folded
back on themselves in concertina fashion; outer spathes
sheathing for most of their length and ± 2/3 as long as
inner; outer tepals 25-30 mm long; filament column
10-11 mm long 17c. subsp. serpentina
17a. subsp. macrochlamys
Fen-aria crispulata L. Bolus: 260 (1931). Type: South Africa,
[Northern Cape], near Bowesdorp, 27 Aug. 1929, L. Bolus s.n.
BOL19162 (BOL, holo.l; BM, Kl, iso.).
Plants with leaves often densely papillate-ciliate;
margins heavily thickened, thickenings smooth or
densely ciliate, often irregularly serrulate or crenate,
sometimes slightly crisped. Rhipidial spathes : inner
45-62 mm long, abaxial margins sometimes crisped,
outer 30-50 mm long, usually entirely sheathing, or
tips free. Flowers with narrow cup 11-13 mm deep, ± 7
mm wide at rim, with faint, green-apple or slightly sour
odour; outer tepals 28-32 mm long, limbs spreading to
slightly reflexed, inner tepals 26-28 mm long, claws of
both whorls (11 — ) 1 2 — 1 4 mm long. Stamens with fila-
ments united in column ± 12 mm long, free and diverg-
ing in upper ± 1 mm; anther thecae ± 3 mm long before
dehiscence. Ovary’ 23-28 mm long with beak 15-18 mm
long. Flowering time', late Aug.-late Sept. Figure 16.
Distribution and habitat', restricted to central Namaqua-
land, subsp. macrochlamys extends from Steinkopf in the
FIGURE 16. — Ferraria macrochlamys subsp. macrochlamys. Gold-
blatt. Manning & Porter 13406 (NBG). Scale bar: 10 mm. Art-
ist: J.C. Manning.
north to Garies in the south and inland to the northern
Kamiesberg (Figure 17). Plants grow in gritty to loamy
granite-derived soils.
Diagnosis', most distinctive of the three subspecies,
subsp. macrochlamys stands out in its spreading leaves
with thickened margins that are crenate or crisped and
sometimes velvety. The flowers often serve to distin-
guish it from subsp. serpentina in their slightly larger
size, but that difference is not consistent, hence unre-
liable. Subsp. macrochlamys is always acaulescent,
whereas subsp. serpentina , in years of ample rainfall,
develops an aerial stem rendering it quite different in
general appearance.
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE.— 2917 (Springbok): 48 km west of Stein-
kopf, stony slope, (-BA), 25 Sept. 1974, Goldblatt 2778 (PRE); 1 mile
[1.6 km] west of Springbok, (-DB), 9 Sept. 1950, Barker 6701 (NBG);
Mesklip, (-DD), Lewis 1035 (SAM). 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): road
to Soebatsfontein, ± 1 km from N7, (-BB), 17 Sept. 2002, Goldblatt
& Porter 12229 (MO); 1 km south of Kamieskroon, (-BB), 29 Sept.
1981, Hugo 2889 (PRE); top of Garies hill along road to Hondeklip-
baai, (-BD), 2 Sept. 2000, Goldblatt & Ncinni 11454 (MO, NBG), 4
Sept. 1945, Compton 17179 (NBG). 3018 (Kamiesberg): Kamiesberg,
slopes north of Leliefontein, burned previous summer, (-AC), 1 7 Sept.
2002, Goldblatt & Porter 12228 (MO).
36
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
16° 18° 20° 22° 24°
_j i i i i
FIGURE 17. — Known distribution of Ferraria macrochlamys subsp.
macrochlamys, O; subsp. kamiesbergensis, •; subsp. serpenti-
na, A ; and F. brevifolia, ik.
17b. subsp. kamiesbergensis (M.P.de Vos) Gold-
blatt & J.C. Manning, comb, et stat. nov., Ferraria
kamiesbergensis M.P.de Vos: 362 (1979). Type: South
Africa, [Northern Cape], Kamiesberg, Rondefontein, 1
Sept. 1976, Oliver 5970 (NBG, lecto.!, designated by
Goldblatt & Manning, 2004: 292).
Plants forming low tufts, rarely unbranched. Leaves
firm, suberect-curved to falcate-incurved, mostly 70-100
x 3-6 mm, all weakly to strongly curving to same side;
margins plane, barely or not at all thickened. Rhipidial
spathes'. inner 50-65 mm long, outer 50-57 mm long,
sheathing in lower half, arching outward distally. Flow-
ers with tepal claws forming narrow cup mostly 12-14
mm deep, ± 7 mm wide at rim, limbs laxly spreading;
outer tepals 25-35 mm long, 8-10 mm at widest, limbs
13-20 mm long, slightly exceeding claws, inner tepals
25-30 mm long, claws of both whorls 12-14 mm long.
Stamens with filaments united in a column 10.5-12.5
mm long, free and diverging in upper 1 mm; anther
thecae ± 3 mm long, shorter after anthesis. Ovary
18-22 mm long with tubular beak ± 12 mm long; style
branches ± 1 mm long, dividing into diverging, promi-
nently fringed arms, ± 2 mm long. Flowering time :
Sept.-early Oct. Figure 18, Plate IB.
Distribution and biology, subsp. kamiesbergensis is
centred in the southern highlands where it extends from
Rooiberg in the Kamiesberg to Bitterfontein but isolated
populations occur to the east toward Loeriesfontein and
the hills northwest of Calvinia in the western Karoo
(Figure 17). In the Kamiesberg, plants grow in coarse,
gritty soil derived from decomposed granite or in cracks
in granite pavement. Soils favoured by F. kamiesber-
gensis in the western Karoo are not recorded and we
have not seen the species there ourselves. The flowers
last two days and, in the one population we examined
for nectar, produced modest quantities of dilute nectar,
mean 1 0.6 % sucrose equivalents. The one record of pol-
lination in subsp. kamiesbergensis, by Gess ( 1997, origi-
nally reported as F. divaricata ) is by the masarine wasp,
Ceramius (Eumenidae). We have seen no potential pol-
linators on the other subspecies.
Diagnosis and relationships : subsp. kamiesbergensis is
distinctive only in its vegetative morphology. The leaves
are firm and leathery to almost succulent and the blades
are often dark green and in the upper half all curve to the
same side and the margins are plane, smooth and not at
all, or only barely, thickened. Otherwise plants have the
tufted habit of subsp. macrochlamys and flowers virtually
identical to that subspecies. The ranges of subsp. kamies-
bergensis and subsp. macrochlamys do not overlap: pop-
ulations of the latter are mostly from the highlands west
and north of the Kamiesberg and in the Kamiesberg itself
are only known from Leliefontein and nearby, which is
north of the range of subsp. kamiesbergensis.
FIGURE 18. — Ferraria macrochlamys subsp. kamiesbergensis. Gold-
blatt & Porter 13176. Scale bar: 10 mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
37
Typification of this taxon has proved problematic
(Goldblatt & Manning 2004) as the illustration in the
protologue (De Vos 1979) is not this species but, at least
in leaf, resembles the widespread and common Ferraria
variabilis. Of the three plants on the type sheet only one,
now the lectotype, resembles subsp. kamiesbergensis.
When seen alive, the flowers of the true F. kamiesber-
gensis and F. variabilis are quite different but in speci-
mens with poorly pressed flowers, they are remarkably
similar. Because of lingering confusion over the identity
and circumscription of F. kamiesbergensis (now subsp.
kamiesbergensis ) we list all specimens of the subspecies
that we have seen below, including our own recent col-
lections.
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3018 (Kamiesberg): Farm Karas, Die Kom,
(-CA), Oct. 1940, Leipoldt 3563 (BOL); Wilgehout Ravine, (-CA),
Sept. 1911, Pearson 6812 (K); Farm Rondefontein, south of Karas,
in fallow field on SE-trending slope, (-CA), 17 Sept. 2002, Goldblatt
& Porter 12223 (MO, NBG); NE slopes of Rooiberg, (-CA), 17 Sept.
1987, Davidse 33353 (MO); southern Kamiesberg, between Farms
Doringkraal and Gemsbokkloof, (-CA), 25 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt &
Porter 13176 (MO, NBG). 3019 (Loeriesfontein): between Kliprand
and Loeriesfontein. Farm Onderste Camdini, (-CD), 11 Sept. 1976,
Thompson 2882 (NBG). 3119 (Calvinia): near Hantams River, 30
miles (± 45 km) NW of Calvinia on Loeriesfontein road, (-BB), 26
Sept. 1952, Lewis 2534 (SAM); 32 miles (± 48 km) from Calvinia to
Loeriesfontein. (-BB), 27 Sept. 1952, Johnson 603 (NBG).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3018 (Kamiesberg): ± 10 km north of Bitter-
fontein. sandy slope, (-CC), 2 Sept. 2002, Goldblatt & Porter 12146
(MO).
17c. subsp. serpentina Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
subsp. nov.
Ferrariae macrochlamydi subsp. macrochlamydi
similis sed foliis linearibus usitate 3-4 mm latis laminis
undulatis marginibus non incrassatis, spathis interioribus
37-45 mm longis, exterioribus 24-38 mm longis, flo-
ribus cupulo florali 9-11 mm profundo munitis, limbis
tepalorum exteriorum 16-18 mm longis interiorum ± 16
mm longis, ovario 15-28 mm longo.
TYPE. — Northern Cape, NE of Kotzesrus on road to
Garies, 16 Sept. 2001, Goldblatt & Porter 11900 (NBG,
holo.; K, MO, PRE, iso.).
Plants like subsp. macrochlamys with branches
crowded close to base or branching above ground, thus
forming rounded plants. Leaves in a loose fan, linear,
(2-)3— 4 mm wide, without a central vein, blades ser-
pentine (loosely wavy in concertina fashion, sometimes
appearing coiled when pressed); margins plane, not
thickened. Rhipidial spathes: inner 37^45 mm long,
outer 24-38 mm long, sheathing in lower two thirds.
Flowers on pedicels 10-15 mm long, with tepal claws
forming a narrow cup, 9-11 mm deep, ± 5 mm wide at
rim; outer tepal limbs 16-18 mm long, tips attenuate
and twisted, inner tepal limbs ± 16 mm long, slightly
reflexed, claws of both whorls 10-12 mm long. Sta-
mens with united filaments in a column 10-11 mm
long, free in upper 1 mm; anther thecae ± 2.2 mm long.
Ovary 15-28 mm long, with a beak 7-18 mm long; style
branches diverging, with style arms ± 1 mm long. Flow-
ering time4, late Aug. and Sept., rarely to mid-Oct. Figure
19.
Distribution and biology : restricted to central south-
ern Namaqualand, subsp. serpentina occurs on the low,
sandy or stony hills inland of the coast between Killians
Pass and Kotzesrus (Figure 17). Plants grow in gritty
soils, either on stony slopes or in deep. red. quartzitic
sand. Like the other subspecies of Ferraria macro-
chlamys, the flowers of subsp. serpentina produce mod-
est quantities of unusually dilute nectar, mean 8.1 %
sucrose equivalents (Goldblatt et al. 2009). Pollination is
unknown.
Diagnosis and relationships : evidently first col-
lected by the American botanist, A.L. Grant in 1929 in
‘Namaqualand' and shortly thereafter by R.H. Compton
near Wallekraal in 1935, these specimens were misun-
derstood by De Vos (1979), who identified them as F.
divaricata subsp. divaricata (now F. variabilis). Later
collections made in 2001 and 2002 east of Kotzesrus,
some 70 km south-southeast of Wallekraal, but in a simi-
lar sandy habitat, made it clear that the flowers of these
plants closely resemble those of what are now F. macro-
chlamys subsp. macrochlamys and subsp. kamiesbergen-
sisdiffering if at all only in their slightly smaller size.
Thus they have a pale yellow perianth and narrow, com-
paratively deep floral cup. Most striking are the leaves,
the narrow blades of which are undulate in loose concer-
tina fashion and have unthickened, plane margins. The
leaf contrasts starkly with the straight leaves of typical F.
macrochlamys, which have strongly thickened, crisped
or crenate margins, and in addition in some populations,
shortly velvety. The flowers of subsp. serpentina have
a floral cup, 9-11 mm deep, ± 5 mm wide at the rim,
outer tepals 25-30 mm long, and filaments 10-11 mm
long, thus slightly smaller than in most populations of
typical F. macrochlamys, which have a cup, 11-13 mm
deep, 6-7 mm wide at the rim. outer tepals 28-32 mm
long, and filaments ± 12 mm long. The inner spathes
are 37^45 mm long, compared to 45-62 mm in subsp.
macrochlamys, and the flowers have pedicels 10-15
mm long (versus 20-23 mm in subsp. macrochlamys),
reflecting the shorter spathes. A particularly narrow-
leaved form of subsp. serpentina has been recorded in
the Komaggas area west of Springbok by Rupert Koop-
man, the blades ± 2 mm wide and when dry, showing the
outline of a raised central vein.
Representative specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2917 (Springbok): near Kommagas, sandy
field, (-CD), 10 Sept. 2007, Koopman s.n. (NBG). 3017 (Hondeklip-
baai): Wallekraal, (-BC), 30 Aug. 1935, Compton 5405 (BOL, NBG);
Farm Horees 441, on road between Killian’s Pass and Wallekraal,
(-BC), 8 Oct. 2003, Le Roux 5124 (NBG); road to Groen River Mouth,
near Farm Nariep, (—DC), 16 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt & Porter 13131
(MO, NBG); ± 6 km NE of Kotzesrus on road to Garies, 573 ft [175
m], (-DD), 28 Aug. 2001, Goldblatt & Porter 11782 (MO), 2 Sept.
2002, Goldblatt & Porter 12141 (MO, NBG, PRE); ± 10 km NE of
Kotzesrus, (-DD), 3 Sept. 2001, Goldblatt c£ Porter 11820 (MO).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3018 (Kamiesberg): Bitterfontein-Garies,
at border of Northern Cape, stony slopes facing Swartdoom River,
(-CC), 24 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt & Porter 13167 (MO, NBG, PRE).
18. Ferraria brevifolia G.J. Lewis in Annals of
the South African Museum 40: 1 19 (1954); De Vos: 369
(1979). Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], 2 miles [3
km] south of Nuwerus, Sept. 1945, Lewis 1374 (SAM,
holo.!).
38
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
FIGURE 19. — Ferraria macro-
chlamys subsp. serpentina,
Goldblatt & Porter 13131 . A,
flowering plant; B, staminal
column and style; C, capsules.
Scale bar: A, C, 10 mm; B, 2.5
mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
Plants 70—1 20(— 1 80) mm high, usually ± acaulescent.
Stem with 2-A short branches borne close to ground,
all ± equal in length. Leaves overlapping to form a
tight fan, sheaths completely enclosing stem and much
exceeding blades, blades oblong, mostly 7-15 x 5-7(-
10) mm, obtuse or acute with tips often hooked; margins
thickened especially abaxially, thickenings often crenate
to slightly crisped. Rhipidia 2-flowered; inner spathe
mostly 45-55 mm long, outer 35-38 mm long, sheathing
in lower 2/3, arching outward distally. Flowers on pedi-
cels 15-23 mm long, lasting two days, pale to watery
yellow with darker yellow to brown or orange margins,
nectaries small, at base of tepals, claws forming a nar-
row cup, ± 12 mm deep, ± 7 mm wide at rim, faintly
sweet-scented; outer tepals 32-40 x ± 9 mm, attenuate,
tips slightly coiled, claws slender, 10-13 mm long, inner
tepals 30-37 mm long. Stamens with filaments united in
a column ± 10 mm long, free in upper ± I mm; anther
thecae divergent, initially ± 2.5 mm long, ± 1 .5 mm
long after dehiscence; pollen orange. Ovary fusiform,
( 1 5 ) 1 8—25 mm long, with a beak 8-12 mm long; style
branches ± 1.5 mm long, dividing into diverging, promi-
nently fringed arms, ± 1 .5 mm long; stigmas on small
lobes below tips of style arms and arching over anthers.
Capsules ovoid, 15-25 mm long. Seeds angular, irregu-
larly 5- or 6-sided, ± 3 mm diam., brown, shiny. Flower-
ing time : Aug.-Sept.
Distribution and biolog\>\ with a recorded range cov-
ering a linear distance of about 40 km (Figure 17), Fer-
raria brevifolia has one of the narrowest distributions
of any member of the genus. Records are mostly from
the immediate vicinity of Nuwerus, but plants have also
been collected near Bitterfontein to the north — its most
northern station is just 10 km north of the town. Plants
occur on shrub-covered slopes of gritty, granite-derived
ground. The flowers last two days and secrete small
quantities of nectar of the low concentration, ± 6.4 %
sucrose equivalents, typical of the F. uncinata alliance.
There are no reports of pollination in the species.
Diagnosis and relationships', distinctive in Ferraria ,
the leaves of F. brevifolia form a tight, 2-ranked fan and
have elongate sheaths 40-80 mm long, much exceed-
ing the short, ovate, obtuse blades, 7-15 mm long. The
blades, usually less than half as long as the sheaths, have
relatively thick margins and oblique, acute or apiculate,
hooked tips. The pale yellow flowers, in contrast, are
virtually identical to those of F. macrochlamys and have
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
39
a narrow floral cup, ± 12 mm deep, and tepal limbs,
22-28 mm long, with crisped, light brown or rarely
reddish brown margins. The flowers produce a faint,
slightly sweet scent. They can be distinguished from
those of its apparent nearest relative, F macrochlamys,
if at all, by their somewhat longer outer tepals with long,
tapering loosely coiled tips. Although only formally
described in 1954, an early collection of the species, and
possibly the first, Schlechter 11031 , made in 1897, bears
the annotation 'F. namaquensis Schltr.’ in Schlechter’s
hand.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3018 (Kamiesberg): ± 10 km N of Bitter-
fontein, granite bank, (-CC), 2 Sept. 2000, Goldblatt & Nanni 11450
(MO); hills at Bitterfontein, 1200 ft [365 m], (-CC), 2 Sept. 1897, Sch-
lechter 11031 (BOL, K, MO, PRE, S; B, BM, BR, Z, not seen). 3118
(Vanrhynsdorp): Nuwerus, stony veld, (-AB), 7 Sept. 1945, Barker
3734 (NBG), 6 Aug. 1972 (flowered at Vredendal), Hall 4114 (NBG,
PRE); 2 miles [3 km] south of Nuwerus, (-AB), 6 Sept. 1974, De Vos
2326 ( PRE).
EXCLUDED SPECIES
Ferraria jimbriata Burm. in Nova acta physico-
medico Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae
germanicae naturae curiosorum 2: 201 (1761). Type:
South Africa, without precise locality, illustration in
Burman, loc. cit. : t. 3, fig. 2 (1761).
The woodcut illustration is inadequate to detennine
this plant to species (see History). Our best guess is that
this may represent Ferraria divaricata or alternatively F.
variabilis.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Support for this study by grants 7103-01. 7316-02,
7799-05 and 8248-07 from the National Geographic
Society is gratefully acknowledged. We extend our grati-
tude to Ingrid Nanni, Greg Nicolson and Lendon Porter
for their assistance and companionship in the field; Felix
Forest for help with the molecular phylogenetic analy-
sis; Rupert Koopman for alerting us to the existence of
Ferraria ornata , and Koos Claasens and Francois Kotze
for helping us establish the range of F. parva. Collect-
ing permits were provided by the Nature Conservation
authorities of Northern Cape and Western Cape Prov-
inces, South Africa. We thank the curators of the fol-
lowing herbaria for loans of types and other specimens
among their collections: B. BM, BOL, K, MO and PRE.
REFERENCES
ANDREWS, H. 1803. Ferraria viridiflora. The botanist's repository 4:
t. 285. London.
BAKER, J.G. 1876. New Gladioleae. Journal of Botany, new ser. 5:
333-339.
BAKER, J.G. 1878. On the Liliaceae, Iridaceae, Hypoxidaceae, and
Haemodoraceae of Welwitsch’s Angolan herbarium. Transac-
tions of the Linnean Society, London, Botany, ser. 2, 1 : 245-273.
BAKER, J.G. 1877 [as 1878]. Systema Iridearum. Journal of the Lin-
nean Society, Botany 16: 61-180.
BAKER, J.G. 1892. Handbook of the Irideae. Bell, London.
BAKER, J.G. 1896. Iridaceae. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora capensis
6: 7-71 . Reeve, Ashford.
BAKER. J.G. 1898. Iridaceae. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora of tropical
Africa 7: 337-376. Reeve, London.
BAKER, J.G. 1901 . Iridaceae. In H. Schinz, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der
Afrikanischen Flora (Neue Folge). Bulletin de I'Herbier Bois-
sier, ser. 2, 1 : 853-868.
BARNES, RE. 1930. Plants — new and noteworthy. South African Gar-
dening and Country Life 20: 313, 314.
BOLUS, L. 1931. Novitates africanae. New Iridaceae. Journal of Bota-
ny (London) 69: 258-262.
BOLUS, L. 1932a. Plants — new and noteworthy. South African Garden-
ing and Country Life 22: 57.
BOLUS, L. 1932b. Plants — new and noteworthy. South African Garden-
ing and Country Life 22: 215-211.
BURMAN, J. 1761. Ferrariae character. Nova acta physico-medico
Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae germanicae natu-
rae curiosorum 2: 198-202.
CARTER, S. 1963. Synonymy in the Iridaceae. Kew Bulletin 17: 317.
COETZEE, J. 1 993. African flora since the terminal Jurassic. In P. Gold-
blatt, Biological relationships between Africa and South Ameri-
ca: 37-61. Yale University Press, New Haven.
DE VOS, M.P. 1977. Knolontwikkeling by sommige genera van die Iri-
daceae en die systematiese posisie. Tydskrif vir Natuurwetenskap
17: 9-19.
DE VOS, M.P. 1979. The African genus Ferraria. Journal of South
Afi-ican Botany 45: 295-375.
DIETRICH, A.G. 1832. Species plantarum , edn. 6, 2. Nauck, Berlin.
DINTER, K. 1920. Plantae novae Schaferianae. Repertorium Novarum
Species Regni Vegetabilium 16: 335—344.
ECKLON, C.F. 1827. Topographisches Verzeichniss der Pflanzen-
sammlung von C.F. Ecklon. Esslingen.
FAEGRI, K. & VAN DER PUL, L. 1979. The principles of pollination
ecology, edn 3. Pergamon Press, New York.
FERRARI, G.B. 1 633. Flora seu de florum cultura. Rome [1746 Amster-
dam].
FOSTER, R.C. 1936. Notes on nomenclature in Iridaceae. Contributions
from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University 114: 37—50.
GEERINCK, D. 2005. Iridaceae. Flore d’Afrique Centrale. Jardin Bota-
nique National de Belgique, Meise.
GESS, F.W. 1997. Contributions to a knowledge of Ceramius Latreille,
Celonites Latreille, Jugurtia Saussure and Masarina Richards in
South Africa (Hymenoptera: Vespidae: Masarinae). Journal of
Hymenopteran Research 6: 36-74.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1971. Cytological and morphological studies in the
southern African Iridaceae. Journal of South African Botany 37:
3 1 7 — 460.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1972. A revision of the genera Lapeirousia Pourret
and Anomatheca Ker in the winter rainfall region of South Afri-
ca. Contributions from the Bolus Herbarium 4: 1-111.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1976. Evolution, cytology and subgeneric classifica-
tion in Moraea (Iridaceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 63: 1—23.
GOLDBLATT. P. 1986. The moraeas of southern Africa. Annals ofKirst-
enbosch Botanical Gardens 14: 1-224.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1990. Phylogeny and classification of Iridaceae.
Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 11: 607-627.
GOLDBLATT, P 1993. Iridaceae. Flora zambesiaca 12,4. Flora
Zambesiaca Managing Committee, London.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1996. Gladiolus in tropica! Africa. Timber Press. Port-
land, OR.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1998. Reduction of Barnardiella, Galaxia, Gynan-
driris, Hexaglottis, Homeria and Roggeveldia in Moraea (Iri-
daceae: Irideae). Novon 8: 371-377.
GOLDBLATT. P. & BERNHARDT, P. 1999. Pollination mechanics of
Moraea species (Iridaceae) with a staminal column. Annals of
the Missouri Botanical Garden 86: 47-56.
GOLDBLATT, P„ BERNHARDT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2009. Adap-
tive radiation of the putrid perianth; fly, wasp and bee pollination
in the African genus Ferraria (Iridaceae). Plant Systematics and
Evolution 278: 53-65.
GOLDBLATT, P, DAVIES, T.J., MANNING, J.C., POWELL, M.P,
VAN DER BANK, M. & SAVOLAINEN, V. 2008. Iridaceae
‘Out of Australasia’? Phylogeny, biogeography, and divergence
time based on plastid DNA sequences. Systematic Botany 33:
495-508.
GOLDBLATT, P, DAVIES, T.J., MANNING, J.C., VAN DER BANK
M. & SAVOLAINEN, V. 2006. Phylogeny of Iridaceae sub-
family Crocoideae based on combined multigene plastid DNA
analysis. In J.T. Columbus, E.A. Friar, J.M. Porter, L.M. Prince
& M.G. Simpson, Monocots: comparative biology and evolu-
40
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
lion, vol. 1: 399-411. Rancho Santa Ana Botanical Garden,
Claremont, California.
GOLDBLATT, R & MANNING, J.C. 2002. Rediscovered after 200
years, Moraea ovata Thunberg is a rare Ferraria (Iridaceae: Iri-
doideae) fromNamaqualand, South Africa. Novon 12,4: 460^)64.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2004. New species of Ixia (Cro-
coideae) and Moraea (Iridoideae), and taxonomic notes on some
other African Iridaceae. Novon 14: 288-298.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2005. Taxonomic notes on Babi-
ana and Ferraria (Iridaceae) in arid western southern Africa.
Bothalia 35: 71-74.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2006. Radiation of pollination
systems in the Iridaceae of sub-Saharan Africa. Annals of Botany
(London) 97: 317-344.
GOLDBLATT, P„ MANNING, J.C. & BERNHARDT, P. 1998. Adap-
tive radiation of bee-pollinated Gladiolus species (Iridaceae) in
southern Africa. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 85:
492-517.
GOLDBLATT, P„ MANNING, J.C. & BERNHARDT, P. 1999. Evi-
dence of bird pollination in Iridaceae of southern Africa. Adan-
sonia, ser. 3,21: 25^)0.
GOLDBLATT, P„ MANNING, J.C. & BERNHARDT, P. 2001. Radia-
tion of pollination systems in Gladiolus (Iridaceae: Crocoideae)
in southern Africa. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 88:
713-734.
GOLDBLATT, P„ SAVOLAINEN, V., PORTEOUS, O., SOSTARIC,
I., POWELL, M.R., REEVES, G., MANNING, J.C., BARRA-
CLOUGH, T.G. & CHASE, M.W. 2002. Radiation in the Cape
flora and the phylogeny of peacock irises Moraea (Iridaceae)
based on four plastid DNA regions. Molecular Phylogenetics
and Evolution 25: 341-360.
GOLDBLATT, P. & TAKER M. 1997. Chromosome cytology of Iridace-
ae, base numbers, patterns of variation and modes of karyotype
change. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 84: 285-304.
GUNN, M. & CODD, L.E. 1981. Botanical exploration of southern
Africa. Balkema, Cape Town.
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1770. Hortus botanicus vindobonensis. Kali-
woda, Vienna.
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1 790. Collecteana botanica 4. Wappler, Vienna.
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1804. P/antarum rariorum horti caesarei sch-
oenbrunnensis 4. Wappler, Vienna.
JUSSIEU, A. L. 1789. Genera pi ant arum. Herissant, Paris.
KER GAWLER, J. 1804. Ferraria antherosa. Green variegated ferraria.
Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 19: t. 751.
KER GAWLER, J. 1 827. Genera iridearum. De Mat, Brussels.
LEWIS, J.G. 1954. Iridaceae — new species and miscellaneous notes.
Annals of the South African Museum 40: 1 1 5-135.
LINNAEUS, C. 1759. Flora capensis. Edman, Uppsala.
LINNAEUS, C. 1763. Species plantarum, edn 2. Salvius, Stockholm.
LODDIGES, C. 1 828. Ferraria atrata. The botanical cabinet 1 4: t. 1 356.
MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, R 1996. West Coast. South African
Wild Flower Guide 7. Botanical Society of South Africa, Cape
Town.
MANNING, J.C., GOLDBLATT, P. & SNIJMAN, D. 2002. The color
encyclopedia of Cape bulbs. Timber Press, Portland, OR.
MANNHEIMER, C., MARAIS, A. & SCHUBERT, S. 2008. Toxic plants
of veterinary importance in Namibia. Ministry of Agriculture,
Water and Forestry, Windhoek.
MATHEW, B. 1980. The iris. Batsford, London.
MILLER, P. 1759a. Figures of plants, vol. 2. Miller, London.
MILLER, P. 1759b. The gardeners dictionaiy, edn 7. Miller, London.
MILLER, P. 1768. The gardeners dictionaiy, edn 8. Miller, London.
MOLSEED, E. 1970. The genus Tigridia (Iridaceae) of Mexico and
Central America. University of California Publications in Bot-
any 54: 1-128.
MOORE, H.E. 1974. Ferraria crispa (Iridaceae). Baileya 19: 1 10.
MORISON, R. 1680. Plantarum historiae universalis. Oxford.
NELSON, C.E. 2006. ‘Forsyth (/?. 1835)’ a phantom botanical collec-
tor at the Cape of Good Hope explained. Bothalia 36: 167, 168.
RAND, R.F. 1898. Wayfaring notes in Rhodesia. Journal of Botany
(London) 36: 141-145.
RAVEN, P.H. & AXELROD, D. 1974. Angiosperm biogeography and
past continental movements. Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 61 : 539-673.
REDOUTE, J.P. 1802. Ferraria crispa. Les LUiacees 1 : t. 6. Paris.
REEVES, G„ CHASE, M.W., GOLDBLATT, R, RUDALL, P.J., FAY,
M.F., COX, A.V., LEJEUNE, B. & SOUZA-CHIES, T. 2001.
Molecular systematics of Iridaceae: evidence from four plastid
DNA regions. American Journal of Botany 88: 2074—2087.
RENDLE, A.B. 1899. Monocotyledons. In W.P. Hiern, Catalogue of
the African plants collected by Dr. Friedrich in 1853-61, vol. 2.
Trustees of the British Museum, London.
RENDLE, A.B. 1905. Apetalae and monocotyledons. In A.B. Rendle,
Mr. Eyles’s Rhodesian plants: 52-54. Journal of Botany (Lon-
don) 43: 44—54.
RODIN, R.J. 1985. The ethnobotany of the Kwanyama Ovambo. Mono-
graphs in Systematic Botany from the Missouri Botanical Gar-
den 9.
RUDBECK, O. 1701. Reliquiae rudbeckianae. Smith, London.
SALISBURY, R.A. 1 796. Prodromus stirpium in horto ad Chapel Aller-
ton vigentium. London.
SCHINZ, H. 1900. Iridaceae. In C. de Candolle, E. Koehne & H.
Schinz, Diagnoses plantarum Africanum novarum. Memoires de
I’Herbier Boissier 10: 77.
SCOTT ELLIOT, G. 1891. Notes on the fertilisation of South African
and Madagascan flowering plants. Annals of Botany 5: 333^105.
STRID, A. 1974. A taxonomic revision of Bobartia L. (Iridaceae).
Opera Botanica 37: 1-45.
SWEET, R. 1826a . Feraria uncinata. The British flower garden: X. 161.
SWEET, R. 1826b. Ferraria obtusifolia. The British flower garden: t.
148.
SWEET, R. 1827. Ferraria divaricata. The British flower garden: t.
192.
THUNBERG, C.P. 1787. Dissertation de Moraea. Uppsala.
THUNBERG, C.P. 1800. Prodromus plantarum capensium. Edman,
Uppsala.
T1LLIE, N„ CHASE, M.W. & HALL, T. 2001 . Molecular studies in the
genus Iris L.: a preliminary study. Annali di Botanica (Roma),
nov. ser. 1, 2: 105-122.
VOGEL, S. 1954. Bliitenbiologische Typen als Elemente der Sippeng-
liederung. Botanische Studien I: 1-338.
WILLDENOW, C.L. 1800. Species plantarum, edn 4, 3. Berlin.
Bothalia 41,1: 41-82 (2011)
Annotated catalogue of the flowering plants of Sao Tome and Principe
E. FIGUEIREDO*, J. PAIVA**, T. STEVART***, F. OLIVEIRA* and G.F. SMITH+
Keywords: diversity, flowering plants, Sao Tome and Principe
ABSTRACT
A catalogue of the flowering plants of the islands of Sao Tome and Principe (Gulf of Guinea) is presented. Flowering plant
diversity figures are updated to: 135 families (20 introduced), 624 genera (172 introduced), 1 104 species (301 introduced)
plus 15 additional infraspecific taxa. At present 119 taxa ( 107 species and 12 infraspecific taxa) are known to be endemic to
the two islands. The catalogue includes accepted names, synonyms used in recent literature, common names, voucher speci-
mens and information on habit and habitat and on plant uses, particularly medicinally.
INTRODUCTION
The islands Sao Tome and Principe (STP) are part
of an archipelago of four islands situated in the Gulf
of Guinea. These islands resulted from volcanic activ-
ity along a NE-SW line of fractures that extends from
Mounts Kupe and Manenguba in Cameroun, stretching
southward towards St Helena. S.Tome and Principe form
a political entity, whereas the two other islands, Bioko
and Annobon, are part of Equatorial Guinea. Bioko
lies on the continental shelf, and is separated from the
mainland by a stretch of water that is less than 100 m
deep, but the other three islands apparently have an oce-
anic origin and are generally thought to have never been
linked to the continent (e.g. Exell 1944, 1956). Bioko’s
flora is similar to that of the neighbouring continent; it
has a higher diversity of Angiosperms than those of the
other three islands, but lower levels of endemism. Anno-
bon is the furthest away from the mainland. Its flora has
characteristics of that of an oceanic island (Exell 1973).
The first studies of the flora of S.Tome and Principe
were undertaken at the University of Coimbra, Portu-
gal, by J. Henriques (1838-1928), who based his work
on the collections made during the 19th century by A.
Moller (1842-1920) and F. Quintas (birth and death
dates unknown, collected in 1885-1893). In 1932, A.
Exell (1901-1993) visited the four islands in the Gulf
of Guinea as part of a four-month expedition, collect-
ing extensively. Resulting from this collecting trip, he
eventually published the Catalogue of the vascular
* Department of Botany, Nelson Mandela Metropolitan University, RO.
Box 77000, Port Elizabeth 6031 / Centre for Functional Ecology, De-
partment of Life Sciences, University of Coimbra, 3001-455 Coimbra,
Portugal.
** Centre for Functional Ecology, Department of Life Sciences, Uni-
versity of Coimbra, 3001-455 Coimbra, Portugal.
*** Missouri Botanical Garden, Africa & Madagascar Department,
P.O. Box 299, 63166-0299, St Louis, Missouri, USA / Herbarium et
Bibliotheque de Botanique africaine, Universite Libre de Bruxelles -
ULB, 50 Av. F. Roosevelt, CP 169, 1050 Bruxelles. Belgium; National
Botanic Garden of Belgium, Domein van Bouchout, Nieuwelaan 38,
B-1860 Meise, Belgium.
• Herbario Nacional de Sao Tome, Jardin Botanico de Bom Sucesso,
Sao Tome e Principe.
+ Research and Scientific Services, South African National Biodiver-
sity Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria 0001 / Acocks Chair, Sch-
weickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany, University of Pretoria,
Pretoria 0002.
MS. received: 2010-03-17.
plants of S.Tome (Exell 1944), in which 17 new spe-
cies were described and several new records noted. In
the ensuing years, Exell published papers (e.g. Exell
& Rozeira 1958) and a supplement to the catalogue
(Exell 1956), and finally produced a preliminary check-
list, Angiosperms of the islands of the Gulf of Guinea
(Exell 1973). Other relevant botanists who collected on
these islands were A. Chevalier (1873-1956) in 1905,
T. Monod (1902-2000) in 1956 and J. Espirito Santo
(1901-unknown) in the 1960s-70s.
After a period of 20 years, the interest in the flora
of these islands was rekindled through the European-
funded ECOFAC project (www.ecofac.org), as well as
by research on medicinal plants. Extensive collecting
was done over the last 10 years by Santomean, Belgian
and Portuguese collectors. Several studies were pub-
lished on the flora of the islands (see Figueiredo 1994a
for a comprehensive botanical bibliography), but the
only published plant diversity list remains Exell’s pre-
liminary checklist (1973) which was a simple list of
names without vouchers or further information.
Numerous new collections were made over the past
20 years, and it is now possible to improve Exell’s list
considerably. In this new catalogue we include com-
mon names, habit and habitat, medicinal uses and infor-
mation on the ornamental or food value of the taxa.
Recent trends to interlink plant diversity studies, such
as conducting comprehensive surveys of useful plants,
have resulted in a fresh appreciation for the consider-
able value of herbaria as untapped data sources. There
has also been a resurgence in an appreciation for com-
mon names as an important source of information for
plant uses. The reliability of such information increases
exponentially if the names can be linked to specimens,
given that such vouchered anecdotes can be verified by
future researchers. In addition, common names represent
an important, but sadly vanishing, component of the cul-
ture of a country and its peoples. In this paper we create
the critically important link between voucher specimens,
scientific names in current use, common names, and uses
of the plants.
Phytogeography
The island of S.Tome in particular, has floristic ele-
ments that are remarkable in the context of African phy-
42
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
togeography. In this regard, disjunctions of afromontane
taxa are particularly striking. For example, Melchiora
mannii (Oliv.) Kobuski, which is endemic to S.Tome,
is closely related to a species occurring in the eastern
parts of the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and
on the Usambara and Uluguru Mountains. More than
2 000 km separate these two species. Afrocarpus man-
nii (Hook.f.) C.N.Page, an endemic of the summit of
S.Tome, is another well-known example of a wide dis-
junction. Its nearest relative, Afrocarpus usambarensis
(Pilg) C.N.Page, occurs in eastern Africa. The same type
of disjunction is also found in some lowland forest taxa,
such as Lasiodiscus mildbraedii Engl. This species is
distributed in the eastern DRC and, at much lower alti-
tudes, in S.Tome, in remnants of the lowland forest. A
single specimen was also collected in Cameroun.
Narrow afromontane palaeoendemics are probably
remnants of species which were much more widespread
during cooler climatic periods, becoming restricted to
mountains during warmer periods. When the climate
became colder allowing afromontane taxa to extend
to lower altitude, several lowland species became con-
fined to refuges that retained suitable environmental
conditions. They may have survived on the island where
adverse conditions were ameliorated by the effect of a
milder oceanic climate. Exell (1944) suggested that
S.Tome might be of a different ‘botanical age’ in rela-
tion to the other islands in the archipelago, as well as
Mount Cameroun, which would explain the confinement
of several taxa to that island and their absence from the
other mountains on the mainland. He hypothesized that
although these mountains might be of the same geo-
logical age, S.Tome might have been the first to become
available for colonization and it would contain elements
(palaeoendemics) of an older flora which was already
confined to refuges when the other local mountains
became available for colonization.
Vegetation
When the islands of S.Tome and Principe were dis-
covered by Portuguese sailors in 1471-1472, they were
uninhabited and totally covered with dense tropical rain-
forest. The occupation of the islands took place in 1486
and with it the establishment of farms ( rogas ), initially
for the production of sugar cane, later for cocoa and cof-
fee. These had, and still have, a profound impact on the
vegetation of the islands. Deforestation was particularly
high during the 1 9th century, when the lowland forests,
up to an altitude of ± 1 500 m were almost completely
replaced with plantations, with a few original trees kept
for shade. When, at the end of the 16th century, sugar
cane production was stopped, there was a regeneration
of part of the vegetation, giving rise to large patches
of secondary vegetation. Several classifications exist
for the vegetation of the island of S.Tome, but the
most commonly used one is that of Monod (1960) who
divided the island into four regions based on character-
istic species. The littoral region includes dunes [with
Ipomoea pes-caprae (L.) R.Br. subsp. brasiliensis (L.)
Ooststr., Canavalia rosea (Sw.) DC., Cynodon dactvlon
(L.) Pers. and Sporobolus virginicus (L.) Kunth] and
mangroves (with Rhizophora harrisonii Leechm., Acro-
stichum aureum L. and Pandanus thomensis Henriq.).
The next region, extending to an altitude of 800 m
includes the lowland rainforest that was mostly replaced
with cocoa plantations. In the north of the island where
rainfall is much lower, there are anthropogenic savannas
characterized by grasses and legumes. At an altitude of
800-1 400 m, the mountain rainforest is dominated by
Rubiaceae and Euphorbiaceae and many epiphytes, par-
ticularly orchids. Among the numerous endemics char-
acteristic of this area, are several trees such as Trichilia
grandifolia Oliv., Craterispermum montanum Hiem,
Tabernaemontana stenosiphon Stapf, Erythrococca
molleri (Pax) Prain and Discoclaoxylon occidentale
(Miill.Arg.) Pax & K.Hoffm., and the lianas Mussaenda
tenuiflora Benth. var. thomensis G. Taylor, Sabicea exel-
lii G. Taylor and Ecpoma cauliflora (Hiem) N. Halle. The
undergrowth is home to species of Begonia L. and Pep-
eromia Ruiz & Pav., and the very common Psychotria
subobliqua Hiem and Ca/voa crassinoda Hook.f.
Above 1 400 m and up to the summit of the island
(2 024 m), a mist forest is encountered with the endemic
trees Afrocarpus mannii, Melchiora mannii , Psychotria
guerkeana K.Schum., P. nubicola G. Taylor, and Peddiea
thomensis Exell occurring. Under the canopy species
of Begonia and Tristemma Juss., Anthocleista scandens
Hook.f., Pilea manniana Wedd. and P. rivularis Wedd.
are found in numbers. The presence of Erica thomen-
sis (Henriq.) Dorr & E.G.H.Oliv. and Lobelia barnsii
Exell at a higher altitude indicates a tendency towards
a mountain grassland. The area of Lagoa Amelia (at ±
1 430 m) has been well collected and its plant diversity
is well known. For example, this small area of ± 4 km2
has 55 taxa of pteridophytes. The Lagoa (= lake) is the
crater of an ancient volcano. It is now a bog surrounded
by tree ferns (Alsophila manniana (Hook.) R.M.Tryon)
and giant begonias ( Begonia crateris Exell). The bog
itself is populated by ferns such as Nephrolepis cordifo-
lia (L.) C.Presl var. pumicicola (F.Ballard) Hovenkamp
& Miyam. (typical of lava-derived soils), Lycopodiella
cernua (L.) Pic.-Serm. and Lepisorus excavatus (Bory
ex Willd.) Ching.
The vegetation of Principe is similar to that of
S.Tome, with a predominance of representatives of the
families Rubiaceae, Euphorbiaceae and Orchidaceae,
and a scarcity of Fabaceae taxa. Mangroves also occur
there, but savannas are absent. Being an island of much
lower altitude (948 m), the forest resembles the low alti-
tude forest in S.Tome, but the ridges at low altitude tend
to show some characteristics of formations that are only
found at much higher altitude in S.Tome. Submontane
forest is only recorded on the summit of the island, the
Pico do Principe.
Diversity
The flora of S.Tome and Principe has a high diversity
and endemism. This issue has been previously covered
in the literature (e.g. Figueiredo 1994b). The present
work updates the figures of flowering plant diversity
to: 135 families (29 introduced), 624 genera (172 intro-
duced), 1 104 species (301 introduced) plus 15 addi-
tional infraspecific taxa. At present, 119 taxa (107 spe-
cies and 12 infraspecific taxa) are known to be endemic
to the two islands.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
43
There is only one native gymnosperm in STP, Afro-
carpus mannii (Hook.) C.N.Page, a species endemic to
S.Tome which is widely planted as an ornamental tree.
However, it is rare in the wild where it occurs only at
high altitudes. The predominant families in the flora of
STP are the Orchidaceae, Rubiaceae and Euphorbiaceae.
Together they account for more than half the number
of endemic taxa. Polystachya Hook. (Orchidaceae) and
Psychotria L. (Rubiaceae) have the highest levels of
endemism. In the remaining families, the endemism of
taxa of the genus Begonia (Begoniaceae) is notewor-
thy, particularly that of the gigantic species B. baccata
Hook.f. and B. crateris, which can reach a height of 4
m. Endemic species of Impatiens L. (Balsaminaceae)
and Calvoa Hook.f. (Melastomataceae) are also note-
worthy for the ornamental value of their flowers. The
pteridophytes are particularly diverse and plentiful in the
flora of S.Tome and Principe, with 157 species and 13
endemics. This group has been recently revised (Figuei-
redo 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002a; Figueiredo & Gascoigne
2001).
MATERIAL AND METHODS
The collections cited in this catalogue are those of
the authors and other recent collectors such as J. Lejoly,
S.P. Carvalho, G. Joffroy and G.C. Matos. Only recent
collections (from 1990 or later) are cited. Most of the
recent collections from the islands are deposited at COI
(Paiva, Madureira & Martins), LISC (Carvalho, Figue-
iredo, Matos) and BRFU (Joffroy, Fejoly, Stevart). The
national herbarium in S.Tome (STPH) has duplicates or
the first set of many of the recent collections. Herbar-
ium abbreviations follow Thiers (continuously updated:
http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/).
The nomenclature follows Klopper et al. (2006)
and AFPD (2009). The synonyms cited in the list were
accepted by Exell (1973) or in recent literature.
Common names were mostly obtained from the lit-
erature (Rozeira 1958; Silva 1959; Santo 1969; Roseira
1984; Figueiredo 2002b). Medicinal uses were com-
piled from the literature (Sequeira 1994; Martins 2001;
Madureira 2006; Madureira et al. 2007) and herbarium
specimens.
FIST OF FFOWERING PFANTS
Accepted names are in bold, synonyms in italics. Common names appear in brackets after the taxon and author’s
name(s). Abbreviations/symbols used in the list are: *, introduced; ?, recorded in literature but specimens not known,
or doubts about their origin; §, record requiring confirmation; D, distribution in S.Tome and Principe (STP); E,
edible; E, endemic; H, habit and habitat; M, medicinal (see Appendix); N, notes; O, ornamental; P, Principe; ST,
S.Tome; V, voucher(s).
ACANTHACEAE
(Daniel & Figueiredo 2009)
ACANTHUS L.
montanus (Nees ) T. Anderson (Castanheiro-de-S.Tome, Cumbo-
-muala-ve, Cundu-de-muala-ve)
H: perennial herb with spiny leaves and white flowers, on roadsi-
des and plantations. M: 27; 171. D: STR V: Daniel 11183 (CAS,
STPH); Matos 7522 (BRLU, LISC).
ASYSTASIA Blume
gangetica (L.) T.Anderson ( Fia-mambleble , Fia-qui-sobo, Fia-qui-
-sobd-homem, Home, Muala )
H: perennial herb with white flowers dotted purple, on roadsides, cul-
tivated areas, plantations, ruderal. M: 40; 65; 79; 88; 124; 142. D:
STP. V: Figueiredo 207 (LISC); Matos 7734 (LISC).
BRACHYSTEPHANUS Nees
Eoccidentalis Lindau
H: herb or shrub with white flowers, in montane forest, secondary for-
est and margins of watercourses. D: ST. V: Paiva 208 (COI).
BRILLANTAISIA P.Beauv.
lamium (Nees) Benth. (Fia-de-mina-grande, Fia-fogo)
H: perennial herb with blue flowers, in forest, secondary forest and
plantations, ruderal. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 31 (LISC); Matos 7737
(LISC).
owariensis P.Beauv. ( Mamblembe )
H: herb with blue flowers in secondary forest and on roadsides. D: ST.
V: Figueiredo 213 (LISC).
vogeliana (Nees) Benth.
H: herb with white or blue flowers, in rainforest and secondary forest.
D: ST. V: Figueiredo 32 (K, LISC).
DICLIPTERA Juss.
verticillata (Forssk.) C.Chr.
H: herb with blue, purple flowers, in secondary forest, on roadsides. D:
STP. V: Matos 7575 (BRLU, LISC, STPH).
ELYTRARIA Michx.
marginata Vahl ( Focha-anzolo , Santage-basso-cafe)
H: herb with white or lilac flowers, in secondary forest, cultivated
areas and river margins. M: 16; 51; 59; 96; 173. D: STP. V: Oli-
veira 530 (BRLU, STPH), 1351 (BRLU).
HETERADELPHIA Lindau
Fpaulo\vilhelmia Lindau
H: perennial herb or shrub with purple flowers, in rainforest. D: ST. V:
Matos 7302 (BRLU, LISC).
HYPOESTES Sol. ex R.Br.
sp.
D: ST. N: Hypoestes sp. was recorded by Exell (1944) based on the
collection Don s.n. (BM) and said to be possibly a new species.
JUSTICIA L.
tenella (Nees) T.Anderson
H: herb with pink flowers or white with purple patch on lower lip
(Exell 1944), in secondary forest. D: STP. V: Matos 7393 (BRLU,
LISC, STPH); Oliveira 135/98 (STPH).
Ethomensis Lindau
H: herb. D: ST. N: rare or even extinct plant only known from the type
collection [Souza s.n. (COI)].
NELSONIA R.Br.
smithii Oerst.
H: herb with creeping stem sending up flowering shoots, flowers white
tinged with pink or crimson (Exell 1944), in secondary forest. D:
STP. V: Oliveira 504 (BRLU, LISC), 594 (BRLU, STPH).
44
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
PHAULOPSIS Willd.
micrantha (Benth.) C.B. Clarke ( Fia-glavana )
H: herb with white flowers. M: 84; 96; 150. D: ST. V: Oliveira 264
(STPH).
RHINACANTHUS Nees
virens (Nees) Milne-Redh.
H: herb with white flowers in secondary forest. D: P. V: Oliveira
133/98 (BRLU, LISC, STPH).
*RUELLIA L.
*brevifolia (Pohl) Ezcurra ( Mato-bana , Pega-pega)
H: herb or undershrub with red flowers, in secondary forest. D: ST. V:
Figueiredo 30 (LISC).
STENANDRIOPSIS S. Moore
thomensis (Milne-Redh.) Heine
H: herb with pink or blue flowers, in forest. D: STP. V: Lejoly 95/97
(BRLU, LIC, STPH); Oliveira 547 (BRLU, STPH).
*AGAVACEAE
* AGAVE L.
*sisalana Perrine (sisal)
H: succulent shrub. D: ST. V: Paiva 128 (COI).
?*FURCRAEA Vent.
?*foetida (L.) Haw.
N: recorded by Exell (1944) based on the literature; no specimens
known.
AIZOACEAE
SESUVIUM L.
portulacastrum (L.) L.
H: perennial herb occurring in coastal areas. E: leaves. D: ST.
ALANGIACEAE
ALANGIUM Lam.
chinense (Lour.) Harms
H: tree up to 22 m high, with white to yellowish flowers, in secondary
forest. D: ST.
7ALLIACEAE
7ALLIUM L
?*cepa L. (Cebola)
N: cultivated for the bulbs, recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva
(1958) without specimen citation.
?*sativum L. ( Alho )
N: cultivated for the bulbs, recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva
(1958) without specimen citation.
AMARANTHACEAE
*ACHYRANTHES L
*aspera L. ( Fia-ponto , Folha-galo, Folha-ponto, Mato-bana, Papue)
H: herb in plantations. M: 14; 41; 67; 60; 89; 90; 168. D: ST. V: Madu-
reira & Martins 86 (COI).
ALTERNANTHERA Forssk.
littoralis P.Beauv. var. maritima (Mart.) Pedersen
maritima (Mart.) A.St.-Hil.
H: succulent prostrate herb, in dunes. D: STP. V: Paiva 266 (COI).
*pungens Kunth ( Piancabla )
H: prostrate herb, on roadsides and cultivated ground. D: STP. V:
Paiva 1051 (COI).
*sessilis (L.) DC. ( Qua-qua-closso )
H: herb, in plantations and on roadsides, ruderal. M: 48; 54; 96; 124.
D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 295 (COI); Paiva 159 (COI).
AMARANTHUS L.
*caudatus L. (Jimboa)
H: herb, in plantations. E: leaves, seeds. D: ST. V: Oliveira 201
(BRLU).
*dubius Mart, ex Thell.
H: herb, ruderal. E: leaves. D: ST. V: Paiva 263 (COI).
graecizans L. (Chimboa, Gimboa)
H: herb, on roadsides. E: leaves. D: ST. V: Paiva 394 (COI).
*hybridus L. subsp. cruentus (L.) Thell. ( Gimboa )
H: herb, in cultivated fields. E: leaves, seeds. D: ST. V: Paiva 1040
(COI).
*spinosus L. (Gimboa, Jimboa-brava)
H: herb. E: leaves. M: 173. D: STP.
*viridis L. (Belo-vieme, Gimboa-doida)
H: herb, on roadsides. E: leaves. M: 124; 173. D: ST. V: Madureira <£
Martins 282 (COI).
BLUTAPARON Raf.
vermiculare (L.) Mears var. vermiculare
H: perennial herb, in coastal areas. D: ST. V: Matos 7271 (LISC).
CELOSIA L.
*argentea L.
H: herb. E: leaves. O. D: ST.
leptostachya Benth.
H: annual herb, in plantations and on roadsides, ruderal. D: ST. V:
Paiva 160 (COI)
CYATHULA Blume
prostrata (L.) Blume var. pedicellata (C.B. Clarke) Cavaco (Fia-bana,
Mato-bana, Pegacalato)
H: small prostrate herb, ruderal. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 218 (LISC);
Paiva 450 (COI).
DEERINGIA R.Br.
sp.
D: P. N: Exell (1944, 1973) recorded Deeringia amaranthoides (Lam.)
Merr. as an introduced plant in Principe (based on Barter 2009
(K)). He cited D. celosioides R.Br., nom. illegit, as a synonym. In
the AFPD (2009) database, D. celosioides is accepted as a species
endemic to Principe.
*GOMPHRENA L.
*globosa L.
H: annual herb. O. D: ST.
*IRESINE P. Browne
*herbstii Lindl.
H: herb with red leaves, ruderal. D: ST. V: Lejoly 93/601 (BRLU).
PUPALIA Juss.
lappacea (L.) A. Juss. (Pega-lato, Pega-rato)
H: herb, on roadsides and cultivated fields, ruderal. M: 67. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 275 (COI).
AMARYLLIDACEAE
CRINUM L.
jagus (J.Thomps.) Dandy (Cebola-cence, Sabola-cence)
H: bulbous plant with white flowers, in secondary forest and planta-
tions. M: 1 2; 33; 50; 66; 85; 1 86. D: ST. V: Paiva 458 (COI).
*HIPPEASTRUM Herb.
*puniceum (Lam.) Kuntze
H: bulbous plant with pink flowers. O. D: STP.
*HYMENOCALLIS Salisb.
*Iittoralis (Jacq.) Salisb. ( Flor-branca , Sabola-cence)
H: bulbous plant with white flowers. M: 12; 66; 98; 1 14; 191. D: P. V:
Madureira & Martins 648 (COI).
ANACARDIACEAE
*ANACARDIUM L.
*occidentale L. (fruit: Caji't; tree: Cajueiro)
H: tree, cultivated and occurring on roadsides. E: fruits, seeds. M: 2;
22; 23; 26; 37; 60; 67; 1 14; 171. D: STP. V: Paiva 109 (COI).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
45
LANNEA A. Rich.
welwitschii (Hiem) Engl. (Mucumbli)
H: tree, on secondary forest (300-1 500 m). M: 22; 57; 87; 109; 124.
D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 217 (COI).
*MANGIFERA L.
*indica L. (fruit: Manga ; tree: Mangueira)
H: large tree with small red or yellow flowers, cultivated and occurring
on roadsides. E: fruits. M: 14; 27; 37; 40; 57; 67; 98; 177. D: STP.
V: Madureira & Martins 459 (COI); Paiva 821 (COI).
PSEUDOSPONDIAS Engl.
microcarpa (A. Rich.) Engl. (Guegue, Safu-d'obo, Safu-dodo, Zenze,
Zenzem)
H: tree with yellowish white flowers (Exell 1944), in secondary forest
and on roadsides. M: 62; 124; 157. D: STP. V: Madureira & Mar-
tins 512 (COI); Paiva 1915 (COI).
SORINDEIA Thouars
grandifolia Engl. (Gogo, Safii-de-obo )
H: tree, in rainforest and secondary forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7683
(LISC).
juglandifolia (A. Rich.) Planch, ex Oliv.
H: tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/236 (BRLU).
*SPONDIAS L.
*cvtherea Sonn. (fruit: Cajamanga ; tree: Cajamangueira)
dulcis Sol. ex Parkinson
H: tree with small white flowers. E: fruits. D: STP. V: Paiva 799
(COI).
*mombin L. ( Geg , Gig, Guegue, Guegue)
lutea L.
H: small tree, in hedges. E: fruits. M: 14; 41; 54; 56; 75; 84; 122. D:
STP. V: Paiva 814 (COI).
ANISOPHYLLEACEAE
ANISOPHYLLEA R.Br. ex Sabine
Ecabole Henriq. (Cabole)
H: tree 35^30 m high (Exell 1944). D: ST. N: an undetermined species
of Anisophvllea has also been reported from Principe. V: Matos
7237a (LISC).
ANNONACEAE
ANNONA L.
*cherimola L. (Crimola)
H: small tree. E: fruits. D: ST.
glabra L. (Nona, Nona-concha, Nopa, Nopa-concha )
H: tree. E: fruits. D: ST.
*muricata L. ( Chabe-chabe , Chapo-chapo, Coraqao-da-lndia,
Coraqao-de-preto, Coraqao-preto, Sape-sape, Sapo-sapo)
H: tree. E: fruits. M: 94; 98; 123. D: STP. V: Paiva 1042 (COI).
^reticulata L. (Fruta-conde)
H: tree with reddish flowers, cultivated and occurring in secondary for-
est. E: fruits. D: STP. V: Oliveira 225/98 (BRLU), 1435 (BRLU).
senegalensis Pers.
arenaria Thonn.
H: shrub or small tree. D: ST? N: recorded by Exell (1944, 1973) as A.
arenaria Thonn., based on Don s.n. (BM).
*squamosa L. ( Fruta-pinha , Nona)
H: tree. E: fruits. M: 150. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 435 (COI).
?*ASIMINA Adans.
?*triloba (L.) Dunal
D: P? N: a doubtful record from the literature according to Exell
(1944, 1973); no specimens known.
*CANANGA (DC.) Hook.f. & Thomson
*odorata (Lam.) Hook.f. & Thomson (Ilangue-ilangue. Pompeia)
H: tree with strongly fragrant flowers. O. M: 138. D: ST. V: Figueiredo
123 (K).
MONODORA Dunal
brevipes Benth. (lobo)
H: tree, in plantations. D: STP. V: Paiva 822 (COI).
myristica (Gaertn.) Dunal (lobo, lobo, Jobo, Xipobo, Yobo)
H: tree, in plantations. M: 2; 20; 57; 98; 99; 146. D: STP. V: Madu-
reira & Martins 76 (COI), 455 (COI).
POLYALTHIA Blume
oliveri Engl. (Cabore-de-Bom-Sucesso, Inhe-preto, Pau-preto, Preto)
H: tall tree with white flowers, in rainforest. M: 20; 22. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 589 (COI); Oliveira 588 (BRLU).
UVARIA L
ovata (DC.) A. DC. subsp. ovata
sp. sensu auctt. Santo (1970), Exell (1973).
H: shrub with yellow flowers forming thickets, in savanna. D: ST. V:
Espirito Santo 4357 (LISC).
XYLOPIA L.
aethiopica (Dunal) A. Rich. (Cabela, Inhe-bobo, Noe, Pimenta-do-
-Congo, Untue-do-bo)
H: tree ± 20 m high with fragrant white flowers (Exell 1944), in sec-
ondary forest. E: fruits. M: 22; 43; 62. D: STP. V: Joffroy 147
(BRLU); Paiva 1473 (COI).
quintasii Engl. & Diels
H: tree up to 35 m high, in rainforest. D: ST.
staudtii Engl. & Diels (Jnhe-bobe, Inhe-branco, Inhe-ganso, Unue-
-bolina)
africana (Benth.) Oliv.
H: tree 9-30 m high, in plantations, secondary forest and on roadsides.
D: STP. V: Paiva 943 (COI), 1419 (COI).'
APIACEAE
APIUM L
leptophvllum (Pers.) F.Muell. ex Benth.
H: annual herb. D: P.
CENTELLA L
asiatica (L.) Urb. (Fia-d’olha, Folha-de-orelha, Folha-viola,
Olhadato, Ufia-copo)
H: perennial herb with red flowers, creeping and sometimes climbing
(Exell 1944). M: 29; 44; 69; 155; 174. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 115
(K).
*ERYNGIUM L.
*foetidum L. (Celo-sum-zom-maid, Cheiro-de-Joao-Maria, Coentro-
-de-S.Tome, Jamaia, Lamaia, Selo-sum-Joao-Maia, Selo-sum-
-zon-maia)
H: biennial herb. E: leaves. M: 2; 52; 61; 81; 94; 145; 150; 156. D:
STP. V: Paiva 634 (COI), 1149 (COI).
HYDROCOTYLE L.
bonariensis Lam. (Fia-copo, Fid-d'ollta, Home-d'olha)
H: perennial herb. M: 2; 44; 69; 155; 1 74. D: STP. V: Paiva 249 (COI),
1436 (COI).
mannii Hook.f.
H: prostrate herb trailing along the ground (Exell 1944). D: ST. V:
Matos 7428 (BRLU, LISC).
*PETROSELINUM Hill
*crispum (Mill.) A.W.Hill (Salsa)
H: biennial herb. E: leaves. D: ST.
APOCYNACEAE
*ASCLEPIAS L
*curassavica L.
H: herb, in gardens and escaped. O. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 60 (K).
*CASCABELA Raf.
*thevetia (L.) Lippold
Thevetia peruviana (Pers.) K.Schum.
H: shrub, with yellow flowers, ruderal. D: ST. V: Paiva 1297 (COI).
*CATHARANTHUS G.Don
*roseus (L.) G.Don (Labios-de-mulata, Vinca)
H: shrub or perennial herb, with white flowers with a red or pink cen-
tre (Exell 1944), ruderal. M: 118; 171. O. D: ST. V: Paiva 433
(COI).
FUNTUMIA Stapf
africana (Benth.) Stapf (Pau-cadeira, Po-cadela, Po-leite, Po-visgo)
H: tree 45-60 m high (Exell 1944), with yellow-white flowers, in for-
est. M: 56; 115; 176. D: STP. V: Oliveira 88 (BRLU).
46
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FUNTUMIA Stapf (cont.)
elastica (P.Preuss) Stapf (Funtumia)
H: tree, with yellow-white flowers, in forest. D: ST.
GONGRONEMA Decne.
latifolium Benth. ( Olage )
H: climber with tuberous base. D: ST.
LANDOLPHIA P.Beauv.
landolphioides (Hallier f.) A.Chev.
dawei Stapf
H: liana with a trunk up to 0.4 m in diameter. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Oli-
veira 51/99 (BRLU).
MARSDENIA R.Br.
'exellii C.Norman
H: liana with yellow flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/269
(BRLU).
*NERIUM L.
"“oleander L.
H: shrub. O. D: ST. V: Oliveira 217 (BRLU).
ONCOSTEMMA K.Schum.
cuspidatum K.Schum.
D: ST. N: this monotypic genus has been reduced to synonymy of
Tylophora by Meve & Omlor (2000) and found to be a synonym
of T. oblonga N.E.Br. The new combination Tylophora cuspi-
data (K.Schum.) Meve & Omlor, said to take precedence over T.
oblonga, is illegitimate.
"“PLUMERIA L.
"“rubra L.
H: shrub or tree, very fragrant. O. D: ST.
RAUVOLFIA L.
caffra Sond. (Cata-cuene, Cata-glandje, Caia-grande. Note: not to be
confused with Cata-pequena)
macrophylla Stapf
H: tree, with white flowers and blackish purple fruits, in forest. M: 2;
25; 44; 79; 99; 123; 127; 146; 155; 168; 175. D: ST. V: Madureira
& Martins 16 (COI).
vomitoria Afzel. ( Cata , Cata-manginga, Cata-pequena, Cata-piquina,
Cata-ussubi)
dichotoma K.Schum.
H: shrub or small tree with white flowers and red fruits, in forest and
plantations. M: 60; 79; 99; 103; 123; 175; 184. D: STP. V: Figuei-
redo 256 (LISC).
TABERNAEMONTANA L
*divaricata (L.) R.Br. ex Roem. & Schult.
Ervatamia coronaria (Jacq.) Stapf
E. divaricata (L.) Burkill
H: shrub or small tree with white flowers, in gardens. D: STP. V: Paiva
290 (COI).
pachysiphon Stapf (Cata-glandje, Cata-grande)
H: shrub or small tree, with white or yellowish flowers, in forest. D:
ST. V: Oliveira 1430 (BRLU).
Estenosiphon Stapf (Cato, Cata-d'obo, Cata-piquina, Pau-llrio )
H: small tree with fragrant white flowers, in forest. M: 8; 77; 103. D:
STP. Oliveira 141/98 (LISC); Paiva 76 (COI).
VOACANGA Thouars
africana Stapf (Buie, Cata-contra, Cata-glandje, Cata-grande, Cata-
-quio, Gata-grande, Guibule )
lemosii Philipson
H: small tree, with yellow or white flowers, in forest. M: 8; 103. D:
ST. V: Paiva 1194 (COI).
AQUIFOLIACEAE
ILEX L.
mitis (L.) Radik.
H: tree, with white flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 985 (BRLU).
ARACEAE
*ALOCASIA (Schott) G.Don
*macrorrhiza (L.) G.Don (Coco-veneno, Matabala-veneno)
H: perennial herb with a tuberous rootstock in secondary forest and
plantations. O. M: 5; 133; 174. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins
449 (COI).
*CALADIUM Vent.
*bicolor (Aiton) Vent. (Coco-floli, Coco-veneno )
H: perennial herb with a tuberous rootstock, in secondary forest and
plantations. O. D: STP. V: Paiva 1200 (COI), 1427 (COI).
"“COLOCASIA Schott
"“esculenta (L.) Schott (Coco, Matabala, Micoco)
H: large herbaceous plant cultivated for the corm (taro). D: STP.
CULCASIA P.Beauv.
angolensis Welw. ex Schott (Pimenta-da-terra)
barombensis N.E.Br.
H: climber, in forest. D: ST.
scandens P.Beauv. ( Home-dum-osso , Homem-de-um-osso-so)
H: epiphyte, climbing herb, in forest. M: 22; 87; 96. D: ST. V: Madu-
reira & Martins 66 (COI).
"“DIEFFENBACHIA Schott
*seguine (Jacq.) Schott
H: herb. O. D: ST. V: Oliveira 216 (BRLU).
*XANTHOSOMA Schott
"“sagittifolium (L.) Schott (Coco, Matabala, Matabala-branca,
Matabala-gema-de-ovo, Matabala-vermelha, Micoco )
maffafa Schott
violaceum Schott
H: large herbaceous plant much cultivated for the corm (coco-yam).
M: 188. D: STP. V: Paiva 761 (COI), 1331 (COI).
ARALIACEAE
"“HEDERA L.
"“helix L. (Hera)
H: climber. O. D: ST. N: recorded by Exell (1944, 1973) but it is pos-
sible that it may be a different species of Hedera.
POLYSCIAS J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
Equintasii Exell (Guegue-fasso, Veld)
H: tree, in forest. D: STP. V: Oliveira 1253 (BRLU).
SCHEFFLERA J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
barteri (Seem.) Harms
H: liana, in secondary forest. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 48 (K).
mannii (Hook.f.) Harms
H: small shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7513 (LISC).
ARECACEAE
Note: the following palm trees have also been recorded in cultivation:
Roystonea regia (Kunth) O.F.Cook, Butia eriospatha (Mart, ex
Drude) Becc., Caiyota urens L.
BORASSUS L.
aethiopum Mart. ( Palmeira-do-marfim , Palmeira-leque, Ulua)
H: tree up to 20 m high. D: ST.
"“COCOS L.
"“nucifera L. (Coco, Coconjd, Conconja, Coqueiro)
H: tree. E: fruit. D: STP.
ELAEIS Jacq.
guineensis Jacq. (Andim, Dendem, Dendem, Palmeira-andim,
Palmeira-dendim, Palmeira-do-dendem, Pema)
H: tree up to 30 m high. E: fruit (oil). D: STP.
"“PHOENIX L.
"“dactylifera L. (fruit: Tamara ; tree: Tamareira)
H: tree with trunk up to 20 m high. E: fruit. D: ST.
*ARISTOLOCHIACEAE
"“ARISTOLOCHIA L.
"“littoralis Parodi
H: climber, yellow flowers spotted with pink (Exell 1956). O. D: ST.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
47
ASPHODELACEAE
*ALOE L.
*humilis (L.) Mill. (Aliba-blabosa, Erva-babosa )
H: scapose perennial herb. M: 39; 51; 54; 49; 60; 72; 77; 93; 123; 124.
D: ST. V; Madureira & Martins 354 (COI).
ASPARAGACEAE
* ASPARAGUS L.
^officinalis L. (Espargo)
N: herb cultivated for the young shoots, recorded by Exell (1973)
based on Silva (1958) without specimen citation.
ASTERACEAE
*ACANTHOSPERMUM Schrank
*hispidum DC. ( Mosquito-dia )
H: annual herb with yellowish green flowers (Exell 1944). D: STP.
ACMELLA Rich, ex Pers.
caulirhiza Delile (Fia-dentche, Fia-dente)
Spilanthes filicaulis (Schumach. & Thonn.) C.D. Adams
H: herb with yellow flowers. M: 132; 175. D: STP. V; Madureira &
Martins 296 (COI); Matos 7491 (LISC).
ADENOSTEMMA J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
mauritianum DC.
FI: herb with white flowers, in forest and secondary forest. D: ST. V:
Lejoly 94/551 (BRLU, LISC).
perrottetii DC. (Lingua-tela, Tonfonso)
H: herb with white flowers, in forest, plantations and on roadsides. M:
141. D: ST. V; Madureira 646 (COI).
*AGERATUM L.
*convzoides L. subsp. conyzoides (Fia-cuncunha, Fia-male, Fia-
-male-di-que, Fia-male-home, Folha-male)
H: annual herb with blue-purple or white flowers, in secondary for-
est, plantations and on roadsides, ruderal. M: 124; 150. D: STP. V:
Paiva 1385 (COI), 1782 (COI).
AMBROSIA L.
maritima L. ( Atinija , Atlija, Atlimija, Atrimija, Natruja)
H: annual herb or perennial from woody rootstock. M: 29; 77; 115;
150; 184; 189. D: STP. V; Madureira & Martins 93 (COI).
7ASPILIA Thouars
?rudis Oliv. & Hiem subsp. rudis
H: erect, often perennial herb with pale yellow or almost white flow-
ers. D: P. Recorded by Exell (1944) based on a citation in Flora of
tropical Africa of a collection by Barter that he did not see.
BIDENS L.
pilosa L. ( Aliba-giihia , Fia-giihia, Pega-pega)
H: herb with white flowers, in secondary forest, plantations and on
roadsides. M: 29; 46; 69; 88. D: STP. V: Paiva 572 (COI), 705
(COI).
^CHRYSANTHEMUM L.
*indicum L.
H: perennial herb. O. D: ST.
*?CICHORIUM L.
*?intvbus L.
H: perennial herb. E: leaves (var. foliosum), roots (var. sativum). D;
ST. N: a doubtful record based on a specimen collected by Don and
cited by Bentham in Niger flora. Exell (1944) did not see the speci-
men.
CONYZA Less.
attenuata DC. (Folha-male, Lingua-de-vaca, Lingua-tela)
persicifolia (Benth.) Oliv. & Hiem
H: annual herb, in forest. D: ST. V; Matos 7369 (LISC).
*bonariensis (L.) Cronquist
H: annual erect herb. D: STP.
CRASSOCEPHALUM Moench
crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore
H: annual herb with yellow or mauve flowers, in forest and planta-
tions. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/211 (BRLU).
montuosum (S. Moore) Milne-Redh.
H; herb, ruderal. D: ST. V: Matos 7438 (LISC).
rubens (Juss. ex Jacq.) S. Moore
H: herb, in secondary forest and plantations. D: ST.
sarcobasis (DC.) S.Moore
H: herb, in disturbed ground. D: ST. V: Matos 7466 (BRLU).
DICHROCEPHALA L’Her. ex DC.
integrifolia (L.f.) Kuntze subsp. integrifolia
H: annual herb with whitish flowers, ruderal. D: ST. V: Lejoly 95/057
(LISC).
ECLIPTA L.
prostrata (L.) L. (Folha-boba, Folha-sapateiro)
H: annual or perennial herb with white flowers. D: STP
*ELEPHANTOPUS L
*mollis Kunth (Fia-budo, Fia-dentche, Folha-budo, Macabali,
Macablali)
H: herb with white flowers, in secondary forest, plantations, and
on roadsides. H: 3; 22; 112; 129; 130; 150; 174; 175. D: STP. V:
Figueiredo 105 ( K).
EMILIA Cass.
?coccinea (Sims) G.Don
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva (1958) without specimen
citation.
sonchifolia (L.) DC. ex Wight
H; annual herb. E: leaves. D: STP.
§EPALTES Cass.
§*brasiliensis DC.
H; herb. D: STP. N: Exell (1944) cited three collections of this taxon
( Barter 1976, Mann s.n. and Welwitsch 3520). We did not see these
specimens but it is possible that they refer to Litogyne gariepina
(DC.) Anderb., a species widespread from West Africa to South and
East Africa that includes as synonyms the three species of Epaltes
previously cited for tropical Africa. E. brasiliensis has apparently
never been recorded for Africa.
ETHULIA L.f.
conyzoides L.f. subsp. conyzoides
H: annual herb, with white, mauve or purple flowers. D: ST.
*GALINSOGA Ruiz & Pav.
*parviflora Cav.
H: annual herb with white flowers, on disturbed ground and on road-
sides. D: ST. V: Matos 7603 (LISC).
HELICHRV SUM Mill,
foetidum (L.) Moench var. foetidum
H: annual or perennial herb, with yellow flowers, in forest. D: ST. V;
Matos 7371 (LISC).
MICROGLOSSA DC.
pyrifolia (Lam.) Kuntze
H: shrub or scandent shrub, with white, cream-coloured, yellowish or
pinkish flowers, in forest. D; STP. V: Matos 7564 (LISC).
MIKANIA Willd.
chenopodiifolia Willd. (Matucana)
cordata sensu auctt. non (Burm.f.) B.L.Rob.
sp. sensu auct. Exell (1956, 1973)
H: shrub with white flowers. M: 31; 77; 98; 129; 140. D: STP. V:
Figueiredo 257 (LISC).
MIKANIOPSIS Milne-Redh.
paniculata Milne-Redh.
H: perennial climber with orange-yellow flowers. D: ST. V: Matos
7312 (LISC).
PSEUDOGNAPHALIUM Kirp.
luteo-album (L.) Hilliard & B.L.Burtt subsp. luteo-album
Gnaphalium luteo-album L.
H: annual or perennial herb with whitish or yellowish flowers, on
roadsides, ruderal. D: STP. V: Paiva 1064 (COI).
48
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
SOLANECIO (Sch.Bip.) Walp.
biafrae (Oliv. & Hiem) C.Jeffrey
Crassocephalum biafrae (Oliv. & Hiem) S.Moore
H: perennial, climbing, subsucculent herb with yellow flowers. E:
leaves. D: ST.
SONCHUS L.
oleraceus L. ( Serralha )
H: annual or biennial herb with yellow flowers, in forest, plantations
and on roadsides. E: leaves. D: ST. V: Paiva 33 (COI).
STRUCHIUM P. Browne
sparganophora (L.) Kuntze ( Libo-d’agua , Libd-d'aua )
Sparganophorus sparganophora (L.) C.Jeffrey, nom. illegit.
H: perennial, slightly succulent herb, with whitish or pinkish flowers,
in humid areas. M: 123; 137; 190. D: STP. V: Paiva 1292 (COI).
*SYNEDRELLA Gaertn.
*nodiflora Gaertn. ( Fia-male-dodo , Fia-male-muala, Folha-male-
-doida, Macabali-fia-budo )
H: annual or perennial herb with yellow flowers, in secondary forest,
plantations, and on roadsides, ruderal. M: 27; 51; 52; 81; 94; 113;
123; 156. D: STP. V: Paiva 1006 (COI), 1784 (COI).
*TITHONIA Desf. ex Juss.
*diversifolia (Hemsl.) A. Gray ( Girassol )
H: annual or perennial herb or subshrub up to 2.5 m high, with yellow
flowers, ruderal. M: 123. D: ST. V: Paiva 1281 (COI).
VERNONIA Schreb.
amygdalina Delile (Libo, Libo-da-terra, Libo-de-que, Libo-mucambu,
Limbo, Pau-fede )
H: undershrub, shrub or tree, with white flowers, ruderal. E: leaves. M:
60; 123. D: ST. V: Paiva 1289 (COI).
stellulifera (Benth.) C.Jeffrey ( Fia-bunga )
Triplotaxis stellulifera (Benth.) Hutch.
H: annual herb with mauve to purple flowers, in secondary forest. D:
STP V: Figueiredo 41 (K).
*ZINNIA L.
*peruviana (L.) L.
H: annual herb, with red, pink or purplish flowers. D: ST.
*AVERRHOACEAE
*AVERRHOA L.
*carambola L. (fruit: Carambola\ tree: Caramboleira )
H: shrub or small tree, cultivated. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Paiva 1327
(COI).
AVICENNIACEAE
(Daniel & Figueiredo 2009)
Avicennia L.
germinans (L.) L.
H: shrub or tree up to 17 m high, with pneumatophores, halophyte, in
mangroves. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 93 (K).
BALSAMINACEAE
IMPATIENS L.
*balsamina L. ( Balsamina , Melindres )
tarns iana Exel!
H: herb. O. D: STP. V: Paiva 1583 (COI), 1690 (COI).
' buccinalis Hook.f. ( Camardes )
H: herb or shrub up to 3 m high, with red flowers, in forest or second-
ary forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 1858 (COI).
Emanteroana Exell
H: herb with red flowers in humid and rocky places, in rainforest. D: P
V: Paiva 1726 (COI).
Rthomensis Exell
H: herb up to 1 m high, with red or orange flowers, in humid places, in
forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 255 (LISC).
*BASELLACEAE
*BASELLA L.
*alba L. ( Fia-tataluga , Folha-tataruga)
H: annual or perennial succulent herb. E: leaves. M: 173. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 339 (COI).
BEGONIACEAE
BEGONIA L.
ampla Hook.f. ( Fia-boba-d’obo , Fia-boba-glandji )
H: perennial herb, epiphyte, with white flowers, in forest and second-
ary forest. M: 1; 16; 119; 129. D: STP V: Figueiredo 72 (K).
annobonensis A. DC.
H: annual epiphytic succulent herb, in forest. D: STP V: Figueiredo
260 (LISC).
Ebaccata Hook.f. (Fia-boba, Fia-bdba-d'obo, Folha-boba-vermelha)
H: herb, in forest. M: 16; 38; 84; 142. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 39 (K,
LISC).
Ecrateris Exell ( Fia-bdba-d’obo )
H: herb, in forest. D: ST. N: considered by some authors as a synonym
of 5. baccata. V: Lejoly 94/559 (BRLU, LISC).
Efusialata Warb. var. principensis J.J.de Wilde
H: herb. D: P.
Eloranthoides Hook.f. subsp. loranthoides
H: herb. D: STP
Emolleri (C.DC.) Warb.
H: herb. D: ST.
rostrata Welw. ex Hook.f. var. rostrata
H: annual succulent herb. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 161 (LISC).
subalpestris A.Chev.
macambrarensis Exell
H: herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7552 (BRLU, LISC).
thomeana C.DC.
H: perennial herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7704 (LISC).
BIGNONIACEAE
*JACARANDA Juss.
*mimosifolia D.Don ( Jacaranda )
H: tree with purple flowers. O. D: ST. N: recorded in the literature as
introduced, there is a single tree known (at Ropa Agostinho Neto).
NEWBOULDIA Seem
laevis (PBeauv.) Seem, ex Bureau (Quime, Quine)
H: shrub or tree, with pink flowers, ruderal. M: 28; 57. D: ST. V: Paiva
674 (C OI).
SPATHODEA PBeauv.
campanulata P.Beauv.
nilotica Seem.
H: tree. O. D: ST.
*TECOMA Juss.
*sp. ( Maioba-bini )
H: vine. O. M: 7; 96; 128; 146; 153. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins
308 (COI).
*BIXACEAE
*BIXA L.
*orellana L. (Anato, Giclo, Ginclo, Quisafu, Tintureira, Urucu)
H: shrub or small tree with pink flowers. E: seeds. O. M: 22; 27; 63;
67. N: seeds contain a natural orange-red dye. D: STP V: Paiva
493 (COI).
BOMBACACEAE
ADANSONIA L.
digitata L. ( Imbondeiro , Micondo)
H: large tree in savanna. E: leaves, fruits, seeds. D: STP. V: Paiva 1238
(COI).
CEIBA Mill.
pentandra (L.) Gaertn. {Oca)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
49
H: large tree in secondary forest. E: seeds. M: 6; 124. D: STP. V:
Oliveira 139 (BRLU).
*PACHIRA Aubl.
*glabra Pasq.
Bombacopsis glabra (Pasq.) A. Robyns
H: tree, in secondary forest and plantations. E: seeds. D: STP. V: Paiva
1237 (COl), 1950 (COI).
BORAGINACEAE
CORDIA L.
*gerascanthus L.
H: tree up to 25 m high, with white flowers, in town. D: ST.
platythyrsa Baker ( Pau-tabaque , Pd-tabaque, Tabaque)
H: tree up to 18 m high, with creamy white flowers, in secondary for-
est. D: ST. V: Lejoly 93/641 (BRLU).
EHRETIA P.Browne
cymosa Thonn. var. zenkeri (Giirke ex Baker & C.H. Wright) Brenan
zenkeri Giirke ex Baker & C.H. Wright
H: shrub or small tree up to 12 m high, with white flowers and yellow
fruits, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/344 (BRLU).
Escrobiculata Hiem
H: small tree with whitish flowers. N: probably extinct. D: P.
*HELIOTROPIUM L.
*indicum L. ( Fia-galo , Folha-galo, Galo)
H: annual herb with red flowers, ruderal. M: 41; 51; 57; 70; 77; 89; 90;
112; 183; 184. D: STP. V: Paiva 1290 (COI), 1413 (COI).
BRASSICACEAE
*BRASSICA L.
*juncea (L.) Czem. & Coss. (Mostarda)
H: perennial herb with yellow flowers. E: seed (spice: mostarda). D:
ST.
*CAPSELLA Medik.
*bursa-pastoris (L.) Medik.
H: annual herb, ruderal. D: ST.
CARD AMINE L
africana L.
H: annual herb with white flowers, in forest and secondary forest. D:
ST. V: Lejoly 97/220 (BRLU).
?hirsuta L.
N: a doubtful record in Exell (1973) probably due to a typographic
error; the references cited refer to the occurrence in Bioko and not
in S.Tome.
*DIPLOTAXIS DC.
*tenuisiliqua Delile
H: herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7300 (BRLU).
*LEPIDIUM L.
*didymum L.
Coronopus didymus (L.) Sm.
H: annual or biennial herb. E: leaves. D: ST.
*LOBULARIA Desv.
*maritima (L.) Desv.
H: annual or perennial herb, with white, pink or purple flowers. D: ST.
*RAPHANUS L.
*sativus L. (Nabo-macau)
H: annual or biennial herb with white or pink flowers. E: roots. D: ST.
RORIPPA Scop.
micrantha (Roth) Jonsell
indica sensu auct. non (L.) Hiem
H: annual herb with yellow flowers. D: ST.
*nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) Hayek (Agriao. Fia-guinhom, Fia-
-guiom. Guiom)
H: aquatic or semi-aquatic perennial herb with white flowers. E:
leaves, stems. M: 27; 177. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 617
(COI).
*BROMELIACEAE
* ANANAS Mill.
*co mosus (L.) Merr. ( Ananas , Nanas)
H: herb cultivated for fruit. M: 24; 98; 124. D: STP. V: Madureira &
Martins 647 (COI).
BUDDLEJACEAE
LACHNOPYLIS Hochst.
thomcnsis Philipson
Nuxia congesta R.Br. ex Fresen. var. thomensis (Philipson) J. Lewis
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7384 (LISC).
BURMANNIACEAE
GYMNOSIPHON Blume
sp.
H: colourless saprophyte, in forest. D: P. V: Stevart 264 (BRLU).
BURSERACEAE
DACRYODES Vahl
edulis (G.Don) H.J.Lam (fruit: Mubafo, Safit. Safu. Safu-safip tree:
Safueiro, Safuzeiro)
H: tree, in forest and plantations, producing a blue-violet fruit. E:
fruits. M: 185. D: STP. V: Paiva 521 (COI).
SANTIRIA Blume
trimera (Oliv.) Aubrev. ( Balsamo-de-S.Tome , Belambo, Goqui. Oleo-
-melambo, Pau-oleo, Po-oleo, Po-oleo-d'obo)
H: tree, in forest. M: 4; 22; 31; 51; 54; 57; 124; 177; 184;. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Marlins 249 (COI).
*?BUXACEAE
*?BUXUS L.
*?sempervirens L.
N: a doubtful record by Exell (1944, 1973) based on a citation by
Chevalier without specimens.
CACTACEAE
RHIPSALIS Gaertn.
baccifera (J.S.Muell.) Steam subsp. baccifera
H: hanging epiphytic, succulent shrub. D: STP. V: Paiva 1173 (COI).
CAMPANULACEAE
VVAHLENBERGIA Schrad. ex Roth
silenoides Hochst. ex A. Rich.
H: herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7563 (LISC).
*CANNABACEAE
*CANNABIS L
*sativa L. (Liamba)
H: annual herb. E: seeds (oil). D: ST.
*CANNACEAE
*CANNA L.
*indica L. ( Cana-de-jardim , Cana-florifera , Erva-conteira, Salaconta,
Salaconta-blanca, Salaconta-pleta )
H: rhizomatous perennial herb with red flowers. O. M: 45; 67; 69; 79;
98; 128; 153. D: STP. V: Paiva 364 (COI).
CAPPARACEAE
BUCHHOLZIA Engl,
coriacea Engl. ( Cola-congo )
H: tree up to 12 m high, in forest and secondary forest. M: 6; 173; 174.
D: ST. V: Paiva 1271 (COI).
50
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
CAPPARIS L.
erythrocarpos Isert
H: shrub or climber, in savanna. D: ST. V: Lejoly 93/654 (BRLU).
toinentosa Lam.
H: shrub or climber, in savanna. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 83 (K).
CLEOME L.
gynandra L.
Gynandropsis gynandra (L.) Briq.
H: annual herb. D: ST.
rutidosperma DC. ( Fia-stlela , Mussanfi)
H: annual herb. M: 61; 89. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 342
(COi).
*CAPRIFOLIACEAE
*SAMBUCUS L.
*mexicana C.Presl ex DC.
H: shrub or tree with white flowers. D: ST. V: Matos 7520 (BRLU).
*CARICACEAE
*CARICA L
*papaya L. (fruit: Mamom, Papaia\ tree: Mamoeiro, Papaeira)
H: small tree. E: fruits. M: 32; 98; 114; 135; 146. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 29 (COI).
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
DRYMARIA Willd. ex Schult.
cordata (L.) Willd. ex Roem. & Schult. (Chile-branco, Pega-pega,
Tchile-blanco)
H: perennial prostrate herb with white Bowers, in secondary forest,
plantations, and on roadsides, ruderal. M: 36; 53; 57; 174. D: STP.
V: Paiva 1022 (COI).
STELLARIA L.
mannii Hook.f.
H: annual or perennial herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 84 (COI).
*media (L.) Vill. subsp. media
H: annual herb. D: ST.
*CASUARINACEAE
*CASUARINA L.
*equisetifolia L.
H: tree. D: ST. V: Oliveira 236 (BRLU).
CELASTRACEAE
HELICTONEMA Pierre
velutinum (Afzel.) Pierre ex N. Halle
Hippocratea velutina Afzel.
H: liana with white flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/297 (LISC).
MAYTENUS Molina
Emonodii Exell
N: rare species, collected only once. D: ST.
SALACIA L.
pyriforniis (Sabine) Steudel
H: climber, in forest. D: ST.
*CHENOPODIACEAE
♦CHENOPODIUM L.
*album L. subsp. album
H: annual herb. E: leaves. D: ST.
*ambrosioides L. (Erva-de-santa-maria, Fia-madre-matrufo, Fid-
-matluQO, Fia-santa-maia, Folha-santa-maria, Macluso, Mastrugo,
Masturgo, Matlugo, Matlusso, Matrugo, Milongo-de-febres)
II: annual, rarely perennial herb, ruderal. E: leaves, seeds. M: 2; 61;
89; 95; 1 16; 124; 135; 156. D: STP. V: Paiva 1287 (COI).
7CHRYSOBALANACEAE
7NEOCARYA (DC.) Prance ex F. White
?macrophylla (Sabine) Prance ex F. White
Parinari macrophylla Sabine
N: doubtful record (Exell 1944, 1973) based on a collection by Don
which may have originated from the continent.
7PARINARI Aubl.
?curatellifolia Planch, ex Benth.
mobola Oliv.
N: doubtful record (Exell 1973) based on a citation by Silva (1958)
without specimens.
?excelsa Sabine
N: doubtful record (Exell 1944, 1973) based on a collection by Don
which may have originated from the continent.
CLUSIACEAE
GARCINIA L.
*mangostana L. (Mangostao)
H: tree. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Paiva 764 (COI).
?smeathmannii (Planch. & Triana) Oliv.
polyantha Oliv.
N: doubtful record (Exell 1944, 1973) based on a collection by Barter
that may not be from the islands.
MAMMEA L.
africana Sabine (Amargoso, Magloso, Mamdo, Mata-passo, Oba,
Pau-ova, Po-ova)
H: tree, in forest. E: fruits. M: 112. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins
444 (COI).
PENTADESMA Sabine
butyracea Sabine (Mata-passo, Oba, Po-ova)
H: tree up to 35 m high, in forest. D: ST.
*PLATONIA Mart
*esculenta (Arruda) Oken ( Bacuri , Bacurizeiro)
H: tree. E: fruits. D: ST.
SYMPHONIA L.f.
globulifera L.f. (Oleo-balom, Oleo-barao)
H: tree up to 40 m high, in forest. M: 5; 133. D: STP. V: Matos 7524
(BRLU, LISC).
COMBRETACEAE
COMBRETUM Loell.
*indicum (L.) DeFilipps
Quisqualis indica L.
H: climbing shrub with white, pink or red flowers. D: ST.
paniculatum Vent.
H: liana with red flowers, in secondary forest. D: P. V: Oliveira 206/98
(BRLU).
CONOCARPUS L
erectus L.
H: mangrove shrub or tree. D: ST. V: Oliveira 38 (BRLU).
*TERMINALIA L.
*catappa L. (Amendoeira-da-lndia, Caroceiro, Carogo )
H: tree, in streets and on roadsides. M: 67. D: STP. V: Paiva 286
(COI), 1343 (COI).
COM MELINACEAE
ANEILEMA R.Br.
beniniense (P.Beauv.) Kunth
FI: straggling herb. D: P.
COMMELINA L.
congesta C.B. Clarke ( Bodo-bodo )
H: creeping perennial herb, in forest. M: 75; 142. D: STP. V: Figuei-
redo 37 (K).
diffusa Burnt. f. subsp. diffusa (Bodo-bodo, Capim-d'dgua, Capulo,
Dacala, Fia-bodo-bodo, Mucorroana)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
51
H: annual or perennial herb with blue to violet flowers, ruderal. D:
STP. V: Figueiredo 54 (K).
petersii Hassk.
H: straggling or erect perennial herb with blue flowers, in secondary
forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 55 (K).
PALISOTA Rchb. ex Endl.
braeteosa C.B. Clarke
H: herb with pinkish white or white flowers, in forest. D: ST.
pedicellata K.Schum. ( Ucuete-macaco , Vaiele)
H: herb, with white flowers, in forest. M: 83; 87; 163. D; STP. V:
Figueiredo 35 (K); Paiva 1918 (COI).
POLLIA Thunb.
condensata C.B. Clarke (Bogoto, Uquete-d'obo)
H: perennial herb with white flowers and blue or violet fruit, in forest.
M; 51. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 100 (K).
ntannii C.B. Clarke
H: straggling herb with white flowers. D: ST.
?*RHOEO Hance
?*spathacea (Sw.) Steam
N: recorded by Exell (1944) based on the literature; no specimens
known.
STANFIELDIELLA Brenan
imperforata (C.B. Clarke) Brenan var. imperforata
H: herb, in forest. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 116 (K).
*TRADESCANTIA L.
*zebrina Heynh. ex Bosse
H: herb with purple flowers. D: STP. V: Paiva 235 (COI).
CONNARACEAE
AGELAEA Sol. ex Planch,
pentagyna (Lam.) Baill.
coccinea Exell
obliqua (P.Beauv.) Baill. var. cordata (G.Schellenb.) Exell
phaeocarpa Exell
reticulata Exell
H: liana, in forest. D: STP. V: Joffroy 139 (BRLU).
rubiginosa Gilg
principensis Exell
H: liana, in forest. D: P.
CNESTIS Juss.
ferruginea Vahl ex DC. ( Mondim-moela, Muandim-mudla )
H: tree, in forest. M: 22; 95. D; STP. V: Madureira & Martins 75
(COI).
CONNARUS L.
africanus Lam. (Corda-ana)
H: shrub or scandent shrub. D: ST.
griffonianus Baill.
H: woody climber, with white flowers. D: P.
ROUREA Aubl.
parv iflora Gilg
H: liana, in forest. D: ST. V: Carvalho 9 (LISC).
CONVOLVULACEAE
*CUSCUTA L.
*campestris Yunck.
H; parasitic herb, in plantations and on roadsides. D: ST. V; Figueiredo
77 (K).
IPOMOEA L
*alba L.
H: liana, with white or pink flowers. D: STP.
*batatas (L.) Lam. (Batata-doce)
H: climber with purple, pink or white flowers, on roadsides. E: tuber-
ous roots. D: STP. V; Oliveira 82 (BRLU).
cairica (L.) Sweet var. cairica
H: climber with white to purple flowers. D: STP.
eriocarpa R.Br.
H: annual herb, white to purple flowers, ruderal. E: leaves. D: ST. V:
Matos 7626 (LISC).
*hederifolia L.
H: annual climbing herb with red flowers. D; STP.
imperati (Vahl) Griseb.
stolonifera J.F.Gmel.
H: on coastal areas. D: ST.
*indica (Burm.f.) Merr.
H: perennial climber with blue flowers, in gardens. D: ST. V: Lejoly
97/275 (BRLU, LISC).
mauritiana Jacq.
H: perennial climber with tuberous roots and flowers reddish purple or
mauve. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1015 (BRLU).
pes-caprae (L.) R.Br. subsp. brasiliensis (L.) Ooststr. ( Fia-tataluga ,
Folha-de-tartaruga)
H: climber, with white or purple flowers, in coastal areas. D: STP. V:
Paiva 1284 (COI).
*quamoclit L.
H: annual or perennial climber, with white, red or pink flowers. D:
STP. V: Paiva 1801 (COI).
rubens Choisy
H: perennial climber, with purple or mauve flowers. D: ST.
*setifera Poir.
H: climber. D: P.
*tiliacea (Willd.) Choisy
H: liana with yellow-orange flowers. D: STP. V: Oliveira 561 (BRLU);
Paiva 1303 (COI).
MERREMIA Dennst.
aegyptia (L.) Urb. (Matazem)
H: annual climber with purple flowers, in coastal areas. M: 86; 98;
122; 124; 128; 179. D: ST. V: Paiva 282 (COI).
umbellata (L.) Hallier f. subsp. umbellata
H: perennial climber with yellow flowers. D: P.
XENOSTEGIA D.F.Austin & Staples
tridentata (L.) D.F.Austin & Staples subsp. angustifolia (Jacq.)
Lejoly & Lisowski
Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. subsp. angustifolia (Jacq.) Ooststr.
H: trailing herb. D: ST.
CRASSULACEAE
KALANCHOE Adans.
crenata (Andrews) Haw. var. crenata ( Fia-damina , Fia-da-mina-que,
Ufia-cabece)
H: succulent herb with yellow, orange or magenta flowers. M; 54; 57;
79; 94; 1 19; 124; 174. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 72 (COI).
*pinnata (Lam.) Pers. (Fia-damina, Folha-da-mina)
Bryophyllum pinnatum (L.f.) Oken
H: perennial, succulent plant. M: 37; 54; 57; 79; 94; 119; 124; 167;
174. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 139 (COI).
CUCURBITACEAE
CAYAPONIA Silva Manso
africana (Hook.f.) Exell
H: perennial, climbing herb, in forest and secondary forest. D: ST. V:
Figueiredo 249 (LISC).
7CITRULLUS Eckl. & Zeyh.
?Ianatus (Thunb.) Matsum. & Nakai (Melancia)
N: annual climbing herb with yellow flowers cultivated for fruit
(watermelon), recorded doubtfully for Principe (Exell 1 944) with-
out recorded specimens.
COCCINIA Wight & Am.
barteri (Hook.f.) Keay
H: climbing herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7419 (BRLU, LISC).
CUCUMIS L.
*sativus L. (Pepino)
H: annual climber with yellow flowers. E: fruits, leaves. D: ST.
metuliferus E.Mey ex Naudin
H: annual climbing or trailing herb. E: fruits. D: ST.
DIPLOCYCLOS (Endl.) Post & Kuntze
palmatus (L.) C. Jeffrey (Coedano, Stlofi-d’obo, Ucoedano,
Uquedano)
H; perennial climber. M: 47. D: ST. V; Madureira & Martins 477
(COI).
52
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
LAGENARIA Ser.
breviflora (Benth.) Roberty (Chimom-coia, Simao-Correia )
H: perennial climber with yellow flowers, in forest, secondary forest
and cultivated ground. M: 5; 22; 53; 87; 150. D: STP. V: Figuei-
redo 203 (LISC).
siceraria (Molina) Standi. (Cabafa, Ocd)
H: annual climber. E: fruits, leaves. D: ST. V: Oliveira 226 (BRLU).
LUFFA Mill.
cylindrica (L.) M.Roem. (Mamalongo)
aegyptiaca Mill.
H: annual herb or perennial climber with yellow flowers, ruderal. E;
young fruits. N: fruits are used as sponges. D: ST. V: Paiva 1298
(COI).
MOMORDICA L
charantia L. var. charantia (Chlofi, Fia-sanzom, Melao-de-Sao-
-Caetano, Sancaetano, Stlofi, Tloufi)
H: annual climber or trailer with yellow flowers, in forest and planta-
tions, ruderal. E: fruits, leaves. M: 57; 60; 79; 95; 112; 124; 136;
150; 158; 183. D: STR V: Figueiredo 201 (LISC).
charantia L. var. abbreviata Ser. (Chcofi, Fia-estelofi)
H: annual climber or trailer. E: fruits. D: STR V: Paiva 1145 (COI).
foetida Schumach.
H: perennial climbing herb with woody rootstock, ruderal. D: ST. V:
Lejoly 95/111 (BRLU).
PEPONIUM Engl.
vogelii (Hook.f.) Engl. ( Batata-pim-pim )
H: climbing or trailing herb with yellow Bowers. M: 16; 87; 178; 183.
D: ST. V: Paiva 1148 (COl).
*SECHIUM Juss.
*edule (Jacq.) Sw. (Chuchu, Pimpinela )
H: climber or trailing herb with cream-coloured flowers, on roadsides.
E: fruits, leaves, roots. D: ST. V: Paiva 106 (COI).
ZEHNERIA Endl.
gilletii (De Wild.) C. Jeffrey
H: climbing herb with slender stems. D: ST.
scabra (L.f.) Sond. subsp. scabra
H: perennial herb, climbing or trailing, near cultivated ground, on
roadsides. D: ST. V: Paiva 1158 (COI).
*CYCLANTHACEAE
*CARLUDOVTCA Ruiz & Pav.
*palmata Ruiz & Pav.
H: tufted perennial palm-like plant. D: ST. V: Paiva 1941b (COI).
CYPERACEAE
ABILDGAARDIA Vahl
ovata (Burm.f.) Krai
Fimbristylis ovata (Burm.f.) Kern
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
CAREX L.
'Teptocladus C.B. Clarke
H: herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 94/560 (LISC).
CYPERUS L.
articulatus L.
H: herb. D: P. V: Oliveira 532 (BRLU).
§baronii C.B.CIarke
H: herb. D: ST.
difformis L.
H: annual herb. D: ST.
distans L.f. (Zuya)
H: herb, in forest. D: STP. V: Paiva 80 (COI).
esculentus L.
H: perennial herb. D: STP. V: Paiva 967 (COI).
exaltatus Retz.
H; herb. D: ST.
haspan L.
H: herb. D: ST.
laxus Lam. subsp. buchholzii (Boeckeler) Lye
diffusus Vahl subsp. buchholzii (Boeckeler) Kiik.
H: herb. D: STP. V: Lejoly 94/564 (BRLU).
renschii Boeckeler var. renschii
sylvicola Ridley
H: herb. D: ST.
rotundus L. (Zufa)
H: herb. D: STP.
sphacelatus Rottb.
H: herb, in forest. D: STP. V: Oliveira 521 (BRLU).
ELEOCHAR1S R.Br.
geniculata (L.) Roem. & Schult.
H: herb. D: ST.
FIMBRISTYLIS Vahl
cymosa R.Br.
N: recorded for Principe by Exell (1973) based on a reference by Silva
(1958); no specimens known,
dichotoma (L.) Vahl
H: perennial herb. D: STP.
ferruginea (L.) Vahl
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
FUIRENA Rottb.
umbellata Rottb.
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
HYPOLYTRUM Rich.
'grande (Uittien) Koyama
H: herb. D: STP. V: Matos 7696 (LISC).
heteromorphum Nelmes
H: herb. D: STP. V: Joffroy 198 (BRLU).
KYLLINGA Rottb.
erecta Schumach.
H: herb. D: ST. V: Stevart 167 (BRLU).
nemoralis (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Dandy ex Hutch. & Dalziel
H: perennial herb. D: STP. V: Oliveira 512 (BRLU).
peruviana Lam.
H: herb. D: STP.
pumila Michx.
H: herb. D: STP. V: Matos 7604 (LISC).
MAPANIA Aubl.
Terruginea Ridl. ( Pema-d'obo )
H: herb, in forest. M: 34. D: STP. V: Paiva 1111 (COI), 1490 (COI).
MARISCUS Vahl
cylindristachyus Steud. (Zuga)
alternifolius sensu auct. non Vahl
H: herb, ruderal. D: STP. V: Paiva 573 (COI), 704 (COI).
dubius (Rottb.) Kiik. ex C.E.C.Fisch.
H: herb. D: STP.
flabelliformis Kunth var. flabelliformis
H: herb. D: STP. V: Matos 7453 (LISC).
ligularis (L.) Urb. ( Zuqa )
H: herb. D: STP. V: Matos 7661 (LISC).
longibracteatus Cherm.
H: herb. D: ST.
PYCREUS P.Beauv.
polystachyos (Rottb.) P.Beauv.
H: herb. D: STP. V: Matos 7254 (LISC).
REMIREA Aubl.
maritima Aubl.
H: herb. D: P.
RHYNCHOSPORA Vahl
eorymbosa (L.) Britton
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
SCLERIA P.J.Bergius
naumanniana Boeckeler
H: herb, in forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 113 (BRLU).
TORULINIUM Desv. ex Ham.
odoratum (L.) S.S. Hooper
H: herb. D: STP. V: Paiva 1155 (COl).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
53
DICHAPETALACEAE
DICHAPETALUM Thouars
Ebocageanum (Henriq.) Engl. ( Melambo )
H: tree (?). D: ST. N: apparently rare; only two collections have been
recorded.
DILLENIACEAE
*DILLENIA L.
*indica L.
H: shrub or small tree, with white flowers. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Lejoly
95/051 (BRLU, LISC).
TETRACERA L
alnifolia Willd. subsp. alnifolia
H: liana, in forest. D: STP. V: Joffroy 134 (BRLU, LISC).
DIOSCOREACEAE
DIOSCOREA L.
*alata L. ( Gudu , Inhame-branco, Inhame-gudu, Som-Iongo, Sonlongo)
H: climber up to 15 m high, producing one tuber. E: tuber. D: ST.
bulbifera L. (Cara-zambuco, Cuini, lnhame, Inhame-zambuco, Ofd.
Otoni )
H: climber with small woody tuber and axillary bulbils. E: tuber. M; 5.
D: STP. V: Paiva 1013 (COI), 1476 (COI).
cayenensis Lam. (Inhame-amarelo, Inhame-branco, Inhame-gundu,
Ofd )
H: climber producing tubers. E: tuber. M: 152. D: STP. V: Lejoly
98/253 (BRLU); Paiva 1872 (COI).
dumetorum (Kunth) Pax (Bofd, lnhame-bravo, Ofd, Quinin.
Unquiniri)
H: climber with tubers. E: tuber (famine-food). D: ST.
minutiflora Engl. (Inhame-de-Benin)
H: climber with tubers. E: tuber (famine-food). D: ST.
sansibarensis Pax (Cuini)
H: climber with tubers. E: tuber (famine-food). D: ST.
DRACAENACEAE
DRACAENA L
arborea (Willd.) Link ( Pau-sabao , Po-sabom)
H: tree to 20 m high, with creamy white flowers. M: 22; 51; 158; 170;
175. D: STP V: Madureira & Martins 122 (COI).
aubryana Brongn. ex E.Morren ( Fia-fita )
monostachya Baker
H: shrub with white to greenish white flowers. D: P. V: Stevart 241
(BRLU).
laxissima Engl. (Folha-pempe, Jambele)
H: shrub to 2 m high, with greenish white flowers. D: STP. V: Figuei-
redo 62 (K); Paiva 618 (COI).
EBENACEAE
DIOSPYROS L.
ferrea (Willd.) Bakh.
H: tree. E: fruits. D: ST.
ERICACEAE
ERICA L.
Fthomensis (Henriq.) Dorr & E.G.H.Oliv. ( Urze )
H: shrub, in primary forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7370 ( LISC).
^RHODODENDRON L.
*mucronatum (Blume) G.Don
H: shrub. D: ST.
ERYTHROXYLACEAE
ERYTHROXYLUM PBrowne
*coca Lam.
H: shrub. D: ST.
emarginatum Thonn.
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1173 (BRLU).
EUPHORBIACEAE
ACALYPHA L.
amentacea Roxb. subsp. wilkesiana (Mull.Arg.) Fosberg
wilkesiana Mull.Arg.
H: shrub. O. D: ST. V: Stevart 164 (BRLU).
ciliata Forssk.
H: annual herb, in secondary forest. D: ST. V; Oliveira 344 (BRLU).
ALCHORNEA Sw.
cordifolia (Schumach. & Thonn.) Mull.Arg. ( Bengue , Bugi-bugi,
Buje-buje, Bungi-bungi )
H: shrub or small tree, erect or climbing, in forest, savanna and sec-
ondary forest. M: 16; 79; 90; 94; 95; 124; 130; 158. D: STP. V:
Figueiredo 238 (LISC).
hirtella Benth.
H: tree or shrub, in forest. D: STP. V: Matos 7706 (LISC).
laxiflora (Benth.) Pax & K.Hoffm.
H; shrub or small tree, in savanna. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 80 (K).
ANTHOSTEMA A.Juss.
aubryanum Baill.
H: tree, in swamps or river margins. D: STP.
ANTIDESMA L
membranaceum Mull.Arg.
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7635 (LISC).
vogelianum Mull.Arg.
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 241 (LISC).
*BREYNIA J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
*disticha J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. (Filanto, Lagrima-de-Cristo, Pau-flor,
Po-floli)
nivosa (W.G.Sm.) Small
H: shrub, used as hedge plant. O. M: 94; 150. D: ST. V: Paiva 653
(COI).
BRIDELIA Willd.
micrantha (Hochst.) Baill. (Gigo, Muindo, Vundem)
stenocarpa Mull.Arg.
H: tree, in forest. M: 13; 22; 56; 57; 71; 134; 177. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 261 (COI).
CAPERONIA A.St.-Hil.
latifolia Pax
H: herb, by watercourses. D; ST.
CAVACOA J. Leonard
quintasii (Pax & K.Hoffm.) J. Leonard
H: tree up to 20 m high, in forest. D: ST.
*CHAMAESYCE Gray
*hirta (L.) Millsp. (Belo-vleme, Fia-sanope, Folha-centopeia)
H: herb, ruderal. M: 5; 28; 77; 98; 174. D: STP. V: Paiva 271 (COI).
*hyssopifolia (L.) Small
H: annual herb. D: STP.
*prostrata (Aiton) Small (Cento, Centopeia, Fia-cento, Fia-fleminga-
-blanco, F olha-formiga)
H: herb, ruderal. M: 10; 64; 98; 117; 161. D: STP. V: Paiva 291 (COI).
*serpens (Kunth) Small (Fia-flomiga. F olha-formiga)
H: herb, ruderal. D: ST. V: Paiva 122 (COI).
CLEISTANTHUS Hook.f. ex Planch.
libericus N.E.Br. ( Nono , Vilo, Vilo-pleto, Viro-preto)
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7691 (LISC).
*CODIAEUM Rumph. ex A.Juss.
*variegatum (L.) Blume ex A.Juss. var. variegatum
N: ornamental shrub recorded by Exell (1944) based on a literature
citation; no specimens known.
CROTON L.
draconopsis Mull.Arg. (Pau-purga)
H; tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1323 (BRLU).
54
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1)
CROTON L. (cont.)
Estellulifer Hutch. ( Cubango )
H: tree, in forest. M: 6; 9. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 483 (COI).
DISCOCLAOXYLON (Mull.Arg.) Pax & K.Hoffm.
EoccidentaIe (Mull.Arg.) Pax & K.Hoffm.
H: tree, in forest. D: STP. V: Joffroy 230 (BRLU); Matos 7502 (L1SC).
DISCOGLYPREMNA Prain
caloneura (Pax) Prain (Pau-branco, Po-blanco )
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
DRYPETES Vahl
Eglabra (Pax) Hutch. ( Mama-d'obo , Mamon-d'obo)
H: tree in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7235 (LISC).
Ehenriquesii (Pax) Hutch. (Mamon-d’obo, No-no)
H: tree, in forest. M: 8; 22. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 407 (COI).
principum (Mull.Arg.) Hutch.
H: tree, in forest. D: P.
ELAEOPHORBIA Stapf
drupifera (Thonn.) Stapf (Magloso, Margoso, Paga-oe, Paga-olho,
Paga-olho-de-marcaqao, Paga-ue, Paga-ue, Pau-amargoso,
Tapa-oe)
H: tree, in forest edges. M: 13; 177. D: STP. V: Paiva 1169 (COI).
ERYTHROCOCCA Benth.
Ecolumnaris (Mull.Arg.) Prain
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: P. V: Oliveira 215/98 (BRLU).
Emolleri (Pax) Prain ( Bugi-bugi , Lutchica)
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 252 (LISC).
EUPHORBIA L.
cervicornu Baill.
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
*heterophylla L.
H: herb, on roadsides. D: ST. V: Paiva 108 (COI).
*peplus L.
H: annual herb. D: ST.
*pulcherrima Willd. ex Klotzsch
H: herb, in gardens. D: ST. V: Paiva 830 (COI).
*tirucalli L. (Alvo-sin-fid, Arvore-sem-folha )
H; shrub or tree, used as hedge plant. O. M: 27; 57; 146. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 67 (COI).
EXCOECARIA L.
guineensis (Benth.) Mull.Arg.
H: shrub, in forest. D: P.
GROSSERA Pax
Eelongata Hutch.
H: tree with white flowers, in forest. D: P.
multinervis J. Leonard
H: tree with white flowers, in forest and plantations. D: ST. V: Matos
7648 (LISC).
*HEVEA Aubl.
*brasiliensis (A.Juss.) Mull.Arg. ( Borracha )
H: tree, in plantations. D: ST. V: Paiva 826 (COI).
*guianensis Aubl.
N; recorded by Exell (1944) based on a citation by Henriques without
specimens.
TJATROPHA L.
*curcas L. (Folha-grao, Glom-maluco, Glon, Grao-maluco, Pau-glon,
Pau-pixe, Purgueira )
H: shrub or tree, in plantations and on roadsides. M: 120; 146. D: ST.
V: Paiva 111 (COI).
*multifida L. (Flom-gongo, Glom-congo, Glom-gongo)
H: shrub or tree, used as hedge plant. M: 120; 146. D: STP. V: Paiva
793 (COI).
KLAINEANTHUS Pierre ex Prain
gabonii Pierre
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
MACARANGA Thouars
monandra Mull.Arg. (Begbe, Begbe, Po-ngamala)
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST.
MAESOBOTRYA Benth.
Eglabrata (Hutch.) Exell
H: shrub or small tree, in forest and secondary forest. D: STP. V:
Oliveira 553 (BRLU), 1391 (BRLU).
*MANIHOT Mill
*esculenta Crantz ( Mandioca )
H: shrub or undershrub with green flowers, on roadsides and cultivated
ground. E: roots, leaves. M: 13; 32; 114. D: ST. V: Paiva 1037
(COI).
*glaziovii Mull.Arg.
H: shrub or tree.O. D: STP.
MANNIOPHYTON Mull.Arg.
fulvum Mull.Arg. (Congo-gloncongo)
H: straggling bush or liana, in forest. D: STP.
MARGARITARIA L.f.
discoidea (Baill.) G.L. Webster var. discoidea ( Pau-ferro , Po-felo,
Sitvi)
Phyllanthus discoideus (Baill.) Mull.Arg.
H: tree, in forest and secondary forest. M: 87; 124; 173. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 467 (COI); Paiva 936 (COI).
NEOBOUTONIA Mull.Arg.
mannii Benth. (Pluga-mato)
H: tree, in forest. M: 146. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 485 (COI).
PHYLLANTHUS L.
*amarus Schumach. & Thonn. ( Cafena-tlache , Ucue-clache, Ue-
-tlache)
H: annual herb, ruderal. M: 77; 98; 117; 130; 178; 179; 181. D: STP.
V: Pague 4 (COI); Paiva 1500 (COI).
dinklagei Pax
H: climbing shrub in secondary forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/357
(BRLU, LISC).
gagnioevae Brunei & J.P.Roux
odontadenius Mull.Arg.
H: annual or perennial herb, woody at base, in forest. D: STP. V: Paiva
565 (COI), 1018 (COI).
muellerianus (Kuntze) Exell
H: shrub or climber, occasionally tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7451
(LISC).
physocarpus Mull.Arg.
H: straggling tree, in forest. N: collected also in Nigeria once. D: P.
tessmannii Hutch.
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST.
urinaria L. (Cafena-tlache, Ucue-clache, Ue-tlache)
H: annual herb,' ruderal. M: 77; 98; 117; 130; 178; 179; 181. N: very
similar to P. amarus and not distinguished from that species by the
local population. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 300 (COI).
PROTOMEGABARIA Hutch
macrophylla (Pax) Hutch.
H: tree, in forest. D: STP. V: Oliveira 154/98 (BRLU).
PSEUDAGROSTISTACHYS Pax & K.Hoffm.
africana (Mull.Arg.) Pax & K.Hoffm. subsp. africana (Cacau-de-obo,
Dumo-branco)
H: shrub or tree, with white flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7578
(LISC).
*RICINUS L.
*communis L. (Mamanododo, Mamona, Mamono, Mamono,
Mamonon, Ricino, Zague-zague )
H: shrub, ruderal. M: 39; 69; 146; 174. D: STP. V: Paiva 801 (COI).
SCLEROCROTON Hochst.
cornutus (Pax) Kruijt & Roebers
Sapium cornutum Pax
H: climbing shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 7 (BRLU).
SHIRAKIOPSIS Esser
elliptica (Hochst.) Esser ( Pau-maria )
Sapium ellipticuin (Hochst.) Pax
H: shrub or tree, in secondary forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/201 (BRLU,
LISC).
TETRORCHIDIUM Poepp.
didymostemon (Baill.) Pax & K.Hoffm. (Branco, Pau-branco, Pau-
-mole, Po-blanco, Pd-moli)
H: tree, in secondary forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1546 (BRLU).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
55
THECACORIS A.Juss.
Emanniana (Miill.Arg.) Mull.Arg. (Pau-figado)
H: tree, ± 12 m high, in forest. D: ST.
Emembranacea Pax
H: shrub, in secondary forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 62/98 (LISC).
stenopetala (Mull.Arg.) Mull.Arg.
H: small tree up to 6 m high with greenish white flowers, in forest. D:
P.
TRAGIA L.
tenuifolia Benth.
H: climbing undershrub, in forest. D: ST.
UAPACA Baill.
guineensis Mull.Arg. ( Mangne-d'obo , Nespera-de-bosque, Nespla-
- d'obo )
H: tree, in forest and secondary forest. M: 3; 22; 61; 124. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 171 (COI).
*?VERNICIA Lour.
*?cordata (Thunb.) Airy Shaw ( Aleurite )
Aleurites cordata (Thunb.) R.Br. ex Steud.
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on a citation by Silva (1958) with-
out specimens.
FABACEAE
ABRUS Adans.
precatorius L.
H: climbing herb with pink to purple flowers and black and scarlet
seeds. D: ST. V: Matos 7320 (LISC).
ACACIA Mill.
*farnesiana (L.) Willd. ( Bana-muala )
H: shrub or tree with yellow flowers. D: ST.
kamerunensis Gand. (Piam-fogo)
H: liana or climbing shrub, in forest. M: 122; 165. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 211 (COI).
*nilotica (L.) Willd. ex Delile subsp. indica (Benth.) Brenan
H: tree. D: ST.
pentagona (Schumach.) Hook.f.
H: liana, in forest. D: P.
*ADENANTHERA L.
*pavonina L. ( Acacia-coral)
H: tree with small yellowish flowers and scarlet lens-shaped seeds. D:
ST. V: Matos 7681 (BRLU, LISC).
AESCHYNOMENE L.
indica L.
H: annual or perennial herb. D: STP.
*ALBIZIA Durazz.
*lebbeck (L.) Benth.
H: tree, with purple flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 90 (K).
*procera (Roxb.) Benth.
H: tree. D: ST.
ALYSICARPUS Desv.
vaginalis (L.) DC. var. vaginalis
H: perennial herb with pink flowers. D: ST.
*ARACHIS L.
*hypogaea L. ( Amendoim , Ginguba, Gumbo)
H: annual herb with yellow flowers. E: seeds. M: 27; 103; 154. D: ST.
V: Madureira & Martins s.n. (COI).
BAPHIA Afzel. ex Lodd.
nitida Lodd.
H: shrub or tree, in rainforest and coastal areas. D: ST. V: Oliveira 529
(BRLU); Stevart 166 (BRLU).
*BAUHIMA L
*monandra Kurz
H: tree with pink flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 86 (K).
*purpurea L.
Perlebia purpurea (L.) A. Schmitz
H: shrub with purple flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 832 (COI).
*tomentosa L.
Pauletia tomentosa (L.) A. Schmitz
H: shrub or tree with large yellow flowers. D: ST.
CAESALPINIA L
bonduc (L.) Roxb. (Hido-hido, ldo-ido)
H: shrub or tree. M: 27; 170. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 448
(COI).
*pulcherrima (L.) Sw.
H: tree with red and yellow flowers. O. D: STP.
*CAJANUS DC.
*cajan (L.) Millsp. ( Feijao-congo , Fezom-congo, Uandru )
H: perennial shrub with yellow flowers. E: seeds. M: 106. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 331 (COI).
*CALOPOGONIUM Desv.
*mucunoides Desv.
H: annual or perennial climber with blue flowers. D: ST.
CANAVALIA DC.
*ensiformis (L.) DC.
H: annual climber with white flowers. E: young pods or immature
seeds. D: ST.
rosea (Sw.) DC. (Fia-aganga)
maritima Thouars
H: herb with blue flowers, in coastal areas. D: ST. V: Paiva 980 (COI).
CASSIA L. emend. Gaertn.
*alata L.
H: shrub ± 4 m high with yellow flowers. D: ST.
*flstula L. (Canafistula, Canapistula. Cassia-oficinal)
H: deciduous or semi-evergreen tree up to 15 m high, with scented,
pale or vivid yellow flowers. M: 79; 87; 98; 103; 114; 119. D: ST.
V: Madureira & Martins 326 (COI).
*javanica L.
H: tree ± 6 m high, with purple to pink flowers. D: ST.
mannii Oliv.
sieberiana sensu auct. non DC.
H: tree with white or pink flowers, in forest. D: STP.
*obtusifolia L
Senna obtusifolia (L.) Irwin & Bameby
H: annual or perennial herb or undershrub, possibly introduced. D: ST.
*occidenta!is L. (Fedegoso, Maioba. Maiopa, Manhanoca,
Munhanoca)
H: herb or undershrub with yellow flowers, on roadsides. M: 19; 27;
53; 57; 77; 98; 99; 103; 114; 135; 158. D: STP. V: Paiva 1067
(COI).
podocarpa Guill. & Perr. (Fia-zaia, Folha-zaia )
H: shrub with yellow flowers. M: 68; 146; 178. D: ST. V; Madureira &
Martins 309 (COI).
senna L. ( Maioba )
angustifolia Vahl
H: shrub with yellow flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 1288 (COI).
septemtrionalis Viv.
floribunda sensu auct. non Cav.
laevigata Willd.
Senna septemtrionalis (Viv.) H.S.Irwin & Bameby
H: undershrub with yellow flowers, on roadsides. D: ST. V: Figueiredo
112 (K).
*siamea Lam.
H: tree with yellow flowers. D: ST.
*sophera L. ( Maioba-beni )
H: shrub with yellow flowers. D: STP.
*spectabilis DC.
H: tree with yellow flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 254 (COI).
*CENTROSEMA Benth.
*plumieri (Pers.) Benth.
H: climbing shrub. D: ST. V: Oliveira 913 (BRLU).
*pubescens Benth.
H: climber with purple flowers, on roadsides. M: 146; 186. D: ST. V:
Paiva 972 (COI).
*?CERCIS L.
*?siliquastrum L. ( Olaia )
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on a citation by Silva (1958) with-
out specimens.
56
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
CHAMAECRISTA Moench
pratensis (R.Vig.) Du Puy
Cassia mimosoides L.
H: herb with yellow flowers. D: ST. V: Lejoly 93/653 (BRLU).
CLITORIA L.
falcata Lam.
nibiginosa Juss. ex Pers.
H: climber with white flowers streaked with mauve or red. M: 64. D:
ST. V: Paiva 1198 (COI).
ternatea L. var. ternatea
H: perennial climbing herb. M: 64; 119. D: ST. V: Madureira & Mar-
tins 351 (COY).
7COLOPHOSPERMUM J.Kirk ex J.Leonard
?mopane (J.Kirk ex Benth.) J.Kirk ex J.Leonard
N: doubtfully recorded by Exell (1973) based on a citation by Silva
(1958) without specimens.
CROTALARIA L.
doniana Baker
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
ochroleuca G.Don
H: annual herb. D: ST.
pallida Aiton var. obovata (G.Don) Polhill
mucronata Desv.
H: annual or perennial herb or shrub. D: STP.
retusa L. var. retusa (Maleboque. Malimboque, Marimboque)
H: herb with yellow and pink flower, ruderal. M: 146. D: STP. V:
Paiva 978 (COI).
trichotoma Bojer
zanzibarica Benth.
H: annual or perennial herb. D: ST.
CYNOMETRA L
mannii Oliv. (Quebla-machado. Zungo. Znngii)
H: tree up to 20 m high, in forest. M: 33; 146; 186. D: ST. V: Fignei-
redo 245 (LISC).
DALBERGIA L.f.
ecastaphyllum (L.) Taub. ( Maja , Popian)
H: shrub or tree, in mangroves and coastal bush. D: STP. V: Paiva
1168 (COI).
7DANIELLIA Benn.
Joblonga Oliv.
N: very large tree, reported by Exell (1944) based on Chevalier 14227
(S.Tome, Porto Alegre), a collection not seen by Exell nor by us.
*DELONIX Raf.
*regia (Bojer ex Hook.) Raf.
H: tree with red flowers. O. D: ST. V: Paiva 800 (COI).
*DESMANTHUS Willd.
*virgatus (L.) Willd. (Fia-foguete, Pau-foguete, Pd-fuguete)
H: undershrub with white or yellow flowers, on roadsides, ruderal. M:
5; 133. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 91 (K).
DESMODIUM Desv.
adscendens (Sw.) DC. var. adscendens ( Fia-vintem . Pega-pega)
H: perennial herb with pink flowers. M: 3; 11; 174. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 142 (COI).
gangeticum (L.) DC.
II: perennial herb or shrub. D: STP. V: Oliveira 1198 (BRLU).
*incanum DC. (Pega-pega, Vala-case )
canum (J.F.Gmel) Schinz & Thell.
H: perennial herb with purple flowers, on roadsides and in plantations.
M: 61. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 45 (K); Paiva 1416 (COI).
*procumbens (Mill.) Hitchc.
H: herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7324 (BRLU).
ramosissimum G.Don ( Pega-pega )
H: shrub with white and mauve flowers. M: 61; 112; 158; 168; 183.
D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 287 (COI); Stevart 160 (BRLU).
repandum (Vahl) DC.
H: perennial herb or shrub with orange red flowers, in secondary forest
and plantations. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 109 (K).
salicifolium (Poir.) DC.
H: perennial herb or shrub. D: ST. V: Stevart 16 (BRLU).
*tortuosum (Sw.) DC.
H: perennial herb or undershrub with purple flowers, on roadsides. D:
ST. V: Paiva 409 (COI).
triflorum (L.) DC.
H: annual or perennial herb. D: STP.
velutinum (Willd.) DC. subsp. velutinum (Valacasei)
H: woody perennial herb or shrub, in savanna. D: STP. V; Matos 732 7
(LISC).
DIALIUM L.
guineense Willd. ( Salamba )
H: tree. D: STP. V: Matos 7686 (LISC).
DIOCLEA Kunth
reflexa Hook.f. (Coda-ipe. Codo-plego, Corda-iple)
H: climbing shrub. D: STP. V: Matos 7276 (LISC).
ERYTHRINA L
?caffra Thunb.
N: doubtful record of a South African species (Exell 1944) based on a
literature citation; no specimens known,
droogmansiana De Wild. & T.Durand
H: shrub or tree up to 20 m high, in forest. D: ST.
*fusca Lour.
H: tree. D: ST. V: Paiva 150 (COI).
*mitis Jacq.
umbrosa Kunth
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on a citation by Silva (1958); no
specimens known.
*poeppigiana (Walp.) O.F.Cook (Litrina)
H: tree, in plantations and secondary forest. M: 58; 191. D: ST. V:
Figueiredo 118 (K).
variegata L. ( Litrina )
indica Lam.
H: tree. M: 58; 191. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 234 (LISC).
*velutina Willd.
N: recorded by Exell (1944, 1973) and by Silva (1958); no specimens
known.
FAIDHERBIA A.Chev.
albida (Delile) A.Chev.
H: tree up to 18 m high with yellow flowers. D: ST.
*HAEMATOXYLUM L
*campechianum L.
H: tree. D: ST.
INDIGOFERA L.
astragalina DC.
H: annual herb. D: ST.
colutea (Burm.f.) Merr. var. colutea
H: annual semi-woody herb. D: ST.
hirsuta L. var. hirsuta
H: annual semi-woody herb. D: ST.
spicata Forssk. var. spicata (Banco)
H: perennial herb. M: 99; 126. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 286
(COI).
*suffruticosa Mill. (Ago)
H: undershrub, possibly introduced. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/294 (LISC).
tinctoria L. var. tinctoria (Ago. Ago-mato, Anileiro)
H: shrub. N: one of the original plants used to produce indigo dye. D:
STP. V: Matos 7321 (LISC).
trita L.f. var. subulata (Vahl ex Poir.) Ali
H: woody herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7231 (LISC).
*INGA Mill.
*edulis Mart. (Cajareiro, Cajaseiro. Ingareiro. Ingaseiro)
H: tree. E: fruits. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 53 (K).
*LEUCAENA Benth.
*leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit (Leucena. Pau-foguete)
H: shrub or tree with white flowers, ruderal. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 92
(K).
LONCHOCARPUS Kunth
sericeus (Poir.) Kunth (Colema, Colima. Cohna)
H: shrub or small tree with lilac flowers, in savanna. M: 146; 175. D:
STP. V: Madureira & Martins 487 (COI).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
57
MACHAERIUM Pers.
lunatum (L.f.) Ducke
Drepanocarpus lunatus (L.f.) G.Mey.
H: shrub with purple flowers, in coastal areas. D: STP.
MILLETTIA Wight & Am.
barteri (Benth.) Dunn ( Colima-doido )
H: shrub or liana. M: 147; 167. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 423
(COI).
griffoniana Baill.
Lonchocarpus griffoniamts (Baill.) Dunn
H: tree up to 10 m high, with reddish purple flowers. D: ST.
thonningii (Schumach. & Thonn.) Baker ( Colima , Colima-fria,
Colma)
H: tree up to 18 m high, with reddish purple flowers. D: ST.
*MIMOSA L.
*polydactvla Humb. & Bonpl. ex Willd. (Fia-malicia, Fissope, Mafi-
-sope)
H: perennial herb with white flowers. D: STP. V: Paiva 713 (COI).
*pudica L. var. hispida Brenan ( Fia-malicha , Fia-malichia)
H: annual or perennial herb. M: 167; 170. D: ST. V: Paiva 156 (COI).
MUCUNA Adans.
flagellipes Hook.f.
H: liana with creamy white or yellowish flowers, in coastal areas. D:
STP. V: Matos 7651 (LISC).
pruriens (L.) DC. var. pruriens (Macunja)
H: climber with violet flowers. E: seeds. M: 27; 98. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 284 (COI); Paiva 1874 (COI).
sloanei Fawc. & Rendle
H: climber with yellow flowers. D: ST.
NEONOTONIA J.A.Lackey
wightii (Wight & Am.) J.A.Lackey
Glycine wightii (Wight & Am.) Verde.
H: perennial climber with small white or mauve flowers. D: ST.
ORMOCARPUM P.Beauv.
sennoides (Willd.) DC. subsp. hispidum (Willd.) Brenan & J. Leonard
H: shrub with red-streaked yellow flowers. M: 22; 61; 150. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 332 (COI).
verrucosum P.Beauv. var. verrucosum
H: shrub with white or lilac, purple-striped flowers, in swamps and by
the sea. D: STP. V: Matos 7270 (LISC).
*?ORMOSIA Jacks.
*?dasvcarpa Jacks.
N: record (Exell 1973) based on a citation by Silva (1958) without
specimens.
*PARASERIANTHES I.C.Nielsen
*falcataria (L.) I.C.Nielsen (Acacia, Molucana)
Albizia falcata (L.) Backer
A. falcataria (L.) Fosberg
H: tree, in disturbed forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 1061 (COI).
PARKIA R.Br.
biglobosa (Jacq.) R.Br. ex G.Don (Farroba, Luba, Luba, Luva, LJluba)
oliveri J.F.Macbr.
H: tree with orange or red flowers, in savanna. E: seeds. D: ST. V:
Matos 7707 (BRLU, LISC).
*PELTOPHORUM (Vogel) Benth.
*pterocarpum (DC.) K.Heyne
H: tree up to 17 m high with yellow flowers. D: ST.
PENTACLETHRA Benth.
macrophylla Benth. (Moandim, Moandjim, Mondim, Muandi,
Muandim, Muange, Sicupira, Uba)
H: large tree with yellowish creamy flowers, in secondary forest. E:
seeds. M: 8; 95; 124; 149. D: STP. V: Paiva 11 (COI), 1475 (COI).
*PHASEOLUS L.
*lunatus L. (Feijao-cutelinho, Feijao-espadinho)
H: annual or perennial climber with white flowers. E: fruits, seeds. D:
ST.
*vulgaris L. var. vulgaris ( Feijao )
H: annual climber with white or pink flowers. E: seeds. D: ST.
PSOPHOCARPUS Neck,
scandens (Endl.) Verde.
H: perennial climbing herb with blue flowers, on roadsides. D: ST. V:
Paiva 946 (COI).
*PTEROCARPUS Jacq.
*indicus Willd.
H: tree with yellow flowers. D: ST.
*PUERARIA DC.
*phaseoloides (Roxb.) Benth. var. javanica (Benth.) Baker
H: climber. E: roots. D: ST.
RHYNCHOSIA Lour.
densiflora (Roth) DC. subsp. debilis (G.Don) Verde.
H: climber. D: ST.
minima (L.) DC. var. prostrata (Harv.) Meikle ( Sodom-campo )
H: prostrate herb with yellow flowers. M: 67; 96; 146; 167. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 327 (COI).
*SAMANEA Benth.
*saman (Jacq.) Merr. (Acacia-preta, Inga-saman, Pau-chuva)
H: large tree. D: ST.
SESBANIA Scop,
sericea (Willd.) Link
H: annual or biennial herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7406 (LISC).
SOPHORA L.
tomentosa L. subsp. occidentalis (L.) Brummitt
H: shrub with yellow flowers. D: ST.
*TAMARINDUS L.
*indica L. (tree: Tamanha, Tamarindeiro; fruit: Tamarindo)
H: tree with yellow flowers with orange or red streaks. E: fruits. D:
STP. V: Paiva 817 (C 01).
TEPHROSIA Pers.
*candida (Roxb.) DC. (Banco)
H: shrub or small tree. O. M: 139. D: ST V: Madureira & Martins 569
(COI).
noctiflora Bojer ex Baker
H: annual or perennial herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7700 (LISC).
platycarpa Guill. & Perr.
flexuosa G.Don
H: annual herb woody at base, w ith pink or purple flowers. D: ST.
purpurea (L.) Pers. subsp. leptostachya (DC.) Brummitt var. pubes-
cens Baker
H: perennial herb. D: ST.
uniflora Pers. subsp. uniflora
H: perennial herb with pink flowers. D: ST. V: Matos 7328 (LISC).
vogelii Hook.f. (Bamea, Banco, Cafoto)
H: woody herb with white or violet flowers. D: STP.
TERAMNUS P.Browne
labialis (L.f.) Spreng. subsp. arabicus Verde.
H: climber with reddish flowers. D: STP. V: Paiva 979 (COI).
TETRAPLEURA Benth.
tetraptera (Schumach. & Thonn.) Taub. (Cuspila, Cuspira)
H: tree with yellowish to pinkish flowers. D: ST.
URARIA Desv.
picta (Jacq.) DC. (Fia-placela)
H: undershrub with pink, blue or reddish flowers, in savanna. D: ST.
V: Matos 7460 (LISC).
*?VICIA L.
*?faba L. (Fava, Faveira)
N: record (Exell 1973) based on a citation by Silva (1958) without
specimens.
VIGNA Savi
adenantha (G.F.Mey.) Marechal, Mascherpa & Stainier
Phaseolus adenanthus G.Mey.
H: perennial climber. D: ST.
gracilis (Guill. & Pern) Hook.f.
H: twining herb with yellow flowers. D: P. V: Stevart 14 (BRLU).
58
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
VIGNA Savi (cont.)
luteola (Jacq.) Benth. var. luteola
oblonga sensu auct. non Benth.
H: perennial climber. D: ST. V: Matos 7517 (LISC).
racemosa (G.Don) Hutch. & Dalz.
H: perennial climbing herb with blue flowers. D: STP. V: Figueiredo
206 (LISC).
unguiculata (L.) Walp. subsp. alba (G.Don) Pasquet
alba (G.Don) Planch, ex Baker f.
unguiculata subsp. dekindtiana sensu auct. non (Harms) Verde.
H: perennial herb with white or bluish-purple flowers. E: seeds. D: ST.
V: Matos 7620 (LISC).
*ZORNIA J.F.Gmel.
Hatifolia Sm. var. latifolia
H: annual or perennial herb with yellow flowers, in savanna. D: P. V:
Matos 7764 (LISC).
FLACOURTIACEAE
CASEARIA Jacq.
barteri Mast. ( Bobo-bobo , Inhe-bobd)
mannii Mast.
H: shrub or tree, in forest and secondary forest. D: STP. V: Figueiredo
242 (LISC).
FLACOURTIA Comm, ex L’Her.
indica (Burm.f.) Merr.
flavescens Willd.
H: climbing shrub or tree, in forest. E: fruits. D: ST.
HOMALIUM Jacq.
africanum (Hook, f.) Benth. (Quebra-machado)
H: shrub, in forest. D: ST.
Ehenriquesii Gilg ex Engl. (Quebra-machado)
H: tree, in forest. M: 33; 146; 1 86. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 410
(COX).
ONCOBA Forssk.
spinosa Forssk. ( Dibixi , Malebouque, Malimboque)
H: shrub, in forest and savanna. M: 168. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 243
(LISC).
OPHIOBOTRYS Gilg
zenkeri Gilg (Clacia, Clacla, Cuaco-bangana. Stlala-stlala)
H: shrub or tree, in forest. M: 17. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 624
(COI).
*FUMARIACEAE
*FUMAR1A L
♦muralis Sond. ex W.D.J.Koch
H: herb with pink flowers. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/214 (BRLU).
GENTIANACEAE
ANTHOCLEISTA Afzel. ex R.Br.
microphylla Wemham
H: tree or climber with white flowers, in forest and secondary forest.
D: STP. V: Figueiredo 67 (K).
nobilis G.Don
macrophylla G.Don
H: tree with white flowers, in forest and secondary forest. D: STP. V;
Matos 7449 (LISC); Oliveira 221/98 (BRLU).
scandens Hook.f.
H: tree or climber with white flowers, in forest and secondary forest.
D: ST. V: Matos 7359 (LISC).
GESNERIACEAE
EPITHEMA Blume
tenue C.B. Clarke
H: herb, in forest. D: ST.
STREPTOCARPUS Lindl.
elongatus Engl.
thomensis Exell
H: herb up to 0.3 m high with white flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos
7674 (LISC).
nobilis C.B. Clarke
H: herb, in forest. D: ST.
GOODENIACEAE
SCAEVOLA L.
plumieri (L.) Vahl
H: shrub, in littoral regions. D: ST.
HERN ANDIACE AE
HERNANDIA L.
Ebeninensis Welw. ex Henriq. ( Bunga , Pau-candeia)
H: tree, in forest. M: 92; 160. D: ST. V: Madureira <£ Martins 22
(COI).
?*HYDRANGEACEAE
?*HYDRANGEA L
?sp.
N: recorded by Exell (1944) based on a citation by Chevalier; no spec-
imens known.
HYPERICACEAE
HARD NG AN A Lam.
madagascariensis Lam. ex Poir. (Pau-sangue, Po-sangue, Sangue)
H; shrub or small tree, in forest and secondary forest. M: 13; 124. D:
STP. V: Madureira & Martins 460 (COI); Paiva 1060 (COI).
*IRIDACEAE
*NEOMARICA Sprague
*caerulea (Ker Gawl.) Sprague
D: STP.
IRVINGIACEAE
IRVINGIA Hook.f.
gabonensis (Aubry-Lecomte ex O’Rorke) Baill. (Manga-macaco)
H: tree, in forest. D: P.
JUNCACEAE
LUZULA DC.
mannii (Buchenau) Kirschner & Cheek subsp. mannii
campestris (L.) DC. var. mannii Buchenau
H; perennial herb. D: ST.
LAMIACEAE
ACHYROSPERMUM Blume
oblongifolium Baker (Beganssom, Folha-belga)
H: undershrub with green-white flowers. M: 5; 51. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 310 (COI).
7ELSHOLTZIA Willd.
?sp.
N: recorded for S.Tome by Exell (1944) based on a literature citation;
no specimens known.
LEONOTIS (Pers.) R.Br.
nepetifolia (L.) R.Br. (Penicano. Pinicane, Pinincano)
H: herb up to ± 1.5 m high, with pink flowers. M: 5; 22; 54; 60; 61;
77; 123; 150; 158; 174. D: STP V: Madureira & Martins 158
(COI).
♦MENTHA L.
♦rotundifolia (L.) Huds. (Letrao)
H: perennial herb. E: leaves. D: ST.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1)
59
OCIMUM L.
*americanum L. ( Fia-mosquito )
canum L.
H: perennial herb, near cultivated areas. M: 79; 99; 134; 174. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 604 (COI).
*basilicum L. (Fia-mosquito. Madlicom, Mosquito)
H: perennial herb, near cultivated areas. E: leaves. M; 79; 99; 134;
174. D: ST. V: Paiva 1035 (COI).
gratissimum L. var. gratissimum ( Fia-micoco , Micoco, Micoco-di-
-que, Pau-mosquito)
H: perennial herb with white flowers. E: leaves. M; 21; 27; 52; 79;
156; 166. D: STP. V: Paiva 1045 (COI), 1502 (COI).
^minimum L. ( Madlicom )
basilicum sensu auct. pro parte, non L.
H: perennial herb, near cultivated areas. M: 27; 52; 76; 156. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 104 (COI).
PLATOSTOMA P.Beauv.
africanum P.Beauv.
H: herb up to 0.6 m high, in forest. D: ST.
*SALVIA L.
*coccinea Buc’hoz ex Etl.
H: perennial herb with red flowers. O. D: ST.
*splendens Ker Gawl.
H: perennial herb with red flowers, on roadsides. D: ST. V: Paiva 1005
(COI).
SOLENOSTEMON Thonn.
monostachyus (P.Beauv.) Briq. (Fia-manjolo. Magero, Manjo/o)
H: annual or perennial herb with bluish flowers, in forest, secondary
forest, plantations, ruderal. E: leaves. M: 79; 94; 165; 169. D: STP.
V: Paiva 355 (COI).
*STACHYS L.
*arvensis (L.) L.
H: annual herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7229 (LISC).
*LAURACEAE
*CINNAMOMUM L.
*burmanni (Nees & T.Nees) Blume (Canela-brava)
H: small tree. E: bark (spice: cassia). D: STP. V: Matos 7583 (LISC).
*camphora (L.) J.Presl (aromatic compound: Canfora\ tree: Can-
foreira)
H: tree, in secondary forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 150 (BRLU).
*verum J.Presl ( Canela . Canela-d'obo, Caneleira. Pau-canela)
zeylanicum Blume
H: small tree with whitish flowers, in secondary forest. E: bark (spice:
canela). M: 173. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 49 (K).
*PERSEA Mill.
*americana Mill, (fruit: Abacate, Avacate. Avocado, Bacatche: tree:
Abacateiro)
H: large tree, with small yellowish flowers. E: fruits. M: 51; 57; 61;
64; 91; 137; 150; 161; 165; 168. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins
273 (COI).
LEEACEAE
LEEA L.
guineensis G.Don
H: shrub or small tree, with red, orange or yellow flowers. E: fruits. D:
ST. V: Oliveira 1429 (BRLU).
Etinctoria Baker (Cele-ale, Cele-cele, Cele-cele)
H: shrub or small tree with red or orange flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo
244 (LISC); Paiva 1925 (COI).
LEMNACEAE
LEMNA L.
aequinoctialis Welw.
perpusilla sensu auct. non Torrey
H: aquatic floating herb. D: ST.
LENTIBULARIACEAE
UTRICULARIA L.
mannii Oliv.
H: small, perennial epiphyte with yellow flowers, in forest. D: STP V:
Jojfroy 209 (BRLU); Paiva 1082 (COI).
striatula Sm.
H: small epiphyte, in forest. D: P. V: Paiva 1483 (COI).
LINACEAE
HUGONIA L.
platysepala Welw. ex Oliv.
H: climbing shrub or small tree, with white or yellow flowers, in for-
est. D: P.
LOBELIACEAE
LOBELIA L.
Ebarnsii Exell
H: herb, in mountain forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7703 (LISC).
molleri Henriq.
H: herb up to 0.6 m high with white flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos
7543 (LISC).
LORANTHACEAE
HELIXANTHERA Lour,
mannii (Oliv.) Danser var. mannii
H: parasitic shrub with pendent stems, in forest and plantations. D: ST.
V: Oliveira 855 (BRLU).
MALPIGH1ACEAE
ACRIDOCARPUS Guill. & Perr.
longifolius (G.Don) Hook.f. (Micando-homem. Milando-homem.
Milondd-homem)
H: small tree or climbing shrub with yellow flowers in secondary for-
est and plantations. M: 22; 167. D: STP. V: Paiva 1009 (COI).
HETEROPTERYS Kunth
leona (Cav.) Exell
H: climber with yellow flowers. D: STP.
MALVACEAE
*ABELMOSCHUS Medik.
*esculentus (L.) Moench (Iquiabo, Quiabo )
H: annual herb with yellow flowers, in plantations and on roadsides. E:
fruits. M: 95. D: STP. V: Paiva 781 (COI).
*moschatus Medik.
H: Perennial herb. E: leaves, fruits. D: ST.
ABUTILON Mill.
grandiflorum G.Don (Fid-mdliva, Maliva, Malva)
H: herb or shrub with yellow to orange flowers. M: 40; 61; 64; 89; 98;
103; 158; 174. D: ST. V; Madureira & Martins 112 (COI).
*grandifolium (Willd.) Sweet ( Mandioca-brava )
H: perennial herb with yellow to orange flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 1062
(COI).
*striatum Dicks, ex Lindl. (Mandioca-brava. Mata-boi)
venosum Lemaire
H: shrub with orange to purple flowers in secondary forest and on
roadsides. M: 139. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 473 (COI).
*GOSSYPIUM L. (U-u-defu. Algodao)
*barbadense L.
H: shrub with yellow flowers. M: 69; 111; 181. D: STP.
*hirsutum L.
H: shrub with yellow flowers. M: 69; 111; 181. D: ST.
HIBISCUS L.
*acetosella Welw. ex Hiem ( Fia-mussa , Fia-mussua, Mussa, Mussa-
-blanco, Mussua)
H: annual or perennial herb or shrub, ruderal. E: leaves, flowers. M:
40; 60. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 649 (COI); Paiva 632
(COI).
60
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
HIBISCUS L. (cont.)
donianus D.Dietr.
H: annual herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7318 (LISC).
*mutabilis L.
H: shrub with white or pink flowers. D: STP.
physaloides Guill. & Perr.
H: woody herb. D: ST.
*rosa-sinensis L.
H: shrub with red flowers. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 650
(COI).
sabdariffa L.
H: annual or perennial herb with white to yellow flowers. D: ST.
surattensis L.
H: annual herb with yellow flowers. M: 57. D: STP. V: Madureira &
Martins 148 (COI).
tiliaceus L. (. Fiteira )
H: shrub or tree with yellow flowers in coastal areas or near water-
courses. D: ST.
*MALVASTRUM A.Gray
*coromandelianum (L.) Garcke (Itoto-doido, Ototo, Ototo-home)
H: herb with pale yellow flowers. M: 158. D: STP. V: Madureira &
Marlins 193 (COI).
SIDA L.
acuta Burm.f. subsp. acuta (Itoto, Ototo, Ototo, Ototo-muala, Ototo-
-pequeno, Ototo-piquina)
H: herb or undershrub with yellow flowers, ruderal. M: 143; 175. D:
STP. V: Paiva 631 (COI), 827 (COI).
cordifolia L.
H: shrub with yellow or white flowers. D: ST.
javensis Cav.
pi/osa Retz.
veronicifolia Lam.
H: prostrate herb with yellow flowers. D: ST.
rhombifolia L. (Bobd-bobd, Catumba-jinji, Itoto, Ototo, Ototo-
-pequeno, Ototo-vento)
H: undershrub with yellow flowers, ruderal. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 73
(K); Paiva 637 (COI).
rigida (D.Don) D.Dietr.
H: herb or undershrub. D: ST.
urens L.
H: perennial herb or undershrub. D: ST.
*URENA L.
*lobata L. ( Ototo-fogo , Ototo-glandje, Ototo-glandji, Ototo-grande,
Ototo-ome, Ototo-vento)
H: perennial herb or undershrub with pink flowers, ruderal. M: 61; 91;
158; 175; 183. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 42 (K); Paiva 1418 (COX).
WISSADULA Medik.
rostrata (Schumach.) Hook.f. ( Ototo-vento , Ototo-vento)
amplissima (L.) R.E. Fries var. rostrata (Schumach.) R.E.Fries
H: undershrub. D: STP.
MARANTACEAE
CALATHEA G.Mey.
sp
H: herb with red-purple flowers. D: ST. V: Lejoly 93/619 (BRLU).
*MARAINTA L.
*arundinacea L.
H: herb cultivated for the fleshy rhizome. E: rhizome. D: STP.
THAUMATOCOCCUS Benth.
danicllii (Bennet) Benth. (Majunga, Mangungo)
H: rhizomatous herb. E: seed aril. M: 27; 60. D: STP. V: Madureira &
Martins 302 (COI); Paiva 626 (COI).
MELASTOMATACEAE
CALVOA Hook.f.
fconfertifnlia Exell
H: herb up to 0.4 m high, with pink flowers, in forest. D: ST.
Ecrassinoda Hook.f.
molleri Gilg
H: shrub up to 2.5 m high, with pink flowers, in forest and secondary
forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 199 (LISC).
grandifolia Cogn.
H: undershrub up to 1.2 m high, with pink flowers, in forest and sec-
ondary forest. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 202 (LISC); Oliveira 516
(BRLU).
hirsuta Hook.f.
henriquesii Cogn.
H: herb up to 0.3 m high, with white or pink flowers, in forest. D: STP.
V: Oliveira 569 (BRLU); Paiva 1079 (COI).
Eintegrifolia Cogn.
H: herb up to 0.4 m high, with pink flowers, in forest. D: ST.
sinuata Hook.f.
H: herb or shrub up to 1.2 m high, in forest. D: P. V: Figueiredo 160
(LISC).
DISSOTIS Benth.
barteri Hook.f. ex Triana
H: herb or shrub up to 2 m high, with pink flowers, in forest. D: P. V:
Stevart 259 (BRLU).
HETEROTIS Benth.
rotundifolia (Sm.) Jacq.-Fel.
H: decumbent herb rooting at nodes, with pink flowers, in forest. D:
STP. V: Stevart 242 (BRLU).
MELASTOMASTRUM Naudin
capitatum (Vahl) A. Fern. & R.Fern.
H: perennial herb or shrub up to 0.9 m high. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1042
(BRLU).
MEMECYLON L.
sp.
H: shrub or small tree. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1407 (BRLU).
TRISTEMMA Juss.
coronatum Benth.
H: herb or undershrub with pink or white flowers. D: P.
hirtum P.Beauv.
H: herb or undershrub with pink flowers. D: STP. V: Matos 7638
(LISC).
littorale Benth. subsp. biafranum Jacq.-Fel. var. biafranum
incompletwn sensu auct. pro parte non R.Br.
H: shrub. D: P.
Hittorale Benth. subsp. biafranum Jacq.-Fel. var. insulare Jacq.-Fel.
(Fid-vela)
incompletwn sensu auct. pro parte non R.Br.
H: shrub. M: 124; 129. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 503 (COI).
littorale Benth. subsp. littorale
H: shrub. D: P.
1 mauritianum J.F.Gmel. var. mildbraedii (Gilg) Jacq.-Fel.
mildbraedii Gilg ex Engl.
H: shrub with pink to mauve flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 251
(LISC).
Fmauritianum J.F.Gmel. var. rozeiranum Jacq.-Fel. (Anjogo)
incompletwn sensu auct. pro parte non R.Br.
H: shrub with pink to reddish flowers. M: 173. D: ST. V: Paiva 61
(COI).
Emauritianum J.F.Gmel. var. thomense (J.H.P.B. Ferreira) Jacq.-Fel.
thomensis J.H.P.B. Ferreira
H: shrub with pink to mauve flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 211
(LISC).
WARNECKEA Gilg
menibranifolia (Hook.f.) Jacq.-Fel. (Clossom-liso)
Metnecylon membranifolium Hook.f.
M. fernandianum Gilg ex Engl.
H: shrub or tree. M: 154. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 181 (COI).
memecylnides (Benth.) Jacq.-Fel. (Glele-nhame, Toni-fachico)
Memecylon memecyloides (Benth.) Exell
H: shrub or tree with blue flowers. M: 79. D: STP. V: Madureira &
Martins 202 (COI).
MELIACEAE
CARAPA Aubl.
procera DC. (Gogo, Gogo-vermelho, Gogo-vieme)
H: tree with white and pink flowers, in forest and plantations. M: 13;
126; 183. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 403 (COI).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
61
*CEDRELA P. Browne
*odorata L. (Cedrela, Cidlela, Cidrela, Pan-cebola, Po-cebola)
H: tree with small white flowers. M: 60; 123; 175. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 441 (COI).
*MELIA L.
*azedarach L. ( Lilas-do-Cabo , Sicomoro)
H: tree with small purple or lilac flowers. D: STP.
*TOONA (Endl.) M.Roem.
*ciliata M.Roem. (Pau-alho, Po-alho)
H: tree with small white flowers. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1059 (BRLU).
TRICHILIA PBrowne
Fgrandifolia Oliv. ( Cola-de-macaco , Cola-macaco, Veludo)
H: tree, in forest. M: 22; 189. D: ST. V: Matos 7576 (LISC).
TURRAEA L.
vogelii Hook.f. ex Benth. ( Valaple , Vara-preta )
H: woody climber or scandent shrub. M: 22. D: STP. V: Matos 7630
(LISC).
MENISPERMACEAE
CHASMANTHERA Hochst.
dependens Hochst.
H: liana up to 20 m high, with yellow flowers, in cultivated ground.
D: ST.
STEPHANIA Lour.
dinklagei (Engl.) Diels
H: liana up to 20 m high, in forest. D: P.
TILIACORA Colebr.
sp.
H: liana. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/268 (BRLU).
MORACEAE
*ARTOCARPUS J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
*altilis (Parkinson) Fosberg (fruit: Castanha, Fluta. Fluta-pom. Fruta-
-pao\ tree: Arteira, Arvore-da-castanha, Arvore-do-pao, Pau-
castanha)
H: tree. E: fruits. M: 8; 61. D: STP. V: Paiva 257 (COI).
*heterophylla Lam. (fruit: Jaca: tree: Jaqueira, Pau-jaca )
H: tree. E: fruits. M: 27; 87. D: STP. V: Paiva 494 (COI).
*CASTILLA Cerv.
*elastica Sesse ex Cerv.
H: tree up to 18 m high. D: STP.
*CECROPIA Loefl.
*peltata L. ( Gofe , Gofe)
H: tree up to 25 m high, with yellow or green flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva
93 (COI).
FICUS L.
*carica L. (Figueira)
H: tree. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Oliveira 246 (BRLU).
chlamydocarpa Warb. ex Mildbr. & Burret subsp. chlamydocarpa
H: strangler fig, in forest. D: STP.
FchIamydocarpa Warb. ex Mildbr. & Burret subsp. fernandesiana
(Hutch.) C.C.Berg (Figo-obata)
fernandesiana Hutch.
H: strangler fig, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/231 (BRLU, LISC).
*elastica Roxb.
H: tree. O. D: ST.
exasperata Vahl ( Meme , Po-lixa)
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 215 (LISC).
kamerunensis Warb. ex Mildbr. & Burret (Mussanda, Mussunda)
H: tree or shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 36 (BRLU).
lutea Vahl
vogelii (Miq.) Miq.
H: tree or shrub, in forest. D: ST.
mucuso Welw. ex Ficalho (Figo-de-porco, Figo-ploco, Figu-plocu)
sidifolia Welw. ex Hiern
H: tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 1937 (COI).
*pumila L.
H: climber. D: ST. V: Oliveira 66/98 (BRLU).
sur Forssk. (Figo-todo, Figo-tordo, Todd)
capensis Thunb.
H: tree, in forest. E: fruits. D: STP. V: Paiva 1181 (COI), 1333 (COI).
thonningii Blume (Lemba-lemba, Mussanda)
annobonensis Mildbr. & Hutch.
H: tree or shrub, in forest. M: 57; 75; 87; 94. D: STP. V: Figueiredo
87 ( K).
IV1ESOGYNE Engl,
insignis Engl.
henriquesii Engl.
H: tree up to 16 m with greenish flowers, in forest and cultivated
ground. D: ST.
MILICIA Sim
excelsa (Welw.) C.C.Berg (Amoreira, Moreira, Mucamba-vleme,
Mulela)
Chlorophora excelsa (Welw.) Benth. & Hook.f.
H: large tree, in forest and plantations. M: 52; 87; 95; 153; 167. D:
STP. V: Oliveira 119 (BRLU).
MUSANGA C.Sm. ex R.Br.
cecropioides R.Br. (Gofe, Gofe, Gofe, Gofe-d'obo, Pau-sabrina)
H: tree up to 20 m high, with green flowers, in forest and secondary
forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 418 (COI).
TRECULIA Decne. ex Trecul
africana Decne. ex Trecul var. africana (Giquenge, Isa, Isa-quente,
Izaquente, Ogue, Opacala, Quicange, Quicuange, Zequentche)
H: tree up to 25 m high with small white flowers, in forest. E: fruits.
M: 18; 39; 40; 57; 121; 125; 158; 191. D: STP. V: Paiva 1209
(COI).
TRILEPISIUM Thouars
madagascariense DC.
H: tree, up to 30 m high, in plantations. D: ST.
MUSACEAE
*ENSETE Horan.
*ventricosum (Welw.) Cheesman
Musa ventricosa Welw.
D: ST.
*MUSA L.
* xparadisiaca L.
M: 68; 79; 103; 116; 126. D: STP.
*balbisiana Colla
rosacea Jacq.
D: ST.
MYRISTICACEAE
*MYRISTICA Gronov.
*fragrans Houtt. ( Noz-moscada )
H: small tree. E: fruits (spice). D: ST. V: Paiva 396 (COI).
PYCNANTHUS Warb
angolensis (Welw.) Warb. ( Cachao , Cashon, Cassa, Pau-caixao, Po-
-cassom, Po-casson)
H: tree, in forest, secondary forest and plantations. M: 51; 61; 79; 87;
90; 125; 167; 175. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 218 (COI).
STAUDTIA Warb.
Epterocarpa (Warb.) Warb. (Pau-vermelho, Vermelho, Vleme)
H: tree in forest and secondary forest. M: 13; 56; 125. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 162 (COI).
MYRSINACEAE
ARDISIA Sw.
staudtii Gilg
Afrardisia cymosa (Baker) Mez
H: shrub or small tree with red flowers, in forest. D: STP. V: Matos
7440 (LISC).
62
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
MAESA Forssk.
lanceolata Forssk. subsp. borjaeana (Henriq.) White ( Mutopa , Pau-
-cabra)
borjaeana Henriq.
H: shrub or small tree, with small white or yellowish flowers, in forest
and on roadsides. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 64 (K).
RAPANEA Aubl.
melanophloeos (L.) Mez
thomensis Exell
H: shrub or small tree, with small white or yellowish flowers, in forest.
D: ST. V: Matos 7507 (LISC).
MYRTACEAE
*EUCALYPTUS L Her.
*sp. (Cal ip to)
H: tree. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1326 (BRLU).
EUGENIA L.
*brasiliensis Lam. (Comoxama, Grumechame, Grumexava,
Grumixaba, Grumixama, Grumixameira, Grumixava)
dombeyi (Spreng.) Skeels
H: tree, in plantations. E: fruits. M: 99. D: ST. V: Madureira & Mar-
tins 669 (COI).
elliotii Engl. & Brehmer
H: shrub or small tree. D: ST.
*uniflora L. (Ameixa-do-Para, Cereja-de-Caiena, Pitanga,
Pitangueira)
H: shrub or tree. E: fruits. M: 173. D: STP. V: Matos 7690 (LISC).
*MELALEUCA L.
*leucadendron (L.) L.
H: shrub, in savanna. D: ST. V: Matos 7462 (LISC).
*MYRCIARIA O.Berg
*cauliflora (Mart.) O.Berg (Jabuticaba, Jabuticabeira)
H: small tree. E: fruits. D: ST.
*PSIDIUM L.
*cattleianum Sabine ( Gueva-quio )
littorale Raddi
H: shrub. E: fruits. M: 27. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 652 (COI).
*guajava L. (Gaiaba, Gaiava, Goiaba, Goiabeira, Gueva, Gaiaba)
H: shrub or tree. E: fruits. M: 19; 33; 57; 61; 67; 1 12; 135; 146; 1 75.
D: STP. V: Paiva 1520 (COI).
SYZYGIUM Gaertn.
*aromaticum (L.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (Cravinho)
H: tree with red flowers. E: flower buds (spice). D: ST.
guineense (Willd.) DC. ( Matazem , Matchanzoche, Matianzoche )
H: shrub or tree with white flowers, in forest. M: 22; 109; 125; 167;
183. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 328 (COI).
*jambos (L.) Alston (Jambo-jambo, Jamboeiro, Pau-jambre, Piala )
H: tree with whitish flowers, in plantations and on roadsides. E: fruits.
M: 5; 40; 79; 158; 175. D: STP. V; Paiva 1031 (COI).
staudtii (Engl.) Mildbr.
H: tree up to 30 m high, in forest. D: ST.
NYCTAGINACEAE
BOERHAVIA L
diffusa L. ( Erva-tostao , Fia-plocossom, Fia-plocssom)
coccinea Mill.
paniculata Rich.
H: perennial herb, ruderal. M: 77; 98; 1 14; 1 19; 149. D: STP. V: Paiva
384 (COI).
* BOUGAINVILLEA Comm, ex Juss.
*spectabilis Willd. (Buganvila)
H: climbing shrub with purple, red or white flowers. O. D; STP. V:
Paiva 287 (COI).
*MIRABILIS L.
*jalapa L. (Losa-bilanga, Rosa-bilanQa)
H: perennial herb up to ± 1 m high, with white or red flowers. E:
leaves. M: 4; 51; 61; 63; 98; 125; 134. O. D: ST. V: Paiva 699
(COI).
OCHNACEAE
Note: recent nomenclatural changes at generic level were not consid-
ered. The taxonomy follows AFPD (2009).
CAMPYLOSPERMUM Tiegh.
reticulatum (P.Beauv.) Farron var. reticulatum
Ouratea brunneopurpurea Gilg
H: shrub or small tree. D: STP.
vogelii (Hook.f.) Farron var. molleri (Tiegh.) Farron (Dumo, Dumo-
-vermelho, Pau-dumo)
Ouratea molleri (Tiegh.) Exell
H: shrub or tree with yellow flowers in forest. D: STP. V: Lejoly
95/020 (BRLU, LISC).
OCHNA L.
membranacea Oliv. (Pau-dumo, Po-dumo, Vilo)
H: shrub or tree in forest, secondary forest and savanna. D: ST. V:
Figueiredo 106 (K).
§multiflora DC.
H: shrub in forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 255 (BRLU).
OURATEA Aubl.
Enutans (Hiem) Exell
H: shrub with yellow flowers. D: P.
sp.
H: shrub. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/267 (BRLU).
RHABDOPHYLLUM Tiegh.
arnoldianum (De Wild. & T.Durand) Tiegh.
Ouratea quintasii (Tiegh.) Exell
H: shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1409 (BRLU).
OLACACEAE
HEISTERIA Jacq.
parvifolia Sm. (Nono, Pau-preto )
H: tree, in forest and plantations. D: STP. V: Lejoly 97/272 (BRLU).
OLAX L
gambecola Baill.
H: shrub with white or yellowish flowers. D: ST.
*XIMENIA L.
*americana L. ( Limon-ple )
H: tree, in savanna. E: fruits. M: 22. D: ST. V: Matos 7725 (LISC).
OLEACEAE
JASMINUM L.
bakeri Scott-Elliot (Codo-que-d’obd)
H: climber with white flowers, in forest. M: 79; 94. D: ST. V: Jojfroy
135 (BRLU).
fluminense Veil.
H: climber with white flowers, in forest. D: ST.
Ethomense Exell
H: climber with white flowers, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 1508
(BRLU).
OLEA L.
capensis L. subsp. hochstetteri (Baker) Friis & PS. Green (Ipe, P6-
ipe)
hochstetteri Baker
H: shrub or tree with small white flowers, in forest. M: 22. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 412 (COI).
capensis L. subsp. welwitschii (Knobl.) Friis & PS. Green ( Impe , Ipe)
welwitschii (Knobl.) Gilg & Schellenb.
H: shrub or tree with small white flowers, in forest. D: ST.
*europaea L. (Oliveira)
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva (1958) without specimen
citation.
ONAGRACEAE
LUDWIGIA L
erecta (L.) H.Hara (Aliba-giiia, Fia-guia)
H: annual herb with yellow flowers. M: 29; 46; 69; 88. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 195 (COI).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
63
hyssopifolia (G.Don) Exell (Fia-placela)
H: annual herb, in secondary forest, savanna and on roadsides. D: STP.
V: Paiva 1197 (COI).
leptocarpa (Nutt.) H.Hara
H: herb with yellow flowers. D: ST.
octovalvis (Jacq.) P.H. Raven subsp. octovalvis
H: annual or perennial herb with yellow flowers, in secondary forest
and plantations. D: ST. V: Matos 7261 (LISC).
ORCHIDACEAE
(Stevart et al. 2000; Stevart & Oliveira 2001 )
AERANGIS Rchb.f.
Eflexuosa (Ridl.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in lowland dry forest. D: ST.
ANCISTRORHYNCHUS Finet
capitatus (Lindl.) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in mid-elevation primary forest
and old secondary forest. D: P. V: Stevart 705 (BRLU).
crystalensis P.J.Cribb & Laan
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in mid-elevation primary rain-
forest. D: P. V: Stevart 1608 (BRLU).
metteniae (Kraenzl.) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, lip green, in lowland forest and
plantations. D: STP. V; Stevart 638 (BRLU), 1212 (BRLU).
ANGRAECOPSIS Kraenzl.
Fdolabriformis (Rolfe) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb, flower colour and habitat unknown. D: ST.
Ethomensis Stevart & P.J.Cribb
H; epiphytic herb, flowers greenish white, in old secondary forest. D:
ST. V: Oliveira 1999/138 (BRLU, STPH).
ANGRAECUM Bory
aporoides Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in lowland and mid-elevation
forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 464 (BRLU), 667 (BRLU).
Eastroarche Ridl.
H: epiphytic herb, flower colour unknown, in old secondary forest. D:
ST.
distichum Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb, white flowers, habitat unknown. D: P.
doratophyllum Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in mist forest. D: STP. N:
endemic to Gulf of Guinea. V; Stevart 329 (BRLU), 678 (BRLU).
infundibulare Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, habitat unknown. D: P.
sacciferum Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish white flowers, in mist forest. D: ST. V;
Stevart 104 (BRLU).
BOLUSIELLA Schltr.
iridifolia (Rolfe) Schltr. subsp. iridifolia
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart
503 (BRLU).
talbotii (Rendle) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb. D: STP. V: Primo & Stevart 77 (BRLU); Stevart
510 (BRLU).
BRACHYCORYTHIS Lindl.
Ebasifoliata Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with purple flowers, in open vegetation. D: STP. V:
Stevart 363 (BRLU), 436 (BRLU, K).
BULBOPHYLLUM Thouars
acutibracteatum De Wild. var. acutibracteatum
H: epiphytic herb with yellow-orange flowers, in summit forest. D: P.
V: Stevart 420 (BRLU, K).
calyptratum Kraenzl.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to yellowish flowers, habitat unknown.
D: P.
cochleatum Lindl. var. cochleatum
H: epiphytic herb with yellow to purple flowers, in montane forest. D:
ST. V; Stevart 652 (BRLU).
cochleatum Lindl. var. tenuicaule (Lindl.) JJ.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with red to purple flowers, in montane open vegeta-
tion. D: ST. V: Stevart 417 (BRLU).
comatum Lindl. var. inflatum (Rolfe) J.J.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with green inflorescence and purple flowers, in open
vegetation on ridges. D: STP. V: Stevart 462 (BRLU, K), 1203
(BRLU).
curvimentatum J.J.Verm.
H: pseudobulb epiphyte. D: ST.
falcatum (Lindl.) Rchb.f. var. falcatum
H: epiphytic herb with green to yellow flowers, in submontane forest.
D: STP. V: Rose 1023 (P); Stevart 71 (BRLU, K).
falcatum (Lindl.) Rchb.f. var. velutinum (Lindl.) J.J.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with green to yellow flowers, in lowland and sub-
montane forest, also in coastal vegetation and plantations. D: STP.
V: Stevart 1211 (BRLU), 1221 (BRLU).
imbricatum Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with violet and yellow flowers, in plantations. D: ST.
V; Stevart 489 (BRLU).
intertextum Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with green or purple flowers, in submontane and
montane forests. D: STP. V: Stevart 681 (BRLU).
Elizae J.J.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with green to yellow flowers, in submontane and
montane forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 1882 (BRLU).
Eluciphilum Stevart
H: epiphytic herb with green to yellow flowers, in plantations. D: ST.
V: Oliveira 1999/41 (BRLU).
maximum (Lindl.) Rchb.f.
H: epiphytic herb with yellowish to greenish flowers, in lowland and
submontane forests, also in plantations. D: STP. V: Stevart 397
(BRLU), 497 (BRLU).
mediocre Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with orange, yellow or whitish flowers, in submon-
tane and montane forests. D: STP. N: endemic to Gulf of Guinea.
V: Stevart 622 (BRLU), 1890 (BRLU).
nigritianum Rendle
H: epiphytic herb with yellowish flowers, in plantations. D: ST. V; Ste-
vart 1158 (BRLU).
oreonastes Rchb.f.
H: epiphytic herb with orange to yellowish flowers, in ridge forests. D:
STP. V: Primo & Stevart 1 7 (BRLU); Stevart 407 (BRLU).
resupinatum Ridl.
H: epiphytic herb with yellowish to purple flowers, in lowland and
submontane forests. D: ST.
saltatorium Lindl. var. albociliatum (Finet) J.J.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to brownish flowers with purple spots
and red pubescence, in mid-elevation ridge vegetation. D: P. V: Ste-
vart 422 (BRLU. K).
sandersonii (Hook.f.) Rchb.f. subsp. stenopetalum (Kraenzl.)
J.J.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with yellowish to reddish flowers, in submontane
and montane forests, also in plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 660
(BRLU).
CALANTHE R.Br.
Esylvatica (Thouars) Lindl. var. geerinckiana Stevart
H: terrestrial herb with white flowers and orange lip, in old plantations.
D: ST. V: Stevart 1194 (BRLU).
sylvatica (Thouars) Lindl. var. sylvatica
H: terrestrial herb with white flowers and violet lip, in submontane and
montane forests, and in secondary forest in old plantations. D: STP.
V: Stevart 338 (BRLU), 1195 (BRLU).
CHAMAEANGIS Schltr.
Ethomensis (Rolfe) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with yellowish to orange flowers, in montane for-
ests. D: ST. V: Stevart 659 (BRLU).
Evagans (Lindl.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with yellowish to orange flowers, in lowland forests
and on ridges. D; P. V: Stevart 450 (BRLU, K).
CHEIROSTYLIS Blume
lepida (Rchb.f.) Rolfe
H: terrestrial herb with whitish flowers, in submontane and montane
forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 381 (BRLU).
CORYMBORKIS Thouars
corymbis Thouars
H: terrestrial herb with whitish and greenish flowers, in lowland for-
ests, and in secondary forest in old plantations. D: STP. V: Stevart
447 (BRLU), 665 (BRLU).
64
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
CRIBBJA Senghas
confusa P.J.Cribb
H: epiphytic herb with orange flowers, in submontane and montane
forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 674 (BRLU).
1 pendula la Croix & P.J.Cribb
H: epiphytic herb with pale greenish flowers, in submontane forests,
also in secondary forest at mid-elevations. D: ST. V: Stevart 1168
(BRLU).
Ethomensis la Croix & P.J.Cribb
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in montane forests. D: ST. V:
Stevart 1228 (BRLU).
CYNORKIS Thouars
anacamptoides Kraenzl. var. ecalcarata P.J.Cribb
H: terrestrial herb with violet flowers, in montane forests. D: ST. V:
Stevart 385 (BRLU).
debilis (Hook.f.) Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with purple-spotted flowers, in montane forests. D:
ST. V: Stevart 42 (BRLU, K).
gabonensis Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with pale whitish flowers, in lowland to montane
forests, also on ridges. D: STP. V: Stevart 444 (BRLU, K), <529
(BRLU).
CYRTORCHIS Schltr.
arcuata (Lindl.) Schltr. subsp. variabilis Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers and greenish to orange spur, in
coastal vegetation, in lowland secondary forest and plantations. D:
STP. V: Stevart 405 (BRLU, K ), 535 (BRLU).
henriquesiana (Ridl.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with white to yellow flowers, in lowland secondary
forest and on ridges. D: P. V: Stevart 664 (BRLU).
monteiroae (Rchb.f.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with white to yellow flowers, in lowland forest, sec-
ondary forest and plantations. D: STP. V: Stevart 205 (BRLU, K),
448 (BRLU).
ringens (Rchb.f.) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers and pale rose spur, in secondary
forest. D: ST.
DIAPHANANTHE Schltr.
‘acuta (Ridl.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish to yellowish flowers, in lowland and
mid-elevation forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 691 (BRLU).
‘papagavi (Rchb.f.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb, unknown flower colour, on rocky places in shade.
D: P.
pellucida (Lindl.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to yellowish flowers, in lowland pri-
mary forest and old secondary forest. D: STP. V: Primo & Stevart
126 (BRLU); Stevart 1207 (BRLU).
rohrii (Rchb.f.) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with orange to yellowish flowers, in submontane and
montane forest and old secondary forest at high elevation. D: ST.
V: Stevart 494 (BRLU, K).
DINKLAGEELLA Mansf.
‘scandens Stevart & P.J.Cribb
H: terrestrial herb with white flowers, in swamp meadow. D: ST. V:
Stevart 1888 (BRLU).
DISPERIS Sw.
reichenbachiana Rchb.f.
H: terrestrial herb with purple to whitish flowers in submontane and
montane primary forest and mid-elevation secondary forest. D: ST.
V: Stevart 370 (BRLU).
thomensis Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with white flowers in submontane and montane pri-
mary forest. D: ST. V: Stevart 48 (BRLU).
GENYORCHIS Schltr.
apetala (Lindl.) J.J.Verm.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish, reddish and yellowish flowers, in sec-
ondary forest and in plantations. D: P. V: Stevart 1220 (BRLU).
GRAPHORKIS Thouars
lurida (Sw.) Kuntze
H: epiphytic herb with brownish and yellowish flowers, in second-
ary forest and in plantations. D: STP. V: Stevart 302 (BRLU), 437
(BRLU).
HABENARIA Willd.
barrina Ridl.
H: terrestrial with whitish to greenish flowers, in secondary forest and
plantations. D: STP. V: Oliveira 1999/33 (BRLU); Stevart 427
(BRLU).
buettneriana Kraenzl.
H: terrestrial with greenish flowers, in secondary forest and planta-
tions. D: ST. V: Stevart 483 (BRLU).
‘letouzeyana (Szlach. & Olsz.) P.J.Cribb & Stevart
H: terrestrial with whitish flowers, in old secondary forest and lowland
primary forests. D: P. V: Stevart 631 (BRLU).
malacophylla Rchb.f. var. malacophylla
H: terrestrial with whitish to greenish flowers, in submontane and
montane primary forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 1223 (BRLU).
stenochila Lindl.
H: terrestrial with white flowers, in lowland vegetation. D: P. V: Ste-
vart 640 (BRLU).
thomana Rchb.f.
H: terrestrial with whitish to greenish flowers, in primary lowland to
montane forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 414 (BRLU); Paiva 1927 (COI).
LI PARIS Rich,
deistelii Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to purple flowers, in secondary
and submontane forests. D: STP. V: Stevart 654 (BRLU), 1226
(BRLU).
epiphytica Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to whitish flowers, in montane forests.
D: ST. V: Stevart 537 (BRLU).
goodyeroides Schltr.
H: terrestrial or lithophytic herb with greenish flowers, in old lowland
secondary forest. D: STP. V: Matos 7656 (BRLU); Stevart 625
(BRLU).
gracilenta Dandy
H: epiphytic herb with greenish and purple flowers, in submontane and
montane forests. D: STP. V: Stevart 672 (BRLU).
nervosa (Thunb.) Lindl.
H: terrestrial or epiphytic herb with greenish, yellowish, brownish or
purple flowers, in lowland secondary forest and in submontane for-
ests. D: STP. V: Stevart 196 (BRLU, K), 442 (BRLU).
platyglossa Schltr.
H: terrestrial herb with greenish, yellowish and purple flowers, in old
lowland secondary forest. D: P. V: Stevart 530 (BRLU).
rosseelii Stevart
H: epiphytic herb with greenish flowers, in secondary submontane for-
ests and in plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 1188 (BRLU).
LISTROSTACHYS Rchb.f.
pertusa (Lindl.) Rchb.f.
H: epiphytic herb with white and green flowers, in secondary lowland
mid-elevation forests. D: P. V: Stevart 1216 (BRLU).
MALAXIS Sol. ex Sw.
maclaudii (Finet) Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with reddish and purple flowers, in submontane for-
ests. D: ST.
MANN1ELLA Rchb.f.
gustavi Rchb.f.
H: terrestrial herb with brownish, pinkish or greenish flowers, in low-
land secondary forest, and in submontane and montane forests. D:
STP. V: Stevart 443 (BRLU), 642 (BRLU).
MICROCOELIA Lindl.
bulbocalcarata L.Jonss.
H: epiphytic herb with white and greenish flowers, in old mid-eleva-
tion secondary and primary forests. D: P. V: Stevart 682 (BRLU).
caespitosa (Rolfe) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with white and greenish to brownish flowers, in sub-
montane forests. D: ST. V: Primo & Stevart 47 (BRLU).
NERVILIA Comm, ex Gaudich.
bicarinata (Blume) Schltr.
H: terrestrial herb with yellowish to greenish flowers, in plantations.
D: STP. V: Stevart 686 (BRLU).
OBERONIA Lindl.
disticha (Lam.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish to yellowish flowers, in plantations. D:
ST. V: Stevart 1155 (BRLU).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
65
OECEOCLADES Lindl.
Hatifolia (Rolfe) Garay & P.Taylor
H: pseudobulb geophyte. D: ST.
maculata (Lindl.) Lindl.
H: terrestrial herb with whitish, yellowish to greenish flowers with a
red lip, in plantations and secondary forest. D: STP. V: Oliveira
1999/04 (BRLU, STPH); Stevart 636 (BRLU).
ugandae (Rolfe) L.A.Garray & P.Taylor
H: terrestrial herb with white and purple flowers, habitat unknown. D:
ST.
ORESTIAS Ridl.
micrantha Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with white or pink flowers, in montane and submon-
tane forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 540 (BRLU), 642 (BRLU).
stelidostachya (Rchb.f.) Summerh.
elegans Ridl.
H: terrestrial herb with white or pink flowers, in montane and submon-
tane forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 210 (BRLU, K), 217 (BRLU).
PHAIUS Lour,
mannii Rchb.f.
H: terrestrial herb with whitish flowers with pink lip, in old planta-
tions. D: ST. V: Stevart 532 (BRLU).
PLATYLEPIS A. Rich,
glandulosa (Lindl.) Rchb.f.
H: terrestrial herb with whitish flowers, in plantations, lowland and
mid-elevation forests. D: STP. V: Stevart 501 (BRLU).
PODANGIS Schltr.
dactyloceras (Rchb.f.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in plantations and submontane
forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 1197 (BRLU).
POLYSTACHYA Hook,
albescens Ridl. subsp. albescens
H: epiphytic herb with white and pink flowers, widespread in forest
and plantations. D: STP. V: Stevart 1178 (BRLU), 655 (BRLU).
Ealbescens Ridl. subsp. principensis Stevart
H: epiphytic or terrestrial herb with white and pink flowers, in open
vegetation and on ridges. D: P. V: Stevart 1227 (BRLU).
bifida Lindl.
farinosa Kraenzl.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to yellowish flowers, in montane and
submontane forest. D: ST. V: Stevart 1889 (BRLU).
Ebiteaui P.J.Cribb, la Croix & Stevart
H: epiphytic herb with pink and white flowers, in plantations and sub-
montane forest. D: ST. V: Stevart 446 (BRLU).
Edisticha Rolfe
H: epiphytic herb with yellow flowers and red spots, in montane forest
and open vegetation. D: ST. V: Stevart 694 (BRLU).
Eexpansa Ridl.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers with yellow to orange lip, in sec-
ondary forest and plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 349 (BRLU).
fusiformis (Thouars) Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow to greenish flowers, in secondary and
submontane forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 423 (BRLU, K), 1204
(BRLU).
golungensis Rchb.f.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow flowers, in secondary forest and planta-
tions. D: ST. V: Stevart 1605 (BRLU).
moniquetiana Stevart & Geerinck
H: epiphytic herb with whitish to brownish flowers, in old mid-
elevation secondary forest and plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 684
(BRLU).
mukandaensis De Wild.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow, brownish to greenish flowers with red
spots, in plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 1191 (BRLU).
paniculata (Sw.) RolH: epiphytic herb with yellow to orange flowers,
in plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 499 (BRLU).
Eparviflora Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow to brownish flowers, in submontane and
montane forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 484 (BRLU).
pobeguinii (Finet) Rolfe
H: epiphytic herb with pink flowers with lilac lip, in plantations or
near the sea. D: P. V: Stevart 1222 (BRLU).
polychaete Kraenzl.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow to greenish flowers with red spots, in
plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart 1156 (BRLU).
principia Stevart & P.J.Cribb
H: epiphytic herb with yellow orange flowers in old secondary forest.
D: P. V: Stevart 648 (BRLU).
pyramidalis Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow flowers with red spots, in plantations, on
ridges and in submontane forest. D: STP. V: Stevart 451 (BRLU,
K), 7225 (BRLU).
ridleyi Rolfe
H: epiphytic herb with brown, reddish or greenish flowers, in planta-
tions, and in submontane and montane forest. D: ST. N: endemic to
Gulf of Guinea. V: Stevart 1175 (BRLU).
Esetifera Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow flowers with red spots, in ridge vegeta-
tion. D: P. V: Stevart 1215 (BRLU).
tessellata Lindl.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish, yellowish, violet or purple flowers,
widespread in lowland and mid-elevation forest. D: STP. V: Stevart
454 (BRLU), 639 (BRLU).
Ethomensis Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow to purple flowers and white lip, in open
vegetation near summit. D: ST. V: Primo & Stevart 37 (BRLU).
RANGAERIS (Schltr.) Summerh.
trilobata Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with brown to white flowers, in lowland and mid-
elevation forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 703 (BRLU).
RHIPIDOGLOSSUM Schltr.
Ebrevifolium Summerh.,
Diaphananthe brevifolia (Summerh.) Summerh.
H: facultative epiphytic herb with translucent whitish flowers, in
open vegetation on ridges in montane forest and in crater of Lagoa
Amelia. D: ST. V: Stevart 295 (BRLU).
curvatum (Rolfe) Garay
Diaphananthe curvata (Rolfe) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with greenish to yellowish flowers, in old secondary
lowland forest. D: P. V: Primo & Stevart 49 (BRLU).
rutilum (Rchb.f.) Schltr.
Diaphananthe rutila (Rchb.f.) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish, greenish, brownish or violet flowers,
in submontane primary forest and in plantations. D: ST. V: Stevart
1606 (BRLU).
SOLENANGIS Schltr.
clavata (Rolfe) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in meadow of Lagoa Amelia. D:
ST. V: Stevart 1231 (BRLU).
scandens (Schltr.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish, yellowish to greenish flowers, in plan-
tations. D: ST.
STOLZIA Schltr.
elaidum (Lindl.) Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish to greenish flowers, in plantations and
on ridges. D: STP. V: Stevart 458, 521 (BRLU).
Epeperomioides (Kraenzl.) Summerh. subsp. thomensis (Stevart &
P.J.Cribb) Stevart, Droissart & Simo
thomensis Stevart & P.J.Cribb
H: epiphytic herb with green translucent flowers in evergreen mist for-
est. D: ST. V: Stevart 1891 (BRLU).
TRIDACTYLE Schltr.
armeniaca (Lindl.) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with white to orange flowers; habitat unknown. D:
ST.
Eaurantiopunctata P.J.Cribb & Stevart
H: epiphytic herb with white and orange flowers, in ridge forests. D: P.
V: Stevart 1224 (BRLU).
Eexellii P.J.Cribb & Stevart
H: epiphytic herb with whitish and greenish flowers, in submontane
and montane forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 708 (BRLU).
latifolia Summerh.
H: epiphytic herb with yellow flowers, in Pandanus forest on ridges.
D: P. V: Stevart 478 (BRLU).
Ethomensis P.J.Cribb & Stevart
H: epiphytic herb with white flowers, in plantations and submontane
forests. D: ST. V: Stevart 488 (BRLU, K).
tridactylites (Rolfe) Schltr.
H: epiphytic herb with whitish to orange flowers, widespread in forest
and plantations. D: STP. V: Stevart 1229 (BRLU), 1230 (BRLU).
66
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
VANILLA Plum, ex Mill,
crenulata Rolfe
H: terrestrial herb with white, yellowish to orange flowers with pink
lip, in lowland forest and ridges. D: P. V: Stevart 647 (BRLU).
grandifolia Lindl.
H: terrestrial herb with yellowish flowers, on ridges. D: P. V: Stevart
328 (BRLU).
*planifoIia Andr.
H: terrestrial herb with yellowish flowers, cultivated or in old planta-
tions D: STP. V: Stevart 270 (BRLU).
ZEUXINE Lindl.
elongata Rolfe
H: terrestrial herb with white to greenish flowers, in secondary forest.
D: STP. V: Stevart 135 (BRLU, K), 334 (BRLU).
heterosepala (Rchb.f.) Geerinck
Hetaeria heterosepala (Rchb.f.) Summerh.
H: terrestrial herb with white and pink flowers, in submontane and
mid-elevation forests. D: STP. V: Stevart 428 (BRLU, K).
stammleri Schltr.
H: terrestrial herb with pink, white to greenish flowers, in lowland for-
ests. D: P. V: Stevart 633 (BRLU).
OXALIDACEAE
OXALIS L.
corniculata L.
H: annual or perennial herb with yellow flowers. D: STP. V: Paiva 567
(COI), 974 (COI).
*corymbosa DC. ( Fid-viola, Lamera, Madringueiro)
H: perennial herb with pink or purple flowers, in secondary forest,
plantations, and on roadsides. M: 33; 79. D: STP. V: Paiva 1386
(COI). 1945 (COI).
PANDANACEAE
PANDANUS Parkinson
candelabrum P.Beauv.
H: tree. D: P.
Ethomensis Henriq. (Paia-sela, Pau-esteira, Po-paia-cela)
H: tree ± 15 m high. D: ST. V: Paiva 1162 (COI).
PAPAVERACEAE
*ARGEMONE L.
*mexicana L. ( Cundu-de-muala-ve )
H: annual herb with yellow flowers. N: common name indicated by
Santo (1969) is same as for Acanthus montanus. D: ST.
PASSIFLORACEAE
ADENIA Forssk.
cissampeloides (Planch, ex Hook.) Harms ( Fissandja )
H: climber. M: 79; 95; 140; 183. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 486
(COI).
lobata (Jacq.) Engl.
H: climber with greenish yellow flowers. D: STP. V: Lejoly 97/230B
(BRLU, LISC).
*PASSIFLORA L.
*edulis Sims ( Macuja , Malacuja, Maracuja, Maracuja-pequeno,
Maracuja-roxo)
H: climber. E: fruits. M: 136. D: ST. V: Paiva 188 (COI).
*foetida L. ( Macuja-de-mato , Malacuja-blavo, Maracuja-do-mato,
Martirios-fetidos )
H: climber. E: fruits. M: 79; 98; 114; 136; 179. D: STP. V: Paiva 816
(COI).
*quadrangularis L. ( Grenadilha , Macuja, Malacuja, Maracuja,
Maracuja-grande)
H: climber. E: fruits. M: 42; 98. D: STP. V: Paiva 968 (COI).
PHYTOLACCACEAE
*PETIVERIA L.
*alliacea L.
H: perennial herb. D: ST. V: Oliveira 883 (BRLU).
PHYTOLACCA L.
dodecandra L'Her. ( Fia-mati , Matri)
dodecandra L’Her. var. apiculata (Engl.) Baker & C.H. Wright
H: climbing shrub, in secondary forest and on roadsides. M: 139. D:
ST. V: Paiva 1066 (COI).
PIPERACEAE
PEPEROMIA Ruiz & Pav.
fernandopoiana C.DC.
H: herb, creeping or trailing, mostly epiphytic, in forest. D: P. V: Jof-
froy 197 (BRLU).
molleri C.DC.
H: epiphytic herb, in forest. D: STP. V: Paiva 1399 (COI).
pellucida (L.) Kunth ( Alfabaca , Alfavaca, Fia-alfobaca)
H: erect or procumbent, annual herb, in forest. M: 57; 61; 79; 98; 114;
123; 149. D: STP. V: Paiva 1406 (COI), 1890 (COI).
retusa (L.f.) A.Dietr. var. retusa
retusa (L.f.) A.Dietr. var. mannii (Hook.f. ) Dull
H: perennial, creeping or epiphytic herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos
7565 (LISC).
tetraphylla (G.Forst.) Hook. & Am.
reflexa (L.f.) A.Dietr.
H: perennial, usually epiphytic herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7555
(LISC).
thomeana C.DC.
vaccinifolia C.DC.
H: creeping herb. D: ST.
vulcanica Baker & C.H. Wright
hygrophila Engl.
H: creeping herb. D: ST. V: Lejoly 94/528 (BRLU, LISC).
PIPER L.
capense L.f. ( Fia-boba-piquina )
H: shrub or undershrub, sometimes liana, in forest, secondary forest
and plantations. M: 43; 53; 80; 104; 154; 166. D: STP. V: Figuei-
redo 59 (K); Paiva 523 (COI).
guineense Schumach. & Thonn. ( Pau-pimenta , Pimenta-de-S.Tome,
Po-pimenta)
H: liana, in forest. E: fruits (spice). M: 51; 63; 108; 115. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 463 (COI).
*nigrum L. (Pimento, Pimenteira )
H: climber. E: fruits (spice). M: 63; 152; 164. D: ST. V: Paiva 654
(COI).
umbellatum L. ( Fia-boba , Fia-bdba-d'obo, Fia-bobo, Folha-boba,
Folha-boba-branca)
Pothomorphe umbellata (L.) Miq.
H: shrub or woody herb, in forest, secondary forest and on roadsides.
M: 16; 51; 150; 159; 166; 167. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 40 (K);
Paiva 1421 (COI).
*PLANTAGINACEAE
*PLANTAGO L.
*major L.
H: herb. D: ST.
PLUMBAGINACEAE
PLUMBAGO L.
*auriculata Lam.
H: shrub with blue flowers. O. D: ST.
zeylanica L.
H: herb with white flowers, in secondary forest. M: 145; 183. D: ST.
V: Madureira & Marlins 498 (COI).
POACEAE
ACROCERAS Stapf
zizanoides (Kunth) Dandy
H: perennial grass, over 1 m high. D: ST.
7AGROSTIS L.
?tropica P.Beauv.
N: recorded by Exell (1944, 1973) based on literature citations; no
specimens known.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
67
ANTHEPHORA Schreb.
cristata (Doll) Hack, ex De Wild. & T.Durand
H: annual grass, up to 1 m high. D: ST.
AXONOPUS P.Beauv.
*compressus (Sw.) P.Beauv.
H: perennial grass up to 0.6 m high. D: ST.
flexuosus (Peter) C.E.Hubb. ex Troupin
H: perennial grass, up to I m high. D: P.
*BAMBUSA Schreb.
*vulgaris Schrad. ex J.C.Wendl. ( Bambu )
H: bamboo up to 25 m high. M: 22. D: STP V: Paiva 65 (COl).
*BRIZA L.
*maxima L.
H: annual grass, up to 1 m high. D: ST.
CENTOTHECA Desv.
lappacea (L.) Desv.
H: annual grass up to 0.6 m high, in secondary forest, plantations and
on roadsides. D: STP. V: Matos 7594 (LISC).
CHLORIS Sw.
pilosa Schumach.
H: annual grass up to 1 m high. D: STP.
pycnothrix Trin.
H: annual grass up to 0.5 m high. D: STP V: Lejoly 95/064 (LISC).
*COIX L.
*lacryma-j obi L. (Capim-de-Nossa-Senhora)
H: annual grass up to 1.3 m high. D: ST.
*CYMBOPOGON Spreng.
*citratus (DC.) Stapf (Belgata, Capim-cheiroso, Capim-do-Gabao,
Cha-do-Gabao, Cha-do-Principe, Fia-chalela, Folha-Gabao )
H: perennial grass to 2 m high. M: 22; 52; 76; 107; 150. D: STP V:
Madureira & Martins 335 (COI).
CYNODON Rich,
dactylon (L.) Pers.
H: perennial grass up to 0.4 m high. D: ST. V: Paiva 278 (COI).
DACTYLOCTENIUM Willd.
aegyptium (L.) Willd.
H: annual grass up to 0.6 m high. D: ST. V: Paiva 395 (COI).
DIGITARIA Haller
horizontalis Willd.
H: annual grass up to 0.6 m high. D: STP.
longiflora (Retz.) Pers.
H: annual grass up to 0.3 m high. D: ST. V: Paiva 402 (COI).
ECHINOCHLOA P.Beauv.
colona (L.) Link
H: annual grass up to 1.2 m high. D: ST.
ELEUSINE Gaertn.
indica (L.) Gaertn. ( Aliba-cagu , Queblancana)
H: annual grass up to 0.6 m high. M: 61; 79; 104; 135; 175. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 303 (COI).
ERAGROSTIS Wolf
amabilis (L.) Wight & Am. var. amabilis
tenella (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.
H: annual grass up to 0.5 m high. D: STP. V: Lejoly 97/289 (LISC).
domingensis (Pers.) Steud. ( Fia-vador, Folha-de-voador )
H: annual grass up to 1.2 m high, in coastal areas. D: ST. V: Paiva 810
(COI).
superba Peyr.
H: perennial grass up to 1.2 m high, ruderal. D: ST. V: Paiva 646
(COI).
ERIOCHLOA Kunth
fatmensis (Hochst. & Steud.) Clayton
nubica (Steud.) Hack. & Stapf ex Thell.
H: annual grass up to 0.7 m high. D: ST.
HETEROPOGON Pers.
contortus (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult.
H: perennial grass up to 1 m high. D: STP. V: Lejoly 93/656 (BRLU).
?*HORDEUM L
?*vulgare L.
N: recorded by Silva (1958) but no specimens are known.
HYPARRHENIA Andersson ex E.Loum.
diplandra (Hack.) Stapf
H: perennial grass up to 3 m high. D: ST.
rufa (Nees) Stapf
rufa var. major (Rendle) Stapf
H: perennial grass up to 2.5 m high. D: ST. V: Matos 7315 (LISC).
ISACHNE R.Br.
buettneri Hack.
H: perennial grass up to 0.5 m high. D: STP. V: Paiva 1182 (COI).
mauritiana Kunth
H: perennial grass up to 0.6 m high. D: ST.
LEPTASPIS R.Br.
zeylanica Nees ex Steud.
cochleata Thwaites
H: rhizomatous grass up to 1 m high. D: STP. V: Matos 7364 (LISC).
MEGASTACHYA P.Beauv.
mucronata (Poir.) P.Beauv.
H: annual or perennial herb up to 0.9 m high. V: Matos 7767 (LISC).
MELINIS P.Beauv.
minutiflora P.Beauv.
H: perennial grass up to 1.5 m high. D: ST.
repens (Willd.) Zizka
Rhynchelytrum repens (Willd.) C.E.Hubb.
H: annual or perennial grass up to 1.5 m high. D: P.
*OLYRA L
*latifolia L. (Fid-piala. Impiala)
H: perennial grass up to 4 m high. M: 180; 183. D: STP. V: Madureira
& Martins 276 (COI).
OPLISMENUS P.Beauv.
burmannii (Retz.) P.Beauv.
H: annual grass up to 0.6 m high, in forest and on roadsides. D: ST. V:
Paiva 1309 (COI).
hirtellus (L.) P.Beauv. ( Erva-colchao )
H: perennial grass up to 1 m high, in forest. D: STP V: Paiva 585
(COI), 1137 (COI).
?*ORYZA L.
?*sativa L. ( Arroz )
N: recorded by Silva (1958), but no specimens are known.
PANICUM L.
brevifolium L.
H: annual grass up to 0.6 m high. D: STP. V: Paiva 1184 (COI).
hoehstetteri Steud. ( Er\<a-de-senhora )
H: perennial grass up to 1 m high, in forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 1095
(COI).
maximum Jacq. ( Capim-gigante )
H: perennial grass up to 3 m high, on roadsides. D: STP. V: Paiva 964
(COI).
PASPALUM L.
conjugatum P.J.Bergius (Gutchim-duatche, Muala-sende-mom-sende-
-ope)
H: perennial grass up to 0.6 m high, in forest. M: 27; 52; 150. D: STP.
V: Paiva 1383 (COI).
paniculatum L. (Albargao, Aliba-cagu, Aliba-queblancana, Comida-
-de-cachequeque, Erva-cacho, Mansuensuen, Muambe)
H: perennial grass up to 1.2 m high. D: STP. V: Paiva 966 (COI).
scrobiculatum L.
orbiculare G.Lorst.
H: perennial grass up to 0.6 m high, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 93/642
(BRLU).
vaginatum Sw.
H: perennial grass up to 0.6 m high. D: ST.
PENNISETUM Rich
laxior (Clayton) Clayton
Beckeropsis laxior Clayton
H: annual grass up to 0.8 m high. D: ST.
68
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
PENNISETUM Rich, (cont.)
polystachion (L.) Schult.
H: annual or perennial grass up to 2 m high. D: STP. V: Paiva 514
(COI).
purpureum Schumach.
H: perennial grass up to 8 m high. D: ST. V: Paiva 737 (COI).
POA L.
annua L.
H: annual grass up to 0.3 m high. D: STP.
PSEUDECHINOLAENA Stapf
polystachya (Kunth) Stapf
H: annual grass up to 0.3 m high. D: ST.
ROTTBOELLIA L.f.
cochinchinensis (Lour.) Clayton
exaltata (L.) L.f.
H: annual grass up to 2.5 m high. D: ST.
*SACCHARUM L.
*officinarum L. ( Cana-de-agucar, Cana-such, Canam )
H: perennial grass up to 4 m high. D: STP. V: Paiva 1038 (COI).
SACCIOLEPIS Nash
africana C.E.Hubb. & Snowden
H: rhizomatous perennial grass up to 1.8 m high. D: ST.
?*SECALE L.
?*cereale L.
N: recorded by Silva (1958), but no specimens are known.
SETARIA P.Beauv.
barbata (Lam.) Kunth
H: annual grass up to 1 .5 m high. D: STP.
longiseta P.Beauv.
H: perennial grass up to 0.9 m high. D: STP.
megaphylla (Steud.) T.Durand & Schinz ( Erva-boi , Oga-oga, Uaga-
-uaga, Uga-uga )
chevalieri Stapf
H: perennial grass up to 3 m high. M: 29; 31; 62; 64; 129. D: STP. V:
Paiva 544 (COI), 1318 (COI).
SORGHUM Moench
arundinaceum (Desv.) Stapf (Mansuensue, Sorgo)
H: annual or perennial up to 4 m high. D: ST. V: Paiva 121 (COI).
* xdrummondii (Steud.) Millsp. & Chase
H: annual grass. D: P.
SPOROBOLUS R.Br.
molleri Hack.
H: annual grass up to 0.3 m high. D: STP.
pyramidalis P.Beauv.
H: perennial grass up to 1.6 m high. D: STP. V: Paiva 170 (COI).
tenuissimus (Mart, ex Schrank) Kuntze
H: annual grass up to 0.9 m high. D: ST.
virginicus (L.) Kunth
H: perennial grass up to 0.6 m high. D: STP.
STENOTAPHRUM Trin.
secundatum (Walter) Kuntze
H: perennial grass, in coastal areas. D: STP. V: Oliveira 66/99
(BRLU).
?*TRITICUM L.
?*aestivum L.
N: recorded by Silva ( 1958); no specimens known.
*ZEA L.
*mays L. (Mi, Milho )
H: annual grass up to 4 m high. E: fruit. M: 10; 64; 183. D: STP.
*ZOYSIA Willd.
*matrella (L.) Merr.
H: perennial grass. D: ST. V: Lejoly 98/270 (BRLU).
POLYGONACEAE
*ANTIGONON Endl.
Heptopus Hook. & Am. ( Brinco-de-casamento , Rosa-de-casamento)
H: climber with pink llowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 1521 (COI).
PERSICARIA (L.) Mill,
decipiens (R.Br.) K.L. Wilson
Polygonum salicifolium Brouss. ex Willd.
H: annual herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7500 (LISC).
senegalensis (Meisn.) Sojak
Polygonum senegalense Meisn.
H: perennial succulent herb, near water. D: ST.
RUMEX L.
abyssinicus Jacq.
H: perennial herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7366 (LISC).
crispus L.
H: herb, ruderal. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/236 (BRLU, LISC).
PORTULACACEAE
PORTULACA L.
oleracea L. (Beldroega, Bodlega, Bodlega-piquina, Fia-bodlega, Fia-
-bondlega)
H: annual succulent herb, ruderal. E: leaves. M: 51; 135; 179. D: ST.
V: Paiva 563 (COI), 1283 (COI).
quadrifida L.
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva (1958) without specimen
citation.
*TALINUM Adans.
*triangulare (Jacq.) Willd. ( Bodlega-grande , Budelega)
H: perennial succulent herb with purple flowers. E: leaves. M: 185. D:
ST. V: Paiva 652 (COI).
*PROTEACEAE
*GREVILLEA R.Br. ex Knight
*robusta A.Cunn. ex R.Br. (Grevilia)
H: tree with orange flowers. O. D: ST. V: Oliveira 85 (BRLU).
*PUNICACEAE
*PUNICA Smook
*granatum L. (fruit: Roma ; tree: Romanzeira, Romeira)
H: shrub or tree in plantations. E: fruits. M: 61; 136. D: ST. V: Madu-
reira & Martins 659 (COI).
RANUNCULACEAE
CLEMATIS L
hirsuta Guill. & Perr. (Matucana)
H: climber with white flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 1057 (COI).
RHAMNACEAE
LASIODISCUS Hook.f.
mannii Hook.f.
H: shrub or tree up to 10 m high, in forest. D: P.
mildbraedii Engl.
H: shrub or tree up to 1 0(— 24) m high, in lowland forest. D: ST. V:
Figueiredo 81 (K).
' rozeirae Exell
H: habit unknown. D: ST.
MAESOPSIS Engl.
cminii Engl. (Pau-chuva, Po-suba)
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
VENTILAGO Gaertn.
diffusa (G.Don) Exell
H: liana, in forest. D: ST.
ZIZIPHUS Mill.
abyssinica A. Rich. (Chimblom, Maca-da-India, Simblom, Zimbrao)
H: shrub or tree, spiny, in savanna. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Paiva 1522
(COI).
*mauritiana Lam. ( Chimblom , Maqa-do-Japao, Zimbrao )
H: tree, in savanna. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Matos 7323 (LISC).
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
69
RHIZOPHORACEAE
CASSIPOUREA Aubl.
Eglomerata Alston
H: shrub. D: ST.
gummiflua Tul. var. mannii (Hook.f. ex Oliv.) J. Lewis
H: tree. D: ST.
RHIZOPHORA L.
harrisonii Leechm. (Mangue-da-praia, Mangue-muala, Mangue-
-rosso, Mangue-roxo, Mangue-vermelho)
H: shrub, in mangroves. M: 60; 150. D: STP. V: Paiva 251 (COl).
mangle L.
H: shrub, in mangroves. D: ST. V: Oliveira 920 (BRLU).
racemosa G.Mey. ( Mangue-da-praia , Mangue-vermelho)
H: shrub or tree, in mangroves. D: ST. V: Matos 7268 (LISC).
ROSACEAE
Note: several cultivated species have been recorded, but it is unlikely
that they occur as escapes: Cydonia oblonga Mill., Cerasus
vulgaris Mill. (= Primus cerasus L.), Prunus domestica L., P.
persica (L.) Batsch. Amygdalus communis L. (= Prunus dulcis
(Mill.) D. A. Webb).
ALCHEMILLA L.
cryptantha Steud. ex A. Rich.
H: perennial creeping herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7368 (LISC).
*ERIOBOTRYA Lindl.
*japonica (Thunb.) Lindl. (fruit: Nespla; tree: Nespereira)
H: tree cultivated for fruit and escaped. M: 99. D: ST. V: Martins &
Martins 668 (COI).
*MALUS Mill.
*pumila Mill.
H: tree cultivated for fruit and escaped. D: ST.
PRUNUS L
africana (Hook.f.) Kalkman
Pygeum africanum Hook.f.
H: tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 43 (BRLU).
*ROSA L.
*chinensis Jacq.
H: scandent shrub. O. D: STP.
*laevigata Michx.
H: shrub. O. D: ST.
*multiflora Thunb.
H: shrub. O. D: ST. N: recorded at summit of Pico.
RUBUS L.
pinnatus Willd. (plant: Ido-ido, Silva; fruit: Molango, Molango-d'obo,
Morango-silvestre)
pinnatus Willd. var. afrotropicus (Engl.) Gustafsson
H: scandent shrub with white flowers. E: fruits. M: 173. D: ST. V:
Paiva 1393 (COI).
*rosifolius Sm. (fruit: Framboesa, Morango, Morango-silvestre,
Tramboesa)
H: scandent shrub with white flowers. E: fruits. D: STP V: Paiva 1506
(COI).
RUBIACEAE
(Alves et al. 2005; Figueiredo 2005)
AIDIA Lour.
Equintasii (K.Schum.) G. Taylor (Muindo, Muindro)
H: tree, in forest. M: 13; 22; 56; 57; 71; 134; 158; 177. D: ST. V: Mar-
tins & Martins 523 (COI).
Ewattii G. Taylor ( Inhe-muela )
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
AORANTHE Somers
cladantha (K.Schum.) Somers
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
AULACOCALYX Hook.f.
Epallens (Hiem) Bridson & Figueiredo subsp. pallens (Teia-teia-
-pequeno)
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Joffroy 112 (LISC).
BELONOPHORA Hook.f.
Ecoffeoides Hook.f. subsp. coffeoides
H: tree. D: ST.
BERTIERA Aubl.
1 pedicellata (Hiem) Wemham
H: shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7344 (BRLU, LISC).
racemosa (G.Don) K.Schum. var. elephantina N. Halle (Cafe-d'obo)
H: tree or shrub, in forest. M: 94; 124; 165. D: STP V: Figueiredo 65
(K, LISC); Paiva 1887, 1914 (COI).
racemosa (G.Don) K.Schum. var. racemosa ( Viro-branco )
H: tree or shrub, in forest. D: STP. V: Matos 7274 (LISC), 7763
(LISC).
CHASSALIA Poir.
Edoniana (Benth.) G. Taylor
H: shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 912 (COI).
Eeuchlora (K.Schum.) Figueiredo
H: epiphyte, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira s.n. (LISC).
Ehiernii (Kuntze) G. Taylor var. glandulosa G. Taylor
H: shrub, in forest. D: P.
Ehiernii (Kuntze) G. Taylor var. hiernii
H: shrub, in forest. D: P. V: Paiva 592 (COI).
*CINCHONA L. (Pau-quina, Po-quina, Quina, Quineira)
Note: several species have been recorded as introduced.
*carabayensis Wedd.
hasskarliana Miq.
H: shrub, in secondary forest. M: 22; 103; 123; 126; 173. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 132 (COI).
*ledgeriana (Howard) Bern. Moens ex Trimen
H: shrub, in secondary forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7377 (BRLU, LISC).
*pubescens Vahl
succirubra Pav.
H: shrub, in secondary forest. M: 22; 103; 123; 126; 173. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 25 (COI).
*COFFEA L. (Cafe, Cafeeiro, Cafezeiro)
Note: also recorded as cultivated: C. canephora Pierre ex A.Froehner
( Cafe-robusta ), C. racemosa Lour. (Cafe-de-Inhambane, Cafe-
-Inhambane)
*arabica L. (Cafe-arabia, Cafe-arabica)
H: shrub or tree, in secondary forest. M: 27; 52; 55; 61; 64; 79; 81;
102; 150; 164; 173. D: STP. V: Paiva 901 (COI).
Hiberica W.Bull ex Hiem (Cafe-da-Liberia, Cafe-excelsa, Cafe-
-excelsior, Cafe-Liberia)
H: shrub or tree, in secondary forest. D: STP. V: Paiva 560 (COI).
*stenophylla G.Don
H: shrub or tree, in secondary forest. D: ST.
CORYNANTHE Welw.
*paniculata Welw. ( Angue-d’obo )
H: tree, in secondary forest. M: 56; 124. D: ST. V: Madureira & Mar-
tins 663 (COI).
CRATERISPERMUM Benth
montanum Hiem (Macamblala, Macambrara)
H: tree, in forest. M: 22; 50; 99; 102; 109; 126; 134; 144. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 408 (COI).
DIODIAL.
serrulata (PBeauv.) G. Taylor
H: herb, on roadsides and in villages, palm plantations, littoral. D:
STP. V: Matos 7731 (LISC).
ECPOMA K.Schum.
EcaulifIora (Hiem) N. Halle
H: shrub, in forest. D: STP. V: Joffroy 207 (BRLU, LISC); Stevart 68
(BRLU, LISC).
gigantistipula (K.Schum.) N. Halle
H: shrub, in forest. D: P. V: Oliveira 165/98 (LISC).
GAERTNERA Lam
paniculata Benth.
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: P. V: Oliveira 157/98 (LISC).
GEOPHILA D.Don
afzelii Hiern
H: herb, in forest, on roadsides. D: P. V: Paiva 551 (COI).
70
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
GEOPHILA D.Don (cont.)
repens (L.) I.M.Johnst. (Olha-dato)
H: herb, in forest, on roadsides. M: 30; 48. D: STP. V: Matos 7751
(LISC); Paiva 1364 (COI).
HEINSIA DC.
crinita (Afzel.) G. Taylor
H: shrub or tree. D: P.
HYMENOCOLEUS Robbr.
neurodictyon (K.Schum.) Robbr.
H: herb, in forest. D: P.
HYMENODICTYON Wall,
biafranum Hiem
H: shrub or tree, in forest, lava flows, crater swamp, on stream banks.
D; STP. V: Matos 7508 (LISC); Stevart 256 (LISC).
*IXORA L.
*coccinea L.
H: shrub with red flowers. O. D: ST.
LASIANTHUS Jack
Fafricanus Hiem
H: shrub, in forest. D: STP. V: Joffroy 196 (BRLU, LISC); Matos 7532
(LISC).
MORINDA L.
lucida Benth. (died, Gligo, Grigo, Gttico, Guigo, Moindo)
H: tree or shrub, in forest and plantations. M: 33; 51; 52; 56; 57; 112;
126; 151; 163. D: STP. V: Paiva 1199 (COI), 1882 (COI).
MUSSAENDA L.
Etenuiflora Benth. var. principensis G. Taylor
H: woody climber, in forest. D: P.
Ftenuiflora Benth. var. thomensis G. Taylor
H: woody climber or liana, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 43 (LISC).
OLDENLANDIA L
corymbosa L.
H: herb, on roadsides, in plantations. D: STP.
herbacea (L.) Roxb.
H: herb, ruderal. D; ST. V: Oliveira 505 (LISC).
lancifolia (Schumach.) DC.
H: herb, in wet areas in forest, on roadsides, in plantations. D: ST. V:
Matos 7733 (LISC); Paiva 1353 (COI).
OTOMERIA Benth.
cameronica (Bremek.) Hepper
H: herb, in forest. D: P.
OXYANTHUS DC.
speciosus DC. (Borracha-do-mato, Cafe-d'obo, Cafe-do-mato,
Clicoto-d’obo, Clocoto-d'obo, Gligd-d’dbd, Mule-mule. Nono,
Pau-louro)
H; shrub or small tree, in forest. M: 40; 94. D: STP. V: Oliveira 209/98
(LISC); Paiva 1357 (COI).
PAURIDIANTHA Hook.f.
Ecamposii (G. Taylor) N. Halle
H: unknown. D: ST.
floribunda (K.Schum. & K. Krause) Bremek. (Nicolau, Pau-caixao,
Pau-nicolau, Po-lucula)
H: tree or shrub, in forest. M: 13; 126; 173. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 70
(K, LISC).
FinsuJaris (Hiem) Bremek.
H: small tree, in forest. D; ST. V: Matos 756 7 (LISC).
rubens (Benth.) Bremek.
H: shrub, in forest or lava flows. D; ST.
PAVETTA L.
monticola Hiem ( Lingua-de-boi )
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Paiva 885 (COI).
PENTAS Benth.
schimperiana (A. Rich.) Vatke subsp. occidentalis (Hook.f.) Verde.
H: shrub or woody herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7367 (LISC).
PENTODON Hochst.
pentandrus (Schumach. & Thonn.) Vatke
H: herb, in forest and on stream banks. D: ST. V: Matos 7720 (LISC).
POUCHETIA A. Rich, ex DC.
sp.; Figueiredo (2005: 100)
H: shrub or tree, in forest and on stream banks. D: STP. V: Matos 7250
(LISC).
PSYCHOTRIA L
Fexellii R. Alves, Figueiredo & A.P.Davis
H: small tree, in forest. D: ST.
Fgrumilea (Kuntze) E.M.A.Petit
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7502 (BRLU, LISC).
Fguerkeana K.Schum.
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 755 7 (BRLU, LISC).
lucens Hiem var. iucens
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7483 (BRLU, LISC).
Fmolleri K.Schum. (Pau-duno)
H: shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7245 (BRLU, LISC).
Fnubicola G. Taylor
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 94/563-B (BRLU, LISC).
peduncularis (Salisb.) Steyerm. (Aio-d’obo, Alho-d’obo, Po-clusso)
H: shrub, in forest. M: 62; 98; 103; 124; 158; 174. D: STP. V: Figuei-
redo 63 (K, LISC); Paiva 1917 ( COI).
' principensis G. Taylor ( Cafe-silvestre )
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: P. V: Paiva 600 (COI).
spathacea (Hiem) Verde. ( Aio-d’obd , Alho-d’obd , Cafe-do-mato, Pau-
-leite, Po-clusso)
H: shrub, in forest. M: 62; 71; 94; 98; 103; 124; 158; 174. D: ST. V:
Paiva 1190 (COI), 1919 (COI).
subobliqua Hiem ( Quaco-maguita )
H: shrub or tree, in forest. M: 22; 131. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 97 (K,
LISC).
Fthomensis G. Taylor
H; shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST. V; Matos 7246-4 (BRLU, LISC).
venosa (Hiem) E.M.A.Petit (Po-agua, Po-aua)
H: shrub or tree, in forest. M: 61; 68; 98; 103; 105; 124; 183. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 496 (COI).
PSYDRAX Gaertn.
acutiflora (Hiem) Bridson ( Codo d'aua, Corda-d’ agua, Gligo-d’obd )
H: scandent shrub or climber, in forest. M: 53; 99; 122; 124; 146; 178.
D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 495 (COI).
parviflora (Afzel.) Bridson
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
subcordata (DC.) Bridson var. subcordata (Cla-cla, Fia-nono, Nono,
Pau-formiga, Po-flominga)
H: myrmecophilous tree with horizontal branches at top, in forest. M:
52; 124; 150. D: ST. V: Paiva 1053 (COI).
sp. A; Figueiredo (2005; 103)
H: small tree, in forest. D: P.
sp. B; Figueiredo (2005; 103)
H: scandent shrub, in forest. D: P. V: Matos 7758A (LISC).
ROTHMANNIA Thunb.
urcelliformis (Hiem) Robyns (Mucumba, Teia-teia, Teia-teia-
-machado)
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 629 (LISC).
RUTIDEA DC.
smithii Hiern ( Grigo-d’obo )
H: climber, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/304 (LISC).
RYTIGYNIA Blume
rubra Robyns
H: shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 107 (K).
umbellulata (Hiem) Robyns
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 82 (K, LISC).
SABICEA Aubl.
Fexellii G. Taylor
H: in forest, on stream banks. D: ST. V: Joffroy 146 (BRLU, LISC).
Fingrata K.Schum. var. ingrata
H: woody climber in forest, on stream banks, on roadsides. D: ST. V:
Figueiredo 50 (K, LISC).
ingrata K.Schum. var. insularis (Wernham) Joffroy
H: woody climber, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 239 (LISC).
thomensis Joffroy
H: woody climber, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/330 (BRLU, LISC).
SACOSPERMA G.Taylor
panicuiatuni (Benth.) G.Taylor ( Gligo-d'obo )
FI: woody climber, in forest. M: 53; 99; 122; 124; 146; 178. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 292 (COI).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
71
SPERMACOCE L.
exilis (L.O. Williams) C. Adams ex W.C. Burger & C.M. Taylor
H: herb, in secondary forest, on roadsides and in villages. D: STP. V:
Matos 7695 (LISC).
*verticillata L. (Fia-quesa, Fia-quesa-homem, Fia-quesd-home,
Quezd-homem )
H: herb, on roadsides, in cultivated lands, secondary forest, ruderal. M:
5; 82; 117. D: ST. V: Paiva 845 (COl).
TARENNA Gaertn.
eketensis Wemham var. eketensis
H: climber, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 240 (LISC).
Enitiduloides G. Taylor
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: STP. V: Matos 7547 (LISC).
principensis Degreef
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. D: P. V: Oliveira 578 (LISC).
TRICHOSTACHYS Hook.f.
aurea Hiem
H: shrub, in forest. D: P. V: Paiva 552 (COI).
UNCARIA Schreb.
africana G.Don
H: climber, in forest, on stream banks. D: ST. V: Joffroy 137 (LISC).
RUTACEAE
*CITRUS L.
Note: also recorded as cultivated: Citrus reticulata Blanco (Tangilina)
and C. sinensis (L.) Osbeck (Lanza-doce, Laranja).
*aurantifolia (Christm.) Swingle ( Laranjeira-silvestre )
H: shrub or tree with white flowers. E: fruits. D: P. V: Paiva 627
(COI).
*aurantium L. (Lanza-azeda, Lanza-d'obd, Lanza-mato, Laranjeira-
-brava, Laranjeira-das-florestas)
H: tree with white flowers. E: fruits. M: 81; 101; 174. D: ST. V: Madu-
reira & Martins 212 (COI).
*limon (L.) Burnt. f. ( Limom-blabo )
H: shrub or tree with white flowers. M: 79; 136; 146. E: fruits. D: ST.
V: Paiva 739 (COI).
?*maxima (Burnt.) Merr.
grandis (L.) Osb.
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva (1958) without specimen
citation.
?*nobilis Lour.
N: recorded by Exell (1944) based on a citation by Moller; no speci-
mens known.
CLAUSENA Burnt. f.
anisata (Willd.) Hook.f. ex Benth. (Catchina-guessa)
H: shrub or small tree with white flowers. D: ST.
GLYCOSMIS Correa
africana Hook.f. ex Benth.
D: ST. N: not listed in Tropicos (2009) nor AFPD (2009) databases.
The type is a collection by Don ( s.n ., K) from S.Tome. The mate-
rial is too poor to be determined (Exell 1944).
*RUTA L.
*chalepensis L. ( Artuda . Lurda)
H: perennial herb, in plantations. E: leaves (condiment). D: ST. V:
Oliveira 202 (BRLU).
ZANTHOXYLUM L.
gilletii (De Wild.) P.G. Waterman ( Mampiam . Marapiao )
F agar a macrophylla Engl.
H: tree with thorns, in forest. D: STP. V: Paiva 792 (COI).
rubescens Hook.f. ( Malapiao , Mampia, Marapiao)
Fagara rubescens (Hook.f.) Engl.
H: tree, in forest. M: 14; 21; 22; 27; 33; 80; 99; 126; 150; 173. D: STP.
V: Madureira & Martins 172 (COI), 454 (COI).
thomense (Engl.) A.Chev. ex P.G. Waterman ( Malapiao , Mampia,
Marapiao)
Fagara thomensis Engl.
H: habit unknown. M: 14; 21; 22; 27; 33; 80; 99; 126; 150; 173. D: ST.
V: Madureira & Martins 508 (COI).
SAPINDACEAE
ALLOPHYLUS L
africanus P.Beauv. ( Chelala-chelala, Fia-po-tleche, Fia-tleche, Folha-
-tres, Pau-tres, Pau-vala, Pd-tleche, Sela-sela)
H: shrub or tree with white flowers, in forest. M: 3; 19; 22; 57; 124;
170; 187. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 429 (COI).
grandifolius (Baker) Radik. (Pau-tres, Pd-tleche, Po-tleche-d’obo)
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. M: 3; 19; 22; 57; 124; 170. D: STP. V:
Matos 7335 (LISC).
BLIGHIA K.D. Koenig
sapida K.D. Koenig
H: tree with whitish flowers. E: fruits (yellow aril). D: STP.
CARDIOSPERMUM L.
halicacabum L.
H: climber. D: ST.
CHYTRANTHUS Hook.f.
Emannii Hook.f. (fruit: Pecego, Pessuco, Pessugo\ tree: Pecegueiro,
Pecegueiro-de-S. Tome, Pessegueiro-de-Sao-Tome)
H: shrub or small tree, in forest. E: fruits. M: 22; 53; 61; 67; 78; 81;
124; 173. D: STP. V: Matos 7685 (LISC).
*PAULLINIA L
*pinnata L. ( Codo-que , Corda-que, Coroco, Quoroque)
H: climber with white flowers. M: 13; 22; 67; 124; 134; 170. D: STP.
V: Paiva 1163 (COI), 1886 (COI).
SAPOTACEAE
CHRYSOPHYLLUM L.
africanum A. DC. (Cola-do-obo, Umtuem, Untue-d’obo)
delevoyi De Wild.
H: tree with creamy white flowers, in forest. M: 61; 83. D: ST. V:
Madureira & Martins 665 (COI).
albidum G.Don (Untue, Untue-do-obo, Untuen)
H: tree, in forest, secondary forest and plantations. M: 61; 124; 173;
187. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 664 (COI).
Ecalophyllum Exell
H: shrub with greenish white flowers, in forest. D: P.
Ehenriquesii Engl.
H: habit unknown. D: P.
MANILKARA Adans.
obovata (Sabine & G.Don) J.H.Hemsl. (Azeitona. Pau-azeitona, Po-
-zetona, Zetona)
multinervis ( Baker) Dubard
H: shrub or tree, near watercourses. M: 124. D: STP. V: Oliveira 16/98
(BRLU); Pague 25 (COI).
*zapota (L.) P.Royen (Sapotilha)
H: shrub with white flowers. D: ST. V: Oliveira 877 (BRLU).
SYNSEPALUM A DC.
revolutum (Baker) T.D.Penn. (Pau-azeitona. Zetona)
Vincentella densiflora (Baker) Pierre
H: tree, in forest. D: ST.
SCROPHULARIACEAE
ALECTRA Thunb.
sessiflora (Vahl) Kuntze var. monticola (Engl.) Melch.
H: parasite annual herb. D: P. V: Stevart 250 (BRLU).
LINDERNIA All.
diffusa (L.) Wettst.
H: herb with whitish flowers in secondary forest. D: STP. V: Paiva 993
(COI).
*RUSSELIA Jacq.
*equisetiformis Schltdl. & Cham.
H: shrub with red flowers. O. D: STP.
*SCOPARIA L.
*dulcis L. (Mazenzem, Queza)
H: shrubby herb with white flowers, ruderal. M: 5; 110; 170. D: STP.
V: Madureira & Martins 305 (COI).
72
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
THUNBERGIANTHUS Engl.
Equintasii Engl. (Musa-fria)
H: climber with white flowers, in forest and secondary forest. D: ST.
V: Matos 7456 (LISC).
TORENIA L.
thouarsii (Cham. & Schltdl.) Kuntze
H: annual creeping herb rooting at nodes with flowers blue or white.
D: STP.
SCYTOPETALACEAE
SCYTOPETALUM Pierre ex Engl.
klaineanum Pierre ex Engl. ( Pd-capitango , Vilo-blanco, Viro-branco)
kamerunianum Engl.
H: tree, in forest. M: 22. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 419 (COI).
*S1MAR0UBACEAE
*QUASSIA L.
*amara L.
N: recorded by Exell (1973) based on Silva (1958) without specimen
citation.
SOLANACEAE
*BROWALLIA L.
*americana L. ( Coidano )
viscosa Kunth
H: herb with purple or blue flowers, in secondary forest and planta-
tions. O. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 111 (K).
*BRUGMANSIA Pers.
* xcandida Pers.
Datura Candida (Pers.) Saff.
H: shrub or small tree with white flowers. M: 27; 164. O. D: ST. V:
Paiva 1280 (COI).
*BRUNFELSIA L.
*uniflora (Pohl) D.Don (Monaco)
H: shrub with white and purple flowers. O. L): ST.
*CAPSICUM L
*annuum L. ( Maglita )
H: perennial herb. E: fruits (spice). D: ST.
*frutescens L. (Jindungo, Maglita, Maguita-tud-tua, Malagrita.
Malagueta-tuatua, Picante, Pimento, Piripiri)
H: perennial herb or shrub, ruderal. E: fruits (spice). M: 22; 51; 89;
102; 158; 173. D: STP. V; Figueiredo 108 (K); Paiva 529 (COI).
*CESTRUM L.
*laevigatuni Schltdl. ( Coedano , Cuedano, Pau-febre, Pau-fede)
H: shrub or tree. M: 79; 98; 103; 112; 123; 128; 153; 158;. D: STP. V:
Figueiredo 44 (K).
*CYPHOMANDRA Mart.
*betacea (Cav.) Sendtn. ( Tomate-do-mato )
H: tree. E: fruits. M: 188. D: ST. V: Madureira & Martins 472 (COI).
*DATURA L.
*metel L. ( Fia-fitifo , Fia-pleto, Folha-feitiQO, Folha-preta )
fastuosa L.
H: annual herb or undershrub with white flowers, ruderal. M: 5; 27;
35; 39; 56; 87; 124; 1 50; 167. D: ST. V: Paiva 1295 (COI).
?*stramonium L. ( Figueira-do-inferno )
H: herb with white or purple flowers. M: 139. D: ST? N: recorded by
Roseira ( 1 984); no specimens known.
*LYCOPERSICON Mill
*esculentum Mill. (Tomate)
Solanum lycopersicon L.
H: herb. E: fruits. M: 15; 148. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 666
(COI).
*NICANDRA Adans.
*physalodes (L.) Gaertn. ( Pupupleila )
H: herb or shrub. D: STP. V: Paiva 31 (COI).
*NICOTIANA L
*tabacum L. ( Tabaco )
H: perennial herb. M: 150; 158. D: ST. V: Oliveira 218 (BRLU).
*PHYSALIS L.
*angulata L.
H: annual herb. D: STP. V: Oliveira 536 (BRLU).
*peruviana L. (Carapucha)
H: perennial herb or shrub. E: fruits. D: ST. V: Paiva 1028 (COI).
SOLANUM L.
*aculeatissimum Jacq.
H: spiny undershrub with white flowers. D: STP. V: Lejoly 97/280
(BRLU).
*aethiopicum L. ( Batuitui )
gilo Raddi
H: perennial herb. E: fruits. M: 112; 154; 165. D: ST. V: Madureira &
Martins 340 (COI ).
*americanum Mill. (Dumbii, Lossua)
H: annual herb. E: leaves. D: ST. V: Lejoly 95/077 (BRLU, LISC).
anguivi Lam.
indicum sensu auct. non L.
H: shrub. D: ST.
dasyphyllum Schumach. & Thonn.
H: undershrub. D: P.
macrocarpon L. ( Maqueque , Maqueque)
H: undershrub or shrub. E: leaves, fruits. M: 31; 60; 89; 100; 146; 170;
182. D: ST. V: Paiva 1044 (COI).
*melongena L. (Beringela-roxa, Binzela)
H: perennial herb. E: fruits. M: 73; 112; 142; 162; 170; 174; 188. D:
ST. V: Madureira & Martins 667 (COI).
nigrum L. ( Lossua , Lussua, Olossua)
H: annual herb or undershrub, ruderal. M: 60; 185. D: STP. V: Paiva
1387 (C OI).
terminale Forssk.
H: shrub or climber, in secondary forest and on roadsides. D: ST. V:
Joffroy 12 (BRLU).
*tuberosum L. ( Batata )
H: perennial herb. E: tubers. D: ST.
*wrightii Benth.
H: tree with blue and white flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 177 (LISC).
STERCULIACEAE
COLA Schott & Endl.
acuminata (P.Beauv.) Schott & Endl. (Cola, Cola-congo. Coleira,
Pau-cola, Pau-de-cola, Pd-di-cola)
H: shrub or tree. E: fruits (stimulant). M: 13; 42; 52; 57; 62; 74; 101;
135; 172; 177. D: STP. V: Paiva 664 (COI).
digitata Mast. (Cola-congo)
H: shrub or tree. D: STP. V: Joffroy 217 (BRLU); Oliveira 1063
(BRLU).
sphaerocarpa A.Chev.
H: habit unknown. D: ST. N: doubtful species described from fruits
only (Exell 1944); no specimens known.
MELOCHIA L.
corchorifolia L.
H: annual herb or perennial undershrub. D: ST.
STERCULIA L.
bequaertii De Wild. (Bunga)
H: tree. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 232 (LISC).
tragacantha Lindl. ( Nespera , Nespera-d'obo, Nespla-d’obo, Popo)
H: shrub or tree. D: STP.
*THEOBROMA L.
*cacao L. (Cacau, Cacaueiro, Cacauzeiro. Cacueiro )
H: tree. E: fruits. M: 51; 94; 98; 173. D: STP. V: Paiva 723 (COI).
STRYCHNACEAE
STRYCHNOS L.
sp.
H: shrub or small tree in forest. D: STP. V: Oliveira 571 (BRLU),
145/98 (BRLU).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
73
7TACCACEAE
7TACCA J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
?leontopetaloides (L.) Kuntze
N: recorded by Exell (1944, 1973) based on literature citations; no
specimens known.
THEACEAE
*CAMELLIA L.
*japonica L. (Cameleira, Camelia)
H: shrub or small tree. D: ST.
*sinensis (L.) Kuntze ( Chc'i. Chazeiro, Pau-cha)
H: shrub or small tree. D: ST.
MELCHIORA Kobuski
Emannii (Oliv.) Kobuski
Balthasaria mannii (Oliv.) Verde.
H: small tree, in primary forest. D: ST. N: not collected since 1956.
THYMELAEACEAE
DICRANOLEPIS Planch.
Ethomensis Engl. & Gilg
H: shrub with white flowers, in forest. D: STP. V: Matos 7679 (LISC).
PEDDIEA Harv.
Ethomensis Exell
FI: shrub or small tree with white flowers in forest. D: STP. N: was
considered a synonym of P. africana Flook. by Breteler (1994). V:
Joffroy 223 (BRLU); Matos 7566 (LISC).
TILIACEAE
CORCHORUS L.
aestuans L.
H: annual or perennial herb. E: leaves. D: ST.
olitorius L.
H: annual herb. E: leaves. D: ST.
GREWIA L.
carpinifolia Juss.
H: shrub or small tree with yellow flowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 248
(LISC).
floribunda Mast.
H: shrub or liana. D: ST.
malacocarpa Mast.
H: climbing shrub or liana. D: ST.
TRIUMFETTA L.
rhomboidea Jacq.
H: perennial herb or undershrub. D: ST. V: Paiva 169 (COI).
TRIURIDACEAE
(Daniel 2010)
SCIAPHILA Blume
ledermannii Engl.
H: perennial herb. D: P.
ULMACEAE
CELTIS L.
gomphophylla Baker ( Cheque-cheque , Pau-fede, Po-fede)
H: tree. D: ST.
mildbraedii Engl. ( Capitango , Capitao, Gromotu, Pau-capitao, Po-
- capitom )
H: tree, in forest. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/345 (BRLU).
philippensis Blanco (Quaco-branco)
prantlii sensu auct. non Priemer ex Engl.
El: shrub or tree, in secondary forest. D: STP. V: Oliveira 17/98
(BRLU).
TREMA Lour.
orientalis (L.) Blume (Cabra, Cheque-cheque, Pau-cabra, Pau-
-parteira, Po-cabra, Po-parteira, Po-patela)
H: shrub or tree. M: 61; 95. D: STP. V: Madureira & Martins 239
(COI).
URTICACEAE
BOEHMERIA Jacq
macrophvlla Homem.
platyphy/la Ham. ex D.Don
H: shrub. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 176 (LISC).
*nivea (L.) Gaudich. {Rami)
H: perennial herb. D: ST. V: Matos 7667 (LISC).
ELATOSTEMA J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
paivaeanum Wedd.
H: annual or perennial herb. D: P. V: Joffroy 224 (BRLU).
Ethomense Henriq.
H: herb, in forest, near watercourses. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 217 (LISC).
welwitschii Engl.
H: herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 216 (LISC).
LAPORTEA Gaudich.
aestuans (L.) Chew ( Fia-flaquesa , Fia-leve)
H: annual herb. M: 82. D: STP. V: Paiva 858 (COI).
ovalifolia (Schumach. & Thonn.) Chew
H: rhizomatous or stoloniferous herb. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 233
(LISC).
*PHENAX Wedd.
*sonneratii (Poir.) Wedd.
H: herb, ruderal. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 36 (K).
PILEA Lindl.
1 manniana Wedd.
H: herb, in forest. D: STP. V: Joffrov 208 (BRLU); Matos 7360
(LISC).
*microphvlla (L.) Liebm.
H: annual herb. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/283 (LISC).
rivularis Wedd.
H: annual herb, in forest. D: ST. V: Matos 7525 (LISC).
POUZOLZIA Gaudich.
guineensis Benth.
H: annual or perennial herb. D: ST.
PROCRIS Comm, ex Juss.
crenata C.B.Rob.
H: perennial herb with succulent stems. D: STP. V: Oliveira 176/98
(BRLU), 891 (BRLU).
URERA Gaudich.
mannii (Wedd.) Benth. & Hook.f. ex Rendle (Lutchiga, Urtiga)
H: liana, climbing shrub or tree, in forest. M: 27; 31; 99. D: STP. V:
Madureira & Martins 213 (COI).
trinervis (Hochst.) Friis & Immelman (Lutchica, Urtiga)
cameroonensis Wedd.
H: liana or climbing shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Joff-oy 76 (BRLU).
VERBENACEAE
CLERODENDRUM L.
*chinense (Osbeck) Mabb.
japonicum sensu auct. non (Thunb.) Sweet
H: shrub. D: ST. V: Matos 7258 (LISC).
dusenii Gtirke
H: shrub with white flowers. D: ST. V: Oliveira 965 (BRLU).
silvanum Henriq.
H: scrambling shrub or liana, with white flowers. D: STP. V: Matos
7445 (LISC).
*speciosissimum C.Morren
H: shrub with red flowers. D: ST. V: Lejoly 97/291 (BRLU).
thomsoniae Balf.
H: liana with white and red flowers. D: ST. V: Paiva 352 (COI).
volubile P.Beauv.
H: climbing shrub. D: P.
*DURANTA L
*erecta L.
repens L.
H: shrub. O. D: ST. V: Oliveira 988 (BRLU).
74
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
*LANTANA L.
*camara L. ( Lantana , Micoco-campo)
H: shrub, ruderal. O. M: 52; 99; 172; 183. D: ST. V: Paiva 1146 (COl).
PREMNAL.
angolensis Giirke ( Pau-ama , Po-ama)
H: tree or climbing shrub, with white flowers. M: 79; 95; 107; 123. D:
ST. V: Oliveira 125 (BRLU).
*PRIVA Adans.
*lappulacea (L.) Pers.
H: perennial herb with violet flowers, ruderal. D: ST. V: Matos 7632
(LISC).
*TECTONA L.f.
*grandis L.f. ( Teca )
H: tree with large leaves. D: ST. V: Paiva 829 (COl).
VIOLACEAE
RINOREA Aubl.
angustifolia (Thouars) Baill. (Soa-soa)
H: shrub. D: ST.
Echevalieri Exell
H: shrub, in lowland forest. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 88 (K).
Einsularis Engl.
H: shrub with yellow flowers, in forest. D: P. V: Paiva 618 (COl).
Ethomensis Exell (Tesse)
H: shrub or tree, in forest. D: ST.
VISCACEAE
VISCUM L.
triflorum DC.
H: parasitic shrub, in forest. D: ST. V: Oliveira 628 (BRLU).
VITACEAE
CAYRATIA Juss.
debilis (Baker) Suess. ( Miissua-de-obo )
Cissus debilis (Baker) Planch.
H: climber. D: ST.
gracilis (Guill. & Perr.) Suess.
H: climber. D: ST. V: Paiva 1156 (COl).
CISSUS L.
aralioides (Baker) Planch.
H: climber. D: ST.
barbeyana De Wild. & T.Durand
H: climber. D: STP.
oliveri (Engl.) Gilg
H: climber. D: ST.
producta Afzel.
H: climber. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 214 (LISC).
sp. aff. petiolata Hook.f.
N: recorded by Exell (1944) based on Quintas 1377, which could be a
new species.
CYPHOSTEMMA ( Planch. ) Alston
Ecurvipodum (Baker) Desc.
Cissus curvipoda (Baker) Planch.
H: climber. D: ST. V: Paiva 1174 (COl).
*VITIS L.
Hinder a L. ( Videira )
H: climber. E: fruits. D: ST.
ZINGIBERACEAE
AFRAMOMUM K.Schum.
daniellii (Hook.f.) K.Schum. ( Orsame , Orsamo, Ossame, Ossame-
-d 'dbo, Ossami, Ossamo )
H: herb up to 3 m high, with red and yellow flowers. E: fruit (spice).
M: 79; 97. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 68 (K); Paiva 536, 1912 (COl).
melegueta (Roscoe) K.Schum.
H: rhizomatous herb up to 1.5 m high, with pink flowers. M: 57; 146.
D: STP.
?*ALPINIA Roxb.
?*zerumbet (Pers.) B.L.Burtt & R.M.Sm.
Zerumbet speciosum J.C.Wendl.
N: recorded by Silva (1958); no specimens known.
COSTUS L
af'er Ker Gawl. (Fia-ipquete, Ucuete, Ucuete-d'aua, Ucuete-d’obo)
H: perennial herb up to 3 m high, flowers white and yellow with red.
M: 51; 124. D: STP. V: Paiva 982 (COl).
giganteus Welw. ex Ridl. ( Bordao-de-macaco , Cana-doce-dos-
-macacos, Pau-macaco, Ucoete, Ucuete)
H: perennial herb up to 3 m high, flowers yellow with red. M: 95; 124;
1 76. D: STP. V: Figueiredo 104 (K).
spectabilis (Fenzl) K.Schum.
H: herb with a rosette of ± 4 suborbicular fleshy leaves, flowers orange
or yellow. D: ST.
*CURCUMA L.
*longa L. ( Aqafrao-da-lndia )
domestica Valeton
H: perennial rhizomatous herb up to 1.5 m high. E: rhizome (spice).
D: P.
?*ELETTARIA Maton
?*cardamomum Maton
repens sensu auct. Exell non (Sonn.) Baill.
N: recorded by Exell (1944, 1973) based on literature citations; no
specimens known.
*HEDYCHIUM J.Koenig
*coronarium J.Koenig
H: perennial herb up to 2 m high, with white flowers with a yellow-
green centre. D: P.
*NICOLAIA Horan.
*elatior (Jack) Horan. ( Rosa-de-porcelana )
H: perennial herb, with red flowers. O. D: ST. V: Paiva 268 (COl).
RENEALMIA L.f.
cincinnata (K.Schum.) Baker
H: herb up to 1 .5 m high, with white flowers. D: P.
Esancti-thomae I. M. Turner
grandiflora Baker
H: perennial herb with orange-red Bowers. D: ST. V: Figueiredo 98
(K).
*ZINGIBER Mill.
^officinale Roscoe (Gemgimple, Gengibre, Gigimple)
H: herb up to 1 m high. E: root (spice). D: STP.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Dr O. Leistner and Dr D. Geerinck for use-
ful comments on the manuscript.
REFERENCES
AFPD. 2009. African flowering plants database, http://www.ville-ge.ch/
musinfo/bd/cjb/affica/
ALVES, R., FIGUEIREDO, E. & DAVIS, A.P. 2005. Taxonomy and
conservation of the genus Psychotria in S.Tome and Principe
(Gulf of Guinea). Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 147:
469 — 48 1 .
BRETELER, F. .1. 1994. Novitates gabonenses (15). The genus Peddiea
(Thymelaeaceae) present in Gabon. Bulletin du Jardin Bota-
nique Belgique 63,3 — 4: 205-207.
DANIEL, T.F. 2010. Sciaphila ledennannii (Triuridaceae), a biographi-
cally significant holosaprophyte newly reported from Principe in
the Gulf of Guinea. Proceedings of the California Academy of
Sciences 61:61 7-622.
DANIEL, T.F. & FIGUEIREDO, E. 2009. The California Academy of
Sciences Gulf of Guinea Expeditions (2001, 2006, 2008) VII.
Acanthaceae of Sao Tome and Principe. Proceedings of the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences 60: 623-674.
EXELL, A.W. 1944. Catalogue of the vascular plants of S.Tome (with
Principe and Annobon). British Museum (Natural History), Lon-
don.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
75
EXELL, A.W. 1956. Supplement to the catalogue of the vascular plants
of S. Tome ( with Principe and Annobon). British Museum (Natu-
ral History), London.
EXELL, A.W. 1973. Angiosperms of the islands of the Gulf of Guinea
(Fernando Po, Principe, S.Tome and Annobon). Bulletin of the
British Museum (Natural History) Botany 4, 8: 327 — 4 1 1 .
EXELL, A.W. & ROZE1RA, A. 1958. Aditamento a Flora das ilhas de
Sao Tome e Principe. Conferencia Internacional dos Africanis-
tas Ocidentais 3: 77-91 .
FIGUE1REDO, E. 1994a. Contributions towards a botanical literature
for the islands of the Gulf of Guinea. Fontqueria 39: 1-8.
F1GUEIREDO, E. 1994b. Diversity and endemism of angiosperms in
the Gulf of Guinea islands. In J.E. Fa, & B.J. Juste, Biodiversity
conservation in the Gulf of Guinea Islands. Special Issue of Bio-
diversity and Conservation 3,9: 785-793.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 1998. Pteridophytes of Sao Tome and Principe (Gulf
of Guinea). Bulletin of the Natural History Museum 28,1:41 -66.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 2000. Fern collecting in S.Tome (Gulf of Guinea).
The Pteridologist 3,5: 117-122.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 2001. New findings of pteridophytes from the moun-
tain rainforests of Sao Tome and Principe. Fern Gazette 16,4:
191-193.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 2002a. Pteridofitos de Sao Tome e Principe. Estudos.
Ensaios e Documentos 162: 1-209.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 2002b. Nomes vulgares da flora de Sao Tome e Prin-
cipe. Garcia de Orta, Set: Bot. 15,1: 109-139.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 2005. The Rubiaceae of Sao Tome and Principe:
taxonomy and conservation. Botanical Journal of the Linnean
Society 149: 85-114.
FIGUEIREDO, E. & GASCOIGNE, A. 2001. Conservation of pterido-
phytes in Sao Tome and Principe (Gulf of Guinea). Biodiversity
and Conservation 10: 45-68.
K.LOPPER, R.R., CHATELAIN, C„ BANNINGER, V., HABASHI, C„
STEYN, H.M., DE WET, B.C., ARNOLD, T.H., GAUTIER, L„
SMITH, G.F. & SPICHIGER, R. 2006. Checklist of the flow-
ering plants of sub-Saharan Africa. Southern African Botanical
Diversity Network Report No. 42. SABONET, Pretoria.
MADUREIRA, M.C.T.M.B. 2006. Etnofarmacologia e estudo de espe-
cies com actividade biologica da flora de S.Tome e Principe :
1^4-83. Coimbra.
MADUREIRA, M.C.T.M.B., PAIVA, J„ FERNANDES, A.F., GON-
SALVES, A., CATALAO, C., FERNANDES, C., ATALAIA, J„
VIEIRA, J„ GASPAR, V., PONTES, S„ GINO, S. & COSTA,
S. 2007. Estudo etnofarmacologico de plantas medicinais de
S.Tome e Principe: 1-217. Lisboa.
MARTINS, A.P.M.R., 2001. Etnofarmacologia e oleos essenciais de
plantas medicinais de S.Tome e Principe: 1-342. Coimbra.
MEVE, U. & OMLOR, R. 2000. The identity of the African genus
Oncostemma K.Schum. (Asclepiadaceae). Botanical Journal of
the Linnean Society 133: 195-201.
MONOD, T. 1960. Notes botaniques sur les lies de Sao Tome et de
Principe. Bulletin de FInstitut Francois de I'Afrique Noire , ser.
A, 22,1: 19-83.
ROSEIRA, L.L. 1984. Plantas liteis da flora de S.Tome e Principe.
Medicinais e industrials: 1-100. Lisboa.
ROZEIRA, A. 1958. Nomes populares de algumas plantas das ilhas
de Sao Tome e do Principe: origem e significado. Conferencia
Internacional dos Africanistas Ocidentais 6a sessao, 3: 1 69-173.
SANTO, J.E. 1969. Nomes crioulos e vemaculos de algumas plantas
de S.Tome e Principe. Boletim Cultural da Guine Portuguesa
24: 193-211.
SANTO, J.E. 1970. Aditamento a flora de Sao Tome. Boletim Cultural
da Guine Portuguesa 25: 489-5 1 1 .
SEQUEIRA, V. 1994. Medicinal plants and conservation in Sao Tome.
In J.E. Fa & B.J. Juste, Biodiversity conservation in the Gulf of
Guinea Islands. Special issue of Biodiversity and Conservation
3,9: 910-926.
SILVA, H.L. 1958. Sao Tome e Principe e a cultura do cafe. Memdrias
da Junta de Investigates do Ultramar 1 : 1-450.
SILVA, H.L. 1959. Nomes vulgares de algumas plantas de Sao Tome e
Principe. Garcia de Orta 7,2: 293-323.
STEVART, T. & DE OLIVEIRA, F. 2001 . Guide des orchidees de Sao
Tome et Principe: 1-258. In ECOFAC (ed.), cellule de coordina-
tion, Libreville, Gabon.
STEVART, T„ GEERINCK, D. & LEJOLY, J. 2000. Liste des Orchi-
daceae de Sao-Tome et Principe. Acta Botanica Gallica 147,2:
165-172.
THIERS, B. [continuously updated]. Index Herbariorum: a global direc-
tory of public herbaria and associated staff. New York Botanical
Garden’s Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/ih/.
TROPICOS 2009. Tropicos. Missouri Botanical Garden.
http://www.tropicos.org.
APPENDIX — Medicinal properties or symptoms for which plants are used
76
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
77. Febrifuge
78. Female sterility
79. Fever
80. Flatulence
81. Flu
82. Fortifier
83. Fractures
84. Frigidity
85. Galactogen
86. Ganglia inflammation
87. Haematoma
88. Flaemorrhage
89. Haemorrhoids
90. Haemostatic
91. Hair conditioner
92. Hair growth stimulant
93. Hair treatment
94. Headache
95. Helps births
96. Helps children start walking
97. Helps expel placenta
98. Hepatitis
99. Hernia
100. Hiccups
101. Hoarseness
102. Hypertensive
103. Hypotensive
104. Indigestion, indisposition
105. Inflammations
106. Inguinal hernia
107. Insect repellent
108. Insecticide
109. Internal contusion
110. Intestinal problems of nursing babies
111. Intestine infections
112. Intestine colic
113. Itching
114. Jaundice
115. Kidney aches
116. Kidney colic
1 1 7. Kidney stones
118. Laryngitis
119. Laxative
120. Laxative (post-birth)
121. Leprosy
122. Liver diseases
123. Malaria
124. Massage
125. Massage (fractured, disjointed bones)
126. Massage (fractures, sprains)
127. Massage (body aches)
128. Measles
129. Menstrual cramps
130. Mouth disinfectant
131. Mouth hygiene
132. Mouth inflammations
133. Nail infections
134. Pain
135. Parasites
136. Parasites (intestine)
137. Parasites (lice)
138. Perfume
139. Poison
140. Post-birth haemorrhage
141. Post-birth treatments
142. Prolapsed colon
143. Protection
144. Protection against drunkenness
145. Protection against poisons
146. Purgative
147. Purgative (for adults only)
148. Refreshing
149. Regulates menstruation
150. Rheumatism
151. River fevers
152. Rubefacient
153. Scabies
154. Sedative
155. Sight
156. Sinusitis
157. Skin allergies
158. Skin diseases
159. Skin rashes
160. Sleep inducer
161. Slimming
162. Spots
163. Sprains
164. Stimulant
165. Stomachache
166. Stomachic
167. Swelling (oedema)
168. Syphilis
169. Teething
170. Testicular hernia
171. Throat ache
172. Tiredness
173. Tonic
174. Tonsils
175. Toothache
176. Traumatisms
177. Tuberculosis
178. Tympanitis
179. Urinary infection
180. Urinary retention
181. Uterus infection
1 82. Vaginal muscle contraction after birth
183. Venereal diseases
1 84. Vermifuge
185. Vitamins
186. Vomit inducer (emetic)
187. Vomiting
188. Warts
189. Weakness
190. Whooping cough
191. Wounds
INDEX TO COMMON NAMES
(numbers in brackets refer to no. occurrences on a page)
Abacate, 59
Abacateiro, 59
Acacia, 57
Acacia-coral, 55
Acacia-preta, 57
Afafrao-da-India, 74
Ago, 56
Ago-mato, 56
Agriao, 49
Aio-d’obo, 70 (2)
Albanpao, 67
Aleurite, 55
Alfabaca, 66
Alfavaca, 66
Algodao, 59
Alho, 44
Alho-d’obo, 70
Alho-d’obo, 70
Aliba-blabosa, 47
Aliba-capu, 67
Aliba-caifu, 67
Aliba-guhia, 47
Aliba-guia, 62
Aliba-queblancana, 67
Alvo-sin-fia, 54
Amargoso, 50
Ameixa-do-Para, 62
Amendoeira-da-lndia, 50
Amendoim, 55
Amoreira, 61
Ananas, 49
Anato, 48
Andim, 46
Angue-d’obo, 69
Anileiro, 56
Anjogo, 60
Arroz, 67
Arruda, 7 1
Arteira, 61
Arvore-da-castanha, 61
Arvore-do-pao, 61
Arvore-sem-folha, 54
Atinija, 47
Atlija, 47
Atlimija, 47
Atrimija, 47
Avacate, 59
Avocado, 59
Azeitona, 7 1
Bacatche, 59
Bacuri, 50
Bacurizeiro, 50
Balsamina, 48
Balsamo-de-S.Tome, 49
Bambu, 67
Bamea, 57
Bana-muala, 55
Banca, 56, 57 (2)
Batata, 72
Batala-doce, 5 1
Batata-pim-pim, 52
Batuitui, 72
Beganssom, 58
Begbe, 54
Begbe, 54
Belambo, 49
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
77
Beldroega, 68
Belgata, 67
Belo-vieme, 44
Belo-vleme, 53
Bengue, 53
Beringela-roxa, 72
Binzela, 72
Bobo-bobo, 58
Bobo-bobo, 60
Bodlega, 68
Bodlega-grande, 68
Bodlega-piquina, 68
Bodo-bodo, 50 (2)
Bofo, 53
Bogoto, 5 1
Bordao-de-macaco, 74
Borracha, 54
Borracha-do-mato, 70
Branco, 54
Brinco-de-casamento, 68
Budelega, 68
Buganvila, 62
Bugi-bugi, 53, 54
Buje-buje, 53
Buie, 46
Bunga, 58, 72
Bungi-bungi, 53
Cabafa. 52
Cabela, 45
Cabole, 45
Cabore-de-Bom-Sucesso, 45
Cabra, 73
Cacau, 72
Cacau-de-obo, 54
Cacaueiro, 72
Cacauzeiro, 72
Cachao, 61
Cacueiro, 72
Cafe, 69
Cafe-arabia, 69
Cafe-arabica, 69
Cafe-d'obo, 69
Cafe-d'obo, 70
Cafe-da-Liberia, 69
Cafe-de-Inhambane, 69
Cafe-do-mato, 70 (2)
Cafeeiro, 69
Cafe-excelsa, 69
Cafe-excelsior, 69
Cafe-Inhambane, 69
Cafe-Liberia, 69
Cafena-tlache, 54 (2)
Cafe-robusta, 69
Cafe-silvestre, 70
Cafezeiro, 69
Cafoto, 57
Cajamanga, 45
Cajamangueira. 45
Cajareiro, 56
Cajaseiro, 56
Caju, 44
Cajueiro, 44
Calipto, 62
Camaroes, 48
Cameleira, 73
Camelia, 73
Cana-de-aijucar, 68
Cana-de-jardim, 49
Cana-doce-dos-macacos, 74
Canafistula, 55
Cana-florifera, 49
Canam, 68
Canapistula, 55
Cana-sucli, 68
Canela, 59
Canela-brava, 59
Canela-d’obo, 59
Caneleira, 59
Canfora, 59
Canforeira, 59
Capim-cheiroso, 67
Capim-d’agua, 50
Capim-de-Nossa-Senhora, 67
Capim-do-Gabao, 67
Capim-gigante, 67
Capitango, 73
Capitao, 73
Capulo, 50
Carambola, 48
Caramboleira, 48
Carapucha, 72
Cara-zambuco, 53
Caroceiro, 50
Caro90, 50
Cashon, 61
Cassa, 61
Cassia-oficinal, 55
Castanha. 61
Castanheiro-de-S.Tome, 43
Cata, 46 (2)
Cata-contra. 46
Cata-cuene, 46
Cata-d’obo, 46
Cata-glandje. 46 (2)
Cata-grande, 46 (3)
Cata-manginga, 46
Cata-pequena, 46
Cata-piquina, 46 (2)
Cata-quio, 46
Cata-ussubi, 46
Catchina-guessa, 71
Catumba-jinji, 60
Cebola, 44
Cebola-cence, 44
Cedrela, 61
Cele-ale, 59
Cele-cele, 59
Cele-cele, 59
Celo-sum-zom-maia. 45
Cento, 53
Centopeia, 53
Cereja-de-Caiena, 62
Cha, 73
Chabe-chabe, 45
Cha-do-Gabao, 67
Cha-do-Principe. 67
Chapo-chapo, 45
Chazeiro, 73
Chcofi, 52
Cheiro-de-Joao-Maria, 45
Chelala-chelala, 71
Cheque-cheque, 73 (2)
Chile-branco, 50
Chimblom, 68, 69
Chimboa, 44
Chimom-coia, 52
Chlofi, 52
Chuchu, 52
Cidlela, 61
Cidrela, 61
Clacia, 58
Clacla, 58
Cla-cla, 70
Clicoto-d’obo, 70
Clocoto-d’obo, 70
Clossom-liso, 60
Coco, 46 (3)
Coco-Holi, 46
Coconja, 46
Coco-veneno, 46 (2)
Coda-ipe, 56
Codod’aua, 70
Codo-plego, 56
Codo-que, 71
Codo-que-d'obo, 62
Coedano, 51, 72
Coentro-de-S.Tome, 45
Coidano, 72
Cola, 72
Cola-congo, 49, 72 (2)
Cola-de-macaco, 61
Cola-do-obo, 71
Cola-macaco, 61
Coleira, 72
Colema, 56
Colima, 56
Colima, 57
Colima-doido, 57
Colima-fria, 57
Colma, 56, 57
Comida-de-cachequeque, 67
Comoxama, 62
Conconja, 46
Congo-gloncongo, 54
Coqueiro, 46
Coraipao-da-india, 45
Corafao-de-preto, 45
Coragao-preto, 45
Corda-ana, 51
Corda-d'agua, 70
Corda-iple, 56
Corda-que, 71
Coroco, 71
Cravinho, 62
Crimola, 45
Cuaco-bangana, 58
Cubango, 54
Cuedano, 72
Cuini, 53
Cuini, 53
Cumbo-muala-ve, 43
Cundu-de-muala-ve, 43, 66
Cuspila, 57
Cuspira, 57
Dacala, 50
Dendem, 46
Dendem, 46
Dibixi, 58
Dumbu, 72
Dumo, 62
Dumo-branco, 54
Dumo-vermelho, 62
Erva-babosa, 47
Erva-boi, 68
Erva-cacho, 67
Erva-colchao, 67
Erva-conteira, 49
Erva-de-santa-maria, 50
Erva-de-senhora, 67
Erva-tostao, 62
Espargo, 47
Farroba, 57
Fava, 57
Faveira, 57
Fedegoso, 55
Feijao, 57
Feijao-congo, 55
Feijao-cutelinho, 57
Feijao-espadinho, 57
Fezom-congo, 55
Fia-a^anfa, 55
Fia-alfobaca, 66
Fia-bana, 44
Fia-boba, 48
Fia-boba, 66
Fia-boba-d'obo, 48 (2)
Fia-boba-d'obo, 48
Fia-boba-d’obo, 66
Fia-boba-glandji, 48
Fia-boba-piquina, 66
Fia-bobo, 66
Fia-bodlega, 68
Fia-bodo-bodo, 50
Fia-bondlega, 68
Fia-budo, 47
Fia-bunga, 48
Fia-cento, 53
78
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Fia-chalela, 67
Fia-copo, 45
Fia-cuncunha, 47
Fia-d’olha, 45 (2)
Fia-damina, 51 (2)
Fia-da-mina-que, 51
Fia-de-mina-grande, 43
Fia-dentche, 47
Fia-dentche, 47
Fia-dente, 47
Fia-estelofi, 52
Fia-fita, 53
Fia-fitiqo, 72
Fia-flaquesa, 73
Fia-fleminga-blanco, 53
Fia-flomiga, 53
Fia-fogo, 43
Fia-foguete, 56
Fia-galo, 49
Fia-glavana, 44
Fia-guhia, 47
Fia-guia, 62
Fia-guinhom, 49
Fia-guiom, 49
Fia-ipquete, 74
Fia-leve, 73
Fia-madre-matru90, 50
Fia-male, 47
Fia-male-di-que, 47
Fia-male-dodo, 48
Fia-male-home, 47
Fia-male-muala, 48
Fia-malicha, 57
Fia-malichia, 57
Fia-malicia, 57
Fia-maliva, 59
Fia-mambleble, 43
Fia-manjolo, 59
Fia-mati, 66
Fia-matluqo, 50
Fia-micoco, 59
Fia-mosquito, 59
Fia-mosquito, 59
Fia-mussa, 59
Fia-mussua, 59
Fia-nono, 70
Fia-piala, 67
Fia-placela, 57
Fia-placela, 63
Fia-pleto, 72
Fia-plocossom, 62
Fia-plocssom, 62
Fia-ponto, 44
Fia-po-tleche, 71
Fia-quesa, 71
Fia-quesa-home, 71
Fia-quesa-homem, 71
Fia-qui-sobo, 43
Fia-qui-sobo-homem, 43
Fia-sanope, 53
Fia-santa-maia, 50
Fia-sanzom, 52
Fia-stlela, 50
Fia-tataluga, 48
Fia-tataluga, 51
Fia-tleche, 71
Fia-vador, 67
Fia-vela, 60
Fia-vintem, 56
Fia-viola, 66
Fia-zaia, 55
Figo-de-porco, 61
Figo-obata, 61
Figo-ploco, 61
Figo-todo, 61
Figo-tordo, 61
Figueira, 61
Figueira-do-inferno, 72
Figu-plocu, 61
Filanto, 53
Fissandja, 66
Fissope, 57
Fiteira, 60
Flom-gongo, 54
Flor-branca, 44
Fluta, 61
Fluta-pom, 61
Focha-anzolo, 43
Folha-belga, 58
Folha-boba, 47
Folha-boba, 66
Folha-boba-branca, 66
Folha-boba-vermelha, 48
Folha-budo, 47
Folha-centopeia, 53
Folha-da-mina, 51
Folha-de-orelha, 45
Folha-de-tartaruga, 51
Folha-de-voador, 67
Folha-feitiqo, 72
Folha-formiga, 53 (2)
Folha-Gabao, 67
Folha-galo, 44, 49
Folha-grao, 54
Folha-male, 47
Folha-male, 47
Folha-male-doida, 48
Folha-pempe, 53
Folha-ponto, 44
Folha-preta, 72
Folha-santa-maria, 50
Folha-sapateiro, 47
Folha-tataruga, 48
Folha-tres, 71
Folha-viola, 45
Folha-zaia, 55
Framboesa, 69
Fruta-conde, 45
Fruta-pao, 61
Fruta-pinha, 45
Fun turn ia, 46
Gaiaba, 62
Gaiava, 62
Galo, 49
Gata-grande, 46
Geg, 45
Gemgimple, 74
Gengibre, 74
Giclo, 48
Gig, 45
Gigimple, 74
Gigo, 53
Gimboa, 44 (3)
Gimboa-doida, 44
Ginclo, 48
Ginguba, 55
Giquenge, 61
Girassol, 48
Glele-nhame, 60
Glico, 70
Gligo, 70
Gligo-d’obo, 70 (2)
Gligo-d’obo, 70
Glom-congo, 54
Glom-gongo, 54
Glom-maluco, 54
Glon, 54
Gofe, 61
Gofe, 61 (2)
Gofe, 61
Gofe, 61
Gofe-d’obo, 61
Gogo, 45
Gogo, 60
Gogo-vermelho, 60
Gogo-vieme, 60
Goiaba, 62
Goiabeira, 62
Goqui, 49
Grao-maluco, 54
Grenadilha, 66
Grevilia, 68
Grigo, 70
Grigo-d’obo, 70
Gromotu, 73
Grumechame, 62
Grumexava, 62
Grumixaba, 62
Grumixama, 62
Grumixameira, 62
Grumixava, 62
Gudu, 53
Guegue, 45
Guegue, 45
Guegue, 45
Guegue-fasso, 46
Gueva, 62
Gueva-quio, 62
Guiaba, 62
Guibule, 46
Guico, 70
Guigo, 70
Guiom, 49
Gumba, 55
Gutehim-duatche, 67
Hera, 46
Hido-hido, 55
Home, 43
Home-d’olha, 45
Home-dum-dsso, 46
Homem-de-um-osso-so, 46
Ido-ido, 55, 69
llangue-ilangue, 45
Imbondeiro, 48
Impe, 62
Impiala, 67
Ingareiro, 56
Inga-saman, 57
Ingaseiro, 56
Inhame, 53
Inhame-amarelo, 53
Inhame-branco, 53 (2)
Inhame-bravo, 53
Inhame-de-Benin, 53
Inhame-gudu, 53
Inhame-gundu, 53
Inhame-zambuco, 53
Inhe-bobe, 45
Inhe-bobo, 45, 58
Inhe-branco, 45
Inhe-ganso, 45
Inhe-muela, 69
lnhe-preto, 45
Iobo, 45
lobo, 45
lobo, 45
Ipe, 62 (2)
Iquiabo, 59
Isa, 61
Isa-quente, 61
Itoto, 60
Itoto, 60
Itoto-doido, 60
Izaquente, 61
Jabuticaba, 62
Jabuticabeira, 62
Jaca, 61
Jacaranda, 48
Jamaia, 45
Jambele, 53
Jamboeiro, 62
Jambo-jambo, 62
Jaqueira, 61
Jimboa, 44
Jimboa-brava, 44
Jindungo, 72
Jobo, 45
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
79
Labios-de-mulata, 45
Lagrima-de-Cristo, 53
Lamaia, 45
Lamera, 66
Lantana, 74
Lanza-azeda, 71
Lanza-d'obo, 71
Lanza-doce, 71
Lanza-mato, 7 1
Laranja, 71
Laranjeira-brava, 71
Laranjeira-das-florestas, 7 1
Laranjeira-silvestre, 71
Lemba-lemba, 61
Letrao, 58
Leucena, 56
Liamba, 49
Libo, 48
Libo-d'agua, 48
Libo-d'aua, 48
Libo-da-terra, 48
Libd-de-que, 48
Libo-mucambu, 48
Lilas-do-Cabo, 61
Limbo, 48
Limom-blabo, 71
Limon-ple, 62
Lingua-de-boi, 70
Lingua-de-vaca, 47
Lingua-tela, 47 (2)
Litrina, 56 (2)
Losa-bilamja, 62
Lossua, 72 (2)
Luba, 57
Luba, 57
Lurda, 71
Lussua, 72
Lutchica, 54, 73
Lutchiga, 73
Luva, 57
Macabali, 47
Macabali-fia-budo, 48
Macablali, 47
Maca-da-India, 68
Ma^a-do-Japao, 68
Macamblala, 69
Macambrara, 69
Macluso, 50
Macuja, 66 (2)
Macuja-de-mato, 66
Macunja, 57
Madlicom, 59 (2)
Madringueiro, 66
Mafi-sope, 57
Magero, 59
Maglita, 72
Magloso, 50, 54
Maguita-tua-tua, 72
Maioba, 55
Maioba-beni, 55
Maioba-bini, 48
Maiopa, 55
Maja, 56
Majunga, 60
Malacuja, 66 (2)
Malacuja-blavo, 66
Malagrita, 72
Malagueta-tuatua, 72
Malapiao, 71 (2)
Maleboque, 56
Malebouque, 58
Malimboque, 56, 58
Maliva, 59
Maioba, 55
Malva, 59
Mama-d'obo, 54
Mamalongo, 52
Mamanododo, 54
Mamao, 50
Mamblembe, 43
Mamoeiro, 50
Mamom, 50
Mamona, 54
Mamon-d’obo, 54 (2)
Mamono, 54
Mamono, 54
Mamonon, 54
Mampia, 71 (2)
Mampiam, 71
Manaca, 72
Mandioca, 54
Mandioca-brava, 59 (2)
Manga, 45
Manga-macaco, 58
Mangostao, 50
Mangue-d’obo, 55
Mangue-da-praia, 69 (2)
Mangueira, 45
Mangue-muala, 69
Mangue-rosso, 69
Mangue-roxo, 69
Mangue-vermelho, 69 (2)
Mangungo, 60
Manhanoca, 55
Manjolo, 59
Mansuensue, 68
Mansuensuen, 67
Maqueque, 72
Maqueque, 72
Maracuja, 66 (2)
Maracuja-do-mato, 66
Maracuja-grande, 66
Maracuja-pequeno, 66
Maracuja-roxo, 66
Marapiao, 71 (3)
Margoso, 54
Marimboque, 56
Martirios-fetidos, 66
Mastruijo, 50
Masturfo, 50
Matabala, 46 (2)
Matabala-branca, 46
Matabala-gema-de-ovo, 46
Matabala-veneno, 46
Matabala-vermelha, 46
Mata-boi, 59
Mata-passo, 50 (2)
Matazem, 5 1 , 62
Matchanzoche, 62
Matianzoche, 62
Matluqo, 50
Matlusso, 50
Mato-bana, 44
Mato-bana, 44
Matri, 66
Matrufo, 50
Matucana, 47, 68
Mazenzem, 71
Melambo, 53
Melancia, 51
Melao-de-Sao-Caetano, 52
Melindres, 48
Meme, 61
Mi, 68
Micando-homem, 59
Micoco, 46 (2)
Micoco, 59
Micoco-campo, 74
Micoco-di-que, 59
Micondo, 48
Milando-homem, 59
Milho, 68
Milondo-homem, 59
Milongo-de-febres, 50
Moandim, 57
Moandjim, 57
Moindo, 70
Molango, 69
Molango-d’obo, 69
Molucana, 57
Mondim, 57
Mondim-moela, 5 1
Morango, 69
Morango-silvestre, 69 (2)
Moreira, 61
Mosquito, 59
Mosquito-dia, 47
Mostarda, 49
Muala, 43
Muala-sende-mom-sende-ope, 67
Muambe, 67
Muandi, 57
Muandim, 57
Muandim-muala, 5 1
Muange, 57
Mubafo, 49
Mucamba-vleme, 61
Mucorroana, 50
Mucumba, 70
Mucumbli, 45
Muindo, 53, 69
Muindro, 69
Mulela, 61
Mule-mule, 70
Munhanoca, 55
Musa-fria, 72
Mussa, 59
Mussa-blanco, 59
Mussanda, 61 (2)
Mussanfi, 50
Mussua, 59
Mussua-de-obo, 74
Mussunda, 61
Mutopa, 62
Nabo-macau, 49
Nanas, 49
Natruja, 47
Nespera, 72
Nespera-d’obo, 72
Nespera-de-bosque, 55
Nespereira. 69
Nespla, 69
Nespla-d'obo, 55
Nespla-d’obo, 72
Nicolau, 70
Noe, 45
Nona, 45 (2)
Nona-concha, 45
Nono, 53
No-no, 54
Nono, 62, 70 (2)
Nopa, 45
Nopa-concha, 45
Noz-moscada, 61
Oba, 50 (2)
Oca, 48
Oco, 52
Ofo, 53 (3)
Oga-oga, 68
Ogue, 61
ofaia, 55
Oleo-balom, 50
Oleo-barao, 50
Oleo-melambo, 49
Olhadato, 45
Olha-dato, 70
Oliveira, 62
Olossua, 72
Opacala, 61
Orsame, 74
Orsamo, 74
Ossame, 74
Ossame-d’obo, 74
Ossami, 74
Ossamo, 74
Otage, 46
Otoni, 53
80
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Ototo, 60 (2)
Ototo, 60
Ototo, 60
Ototo-fogo, 60
Ototo-glandje, 60
Ototo-glandji, 60
Ototo-grande, 60
Ototo-home, 60
Ototo-muala, 60
Ototo-ome, 60
Ototo-pequeno, 60 (2)
Ototo-piquina, 60
Ototo-vento, 60 (2)
Ototo-vento, 60
Paga-oe, 54
Paga-olho, 54
Paga-olho-de-marcaqao, 54
Paga-ue, 54
Paga-ue, 54
Paia-sela, 66
Palmeira-andim, 46
Palmeira-dendim, 46
Palmeira-do-dendem, 46
Palmeira-do-marfim, 46
Palmeira-leque, 46
Papaeira, 50
Papaia, 50
Papue, 44
Pau-alho, 61
Pau-ama, 74
Pau-amargoso, 54
Pau-azeitona, 71 (2)
Pau-branco, 54 (2)
Pau-cabra, 62, 73
Pau-cadeira, 45
Pau-caixao, 61, 70
Pau-candeia, 58
Pau-canela, 59
Pau-capitao, 73
Pau-castanha, 61
Pau-cebola, 61
Pau-cha, 73
Pau-chuva, 57, 68
Pau-cola, 72
Pau-de-cola, 72
Pau-dumo, 62 (2)
Pau-duno, 70
Pau-esteira, 66
Pau-febre, 72
Pau-fede, 48, 72
Pau-fede, 73
Pau-ferro, 54
Pau-figado, 55
Pau-flor, 53
Pau-foguete, 56 (2)
Pau- form iga, 70
Pau-glon, 54
Pau-jaca, 61
Pau-jambre, 62
Pau-leite, 70
Pau-Hrio, 46
Pau-louro, 70
Pau-macaco, 74
Pau-maria, 54
Pau-mole, 54
Pau-mosquito, 59
Pau-nicolau, 70
Pau-oleo, 49
Pau-ova, 50
Pau-parteira, 73
Pau-pimenta, 66
Pau-pixe, 54
Pau-preto, 45, 62
Pau-purga, 53
Pau-quina, 69
Pau-sabao, 53
Pau-sabrina, 61
Pau-sangue, 58
Pau-tabaque, 49
Pau-tres, 71 (2)
Pau-vala, 71
Pau-vermelho, 61
Pecego, 71
Pecegueiro, 71
Pecegueiro-de-S.Tome, 71
Pegacalato, 44
Pega-lato, 44
Pega-pega, 44, 47, 50, 56 (3)
Pega-rato, 44
Pema, 46
Pema-d’obo, 52
Penicano, 58
Pepino, 51
Pessegueiro-de-Sao-Tome, 71
Pessuco, 71
Pessugo, 71
Piala, 62
Piam-fogo, 55
Piancabla, 44
Picante, 72
Pimenta, 66, 72
Pimenta-da-terra, 46
Pimenta-de-S.Tome, 66
Pimenta-do-Congo, 45
Pimenteira, 66
Pimpinela, 52
Pinicane, 58
Pinincano, 58
Piripiri, 72
Pitanga, 62
Pitangueira, 62
Pluga-mato, 54
Po-agua, 70
Po-alho, 61
Po-ama, 74
Po-aua, 70
Po-blanco, 54 (2)
Po-cabra, 73
Po-cadela, 45
Po-capitango, 72
Po-capitom, 73
Po-cassom, 61
Po-casson, 61
Po-cebola, 61
Po-clusso, 70 (2)
Po-di-cola, 72
Po-dumo, 62
Po-fede, 73
Po-felo, 54
Po-floli, 53
Po-flominga, 70
Po-fuguete, 56
Po-ipe, 62
Po-leite, 45
Po-lixa, 61
Po-lucula, 70
Po-moli, 54
Pompeia, 45
Po-ngamala, 54
Po-oleo, 49
Po-61eo-d’obo, 49
Po-ova, 50 (2)
Po-paia-cela, 66
Po-parteira, 73
Po-pate!a, 73
Popian, 56
Po-pimenta, 66
Popo, 72
Po-quina, 69
Po-sabom, 53
Po-sangue, 58
Po-suba, 68
P6-tabaque, 49
Po-tleche, 71 (2)
Po-tleche-d’obo, 71
Po-visgo, 45
Po-zetona, 71
Preto, 45
Pupupleila, 72
Purgueira, 54
Quaco-branco, 73
Quaco-maguita, 70
Qua-qua-closso, 44
Quebla-ntachado, 56
Queblancana, 67
Quebra-machado, 58 (2)
Queza, 71
Queza-homem, 71
Quiabo, 59
Quicange, 61
Quicuange, 61
Quime, 48
Quina, 69
Quine, 48
Quineira, 69
Quinin, 53
Quisafii, 48
Quoroque, 7 1
Rami, 73
Ricino, 54
Roma, 68
Romanzeira, 68
Romeira, 68
Rosa-bilanqa, 62
Rosa-de-casamento, 68
Rosa-de-porcelana, 74
Sabola-cence, 44
Safu, 49
Safu, 49
Safu-safu, 49
Safu-d’obo, 45
Safu-de-obo, 45
Safu-dodo, 45
Safueiro, 49
Safuzeiro, 49
Salaconta, 49
Salaconta-blanca, 49
Salaconta-pleta, 49
Salamba, 56
Salsa, 45
Sancaetano, 52
Sangue, 58
Santage-basso-cafe, 43
Sape-sape, 45
Sapo-sapo, 45
Sapotilha, 71
Sela-sela, 71
Selo-sum-Joao-Maia, 45
Selo-sum-zon-maia, 45
Serralha, 48
Sicomoro, 61
Sicupira, 57
Silva, 69
Simao-Correia, 52
Simblom, 68
sisal, 44
Soa-soa, 74
Sodom-campo, 57
Som-longo, 53
Sonlongo, 53
Sorgo, 68
Stlala-stlala, 58
Stlofi, 52
Sllofi-d’obo, 5 1
Suvi, 54
Tabaco, 72
Tabaque, 49
Tamanha, 57
Tamara. 46
Tamareira, 46
Tamarindeiro, 57
Tamarindo, 57
Tangilina, 71
Tapa-oe, 54
Tcliile-blanco, 50
Teca, 74
Teia-teia, 70
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
81
Teia-teia-machado, 70
Teia-teia-pequeno, 69
Tesse, 74
Tintureira, 48
Tloufi, 52
Todo, 61
Tomate, 72
Tomate-do-mato, 72
Tonfonso, 47
Toni-fachico, 60
Tramboesa, 69
Uaga-uaga, 68
Uandni, 55
Uba, 57
Ucoedano, 51
Ucoete, 74
Ucue-clache, 54 (2)
Ucuete, 74
Ucuete, 74
Ucuete-d’aua, 74
Ucuete-d'obo, 74
Ucuete-macaco, 5 1
Ue-tlache, 54 (2)
Ufia-cabece, 51
Ufia-copo, 45
Uga-uga, 68
Ulua, 46
Uluba. 57
Umtuem, 71
Unquinin, 53
Untue, 71
Untue-d’obo, 71
Untue-do-bo, 45
Untue-do-obo, 71
Untuen, 71
Unue-bolina, 45
Uquedano, 51
Uquete-d’obo, 51
Urtiga, 73 (2)
Urucu, 48
Urze, 53
U-u-defu, 59
Vaiele, 51
Vala-case, 56
Valacasei, 56
Valaple, 6 1
Vara-preta, 6 1
Vela, 46
Veludo, 61
Vermelho, 61
Videira, 74
Vilo, 53, 62
Vilo-blanco, 72
Vilo-pleto, 53
Vinca, 45
Viro-branco, 69, 72
Viro-preto, 53
Vieme, 61
Vundem, 53
Xipobo, 45
Yobo, 45
Zague-zague, 54
Zenze, 45
Zenzem, 45
Zequentche, 61
Zetona, 71
Zetona, 7 1
Zimbrao, 68
Zu9a, 52 (4)
Zungo, 56
Zungu, 56
INDEX TO SYNONYMS
Abutilon venosum Lemaire, 59
Acalypha wilkesiana Miill.Arg., 53
Afrardisia cymosa (Baker) Mez, 61
Agelaea
coccinea Exell, 5 1
obliqua (P.Beauv.) Baill. var. cordata (G.Schellenb.) Exell, 51
phaeocarpa Exell, 51
principensis Exell, 5 1
reticulata Exell. 5 1
Albizia falcata (L.) Backer; A. falcataria (L.) Fosberg, 57
Aleurites cordata (Thunb.) R.Br. ex Steud., 55
Alternanthera maritima (Mart.) A.St.-Hil., 44
Annona arenaria Thonn., 45
Anthocleista macrophylla G.Don, 58
Balthasaria mannii (Oliv.) Verde., 73
Beckeropsis laxior Clayton, 67
Begonia macambrarensis Exell, 48
Boehmeria platyphylla Ham. ex D.Don, 73
Boerhavia
coccinea Mill., 62
paniculata Rich., 62
Bombacopsis glabra (Pasq.) A.Robyns, 49
Breynia nivosa (W.G.Sm.) Small, 53
Bridelia stenocarpa Miill.Arg., 53
Browallia viscosa Kunth, 72
Bryophyllum pinnatum (L.f.) Oken, 51
Calvoa
henriquesii Cogn., 60
molleri Gilg, 60
Canavalia maritima Thouars, 55
Casearia mannii Mast., 58
Cassia
angustifolia Vahl, 55
floribunda sensu auct. non Cav., 55
laevigata Willd., 55
mimosoides L., 56
sieberiana sensu auct. non DC., 55
Celtis prantlii sensu auct. non Priemer ex Engl., 73
Chlorophora excelsa (Welw.) Benth. & Hook.f., 61
Chrysophyllum delevoyi De Wild., 71
Cinchona
hasskarliana Miq., 69
succirubra Pav., 69
Cinnamomum zeylanicum Blume, 59
Cissus
curvipoda (Baker) Planch., 74
debilis (Baker) Planch., 74
Citrus grandis (L.) Osb., 71
Clerodendrum japonicum sensu auct. non (Thunb.) Sweet, 73
Clitoria rubiginosa Juss. ex Pers., 56
Conyza persicifolia (Benth.) Oliv. & Hiem, 47
Coronopus didymus (L.) Sm., 49
Crassocephalum biafrae (Oliv. & Hiem) S. Moore, 48
Crotalaria
mucronata Desv., 56
zanzibarica Benth., 56
Culcasia barombensis N.E.Br. , 46
Curcuma domestica Valeton, 74
Cyperus
diffusus Vahl subsp. buchholzii (Boeckeler) Kiik., 52
sylvicola Ridley, 52
Datura
Candida (Pers.) Saff., 72
fastuosa L., 72
Desmodium canum (J.F.Gntel) Schinz & Thell., 56
Diaphananthe
brevifolia (Summerh.) Summerh., 65
curvata (Rolfe) Summerh., 65
rutila (Rchb.f.) Summerh., 65
Dracaena monostachya Baker, 53
Drepanocarpus lunatus (L.f.) G.Mey., 57
Duranta repens L., 73
Ehretia zenkeri Gtirke ex Baker & C.H. Wright, 49
Elettaria repens sensu auct. Exell non (Sonn.) Baill., 74
Eragrostis tenella (L.) P.Beauv. ex Roem. & Schult., 67
Eriochloa nubica (Steud.) Hack. & Stapf ex Thell., 67
Ervatamia
coronaria (Jacq.) Stapf, 46
divaricata (L.) Burkill, 46
Etylhrina
indica Lam., 56
umbrosa Kunth, 56
Eugenia dombeyi (Spreng.) Skeels, 62
Fagara
macrophylla Engl., 71
ntbescens (Hook.f.) Engl., 71
thomensis Engl., 71
Ficus
annobonensis Mildbr. & Hutch., 61
capensis Thunb., 61
fernandesiana Hutch., 61
sidifolia Welw. ex Hiem, 61
vogelii (Miq.) Miq., 61
Fimbristylis ovata (Burm.f.) Kem, 52
Flacourtia flavescens Willd., 58
Garcinia polyantha Oliv., 50
Glycine wightii (Wight & Am.) Verde., 57
Gnaphalium luteo-album L., 47
82
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Gynandropsis gynandra (L.) Briq., 50
Hetaeria heterosepala (Rchb.f.) Summerh., 66
Hippocratea velutina Afzel., 50
Hyparrhenia rufa var. major (Rendle) Stapf, 67
Impatiens tamsiana Exell, 48
Ipomoea stolonifera J.F.Gmel., 51
Landolphia dawei Stapf, 46
Lemna perpusilla sensu auct. non Torrey, 59
Leptaspis cochleata Thwaites, 67
Lonchocarpus grijfonianus (Baill.) Dunn, 57
Luffa aegyptiaca Mill., 52
Luzula campestris (L.) DC. var. mannii Buchenau, 58
Maesa borjaeana Henriq., 62
Maniikara multinervis (Baker) Dubard, 71
Mariscus alternifolius sensu auct. non Vahl, 52
Memecylon
fernandianum Gilg ex Engl., 60
membranifolium Hook.f., 60
memecyloides (Benth.) Exell, 60
Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. subsp. angustifolia (Jacq.) Ooststr.,
51
Mesogyne henriq ues ii Engl., 61
Mikania
cordala sensu auctt. non (Burm.f.) B.L.Rob., 47
sp. sensu auct. Exell (1956, 1973), 47
Musa
rosacea Jacq., 61
ventricosa Welw., 6 1
Nuxia congesta R.Br. ex Fresen. var. thomensis (Philipson) J. Lewis,
49
Ocimum
basilictim sensu auct. pro parte, non L., 59
canum L., 59
Olea
hochsletteri Baker, 62
welwitschii (Knobl.) Gilg & Schellenb., 62
Orestias elegans Ridl., 65
Ouratea
brunneopurpurea Gilg, 62
molleri (Tiegh.) Exell, 62
quintasii (Tiegh.) Exell, 62
Parinari
macrophylla Sabine, 50
mobola Oliv., 50
Parkia o/iveri J.F.Macbr., 57
Paspalum orbiculare G.Forst., 67
Pauletia tomentosa (L.) A. Schmitz, 55
Peperomia
hygrophila Engl., 66
reflexa (L.f.) A.Dietr., 66
retusa (L.f.) A.Dietr. var. mannii (Hook.f.) Dull, 66
vaccinifolia C.DC., 66
Perlebia purpurea (L.) A. Schmitz, 55
Phaseolus adenanlhus G.Mey., 57
Phyllanthus
discoideus (Baill.) Miill.Arg., 54
odontadenius Miill.Arg., 54
Phytolacca dodecandra L’Her. var. apiculata (Engl.) Baker &
C.H. Wright, 66
Polygonum
salicifolium Brouss. ex Willd., 68
senegalense Meisn., 68
Polystachva farinosa Kraenzl., 65
Pothomorphe umbellata (L.) Miq., 66
Psidium littorale Raddi, 62
Pygeum africanum Hook.f., 69
Quisqualis indica L., 50
Rapanea thomensis Exell, 62
Rauvolfia dichotoma K.Schum. , 46
Rauvolfia macrophylla Stapf, 46
Renealmia grandiflora Baker, 74
Rhynchelytrum repens (Willd.) C.E.Hubb., 67
Rorippa indica sensu auct. non (L.) Hiem, 49
Rottboellia exaltata (L.) L.f., 68
Rubus pinnatus Willd. var. afrotropicus (Engl.) Gustafsson, 69
Sapium
cornutum Pax, 54
ellipticum (Hochst.) Pax, 54
Scytopetalum kamerunianum Engl., 72
Senna
obtusifolia (L.) Irwin & Bameby, 55
septemtrionalis (Viv.) H.S. Irwin & Bameby, 55
Setaria chevalieri Stapf, 68
Sida
pilosa Retz., 60
veronicifolia Lam., 60
Solanum
indicum sensu auct. non L., 72
lycopersicon L., 72
Sparganophorus sparganophora (L.) C.Jeffrey, 48
Spathodea nilotica Seem., 48
Spilanthes filicaulis (Schumach. & Thonn.) C D. Adams, 47
Spondias
dulcis Sol. ex Parkinson, 45
lutea L., 45
Stolzia thomensis Stevart & P.J.Cribb, 65
Streptocarpus thomensis Exell, 58
Tephrosia flexuosa G.Don, 57
Thevetia peruviana (Pers.) K.Schum., 45
Triplotaxis stellulifera (Benth.) Hutch., 48
Tristemma
incompletum sensu auct. pro parte non R.Br., 60 (3)
mildbraedii Gilg ex Engl., 60
thomensis J.H.P.B. Ferreira, 60
Urera cameroonensis Wedd., 73
Vigna
alba (G.Don) Planch, ex Baker f., 58
oblonga sensu auct. non Benth., 58
unguiculata subsp. dekindtiana sensu auct. non (Harms) Verde., 58
Vincentella densiflora (Baker) Pierre, 71
Voacanga lemosii Philipson, 46
Wissadula amplissima (L.) R.E. Fries var. rostrata (Schumach.)
R.E. Fries, 60
Xanthosoma
maffafa Schott, 46
violaceum Schott, 46
Xylopia africana (Benth.) Oliv., 45
Zerumbet speciosum J.C.Wendl., 74
Bothalia 41.1 : 83-134 (201 1)
Systematics of the southern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 3. Sections
Hyalis and Morphixia
P. GOLDBLATT* ** and J.C. MANNING***
Keywords: classification, Iridaceae, Ixia sections Hyalis and Morphixia, morphology, new species, pollination, southern Africa, taxonomy, winter
rainfall zone
ABSTRACT
A revised classification is presented for Ixia L.. a southern African genus restricted to the winter rainfall zone of the west-
ern part of the subcontinent, in which the four sections Dichone (Salisb. ex Baker) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, Hyalis (Baker)
Diels, Ixia, and Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Pax are recognized and diagnosed. The circumscription of sect. Hyalis is emended
to include both short- and long-tubed species, mostly with four or more leaves with the uppermost not sharply differentiated
from the lower. This contrast with sect. Morphixia, also with short- and long-tubed species, in which the entirely sheathing
uppermost leaf (rarely upper two leaves) is distinct from the lower two or rarely three leaves, which have well-developed
blades. We revise these two sections, recognizing 18 species in sect. Hyalis, including the two new species. I. linderi and 7.
recondita, and recognizing 31 species in sect. Morphixia, including the 1 1 new species, 7. alata, I. cedarmontana, I. doli-
chosiphon, 7. ecklonii, 7. linearifolia. /. monticola (previously included in I. latifolia var. angustifolia), I. pavonia. I. parva
and I. ramulosa (raised from varietal rank as var. parviflora and var. ramulosa respectively of 7. latifolia), I. saundersiana
and 7. stenophylla (previously I.fucata xaT.fi/ifolia). We also provide a new name, 7. mollis for the illegitimate homonym 7.
flaccida. Lastly, we transfer 7. purpureorosea from sect. Ixia to sect. Hyalis. We recognize eight informal series, three in sect.
Hyalis and five in sect. Morphixia. With these changes and additions the genus Ixia now comprises 78 species.
CONTENTS
Abstract 83
Introduction 83
Classification of Ixia 83
Important taxonomic characters 86
Chromosome cytology 88
Pollination 88
Relationships of Ixia 89
Systematics 90
Key to sections and species 90
Key to sections of Ixia 90
Key to species of sect. Hyalis 90
Key to species of sect. Morphixia 91
Sect. Dichone (Salisb. ex Baker) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning 85
Sect. Ixia 85
1 . Sect. Hyalis (Baker) Diels (18 spp.) 85, 92
1.1. Series Hyalis (spp. 1-8) 93
1 .2. Series Fucatae (spp. 9-12) 101
1.3. Series Angustisiphon (spp. 13-18) 104
2. Sect. Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Pax (31 spp.) ... 85, 109
2.1. Series Morphixia (spp. 19-26) 110
2.2. Series Brevitubae (spp. 27-31) 119
2.3. Series Paucifolieae (spp. 32-35) 125
2.4. Series Rapunculoides (spp. 36-44) 130
2.5. Series Capillares (spp. 45-49) 131
Nomenclatural note 131
Acknowledgments 131
References 132
Index 133
* B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botani-
cal Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, USA.
Email: peter.goldblatt@mobot.org.
** Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiver-
sity Institute, Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
Email: j.manning@sanbi.org.za.
* Research Centre for Plant Growth and Development, School of
Biological and Conservation Sciences, University of KwaZulu-Natal,
Pietermaritzburg, Private Bag X01, Scottsville 3209, South Africa.
MS. received: 2010-02-04.
INTRODUCTION
As circumscribed here, the southern African genus Ixia
L. now comprises 78 species in the four sections Dichone
(Salisb. ex Baker) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, Ixia, Hyalis
(Baker) Diels and Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Pax. Sect. Mor-
phixia has been the subject of taxonomic studies conducted
over the past five years, resulting in the recognition of 1 1
new species and the reinstatement of one more (Goldblatt
& Manning 2008a, b). In G.J. Lewis’s (1962) monograph
of Ixia, sects Hyalis and Morphixia included just 1 8 spe-
cies. These, together with three species described before
our study of the sections began (I. pumilio , I. acaulis and
I. aurea ), 1 3 new species described in this account, and the
transfer of I. purpureorosea to sect. Hyalis, bring the total
species of the two sections to 49. With the accounts of spe-
cies of sects Hyalis and Morphixia scattered among several
papers published from 1985 to 2008, it now seems useful to
produce a summary account of these two sections.
We have also come to reconsider the infrageneric clas-
sification that we proposed in 1999 (Goldblatt & Manning
1999) and in which we recognized two subgenera: subgen.
Ixia with sects Dichone and Ixia, and subgen. Morphixia
with sects Hyalis and Morphixia. We present a revised
infrageneric classification here, partly following Lewis
(1962) in admitting four sections, Dichone, Ixia , Hyalis and
Morphixia, but without division into subgenera. In this sys-
tem the circumscription of sect. Hyalis is emended and no
longer includes just long-tubed species.
Classification of Ixia
Relationships within Ixia are difficult to gauge and
in the absence of molecular studies we depend on tradi-
tional methods of morphological and anatomical com-
parison. As is often the case, the understanding of broad
relationships is reflected in classification systems. While
84
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
we understand that morphology-based infrageneric clas-
sifications are provisional, they are always useful to
some extent in grouping like species together. Lewis
(1962) in her monograph of the genus recognized 44
species in two subgenera. Subgen. Dichone (Salisb. ex
Baker) G.J. Lewis incorporated species that she trans-
ferred from Tritonia sect. Dichone and included nine
species. The remaining 35 species constituted subgen.
Ixia, in which Lewis recognized three sections: sect.
Ixia, which included species of J.G. Baker’s subgen. Ixia
and Eurydice (Baker 1892, 1896); and sects Hyalis and
Morphixia , which were virtually equivalent to Baker’s
subgen. Hyalis and Morphixia.
Lewis distinguished subgen. Ixia by the conduplicate,
channelled style branches that are stigmatic in the distal
part, combined with conventional linear to linear-oblong
anthers with narrow thecae, both probably ancestral for
Crocoideae and certainly for Ixieae Dumort. (1822) [the
tribal name has priority over Croceae Dumort. (1829),
the latter used by Goldblatt et al. 2006 in error]. In con-
trast, subgen. Dichone included species with involute
style branches (thus cylindric and tubular) and conse-
quently stigmatic only at the tips, and usually with what
Lewis called subdidymous anthers, with short, broad
thecae and a narrow connective. Whereas the style
branches of her two subgenera are readily distinguished,
the difference in the anthers is less obvious but never-
theless valid. Essentially, the anthers of Dichone have
reduced, unusually short connectives, and in several
species the anthers themselves are extremely short, thus
broadly oblong to suborbicular.
Lewis’s subdivision of subgen. Ixia into three sec-
tions reduced Baker’s subgenera to sectional rank, not of
course including subgen. Eurydice (which included only
I. monadelpha). Lewis, thus reverted in part to the ear-
lier classification of Ixia by Pax (1888) in the first edi-
tion of Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien , in which he
subdivided Ixia (not then including subgen. Dichone)
into sects Ixia. Eurydice and Morphixia. Bentham &
Hooker’s (1883) treatment of Ixia , however, appears to
be the first to include an infrageneric classification of
the genus. Not only did they reunite Ixia and Morphixia
but categorically stated that they admit no sections, the
distinctions among the species being too weak, although
they recognized two series, Ixia (including sect. Eury-
dice) and Morphixia (the latter including the species of
Hyalis as well).
Prior to 1883, Ixia had been reserved only for the
species that we now consider members of Lewis’s sect.
Ixia. The remaining species (Lewis’s Hyalis and Mor-
phixia) had been segregated in the genus Morphixia by
Ker Gawler (1827). Baker’s subgen. Hyalis included
long-tubed species now referred to four separate gen-
era, I. paniculata and one species each of Thereianthus
G.J. Lewis, Tritonia Ker Gawl. and Tritoniopsis L.Bolus.
Hyalis as a genus (Salisbury 1812) was exactly equiva-
lent to Morphixia (according to the species assigned
to Hyalis by Salisbury), a fact noted by Bentham &
Hooker, but is invalid in lacking a description. The name
was subsequently validated by Baker but at subgeneric
rank. Lewis (1962) effectively lectotypified sect. Hyalis
by citing /. paniculata as the type and excluding from
the genus the remaining species placed there by Baker.
Sect, (or subgen.) Morphixia included species with
style branches and anthers of the subgen. Ixia type, but
a short perianth tube, expanded distally (thus funnel-
shaped), with decurrent filaments inserted at the junc-
tion of the narrow, lower part of the perianth tube with
the wider, upper part. Sect. Ixia included species with
a largely filiform tube (of the subgen. Dichone type),
and filaments inserted at the top of the tube, not decur-
rent, and contiguous or even partly or fully united, thus
occluding the mouth of the tube. The practical distinc-
tion is that the tube walls in the narrow part of the tube
in sect. Ixia tightly sheath the style, effectively closing
the tube, whereas in sect. Morphixia , the tube is hollow
as the walls do not touch the style, and the tube contains
nectar at the base. Nectar is rarely present in sect. Ixia
and when it is, e.g. in I. flexuosa, it rises by capillary
action to the mouth of the tube.
Lewis’s remaining section, Hyalis , comprised species
with an elongate and more or less cylindric or evenly
flared perianth tube, usually exceeding 20 mm. We find
her distinction between Morphixia (tube up to 20 mm
long) and Hyalis (tube 20 mm long or longer) arbitrary,
and Lewis herself noted that populations of I. longituba
(sect. Hyalis) sometimes have a tube 15-18 mm long.
We have encountered additional exceptions, notably in
a plant allied to I. paucifolia which has a tubular peri-
anth tube 15-18 mm long (22-34 mm in typical I. pauci-
flora). Moreover, sect. Hyalis sensu Lewis appears to us
an artificial assemblage of species of two lineages: spe-
cies allied to I. paniculata with an indeterminate number
of leaves (at least four) and outer floral bracts with a sin-
gle prominent vein and one prominent terminal tooth;
and I. pauciflora and its allies, which always have with
three leaves, two basal with well-developed blades and
the upper leaf entirely sheathing, and outer floral bracts
with three prominent veins and three subequal termi-
nal teeth. These latter vegetative features exactly match
most members of sect. Morphixia , including its type.
In our previous classification of the genus (Goldblatt
& Manning 1999) we were influenced by the filiform
nature of the perianth tube (the walls of which clasp
the style) shared by sect. Ixia and subgen. Dichone to
treat the two as sections of subgenus Ixia. The remain-
ing species then fell in subgen. Morphixia. The latter,
based on Morphixia Ker Gawk, is here lectotypified by
M. aulica (Aiton) Ker Gawl. (now I. latifolia) — Lewis
actually listed /. latifolia as the type, the current name
for M. aulica , technically an error explained below. It is
now clear that the development of the filiform perianth
tube has occurred independently in several other genera
of Crocoideae as part of pollination syndromes in which
floral rewards have shifted from nectar to pollen (Gold-
blatt & Manning 2006). This floral morphology is there-
fore not necessarily an indicator of relationships.
During our examination of Ixia for this revision we
have found that the supposed floral distinction between
subgenera Ixia and Morphixia to be weak. Several spe-
cies assigned to sect, or subgen. Morphixia , notably I.
odorata, I. orientals and I. tenuifolia have the lower
part of the perianth tube ± filiform, and the shorter upper
part expanded, and in practice they cannot be easily dis-
tinguished from I. flexuosa of subgen./sect. Ixia. The dis-
tinction between I. flexuosa and /. orientalis is especially
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
85
problematic, and rests on the insertion of the filaments
and secondarily on the length of the perianth tube, a use-
ful but not always reliable criterion. Both have scented,
pink or white flowers, style branches dividing below or
opposite the base of the anthers, and the upper part of
the tube short and flared, and containing traces of sweet
nectar. Ixia purpureorosea, included by Lewis in sect.
Ixia , has a perianth tube like that of 1. tenuifolia , filiform
below but expanded in the upper third to quarter and
containing nectar, and decurrent filaments: we transfer
the species to sect. Hyalis.
A simple solution to this inconsistency would be to
transfer species of Morph ixia with a filiform perianth
tube to subgen. Ixia but the difficulty associated with
placing species in these two infrageneric taxa suggests
that their subgeneric rank is not merited and that these
two taxa are better treated as sections. Sect, or sub-
gen. Dichone, however, remains easy to distinguish
and although we prefer to regard the taxon as a section,
we note its isolation in tribe Ixieae in both anther and
style branch characters. Dichone does share with Ixia a
basic chromosome number of x = 1 0 ( Tritonia, in which
Dichone was included by Baker, has x = 11), transparent
to translucent floral bracts, usually the outer with three
but sometimes just a single prominent vein and associ-
ated three-toothed or one-toothed apices, the inner bract
with two prominent veins and two-toothed. Pollen grains
examined to date (Goldblatt el al. 1991 ) also show that
both subgenera Dichone and Ixia have a single-handed
operculum, in contrast to the two-banded operculum
in other genera of subfamily Crocoideae, which is the
ancestral condition. Leaf anatomy of both taxa also
shows leaf margins with undifferentiated epidermal cells
and a subepidermal strand of sclerenchyma (De Vos
1982; Rudall & Goldblatt 1991), apparent reversals to
the ancestral state for Crocoideae. As we noted above,
however, the ancestral leaf margin condition for Crocoi-
deae is a subepidermal strand of sclerenchyma associ-
ated with a marginal vein. The latter, not present in Ixia,
renders the leaf margin condition in the genus unique in
Ixieae but not in Crocoideae — Melasphaerula (Gladi-
oleae) has anatomically similar leaf margins (Rudall
1995).
We propose the following infrageneric taxonomy in
which we recognize four sections:
Ixia sect. Dichone (Salisb. ex Baker) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning in Bothalia 29: 63 (1999).
Vegetatively identical to sect. Ixia. but flowers with a
filiform perianth tube, the tube usually relatively short;
anthers short, oblong to suborbicular, usually so-called
subdidymous; style branches filiform-tubular and invo-
lute, thus stigmatic only at apices. The stamens are uni-
lateral and reclinate in some species and the anthers are
then horizontal to pendent; in a few species the anthers
are incompletely dehiscent, opening from the base.
Flowers are usually shades of pink (rarely white), but
blue-mauve in I. brevituba. The subgenus currently has
10 species (Lewis 1962; Goldblatt & Snijman 1985;
Manning & Goldblatt 2006) but several more await
formal publication. No infrasectional classification has
been proposed.
Ixia sect. Ixia
Flowers with a filiform perianth tube, usually well
developed and sometimes elongate; anthers linear, dehis-
cent along their entire length; style branches narrowly
channelled (Lewis 1962, described the style branches as
conduplicate, but they are not folded together, but rather
form a narrow channel) and stigmatic along the margins,
sometimes only toward the tips. The stamens are always
symmetrically arranged with the filaments inserted at
the base of the tepals and not decurrent. Leaf number
is indeterminate, but usually at least four and up to 10.
The upper leaves decrease in size progressively above,
becoming partly to largely sheathing, but lack a sharp
distinction between basal foliage and upper sheathing
leaves. Flowers are usually unscented and often brightly
coloured and frequently have a dark central mark, either
restricted to the tepal bases or including the filaments
and sometimes the anthers and style branches. Nineteen
species are currently recognized.
Ixia sect. Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Pax in Die
nattirlichen Pfianzenfamilien 2,5: 154 (1888).
Perianth tube hollow; filaments inserted within the
tube and decurrent, not connivent at the base. The style
branches are usually fairly short and recurved, but of
the same type as in sect. Ixia. Although usually central,
the stamens are occasionally unilateral (a feature not
known to Lewis): horizontal in Ixia pauciflora, declinate
in I. reclinata and ± arcuate in I. stenophylla. The tepals
are seldom brightly coloured, more often being muted
shades of blue-grey, mauve pink, or white and only
rarely with weakly developed markings. Floral scent is
common and usually reminiscent of rose to violet but I.
rivulicola has a rich floral scent with notes of passion
fruit and sweet pea. Nectar is always present in the base
of the perianth tube, sometimes in substantial quantities.
An important feature of the section is that leaf number
is determinate, usually three, occasionally more, and
the basal leaves with expanded blades are sharply dis-
tinct from the uppermost one or two, which are entirely
sheathing. We recognize thirty-one species in the sec-
tion.
Ixia sect. Hyalis (Baker) Diels in Engler & Prantl
in Die nattirlichen Pfianzenfamilien. edn 2, 15a: 486
(1930).
A residual group includes species with style and
anthers of the sect. Ixia type; an indeterminate leaf
number, the upper leaves weakly differentiated from
the lower, and usually with free blades; and tubu-
lar or funnel-shaped perianth tube ranging from hol-
low throughout to filiform in the lower two thirds and
expanded above (thus with decurrent filaments). Nectar
is normally produced and the flowers are often scented
(depending on the pollination system — those pollinated
by long-proboscid flies are unscented). The outer bracts
with usually only one prominent central vein are a fea-
ture of most species. The circumscription of sect. Hya-
lis adopted here thus differs from Lewis’s in that it is
not restricted to species with an elongate perianth tube
although the type species, Ixia paniculata, has the long-
est tube in the genus. We recognize eighteen species
here.
86
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Within sects Hyalis and Morphixia we recognize
eight informal clusters of species sharing one or more
derived features, for convenience called series (Table
1). We believe that most of these are monophyletic but
some may be paraphyletic. The species of sect. Hyalis
are distributed among three separate series and those of
sect. Morphixia among five.
TABLE 1. — Classification of sects Hyalis and Morphixia (total 49 Ixia
species). New species are in bold type
1. Sect. Hyalis (18)
1.1. Series Hyalis (8)
pumilio
leipoldtii
longiluba
bellendenii
splendida
linderi
acaulis
panicidata
1 .2. Series Fucatae (4)
cochlearis
fucata
stohriae
recondita
1 .3 Series Angustisiphon (6)
orientalis
odorata
esterhuyseniae
aurea
tenuifolia
purpureorosea
2. Sect. Morphixia (3 1 )
2.1. Series Morphixia (8)
divaricata
saundersiana
latifolia
monticola
parva
ramulosa
ecklonii
bnmneobracteata
2.2. Series Brevitubae (5)
marginifolia
pavonia
linearifolia
(data
thomasiae
2.3. Series Paucifoliae (4)
paucifolia
dolichosiplion
cedarmontana
stenophylla
2.4. Series Rapunculoides (9)
rapuncidoides
robusta
rivulicola
lacera
mollis
namaquana
oxalidiflora
sobolifera
contorta
2.6. Series Capillares (5)
capillaris
exiliflora
pauciflora
dieramoides
reclinata
Important taxonomic characters
Conns : provide several valuable taxonomic char-
acters. They are typically ± globose, but conical in I.
acaulis. Apart from corm size, which is loosely cor-
related with plant size, corms vary notably in the posi-
tion of cormlets (cormels). These propagules are usually
sessile and located at the base of the main corm. The
presence of slender, flattened stolons, each bearing a
terminal cormlet, readily separate Ixia oxalidiflora from
I. namaquana and I. sobolifera from several other spe-
cies of the I. rapunculoides group and I. brunneobrac-
teata from its close allies. Ixia purpureorosea and 7.
paniculata (series Hyalis) are the only other species in
sects Hyalis and Morphixa that produce stolons. In sect.
Ixia only 7. calendulacea Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, 7.
maculata L. and 7. stolonifera G.J. Lewis produce sto-
lons. The distribution of this character then, appears to
provide no indication of relationship, nor is it correlated
with soil preference for it is present in species of sandy
or clay habitats. Corm tunics, derived from the bases
of cataphylls, range from coarsely to finely fibrous,
the latter conspicuous in the 7. capillaris group (series
Capillares). Finely fibrous tunics combined with differ-
ent flower colour and soil preference separate 7. cedar-
montana from the similarly long-tubed 7. paucifolia in
which it has until now been included. In the stolonife-
rous I. oxalidiflora and I. sobolifera , the tunics are softly
papery rather than composed of a discrete network of
fibres and they do not accumulate to any extent. The
semi-aquatic 7. rivulicola has thin, almost membranous
tunics that do not persist, and 7. monticola has dry, chest-
nut-brown, onion skin-like tunics that rarely accumulate
from one season to the next.
Flowering stem and branching pattern', the stem is
terete and comparatively thin, firm and wiry. It is usually
branched and branching patterns are often distinctive.
The flowering stem and spike are aerial, well developed
and terete except in Ixia acaulis, in which the flowers
are borne on an underground stem. During development
of the capsules of this species the stem elongates so that
the ripe seeds are displayed at ground level.
The branches of Ixia contorta, I. parva and some
populations of 7. latifolia are short and twisted, whereas
in the closely related 7. divaricata, the branches are
straight, usually relatively long and the flowers are
crowded distally. Particularly short, wiry branches (or
branchlets) bearing just one to three flowers each char-
acterize the 7. capillaris group (series Capillares), series
Brevitubae (7. linearifolia, I. marginifolia, I. pavonia)
and a few species of other series, notably 7. namaquana,
I. ramulosa and several more species. In 7. ecklonii the
branches of the several specimens of the only known
collection consistently have a single flower each.
The bracts and prophylls subtending the branches are
sometimes distinctive and provide valuable taxonomic
characters. They range from short and subacute, obtuse
or truncate and 1-2 mm long (e.g, in Ixia namaquana,
I. rapunculoides and 7. robusta in series Rapunculoides
and 7. latifolia in series Morphixia ), to attenuate and sig-
nificantly longer, notably in series Capillares, a few spe-
cies of series Rapunculoides, notably 7. oxalidiflora and
7. sobolifera , and are particularly pronounced in 7. lac-
erata in which the long, thread-like apices of the bracts
and prophylls are spreading to recurved, a feature that
makes this species unmistakable. Care should be taken
to note this feature, for in the absence of corms, it can be
useful in separating otherwise similar species.
Leaves', the bladeless basal cataphylls provide few
important characters but in a few species they persist
as a collar of fibres around the base of the stem, a fea-
ture particularly well developed in Ixia cochlearis and
7. robusta , but weakly expressed in 7. capillaris, I. pau-
ciflora and in some of the southern populations of 7.
rapunculoides. In most populations of 7. capillaris and 7.
pauciflora the cataphylls are dry and a distinctive, chest-
nut-brown.
Foliage leaves range in number from several (4-10)
in what we consider the less specialized sect. Hyalis,
to just three, less often four in sect. Morphixia with the
uppermost leaf sheathing the stem for virtually its entire
length. The sharp distinction between the basal leaves
with expanded blades and the entirely sheathing upper
leaf or leaves is clearly derived. Particularly special-
ized are the narrow, linear leaf blades of series Capil-
lares. When fresh, the blades in the series are leathery
to almost fleshy and lack evident veins and margins,
though these are visible as areas of paler green when
held up to the light. The midvein is usually the only vein
present and is always displaced to the adaxial side of
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
87
the blade. When dry, the veins and margins often appear
raised due to the differential drying of the leaf tissue.
Ixia stenophylla has superficially similar narrow leaves,
but the midvein is ± central and prominently thickened
and raised.
Plane leaf blades are almost universal, occasion-
ally with moderately to heavily thickened margins,
notably in Ixia latifolia and I. robusta. Two species, I.
alata and 7. thomasiae stand out in the genus in having
winged leaf margins, a specialization not uncommon in
some other genera of Crocoideae, especially Geissorhiza
(Goldblatt 1985) and Gladiolus (Goldblatt & Manning
1998). In such leaves the margins are raised at right
angles to the blade. The unusual, long, narrow leaves of
I. linearifolia also stand out in their almost fleshy texture
and prominently raised but thick, fleshy margins.
Leaves are usually narrowly sword-shaped to lanceo-
late and 4-15 mm wide. Ixia latifolia, I. marginifolia
and I. rapunculoides typically have broad, falcate leaf
blades, sometimes over 20 mm wide. Leaves are often
weakly twisted above but strikingly so in I. aurea. The
narrow, linear leaves of series Capillares are mostly 1.0-
1 .5 mm wide, and always less that 2 mm wide.
Spike : the number of flowers per spike is always vari-
able, but a range is usually constant for a species. The
main or terminal spike usually has more flowers than
the branches. Particularly robust individuals, usually
the result of a good growing season, always have more
flowers per spike and confound the taxonomic utility of
the character. Consistently few flowers per spike char-
acterize I. linearifolia, I. marginifolia, I. ramulosa, all
members of series Capillares and most species of series
Rapunculoides. The several known specimens of I. eck-
lonii have a single-flowered main and lateral spikes.
Floral bracts are membranous and more or less trans-
lucent and have one or more prominent veins, often dark
in colour. The outer bracts provide several taxonomic
characters. They are most often three-veined and termi-
nate in three subequal teeth or lobes. Ixia lacerata stands
out in having bracts with five ± equal veins and five
attenuate teeth. Most species of sect. Hyalis have outer
bracts with a single prominent vein and with a single ter-
minal tooth or lobe, or when 3-veined, the central tooth
or lobe is more prominent than the laterals. Ixia panicu-
lata has obscurely 3-dentate outer bracts with the cen-
tral tooth vestigial and I. splendida and 7. linderi have ±
truncate outer bracts minutely serrate at the tips. Inner
floral bracts are always 2-veined and forked at the tips.
Flowers', shape, always constant in a species, ranges
from salver- to bell-shaped and flowers may be held
vertically (i.e. erect), ascending (half nodding) or hori-
zontally oriented (nodding). Species of series Capillares
typically have nodding flowers as do Ixia namacpiana, I.
rapunculoides, I. oxalidiflora and several more of series
Rapunculoides. Ixia sobolifera has nodding to ± pendent
flowers. An important aspect of the flower is the peri-
anth tube, which ranges from narrowly (most species
of series Hyalis ) to broadly funnel-shaped (series Mor-
phixia, most species of series Capillares) or ± cylindric
or gradually and uniformly flared from the base (e.g.
series Paucifoliae, Ixia ecklonii, I. longituba, I. pani-
culata). The perianth is always radially symmetric with
subequal tepals, those of the outer whorl slightly broader
than those of the inner. The stamens are usually symmet-
rically arranged around the style, but are unilateral and
declinate, with the anthers facing the dorsal tepal in 7.
declinata and at least some populations (possibly all, but
this is impossible to determine from pressed specimens)
of 7. fucata and 7. pauciflora.
Flowers are seldom brightly coloured, more often
being muted shades of blue-grey, mauve-pink, or white
and only rarely have weakly developed markings. Ixia
tenuifolia stands out in its yellow to orange perianth
often with a dark centre, 7. esterhuyseniae and most pop-
ulations of 7. odorata in their uniformly yellow flowers,
and 7. pumilio in its attractive red perianth. Flowers of 7.
leipoldtii are unique in being pure white with deep pur-
ple markings on the lower parts of the tepals and those
of 7. pavonia in their dark red centre on a blue-mauve
background.
Floral scent is common and usually reminiscent of
rose to violet. Scent is sometimes quite strong, notably
in Ixia odorata and 7. rivulicola in which the rich floral
scent has notes of passion fruit and pineapple. Flowers
of 7. parva have a strong scent of sweet peas, surprising
in so small a bloom.
Shortly exserted filaments are most likely the ances-
tral condition for stamens, as for example in Ixia capil-
laris, but 7. latifolia has filaments exserted up to 10 mm,
rendering the anthers particularly prominent. We infer
that this is a specialized state. All members of series
Rapunculoides and scattered species of other sections
(e.g. 7. dieramoides, I. leipoldtii, I. stohriae ) have the
filaments and the bases of the anthers included in the
perianth tube, an unusual specialization. The stamens
are fully included in the tube in 7. linderi, I. oxalidiflora
and 7. recondita, and usually so in 7. paniculata and 7.
splendida. In the last-named two species the tips of
the anthers often extend beyond the mouth of the tube
and in 7. paniculata the anthers are occasionally fully
exserted.
The subglobose ovary itself offers no variation except
size, and is not useful taxonomically. The point of divi-
sion of the style is somewhat variable within species
but nevertheless constitutes a useful character, as does
length of the style branches. The style divides between
the bases and apices of the filaments in 7. reclinata and
7. odorata but in other species, usually opposite the mid-
dle to upper third of the anthers, and in a few species
it exceeds them. The direct contact between pollen in
dehisced anthers and style branches, common in Hyalis
and Morphixia, does not indicate autogamy: several spe-
cies with flowers of this type that we have examined (7.
lacerata, I. namaquana, I. rapunculoides, I. sobolifera)
do not produce seeds with their own pollen and we infer
that they are self-incompatible. Horn (1962) reported
self-incompatibility in 7. odorata but several species of
sect. Ixia produced reduced amounts of seed if self-polli-
nated by hand.
Fruit and seeds : capsules and seeds show little varia-
tion in the few species in which they are known. In those
in which fruits have been recorded, the capsule walls
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
are cartilaginous and smooth but show the outline of the
seeds. Capsules are loculicidally dehiscent and the seeds
are hard, smooth and shiny. Both the ovary and the cap-
sule of Ixia alata and /. thomasiae of series Brevitubae
have a conspicuously warty surface. An unusual fea-
ture of the seeds is exclusion of the vascular trace to the
ovule from the seed body during development (Goldblatt
& Manning 1995). The trace persists in the mature seed
as a fine thread lying above the raphe. Such seeds are
shared with the Dierama-Duthieastrum-Sparaxis-Trito-
nia clade of tribe Ixieae and are derived in Crocoideae
(Goldblatt et al. 2006).
Chromosome cytology
The relatively few chromosome counts for Ixia (Table
2) consistently indicate a basic chromosome number of
n = 10 (Goldblatt 1971; Goldblatt & Takei 1997). Just
16 species have been counted, but include at least two
for each of the four sections of the genus. Sect. Mor-
phixia is least sampled and we note that no species of
the I. capillaris or I. paucifolia groups of the section
have been counted. The karyotype is uniform across the
species examined; I. orientalis stands out in being tetra-
ploid, 2 n = 40 and a diploid number of 2 n = ± 42 [prob-
ably 2/7 = 40] was noted on a collection of I. calendula-
cea. There are thus single counts for these two relatively
widespread species, making it premature to conclude
that either is uniformly tetraploid.
The basic karyotype for Ixia, described by Goldblatt
(1971), consists of two substantially larger, acrocentric
chromosome pairs, 3. 0-3. 3 pm long, one of which bears
a terminal satellite in some species. The remaining eight
TABLE 2. — Chromosome counts in Ixia, with taxonomy corrected. In
addition, a collection of I. calendulacea (De Wet 00903 PRE) has
an annotation indicating a diploid chromosome number of 2 n -
42 [probably 2 n = 40], which is tetraploid and is included below
pairs are ± 1.5-2. 5 pm long and range from acrocentric
to submetacentric. Using a different method for chromo-
some preparation, Goldblatt & Manning (1993) reported
a similar karyotype but smaller chromosomes in I.
acaulis. Species of Dierama have a virtually identical
karyotype, which has been considered independent evi-
dence for the belief that the two genera are immediately
allied. Sparaxis (including Synnotia ) also has x = 10
and a comparable karyotype but, as noted by Goldblatt
(1971), the chromosome complement is slightly smaller
and the distinction between large and small chromosome
pairs less pronounced. Among closely related genera,
Duthieastrum also has x = 10 (De Vos 1974), but Trito-
nia has x = 11, and most species are diploid with 2/7 =
22; three species, however, have 2n = 20, presumably a
derived number.
Pollination
The hollow-tubed flowers of sects Hyalis and Mor-
phixia , with the exception of Ixia pavonia , contain
nectar, secreted from septal nectaries through minute
pores at the top of the ovary directly into the perianth
tube. Nectar is most likely the main reward for pollinat-
ing insects, particularly in species in which the anthers
are held within the perianth tube or at its mouth, largely
concealing the pollen. Pollen on the prominently dis-
played anthers of I. latifolia and its allies, as well as I.
marginifolia, most likely serve as a pollinator attract-
ant, and pollen is the reward in these species. Nectar is
sucrose-dominant in all species examined for the nectar
chemistry (Table 3, from Goldblatt et al. 2000). Nectar
concentrations range from mean values of 23.7 % to 29
% sucrose equivalents except in I. lacerata , in which we
recorded 43.2 %, an unusually high concentration.
Diurnal, long-proboscid, nectarivorous insects are
the recorded pollinators of most species of subgen.
Morphixia (Goldblatt et al. 2000). Pollinators include
large-bodied, long-tongued anthophorine bees (Apidae:
Anthophorinae) and the native Apis mellifera for species
with perianth tubes 5-15 mm long. Anthophorine bees
visiting I. capillaris, I. latifolia, I. odorata, I. rapnn-
culoides and I. thomasiae include Anthophora diver-
sipes, A. sclntlzei, Amegilla spilostoma and Pachymelus
peringueyi. Observations we report here for I. divaricata
and /. rivulicola expand this pattern. Ixia rivulicola is
visited by a wide range of female and male bees, includ-
ing Amegilla spilostoma (Apidae), Melitta capensis
(Melittidae), Megachile sp. (Megachilidae), Plesanthid-
ium calvini and Pate/lapis sp. (both Halictidae), as well
as Apis mellifera workers. Ixia divaricata exhibits a sim-
ilar pattern: Lasioglossnm sp. (Halictidae), Anthophora
diversipes and Amegilla spilostoma have been captured
on flowers of this species. The range of long- and short-
tongued bees indicates that nectar, as well as pollen, are
rewards to floral visitors.
Little is known about pollination by empidid flies
(Empididae) but they are reported to be effective polli-
nators of some northern hemisphere plant species (Proc-
tor et al. 1996). We have been struck repeatedly by the
presence of these small insects, ± 3 mm long, in flowers
of Ixia rapunculoides. The flies frequently carried pol-
len on the frons and dorsal part of the head and thorax,
which passively accumulates as they crawl into the nar-
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
89
TABLE 3. — Nectar properties of selected Ixia flowers. Nectar sugars analysed by B.-E. van Wyk. Sample size
indicates no. different individuals examined at study site (data from Goldblatt et al. 2000)
fru, fructose; glu, glucose; sue, sucrose
row part of the tube in which the anthers are held. For
the empidids to be significant pollinators they would
need to move from flowers of one plant to another and
we have not recorded information on this aspect of their
behaviour. As noted above we have often seen large
anthophorine bees also visiting I. rapimcidoides flow-
ers and in the past we considered the species adapted for
pollination by large-bodied bees (Goldblatt et al. 2000
and unpublished data).
Long-tubed species, including Ixia dolichosiphon, I.
longituba and I. paucifolia, are pollinated by long-pro-
boscid horseflies (Tabanidae), Philoliche gulosa and P.
rostrata (Goldblatt et al. 2000), and a third long-tubed
species, I. paniculata , by Moegistorhynchus longiros-
tris (Nemestrinidae) (Manning & Goldblatt 1997). Ixia
paniculata has a perianth tube as long as 75 mm and its
pollinator has a proboscis almost as long. The southern
and shorter-tubed populations of I. paniculata are prob-
ably pollinated by Philoliche rostrata, the most common
long-proboscid fly in the southern Cape Peninsula and
nearby. Other likely long-proboscid fly-pollinated spe-
cies are I. bellendenii and I. splendida.
Exceptional in Ixia, I. cedarmontana has white or
pale pink, long-tubed flowers with a carnation-like scent
that is particularly strong in the evening. The flowers
remain open and scented thoughout the night. We infer
moth pollination for this species.
Another exception, Ixia acaulis, which although
acaulescent, also has a long perianth tube, is evidently
pollinated by the large butterfly, Cynthia cardui. These
butterflies have been noted by N. Helme (pers. comm.
2010) actively visiting the small yellow flowers of this
winter-blooming species.
Other exceptions to the general pattern are Ixia aurea
and I. tenuifolia (both sect. Hyalis), which have large,
bright yellow (or orange in the latter) flowers. Both are
visited by hopbine beetles and nectarivorous tabanid
flies with short probosces; Mesomvia edentula in the
former; and Philoliche atricornis in the latter (Goldblatt
et al. 2000). The only pollinating insect species recorded
on I. esterhuyseniae is also P. atricornis. Unique in sect.
Morph ixia, I. pavonia has dark purple-black filaments
and style, and a perianth with an almost black centre
edged with bright red, stereotypical adaptations for pol-
lination by hopbine scarabs. One species of the hopbine
genus Kubousa has been noted visiting flowers of the
species (N. Helme pers. comm. 2008); the bodies of sev-
eral of the dark-coloured beetles visibly carried pollen.
Lastly, Ixia orientalis has been reported as being vis-
ited by the butterfly Co/ias electo (Goldblatt et al. 2000)
but subsequent observations, reported here, show that it
is also visited by hopbines or a combination of hopbines
and large anthophorid bees. Ixia orientalis is evidently
a generalist, but I. aurea and I. tenuifolia fit the criteria
of a bimodal pollination system (Manning & Goldblatt
2005). Bright yellow to orange perianth colour, and in I.
tenuifolia a dark central eye, are characteristics of hop-
bine pollination (Goldblatt et al. 1998), but presence
of nectar signifies a nectarivorous pollinator as well,
in this case species of Tabanidae. We have also noted
Apis mellifera visiting flowers of I. marginifolia to for-
age for pollen, but these bees also probe the short tube
(2-4 mm long) for nectar, traces of which are produced.
Both large anthophorine bees, Anthophora species, and
the fly Prosoeca sp. (Goldblatt & Manning 2007, 2008a)
visit flowers of Ixia lacerata, which has a perianth tube
10-12 mm long. Both bees and flies carry pollen of the
species after visiting flowers and thus seem legitimate
pollinators. This in turn suggests the species has a func-
tionally bimodal pollination system derived from the
ancestral bee pollination system of the series.
Relationships of Ixia
A member of Crocoideae, largest of seven sub-
families of the Iridaceae (Goldblatt et al. 2008), Ixia is
currently assigned to Ixieae, a tribe of 14 genera, mostly
of southern Africa (Goldblatt et al. 2006, as Croceae).
Notably Crocus L. is restricted to Eurasia and North
Africa and Romulea Maratti extends through highland
tropical Africa to Eurasia. Within the tribe the imme-
diate relationships of Ixia are with the southern Afri-
can genera Dierama K.Koch, Tritonia and perhaps
Sparaxis Ker. Gawl. (Lewis 1954, 1962; Hilliard et al.
1991; Goldblatt et al. 2006). These genera, together with
90
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Duthieastrum , share derived membranous to dry floral
bracts and hard shiny seeds with excluded ovular vascu-
lature, but only Dierama and Ixia (and the acaulescent
Duthieastrum ) have radially symmetric flowers, a spe-
cialized condition in this lineage of Ixieae (a few species
of Ixia have independently evolved zygomorphic flow-
ers, then usually with declinate stamens).
Among these genera only Dierama, Ixia and Trito-
nia delpierrei and T. marlothii have leaves with a strand
of submarginal sclerenchyma (possibly a reversal to
an ancestral state for the subfamily), but except in Ixia
the strand is associated with a marginal vein rendering
the condition in Ixia unique. In contrast, Duthieastrum,
Sparaxis and all but the two species of Tritonia men-
tioned above have leaves without submarginal scle-
renchyma or a marginal vein and instead have derived
columnar marginal epidermal cells with thickened anti-
clinal walls. The condition in Ixia series Capillares
(Goldblatt & Manning 2008b), in which the marginal
sclerenchyma strand is not associated with a marginal
vein (in fact there is no marginal vein in the upper part
of the leaf) is an apparently specialized, secondary con-
dition.
Chromosome number in Ixia, x = 10, is shared with
Dierama, Duthieastrum and Sparaxis but Tritonia has
x = 11. Lewis (1954, 1962) and Hilliard et al. (1991)
regarded Dierama as most closely related to Ixia on
the grounds of similar floral morphology (assuming the
ancestral flower in the genus was of the Morphixia type
with a funnel-shaped tube and decurrent stamens) and
the characteristic thin, wiry flowering stem, often nod-
ding above, again with the unstated assumption that the
habit of the Morphixia group is ancestral. As pointed out
by Hilliard et al. ( 1991 ) the bracts of Dierama are quite
different from those of Ixia , being dry and without the
discrete veins of most species of Ixia.
Preliminary molecular studies, using just one species
each of the genera of Crocoideae, however, show Ixia to
be immediately related to Tritonia (Reeves et al. 2001;
Goldblatt et al. 2006). This pair constitutes a clade sister
to Dierama (bootstrap support 81 %) in turn related to
Sparaxis plus Duthieastrum (BS 63 %). The Sparaxis-
Duthieastrum clade has no bootstrap support. This
topology is difficult to reconcile with morphology and
cytology: Tritonia and Ixia have similar (and evidently
derived) floral bracts; Dierama and Ixia have radially
symmetric flowers (most likely derived) and share a
chromosome number (also probably derived) different
from that in Tritonia ; and the leaf margin anatomy of
Ixia and Dierama is similar and unlike that in Tritonia.
Additional molecular studies of this alliance and using
species of all the major morphological types are needed
to better understand their relationships and evolution.
SYSTEMATICS
For the sake of brevity we do not mention capsules
and seeds in descriptions unless they are known. In most
species they are not. Currently we believe that capsules
and seeds are remarkably uniform across the genus, vary
only slightly in dimensions and have no features of taxo-
nomic significance, except for the warty capsule walls of
Ixia alata and I. thomasiae.
Specimens cited for each species are a selected sam-
ple covering its geographical range. For new or rare spe-
cies we cite all specimens that we examined.
KEY TO SECTIONS AND SPECIES
Notes : care must be taken in measuring floral parts of
preserved specimens: depending on the method of dry-
ing, the perianth can shrink as much as 30 %. Presence
of stolons is difficult to establish as they are often left
behind during collection unless corms are removed from
the ground with particular care.
Measure filaments from point of insertion on perianth
tube to base of anther, not to point of insertion above
the anther base. For bracts measure those in the middle
portion of the main spike (those at the base and near the
apex of the spike are often longer or shorter than normal).
Key to sections of Ixia
la Style branches tubular with margins involute and stigmatic surfaces confined to tips of style branches; perianth tube filiform throughout
and blocked by style; anthers ovoid and short, sometimes dehiscing incompletely from base; flowers pink to mauve, pale violet (or
white) sect. Dichone
lb Style branches channelled with margins conduplicate below and stigmatic surfaces extending along distal half of style branches; peri-
anth tube either filiform throughout and blocked by style or funnel-shaped to cylindric and hollow above or throughout; anthers ±
linear, dehiscing completely; flowers variously coloured:
2a Perianth tube filiform throughout with filaments inserted at mouth of tube; filament bases often expanded (tepals sometimes connate
basally for a short distance); perianth brightly coloured, usually with dark centre sect. Ixia
2b Perianth tube funnel-shaped to cylindric and hollow throughout or filiform in lower part with filaments inserted within tube and decur-
rent; filament bases not expanded; perianth usually shades of pink or pale blue to white, occasionally brilliantly coloured and rarely
with dark centre:
3a Leaves 4 — 6( 1 0), with upper leaves partly sheathing stem and not sharply differentiated from lower leaves; plants sometimes acau-
lescent; perianth tube sometimes blocked by style in lower part 1 . sect. Hyalis
3b Leaves mostly 3 (sometimes 4 or 5, rarely only 2), with upper 1 (or 2) leaves almost or entirely sheathing and usually clearly differ-
entiated from lower leaves; plants never acaulescent; perianth tube always hollow to base 2. sect. Morphixia
Key to species of sect. Hyalis
la Plants acaulescent with flowers borne at ground level; leaves falcate or prostrate, without evident midrib; flowers bright yellow, salver-
shaped with tube 15-20 mm long 7. 1. acaulis
lb Plants with an aerial stem; leaves falcate to upright, usually with evident midrib; flowers usually shades of white or pink to orange,
rarely red or yellow but then not as above:
2a Floral bracts with 3(-5) subequal major veins and ± equally 3-lobed to 3-dentate:
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
91
3a Anthers and style branches included in lower half of perianth tube; style dividing below or opposite filament bases 12. /. recondita
3b Anthers and style branches exserted or partly included, tips of anthers usually emerging from tube or at least reaching beyond upper
third of tube; style dividing above filament bases:
4a Corm tunics extending upward in a short collar of fibres around base; leaves ± linear and firm-textured; bracts 4-5 mm long; fila-
ments exserted ± 6 mm from tube 9. / cochlearis
4b Corm tunics not extending upward in a short collar of fibres around base; leaves sublinear to sword-shaped and relatively soft-
textured; bracts 5-8 mm long; filaments exserted up to 5 mm or included:
5a Filaments exserted 2-5 mm from tube; style branches 2.0-2. 5 mm long; flowers white with red reverse or pink; stamens
(?always) unilateral XO.I.fucata
5b Filaments included or exserted up to 1 mm; style branches 1 .0-2.3 mm long; flowers pink; stamens symmetrically disposed ....
11.7. stohriae
2b Floral bracts with one major vein (or no dark veins evident) and either with one prominent lobe or tooth, or 3-toothed with central
tooth smaller than lateral teeth, or ± truncate with apex minutely serrated:
6a Perianth tube ± cylindric, usually elongate, 12-70 mm long:
7a Anthers fully exserted from tube:
8a Perianth tube 1 2— 33(— 35) mm long; flowers pink (rarely white sports present in pink-flowered populations); filaments 4-9 mm
long, exserted up to 5 mm from tube 3.7. longituba
8b Perianth tube 35^10 mm long; flowers beige, flushed pink outside; filaments ±15 mm long, exserted 10-1 1 mm from tube
4. 7. bellendenii
7b Anthers fully to partly included in tube:
9a Anthers dark purple-black (rarely pale yellow); perianth tube 35-70 mm long; style dividing between lower third and apex of
anthers, rarely shortly beyond anther tips 8.7 paniculata
9b Anthers yellow to white; perianth tube 18-30 mm long; style dividing below or opposite lower third of anthers:
10a Perianth pink to brick-red; perianth tube 27-30 mm long; tepals 15-18 mm long; anthers 5-6 mm long 5.1. splendida
10b Perianth white or flushed pale pink; perianth tube 18-20 mm long; tepals ± 10 mm long; anthers ± 4 mm long 6.1. linderi
6b Perianth tube widely to narrowly funnel-shaped, narrow and cylindric below, obviously widening at ± middle or upper third into a
flared upper part:
11a Filaments and bases of anthers included in perianth tube; flowers white with large purple blotch on lower part of each tepal; bracts
large, 7-10 mm long, pellucid, flushed pink or brownish 2.1. leipoldtii
1 lb Filament apices exserted from tube; flowers and bracts not as above:
12a Perianth tube ( 1 2 — ) 1 5 — 1 9 mm long; flowers light purple or yellow to orange or brick-red with dark centre:
13a Flowers yellow to orange or brick-red, with a dark centre; bracts dark rust-brown in distal half 17. 7. tenuifolia
1 3b Flowers light purple; bracts pale-translucent 18.7. purpureorosea
12b Perianth tube 4—12 mm long; flowers white, pink to brick-red or yellow, without a dark central mark:
14a Plants 100-250 mm tall; flowers brick-red, facing ± to side; bracts opaque, brownish, 7-9 mm long 1.7. pumilio
14b Plants 100-650 mm tall; flowers yellow to orange or white to pink, suberect; bracts pellucid, 5-7 mm long:
15a Flowers white or pink to mauve; filaments 5-6 mm long; stem usually l^l-branched 13.7. orientalis
15b Flowers yellow to orange, rarely white but then filaments <3.5 mm long; stem usually unbranched:
16a Plants 100 — 1 50( — 350) mm tall; perianth tube 4. 5-6.0 mm long; style dividing between base and middle of anthers
15. 7. esterhuyseniae
16b Plants 180-550 mm tall; perianth tube 7-15 mm long; style dividing below base of anthers:
18a Tepals yellow or white, 9-11 x ± 5 mm; leaves often linear, barely, if at all twisted distally, 2-10 mm wide; filaments
relatively short, up to 3 mm long 14. 7. odorata
18b Tepals orange, 16—23 x 7-9 mm; leaves ± lanceolate and loosely twisted distally, (8 — )10 — 16 mm wide; filaments longer,
5-6 mm long 16. 7. aurea
Key to species of sect. Morphixia
la Foliage leaves 2, blades linear-filiform, < 2 mm (and usually < 1.5 mm) wide when alive:
2a Leaves with a slightly to prominently thickened main vein ± in centre of blade:
3a Flowers with perianth tube cylindrical throughout, (1 2-) 15-20 mm long and uniformly ± 2 mm diam.; leaf margins not raised
35. 7. stenophylla
3b Flowers with perianth tube funnel-shaped, ± 5 mm long; leaf margins raised and fleshy 29. 7. linearifolia
2b Leaves with main vein not evident when alive unless held to the light, lying closer to abaxial margin, when dry, main vein and mar-
gins become evident and appear thickened due to collapse of mesophyll between them:
4a Perianth tube 4—10 mm long; filaments included or exserted up to 2 mm from tube; anthers symmetrically arranged in a column
enclosing style:
5a Perianth tube 4—8 mm long; tepals 11-15 mm long, thus ± twice as long as tube; filaments exserted 1-2 mm and anthers fully
exserted; anthers (3— )4— : 5 mm long 45. 7. capillaris
5b Perianth tube 8-10 mm long; tepals 8-10 mm long, thus ± as long or slightly longer than tube; filaments included and bases of
anthers held within tube; anthers 3.5 — 4.0 mm long 46. 7. exiliflora
4b Perianth tube 12—22 mm long; filaments included or well exserted from tube; anthers symmetrically arranged or unilateral and fac-
ing upward, then style lying below anthers:
6a Stamens symmetrically arranged; filaments included, 3-6 mm long; anthers 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, bases usually included in tube ....
47. 7. dieramoides
6b Stamens usually (?always) unilateral and horizontal to declinate; filaments 12-15 mm long, exserted 2-10 mm from tube; anthers
4—5 mm long, fully exserted from tube:
7a Filaments exserted 2-6 mm from tube; stem simple or with 1 or 2(3) lateral branches, branches subtended by attenuate bracts and
prophylls; cataphylls chestnut-brown above ground 48. 7. pauciflora
7b Filaments exserted 8-10 mm from tube; stem with 1-3 lateral branches, branches subtended by truncate bracts and prophylls;
cataphylls green with ± membranous margins 49. 7. reclinata
lb Foliage leaves 1-4, blades linear to lanceolate or falcate, rarely linear-filiform but then with a moderately to prominently thickened cen-
tral vein, usually > 2 mm wide in mature plants; midvein evident when alive, ± central or slightly displaced toward abaxial margin:
8a Foliage leaves with margins broadly winged, thus H-shaped in cross section; ovary and capsules warty:
9a Flowers pale pink with white to pale yellow throat; perianth tube 5-6 mm long; anthers ± 5 mm long 30. 7. alata
9b Flowers pale blue-mauve, white in throat; perianth tube 8-10 mm long; anthers ± 6 mm long 31.7. thomasiae
8b Foliage leaves plane, sometimes with margins heavily thickened but never winged; ovary and capsules smooth, rarely surface
obscurely roughened:
10a Perianth tube cylindric or subcylindric; tepals usually shorter than tube:
92
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
1 la Perianth tube 15-18 mm long; flowers pale lilac to white flushed lilac 33. I. dolichosiphon
1 lb Perianth tube ( 1 8— )22— 34 mm long; flowers pale beige (also described as pale yellow) or white usually flushed mauve to pink outside:
12a Corm tunics of coarse, woody fibres; flowers pale beige; tepals oblong, 11-15 x 3.CM-.5 mm 32. 1, pancifolia
12b Corm tunics of fine, pale fibres; flowers white, sometimes flushed mauve to pink outside, or pale pink; tepals ovate, 10-12 x
5-7 mm 34. /. cedarmontana
10b Perianth tube broadly or narrowly funnel-shaped; tepals usually as long as or longer than tube:
13a Filaments reaching mouth of perianth tube or exserted (sometimes for only 1 mm); anthers always completely exserted:
14a Foliage leaf solitary, linear; stem usually unbranched 20. 1. saundersiana
14b Foliage leaves 2—4, linear to lanceolate; stem simple or branched:
15a Perianth tube (2.5— )3.0— 5.0 mm long; lateral branches usually several and always short, bearing 1-3(4) flowers:
16a Filaments pale blue to white, 5-7 mm long; lateral branches mostly 2- or 3-flowered 27. /. marginifolia
16b Filaments purple-black, ± 4 mm long; lateral branches mostly 1-flowered 28. /. pavonia
15b Perianth tube 6-18 mm long; lateral branches various:
17a Lateral branches mostly 3-6, short and thread-like, each bearing 1 or 2(3) flowers; perianth deep maroon-purple, magenta-
pink, blue-mauve or white with yellow cup 24. 1. ramulosa
17b Lateral branches mostly 1-3, or plants unbranched, branches typically well developed, straight or twisted, bearing 1-6 or
more flowers:
18a Branches straight and bearing 2-several flowers in distal half or plants unbranched:
19a Leaves ( 5 — ) 1 0— 1 8 mm wide, with moderately to heavily thickened margins; perianth tube 14-23 mm long; tepals 15-18
mm long; bracts 8-10 mm long; perianth usually deep pink to cherry-red 21.7. latifolia
19b Leaves mostly narrowly sword-shaped to falcate, usually < 5 mm wide, with slightly thickened margins; perianth tube
8-1 1 mm long; tepals 11-14 mm long; bracts 5-7 mm long; perianth white, pale pink or purple:
20a Branches 0-2, short, wiry and suberect; corm with papery, onion-skin-like, pale brown tunics not persisting; perianth
tube ± 10 mm long; tepals 12-17 mm long 22. 7 monticola
20b Branches nearly always present, diverging; corm with fibrous, medium to coarse fibres; perianth tube 8-1 1 mm long
and tepals 11-14 mm long:
21a Branches mostly held at more than 45° from main axis, sometimes nearly horizontally; perianth tube 8-1 1 mm long;
filaments exserted ( 1 — )2 mm or included in tube; anthers 4. 0-5. 5 mm long 19. 7 divaricata
21b Branches ascending; perianth tube 12-14 mm long; filaments exserted ± 4 mm from tube; anthers ± 6 mm long ....
34. 7 cedarmontana
18b Branches and main spike always 1-flowered or branches twisted and flexuose, with flowers not obviously crowded in distal half:
22a Perianth tube 1 1-23 mm long; tepals 13-23 mm long; bracts pale and translucent with dark veins evident 21.7 latifolia
22b Perianth tube (5 — )6 — 1 1 mm long; tepals 10-15 mm long; bract veins ± obscured:
23a Bracts pale; stem with (1)2 or 3 short, wiry, twisted branches 5-8 mm long, each bearing a solitary flower .... 25. 7 ecklonii
23b Bracts purple to glossy brown and veins obscured; stem branching not as above:
24a Plants mostly < 100 mm high; bracts 5-6 mm long, flushed purple; cormlets when present borne at base of corm . . .
23. 7. parva
24b Plants mostly 250-450 mm high; bracts 7-10 mm long, glossy dark brown; cormlets borne on long, slender stolons
26. 7 bnmneobracteata
13b Filaments not reaching mouth of perianth tube; anthers partly to entirely included in tube:
25a Main spike long, straight and erect, lateral spikes ascending to spreading, with upright flowers crowded in distal half
19 . 1. divaricata
25b Inflorescence not as above:
26a Plants up to 150 mm high; flowers upright, purple with pale yellow cup; main spike and branchlets twisted and flexuose.
inclined to nearly horizontal 44. 7 contorta
26b Plants usually taller; flowers not as above:
27a Perianth tube (1 2-) 13-20 mm long; anthers partially or fully included in perianth tube:
28a Anthers half exserted from perianth tube; cormlets borne at base of main corm 41.7 namaquana
28b Anthers fully included in perianth tube; cormlets borne at ends of flattened stolons 42. 7 oxalidiflora
27b Perianth tube 5—1 2(- 1 4) mm long; anthers partly included in perianth tube:
29a Leaf blades of lower two or three leaves 8-1 5 mm wide (rarely 3-7 mm); filaments 2—4 mm long:
30a Bracts and prophylls subtending branches attenuate, up to 5 mm long, often deflexed distally; leaves 2(1) with well-
developed blades; perianth tube ( 1 0—) 1 2 1 4 mm long; outer bracts with (4)5 major veins, 5-toothed 39. 7 lacerata
30b Bracts and prophylls subtending branches short, obtuse to truncate, < 2 mm long; leaves 2 or 3(4) with well-developed
blades; perianth tube 5.5— 8.0(— 1 0.2) mm long; outer bracts with 3 major veins, 3-toothed or 3-lobed:
31a Foliage leaves 2(3), blades usually falcate; base of stem rarely with fibrous collar; anthers 2. 3-3. 5 mm long
36. 7. rapunculoides
31b Foliage leaves 3(4); blades usually sword-shaped; base of stem covered by a collar of fibres; anthers 3.5 — 4.0 mm long
37. 7. mbits ta
29b Leaf blades mostly 2. 0-3. 5 mm wide; filaments 3-4 mm long:
32a Plants of streambanks and marshes, often growing in water; perianth tube 8-9 mm long; flowers white with yellow
throat 38. 7. rivulicola
32b Plants of hillsides and flats; perianth tube 5-10 mm long; flowers white (rarely flushed pale blue), or pale pink, slate-
blue with white or yellow throat, horizontal to nodding:
33a Corm tunics of firm, fine to medium-textured, netted fibres accumulating with age; conns bearing sessile cormlets at
base (and rarely a slender stolon); perianth whitish or flushed palest blue with white throat; style dividing opposite
middle of anthers, style branches extending between them 40. 7 mollis
33b Corm tunics of soft, ± papery (not fibrous) layers, not accumulating significantly; corms bearing flattened, ribbon-like
stolons; perianth pink, blue-grey, slate-blue or white; style dividing opposite anther tips, rarely beyond them, style
branches extending beyond anthers 43. 7. sobolifera
1. Sect. Hyalis (Baker) Diels in Engl. & Prantl,
Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien edn 2, 15a: 486
(1930); Lewis: 149 (1962). Subgenus Hyalis Salisb. ex
Baker: 161 (1892); Goldblatt & Manning: 63 (1999).
Type: Ixia paniculata D.Delaroche, lecto., effectively
designated by Lewis 1962: 149.
Leaves usually at least 4, sometimes up to 10, in a
loose fan with uppermost leaves not sharply distinct
from lower and usually not entirely sheathing but distal
portion with a produced blade. Spike with outer bracts
usually dry-membranous and opaque, outer with I (or
3) prominent veins and with I or sometimes three teeth.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
93
the central usually longest. Flowers variously coloured,
rarely pale blue-mauve, usually erect or ascending; peri-
anth tube hollow to base or walls of tube clasping style
in proximal half, funnel-shaped to cylindric; tepals sub-
equal, spreading. Stamens symmetrically arranged in
a ring around central style and contiguous, rarely uni-
lateral, then horizontal or declinate; filaments inserted
at base of upper part of tube, decurrent, not expanded
below, included to well-exserted; anthers splitting lon-
gitudinally, exserted, partly included or rarely fully
included. Ovary and capsules smooth, rarely papillate
( Ixia pumilio); style slender, central and straight, or
when stamens unilateral then displaced to lie beneath
filaments.
1.1. Series Hyalis
al bract with a single prominent vein place the species in
sect. Hyalis and with its lack of obvious floral speciali-
zations, apart from the unusual colour, we place it in the
unspecialized series Hyalis. Ixia pumilio is an attractive
plant and is a perfect subject for container culture.
Additional specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Aan-de-Dooms, Farm
Reiersrus, alluvial sand along banks of Breede River, (-CB), 26 Sept.
1983 (ff.), Goldblatt & Snijman 6960A (MO, NBG).
2. Ixia leipoldtii G.J. Lewis in Annals of the South
African Museum 40; 212 (1954); Lewis: 87 (1962).
Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], Eikekraal. east of
Prince Albert, 27 Sept. 1935, Leipoldt s.n. (BOL21808,
holo.!; SAM, iso.!).
1. Ixia pumilio Goldblatt & Snijman in South
African Journal of Botany 51: 68 (1985). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], banks of the Breede River south
of Worcester, Farm Reiersrus, 30 Aug. 1983, Snijman
737 (NBG, holo.!; K!, MO!. PRE!, iso.).
Plants mostly 120-160 mm high, simple or with
1, rarely 2 or 3 short branches subtended by dry,
attenuate, translucent bracts and prophylls ± 3 mm
long. Corm 7-12 mm diam. with tunics of fine net-
ted fibres. Leaves 3 or 4, upper 1 or 2 partly sheath-
ing stem; blades narrowly sword-shaped to sublinear.
reaching to base or middle of spike, 2-5 mm wide;
midrib slightly thickened. Spike elongate, mostly
6-10-flowered, branches with fewer flowers; bracts
dry-membranous, pale brown, mostly 8-9 mm long,
outer with a prominent central vein, acute or obscurely
3-toothed, the inner 2-veined and forked apically, usu-
ally slightly exceeding outer. Flowers ± erect, old
rose (brick-red), with conspicuously darker veins,
unscented; perianth tube funnel-shaped, widening in
upper half, 8-10 mm long; tepals subequal, ovate-
oblong, 11 — 1 3(— 1 6) x 5. 5-6.0 mm, spreading hori-
zontally. Stamens with filaments 5-6 mm long, exserted
± 3 mm from tube; anthers 4. 0-5. 5 mm long, yellow.
Style dark purple, dividing opposite middle of anthers,
style branches ± 1.5 mm long; ovary surface minutely
warty. Flowering time : mid-August to mid-September.
Distribution-, an extremely local endemic, Ixia
pumilio is known only from the Farm Reiersrus, near
Moordkuil south of Worcester (Figure 1). Plants grow in
alluvial sand close to the Breede River. Because it is so
hightly localized, the species must be regarded as endan-
gered.
Diagnosis and relationships : discovered by Cape
Town botanist Dee Snijman in 1983, this rare species
is distinguished by its low stature (the feature for which
the species is named), with plants seldom exceeding
150 mm, unusual dull reddish pink flowers and dry, pale
brown, opaque bracts. The filaments of Ixia pumilio are
exserted ± 4 mm from the perianth tube and the dark
purple style divides opposite the middle of the anthers.
The ovary and capsule are unusual in the genus in their
minutely warty surface.
We offer no suggestions about the immediate rela-
tionships of the species. The fan of leaves and outer flor-
Plants mostly 150-200 mm high, simple or with 1 or
2 short branches subtended by dry, translucent brown,
attenuate bracts and prophylls 3-5 mm long. Corm 1.0-
1.4 mm diam., with tunics of medium-textured fibres.
Leaves usually 3 or 4, lower 2 (or 3) with expanded
blades, lanceolate to falcate, ± half as long as stem,
upper leaf sheathing stem in lower two-thirds, free in
upper third. Spike erect, 2-4(-6)-flowered; bracts dry-
membranous, translucent brown with dark veins, 8-9
mm long, outer 3-veined, with 3 subacute teeth, central
tooth longest, inner 2-veined and forked at apex, slightly
shorter than outer. Flowers erect, white with a large
dark red-purple centre, unscented; perianth tube funnel-
shaped. ± 1 1 mm long; tepals ascending below, spread-
ing above, ovate, (17-)20-22 x 11-13 mm. Stamens
with filaments 3^1 mm long, included in tube; anthers
4-5 mm long, yellow, bases included in tube. Style
dividing opposite lower third of anthers, style branches
± 2 mm long. Flowering time : September.
Distribution-. Ixia leipoldtii is known with certainty
only from the heights at the top of Op-de-Tradouw
Pass, west of Barrydale in the Little Karoo (Figure 1);
plants grow in stony clay loam. Just a few plants are
currently known to exist, growing among rocky islands
in ploughed land. The type collection is reputedly from
the Farm Eikekraal. east of Prince Albert but that local-
ity remains to be confirmed. Despite some searching at
Eikekraal it has not been re-collected there (J.H.J. Vlok
pers. comm.), a fair distance from Barrydale, and its
FIGURE 1. — Known distribution of Ixia pumilio. ■; I. leipoldtii, * ;
/. longituba , O; I. bellendenii, A: I. splendida. A; I. acaulis, □;
and I. paniculata, •
94
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
occurrence near Prince Albert now seems doubtful. The
species is, as far as we know, on the verge of extinction
in the wild, but plants that we have introduced to cul-
tivation at the South African National Botanic Gardens,
Kirstenbosch, are thriving, and seem well suited to con-
tainer and rock garden culture. It is one of the most seri-
ously endangered species of the genus.
Diagnosis and relationships : a striking plant in full
bloom, Ixia leipoldtii has large, white flowers with a
dark purple central blotch that are eye-catching by them-
selves but in so small a plant appear remarkable. Apart
from the unusual flower colour, I. leipoldtii is readily
distinguished by the translucent brown bracts, broadly
ovate to almost orbicular tepals, and filaments included
in the perianth tube. We have no informed opinion about
its relationships except that it appears to be an unspe-
cialized member of series Hyalis , having a relatively
short perianth tube, a weak distinction between lower
and upper leaves, and outer floral bracts with a single or
dominant central cusp.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE.— 3320 (Montagu): fields at top of Op-de-Tra-
douw Pass, (-CC), 12 Sept. 1994, Goldblatt & Manning 9987 (MO,
NBG); flats ( vlakie ) near Barrydale, 2300' [700 m], (-CC), Sept. 1923,
Levyns 545 ( BOL).
3. Ixia longituba N.E.Br. in Journal of the Lin-
nean Society, Botany 48: 44 (1928); Lewis: 156 (1962).
Type: South Africa, without precise locality, illustration
in Ker Gawler in Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 16: t. 589
(1802a).
Plants (180-)250^J50 mm high, simple or more often
1 - or 2-, rarely 3-branched; branches subtended by pale,
membranous, attenuate bracts and prophylls 3-5 mm
long. Conn depressed-globose, with tunics of pale, fine
fibres. Leaves mostly 4-8, ± sword-shaped to lanceo-
late, usually reaching to ± base of spike, 5-15 mm wide,
firm-textured; margins moderately to heavily thick-
ened, sometimes crisped. Spike densely 7-12-flowered,
branches, when present, with fewer flowers; bracts pale
and ± translucent, often flushed pink distally, outer with
a single prominent vein and 1- or obscurely 3-toothed,
inner forked at tips, 2-toothed, ± as long or slightly
longer than outer. Flowers ± suberect to almost hori-
zontal, pale to deep pink (except for rare white sports),
darker pink at tepal bases, pale green to yellow in mouth
of tube, unscented; perianth tube slender, widening
slightly near mouth, ( 1 0—) 1 2— 33(— 35 ) mm long, 3^4 mm
wide at mouth; tepals subequal, spreading horizontally,
16-22 x 7-11 mm, inner narrower than outer. Stamens
with filaments 5-10 mm long, inserted 2-3 mm below
mouth of perianth tube, thus exserted 3-7 mm; anthers
4-6 mm long, yellow. Style mostly dividing opposite top
of filaments or lower to middle third of anthers, rarely
shortly beyond anther tips, style branches 3-5 mm long.
Flowering time'. mid-September to late October.
Distribution'. Ixia longituba occurs widely across the
Caledon District of Western Cape, extending from the
Bot River in the west to Swellendam and Bredasdorp in
the east and south (Figure 1 ). A relatively late-blooming
species, it occurs at low elevations and usually on heavy
clay soils, but the species has also been recorded on dry,
stony, sandstone slopes.
Diagnosis and relationships', pink-flowered Ixia lon-
gituba is distinguished among the longer-tubed species
of sect. Hyalis by flower colour combined with filaments
exserted 5-7 mm, anthers 4-6 mm long and well-devel-
oped style branches 3-5 mm long. Perianth tube length
is remarkably variable, mostly 12-33 mm long, but as
short as 1 0 mm and occasionally as long as 35 mm.
The species first appeared in the botanical litera-
ture in 1802 as a painting in Curtis’s Botanical Maga-
zine., which John Ker Gawler (1802a) identified as Ixia
aristata Thunb. Although the type of the latter species is
now known to be I. campanulata Houtt. (Lewis 1962),
the name /. aristata remained in use for I. longituba
throughout the 19th century. Only after N.E. Brown
(1929) examined the Iridaceae of the Thunberg herbar-
ium, did the correct identity of /. aristata become estab-
lished and Brown then provided the name I. longituba
for the plant illustrated in Curtis s Botanical Magazine.
De Vos (1999) treated Ixia bellendenii as a syno-
nym of I. longituba , reducing it to the rank of subspe-
cies because she regarded the two as overlapping in
their critical morphological features, especially perianth
tube, filament and anther length, and point of division
of style. After examining all the available specimens in
South African herbaria, we have concluded that I. bel-
lendenii, as typified by the white-flowered plant figured
in Curtiss Botanical Magazine (Ker Gawler 1812b),
must be treated as a separate species. It is readily dis-
tinguished from I. longituba by a perianth tube 35-40
mm long, filaments exserted up to 1 1 mm, and style
branches, 1.5-2. 0 mm long, shorter than in long- or
short-tubed morphs of I. longiflora. Collections of I. lon-
gituba always have pink flowers (with the exception of
white-flowered sports) with an unusually wide range of
perianth tube lengths, 1 0— 33(— 35) mm. We provision-
ally recognize two subspecies in I. longituba , which we
circumscribe slightly differently than De Vos (1999). We
reserve subsp. longituba for plants with a perianth tube
(10-) 12-23 mm long and describe subsp. macrosiphon
for those with a tube 25-35 mm long. With this circum-
scription, subsp. macrosiphon comprises the northern
populations of the species, all close to the foot of the
Riviersonderend Mtns. We note however, that plants
from the south of its range near Bredasdorp, may have
a perianth tube 22-23 mm long. This indicates that there
is no dine in tube length across the range from south to
north.
Observations on the pollination biology of a long-
tubed population of Ixia longituba show the species is
pollinated by the long-proboscid horsefly, Philoliche
gu/osa (Goldblatt et al. 2000).
Key to subspecies
la Perianth lube (10-) 12-23 mm long; filaments 5-9 mm long
and exserted 3-6 mm from tube; anthers 4—5 mm long
3a. subsp. longituba
lb Perianth tube 25— 33(— 35) mm long; filaments 8-10 mm long
and exserted 6-7 mm from tube; anthers 5-6 mm long
3b. subsp. macrosiphon
3a. subsp. longituba
Flowers with perianth tube (10-) 12-23 mm long;
tepals 14-18 x 6-9 mm. Stamens with filaments 5-9
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
95
mm long, exserted 3-6 mm from mouth of tube; anthers
4- 5 mm. Style dividing opposite middle third to apex of
anthers, rarely at apex of filaments.
Distribution-, subsp. longitubci extends from the Bot
River in the west to Swellendam in the east, and as far
south as Bredasdorp, thus in the central and southern
part of the range of Ixia longituba.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon): Van der Stel’s Pass, Bot
River to Villiersdorp, (-AA), Oct. 1983, Paine s.n. (MO); 7.5 miles
[11 km] SSE of Eerstehoop. coastal renosterveld, 500' [152 m], (-AA).
15 Oct. 1969. Acocks 24265 (PRE); Caledon, commonage east of
town, (-AB), 9 Oct. 1995, Goldblatt & Manning 10310 (MO); west of
Riviersonderend, (-BB), flowers pink or white. Sept. 1969, Goldblatt
452 (BOL); 1 km south of Jongensklip, (-BC), 18 Oct. 2001. Helme
2230 (NBG); vlei between Bredasdorp and Elim, (-DB), 24 Sept.
1933, Dymond s.n. (BOL). 3420 (Bredasdorp): Swellendam, (-BB), 5
Oct. 1929, Van der Menve s.n. (Nat. Bot. Gard. 1780/29 in BOL); The
Poort, Bredasdorp, (-CA), 3 Sept. 1943, Van Niekerk 322 (NBG).
3b. subsp. macrosiphon Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
subsp. nov.
Flores tubo perianthii 25 — 33(— 35 ) mm longo, tepalis
16-22 x 8-11 mm, filamentis 8-10 mm longis ex tubo
6-7 mm exsertis, antheris 5-6 mm longis, stylo usitate
inter basem et medium antherarum dividenti.
TYPE. — [Western Cape], 3419 (Caledon): hills 6 km
SW of Greyton, (-BA), 8 Oct. 1995, Goldblatt & Man-
ning 10341 (NBG. holo., MO, iso.).
Flowers with perianth tube 25— 33(— 3 5 ) mm long,
tepals 16-22 * 8-11 mm. Stamens with filaments 8-10
mm long, exserted 6-7 mm from mouth of tube; anthers
5- 6 mm long. Style usually dividing between base and
middle of anthers.
Distribution', subsp. macrosiphon is known from a
few populations in heavy clay ground at the foot of the
Riviersonderend Mtns, thus in the northernmost part of
the range of Ixia longituba.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE.— 3419 (Caledon): Villiersdorp, (-AA), 2 Oct.
1940, Leipoldt 3610 (BOL); near Genadendal 'Ixia paniculata var. ten-
uiflora ’, (-BA), without date, Drege 8375 (MO); foot of Riviersonder-
end Mtns between Stormsvlei and Bonnievale, stony sandstone, (-BB),
3 Oct. 1980, Goldblatt 5912 (MO, NBG).
4. Ixia bellendenii R.C. Foster in Contributions of
the Gray Herbarium, Harvard University 1 14; 47 (1936),
as replacement name for Tritonia rochensis Ker Gawk:
t. 1503 (1812a); Lewis: 155 (1959). T. rocheana Sweet:
398 (1826), orth. var. pro T. rochensis Ker Gawl. Wait-
zia rochensis (Ker Gawk) Heynh. 2: 855 (1841). Mont-
bretia rocheana (Ker Gawk) Heynh.: 418 (1847), orth.
var. pro "rochensis' . Crocosmia rochensis (Ker Gawk)
Klatt in Peters: 516 (1864). Morphixia paniculata var.
rochensis (Ker Gawk) Baker: 97 (1877). Ixia paniculata
var. rochensis (Ker Gawk) Baker: 166 (1892). /. rochen-
sis (Ker Gawk) L. Bolus: 133 (1929a), illegit. homo-
nym, not /. rochensis Ker Gawk (1803c) (= Geissorhiza
radians (Thunb.) Goldblatt. I. longituba var. bellendenii
(R.C. Foster) M.P.de Vos: 63 (1999). Type: South Africa,
without precise locality, illustration in Ker Gawler in
Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 37: t. 1 503 ( 1812a).
Plants 400-550 mm high, simple or with 1-3 branch-
lets; branches subtended by translucent, deltoid-apicu-
late bracts 5-6 mm long and long-awned prophylls 7-8
mm long. Corm globose 18-22 mm diam., with tunics
of fibrous layers. Leaves mostly 4 or 5, lower 3 or 4 with
fully developed blades, firm-textured, ± sword-shaped to
lanceolate, reaching to ± middle of stem, (2— )5— 10 mm
wide, dry at flowering; margins moderately to heavily
thickened, sometimes crisped. Spike mostly 6-12-flow-
ered; bracts ± opaque-whitish, tinged pink distally, 6-9
mm long, veins slightly darkened distally, outer with a
single prominent vein, subacute or with a short apical
tooth, inner forked at tips, 2-toothed, 1-2 mm longer
than outer. Flowers spreading horizontally, ± white with
pink to purple veins outside, veins becoming more pro-
nounced with age, yellow in tube and greenish yellow
at tepal bases, unscented; perianth tube slender, widen-
ing slightly toward mouth, 35-40 mm long, ± 2.5 mm
wide at mouth; tepals subequal, spreading at right angles
to tube, 18-22 * 6-10 mm. Stamens with filaments ±15
mm long, exserted ± 1 1 mm; anthers 5-6 mm long. Style
dividing opposite upper half of anthers, sometimes up to
6 mm beyond anthers, style branches 1. 5-2.0 mm long.
Flowering time-. mid-November to early December. Fig-
ure 2.
Distribution-. Ixia bellendenii is restricted to the
northern slopes of the Riviersonderend Mtns. Plants
grow in loamy sand among sandstone rocks on the lower
and middle slopes, a relatively dry habitat, and flower
late in the season by which time the leaves are dry and
withered (Figure 1 ).
Diagnosis and relationships’, the species is readily
recognized by the almost white flowers suffused pale
pink outside, an elongate perianth tube 35-40 mm long,
and well-exserted filaments, 15 mm long, bearing promi-
nent anthers 5-6 mm long.
Ixia bellendenii has been known since it was first
illustrated in Curtis's Botanical Magazine in 1812 when
Ker Gawler named the plant Tritonia rochensis. Much
confusion has surrounded the species since then for it
was not known in the wild, as far as we can determine,
until specimens were collected by Worcester naturalist,
I.B. Walters, in 1976. This and the few later collections
were referred by M.P. de Vos to I. longituba subsp. bel-
lendenii, in which she also included shorter-tubed, pink-
flowered plants. Baker ( 1 877) was the first to realize that
Tritonia rochensis was misplaced in that genus and he
referred it to Morphixia (the genus to which species of
Ixia sects Morphixia and Hvalis were then referred) as
a variety of M. paniculata (now Ixia paniculata). Even
after the union of Ixia and Morphixia by Baker (1892),
I. bellendenii remained a variety of the very different I.
paniculata (which typically has dark-coloured, included
anthers and usually a substantially longer perianth tube).
H.M.L. Bolus ( 1 929a) once again raised the plant to spe-
cies rank, but under the combination I. rochensis, unfor-
tunately a homonym. R.C. Foster provided the replace-
ment name I. bellendenii in 1936.
96
Botha! ia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 2. — Ixia bellendenii , Maw-
ning 3124 (NBG): A, plant; B,
half-flower; C, outer bract; D,
inner bract. Scale bar: 10 mm.
Artist: J.C. Manning.
G.J. Lewis (1962) recognized the species but
included shorter-tubed, pink-flowered plants (tube
25-32 mm long) in her circumscription that we believe
are better referred to Ixia longituba. Her account is easy
to understand for at the time, no white-flowered I. bel-
lendenii was known in the wild and it was not possible
to accurately measure floral parts in the type painting.
In De Vos’s (1999) account of the genus, /. bellendenii
was treated as a subspecies of I. longituba , distinguished
in her key by the longer style (directly correlated with
the longer perianth tube (20-)25-35(^15) mm long) and
cream-coloured or sometimes pink perianth. We have
examined all available collections of /. longituba and
find a nearly continuous range of perianth tube length,
10-33 mm, among plants with pink flowers. These
plants, without exception, flower from September to
mid-October, occur on clay soils south of the Rivierson-
derend Mtns, and have green leaves at flowering. Details
of the flowers include; tepals 16-22 mm long, filaments
exserted 5-7 mm, anthers 4-6 mm, and style branches
3. 0-4. 5 mm long. The four collections of I. bellendenii
now available, have flowers with tepals 18-22 mm long,
filaments ± 15 mm long and exserted ± 1 1 mm, anthers
5-6 mm and style branches 1. 5-2.0 mm long. The
longer filaments and shorter style branches compared
with I. longituba , combined with a perianth tube 35—40
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1)
97
mm long and white perianth in plants that are isolated
geographically, favour a different substrate (sandy loam
vs clay) and flower at least a month or even two months
later, indicate to us that a narrowly circumscribed /.
bellendenii should be regarded as separate from I. lon-
gituba, to which it is, nevertheless, almost certainly
immediately related.
Pollination biology of Ixia bellendenii is unknown
but the flowers exhibit the hallmarks of long-proboscid
fly pollination. The most likely pollinator is the tabanid
fly, Philoliche rostrata.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): near Jonas Kop TV aer-
ial, nearest beacon 44, (-DC), 30 Nov. 1976, Walters 1596 (NBG);
Jonaskop, among sandstone rocks on lower slopes, (-DC), 26 Nov.
1989, Snijman 1243 (NBG, PRE); Jonaskop, between 2nd and 3rd
gate, (-DC), 9 Dec. 1987, De Vos 2700 (NBG, PRE); Jonaskop, 2nd
gate near bottom of mountain (-DC), 30 Nov 2007, Manning 3124
(MO, NBG).
5. Ixia splendida G.J. Lewis in Journal of South
African Botany 4; 9 (1938); Lewis: 153 (1962). Type:
South Africa, [Western Cape], 3218 (Clanwilliam):
Piketberg, Zebrakop, near stream, (-DA), 10 Nov. 1934,
Pillans 7183 (BOL, lecto.! [as ‘holo.’], designated by
De Vos 1999: 65; BOL!, PRE!, SAM!, iso.).
Plants 300-600 mm high, simple or with a single
short branch subtended by acute, translucent bracts
and prophylls ± 1 mm long. Conn 14-18 mm diam.,
with tunics of fine, netted fibres. Leaves 5-7, all with
expanded blades, narrowly sword-shaped to subl in-
ear, 2-5 mm wide, reaching to ± middle of stem, upper
2 leaves sheathing stem for half to two thirds their
length. Spike densely 5-7-flowered; bracts membranous
and translucent, evidently dry and turning brown near
tips, 6-7 mm long, outer weakly 3-veined, truncate or
obscurely 3-lobed, inner 2-veined and forked apically,
± as long as outer. Flowers pale brick-red or pink, evi-
dently unscented; perianth tube subcylindric, slightly
expanding from base to apex, 27-30 mm long; tepals
subequal, oblong, obtuse to emarginate, 15-18 * 6-8
mm, spreading horizontally. Stamens with filaments
4-5 mm long, included in tube; anthers 5-6 mm long,
included or tips exserted. Style dividing opposite lower
third of anthers, style branches ± 1.5 mm long. Flower-
ing time : mid-October and November.
Distribution : Ixia splendida remains known from just
two collections from along a stream on the upper slopes
of Zebrakop. highest peak of the Piketberg (Figure 1).
We assume the habitat is the stony sandstone soil, typi-
cal of the Cape Fold Mountains but this remains to be
established.
Diagnosis and relationships : Ixia splendida was dis-
covered in 1934 by the Cape Town botanist, N.S. Pil-
lans, and was described in 1938 by G.J. Lewis. It has
been re-collected only once, close to the type locality,
in 1973 by botanist H.P. Linder. The species is readily
recognized by its slender perianth tube 27-30 mm long,
expanding gradually and uniformly from base to apex,
dull reddish or deep pink perianth, and fully included
stamens. The floral bracts are also unusual: the outer of
the pair is truncate and obscurely three-veined, whereas
the inner is fairly typical in having 2 veins and is shal-
lowly forked at the tip. Lewis assumed that I. splendida
was most closely related to the more widespread I. pani-
culata , which also has a long perianth tube and included
stamens. Like the latter, the flowers are very likely
adapted for pollination by long-proboscid nemestrinid
and tabanid flies (Goldblatt et al. 2000). The flowers of
7. pcmiculata are pale yellow to beige, sometimes almost
white, and also have partly to fully included stamens,
but the anthers are usually dark-coloured, almost black,
and the perianth tube is cylindric and usually longer,
up to 75 mm but only 35-50 mm at the southern end of
its range, compared to the gradually flared tube 27-30
mm long and yellow anthers of 1. splendida. In addition,
the outer floral bracts of the two differ substantially.
Whereas those of I. paniculata are elongate and attenu-
ate, with a single prominent vein, those of I. splendida
have 3 veins and are truncate or obscurely 3-lobed api-
cally. The bract differences suggest to us that the two
species may not be immediately related. The flowers of
l. splendida resemble those of other species of Ixia that
are adapted for pollination by long-proboscid flies and
we assume that it has the same pollination system.
Also from Zebrakop are two collections of a long-
tubed, white-flowered species, the perianth flushed pink
on the outside, which like I. splendida , have included
anthers. The tube, 18-20 mm long, and a fairly slender
habit, makes it seem very different from I. splendida,
but it also has short, truncate floral bracts, such a distinc-
tive feature that this plant must be seen as immediately
allied to I. splendida. Differences in flower colour, peri-
anth tube and bract length, plus small differences in the
length of the stamens and style branches suggest that the
collections represent a novel taxon, which we describe
below as I. linderi.
Additional specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Piketberg, Zebrakop,
gentle south-facing slopes in moist sand, often near water, ±1 100 m,
(-DA), 7 Nov. 1973, Linder 105 (BOL).
6. Ixia linderi Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov.
Plantae 300^450 mm altae, foliis 3^4 linearibus 1.3-
3.0 mm latis, caule eramoso, spica 2-6-flora, bracteis
± 5 mm longis bractea exteriore truncata sine venis
fuscatis. floribus albis extra cameis suffusis, tubo peri-
anthii subcylindrico 18-20 mm longo, tepalis ± 10 x
4 mm patentibus, staminibus inclusis filamentis ± 1.5
mm longis antheris ± 4 mm longis, ramis styli ± 1 mm
longis.
TYPE— Western Cape, 3218 (Clanwilliam): Piket-
berg, Zebrakop, east-facing ledges near water, ± 1 100
m, (—DA), 7 Nov. 1973, Linder 103 (BOL, holo.).
Plants 300^450 mm high, unbranched, base sur-
rounded by persistent cataphylls forming a poorly devel-
oped collar around stem base. Conn 8-10 mm diam.,
with tunics of fine fibres. Leaves 3 or 4, ± linear, 1.5—
3.0 mm wide, central vein prominent; margins slightly
thickened. Spike 2-6-flowered; bracts membranous, evi-
dently dry near tips, ± 5 mm long, outer without dark
veins, truncate, inner 2-veined, veins pale, forked api-
cally, slightly longer than outer. Flowers suberect, white
98
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
FIGURE 3. — Known distribution of Ixia slohriae , ▲; I. linden. A; I.
cochlearis, □; I.fncata, O; and I. orientals, •.
or faintly pink, tepals flushed pale pink outside, presence
of scent unknown; perianth tube subcylindric, gradually
expanding from base to apex, 18-20 mm long; tepals
subequal, oblong, obtuse, ±10x4 mm, spreading hori-
zontally. Stamens with filaments ± 1 .5 mm long, inserted
± 6 mm below mouth of tube; anthers ± 4 mm long, api-
ces just reaching mouth of tube. Style dividing shortly
below anther bases, style branches ± 1 mm long, reach-
ing lower third of anthers. Flowering time : November.
Distribution : Ixia linderi is known from just two col-
lections from Zebrakop, highest peak in the Piketberg
Range. Plants grow on moist sandstone slopes and rock
ledges near water (Figure 3).
Diagnosis and relationships', the white flowers with
a relatively long perianth tube, 18-20 mm long, with
the stamens and style included in the tube, immediately
set Ixia linderi apart in sect. Morphixia. The filaments,
only 1 .5 mm long, are inserted ± 6 mm below the mouth
of the tube and the anthers, ± 4 mm long, just reach
the mouth of the tube. The style divides just below the
anther bases and the short style branches ± 1 mm long
are retained within the tube. The species most closely
resembles a second Piketberg endemic, 7. splendida , but
this species is a more robust plant with leaves up to 5
mm wide and larger, brick-red to pink flowers with a
perianth tube 27-30 mm long. Like I. linderi , the flow-
ers of I. splendida have the stamens and style included
in the tube. Both species have distinctive, translucent, ±
truncate floral bracts with minute terminal teeth.
Additional specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Piketberg, Zebrakop,
south slopes often near water, 3600' [ ± 1 200 m], (-DA), 7 Nov. 1973,
Linder 105 (BOL).
7. Ixia acaulis Goldblatt <& J.C. Manning in Novon
3: 152 (1993). Type; South Africa, [Western Cape]: 3118
(Vanrhynsdorp): Knersvlakte, Farm Rooiberg, low lime-
stone ridge, (-BC), 19 May 1992, Snijman & Manning
1249 (NBG, holo.l; MO!, PRE!, iso.).
Plants acaulescent, leaves and flowers reaching 20-30
mm above ground, often in small clumps, occasionally
branched. Corm narrowly cone-shaped, ± 3-4 mm wide
near base, tapering above, ± 15 mm long, tunics moder-
ately to finely fibrous, accumulating with age in a dense
covering. Leaves 3-5; blades linear to narrowly lanceo-
late, 1. 5-2.0 mm wide, prostrate or inclined, leathery,
without thickened margins or midrib. Spike 1- or 2-flow-
ered; bracts membranous, ± 1 0 mm long, reaching up to
5 mm above ground, outer with upper margin slightly
fringed, inner 2-veined and shallowly forked apically.
Flowers yellow, whitish in tube, unscented or faintly
sweet-scented; perianth tube 15-20 mm long, arising
below ground level, extending ± 10 mm above ground,
cylindric; tepals subequal, obtuse to emarginate, 6-7 x
3 mm, spreading horizontally. Stamens with filaments
arising at top of tube, ±1.5 mm long, decurrent; anthers
± 2 mm long. Style dividing at or just beyond mouth of
tube, style branches short, ± 1 mm long, apices emerg-
ing between filaments. Flowering time: May and June,
rarely in April. Figure 4.
Distribution : Ixia acaulis is restricted to the arid
Knersvlakte of southern Namaqualand (Figure 1). Until
2009, just a single population is known from limestone
ridges on the Farm Rooiberg. Then in 2010, during a
survery of limestone outcrops in the Knersvlakte, Nick
Helme found three more populations, one of them exten-
sive, 20 km to the northwest of the type locality at Wol-
wenes. Corms are wedged in rock crevices and are very
difficult to extract undamaged. Other limestone out-
crops in the Knersvlakte, an area of predominantly fine
clay soils often covered by a superficial layer of white
quartz pebbles, remain to be examined for the presence
of the species. The Knersvlakte has extremely low rain-
fall, less than 100 mm annually, normally falling in the
late autumn and winter months, and is known for its
diversity of habitats and extreme local endemism, par-
ticularly among Aizoaceae-Mesembryanthemoideae. Iri-
daceae are not well represented here, but other Knersv-
lakte endemics in the family include Babiana carminea ,
which grows at the same site as I. acaulis , Moraea
deserticola and M. knersvlaktensis (both Iridoideae), and
Lapeirousia angustifolia (if this is regarded as distinct
from the related L. pyramidalis). Helme noted that at the
Wolwenes site, flowers were being visited by numbers
of Cynthia cardui butterflies, and butterflies, not exclu-
sively C. cardui , are likely pollinators, as they have pro-
bosces long enough to access nectar in the base of the
perianth tube.
Diagnosis and relationships: when first collected, the
appropriate genus for the tiny, acaulescent species was
in doubt. The smooth, red-brown seeds with an excluded
ovular vascular trace placed the species in tribe Ixieae
(sensu Goldblatt et al. 2006, as Croceae) which included
genera such as Ixia, Sparaxis , and Tritonia. Leaf anat-
omy and pollen morphology provided the primary evi-
dence for its assignment to Ixia: this is the only genus
among several in the tribe that has leaf margins with
unmodified marginal epidermis and a submarginal scle-
renchyma trace associated with marginal veins and pol-
len grains with a single band of exine in the aperture.
The immediate relationships of I. acaulis within Ixia are
uncertain, but it obviously belongs either in sects Hya-
lis or Morphixia because of the decurrent filaments. We
favour sect. Hvalis because of the membranous bracts
without prominent veins. Similar fringed outer bracts
are found in I. linderi and /. splendida , both of which
also have an elongate perianth tube but have well-devel-
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
99
FIGURE 4. — Ixia acaulis, Perry 3732
(NBG): A, flowering plants; B,
flower and bracts; C, detail of
stamen insertion; D, c/s floral
tube showing decurrent fila-
ments; E, outer bract; F, inner
bract. Scale bar: A, B, E, F, 10
mm; C, D, 2.5 mm. Artist: J.C.
Manning.
oped aerial stems and anthers included in the perianth
tube. The capsules, described by Goldblatt & Manning
(1993), are typical of the genus, but are borne at ground
level.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3118 (Vanrhynsdorp): Knersvlakte, Farm
Rooiberg, low limestone ridge, (-BC), June 1991, Perry s.n. (NBG);
27 Aug. 1991 (ff.), Goldblatt & Manning 9132 (MO, NBG, PRE);
Wolwenes, 20 km NW of Kwaggaskop, (-BC), 24 June 2010. Helme
6550, 6551 (BOL. NBG); Rooiberg. 2 km west of Kwaggaskop, (—
BC), 23 June 2010, Helme 6552 (BOL, NBG).
8. Ixia paniculata D.Delaroche, Descriptiones
plantarum aliquot novarum: 26, t. 1 (1766); Lewis: 149
(1962). Morphixia paniculata (D.Delaroche) Baker: 97
(1877). Tritonia paniculata (D.Delaroche) Klatt: 358
(1882). Type: South Africa, without precise locality or
collector. Herb. Burman (G-DEL, holo.!).
I. longiflora P.J.Bergius: 7, 360 (1767), illegit. superfl. name for I.
paniculata D.Delaroche. Tritonia longiflora (P.J.Bergius) Ker Gawl.:
228 (1804). Gladiolus longiflorus (P.J.Bergius) Jacq. (1794), illegit.
homonym, not L.f. (1782). Hyalis longiflora (P.J.Bergius) Salisb.: 318
(1812). Babiana longiflora (P.J.Bergius) Steud.: 683 (1821). Type:
South Africa, without precise locality, cultivated in Holland, Kallstrom
s.n. (HBT, holo.-scanned image!).
Houttuynia capensis Houtt.: 448 (1780). Tritonia capensis (Houtt.)
Ker Gawl.: t. 618 (1803b). Montbretia capensis (Houtt.) Voigt: 611
(1845). Waitzia capensis (Houtt.) Reichb.: 6 (1856). Acidanthera cap-
ensis (Houtt.) Benth. ex Baker: 187 (1892). Type: South Africa, with-
out precise locality, cultivated in Holland, illustration in Houttuyn,
Naturlijke historie 12: t. 85, f. 3 (1780).
100
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
I. longiflora Lam.: 342 (1789), hom. illegit. non P.J.Bergius. Type:
uncertain, P (Herb. Lamarck or Herb. Jussieu).
1. tenuiflora Vahl: 66 (1805). Tritonia tenuiflora (Vahl) Ker Gawl.:
sub t. 1275 (1810). Wailzia tenuiflora (Ker Gawl.) Heynh. 2: 855
(1841). Montbretia tenuiflora (Ker Gawl.) Voigt: 611 (1845). Cro-
cosinia tenuiflora (Ker Gawl.) Klatt in Peters: 516 (1864). Morphixia
paniculata var. tenuiflora (Vahl) Baker: 97 ( 1877). Ixia paniculata var.
tenuiflora (Vahl) Baker: 166 (1892). Type: evidently unknown, possi-
bly Herb. Vahl: C.
Gladiolus ixioides Thunb.: 208 (1811). Type: South Africa, without
precise locality, Thunberg s.n. (UPS-THUNB 1035, holo.!).
Tritonia concolor Sweet: 398 (1826). Waitzia concolor (Sweet)
Heynh. 2: 854 (1841). Montbretia concolor (Sweet) Voigt: 61 1 (1845).
Type: South Africa, without precise locality or collector, illustration in
Ker Gawler in Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 37: t. 1502, var. y, corolla
ochroleuca concolor (181 2b).
Plants 500-650 mm high, simple or often with 1 or 2
ascending to horizontal branches, these subtended by dry,
cuspidate, brown-flecked bracts and prophylls 1 .5-3.0 mm
long. Conn 15-20 mm diam., with tunics of medium-tex-
tured, wiry netted fibres, often bearing cormlets on short,
thick stolons. Leaves 5 or 6 in a loose fan, lower leaves
becoming dry and brown at flowering; blades lanceo-
late, often slightly twisted in upper half, mostly 4-7 mm
wide, reaching to middle or to near top of stem; margins
and midrib slightly thickened. Spike crowded, 8-16-flow-
ered, branches mostly 3-8-flowered; bracts membranous,
translucent below but sparsely to closely flecked with rust-
brown distally, (7— )9— 1 5 mm long, outer with 1 prominent
vein, acute or obscurely 3-lobed with a prominent central
tooth, inner 2-veined, ± as long as outer or slightly longer
or shorter, 2-veined, forked apically. Flowers pale yellow
to creamy beige, lower fifth of tepals sometimes darker
coloured, unscented; perianth tube cylindrical, 35— 65(— 75)
mm long, widened in upper 3-5 mm; tepals oblong-ellip-
tic, 16-25 mm long, outer ± 6 mm, inner ± 4 mm wide.
Stamens with filaments 5-6 mm long, included, inserted
8-10 mm below mouth of tube, rarely fully exserted;
anthers 4. 5-7.0 mm long, dark purple (rarely pale), half
to fully included with tips ± 1 mm below mouth of tube,
rarely fully exserted. Style dividing opposite lower to
upper third of anthers, rarely opposite anther tips or up to
3 mm beyond them, style branches ± 2 mm long. Flower-
ing time'. mid-November to early December.
Distribution'. Ixia paniculata extends from the Bokke-
veld Mtns, north of Nieuwoudtville in Northern Cape,
to the coast of Western Cape near Kleinmond, thus
throughout the western half of Western Cape (Figure 3).
Plants occur both in montane habitats and on the coastal
plain and favour sandy or stony sandstone ground in sea-
sonally wet situations, either in seeps, drainage lines or
along streams. In habitats that become overgrown with
scrub and reeds, plants flower only after fire or when
the surrounding vegetation has been cleared. Numer-
ous records (e.g. Lewis 1962) indicate that the species
was once common on the Cape Peninsula and Cape
Flats, where it is rare today, a reflection of rapid urban
development and growth of the human population in the
vicinity of Cape Town. The species is naturalized as a
weed of damp places and roadside ditches in parts of
Western Australia.
Diagnosis and relationships'. Ixia paniculata is dis-
tinctive in its fairly tall habit and remarkably long-tubed
flowers, the tube usually 40-65 mm long, with the
darkly coloured anthers at least half included in the tube
(very rarely just exserted). The perianth is pale yellow
to pale beige, the undersides of the tepals often flushed
with pink or red.
The species is moderately variable in floral features,
most obviously in perianth tube length, which shows
a weak geographic pattern. Plants from inland areas in
the north of the range, from Piketberg to the Bokkeveld
Mtns have tubes 45-65 mm long, but those from the
coast north of Cape Town are consistently long-tubed,
65-75 mm ( Goldblatt & Manning 10051 , from Modder
River south of Darling). Plants from the Cape Penin-
sula and the False Bay coast have shorter tubes 35-55
mm long. Collections from the Cape Flats (Esterhuvsen
32349) stand out in their pale anthers and style dividing
± 2 mm beyond the anther tips. In other collections we
have examined the style divides between the lower and
upper third of the anthers, exceptionally opposite the
anther tips. The anthers, usually dark brown or almost
black, are typically 5. 0-6. 5 mm long and half exserted,
but are fully included in Porter s.n. from Flangklip
Estates. The plants of the Cape Flats are particularly
unusual, not only in the short tube and long style but
the pale anthers are only 4.5 mm long. We have seen
no examples of the style dividing below the base of the
anthers, as mentioned by Lewis (1962) and suspect she
may have examined immature flowers. The style elon-
gates late during floral maturation and only reaches its
full length on the second day of anthesis. Lewis dis-
cussed the floral variation in her account of the species
and reached much the same conclusions as we have, that
no infraspecific taxa merit recognition.
The flowers are adapted for pollination by long-pro-
boscid flies (Manning & Goldblatt 1997) and along the
west coast are pollinated by Moegistorhynchus longi-
rostris. The species, at least in the Bokkeveld Mtns, sets
seed in the absence of its pollinator, and is thus facul-
tatively autogamous. Several other species pollinated
by M. longirostris also have this adaptation, includ-
ing Babiana tubiflora and Lapeirousia anceps, both
of which co-occur with Ixia paniculata along the Cape
west coast (Goldblatt & Manning 1997). We lack infor-
mation on self-compatibility in other populations of the
species.
A surprising hybrid, represented by a single clump
of plants ( Mostert 393 NBG; Manning 3122 NBG), was
discovered by local plant enthusuast, Mr Louis Mostert,
near Kleinmond. It represents a cross between Ixia pan-
iculata and I. dubia , a short-tubed species of sect. Ixia.
Hybrids in Ixia are rare in the wild and we know of no
other records of intersectional hybrids in the genus.
Histoiy: described by D. Delaroche in 1766, Ixia
paniculata was nevertheless known for the next 50 odd
years as I. longiflora , a plant described by P.J. Bergius in
1767. Bergius himself realized that I. paniculata was the
same species and included it as a synonym in the Adden-
dum to his Descriptiones plantarum ex capite bonae
spei but later authors, including Jacquin, Ker Gawler
and Steudel, ignored this action. The species, trans-
ferred to Gladiolus by Jacquin (1794), to Tritonia by
Ker Gawler (1812a) and to Babiana by Steudel (1821),
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
101
consistently bore the epithet longiflora. Additional syno-
nyms in the early literature include Houttuynia capensis
(Houttuyn 1780), Ixia tenuiflora (Vahl 1805) and Gladi-
olus ixioides (Thunberg 1811). The epithet paniculata
was finally revived by Baker (1877) in the genus Mor-
phixia , who treated Vahl’s Ixia tenuiflora as var. tenu-
iflora of Morphixia paniculata. The species was returned
to Ixia by Baker (1892, 1896) when he united Ixia and
Morphixia. Variants of I. paniculata were illustrated
together as early as 1812, in Curtis’s Botanical Maga-
zine under the name Tritonia longiflora. In this account,
Ker Gawler regarded the form with included stamens
and dark purple anthers as the ‘typical’ var. a, while
treating a smaller-flowered plant with sulphur-coloured
flowers as var. (3 and a plant with yellow anthers, partly
included in the tube and a long style with the style
branches remote from the anthers as var. y. Robert Sweet
named var. y as I. concolor in 1826. These named taxa
represent nothing but minor variants of I. paniculata.
Selected specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): river bank close to Nieu-
woudtville waterfall. (-AC ), 18 Nov. 1995, Goldblatt & Manning
10429 (MO); Bokkeveld Mtns, Keyserfontein, in marsh, (-AC), 20
Nov. 1992, Bean & Trinder-Smith 2854 (BOL).
WESTERN CAPE.— 3218 (Clanwilliam): St Helena Fontein, (-
BB) , Nov. 1943, L. Bolus 22298 (BOL); roadside N of Citrusdal turn-
off on Clanwilliam road, (-DB), 14 Nov. 1979, Goldblatt 5117 (MO);
Piketberg, Zuurvlakte, wet to swampy stream bank in sand, 2400'
[730 m], (-DC), 3 Dec. 1973, Linder 138 (BOL). 3318 (Cape Town):
Hopefield, (-AA), Oct. 1912, Pattison s.n. (BOL13674)\ Bokbaai. vlei
ground, (-AD), 19 Sept. 1986, De Vos 2664 (PRE); 13 Oct. 1960. Tho-
mas s.n. ( NBG61139 ); ± 10 km N of Malmesbury, local in wet site, (-
BC) , 6 Nov. 1982, Goldblatt 6715 (MO); Wynberg, Cape Town, below
100' [30 m], (-CD), Nov. 1904, Bolus 4513 (BOL, MO); Kenilworth
Race Course, (-CD). 4 Dec. 1969, Esterhuysen 32349 (BOL. MO).
3319 (Simonstown): Cape Peninsula, west of Buffels Bay and south of
Groot Blaauberg, (-AD), 22 Nov. 1921, Pi/lans 4565 (BOL); Hangklip
Estate, (-BD), Oct. 1942, Porter s.n. (BOL26897). 3419 (Caledon):
Kleinmond, 5 km E of town on edge of Botrivier Lagoon, (-AC), 6
Nov. 2003, Manning & Mostert 2911 (NBG); Kleinmond, Rooisand
parking ground near Bot River vlei, floodplain in fynbos, (—AC), 15
Nov. 2007, Manning 3120 (NBG).
I. paniculata x I. dubia hybrid
WESTERN CAPE. — 3419 (Caledon): Kleinmond, Rooisand park-
ing, Bot River vlei, (-AC), 3 Dec. 2002, Mostert 393 (NBG); 15 Nov.
2007, Manning 3122 (NBG).
1 .2. Series Fucatae
9. Ixia cochlearis G.J. Lewis in The Flowering
Plants of Africa 25: t. 969 (1945); Lewis: 90 (1962).
Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], Jonkershoek, Nov.
1943, Wichts.n. (. PRE27196 , holo.!; BOL39125 , iso.!).
Plants mostly 200-300 mm high, unbranched,
remains of old cataphylls and leaf bases persisting as
a collar of fibres around base. Corm 14—20 mm diam.,
with tunics of fine netted fibres. Leaves 4—7. upper 1-3
partly sheathing; blades narrowly sword-shaped to sub-
linear, reaching at least to base, or sometimes exceed-
ing spike, 1. 5-3.0 mm wide; midrib slightly thickened.
Spike elongate, mostly 6-12-flowered; bracts membra-
nous with dark veins, 4—6 mm long, outer 3 -veined and
3-toothed, inner 2-veined and forked apically, slightly
exceeding outer. Flowers deep pink, presence of scent
unknown; perianth tube narrowly funnel-shaped, widen-
ing in upper third, ( 1 0—) 1 2—1 8 mm long, ± 3 mm wide
at mouth; tepals subequal, oblong, 14-17 x 6-8 mm,
spreading horizontally but remaining concave. Stamens
with filaments ± 10 mm long, usually exserted ± 6 mm;
anthers ± 4 mm long, yellow. Style dividing opposite
anther tips, style branches ± 1 .5 mm long. Flowering
time : November, sometimes lasting into early December.
Distribution : restricted to the mountains immediately
east of Stellenbosch in Western Cape, Ixia cochlearis
occurs at elevations of 305-550 m (Figure 3). Plants
grow on rocky slopes, at least sometimes on granite sub-
strate. Some records indicate that plants were flowering
well after a burn the preceeding summer, and it is likely
that flowering is stimulated by fire and that blooming
occurs rarely if at all except in the years immediately
after wildfires.
Diagnosis and relationships : Ixia cochlearis is dis-
tinctive in sect. Hyalis in the deep pink flowers with a
narrowly funnel-shaped perianth tube mostly 12-18 mm
long, at least four, and up to seven, narrow, fairly firm
leaves, and in the presence of a fibrous collar around
the stem base. The relatively long and narrow perianth
tube is reminiscent of I.fucata and I. stohriae, also mon-
tane species, but occurring to the east, in the Langeberg.
These two species have broader, soft-textured leaves and
shorter stamens, the filaments exserted only 2-5 mm in
I. fucata and up to 1 mm in I. stohriae, compared with
the longer filaments of I. cochlearis, which are exserted
up to 6 mm. Although she did not say so explicitly,
Lewis (1962) evidently named the species for the con-
cave, more or less spooned tepals, a feature shown in the
painting accompanying the protologue. The first record
of this rare and very localized endemic was made by
C.L. Wicht in 1938 in the mountains at Jonkershoek near
Stellenbosch.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3318 (Cape Town): Stellenbosch. Ban-
hoek, burnt ground, (-DD), 24 Nov. 1938, Martley s.n. (BOL39127,
SAM53175 ); Jonkershoek, Biesiesvlei, granite slope, 1100' [335 m],
(-DD), 30 Nov. 1938, Wicht s.n. (PRE), 8 Nov. 1940, Levyns 7505
(BOL); Jonkershoek, Tierkloof, (-DD), Nov. 1944, Wicht s.n. (PRE,
SAM55837 ); Jonkershoek, dry stony ridge, (-DD). 18 Nov. 1943, Bor-
chardt s.n. (BOL39128).
10. Ixia fucata Ker Gawl. in Curtis’s Botanical
Magazine 34: t. 1379 (1811); Lewis: 98 (1962). Type:
South Africa, without precise locality, illustration in
Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 34: t. 1379 (1811); epi-
type. here designated, [Western Cape], Worcester Dist.,
Hex River Mtns, Milner Ridge Peak, west slopes, 5000-
6000' [1 525-1 830 m], (-AD), 11 Nov. 1943, Ester-
huysen 9326 (BOL).
Plants ( 1 50— )250— 400 mm high, usually with a weakly
developed collar around base, usually unbranched, some-
times with a single short, erect branch subtended by trans-
lucent, membranous, attenuate bracts and prophylls 2-3
mm long, these present even when branch not produced.
Corm globose, 7-9 mm diam., with tunics of fine, soft,
netted fibres. Leaves (3)4 or 5, narrowly sword-shaped to
sublinear, 1 .5-3.0 mm wide, central vein and margins usu-
ally slightly thickened, uppermost (1)2 leaves largely or
entirely sheathing. Spike flexuose, (2-)4— 7(-14)-flowered;
bracts 5-8 mm long, outer 5-veined and acutely 3-toothed,
102
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
inner bracts as long or slightly longer than outer, 2-veined
and forked apically. Flowers suberect, sometimes with
unilateral stamens, white to pale or deep pink, darker at
mouth of tube and lined or uniformly pink or red outside;
perianth tube 10-15 mm long, straight, slightly flared, ± 2
mm diam.; tepals subequal, 12-14 x ± 6 mm, spreading at
right angles to tube. Stamens with filaments 3-6 mm long,
exserted ± 2-5 mm from tube; anthers 3. 5^1.0 mm long,
shortly tailed, often purple; pollen yellow (brown). Style
dividing opposite lower third to middle of anthers, style
branches 2. 0-2. 5 mm long, gently recurved. Flowering
time : mainly late September to early November, occasion-
ally in early September.
Distribution : a plant of mountain slopes and rock
outcrops, Ixia fucata extends from the higher elevations
of the Hex River Mtns through the Keeromsberg to the
western Langeberg as far east as Montagu (Figure 3). It
is likely that plants flower well only in the years imme-
diately following a wildfire, but this has not been docu-
mented to date. The Saunders & Saunders sub Manning
collection cited below was made in unbumed veld.
Diagnosis and relationships', based on a plant of
unknown provenance grown in Great Britain, Ixia fucata
was described by John Ker Gawler in 1811 in Curtis’s
Botanical Magazine. The accompanying illustration
shows what appears to be an Ixia with a white flower,
pink on the outside and with small red streaks at the
base of the tepals. The yellowish tube is narrow, but well
developed, and there are five narrowly sword-shaped (±
sublinear) leaves, the uppermost of which sheaths the
stem for about two thirds of its length. Unfortunately,
no associated preserved material is known. Ker Gawler
thought the plant might be an accidental garden hybrid
but Lewis (1962) unequivocally associated the illus-
tration with plants from the western Langeberg and
Hex River Mtns, most of them collected in the decades
before her revision was published. We accept Lewis’s
conclusion about the identity of I. fucata but in order to
stabilize the nomenclature we designate an epitype, thus
fixing the application of the name.
Ixia fucata is still relatively poorly known but it is,
nevertheless, obvious that plants referred by Lewis
(1962) to I. fucata var. filifolia, do not belong here. This
plant, from the Riviersonderend Mtns and nearby, to the
south of the main range of I. fucata, consistently has
only three leaves, the lower two with filiform blades no
more than 1 .2 mm wide, a straight and unusually wide
perianth tube, ± 2 mm in diameter. We regard war. fili-
folia as a separate species, I. stenophylla , possibly most
closely allied to the I. paucifolia group of sect. Mor-
phixia.
Even with the removal of var. filifolia, Ixia fucata
remains somewhat variable: plants from the Langeberg
have pink flowers, with the bases of the tepals red, the
outside of the tube and tepals are dark pink, and unusual
for Ixia, the stamens are unilateral and declinate. The
parallel anthers thus lie in one plane and face upward
toward the top of the spike. This feature was first men-
tioned by De Vos (1999) for specimens from the Mon-
tagu and Robertson Districts and we noted unilateral
stamens in a population from Orangeberg near Koo (M.
Hansford pers. comm.). The feature is evident in Levyns
4374 and Esterhuysen 29110, for example. In contrast,
plants from the Hex River Mtns have white flowers and
evidently do not have declinate stamens, nor do those
from the Du Toitskloof Mtns. The type plant is presum-
ably also from here because it too has symmetrically
arranged stamens.
Plants from further north in the Great Winterhoek
Mtns, sometimes identified as Ixia fucata in herbaria
(e.g. Marloth 1725), are not this species, but I. cedar-
montana, the flowers of which have a substantially
longer tube.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Hex River Mtns, Mt Bro-
die, rocky north slopes, (-AD), 1 Nov. 1953, Esterhuysen 22229 A
(BOL); Hex River Mtns, traverse west of Milner Peak, north-facing
slopes of Shale Peaks, (-AD), 19 Oct. 2009, Saunders & Saunders
sub Manning 3234 (NBG) (fls pale pink with dark red markings);
Worcester, Keeromsberg, (-DA), 7 Nov. 1943, Esterhuysen 9248
(BOL, K, NBG) (fls pink with dark maroon markings); Robertson
Dist., Langeberg, Dassieshoek, shallow soils in damp places, rocky
south slope near kloof, 1000-2000' [305-610 m], (-DD), 2 Sept.
1961, Esterhuysen 29110 (BOL, MO) (fls pink, red outside); Robert-
son, Langeberg, near stream in kloof, (-DD), 6 Oct. 1929, Levyns 4374
(BOL391 37). 3320 (Montagu): Montagu, Donkerkloof, (-CA), 26 Sept
1946, Compton 18477 (NBG, SAM) (fls white, pink outside).
11. Ixia stohriae L. Bolus in South African Gar-
dening 21: 281 (1931a); Lewis: 96 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Swellendam, Tradouw Pass, 14
Sept. 1931, Smith s.n. ( BOL 1 9879 , lecto.!, designated by
Lewis 1962: 97; K, iso.!).
Tritonixia conferta Klatt: 356 (1882), non 1. conferta R.C. Foster
(1936). Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], Voormansbosch, Oct. ±
1830, Zeyher 4014 (SAM, lecto.!, designated by De Vos 1999: 29; K!,
PRE!, Z, iso.).
Plants 180-400 mm high, usually 1-3-branched,
sometimes simple; branches subtended by pale, mem-
branous, darkly keeled bracts and prophylls 2—\ mm
long. Conn globose, 9-12 mm diam., with tunics of fine,
netted fibres, bearing small cormlets at base. Leaves
(4)5 or 6(-8), lower with well-developed blades grad-
ing to partly to almost entirely sheathing above; blades
narrowly sword-shaped to sublinear, usually reaching to
± base of spike, (2— )3— 5(— 6) mm wide, relatively firm-
textured, central vein slightly raised, when dry a pair
of secondary veins evident. Spike usually erect, spiral,
5-10-flowered; bracts membranous, pale and translu-
cent, ± 5 mm long, outer 3-veined and shortly 3-toothed,
inner 2-veined and 2-toothed, slightly shorter than outer.
Flowers erect, pale pink, dark pink on reverse of tepals,
tube dark red-purple outside, unscented; perianth tube
widening very gradually from base to apex, ( 1 2—) 1 4—
22 mm long; tepals subequal, ovate, 12-14 mm long,
spreading at right angles to tube. Stamens symmetri-
cally arranged; filaments 1. 5-3.0 mm long, inserted 2-4
mm below mouth of tube, included or exserted up to 1
mm; anthers 2-3 mm long, exserted or partly to entirely
included in tube; pollen yellow. Style dividing 0. 5-1.0
mm below anther bases or reaching to mid-anther level,
style branches 1 .0-2.3 mm long, tips reaching at least to
anther bases, rarely shortly exceeding anther tips (Ruit-
ers 19). Flowering time : late August to mid-September.
Distribution', the species is evidently a narrow endemic
of the central Langeberg, and has been recorded from
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
103
Protea Valley above Swellendam and at Voormansbosch
nearby, as well as in Tradouw Pass and in Grootvaders-
bos to the east (Figure 3) but it almost certainly occurs
between these sites, and possibly even more widely. There
are surprisingly few collections of this conspicuous spe-
cies, which grows among other places, along the roadside
in the well-travelled Tradouw Pass, south of Barrydale.
The reason for this became clear in the spring of 2000
when mass flowering occurred there after a wildfire the
previous summer. Plants were found in full bloom from
one end of the pass to the other, in many places so plenti-
ful that they coloured the rocky slopes pink. The following
year the species seemed rare, no more than a handful of
plants were found in bloom; in fact very few plants were
evident even in leaf. Like a fair number of geophytes of
the Cape sandstone mountains, I. stohriae is a true pyro-
phyte. Plants flower well only the season after a fire and
then disappear until another fire stimulates their flowering
response.
Diagnosis and relationships', the first collection of
the species was made by C.L. Zeyher in the 1820s at
Voormansbosch, near Swellendam. The collection was
described by F.W. Klatt as Tritonixia conferta , the iden-
tity of which was only determined by Lewis (1962). The
name cannot be transferred to Ixia as the epithet conferta
is preoccupied; I. conferta R.C. Foster is now regarded
as a synonym of I. abbreviata Houtt. (Goldblatt & Man-
ning 2010).
Well-grown specimens of Ixia stohriae can reach up
to 400 mm in height and produce masses of flowers on
spikes of up to 8 flowers on the main stem. The pale
pink blooms have a slightly darker ring around the base
of the tepals, and the yellow anthers are barely exserted
or are partly to fully included in the tube, thus occluding
the mouth, features clearly illustrated in the protologue
(Bolus 1931a).
Ixia stohriae appears to be most closely allied to I.
fucata of the western Langeberg and Hex River Mtns
to the west and they are virtually identical vegetatively.
Ixia fucata has either white or pink flowers, the fila-
ments are exserted 2-5 mm from the tube, and the style
branches are consistently longer than in most collec-
tions of I. stohriae, 2. 0-2. 5 mm long. The stamens are
reported to be unilateral and declinate in some popula-
tions, a condition we have confirmed in living plants
from Dassieshoek above Robertson. Unilateral stamens
are not shown in the type illustration and the species
may be polymorphic for the condition. Nevertheless, the
longer, well-exserted filaments and consistently exserted
anthers readily separate I. stohriae from I. fucata. De
Vos (1999) included the only known collection of the
new I. recondita in I. stohriae but we regard this as a
separate species, easily distinguished by the stamens and
style branches included well within the perianth tube
(see more detailed discussion under that species).
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3320 (Montagu): Swellendam hiking trail,
below Protea valley, (-CD), 30 Dec. 1987, Esterhuysen 36684 (K,
MO, NBG); Swellendam, forest path below 10 O’Clock Mtn, (-CD),
20 Sept. 1952, Wurts 357 (NBG); Langeberg Mtns, Tradouw Pass,
after fire, sandstone rocks, (-DC), 26 Aug. 2000, Goldblatt & Nanni
11438A (K, MO, NBG, PRE); 7 miles [10.5 km] from Barrydale into
Tradouw Pass, ± 1000' [305 m], (-DC), 18 Sept. 1968, Marsh 686 (K);
Grootvadersbos, Oskloof, east of tar road, 2 years after fire, 500 m, (-
DD), 20 Sept. 1988, Rutters 19 (NBG, PRE).
12. Ixia recondita Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
Plantae Ixiae fucatae et I. stohriae similes sed caule
usitate eramoso, foliis ± mollibus, antheris styloque in
tubo inclusis, filamentis ± 3 mm longis, antheris 2. 0-2. 5
mm longis, stylo ± 1-2 mm longo, ramis styli 1. 5-2.0
mm longis.
TYPE. — [Western Cape], 3320 (Montagu): kloof at
base of Leeuriviersberg [Grootberg], on sparsely veg-
etated sloping ledges, pale pink, (-DD), 1 Sept. 1958,
Esterhuysen 27870 (BOL, holo.; K, MO, iso.).
Plants 250-750 mm high, erect or inclined, rarely
with 1 branch subtended by membranous, darkly keeled
attentuate bracts and prophylls 2—4 mm long. Corm
globose, 10-12 mm diam., with tunics of fine, netted
fibres, bearing small cormlets at base. Leaves 4, rarely
3. lower 3 with well-developed blades, uppermost partly
to almost entirely sheathing; blades narrowly sword-
shaped to sublinear, usually longer than stem but trail-
ing above, (2— )3 — 4( — 6) mm wide, soft-textured; midrib
slightly raised, when dry a pair of secondary veins evi-
dent; margins not thickened. Spike subsecund. crowded,
suberect or inclined, 4-8-flowered, branches with fewer
flowers; bracts membranous, pale translucent with dark
veins, flushed pink distally, 5-6 mm long, outer 3-veined
and 3-toothed, inner 2-veined and 2-toothed, ± as long
to slightly longer or shorter than outer. Flowers salver-
shaped, pale pink, with a small, dark purple mark at
tube apex between tepal bases, flushed red outside,
unscented; perianth tube 10-12 mm long, subcylindric,
widening gradually from base to apex, ± 1.5 mm diam.
at mouth; tepals subequal, oblong-elliptic, 10-13 x 4-5
mm, spreading at right angles to tube. Stamens included
in tube; filaments 2-3 mm long, inserted ± 3 mm above
tube base, shortly decurrent; anthers 2. 0-2. 5 mm long,
tips reaching 3. 5-5.0 mm below tube mouth, white; pol-
len yellow. Style 1-2 mm long, dividing shortly below
or opposite filament bases, style branches 1.5-2. 0 mm
long, reaching to base or middle of filaments. Flowering
time', late August to mid-October. Figure 5.
Distribution'. Ixia recondita is a narrow endemic
of the Leeuriviersberg, now Grootberg, section of the
Langeberg west of Swellendam (Figure 6). The spe-
cies was first collected in 1958 by Elsie Esterhuysen
and again only in 2007 when Di Turner and fellow
CREW (Custodians of Rare and Endangered Wildflow-
ers) members rediscovered plants at our prompting after
an extended exploration of the southern slopes of the
Langeberg from Grootvadersbos to Grootberg. Plants
were found on stony, well-vegetated, south-facing slopes
that had not been burned for many years. Nothing is
known of the floral biology of the species but the salver-
shaped, unscented, pink flowers with dark marks at the
mouth of the tube are the hallmarks of long-proboscid
fly pollination (Goldblatt & Manning 2006).
Diagnosis and relationships', distinctive in having
not only the filaments but also the anthers, style and
style branches included within the narrow perianth tube.
104
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 5. — Ixia recondita, Turner s.n. (NBG): A, plant; B, flower
from above; C, half-flower; D, I/s perianth tube; E, outer bract;
F, inner bract. Scale bar: A-C, E, F, 10 mm; D, 2.5 mm. Artist:
J.C. Manning.
16° 18° 20° 22° 24° 26° 28°.
FIGURE 6. — Known distribution of Ixia recondita. A; I. odorata, •;
and /. esterhuvseniae, O.
that is additionally unusual in the soft-textured leaves,
Ixia recondita is a remarkable species. It was evidently
unknown to Lewis although it was collected in 1958,
thus before her monograph of Ixia was published (Lewis
1962). De Vos (1999) referred the specimen at the Bolus
Herbarium to I. stohriae , which it broadly resembles,
treating it simply as an unusual population of that spe-
cies with included anthers. Ixia stohriae does have short
filaments, either included in the perianth tube, or shortly
exserted up to I mm, and the bases of the anthers are
sometimes partly included in the tube but it is other-
wise a more robust plant and most collections consist of
plants with sturdy, erect stems with at least one branch
(rarely up to five branches). The style in I. stohriae
reaches at least to the middle of the anthers and some-
times exceeds them, thus always reaching the mouth of
the perianth tube. This contrasts starkly with the con-
dition in I. recondita , in which the style, just 2-3 mm
long, divides opposite the filament bases in the lower
half of the perianth tube and the style branches barely
reach the middle of the filaments.
Like Ixia stohriae and closely related I. fucata, I.
recondita usually has four leaves, sometimes three or
five, the lower two or three with well-developed blades
and the upper one or two partly to almost entirely
sheathing. In the length of the perianth tube, ± 12 mm
long, I. recondita is intermediate between its two rela-
tives: the tube of I. stohriae is (1 2-) 14-22 mm long, and
that of I. fucata 10-15 mm long. Both Ixia fucata and
I. stohriae are Langeberg endemics, the latter recorded
from the mountains between Grootvadersbos and
Swellendam, while I. fucata occurs further west from
Montagu to Keeromsberg, as well as in the Hex River
Mtns. The range of /. recondita thus lies between that of
its two relatives.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3320 (Montagu): Swellendam hiking trail,
base of Leeuriviersberg just past 9.5 km footbridge, rocky sandstone
slope, 441 m, (-CD), 10 Oct. 2007, Turner s.n. (NBG).
1.3 Series Angustisiphon
13. Ixia orientalis L. Bolus in South African Gar-
dening 19: 27 (1929); Lewis: 100 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Eastern Cape], Albany, between Seven Foun-
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1)
105
tains and Sidbury, Nov. 1928, Dyer 1684 (BOL, holo.!;
GRA, K!, PRE!, iso.).
I. alba Eckl.: 27 (1827), illegit. homonym not /. alba L. [=
Sparaxis bulbifera (L.) Ker Gawl.]. Type: South Africa, [Western
Cape], Ecklon & Zeyher 70.10 (PRE!, S, syn.).
I. scariosa var. longifolia Baker: 165 (1892). Type: South Africa,
[Western Cape,] mountains at Avontuur, Nov. 1870, H. Bolus 2487 (K,
lecto.!, designated by De Vos 1999: 33; BOL, iso.!).
Plants usually 400-600 mm high, rarely up to 80 mm,
l-3(4)-branched, occasionally unbranched; branches
subtended by membranous, attenuate bracts and pro-
phylls mostly 3-5 mm long. Conn with tunics of fine to
medium-textured fibres, with sessile cormlets at base.
Leaves (3)4-6, narrowly sword-shaped to sublinear, 1.5—
6.5(— 8.0) mm wide, upper 1 or 2 leaves partly sheath-
ing. Main spike erect, flexuose, (2-)7-12(-16)-flowered,
lateral spikes 2-8-flowered; bracts membranous, 5-8
mm long, usually about 1 intemode long, occasionally
longer, outer with 1 prominent vein and prominent cen-
tral cusp, sometimes with a shorter tooth either side of
central cusp, inner bract 2-veined and forked apically,
slightly shorter to slightly longer than outer. Flowers
upright, pink or white, presence of scent unknown; peri-
anth tube narrowly funnel-shaped, (8— )9— 1 2 mm long,
proximal half filiform; tepals ovate, 1 0—1 4(— 1 6) x 5-8
mm, spreading horizontally. Stamens with filaments 5-6
mm long, exserted 2—4 mm; anthers 4-5 mm long. Style
dividing opposite base to lower third of anthers, rarely
shortly below apex of filaments, style branches mostly
4—5 mm long, ascending, emerging between anthers.
Flowering time : mainly mid-September to late October,
but as late as early December at high elevations.
Distribution : the most widespread species of the
genus, Ixia orientalis has a geographic range that
extends from Caledon in Western Cape to Bathurst and
the Amatola Mtns in Eastern Cape (Figure 3); it is one
of only two species of the genus that extend outside the
Greater Cape Floristic Region (Born et al. 2006), the
other being I. marginifolia. Plants occur in a remarkably
varied range of habitats, including seasonally marshy
sites, stony coastal grassland, clay hills, and fairly dry
sandstone slopes. Typically late flowering, I. orientalis is
seldom seen before the middle of September, although
there are some records of plants in flower as early as
August.
Diagnosis and relationships', a relatively unspecial-
ized species, Ixia orientalis lacks any outstanding fea-
tures, making it somewhat difficult to diagnose. It can be
identified by the combination of branched stems, spikes
often with seven or more flowers, four to six leaves
(rarely only three), none of them completely sheathing
the stem, and moderate-sized, pink or white flowers. The
perianth tube, 8-12 mm long, is narrowly funnel-shaped
with the proximal half to two thirds always extremely
narrow and filiform. Well-grown specimens have stems
with 2-4 branches and the main spike usually bears
7-12, rarely up to 16 flowers, although in plants from
the mountains of the southern Cape the stems may be
unbranched and the spikes have fewer flowers. Typi-
cal plants from Eastern Cape have the largest flowers,
with the tube 12 mm and tepals ± 14 mm long, but to
the west, particularly in the Caledon District, flowers
are smaller, sometimes with a tube only 8 mm long and
tepals ± 10 mm long (e.g. Goldblatt & Manning 9789),
but we see no other differences and the pattern of vari-
ation lacks clear discontinuities so that it is impossible to
recognize infraspecific taxa.
We suspect that the closest allies of Ixia orienta-
lis are the largely montane Western Cape species, I.
odorata , and I. tenuifolia of the Malmesbury District
north of Cape Town. Ixia odorata typically has slightly
smaller flowers, usually yellow, rarely white, with a
strong sweet scent. It is also distinctive in the relatively
short filaments up to 3 mm long (measured to the base
of the anthers), and the style divides between the base
and apex of the filaments. This contrasts with longer
filaments, up to 6 mm long, and a style usually divid-
ing between the base and middle of the anthers (rarely
shortly below the filaments) in I. orientalis. Ixia tenui-
folia differs in the slightly longer perianth tube, (12-)
15-19 mm long, yellow to orange or brick-red perianth,
frequently with a dark central mark, and consistently
narrow, very firm-textured leaves, and the stem is sel-
dom branched. Curiously, we have found it difficult to
distinguish I. orientalis from I.flexitosa (sect. Ixia) with-
out careful dissection. Both may have a perianth tube
of similar length [4-6 mm in I. flexuosa according to
Lewis (1962)], with a relatively short, wider distal por-
tion, a style dividing opposite the bases of the anthers,
and many-flowered spikes. The filaments, inserted at the
base of the wider part of the tube are uniformly narrow
and shortly decurrent in I. orientalis and although simi-
larly positioned in I. flexuosa, its filaments are flattened
and broader toward the bases, the feature that confirms
its place in sect. Ixia rather than sect. Hyalis.
Although Ixia orientalis was only formally recog-
nized in 1929, it was known long before this, but was
confused with one of several other species. Ecklon
(1827) named specimens of the species I. alba, but
the name is a homonym for I. alba L. [a synonym of
Sparaxis bulbifera (L.) Ker Gawl.]. Lewis regarded Eck-
lon's name as invalid, lacking a description or diagnosis,
but Nordenstam (1972) maintained that the brief diagno-
sis was sufficient to validate the name. We concur. Ixia
scariosa var. longifolia Baker (1892), based on a collec-
tion each of I. orientalis and I. divaricata, is now a syn-
onym of I. orientalis following designation of the speci-
men of the latter species as the lectotype (De Vos 1999).
De Vos also suggested that I. schlechteri (Baker 1904)
may be conspecific with I. orientalis and, if so, it would
be an earlier name. The type, Schlechter 5609 from the
Swartberg at Caledon, is in the Zurich Herbarium but
currently cannot be found. Images of the types (there
are two sheets, only one with flowers) on the worldwide
web are insufficient for firm identification. The species
is alternatively I. flexuosa.
Our observations on the pollination of Ixia orien-
talis indicate that it is a generalist. The first published
study recorded the butterfly, Colias electo, as sole
visitor (Goldblatt et al. 2000). Subsequently we have
noted hopbine beetles in the flowers ( Goldblatt & Por-
ter 12577), and at another site both hopbines and large
anthophorine bees ( Goldblatt & Porter 12366A). In all
cases the insects’ bodies brushed against anthers and
style branches, effecting pollen transfer.
106
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
Selected specimens
EASTERN CAPE. — 3226 (Grahamstown): Amatola Mtns, below
Gaika’s Kop, roadside next to waterfall marsh, (-DB), 3 Dec. 1982,
Furness & Phillipson 88 (MO, PRE). 3323 (Willowmore): Lauter-
water, (-DC), Oct. 1933, Fourcade 5025 (PRE); grassland near Plet-
tenberg Bay, (-DD), 11 Sept. 2003, Goldblatl & Porter 12270 (MO).
3324 (Steytlerville): poort between Patensie and Cambria, (-DA), 11
Sept. 1973, Oliver 4511 (PRE); 5.5 km N of Hankey, cleared bush on
clay loam, (-DD), Goldblatl 4936 (MO). 3325 (Port Elizabeth): Cape
Golf Course, (-DC), 12 Oct. 1932, Long 811 (PRE). 3326 (Graham-
stown): Alicedale road west of Grahamstown, (-AD), 28 Sept. 1974,
Bayliss 6812 (MO); Southwell, Bathurst Dist., (-DB), 25 Oct. 1961,
Bayliss 5007 (MO). 3423 (Plettenberg Bay): west end of Robberg,
(-AB), 12 Aug. 1960, Acocks 21496 (PRE). 3424 (Humansdorp):
Humansdorp. Pietersgat, well-drained calcrete sand. (-BB), 2 Oct.
2001, Brand 409 (MO).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): between Worcester and
Villiersdorp, (-CC), Lewis 2902 (SAM63500). 1921 (Ladismith):
Swartberg Mtns, burnt slope on road to Gamkakloof near Kliphuis-
vlei, (-BD), 22 Oct. 1986, Goldblatt 7972 (MO). 3322 (Oudtshoorn):
Perdepoort north of Kamfer, burned sandstone slope, (-CD), 28 Sept.
2004, Goldblatt & Porter 12577 (MO, NBG); burned slope 34.5 km
from Dysseldorp on Laudina road, (-DA), Goldblatt & Porter 12290
(MO). 3419 (Caledon): Mr du Toit’s farm, Elgin, (-AA), 27 Sept.
1966, Dahlstrand 1159 (MO, NBG); Caledon, east end of Caledon
Swartberg in marsh, (-BA), 11 Oct. 1993, Goldblatt & Manning 9789
(MO); between Stanford and Baardscheerdersbos on Elim road, (-
DA), 5 Sept. 1985, De Vos 2597 (PRE). 3420 (Bredasdorp): Bonte-
bok National Park, Swellendam, (-AB), Sept 1962, Liebenberg 6479
(PRE). 3421 (Riversdale): Albertinia commonage, (-BA), Oct. 1911,
Muir 5481 PRE); burnt slopes between Mossel Bay and Herbertsdale,
(-BB), 26 Sept. 2003, Goldblatl & Porter 12371 (MO). 3422 (Mossel
Bay): 6.4 km E of Great Brak River, (-AB), 21 Sept. 1959, Lewis 5579
(PRE).
14. Ixia odorata Ker Gawl. in The botanists reg-
ister 7: Notes [3] (1821) and Iridearum genertnn 101
(1827); Lewis: 92 (1962). Morphixia odorata (Ker
Gawl.) Baker: 97 (1877). Ixia erecta var. hitea odorata
Ker Gawl.: t. 1173 (1809). Type: South Africa, with-
out precise locality or collector, cultivated in Britain,
illustration in Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 29: t. 1173
(1809).
/. erecta Thunb.: 16 (1783), illegit. homonym not P.J.Bergius
(1767). I. aveUana R.C. Foster: 47 (1936), as replacement name for I.
erecta Thunb. Type: South Africa, without precise locality, Tlnmberg
s.n. (S, UPS-THUNB, syn.).
/. flavescens Eckl.: 26 (1827), nom. nud. /. polystachya var. flaves-
cens (Eckl.) Baker: 90 (1877).
Agretta paUidiflavens Eckl.: 24 (1827), genus invalid.
/. odorata var. hesperanthoides G.J. Lewis: 96 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Piketberg, top of ridge south of Zebrakop, 9
Nov. 1934, Pillans 7184 (BOL!, (two sheets), PRE!, SAM!, syn.).
Plants (200-)400-550 mm high, usually tall and slen-
der, simple, rarely 1 -branched; branches subtended by
short, acute bracts and prophylls ± 1 mm long. Conn
6-8 mm diam. with tunics of fine netted fibres. Leaves
(3)4-6(-10), lower 2-4 with expanded blades, reaching
to ± middle of stem, narrowly sword-shaped to lanceo-
late, often slightly twisted distally, 2-10 mm wide, upper
1 or 2 partly sheathing. Spike erect, crowded, mostly
10-16-flowered; bracts membranous, translucent, rarely
flushed pink, 6-7 mm long, usually 1. 5-2.0 internodes
long, sometimes longer, outer usually with a single
prominent vein and I central cusp, or obscurely 3-lobed
with central cusp prominent, inner ± as long as outer,
2-veined and shallowly forked at apex. Flowers clear
yellow (often appearing whitish when dry), rarely white.
outer tepals sometimes flushed red to brown outside,
sweetly scented; perianth tube filiform below, flared in
upper third, (7— )8— 1 2 mm long, 3-5 mm wide at mouth;
tepals subequal, 9-1 1 x ± 5 mm, spreading horizontally.
Stamens with filaments 2. 5-3.0 mm long, exserted 1.5-
2.0 mm; anthers 5-6 mm long, yellow. Style dividing
between base and apex of filaments, thus within tube up
to ± 2 mm above mouth of tube, style branches (3-)4-6
mm long, arching outward below or between bases
of anthers. Flowering time : mid-September to early
November.
Distribution : a largely montane species, Ixia odorata
extends from the Piketberg and Olifants River Mtns near
Citrusdal to the Cape Peninsula and thence eastward to
Hermanus and Elim (Figure 6). Plants are usually found
on sandstone slopes but also grow on granite-derived
soils in the vicinity of Darling.
Diagnosis and relationships : Ixia odorata has been
known to science since at least 1809 when it was illus-
trated in Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, named therein
I. erecta var. lutea odorata by John Ker Gawler. Later
Ker Gawler (1821, 1827) reconsidered his decision
and renamed the plant I. odorata. The species is well
named for its particularly sweetly scented, yellow flow-
ers crowded at the top of the short spike, a strong scent
being unusual in Ixia. Typical I. odorata has the follow-
ing characteristics: bracts 6-7 mm; perianth tube 7-12
mm long; tepals 9-11 x ± 5 mm; filaments 2. 5-3.0 mm
long, exserted 1-2 mm; anthers 5-6 mm long; and style
branches 3-5 mm long.
As circumscribed by Lewis (1962), Ixia odorata
included populations of short, few-flowered plants from
middle and upper elevations in the Hottentots Holland-
Jonkershoek Mtn complex that are now treated as a
separate species, I. esterhuyseniae (De Vos 1988, 1999).
This montane species is very different in stature from
the taller, fairly small-flowered I. odorata but they share
outer floral bracts with a single main vein and usually a
single tooth, in contrast to the more common 3-veined
and 3-dentate outer bracts of the genus. Apart from its
low stature, I. esterhuyseniae has style branches divid-
ing above the bases of the anthers, usually opposite the
middle third of the anthers, thus unlike I. odorata in
which the style divides below the anthers, sometimes
within the tube and opposite the bases of the filaments.
We include I. odorata in sect. Hyalis because of the leaf
number, usually 4-6, with no obvious differentiation
between the lower and upper, partly sheathing leaves.
The single-veined outer bracts are likewise consistent
with sect. Hyalis.
Ixia odorata is sometimes mistaken for the southern
Western Cape and Eastern Cape I. orientalis and the
two can be confused when flower colour is not known,
although the latter is almost always branched, whereas
/. odorata is rarely so. White- or pink-flowered I. orien-
talis has a perianth tube of similar dimensions, and with
a filiform lower portion but the style typically divides
opposite the base of the anthers (rarely just below
them), and it has longer filaments 5-6 mm long (vs
2. 5-3.0 mm) exserted 2-4 mm (vs 1-2 mm), and only
weakly scented flowers. The flowers are pollinated by
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
107
large anthophorine bees (Goldblatt et al. 2000) that are
believed to visit the flowers to forage for nectar.
Plants treated as Ixia odorata var. hesperanthoides
by Lewis (1962) and De Vos (1999), including Barker
7561, Pillans 7184 and Ecklon 438, remain puzzling to
us. The type collection, Pillans 7184 , has white flowers
with a perianth tube only ± 5 mm long, tepals ± 8 mm
long, and anthers, 3. 5-4. 5 mm long, all smaller than in
typical I. odorata. The style dividing at the base of the
anthers and style branches ± 3 mm long conform rea-
sonably well to typical /. odorata, although the length
of the style branches is also shorter than the normal 4-5
mm that we find in other collections of the species. The
observation by Pillans on his collection that the flowers
open in the late afternoon, unlike ± 11:00 for typical,
yellow-flowered I. odorata, suggests that some white-
flowered populations, at least the Pillans collection,
represent a separate race, possibly even a separate spe-
cies. Before an informed decision can be made about
its status, we need additional collections of the small-
flowered, evening blooming plants. Other collections
included in var. hesperanthoides could equally well be
included in I. odorata as other white-flowered popula-
tions are known. Typical, yellow-flowered I. odorata
also occurs in the Piketberg, providing support for sepa-
rate species status for var. hesperanthoides. Provision-
ally, however, we include the Pillans collection in I. odo-
rata but have not expanded our description to include
measurements of the floral parts of the population.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Olifants River and
Villa Brakfontein (76.10), (-BD?), Oct. 1830, Ecklon & Zeyher s.n.
{Ixia albo-flavens Eckl.) (PRE); Piketberg, clay slopes at east base of
Kapteinskloof Mtn, (-DC), 20 Oct. 1935, Pillans 7801 (BOL); Piket-
berg Mtn, (-DC), 3 Nov. 1951, Barker 7561 (NBG). 3219 (Wupper-
tal): Olifants River Mtns, Grootfontein, pass down from Dasklip, dry
west slope on shale, (— CC), 27 Oct. 1972, Oliver 4068 (MO, PRE).
3318 (Cape Town): Darling, (-AD), Sept. 1929, Letty 127 (PRE); near
Riebeek-Kasteel, (-BD), 26 Oct. 1941, Leipoldt 3818 (BOL); Mamre,
(-CB), 17 Sept. 1959, Lewis 5541 (PRE); Constantia Nek, (-CD),
Oct. 1950, Pillans 10506 (MO); Farm Joostenbergkloof, near Oost-
enberg, sandstone ridge, (-DD), 4 Nov. 1996, Goldblatt 10585 (MO).
3418 (Simonstown): Cape Peninsula, near Hout Bay, (-BA), 14 Oct.
1941, Salter 8686 (BOL); Rooi Els, (-BD), 2 Oct. 1945, Leipoldt 4157
(BOL); Palmiet River mouth, sandy soil, after fire, (-BD), 18 Sept.
1969, Boucher 700 (PRE), 29 Sept. 2001, Goldblatt & Nauru 11935
(MO, NBG). 3419 (Caledon): Hermanus, rocky mountainside, (-AD),
6 Oct. 1955, Van Niekerk 660 (BOL); Farm Paardeberg, near Papies-
vlei, (-BC), 25 Sept. 1962, Taylor 4052 (PRE); ± 6 km NW of Elim.
wet, sandy ground, (-DA), 3 Oct. 1986, Vlok 1636 (MO, PRE).
15. Ixia esterhuyseniae M.P.de Vos in South
African Journal of Botany 54: 600 (1988). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], 3418 (Simonstown): peaty slope
along Panorama trail, after fire, 3000' [915 m], (-BB), 9
Jan. 1973, Esterhuysen 33089 (BOL, holo.!; MO, iso.!).
Plants mostly 1 00—1 50(— 200) mm high, rarely with
1 short, suberect branch subtended by attenuate, brown-
tipped bracts and prophylls; bracts 4—8 mm long and
prophylls 2-3 times longer, up to 18 mm long. Conn
depressed-globose, 8-10 mm diam., with tunics of
fine fibres. Leaves 5 or 6, all with expanded blades or
uppermost largely sheathing, sword-shaped, reaching to
between middle and top of stem, 4—6 mm wide; midrib
slightly raised. Spike crowded, closely 2-4(-6)-flow-
ered; bracts membranous, ±4.5 mm long, outer with a
prominent central vein, inner 2-veined and bidentate.
Flowers erect, yellow; tepals flushed red to purple out-
side, lily-scented; perianth tube funnel-shaped, flared in
upper half, 4. 5-6.0 mm long, ± 4.5 mm wide at mouth;
tepals subequal, 10-11 * 5-6 mm, spreading horizon-
tally. Stamens with filaments ±3.5 mm long, exserted ±
1 .5 mm; anthers 3. 5^4.0 mm long, yellow. Style dividing
opposite lower to middle third of anthers, style branches
2. 0-2. 5 mm long, extending between upper third of
anthers. Flowering time : December and January.
Distribution : Ixia esterhuyseniae is a montane spe-
cies, restricted to the Jonkershoek-Hollentots Holland
Mtn complex (Figure 6). Plants occur at relatively high
elevations, usually over 1 000 m, in seeps and along
drainage lines and flower in mid-summer, only in the
years following a fire.
Diagnosis and relationships', until 1988 when it
was described by M.P. de Vos, Ixia esterhuyseniae was
included in a second Western Cape species, I. odorata,
normally a taller plant with multi-flowered spikes. As
noted by De Vos, I. esterhuyseniae has a shorter and
sometimes wider perianth tube, 4—5 mm long and ± 4.5
mm wide at the mouth (vs (7— )8— 1 2 mm long and 3-5
mm wide at the mouth in I. odorata), the tepals thus
about twice as long as the tube. The style divides oppo-
site the middle of the anthers into branches ± 2.5 mm
long, another difference with I. odorata in which the
style divides below the anther bases (sometimes oppo-
site the bases of the filaments), and the style branches
are up to 5 mm long.
Preliminary observations of the pollination of Ixia
esterhuyseniae (Goldblatt et al. 2000) indicate that the
only insect visitors are the short-proboscid horsefly, Phi-
loliche atricomis , which is the presumed pollinator. The
reward for these insects is nectar held within the short
perianth tube.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3418 (Simonstown): Hottentots Holland
Mtns, Pic Sans Norn, (-BB), 6 Jan. 1944, Esterhuysen 9957 (BOL);
Nuweberg Reserve, slopes of Sneeuberg, (-BB), 17 Jan. 2000, Man-
ning 564 (NBG); Somerset Sneeukop, shale band, (-BB), Dec. 1940,
Stokoe 8093 (BOL); Hottentots Holland, Landrostkop, 1 340 m,
(-BB). 6 Jan. 2000, Oliver & Oliver 11461 (NBG, PRE). 3419 (Cal-
edon): Jonkershoek, Dwarsberg, contour path, ± 4000' [1 220 m], (—
AA), 9 Jan. 1973, Kerfoot 6613 (PRE).
16. Ixia aurea J.C. Manning & Goldblatt in Gold-
blatt & Manning in Bothalia 29: 61 (1999). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Farm Wolwefontein west of
Darling, rocky slope among granite boulders, 22 Sept.
1998, Goldblatt & Manning 11029 (NBG, holo.!; K!,
MO!, PRE!, S!, WAG!, iso.).
For description see Bothalia 29: 61 (1999).
Distribution: apparently rare, Ixia aurea occurs in
granitic, sandy gravel at isolated sites between Darling,
Piketberg and Porterville (Figure 7).
Diagnosis and relationships: striking when in flower,
Ixia aurea has bright yellow-orange flowers in crowded
spikes that make a bright splash among the late spring
flora. Yet it has rarely been collected. Plants have been
108
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 7. — Known distribution of Ixia aurea. • ; /. tenuifolia, O; /.
purpureorosea , A; and I. saundersiana, A.
confused with /. dubia (sect. 7x/'a), (e.g. Goldblatt et al.
1998) because of the general resemblance to that spe-
cies, despite the lack of a dark central mark to the flow-
ers. Careful examination lias shown that I. aurea does
not belong in sect. Ixia as it has flowers with a nar-
rowly funnel-shaped tube, tightly enclosing the style in
the cylindrical lower half, but containing nectar in the
upper third, unlike sect. Ixia in which the perianth tube
is cylindrical and closely clasping the style almost to
the apex, does not contain more than minute traces of
nectar, and the filaments are basally coherent or con-
nate, thus occluding the mouth of the tube. In I. aurea
the filaments diverge from the base and do not block the
tube. We suspect that records of this species are seldom
made because even from a short distance the plants may
be confused with 7. maculata or I. dubia , both common
species in the rolling wheatlands between Darling and
the Olifants River Mtns, and hence not collected. The
relationships of I. aurea lie with the short-tubed species,
in particular I. odorata, flowers of which are sweetly
scented, smaller, pale yellow or white and have tepals up
to 15 mm long (vs 16-23 mm in I. aurea).
The flowers of Ixia aurea are pollinated by a range
of insects, mainly hopbine beetles (Scarabaeidae: Hop-
liini). At the type locality, Goldblatt & Manning (1999)
recorded the hopbines Heterochelus arthriticus, Lepi-
thrix ornatella and Pachycnema crassipes, and the
horsefly Mesomyia edentula (Tabanidae). At a second
site, Steiner ( Steiner 3022) recorded the hopbine, Lepi-
thrix gentilis visiting the flowers. The beetles use the
flowers as sites for assembly and mating, and the horse-
fly as a source of nectar. Both the beetle species and the
horsefly become covered in pollen after visiting several
flowers. Ixia aurea is thus another example of a spe-
cies with a bimodal pollination system (Goldblatt et al.
1998).
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3218 (Clanwilliam): Piketberg, sandy slope
near Farm Weltevrede near Kapteinskloof road, (-DA), 19 Sept. 2007,
Goldblatt <£ Manning I308J (MO, NBG, PRE); Farm Modderfontein,
edge or parking area along N7, 4.2 km N of turn-off to Paleisheuwel,
clay-loam, (-DB), 29 Sept. 1995, Steiner 3022 (NBG); Farm Groen-
vlei, flats at eastern base of Piketberg, 150 m, (-DD), 15 Oct. 1972,
Bremer 338 (BOL). 33 1 8 (Cape Town); Porterville, (-BB?), Oct. 1 956,
Loubser 412 (BOL).
17. Ixia tenuifolia Vahl, Enumeratio plantarum 2;
62 (1805). Type: South Africa, without locality or col-
lector, (C-Herb. Vahl, holo.-scanned image!).
I. pulcherrima Eckl.: 25 (1827). Type: none known but Zeyher
s.n., from near Klipfontein (PRE), annotated ‘ Ixia sp. (I. pulcherrima
Ecklon)’, possibly by P. MacOwan, appears to authenticate the iden-
tity of the species; Ecklon & Zeyher bid 81 (SAM) ‘ Ixia pulcherrima’
Groenekloof, and ‘ Ixia pulcherrima Eckl.’ from Klipfontein, Zwart-
land likewise authenticate the name.
Freesea mineatolateritia Eckl.: 30 (1827), genus illegit.
1. framesii L. Bolus: 368 (1931b); Lewis: 91 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], near Darling, Sept. 1928, flowered in Cape
Town, Sept.-Oct. 1931, Ross-Frames s.n. ( BOL19896 , holo.!; K, iso.).
Plants 120-240 mm high, unbranched. Corm 10-18
mm diam.; tunics of fine, soft netted fibres. Leaves
mostly 3(4), reaching or shortly exceeding spike, firm-
textured, linear, 1. 3-2.0 mm wide, main vein ± cen-
tral or displaced abaxially, uppermost leaf sheathing in
lower half. Spike densely 3-8(-14)-flowered; bracts
dry-membranous, 6-8 mm long, opaque, pale below,
rust-brown distally, outer with 1 prominent vein, acute,
inner 2-veined and 2-toothed, ± as long as outer. Flow-
ers salmon-pink or yellow to orange, dark red-brown in
centre, unscented; perianth tube filiform below, narrowly
funnel-shaped in upper third, (1 2-) 15- 19 mm long, 3-5
mm wide at mouth; tepals subequal, 15-19 x 8-10 mm,
spreading horizontally. Stamens with filaments 4-5 mm
long, exserted 1.0-1. 5 mm; anthers ± 5 mm long, yel-
low. Style dividing just below or shortly above anther
bases, style branches 2. 5-3.0 mm long. Flowering time :
mainly mid-September to mid-October.
Distribution: Ixia tenuifolia is a plant of seasonally
moist, loamy flats on the rolling plain between Cape
Town and Malmesbury (Figure 7), where it was com-
mon until the 1950s. Intense agricultural development
since the 1960s has eliminated it from almost its entire
range. The only viable population occurs in the Nature
Reserve at Riverlands, near Mamre Road Station where
we hope it will remain protected from both agriculture
and invasive alien plants, especially Australian Acacia
species, that thrive in its sandy habitat. A 1916 collection
from the Cape Town Wild Flower Show, and said to be
from Vredenburg, expands the range of the species sub-
stantially if that locality is correct, but as it has not oth-
erwise been re-collected in the area, this seems unlikely.
Diagnosis and relationships: long known as Ixia
framesii , a species described by H.M.L. Bolus in 1931,
I. tenuifolia must have been encountered repeatedly by
botanical explorers travelling between Cape Town and
Malmesbury into the southern African interior. Never-
theless, it seems largely to have been overlooked or con-
fused with other species. It is not at all surprising that
the species was known in Holland in the 18th century,
and was likely cultivated there. A specimen from the Van
Royen collection at Leiden found its way to Copenhagen
where, in 1805, Martin Vahl described it as 7. tenuifolia
(De Vos 1988), the identity of which was unknown to
Lewis. Later, in 1827, C.F. Ecklon provided a brief diag-
nosis for a plant he called /. pulcherrima (flowers bright
red, glistening), that has remained unidentified. Lewis
(1962) regarded the name as invalid, attributing it to
either I. framesii or 7. campanu lata. Nordenstam (1972),
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
109
however, considered the diagnosis to be sufficient for
legitimate publication, but did not know of any type
material. A specimen in PRE, collected by C.L. Zeyher
near Klipfontein (now Malmesbury) and annotated in
an unknown hand (not Zeyher’s) lIxia sp. (I. pulcher-
rima Eckl.)’ appears to authenticate the name, although
it is not a type. On this basis, we provisionally treat /.
pulcherrima as a synonym of I. tenuifolia.
Ixia tenuifolia is readily identified not only by the rel-
atively long perianth tube, (1 2-) 15-1 9 mm, particularly
narrow in the lower half, and short floral bracts, 6-8 mm
long, but by the unbranched stem and firm, leathery,
straight leaves. The floral bracts are distinctive in being
± opaque, pale in the lower half and rust-brown in the
upper half. The flowers, either deep salmon-pink (also
described brick-red) or yellow to orange, usually have a
dark brown or reddish centre. We have not seen plants
with mature capsules, but partly developed capsules
appear unusually short, 2. 5-3.0 mm long (Lewis Grant
3426).
Pollination studies have shown that Ixia tenuifolia
has a bimodal pollination system (Goldblatt et al. 1998,
2000). Flowers are visited by the hopbine beetle, Lepi-
thrix ornatella (Scarabaeidae: Hopliini), which use the
flowers for sites of assembly and also by the horsefly
Philoliche atricomis (Tabanidae), which we presume
feeds on nectar retained in the perianth tube.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3318 (Cape Town): Riverlands Reserve,
sandy soil, (-BC), 28 Sept. 2005, Snijman 2028 (NBG); between
Darling and Malmesbury, (-BC), 23 Sept. 1932, Salter 2711 (SAM);
Malmesbury, (-DA), 26 Sept. 1927, Lewis Grant 3426 (MO); N7 at
turn-off to Camphill Village south of Malmesbury, (-DA), 13 Oct.
1974, Goldblatt 3022 (MO), 27 Sept. 1995, Goldblatt & Manning
10333 (MO, NBG); near Green River, ± 42 km N of Cape Town,
sandy flats, (-DA), 30 Sept. 1961, Lewis 5749 (NBG, PRE); near
Klipfontein, (-DA), October, Zeyher s.n. (PRE, SAM); Kalabaskraal,
(-DA), 29 Sept. 1958, Werdermann & Oberdieck 293 (PRE). Without
precise locality: Vredenburg, ex Cape Town Wild Flower Show, Oct.
1916, Anon. (BOL13918).
18. Ixia purpureorosea G.J. Lewis in Journal
of South African Botany 28: 126 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Saldanha Bay, Postberg, 8 Sept.
1 957, Lewis 5243 (NBG, holo. ! ).
Plants mostly 400 to 600 mm high, simple or with 1
short branch subtended by acute bracts and prophylls.
Corm up to 20 mm diam., with broad, fasciated sto-
lons up to 60 mm long, branching distally and each
branch with a small terminal cormlet. Leaves 4 or 5,
sword-shaped, often laxly twisted distally, main vein
thickened, margins not raised, upper 2 leaves sheath-
ing stem, uppermost often entirely sheathing. Spike
fairly crowded, mostly 15-20-flowered; bracts trans-
lucent white turning pale straw-coloured above with
age, mostly ± 8 mm long, ± reaching node above,
outer obscurely 3-veined, central vein more prominent,
3-lobed, central lobe longest, acute, outer lobes ± obtuse,
inner 2-veined and 2-cusped. Flowers pink-purple,
dark purple in throat, bases of tepals white sometimes
edged with pale pink, tube dark red-purple to brown
outside, unscented; perianth tube ± filiform, 13-15 mm
long, flaring in upper 3 mm. with nectar held in upper
part; tepals ovate, 20-22 x 10 mm long, spreading but
remaining ± spooned. Stamens : filaments erect, contigu-
ous, white, ± 4 mm long, exserted ± 2.5 mm from tube;
anthers diverging, 6-8 mm long, yellow. Style dividing
opposite or shortly above base of anthers, branches arch-
ing outward, between anthers, white, ± 5.5 mm long.
Capsules and seeds unknown. Flowering time : Septem-
ber to early October. Figure 8.
Distribution : Ixia purpureorosea is a true edaphic
endemic, restricted to areas of limestone and calcrete
in the vicinity of Saldanha Bay (Figure 7). Plants grow
in pockets of peaty sand in crevices in rocky pavement.
Plants were only known to Fewis from Postberg on the
Fangebaan Peninsula but the species has since been col-
lected at Jakobsbaai, north of Saldanha. and on the lime-
stone hills east of Saldanha.
Diagnosis and relationships', according to Fewis
(1962) who described the species, Ixia purpureorosea
was first collected by C.P. Thunberg, and a collection in
the Van Royen collection at Feiden likewise attests to its
early discovery. Fewis considered the species as inter-
mediate between sects Ixia and Morphixia but believed
its affinity lay with the former. We disagree, not only is
the perianth tube expanded in the upper quarter but the
tube contains nectar, not normally present in species
of sect. Ixia, the filaments are decurrent, and the peri-
anth does not have a dark central area of pigmentation,
almost universal in the section. The flowers are purple-
pink with the tepals white, sometimes edged with pale
pink, at base, not dark at base as described by Fewis.
The perianth tube is dark red-purple to brown outside
and this imparts to the mouth of the tube a dark colour
when viewed from above.
Ixia purpureorosea is most likely allied to species
of sect. Hyalis such as I. tenuifolia and I. aurea, which
have a similarly narrow perianth tube, clasping the
style in the lower half to two thirds. The broad leaves,
somewhat twisted in the distal half are particularly remi-
niscent of I. aurea. A feature of I. purpureorosea not
before recorded is the presence of one or more stolons
produced from the corm base. The stolons, unique in
the genus, are broad and fasciated, up to 60 mm long,
branching distally with each branch bearing a small ter-
minal cormlet.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3217 (Vredenburg): Saldanha, Farm Hol-
vlei, shallow sand with calcrete rocks, (-DD), 2 Oct. 1996, Rode 665
(NBG); Trekossenkraal Farm, exposed limestone and shallow sand,
(-DD). 28 Sept. 2002, Boucher 6988 (NBG); Jakobsbaai, limestone
pavement, (— DD), 30 Sept. 2009, Goldblatt & Porter 13481 (MO,
NBG). 3317 (Saldanha): Saldanha, Prospect Hill, (-BB), 18 Sept.
2005, Raimondo CR1698 (NBG); Saldanha, limestone hill east of the
town, sandy slope among limestone rocks, (— BB), 5 Sept. 2009, Gold-
blatt & Porter 13261 (MO, NBG). 3318 (Cape Town): Postberg, (-
AA), 12 Sept. 1988, De Vos 2707 (NBG).
2. Sect. Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Pax in Die natiir-
lichen Pflanzenfamilien 2,5: 154 (1888); Fewis: 66
(1962), as Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Diels. Subgenus Mor-
phixia (Ker Gawl.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning: 63 (1999).
Type species: Morphixia aulica (Aiton) Ker Gawl., here
designated (= Ixia latifolia D.Delaroche).
110
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 8. — Ixia purpureorosea,
Goldblatl & Porter 13261
(NBG): A, plant with corm
showing fasciated stolons; B,
I/s flower; C, outer bract; D,
inner bract. Scale bar: 10 mm.
Artist: J.C. Manning.
Leaves usually 3, sometimes up to 5, but always
dimorphic, lower foliage leaves with well-developed
blades and uppermost 1 (rarely 2 when basal foliage
leaves more than 2) entirely sheathing. Spike with bracts
usually membranous and translucent, rarely flushed with
purple and opaque, outer with 3(5) prominent veins
and 3-lobed to 3-toothed (or 5-toothed when 5-veined).
Flowers usually actinomorphic, rarely bilateral, mostly
pale blue-mauve, sometimes pink or white, occasion-
ally deep purple, white to yellow in throat, erect, ascend-
ing or nodding, often scented; perianth tube alway hol-
low to base, funnel-shaped to cylindric; tepals subequal,
spreading. Stamens symmetrically arranged around cen-
tral style and contiguous, rarely unilateral and then hori-
zontal or declinate; filaments inserted at base of upper
part of tube, decurrent, not expanded below, included to
well exserted; anthers dehiscing longitudinally, exserted,
partly included or rarely fully included. Ovary and cap-
sules usually smooth, rarely warty ( Ixia alata and I. tho-
masiae ); style slender, central and straight, or when sta-
mens unilateral then displaced to lie beneath filaments.
The first listing of a type for Morphixia at any rank
is Lewis’s (1962: 66) designation of Ixia latifolia as the
type of sect. Morphixia. That species was never included
in Morphixia by name and is thus not available as a
type. To preserve the current circumscription of Mor-
phixia we designate M. anlica as the type, a later syno-
nym of /. latifolia.
2. 1 . Series Morphixia
19. Ixia divaricata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 18 (2008a) as nom. nov. pro /. latifolia var.
angustifolia G.J. Lewis: 86 (1962). Type: South Africa,
[Western Cape] Witzenberg, middle east face oppo-
site Farm Rosendal, 26 Nov. 1941, Pi Hans 9790 (BOL,
holo.!).
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
7. rapunculoides var. rigida G.J. Lewis: 77 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Hex River Valley, 1 Oct. 1893, P. MacOwan
in Herbario Normale Austro-Africana 1653 (BOL! [as Hex River Pass,
Bolus s.n. in Guthrie 3077], G, K! [as near Hex River East, 1500 ft (±
460 m)], MO! [as Hex River Valley, De Dooms, Oct. 1893, 77. Bolus
s.n.], SAM!, Z, syn.).
7 rapunculoides var. subpendula G.J. Lewis: 77 (1962). Type:
South Africa, [Western Cape], between Groot River and Elands Kloof,
Oct. 1939, Leipoldt 3026 (BOL, holo.!).
Ilxia capitata var. stellata Andrews, The botanist’s repository 4: t.
232 (1802). 7. stellata (Andrews) Klatt: 396 (1882). 7 ovata var. stel-
lata (Andrews) Baker: 164 (1892). Type: South Africa, without precise
locality or collector, illustration in Andrews l.c. ( 1 802).
See Goldblatt & Manning (2008a) in Bothalia 38 for
description and illustration.
Distribution: Ixia divaricata is scattered through the
mountains of the southwestern Cape, from Elandskloof,
east of Citrusdal, through the Cold Bokkeveld to Tul-
bagh and the Hex River Valley, where it most likely no
longer occurs (Goldblatt & Manning 2008a: fig. 10).
Plants favour seasonally wet, stony sandstone flats and
rocky sites. Ixia divaricata is still common in the Cold
Bokkeveld, where it is found in sites presently pro-
tected from agriculture. Below Gydo Pass in the Warm
Bokkeveld it is now actively threatened by the expan-
sion of orchards that extend from Ceres and Prince
Alfred Hamlet to the foot of the pass.
Diagnosis and variation : Ixia divaricata is unmis-
takable in its unusual branching pattern; the distinc-
tive, stiff, straight lateral branches are held at angles
of 30-50° to the main axis and bear mostly 3-5 flow-
ers crowded in the distal half. The white or pale pink
(rarely deep pink or purple) flowers are held erect, with
the tepals spreading but not fully patent. That this plant
was treated as var. subpendula of I. rapunculoides is
puzzling, for not only is it distinctive in its branch-
ing pattern but the flowers are upright, not inclined or
drooping, and the anthers, 4. 0-5. 5 mm long, are usu-
ally fully exserted from the tube or rarely with the bases
included. Specimens with anthers exserted 1-2 mm were
often included in I. latifolia by De Vos (1999) but typi-
cal 7. latifolia has larger, deep pink flowers with a peri-
anth tube 14-17 mm long, filaments ± 10 mm long, and
broad basal leaves, mostly 10-18 mm wide. The rea-
son for the adoption of a new name at species rank and
the synonymy of 7. divaricata are explained elsewhere
(Goldblatt & Manning 2008a).
The immediate relationships of Ixia divaricata are
most likely with 7. latifolia. Confusion with that spe-
cies is due in part to some collections with a longer
tube, 12-14 mm (e.g. De Vos 2693 and Leipoldt 4070),
that also have relatively short, broad leaves, up to 18
mm wide (also found in 7. latifolia ) but fairly slen-
der branches (characteristic of 7. divaricata). These are
almost certainly hybrids between the two species, which
sometimes grow within sight of one another, although on
different soils, 7. latifolia favouring heavy clay or loam.
Ixia divaricata was associated historically with 7.
latifolia, and one of the two specimens cited by Baker
(1892) under var. longifolia of 7. scariosa, the name by
which 7. latifolia was then known, is 7. divaricata (the
other specimen is 7. orientalis and is the lectotype of the
name). The type of 7. latifolia var. angustifolia , from the
Witzenberg is also 7. divaricata , but several other speci-
mens assigned here by Lewis (1962) and De Vos (1999)
are a different species, 7. monticola, described here.
Although these two taxa have been confused in the lit-
erature, they may not be particularly closely allied. The
most important differences are that 7. monticola has a
corm with membranous, non-accumulating tunics, few
or no branches, and four or five leaves. 7. divaricata , in
contrast, has fibrous tunics of medium texture and a dis-
tinctive branching pattern, and plants from high eleva-
tions typically have two or three leaves in most speci-
mens, although sometimes more in those from middle
elevations.
Plants from upper Moraine Kloof in the Hex River
Mtns ( Helme 2864), flowering in January, were pro-
visionally included in Ixia divaricata by Goldblatt &
Manning (2008a). They have a similar branching pat-
tern but somewhat smaller, purple flowers with a tube
± 5 mm long, tepals ± 10 mm long, and anthers ± 3.2
mm long. The style divides at the top of the anthers and
has branches ± 1 .3 mm long that extend above the anther
tips, whereas in typical 7. divaricata the style divides
opposite the middle of the anthers. The specimens lack
corms and leaves without which a fair decision about the
status of this late-flowering population cannot be made.
Pollination of Ixia divaricata accords with that for
other species of series Rapunculoides. Plants are polli-
nated by a range of medium-sized and large bees includ-
ing Lasioglossum sp. (Halictidae) and Antbophora diver-
sipes and Amegilla spilostoma (Apidae) (Goldblatt &
Manning 2008a).
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3219 (Wuppertal): Cedarberg, valley be-
tween Sneeuberg and Tafelberg, wet sandy flats, (-AC), 19 Oct.
1923, Pocock 408 (NBG); Elandskloof, Ceres, (-CA), 30 Sept. 1944,
Barker 3094 (BOL, NBG); Cold Bokkeveld, Waboomsrivier, sandy
flats ( vlakte ), (-CC), 4 Oct. 1966, Hanekom 776 (K. PRE); Cold
Bokkeveld, 3 miles [4.8 km] S of Leeurivier, (-CD), Sept. 1952, Lewis
2512 (PRE, SAM). 3319 (Worcester): Great Winterhoek, Sneeugat, (-
AA) , Nov. 1916, Phillips 1874 (NBG); Steindaal. Tulbagh. Oct.-Nov.
1858, Pappe s.n. SAM20937 (NBG); Tulbaghskloof (Nieuwekloofl,
Tulbaghsthal, foot of Winterhoeksberg, Witsenberg and Vogelvalei,
(-AA), Nov. 1830, Ecklon & Zeyher Irid. 94 (BOL, K, PRE); Cold
Bokkeveld, roadside at Farm Wadrif, in rocky sandstone ground, (-
AB) , 30 Sept. 2004, Goldblatt & Porter 12604 (MO, NBG); stony flats
at foot of Gydo Pass, (-AB), 4 Oct. 2004, Goldblatt & Porter 12610
(MO, NBG, PRE); Witzenberg Mtns, Visgat Valley, Farm Wakker-
stroom, (-AC), 5 Nov. 2003, Low 9376 (NBG); near Ceres Nature
Reserve in wet ground, (-AD), 8 Oct. 1986, De Vos 2675 (NBG,
PRE) Matroosberg, near Lakenvlei, (-AD), without date, Phillips s.n.
SAMI 1876 (NBG); Hex River Mtns, upper Moraine Kloof Amphithea-
tre south of Milner Peak, 1 050 m, (-AD), 4 Jan. 2004, Helme 2864
(NBG).
Putative hybrids with Ixia latifolia are listed by Gold-
blatt & Manning (2008a).
20. Ixia saundersiana Goldblatt & J .C .Manning,
sp. nov.
Plantae 150-200 mm altae, eramosae, cormo ovoi-
deo-conico ± 8 mm diam., tunicis fibris tenuibus, foliis 2
folio inferiori basali lineari 1.0-2. 5 mm lato, spica 2- vel
3-flora, floribus caeruleo-malvinis fauce flavo. tubo peri-
anthii infundibuliforme ± 5 mm longo, tepalis ovatis ±
112
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
11 x 5.5 mm, filamentis ± 3 mm longis, antheris ± 4 mm
longis ex tubo exsertis, ramis styli ± 1 .5 mm longis.
TYPE. — Western Cape: 3319 (Worcester): Milner
Peak, rock cracks in humus with restios (-CD), 7 Dec.
2008, Saunders & Saunders sub Manning 3237 (NBG,
holo.).
Plants 150-200 mm high, usually unbranched, rarely
with up to three short, ascending branches. Conn ovoid-
conic, ± 8 mm diam., with tunics of fine netted fibres.
Leaves 2, lower basal, linear, 1.0-2. 5 mm wide, some-
times shortly exceeding stem, central vein strongly and
margins slightly thickened, pale when dry, upper sheath-
ing the lower half to two thirds of stem, with a short free
blade. Spike 2- or 3(-5)-flowered; bracts membranous,
translucent, outer with 3 main veins and 2 smaller lateral
veins, shortly 3-toothed, inner 2-veined and 2-toothed.
Flowers blue-mauve, yellow in throat; perianth tube fun-
nel-shaped, ± 5 mm long; tepals ovate, ± 1 1 * 5.5 mm.
Stamens with filaments ± 3 mm long, reaching mouth of
tube; anthers ± 4 mm long, yellow; pollen yellow. Style
dividing opposite base to lower third of anthers, style
branches ± 1.5 mm long. Flowering time : late October
to December.
Distribution-. Ixia saundersiana is known from just
two collections, the first made in December 2008 at
high elevation on Milner Peak in the Hex River Mtns,
where plants were found growing in rock cracks in damp
humus among restios. A second collection extends the
range of the species to the Swartruggens, some distance
to the northeast. Figure 7.
Diagnosis and relationships : a recent and surprising
discovery, the high altitude Ixia saundersiana is imme-
diately recognized by the single linear foliage leaf and
a second, largely sheathing leaf, together with a mostly
unbranched stem and spike of 2 or 3(-5) small, blue-
mauve flowers yellow in the throat. Well-grown plants
may have up to three, short, straight, ascending branches
with up to four flowers per branch. The flowers are unre-
markable and have a funnel-shaped perianth tube ± 5
mm long, spreading tepals, and relatively short filaments
only 3 mm long, that reach only to the mouth of the peri-
anth tube. We suspect that the species is most closely
allied to /. divaricata but that species has a longer peri-
anth tube, 8-1 1 mm long, filaments 4. 0-5. 5 mm long,
usually exserted 1-2 mm from the tube and the stem
is typically branched, with the long, straight branches
diverging strongly from the main axis.
Additional specimen
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Swartruggens, Farm
Knolfontein, 1 220 m, (-AB), 22 Oct. 2009, Jardine & Jardine 1219
(NBG).
21. Ixia latifolia D.Delaroche , Descriptiones
plantarum aliquot novarum: 22 (1766); Lewis: 81 (1962).
Hyalis latifolia (D.Delaroche) Salisb. : 317 (1812), genus
invalid. Geissorhiza latifolia (D.Delaroche) Baker: 94
(1877). Tritonia latifolia (D.Delaroche) N.E.Br.: 135
(1929). Type: South Africa, without precise locality or
collector (G-DEL, holo.!).
/. aulica [Soland, in] Aiton: 57 (1789). Ixia capillaris var. aulica
(Aiton) Ker Gawl.: t. 1013 (1807). Hyalis aulica (Aiton) Salisb.:
318 (1812), genus invalid. Morphixia aulica (Aiton) Ker Gawl.: 107
(1827). Type: South Africa, ‘Cape of Good Hope’, cultivated in Brit-
ain, without precise locality, illustration in Curtis’s Botanical Maga-
zine 25: t. 1013 (1807).
/. incarnata Jacq.: t. 282 (1795b); Jacq.: 13 (1796). Ixia capillaris
var. incarnata (Jacq.) Ker Gawl.: t. 617 (1803a). Morphixia incarnata
(Jacq.) Ker Gawl.: 107 (1827). M. capillaris var. incarnata (Jacq.)
Baker: 97 (1877). Types: South Africa, without precise locality or
collector, illustration in Jacq. (1795b); South Africa, [Western Cape],
Ceres, Theronsberg Pass, 20 Oct. 1983, Snijman 779 (NBG, epitype!,
here designated; PRE, iso.!).
I. scariosa Thunb.: 243 (1811). Type: South Africa, [Western
Cape], probably in the Cold Bokkeveld, Sept. 1773, but not stated,
CP Thunberg s.n. UPS-THUNB990 (UPS-THUN-digitally scanned
image!, specimen on right of sheet, lecto., here designated).
I. phlogiflora Delile in Redoute: t. 432 (1814a). Type: South Africa,
[Western Cape], without precise locality or collector, illustration in
Delile in Redoute, Les Liliacees 8: t. 432 (1814a).
I. latifolia var. curviramosa G.J. Lewis: 86 (1962), syn. nov. Type:
South Africa, [Western Cape], 3320 (Montagu): Laingsburg Div.,
Tweedside, on flats, (-BB), 27 Sept. 1951. Barker 7469 (NBG, holo.!;
NBG!, PRE!, iso.).
Plants mostly 150-350 mm high, usually 1-3-branched,
rarely simple; branches either ascending, fairly long and
straight or shorter and ± twisted, subtended by obscure,
obtuse bracts and prophylls ± 1 mm long. Conn subglo-
bose, mostly 15-25 mm diam., with tunics of firm, often
coarsely wiry, netted fibres, bearing small cormlets at base.
Leaves usually 3, lower 2 lanceolate to sword-shaped,
oblong or falcate, (5-) 10-1 8 mm wide, ± one third as long
as stem; margins moderately to strongly thickened, some-
times slightly crisped; uppermost leaf sheathing lower half
to two thirds of stem. Main spike mostly 3-7-flowered, lat-
eral spikes (l-)3-6-flowered, either ± straight or twisted;
bracts translucent sometimes tinged brown, especially in
fruit, outer with three dark veins, mostly 7-11 mm long,
acutely 3-toothed, inner ± as long or slightly longer, with
two dark veins, 2-toothed at apex. Flowers facing to the
side, deep pink, pale mauve or blue-mauve, white or yellow
in throat, sometimes edged darker pink or purple, unscented
or with a faint rose or sour odour; perianth tube (7—) 1 0—
1 8(— 23) mm long, narrowly funnel-shaped, flaring in upper
third, slightly curved near base; tepals subequal, ovate,
1 3— 20(— 23 ) x (6— )7— 1 0 mm, spreading at right angles to
tube distally. Stamens with filaments 8-12 long, exserted
6-8 mm; anthers 3-5 mm long before splitting. Style divid-
ing between base and middle of anthers, style branches 1.8-
3.0 mm long, extending between anthers. Flowering time:
mainly mid-September to mid-October. Figure 9.
Distribution: as circumscribed here, Ixia latifolia is
a species of clay, clay loam and sandy soils in renos-
terveld, or occasionally dry fynbos habitats. The spe-
cies is fairly common at higher elevations in the interior
southwestern part of Western Cape. It extends from the
Cold Bokkeveld and Worcester eastward to Karoo Poort
at the edge of the Tanqua Karoo and southeast through
the Witteberg Karoo and northern foothills of the Klein
Swartberg. Isolated populations also occur locally in the
Little Karoo on the southern slopes of the Gamkaberg,
a small but surprising disjunction (Figure 10). Lewis’s
(1962) vague description of the habitat of /. latifolia as
sandy flats and slopes must then be extended to include
clay soils as well.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
113
Diagnosis and relationships : in our revised and nar- the relatively large, deep pink, purple, mauve-pink,
rower circumscription, Ixia latifolia is recognized by blue-mauve or violet flower usually with a relatively
FIGURE 9.— A. B, Ixia latifolia, Goldblatt & Porter 12969: A, plant; B, 1/s flower. C, D, Ixia latifolia, Goldblatt & Porter 12813: C, plant; D.
half-flower. Scale bar; 10 mm. Artist; J.C. Manning.
114
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
FIGURE 10. — Known distribution of Ixia latifolia, •; I. ecklonii , O;
and 7. monticola. A; I. parva, □; I. ramulosa, ■: and I. brun-
neobractea, ^ .
well-developed perianth tube, ( 7—) 1 0— 1 8(— 23 ) mm long
that gradually widens toward the mouth, and spreading
tepals 1 3— 20(— 23) long. The long stamens have fila-
ments exserted 6-8 mm from the tube and anthers 3-5
mm long. The floral bracts are mostly 8-10 mm long
and distinctive in having narrowly acute teeth. The
two broad basal leaves are usually fairly broad, 10-18
mm, but occasionally only 5 mm wide. The third leaf
sheathes the stem for its entire length, as is typical of
sect. Morphixia.
Lewis (1962) recognized five varieties of Ixia latifo-
lia, three of which are here treated as four separate spe-
cies. Small-flowered var. parviflora , now 7. parva , is a
plant of low stature, a twisted spike, purple floral bracts,
and filaments exserted 5-6 mm. Var. ramulosa , from
Namaqualand, now I. ramulosa, comprises plants with
several, short lateral branches bearing one or two, rarely
three, flowers. Lastly, var. angustifolia included two
species, one of them is now I. divaricata and the other
is a high elevation species, described here as I. monti-
cola, and distinguished by soft-textured leaves and dry-
membranous, brown, onion-skin-like corm tunics. The
remaining var. curviramosa was distinguished by Lewis
by the short, somewhat twisted, rather than straight,
lateral branches and slightly smaller flower. The ample
material of Ixia latifolia collected since Lewis’s revi-
sion has made the distinction between var. curviramosa
and var. latifolia arbitrary and we do not recognize var.
curviramosa. The degree of twisting and length of the
branches is not consistently correlated with any other
character, and is often difficult to determine because
plants with shorter, ± straight branches, conform to nei-
ther taxon.
Flower size in Ixia latifolia is unsually variable. Both
the northernmost populations of I. latifolia in the arid
Tanqua Basin and the easternmost near Oudtshoorn are
exceptional and we considered that they possibly repre-
sented separate species. The Tanqua populations ( Gold -
blatt & Porter 12969), growing in perhaps the most arid
habitat for the species, have the largest flowers with a
tube 20-23 mm long and tepals up to 21 x 10.5 mm. In
contrast, the Gamkaberg populations have flowers with
a tube 7-8 mm long and tepals 13-15 x ± 7 mm, among
the smallest in the species. But plants from several other
localities, e.g. Goldblatt & Ndnni 11184 from the Voet-
padsberg near Touws River and Oliver 5104 from Long
Acres in the Cold Bokkeveld have flowers almost as
small. The plants from the Tanqua Karoo reverse the
usual trend for smaller stature and flower size in the
driest habitats and merit further study. We prefer not to
formally recognize any of these variants because of the
existence of populations intermediate between these
extremes.
Ixia latifolia is probably most closely related to I.
divaricata, a plant of wet, sandstone habitats in the Cold
Bokkeveld and surrounding mountains, which has long,
slender, straight lateral branches with flowers crowded in
the upper half, a feature sometimes found in I. latifolia,
but always a smaller perianth with a tube 8-1 1 mm long,
tepals 1 1-14 mm long, and filaments 4-5 mm long reach-
ing 1-2 mm beyond the mouth of the perianth tube or
sometimes only to the mouth of the tube. Ixia divaricata
typically has pale pink or white flowers and narrow leaves,
thus very different from the larger, deep pink mauve or
purple flowers with well-exserted filaments, and broad,
fairly short leaves of I. latifolia. Plants with broader leaves
may be the result of crossing with I. latifolia, and plants
of that species with particularly long branches may be
the result of occasional crosses with I. divaricata at sites
where the habitats of the two are close together.
Taxonomic history and typification: Ixia latifolia,
described by Daniel Delaroche in 1766, has a complex
synonymy. It was long known as I. scariosa, described
by Thunberg in 1811, and both this and the earlier I.
aulica Aiton (1789), which was based on a plant cul-
tivated in England and evidently preserved only as a
painting, match the straight-branched form of 1. latifolia
from the Cold Bokkeveld. The type sheet of 7. scariosa
in the Thunberg Herbarium ( UPS-THUNB990 ), is actu-
ally a mixture of two species. There are two tall speci-
mens of 7. latifolia and one short plant in the centre of
the sheet, which may be I. contorta (but with a flower
of I. latifolia mounted at the top of the main spike).
Our identification of this specimen as 7. contorta is pro-
visional, because the included filaments in the single
flower that belongs to the plant, are not visible in the
digital image we have available. Because of the mixture
on the sheet, we designate as lectotype the single plant
on the right-hand side.
A third synonym, Ixia incarnata Jacq. (1795b), is
today typified by an illustration not entirely representa-
tive of the species as the stem is unbranched. We have
designated an epitype for the species so that the appli-
cation of this name is fixed, should future doubt arise
about its identity. Lastly, 7. phlogiflora Defile (1814a),
also based on a painting, testifies to the widespread cul-
tivation of 7. latifolia in Europe in the early 19th century.
During the later 1 8th and early 1 9th centuries the species
remained known as 7. scariosa, even as late as 1896 in
Baker’s account of the genus in Flora capensis. The cir-
cumscription of 7. scariosa remained fluid well into the
20th century and often included other species, such as
7. rapunculoides Defile and its immediate relatives. The
identity of Delaroche’s 7. latifolia remained uncertain
throughout this period and was finally established by
Lewis (1962) after she examined the type material at the
Burman Herbarium in Geneva and then placed 7. scari-
osa in synonymy.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
115
Lewis also included Ixia stellata (Andrews) Klatt as a
synonym of I. latifolia, a plant based on I. capitata var.
stellata Andrews (1802). The only type material known
is a painting in The botanist's repository and does not
appear to us to represent I. latifolia , but possibly the
related /. divaricata (Goldblatt & Manning 2008a). The
correct identity of the plant is of secondary significance
as the name I. stellata Roem. & Schult. (1817), probably
a named hybrid of Sparaxis (Goldblatt 1969), renders
use of Andrews’s epithet at species rank in Ixia illegiti-
mate.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3219 (Wuppertal): Cold Bokkeveld, Helpme-
kaar, red gravelly, stony loam, (-CC), 16 Oct. 1975, Hanekom 2471
(K, MO, PRE); Cold Bokkeveld, NW of Tafelberg, dry shale slopes,
3100 ft [± 960 m], (-CD), 2 Oct. 1972, Thompson 1550 (MO, PRE);
summit of Tafelberg, (-CD), Oct. 1921, Pillans s.n. (BOL14141).
3319 (Worcester): Klip Koppies, north ridge of Gydoberg, dry sandy
slope, 1 050 m, (-AB), 11 Oct. 1974, Oliver 5096 (PRE); top of Gydo
Pass, (-AB), 13 Oct. 1960, Lewis 5750 (K, NBG, PRE); Long Acres,
N of Gydoberg, on flats, 1 000 m, (-AB), 11 Oct. 1974, Oliver 5104
(K, MO, NBG, PRE); Tanqua Karoo, north of Karoopoort near Inver-
doom, (-BB), 9 Sept. 2007, Goldblatt & Porter 12969 (K, MO, NBG,
PRE); Theronsberg Pass, east of Ceres, (-BC), 20 Oct. 1983, Snijman
779 (NBG, PRE), 31 Oct. 1974, Goldblatt 3227 (MO); Lakenvlei, (-
BC), 19 Oct. 1941, Compton 12061 (NBG); ± 2 km south of N1 on
road to Montagu, sandstone cutting, (-BD), 9 Sept. 2006, Goldblatt
& Porter 12813 (MO, NBG, PRE); Worcester commonage, (-CB),
16 Sept. 1975, Van Breda 4283 (K, PRE); Rabiesberg, Worcester, (-
DA), 26 Sept. 1935, Lewis s.n. (BOL26910); Eendracht, Montagu,
(-DB), 23 Sept. 1946, Compton 15826 (NBG). 3320 (Montagu):
between Konstabel and Tweedside, (-AB), 21 Sept. 1985, De Vos
2602 (NBG, PRE); near Pietermeintjies Siding, (-AB), 2 Oct. 1999,
Goldblatt & Nanni 11184 (MO); foot of Voetpadsberg, 21.5 km E of
Touws River, in sandy ground, (-AC), 3 Oct. 1999, Goldblatt & Nanni
11202 (MO, PRE); Elandsfontein, Witteberg, (-AD), 21 Sept. 1931,
Compton 3810 (BOL, NBG); flats SW of Bantamskop. Witteberg, 980
m, (-BC), 23 Sept. 1990, Oliver 9753 (NBG); between Ouberg Pass
and Touws River, (-CA-CB), 29 Sept. 1933, Dvmond s.n. (Nat. Bot.
Gard. 1965/33 in BOL, K, PRE). 3321 (Ladismith): northern foothills
of Klein Swartberg, Farm Vleiland, (-AC), 10 Sept. 1983, Vlok 668
(MO, NBG, PRE); road to Seweweekspoort. Farm Modderfontein, (-
AC), 21 Sept. 2003, Goldblatt & Porter 12329 (K, MO); Seven Weeks
Poort, (-AD), Sept. 1912, Phillips 1545 (BOL); southern foot of Gam-
kaberg, SW of Oudtshoom. rocky ground in loamy clay among sand-
stone rocks, (-DB), 4 Sept. 2007, Goldblatt & Porter (NBG, K, MO,
PRE. S).
22. Ixia monticola Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
Plantae 80-250 mm altae, cormo ± 6 mm diametro,
tunicis submembranaceis, foliis 2 vel 3(4) inferiori-
bus 1, 2(3) anguste ensiformibus vel linearibus usitate
2.5 — 4.5 mm latis, caule saepe simplici vel l(2)-ramoso,
ramis filiformibus erectis saepe leviter contortis 10-15
mm longis, spica 2- vel 3-flora, bracteis 5-6 mm longis
membranaceis vel scariosis, floribus cameis in fauce
flavis, tubo perianthii infundibuliformi ± 10 mm longo,
tepalis subequalibus 12-17 x 6-7 mm, filamentis ± 6
mm longis ex tubo 2-3 mm exsertis, antheris 3 .5^4 mm
longis flavis, stylo inter basem et medium antherarum
dividenti ramis styli ± 1 mm longis.
TYPE. — [Western Cape], 3319 (Worcester): Du
Toit’s Peak, rocky upper slopes and ledges, west aspect,
± 6000' [1 820 m], (-CC), 21 Dec. 1975, Esterhuyusen
34162 (BOL, holo.!; MO, iso.!).
Plants mostly 80-250 mm high, sheathed at base
by pale brown cataphylls, usually simple or 1-, rarely
2-branched, branches thread-like, suberect, often slightly
twisted, 10-15 mm long, subtended by obscure, mem-
branous bracts and prophylls ± 1 mm long. Conn ± 6
mm diam., with rust-brown, submembranous tunics, not
accumulating. Leaves 2, 3(4), lower 1, 2(3) with nar-
rowly sword-shaped to linear blades, half as long to ± as
long as stem, mostly 2. 5-4. 5 mm wide, uppermost leaf
mostly sheathing but with a free unifacial distal portion.
Main spike erect, slightly flexuose, 2- or 3-flowered, lat-
eral spikes 1- or 2-flowered; bracts 5-6 mm long, mem-
branous or becoming dry, flushed red-purple, outer bract
shortly 3-cusped, inner forked apically. Flowers pink,
yellow in throat, presence of scent unknown; perianth
tube narrowly funnel-shaped, ± 10 mm long; tepals sub-
equal, 12-17 x 6-7 mm. Stamens with filaments ± 6 mm
long, exserted 2-3 mm from tube; anthers 3. 5-4.0 mm
long, yellow. Style dividing between base and middle of
anthers, style branches ± 1 mm long. Flowering time :
December to mid-January.
Distribution : Ixia monticola is a local endemic of
the mountains of Western Cape between Victoria Peak
and Wemmershoek Peak, on sandstone rocks and cliffs,
above 1 200 m, this high mountain plant evidently flow-
ers well only after fire, and with just a handful or collec-
tions known, it remains poorly understood (Figure 10).
Diagnosis and relationships', most specimens assigned
by Lewis (1962) to Ixia latifolia var. angustifolia , includ-
ing the type, Pillans 9790 from the Witzenberg, are I.
divaricata (syn. I. rapunculoides var. subpendula ) (Gold-
blatt & Manning 2008a) but the few from the high eleva-
tions in the Paarl and Stellenbosch Divisions represent a
second species, which we here describe as I. monticola.
This new species can be recognized primarily by the
small corm, ± 6 mm in diameter, with rust-brown, sub-
membranous, non-accumulating, onion-skin-like tunics,
often a fairly low stature and usually a simple, rarely
l(2)-branched stem. The moderate-sized pink flow-
ers are unremarkable and have a perianth tube ± 10 mm
long, tepals 12-17 mm long, and short filaments exserted
2-3 mm from the mouth of the tube. The leaves are ±
straight, 2. 5-4. 5 mm wide, and the cataphylls are typi-
cally rust-brown. The species name indicates the high
elevation distribution, all known collections being from
above 1 400 m.
Ixia monticola is most easily confused with the rela-
tively small-flowered I. divaricata, the higher eleva-
tion populations of which often have few-branched or
unbranched stems, and similar narrow, erect leaves. Ixia
divaricata more often has white or very pale pink flow-
ers, and while the floral proportions are similar to those
of I. monticola, I. divaricata always has well-developed
fibrous corm tunics. It is not surprising that some col-
lections of the latter have been confused with I. monti-
cola given the similar appearance of I. divaricata from
higher elevations. While they can best be distinguished
by the corms, unfortunately often lacking in herbarium
collections, the perianth tube length, 10-12 mm and usu-
ally unbranched stem of I. monticola contrasts with the
perianth tube 8-11 mm in I. divaricata, and usually only
8-9 mm in the higher elevation populations. The distinc-
tive divaricate branching pattern of I. divaricata with the
branches straight, held at 45-90° to the main axis, and
the flowers crowded in the distal half, contrast markedly
116
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
with the single short, suberect branches of I. monticola.
Although we are fairly confident that I. monticola is cor-
rectly assigned to sect. Morphixia we note that the upper
leaf is not completely sheathing, but has a short blade.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3418 (Simonstown): Victoria Peak, 4500'
[± 1 450 m], (-AA), 2 Jan. 1944, Esterhuysen 9763 (BOL). 3319
(Worcester): Wemmershoek Peak, south slopes, (-CC), 31 Dec. 1945,
Esterhuysen 11268 (BOL); mountains south of Wemmershoek, damp
places, (-CC), Jan. 1921 (mostly fr.), Andreae 736 (PRE); Adolph’s
Kop, Franschhoek Mtns, after fire, (-CC), 15 Dec. 1944, Esterhuysen
11199 (BOL).
23. Ixia parva Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, nom.
nov. pro I. latifolia var. parviflora G.J. Lewis in Journal
of South African Botany 28: 86 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], 3320 (Montagu): Laingsburg
Div., Karoo Garden, Whitehall, (-BA), 9 Sept. 1935,
Compton 5592 (NBG, holo.!).
Plants mostly 70-120 mm high, usually 1- or
2- branched, branches short, twisted, subtended by mem-
branous, attenuate bracts and prophylls 2-3 mm long.
Conn 12-16 mm diam., with tunics of medium-textured,
netted fibres, bearing medium-sized cormlets at base.
Leaves 3, lower 2 with blades sword-shaped to falcate,
3- 9 mm wide; margins and midrib slightly thickened;
uppermost leaf sheathing lower half to two thirds of
stem. Main spike mostly 3-6-flowered, markedly flexu-
ose, branches ( l-)3-5-flowered; bracts 5-7 mm long,
membranous or papery, opaque-purple or rust-coloured
and veins hardly evident, with short acute teeth, inner
± as long or slightly longer than outer. Flowers extend-
ing horizontally with tepals vertical, bright pinkish
purple, yellow in throat with base of tepals edged with
red, strongly scented of sweet pea; perianth tube funnel-
shaped, 6-8 mm long; tepals subequal, oblong, 10-12
x ± 4 mm, spreading at right angles to tube. Stamens
with filaments 6-7 mm long, ± 5 mm; anthers ± 4 mm
long. Style dividing below or opposite bases of anthers,
branches ± 3 mm long, spreading below anthers. Flow -
ering time: mid-August to late September. Figure 1 1 .
Distribution: local in the Western Karoo, Ixia parva
occurs between Laingsburg and Matjiesfontein, in de-
composed shale on south-trending slopes (Figure 10).
Diagnosis and relationships: known from just two
collections when first described by Lewis (1962), both
from Whitehill near Laingsburg, Ixia latifolia var. parvi-
flora was readily distinguished from other varieties
of I. latifolia by its small, red-purple flowers and low
stature. Additional collections now available confirm
a fairly uniform morphology and complete separation
in all quantitative features from the remaining varieties
of I. latifolia. Neither Lewis (1962) nor De Vos (1999)
in her Flora of southern Africa treatment of Ixia noted
the distinctive dark purple bracts of the plant and con-
fined themselves to comments on its smaller size. Not
only do the bracts differ from those of other plants they
included in I. latifolia , but the smaller flowers have unu-
sually long style branches, ± 3 mm long, unexpected
in such a small flower. The style divides at or slightly
below the apices of the filaments and the style branches
extend outward beneath the anthers where they are con-
spicuous. The flowers are also strongly scented of sweet
FIGURE 11. — Ixia parva, Goldblatt & Porter 12709 (NBG). A, plant;
B, half-flower; C, outer bract; D, inner bract. Scale bar: 10 mm.
Artist: J.C. Manning.
pea, a feature unique among the species of the I. latifolia
group where scent is lacking or weakly developed.
In view of its several differences from all variants of
Ixia latifolia , we consider var. parviflora is best regarded
as a separate species, here called I. parva because
the name /. parviflora Salisb. (= Romulea columnae
L.) prevents use of the varietal name at species rank.
Ixia parva differs from 7. latifolia in the very flexuose
spike, twisted lateral branches, dark bracts and smaller
flower with a perianth tube 6-8 mm long and tepals
10-12 mm long, versus straight lateral branches, a tube
(7—) 1 0—1 8(— 23) mm long and tepals 1 3— 20(— 23) mm
long in I. latifolia. The general appearance of I. parva
most closely matches the eastern populations of I. lati-
folia, which also have twisted lateral branches, but these
plants are usually taller and have larger, pale mauve to
blue-mauve flowers. The shorter style branches, usually
1.8-2. 3 (exceptionally 3) mm long, and style dividing
opposite the middle third of anthers, of I. latifolia also
stand in marked contrast to the style dividing below the
anthers and relatively long style branches of I. parva.
The delightful scent and bright red-purple colour of the
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
117
flowers make I. par\>a a particularly desirable plant for a
container or rock garden.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3320 (Montagu): lower slopes of Ghaap Kop
near Matjiesfontein, (-BA), 24 Sept. 1981, Goldblatt 6388A (MO,
PRE); Karoo Garden, Whitehill, (-BA), 6 Aug. 1923, Compton 2873
(BOL, NBG); gravel road to Sutherland from N1 west of Laingsburg,
2760 ft [± 910 m], (-BA), 27 Aug. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12709
(K, MO, NBG, PRE, S).
24. Ixia ramulosa (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning, stat. nov. Ixia latifolia var. ramulosa
G.J. Lewis in Journal of South African Botany 28: 86
(1962). Type: South Africa, [Northern Cape], 3017
(Hondeklipbaai): Grootvlei, Kamieskroon, (-BB), Sept.
1945, Lewis 1372 (SAM, holo.!; SAM, iso!, two sheets).
Plants mostly 15CM-00(-650) mm high, with 3-6(-8)
short, slightly twisted branches subtended by minute,
scale-like, ± truncate to obtuse bracts and prophylls
1 (—2) mm long. Conn with tunics of coarse, netted
fibres. Leaves 3, lower 2 sword-shaped to falcate, 4-10
mm wide; margins and midrib moderately or sometimes
slightly thickened; uppermost leaf sheathing lower half
to two thirds of stem. Main spike mostly 2- or 3-flow-
ered, branchlets mostly 1- or 2(3)-flowered; bracts
mostly 7-8 mm long, often rust-brown in distal half,
with short acute teeth, inner bract ± as long or slightly
longer than outer. Flowers deep purple, white in throat
or mauve (also described as pink or blue) or white with a
yellow throat, presence of scent unknown; perianth tube
widely funnel-shaped, 7— 9(— 1 0) mm long; tepals sub-
equal, ovate, 10-15 x 5-7 mm, spreading at right angles
to tube. Stamens with filaments 4 — 6(— 8) mm long,
exserted 2-4(-6) mm from tube; anthers 4-5 mm long,
slightly shorter to slightly longer than filaments. Sty’le
dividing between lower and middle third of anthers,
style branches ± 1.0-1. 8 mm long, apices emerging
between anthers. Flowering time', mainly late August to
early October, or early November at higher elevations.
Distribution : Ixia ramulosa is recorded from cen-
tral Namaqualand in the Kamiesberg and along the
Bokkeveld Escarpment in Northern Cape and adjacent
Kobee Mtns in Western Cape, in granitic sand or light
clay loam (Figure 10).
Diagnosis and variation : until now collections of Ixia
ramulosa have been treated as var. ramulosa of I. lati-
folia (Lewis 1962; De Vos 1999). The taxon was asso-
ciated with I. latifolia only because of the shared nar-
rowly funnel-shaped perianth tube and moderately to
well-exserted anthers, by no means an unusual feature
and probably the ancestral condition for the genus. Ixia
ramulosa can always be distinguished from other spe-
cies with similarly exserted anthers, by the perianth tube
7— 9(— 1 0) mm long, several, short, wiry, lateral branch-
lets each bearing 1 or 2 or occasionally 3 flowers. Like
other species of sect. Morphixia, I. ramulosa normally
has just three leaves, the two lowermost with well-
developed blades, and the upper one largely to entirely
sheathing the stem.
Ixia ramulosa is best known from central Namaqua-
land where it has been repeatedly collected in the vicin-
ity of Kamieskroon and the nearby farms, Grootvlei
and Skilpad. Populations from these sites have bril-
liant, dark purple (also described as magenta) flowers
with a white throat. Collections from higher elevations
in the Kamiesberg east of Kamieskroon have pink or
blue-mauve flowers with a yellow throat (e.g. Ester-
huvsen 23700: Rodin 1474) and also differ in perianth
tube length, 7-8 mm long, versus 8— 9( — 10) mm for pur-
ple-flowered plants from lower elevations. Their later
flowering, in October to early November, is probably
explained by the higher elevation. Among these Kamies-
berg populations, Goldblatt 6697 consists of particularly
tall, slender plants up to 650 mm high with long narrow
leaves 5-6 mm wide. They appear very different to the
short-leaved plants but this may be explained by marshy
habitats in which the plants were found. Alternatively
these plants represent a separate taxon.
Provisionally we also include plants from the Bokke-
veld Mtns to the south in Ixia ramulosa (e.g. Barker
10743: Helme 3567: Pretorius 556). Like typical I. ramu-
losa, these plants have stems with several short, filiform,
few-flowered lateral branches and bracts sometimes
flushed rust-brown distally, but a perianth tube 8-9 mm
long and filaments ± 8 mm long (longer than in typical I.
ramulosa), exserted ± 5 mm from the tube. These southern
populations have branchlets with one (Pretorius 556) or
two ( Helme 3567, 4240) or three flowers (Barker 10743),
and white or pale blue-mauve flowers with a yellow cup.
The Barker collection stands out in consisting of excep-
tionally robust plants, up to 750 mm high. Despite the
longer filaments and different perianth colour, we see no
reason based on current information to regard the south-
ern populations as a new taxon. Disjunctions between the
Bokkeveld Mtns and the Kamiesberg are not common but
are known. Examples from the Iridaceae include Hesper-
antha pauciflora G.J. Lewis and Ixia namaquana L. Bolus.
The Bokkeveld Mtn populations that we include in
Ixia ramulosa have also been referred in herbaria to I.
brunneobracteata but this is a species of wet sandstone
habitats and it has uniformly brown bracts, not merely
light brown in the upper half. Ixia brunneobracteata also
differs in having conns bearing stolons, longer, narrower
leaves (up to 3.5 mm wide), a main spike of 3-6 flowers,
1 to 2 fairly long lateral branchlets (stems are sometimes
unbranched), each with 2-4(5) flowers, and a perianth
tube 5-7 mm long. Bokkeveld populations of /. ramu-
losa consist of plants with up to 5 branchlets each with 1
to 3 flowers, as well as a slightly longer perianth tube, ±
8 mm long, and the conns do not bear stolons.
Selected specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3017 (Hondeklipbaai): Grootvlei near
Kamieskroon, (-BB), 7 Sept. 1945, Leighton 1216 (BOL, PRE);
Grootvlei, rolling hills, 640 m, (-BB), 28 Aug. 1947, Acocks 19459
(K, PRE); Kamieskroon, (-BB), 24 Aug. 1941, Esterhuysen 5711
(BOL, PRE); Skilpad Nature Reserve, (-BB), 16 Aug. 1993, Van
Rooyen 2622 (PRE); Skilpad Farm, Wolwepoort, (-BB), 15 Aug. 1967,
McMurtry 287 (PRE); north of Darter’s Grave, (-BD), 7 Sept. 1950,
Barker 6750 (NBG). 3018 (Kamiesberg): Leliefontein, (-AC), 2 Oct.
1947, Rodin 1474 (BOL, K, MO, PRE); flats 1 km south of Leliefon-
tein, local in marshy area, (-AC), 4 Nov. 1982, Goldblatt 6697 (MO,
PRE); Kamiesberg, De Korn, Farm Karas, (-AC), Oct. 1940, Leipoldt
3606 (BOL); Kamiesberg, (-AC), 16 Oct. 1954, Esterhuysen 23700
(BOL); between Garies and Leliefontein, top of pass, (-AC), Nov.
1939, Leipoldt 3021 (BOL); lower north slopes of Rooiberg, jeep
track to Damsland, 1 200 m, (-?), 14 Oct. 2004, Helme 3308 (NBG).
3119 (Calvinia): Oorlogskloof Nature Reserve, Farm De Vondeling,
118
Bothalia 41.1 (2011)
west bank of Oorlogskloof River at jeep track crossing, renosterveld
in loam, 680 m, (-AC), 18 Sept. 2005, Helme 3567 (NBG); Nieu-
woudtville, Farm Groot Tuin, yellow clay, (-AC), 3 Oct. 2000, Pre-
torius 556 (K. NBG, MO); Farm Uitkomst, SW of Nieuwoudtville,
sandy slopes and floor of valley, (-AC), 29 Sept. 1970, Barker 10734
(NBG, two sheets).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): Kobee, near Farm Klein
Kobee, sandy loam along streams in shade of wild olives, (-CA), 4
Sept. 2006, Helme 4240 (NBG).
25. Ixia ecklonii Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
Plantae 300-500 mm altae, caule ramis 1-3 brevibus
filiformibus, foliis 3 folio superiori vaginanti inferiori-
bus laminis lanceolatis 4-7 mm latis, spica axiali later-
alique 1 -flora, floribus horizontaliter extensis, tubo peri-
anthii ± 10 mm longo, tepalis ± 10 x ± 4 mm, filamentis
±1.5 mm exsertis, antheris 3-4 mm longis, ramis styli ±
2 mm longis.
TYPE. — [Western Cape], Olifants River Valley, with-
out date, Ecklon & Zevher lrid. 271 (MO, holo.; 13-
Herb. Treviranus, iso.).
Plants 300-500 mm high, with (1)2 or 3 short, wiry
twisted branches 5-8 mm long, subtended by short,
subacute bracts and prophylls ± 1 mm long. Conns
7-12 mm diam., with tunics of matted, ± fibrous lay-
ers. Leaves 3, lower 2 with lanceolate blades reach-
ing to ± middle of stem, 4-8 mm wide, uppermost leaf
sheathing stem almost to base of spike. Spike half nod-
ding, 1 -flowered, branches also 1-flowered; bracts mem-
branous, dark translucent brown, 7-9 mm long, outer
3-veined and 3-toothed, inner 2-veined and 2-toothed,
about as long as outer. Flowers facing to the side, col-
our and presence of scent unknown; perianth tube nar-
row, flared uniformly from base, curving outward, 10-1 1
mm long, ± 4 mm wide at mouth; tepals ± 10 x ± 4 mm.
Stamens with filaments exserted ± 1.5 mm from tube;
anthers 3—1 mm long. Style dividing opposite lower third
of anthers, style branches ± 2 mm long. Flowering time:
not recorded.
Distribution: evidently extremely rare and local, Ixia
ecklonii is known from just one early 19th century col-
lection from the Olifants River Valley. This bears Eck-
lon & Zeyher’s locality no. 76 which is their shorthand
for Clanwilliam [District], along the Olifants River and
at Villa Brakfontein [near present-day Citrusdal] (Figure
10). The area is well explored botanically and the fact
that it has not been recollected is remarkable. The spe-
cies must be a very local endemic.
Diagnosis and relationships: we have located noth-
ing quite like the type collection of Ixia ecklonii and
although we are reluctant to describe a species based on
a single collection of several, poorly preserved speci-
mens, scientific and conservation considerations are bet-
ter served in this case by our describing the species for-
mally than by waiting until plants are found in the wild.
Ixia ecklonii is immediately recognized by the slender
stem bearing up to three short, filiform branchlets, these
as well as the main axis each bearing a single flower.
The flowers have a slightly curved, narrow perianth tube
10-11 mm long, flaring uniformly from base to apex
and they obviously face to the side but colour and other
aspects of the perianth are not known. The filaments are
exserted ±1.5 mm from the tube and the comparatively
large anthers 3^4 mm long and well-developed style
branches place I. ecklonii among a poorly defined cluster
of species we treat as series Morphixia. The three leaves,
of which the uppermost is entirely sheathing, indicate
this placement. The general appearance of the plants
recalls 7. mollis and I. namaquana but both have a fun-
nel-shaped perianth tube and the filaments and bases of
the anthers included in the tube. The translucent, brown
floral bracts recall the Bokkeveld Mtn species, I. brun-
neobracteata , but this plant has a funnel-shaped perianth
tube 5-7 mm long, the main axis bears 3-5 flowers and
the branches are not particularly short and usually bear
2-4 flowers.
26. Ixia brunneobracteata G.J. Lewis in Journal
of South African Botany 28: 80 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Northern Cape], 5 miles [8 km] from Nieu-
woudtville on Grasberg road, 16 Sept. 1961, Barker
9555 (NBG, holo.!; BOL!, NBG!, PRE!, iso.).
Plants 200-500 mm high, simple or 1 or 2(3)-branched;
branches subtended by ± dry, translucent brown, acute to
attenuate bracts and prophylls 1. 5-4.0 mm long. Corm
7-10 mm diam., with tunics of medium-textured fibres,
bearing short to long stolons up to 12 mm long, each with
an ovoid terminal cormlet. Leaves 3, the lower 2 with
blades expanded, ascending to falcate, up to 4 mm wide,
uppermost leaf largely or entirely sheathing stem. Main
spike 3-5-flowered, lateral spikes 2- or 3(-5)-flowered;
bracts membranous, dark translucent brown, 6-1 1 mm
long, outer 3-veined and 3-toothed, inner 2-veined and
2-toothed, ± as long as outer. Flowers pale pink or white,
pale yellow in tube, tepals sometimes flushed pink or light
purple outside, scented faintly of fresh coriander; peri-
anth tube funnel-shaped, 5-7 mm long; tepals ascending
below, spreading above, ovate, 10-15 x 5-8 mm. Stamens
with filaments inserted in middle of tube, 6-8 mm long,
exserted ±3.5 mm from mouth of tube; anthers 4—5 mm
long. Style dividing opposite middle third of anthers, style
branches 1. 5-2.0 mm long. Flowering time: mid-Septem-
ber to mid-October.
Distribution: an extremely narrow endemic, Ixia brun-
neobracteata is known only from seasonally wet or marshy
sites in the sandstone belt between the top of Vanrhyns
Pass and farms to the north along the Bokkeveld Escarp-
ment (Figure 10). The rapid agricultural development in
this area has all but eliminated the species from much of
its range but it is, fortunately, protected in the new reserve,
established on the Fann Avontuur, northwest of Nieu-
woudtville, where it is common (N. Helme pers. comm.
2008).
Diagnosis and relationships: as its name suggests,
Ixia brunneobracteata is immediately distinguished by
its unusually dark floral bracts, which although mem-
branous and semi-translucent, are a glossy dark chest-
nut-brown. A feature of the species not before recorded
is the production of stolons from the base of the main
corm. The flowers appear to be unspecialized, having a
funnel-shaped perianth tube 5-7 mm long, spreading,
subequal tepals, and filaments exserted ±3.5 mm from
the tube. Lewis ( 1962) suggested that the species might
be most closely allied to I. capillaris from which it dif-
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
119
fered in the slightly wider leaves and usually more flow-
ers per spike but we see no close relationship to I. capil-
laris, which has very specialized, linear leaves lacking
the raised margins of the central vein, and wonder if 7.
brimneobracteata is not perhaps most closely related
to I. ramulosa of the Kamiesberg and Bokkeveld Mtns.
That species has a distinctively branched stem with up
to five short, filiform branches bearing 1-3 flowers and a
somewhat longer perianth tube, 7 — 9( — 1 0) mm long. The
floral bracts are translucent, or sometimes flushed light
brown distally, and the flowers are magenta to blue-vio-
let in Namaqualand. or in the Bokkeveld Mtns, pale yel-
low. In contrast, I. brimneobracteata has a spike of up to
5 flowers, only 1 or 2 branches or even an unbranched
stem and white or sometimes pale pink flowers. The pro-
duction of cormlets on long stolons is unusual in Ixia\
the only other species of sect. Morphixia that has sto-
lons, I. oxalidiflora and I. sobolifera , both series Rapun-
cnloides, appear to have evolved this capacity independ-
ently and both favour heavier soils of clay or clay loam.
Although only described in 1962 by Lewis in her
revision of the genus, Ixia brimneobracteata has been
known at least since 1898 when plants were collected at
sites in the vicinity of Nieuwoudtville by C.L. Leipoldt.
His collections attracted no attention at the time, and
were assigned in herbaria to the incertae or to I. linearis
L.f., a name in the past often applied to 7. capillaris,
although the type is actually Gladiolus quadrangulus
(D.Delaroche) Barnard (Goldblatt & Manning 2008a).
Selected specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): Farm Avontuur, NW of
Grasberg, sandy burned flats, (-AA), 21 Sept. 2008, Helme 5837
(NBG); Nieuwoudtville, marshy places ‘near the farm house’, (-AC),
Sept. 1 898, Leipoldt 790 (BOL); marshy slope south of top of Van-
rhyns Pass, (-AC), 29 Sept. 1993, Goldblatt & Manning 9781 (MO,
NBG); Bokkeveld Escarpment between Meulsteenvlei and Clouds-
kraal, wet ground, (-AC), 15 Oct. 1976, Goldblatt 4311 (MO); 2 miles
[3 km] north of Nieuwoudtville, moist sandy places between restios,
(-AC), 12 Oct. 1970, Hall 3875 (NBG); Farm Biekoes, NW of Nieu-
woudtville, wet sandy ground, (-AC), 29 Sept. 2008, Goldblatt & Por-
ter 13196 (K, MO, NBG, PRE).
2.2. Series Brevitubae
27. Ixia marginifolia Salisb. ex G.J. Lewis in Jour-
nal of South African Botany 28: 66 (1962) [as a combi-
nation based on Hyalis marginifolia Salisb.: 318 (1812),
genus invalid], 7. lancea Jacq.: t. 218 (1795a), illegit.
homonym not 7. lancea Thunb. (1783). 7. capillaris var.
lancea Ker Gawk: sub t. 570 (1802b) as a new name at
varietal rank for 7. lancea Jacq. Morphixia capillaris var.
lancea (Ker Gawl.) Baker: 97 (1877). Morphixia lan-
cea (Ker Gawl.) Klatt: 383 (1882). Type: South Africa,
without precise locality or collector, illustration in Jacq.,
leones plantarum 2: t. 281 (1795a).
I. capillaris var. stricta Ker Gawl.: t. 617 (1803a). Type: South
Africa, without precise locality or collector, illustration in Curtis’s
Botanical Magazine 17: t. 617 of/, capillaris var. stricta (1803a).
Plants 200-500 mm high, often with a collar of fibres
around base, usually with 4 to several (up to 10), short,
filiform, straight or twisted branches, subtended by
scale-like truncate bracts and prophylls ± 1 mm long.
Corm 15-20 mm diam., with tunics of medium-tex-
tured to coarse fibres. Leaves (3-)5, lower (2-)4 with
expanded blades, broadly lanceolate to falcate, one quar-
ter to one third as long as stem, 8-15 mm wide; margins
moderately to heavily thickened, pale, hyaline when dry;
uppermost 1 or 2 leaves entirely sheathing. Main spike
l-3(-5)-flowered. lateral spikes ( 1 )2-4-flowered; bracts
membranous, translucent with dark veins, often dry;
and brown distally, 6-7 mm long, outer 3-veined and
obscurely 3-lobed, inner 2-veined and forked apically, ±
as long as outer. Flowers facing to the side, blue-mauve,
pink, or white, faintly freesia- or rose-scented, some-
times with an acrid odour or unscented; perianth tube
funnel-shaped, (2.5-)3.0^4.0 mm long; tepals ascending
below, spreading distally, ovate, (7—) 1 0—1 3 x 5. 5-8.0
mm. Stamens with filaments 5-7 mm long, exserted
( 1 .5— )3 . 5-5.0 mm from mouth of tube; anthers 3 .0—4.5
mm long, usually diverging at ± 30°, pale yellow. Style
dividing opposite lower to middle third of anthers, style
branches 1 ,5(— 2.5) mm long. Flowering time: mostly
mid-August to late September, but October at higher
elevations.
Distribution : a widespread and often relatively com-
mon species of the western Karoo, Ixia marginifolia
extends from the Kubiskou Range, west of Loeriesfon-
tein, to Calvinia and then across the Bokkeveld Plateau
south through the Roggeveld as far as Verlatekloof and
east to Fraserburg and the Nuweveld Mtns near Beau-
fort West. The species has not been recorded in the Klein
Roggeveld but further south, populations extend across
the margins of the western Karoo and interior Cape flora
region from Tweedside to Matjiesfontein (Figure 12).
The record from near Beaufort West is a notable range
extension of some 1 50 km from its next nearest recorded
station near Fraserburg. Plants grow in renosterveld or
karroid scrub on clay and loamy ground, usually the
fine-grained, pale soils derived from Ecca or Beaufort
shales and sandstones or occasionally loam in Witteberg
Sandstone or even on the heavy red clays derived from
dolerite.
Diagnosis and variation: distinctive in its short peri-
anth tube, 2.5^40 mm long, and stem bearing several
short, few-flowered wiry branches, Ixia marginifolia
also has unusually broad, short, leathery leaves with
strongly thickened, hyaline margins. It is sometimes
confused in herbaria with 7. rapunculoides , which is
similar in general aspect, including flower colour and
the falcate leaves with thickened margins, but the lat-
FIGURE 12. — Known distribution of Ixia marginifolia , •; 7. linearifo-
lia, O; and I. pavonia, A.
120
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
ter has short filaments included in the perianth tube,
whereas I. marginifolia has the filaments exserted
( 1 .5)3.5 — 4.0 mm so that the anthers are prominently dis-
played. The species displays a notable pattern of varia-
tion in flower colour. Plants in the northeast of its range
have a pink perianth, but to the southeast in the Cal-
vinia area, flower colour is pale blue-mauve, the same
shade as equally common I. rapunculoides with which
it is easily confused from a distance. On the northern
and central Roggeveld Escarpment plants have either
blue-mauve or white flowers, occasionally both colours
occurring together (e.g. Goldblatt & Porter 12789),
but at the southern end of the escarpment we have seen
populations uniform for white flower colour, the same
colour as reported for the Karoo National Park popula-
tion ( Bengis 375). Populations at the southern end of the
range have violet flowers. White flowers remain open
long after nightfall, whereas those of other colours close
shortly after sunset. The variation in flower colour was
not noted by Lewis (1962) or De Vos (1999), we suspect
because they saw few plants in the wild and colour is
soon lost in herbarium material.
Ixia marginifolia was poorly known to Lewis ( 1 962),
who cited just a handful of collections, mostly from the
Sutherland area of the Roggeveld, but we now know
the plant is quite common over a wide area across the
western Karoo as far north as Loeriesfontein and east to
the Nuweveld Mtns. Variation in number of flowers per
branch is unusual: while 2 or 3 flowers are most com-
mon, plants with predominantly or only single-flowered
branches occur throughout the range of the species (e.g.
Bengis 375; Hafstrom & Acocks 309; Marloth 9782),
most likely a reflection of poor growing conditions
rather than an inherited feature. A few collections, e.g.
from the base of the Voetpadsberg near Pietermeintjies
Siding in Western Cape, consists of plants with smaller
flowers than we consider typical for I. marginifolia, with
tepals ± 7 x 5.5 mm (vs 10-12 x 6-8 mm), short fila-
ments exserted ± 1 .5 mm from the tube (vs 3. 5-5.0 mm).
These plants also have 1 -flowered branches and we con-
clude that the smaller than normal floral features are the
result of poor growing conditions that particular season.
Plants from near Matjiesfontein a short distance to the
east of the Pietermeintjies site and collected in another
year have flowers typical in size for the species.
Despite being what we today consider a taxonomi-
cally isolated and distinctive species, Ixia marginifo-
lia has been treated as a variety of I. capillaris, both as
/. capillaris var. lancea and Morphixia capillaris var.
lancea (Ker Gawler 1802b; Baker 1877). The immedi-
ate relationships of I. marginifolia are uncertain. The
flowers, but not the leaves, closely resemble those of
I. linear ifolia and I. pavonia and we conclude that the
three are closely related. The alliance may be allied to
I. latifolia, although the latter has a much longer peri-
anth tube. The overall similarity to I. rapunculoides is
deceptive, for that species has short, included filaments
and short, partly included anthers, very different from
the longer and exserted filaments and long, prominent
anthers of 7. marginifolia.
History, the first record of Ixia marginifolia in the
literature is the painting published in Jacquin’s leones
plantarum rariorum (1795) under the name I. lancea.
The provenance of the plant was not recorded except
that it was from the Cape of Good Hope. The epithet
I. lancea is an illegitimate homonym for the species so
named by Thunberg (1783), which is Tritonia lancea
(Thunb.) N.E.Br. Salisbury (1812) placed the species in
his genus Hvalis with a new name H. marginifolia, cit-
ing Jacquin’s I. lancea as a synonym. As Hyalis was a
nomen nudum, and thus invalid, the name H. marginifo-
lia is itself invalid. We accordingly treat the appar-
ent combination Ixia marginifolia made by Lewis as a
replacement name dating only from 1962 and attribute it
to her alone.
Selected specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3019 (Loeriesfontein): lower clay slopes of
Kubiskou Mtn, (-CD), 6 Sept. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12777 (MO,
NBG, PRE). 3119 (Calvinia): Holle River, 15 miles [24 km] from Cal-
vinia, (-BC), 26 Sept. 1952, Lewis 2513 (BOL, SAM); Bokkeveld pla-
teau, shale flats near Bloukrans Pass, (-DB), 25 Aug. 1976, Goldblatt
3935A (MO); Perdekloof between Middelpos and Calvina near Farm
Rooiwal, (-DD), 7 Sept. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12789 (MO, NBG).
3120 (Williston): 28 km from Middelpos on road to Calvinia, (-CC),
Sept. 1976, Goldblatt 4270 (MO, NBG). 3121 (Fraserburg): hills near
Fraserburg, (-DC), 20 Sept. 1938, Hafstrom & Acocks 309 (PRE, S).
3220 (Sutherland): Roggeveld Escarpment, top of Ganagga Pass, (-
AA), 1 Sept. 1993, Goldblatt & Manning 9682 (MO, NBG); 14 miles
[22.4 km] NNW of Sutherland, ± 5000' [1 535 m], (-BC), 27 Sept.
1957, Acocks 19600 (NBG, PRE); Komsberg Flats, (-DB), Oct. 1920,
Marloth 9782 (NBG, PRE).
WESTERN CAPE.— 3222 (Beaufort West): Karoo National Park,
below FM tower, 2 000 m, (-BC), 30 Oct. 1984, Bengis 375 (PRE).
3320 (Montagu): 3.9 km west of turn-off to Matjesfontein on N2,
on recently burnt S-facing slope, (-BA), 29 Aug. 2007, Goldblatt &
Porter 12902 (MO, NBG, PRE); Memorial, stony south-facing slope
above cemetery, (-BA), 31 Aug. 2007, Goldblatt & Porter 12925 (K,
MO, NBG, PRE).
28. Ixia pavonia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov.
Plantae 150-500 mm altae, usitate 2 vel 3-ramosae,
ramis 2-3 mm longis, cormo globoso tunicis fibro-
sis, caule usitate 3-ramoso ramis 2-6 mm longis, spicis
1- 3-floris, bracteis membranosis translucentibus 8-9
mm longis, floribus suberectis caeruleo-malvinis centra
nigribus rubrisque, tubo perianthii infundibuliforme ±
3.5 mm longo, tepalis ascendentibus ovatis 12-14 x 5-6
mm, filamentis atropurpureis ± 4 mm longis ex tubo ±
1.5 mm exsertis, antheris ± 4.5 mm longis, ramis styli ±
2 mm longis.
TYPE. — Northern Cape, 3119 (Calvinia): Roggeveld
Escarpment, opposite entrance to Farm Vondelingsfon-
tein on Vaalfontein-Nooiensrivier road, renosterveld,
(-DD), 15 Sept. 2009, Goldblatt, Manning & Porter
13355 (NBG, holo.; K, MO, PRE, S, iso.).
Plants 150-500 mm high, usually with 2— 5(— 1 2) short,
filiform, branches 2-6 mm long, subtended by scale-like
truncate bracts and prophylls ± 1 mm long. Conn 15-18
mm diam., with tunics of coarse fibres. Leaves usually 4
(or 3), lower 2 with expanded blades, broadly lanceolate
to falcate, ± one quarter to half as long as stem, 8-1 5 mm
wide; margins thickened, pale, hyaline when dry; upper
two leaves partly to entirely sheathing, uppermost reach-
ing to between upper third of stem and base of spike. Main
and lateral spikes 1-3-flowered; bracts membranous,
translucent, becoming brown and dry distally, 8-12 mm
long, outer 3-veined and shortly 3-toothed apically, inner
2- veined and forked at tip. Flowers mostly half nodding,
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
121
blue-mauve, tepals dark red at base, black in wide part
of tube, faintly acrid scented; perianth tube ± 3 mm long,
funnel-shaped; tepals obovate, 12-15 * 6-8 mm, ascend-
ing to form a wide cup. Stamens with filaments purple, 4
mm long, exserted ± 1.5 mm; anthers 4.5 mm long, paral-
lel, contiguous, yellow; pollen yellow. Style purple, divid-
ing opposite middle of anthers, style branches ± 2 mm
long, purple below, becoming pale blue distally. Capsules
and seeds not known. Flowering time : September. Figure
13A-D.
Distribution : a narrow endemic, Ixia pavonia is
known from a small area at the edge of the Roggeveld
Escarpment south of Calvinia on the Farms Vondelings-
fontein and Vaalfontein (Figure 12). Plants grow in clay
ground in renosterveld.
Diagnosis and relationships', based on morphologi-
cal similarity, Ixia pavonia must be regarded as most
closely allied to the widespread Western Karoo species,
I. marginifolia. Like that species, it has three leathery
basal leaves with thickened margins and a main vein, a
stem bearing three or more, short lateral branches, and a
flower with a short perianth tube ±3.5 mm long. Unlike
the uniformly blue-mauve, white or pink flowers of I.
marginifolia , I. pavonia has a blue-mauve perianth with
a black centre surrounded by a broad red zone. Accom-
panying the colour difference in the perianth are purple-
black filaments and style. Although the perianth tube and
tepals are about the same dimensions as in I. marginifo-
lia, the filaments in that species are 5-7 mm long and
typically exserted 3. 5-5.0 mm from the tube. The short
filaments of I. pavonia , only 4 mm long and exserted ±
l. 5 mm, stand in sharp contrast.
The small floral differences between Ixia marginifo-
lia and I. pavonia, the dark central markings includ-
ing short, dark filaments, a cupped. ± upright perianth,
faint, not flowery scent and absence of nectar, are typical
adaptations for hopbine beetle pollination and, indeed,
beetles of the genus Kubousa have been seen and cap-
tured on flowers of the species (N. Flelme pers. comm.
2009). I. marginifolia is pollinated by bees, often has a
rose-like scent and produces trace amounts of nectar in
the perianth tube.
Selected specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): Roggeveld Escarpment,
Vondelingsfontein, renosterveld, 31°46'59.9" S 19°50'27.9" E, I 335
m, (-DDE 22 Sept. 2008, Helme 5906 (NBG).
29. Ixia linearifoiia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp.
nov.
Plantae usitate 450-900 mm altae, cormo globoso,
tunicis fibrosis, caule 2-5-ramoso ramis ad 5 mm longis,
spica 2- vel 3-flora, bracteis argenteo-membranosis 9-1 1
mm longis, floribus cemuis ex pallide caeruleo albis,
tubo perianthii late infundibuliformi ± 5 mm longo,
tepalis patentibus ovatis 15-16 * 6. 5-7. 5 mm, filamentis
± 5 mm longis ex tubo ± 2 mm exsertis, antheris 4.5-5
mm longis, ramis styli ± 2 mm longis.
TYPE. — Northern Cape, 3220 (Sutherland): Klein
Roggeveld, Farm De Hoop, Smoushoogte, heights
northeast of farm, in clay in stony ground, (-DC), 30
Aug. 2007, Goldblatt & Porter 12921 (NBG, holo., K,
MO, PRE, iso.).
Plants mostly 450-900 mm high, sheathed below by
prominent, pale, dry-membranous, often irregularly torn
cataphylls, usually with 2-5 short branches up to 5 mm
long, branches subtended by pale, dry, attenuate scale-
like bracts and prophylls 2^4 mm long. Corm 12-18 mm
diam., with tunics of medium-textured fibres. Leaves
3, the lower 2 with long linear blades ± half as long as
stem, mostly 1. 5-2.0 mm wide (when alive), leathery
succulent; midrib slightly raised; margins thickened and
fleshy; uppermost leaf entirely sheathing. Main spike 2-
or 3-flowered, lateral spikes 1- or 2(3)-flowered; bracts
silvery membranous, translucent with darker veins, 9-1 1
mm long, outer 3-veined and 3-lobed to 3-toothed, inner
2-veined and shallowly forked at apex. Flowers fac-
ing to the side, white with a pale bluish cast, with pale
green marks at tepal bases, faintly scented of rose; peri-
anth tube broadly funnel-shaped, ± 5 mm long; tepals
spreading at right angles to tube distally, ovate, 15-16
x 6. 5-7. 5 mm, outer tepals wider than inner. Stamens
with filaments ± 5 mm long, exserted ± 2 mm from tube;
anthers 4. 5-5.0 mm long, parallel or slightly diverging
when flower fully open. Style dividing opposite lower
to middle third of anthers, style branches ± 2 mm long.
Flowering time', mostly mid-August to mid-September.
Figure 13G-H.
Distribution : rare and highly localized, Ixia linearifo-
iia is known only from the upper, south-facing slopes of
the Smoushoogte in the Klein Roggeveld, north of the
Farm De Hoop (Figure 12). Plants grow in fairly dense
Mountain Renosterveld vegetation often among tufts of
Merxmuellera grasses, in light clay among rocks. Other
geophytes in flower at the only known site include I. lac-
erata and Geissorhiza cantharophila, Moraea aff. tri-
petala and Bulbine sp.
Diagnosis and relationships : the short perianth tube,
± 5 mm long, flowers with outspread tepals and exserted
filaments with prominently displayed anthers, and the
several short lateral branchlets, at first suggest Ixia mar-
ginifolia but the leaves of I. linearifoiia are quite unlike
the short, broad, falcate leaves of that species. Instead
the leaves are linear and about half as long as the stems,
the latter mostly 45-90 mm high. The pale flowers have
a faint blue cast and the tepals have pale green marks
at the base of the tepals. Unlike I. marginifolia the leaf
margins are not prominently thickened and hyaline but
instead raised and fleshy without hyaline edges. The
flowers of /. linearifoiia are also slightly larger than
those of I. marginifolia with tepals 15-16 x 6. 5-7. 5 mm
compared with ( 7 — ) 1 0— 1 3 * 5. 5-8.0 mm.
30. Ixia alata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sp. nov.
Plantae usitate 0. 7-1.1 mm altae, cormo globoso 20-25
mm diam., tunicis fibrosis, caule 2^4-ramoso ramis ad 8
mm longis, spica 4-6-flora, bracteis membranoso-trans-
lucentibus 6-8 mm longis, floribus suberectis vel demi-
nutantibus pallide cameis fauce albis, tubo perianthii late
infundibuliformi 5-6 mm longo, tepalis subpatentibus
ovatis 13-16 x 6-8 mm, filamentis ± 5 mm longis ± 2 mm
ex tubo exsertis, antheris 4. 5-5.0 mm longis, ramis styli ±
2 mm longis, ovario minute verrucoso.
122
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 13.— A-D, Ixia pavonia, Goldblatt, Manning & Porter 13355 (NBG): A, plant; B, half-flower; C, outer bract; D, inner bract. E H, Ixia
Unearifolia, Goldblatt & Porter 1292 / (NBG): E, plant with c/s leaf; F, half-flower; G, outer bract; H, inner bract. Scale bars: 10 mm. Artist:
J.C. Manning.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
123
TYPE. — Northern Cape, 3119 (Calvinia): southeast-
ern foothills of Driefontein se Berg, SE of Calvinia,
rocky, northeast-facing dolerite slope, (-DA), 15 Sept.
2009, Goldblalt, Manning & Porter 13380 (NBG, holo.,
K, MO, PRE, iso.).
Plants mostly 0. 7-1.1 m high, sheathed below by
prominent, dry remains of cataphylls and leaf bases;
cataphylls ± dry, pale chestnut-brown; usually with 2^4
short branches up to 8 mm long; branches subtended by
pale, dry, attenuate scale-like bracts and prophylls 5-7
mm long; bracts sheathing in lower part. Corm 20-25
mm diam., with tunics of medium-textured fibres accu-
mulating in a fairly dense mass. Leaves 3, lower 2 with
linear blades ± one third to half as long as stem, mostly
3-4 mm wide (when alive), leathery; midrib strongly
thickened; margins raised into wings held ± at right
angles to blade, wings tilted to same side rendering one
surface more exposed; uppermost leaf entirely sheath-
ing. Main spike 4-6-flowered, lateral spikes mostly
3-5-flowered; bracts translucent with pale brown veins
drying purple, 6-8 mm long, outer 3-veined and shal-
lowly 3-lobed, often secondary veins not reaching bract
apices, inner 2-veined, shallowly lobed at apex. Flow-
ers suberect to half nodding, pale pink, white at base
of tepals and in tube, with short vertical purple lines
at tepal bases running into throat, unscented; perianth
tube widely funnel-shaped, 5-6 mm long, narrow lower
part ± 2.5 mm long; tepals laxly spreading distally but
remaining slightly cupped, ovate, 13-16 x 5-8 mm,
outer slightly wider than inner, indented abaxially along
midline above filament insertion to a rounded median
adaxial crest. Stamens with filaments ± 5 mm long,
exserted ± 2 mm from wide part of tube, adaxial base
with a flange decurrent on tepal midline; anthers 4-5
mm long, white, parallel or slightly diverging when
flower fully open; pollen yellow. Ovary minutely warty;
style dividing opposite middle to upper third of anthers,
style branches ± 2 mm long, suberect and extending
above anther tips. Flowering time', mostly mid-August to
mid-September. Figure 14.
Distribution', highly localized but locally common,
Ixia alata is known only from the northern edge of the
Roggeveld Escarpment between the farms Vondelings-
fontein and Driefontein in the western Karoo, south
of Calvinia (Figure 15). Three large populations in the
southern and northeastern foothills of Driefontein se
Berg were restricted to heavy, red clay soils in doler-
ite outcrops but the plants at Vondelingsfontein grew in
light sandy ground with ferricrete and dolerite fragments
(C. Archer pers. comm.; N. Helme pers. comm.).
Diagnosis and relationships', the general appearance
of Ixia alata is very much like I. thomasiae in the tall
stature, stem with half nodding branches, suberect to
half-nodding flowers, and the long narrow leaves with
winged margins, are almost identical. The two differ,
however, in flower size: the perianth tube of I. alata is
just 5-6 mm long and the tepals 13-16 x 6-8 mm com-
pared with a tube 8-10 mm long and tepals 1 4— 20(— 25 )
x 5.0 — 6.5(— 8.0) mm. The perianth tube in particular is
significantly shorter, and the tepals only slightly shorter
but about as wide as those of I. thomasiae. Added to
these differences are a main spike of 4-6 flowers and
floral bracts 6— 8(— 10) mm long in I. alata compared
with a spikes of 7-10 flowers and floral bracts 9-12 mm
in I. thomasiae. These differences indicate to us that
these are two distinct, albeit closely allied species. We
also note that /. alata flowers from mid-September to
early October, whereas L. thomasiae does not come into
flower until the end of September and sometimes not
until the second week of October. When we first encoun-
tered I. alata in mid-September 2009, plants of I. thoma-
siae were not in flower at its known stations only 30 km
distant and at comparable elevation. Additional collec-
tions from the area between the known ranges of the two
species may alter our decision but for the present, their
populations show no overlap in critical floral characters,
leading us to conclude that they represent separate spe-
cies.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE — 3119 (Calvinia): Farm Vondelingsfontein, SE
of Calvinia on Nooiensrivier road, E-facing shale slope, (-DD), 4 Oct.
1987, Reid 1347 (PRE); Farm Driefontein, SSW of Calvinia, dolerite
outcrop in red clay, (-DA), 23 Sept. 2009, Goldblatt, Manning & Por-
ter 13424 (K, MO, NBG, PRE, S, US).
31. Ixia thomasiae Goldblatt in Journal of South
African Botany 45: 87 (1979). Type: South Africa,
[Northern Cape], 3120 (Williston): Roggeveld Escarp-
ment, Blomfontein Farm, between Middelpos and Cal-
vinia, (-CC), 30 Sept. 1976, Goldblatt 4268 (MO,
holo.!; K!, NBG!, PRE!, S!, iso.).
Plants mostly 0.6-1. 5 m high, with remains of old
cataphylls and leaf bases persisting as a fibrous col-
lar around stem base, usually with 1-3 short, twisted
branches subtended by acute bracts and prophylls
4-10 mm long. Corm 15-20 mm diam., with tunics of
coarse netted fibres. Leaves 3, lower 2 with expanded
linear blades, reaching to upper third of stem, 3-5 mm
wide; midrib and main vein thickened; margins form-
ing wings held at right angles to blade, main vein with
narrow wings parallel to blade; upper leaf sheathing
stem. Main spike half nodding, 7-10-flowered, branches
mostly 3-5-flowered; bracts membranous, translucent,
becoming light brown distally, 9-12 mm long, outer
3-veined above with central vein more prominent, lateral
veins paired in lower part and sometimes not reaching
bract apex, obtuse to obscurely 3-lobed, inner 2-veined.
forked apically, slightly shorter than outer. Flowers
suberect or nodding, pale mauve, white in throat, pres-
ence of scent unknown; perianth tube funnel-shaped,
widening in upper half, 8-10 mm long; tepals subequal,
ovate-oblong, 1 4— 20(— 25 ) x 5.0-6.5(-8.0) mm, spread-
ing ± at right angles to tube, indented abaxially along
midline above filament insertion to form a rounded
median adaxial crest. Stamens with filaments ± 6 mm
long, included or exserted up to 2 mm from tube; anthers
± 6 mm long, yellow. Ovaiy slightly warty; style usually
dividing opposite upper third of anthers, or just above
anther tips, style branches ± 2.0 mm long. Flowering
time'. October, rarely late September.
Distribution'. Ixia thomasiae occurs in the central
Roggeveld Escarpment west of Middelpos (Figure 15).
The species is rare, and has to date only been found on
two farms in the area. Plants favour heavy clay ground
and bloom relatively late in the season, mainly in Octo-
124
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
FIGURE 14. — Ixia ala/a, Goldblall,
Manning & Porter 13380
(NBG). A, plant; B, half-flow-
er; C, outer bract; D, inner
bract. Scale bar: 10 mm. Art-
ist: J.C. Manning.
ber. Further collecting in the area will likely yield addi-
tional sites for the species.
Diagnosis and relationships: remarkable leaves with
raised and winged margins, thus ± H-shaped in cross
section, combined with a perianth tube ± 6 mm long and
the remarkable, warty ovary and capsules make Ixia tho-
masiae unmistakable. The leaf shape and warty ovary
and capsules are not known elsewhere in Ixia except in
I. a/ala. Its relationships most likely lie with the I. mar-
ginifolia group with which it shares a funnel-shaped
perianth tube and exserted filaments and fully sheathing
uppermost leaf, hence we place it in series Brevitubae.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
125
FIGURE 15. — Known distribution of Ixia alata, ■; 1. thomasiae , A; I.
paucifolia, •; and/, dolichosiphon, O.
The particularly large anthers, ± 6 mm long, and fairly
long style branches, up to 2 mm long, are consistent with
other species of the series.
Discovered in 1971, Ixia thomasiae was named
for the Cape Town horticulturist, Margaret Thomas,
who pioneered plant exploration in the Middelpos por-
tion of the Roggeveld Escarpment. Her activities there
resulted in the discovery of several novelties, including
Babiana virginea and Moraea virgata subsp. karooica.
Later collecting in the area has yielded more new spe-
cies restricted to this area, notably in the Iridaceae:
Hesperantha teretifolia (Goldblatt 1984) and Romulea
albiflora (Manning & Goldblatt 2001). Ixia brevituba is
also endemic there (Lewis 1962). It is now evident that
the northern portion of the Roggeveld Escarpment is a
minor but significant centre of endemism.
Selected specimens
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3120 (Williston): Roggeveld Escarpment,
west of Middelpos, Farm Blomfontein. (-CC), 19 Oct. 1995, Gold-
blatt & Manning 10368 (MO, NBG); between farms Blomfontein and
Matjiesfontein, west of Middelpos, (-CC), 28 Oct. 1983, Snijman 769
(NBG); between Middelpos and Calvinia. (-CC), 29 Sept. 1971 (cult.),
Thomas s.n. ( NBG93822 ); 15 miles [24 km] along Blomfontein Road
from Middelpos to Calvinia, (-CC), 12 Nov. 1975 (fr.), Thomas s.n.
( NBG104707 ).
2.3. Series Paucifolieae
32. Ixia paucifolia G.J. Lewis in South African
Gardening and Country Life 23: 213 (1933); Lewis:
153 (1962); De Vos: 65 (1999). Type: [Western Cape],
Vanwyksdorp, 23 Oct. 1932, [ Compton &] Archer 534
(BOL, lecto.!, designated by De Vos 1999: 65).
I. bolusii G.J. Lewis: 10 (1938). Type: South Africa, [West-
ern Cape], Hex River Valley near De Dooms, Oct. 1907, Bolus s.n.
(BOL13197, holo.!; PRE, iso!).
Plants 120-300 mm high, simple or l(2)-branched,
branches ± straight, subtended by pale, membranous,
subacute to attenuate bracts and prophylls 2-5 mm long.
Corm 12-15 mm diam., with hard tunics of coarse, net-
ted fibres. Leaves 3, lower 2 basal with expanded blades,
falcate, mostly 3-5 mm wide; margins moderately thick-
ened; lowermost leaf usually wider and longer than next,
uppermost leaf sheathing lower half of stem. Main spike
mostly 4— 10-flowered, lateral spikes 2^4-flowered; bracts
pale and membranous, (6-)8-9 mm long, outer 3-veined
and 3-dentate, inner ± 1 mm longer than outer, with two
veins and 2-dentate. Flowers beige to nearly white,
unscented; perianth tube 24—34 mm long, slender and
cylindric, divided inside into 3 compartments by decurrent
filaments; tepals oblong, 11-15 * 3. (Ml. 5 mm, spreading
at right angles to tube. Stamens with filaments ± 3 mm
long, exserted ± 2 mm from tube; anthers ± 4 mm long.
Style dividing shortly below or opposite anther tips, style
branches ± 1 mm long, arching above anther tips, minutely
bifurcate. Flowering time : late September and October.
Distribution'. Ixia paucifolia extends from Hex River
Pass and De Dooms eastward to the valleys of the Bon-
teberg, Vanwyksdorp near Ladismith and south to Koo
(figure 15). Plants are always associated with exposed,
fairly dry shale slopes. They flower particularly well
after fire when they are conspicuous among regenerat-
ing shrubby vegetation, which may later shade them out,
but they continue to bloom for several years after fire.
Near Pienaarspoort in the Bonteberg we have seen plants
blooming in apparently mature renosterveld.
Diagnosis and relationships', as circumscribed here,
Ixia paucifolia comprises plants with pale beige to
almost white flowers (sometimes described as pale yel-
low), a cylindric perianth tube (22— )25— 35 mm long, and
narrow tepals 11-15 x 3. 0-4. 5 mm, spooned at the tips.
The filaments are ± 3 mm long and exserted ± 2 mm
from the tube, and the style divides close to or oppo-
site the anther tips so that the style branches arch over
the anthers. The species is readily distinguished from I.
dolichosiphon , specimens of which have until now been
included in I. pauciflora in herbaria by the very coarse-
textured corm tunics, longer floral bracts, (6— )8— 9 mm
long, longer perianth tube (15-18 mm in /. dolichosi-
phon)I, beige (sometimes white) flower, and style divid-
ing near the anther tips. In I. dolichosiphon the bracts
are 5-6 mm long, the flowers white, flushed pale lilac,
and veined purple outside, the style divides opposite
the middle of the anthers and the style branches extend
between them. The two species also differ in flowering
time and habitat: I. dolichosiphon blooms in August and
early September and favours south-facing sandstone
slopes, whereas I. paucifolia grows on clay and shale
slopes and blooms in late September and October.
Ixia paucifolia has in the past also included white- or
pale pink-flowered plants from sandstone slopes in the
Cold Bokkeveld and Cedarberg, here referred to the new
species, I. cedarmontana. These plants have corm tunics
of fine fibres, very different from the coarsely fibrous
corm tunics of I. paucifolia. Other differences between
these two species are discussed below under I. cedar-
montana.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): upper slopes of Hex River
Pass, south-trending shale slopes, (-BC), 10 Oct. 2004, Goldblatt &
Porter 12641 (K, MO, NBG, PRE); Bonteberg, (-BD), 3 Nov. 1940,
Compton 10002 (NBG); between Concordia and Eendracht, upper
south slopes, (-CB), 12 Oct. 1922, Tredgold 407 (PRE); Koo, 4000'
[1 220 m], (-DB), 27 Oct. 1931, Compton 3839 (BOL); rocky shale
slopes of Burgers Pass, (— DB), 1 Oct. 2004. Goldblatt & Porter 12604
(MO, NBG, PRE), 29 Sept. 1994, Goldblatt & Manning 10012 (MO,
NBG. PRE). 3320 (Montagu): Laingsburg Dist., Cabidu, (-AA), 20
Oct. 1941, Olivier s.n. (NBG61209), 27 Oct. 1950, Hall 170 (NBG);
Touws River to Pienaarskloof, Farm Karookop, renosterveld, ± 890
126
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
m, (-AA), 26 Sept. 2009, Goldblatt & Porter 13450 (MO, NBG, PRE,
S); Tweedside, quartzite hill, (-AB), Oct. 1921, Marloth 10827 (PRE);
Barrydale, 1200' [365 m], (-DC), 15 Oct. 1897, Galpin 4709 (PRE,
very depauperate specimen).
33. Ixia dolichosiphon Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
sp. nov.
Plantae 120-200 mm altae, (l-)3- vel 4-ramosae,
cormo 10-16 mm diam., tunicis fibrosis, foliis 3 inferiori-
bus 2 lanceolatis ad falcatis (5— )7 — 12 mm latis marginibus
leviter incrassatis, spica principali flexuosa 4-10-flora spi-
cis lateralibus ± contortis 2-8-floris, bracteis membrana-
ceis translucentibus bractea externa 5-6 mm longa 3-ner-
vosa leviter 3-dentata, interna 2-nervosa 2-dentataque,
floribus albis vel ex lilacino albis extra purpureovenosis
inodoris, tubo perianthii ± cylindrico 15-18 mm longo,
tepalis obovatis patentibus subaequalibus 9-13 x 6-7 mm,
filamentis ± 2 mm longis usitate ± I mm exsertis, antheris
± 3 mm longis, ramis styli ± 2 mm longis.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester): Hex River
Kloof, SW-facing sandy mountain slopes of Keeromsberg
above De Wet, Farm Rheboksfontein, (-DA), 9 Sept.
1993, Goldblatt & Manning 9690 (NBG, holo.; K, MO,
PRE, S, WAG, iso.).
Plants 120-200 mm high, (1— )3- or 4-branched,
lowermost branches rarely also branched; branches
twisted, diverging at 90° from main axis, subtended
by pale, membranous, attenuate bracts and prophylls
( 1— )3— 8 mm long. Conn 10-16 mm diam., with tunics
of medium-textured, netted fibres. Leaves 3, lower 2
lanceolate to falcate, (5— )7— 12 mm wide, usually reach-
ing to ± base of or sometimes shortly exceeding spike;
margins and midrib slightly thickened; uppermost leaf
entirely sheathing, reaching at least to middle of stem
or to base of spike. Spike flexuose, 4-10-flowered, lat-
eral spikes somewhat contorted, 2-8-flowered, horizon-
tal below first flower, then erect; bracts membranous
and transparent, outer 5-6 mm long, 3-veined, slightly
3-dentate, inner slightly shorter to about as long as outer,
2-veined and 2-dentate. Flowers white or flushed pale
lilac, tepals sometimes each with a purple basal mark,
tepals and tube veined purple outside, scentless; peri-
anth tube ± cylindric, tapering uniformly from ± 1 mm
diam. at base to 2 mm diam. at apex, 15-18 mm long,
internally divided into 3 compartments by decurrent
filaments extending downward nearly to base; tepals
obovate, spreading at right angles to tube, subequal,
9-13 x 6-7 mm. Stamens with filaments ± 2 mm long,
inserted ± 1 mm below tube apex, decurrent nearly to
base, mostly exserted ± I mm; anthers ± 3 mm long
before anthesis, yellow. Style dividing between middle
and upper third of anthers, branches extending between
anthers, ± 2 mm long. Flowering time', late August to
mid-September. Figure 16A, B.
Distribution : available records show that Ixia doli-
chosiphon is a narrow endemic of the lower slopes of
the western end of the Langberg above De Wet (east of
Worcester), close to the entrance to Hex River Kloof
(Figure 15). Plants grow on stony, sandstone, south and
southwest-trending slopes and have only been collected
after fire. The species was discovered and collected only
in 1993 after a fire on the Langeberg in the summer of
that year. Occasional visits to the site where we first col-
lected I. dolichosiphon , and which has not been burned
since 1993, failed to reveal any sign of the species. Like
its relative, I. paucifolia , I. dolichosiphon is adapted
for pollination by long-proboscid flies. Goldblatt et al.
(2000) captured the horsefly, Philoliche gulosa visiting
the flowers of the species at the type locality (reported
under the name I. paucifolia).
Diagnosis and relationships'. Ixia dolichosiphon is
distinguished in sect. Morphixia by its relatively long
perianth tube, 15-18 mm long, white or pale lilac-
flushed perianth and short filaments ± 2 mm long,
included or exserted up to 1.5 mm from the tube. It is
closely allied to, and most easily confused with beige-
flowered I. paucifolia, a species of the dry interior val-
leys of the southwestern Cape. That species has flowers
with a perianth tube (22-)25-34 mm long, slightly con-
stricted at the apex, spreading tepals 12-15 * 5 mm, fila-
ments ± 3 mm long, exserted 2-3 mm from the perianth
tube and anthers ± 4 mm long. We have collected I. pau-
cifolia at several sites in the past 15 years and found it
growing on shale slopes in thin, gravelly clay, in bloom
in late September and October. Ixia dolichosiphon by
contrast is restricted to sandstone slopes where it grows
on coarse sandy ground characteristic of the Cape moun-
tains. Although confined to cooler, south-facing slopes,
it flowers from late August to mid-September, earlier
than any population of I. paucifolia. It differs from /.
paucifolia not only in its white or pale lilac-flushed
flowers, veined purple on the outside, and shorter peri-
anth tube, but in the tepals, stamens and style. The tepals
are 9-13 mm long, filaments ± 2 mm long that reach
the mouth of the tube or are exserted up to 1 .5 mm, and
the anthers are ± 3 mm long. The style divides opposite
the middle of the anthers and the style branches emerge
between them in contrast to the longer style of I. pau-
cifolia, which divides close to the anther tips so that
the style branches arch above the anthers. As in I. pau-
cifolia, the filaments of I. dolichosiphon are decurrent
almost to the base of the tube, dividing the interior of the
tube into three compartments.
Leaf number is consistently three in both species,
typical of sect. Morphixia. While I. dolichosiphon and
I. paucifolia appear to be immediately related, we have
wondered whether they should be treated as separate
species or merely divergent populations of a single spe-
cies; nevertheless they differ consistently in several
vegetative and floral features, have different bracts and
branching patterns. These morphological differences are
associated with different habitats and flowering times
and they have separate geographic ranges. It seems
appropriate to recognize the two sets of populations as
separate species.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE.— 3319 (Worcester): Hex River Kloof, SW-
facing mountain slopes above De Wet, Farm Rheboksfontein, (-DA),
21 Sept. 1993 (flower and fruit), Goldblatt & Manning 9745 (K, MO,
NBG, PRE, S, WAG).
34. Ixia cedarmontana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
sp. nov.
Plantae 150-300(-500) mm altae, usitate simplices
raro 1- vel 2-ramosae, cormo subgloboso 7-12 mm
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
127
FIGURE 16. — A, B, Ixia dolichosiphon, Goldblatt & Manning 9690 (NBG): A, plant; B, half-flower. C-F, Ixia cedarmontana, Goldblatt & Porter
13477 (NBG): C, plant; D, half-flower; E, outer bract; F, inner bract. Scale bars: 10 mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
diam., tunicis fibris tenuibus reticulatis, foliis 2 vel 3(4)
inferioribus 3 anguste ensiformibus ( 1 .5 — )3.0— 5.0(— 8.0)
mm latis folia superiore caulem vaginanti, spica (l-)3-
5(-7)-flora, bracteis 6-9 mm longis, bractea externa
3-nervosa 3-dentataque vel 3-lobata. interna plusmi-
nusve aequilonga vel paulo longiore, floribus erectis
albis vel pallide cameis, tubo perianthii ( 12-) 18-25 mm
longo anguste cylindrico, tepalis ovatis subaequalibus
10-12 x 5-7 mm extemis quam intemis paulo latioribus,
filamentis 6-8 mm longis, antheris ± 4(5) mm longis,
ramis styli ± 2 mm longis.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3219 (Wuppertal): Heun-
ingvlei, Groot Koupoort, 3200' [975 m], seasonally
moist, (-AA), 11 Oct. 1975, Kruger 1668 (PRE, holo.;
NBG, iso.).
Plants 150-300(-500) mm high, slender, rarely with
1 or 2 branches, branches straight, diverging at 40-80°
from axis, subtended by obscure, membranous acute
bracts and prophylls 1-2 mm long. Conn globose, 7-12
mm diam., bearing cormlets at base, with tunics of fine
netted fibres. Leaves 2 or 3(4), lower 1 or 2 (rarely 3 in
128
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Kruger 1668 ) with expanded blades and ± basal, nar-
rowly sword-shaped to ± linear, ( 1 .5-)3. 0-5.0 mm wide
(up to 8 mm in Marloth 2328), with moderately thick-
ened main vein and margins, uppermost leaf sheathing
lower part of stem. Spike (l-)3-5(-7)-flowered, lateral
spikes 1-5-flowered; bracts translucent, often flushed
pink or purple distally, 6-9 mm long, outer 3-veined and
3-dentate or 3-lobed, inner ± as long or 1 mm longer
than outer, 2-veined and 2-dentate. Flowers upright or
half nodding, white to pink, flushed light purple to pink
outside, yellow in throat, tube finely veined with pur-
ple, not closing at night, usually sweetly scented, espe-
cially in evening; perianth tube ± cylindric or slightly
flaring, (1 2-) 18-25 mm long; tepals subequal, ovate,
outer slightly wider than inner, 10-16 x 5-8 mm. Sta-
mens with filaments 6-10 mm long, reaching mouth of
tube or exserted up to 4 mm; anthers ± 4(-5) mm long.
Style dividing opposite middle to apex of anthers, style
branches 1-2 mm long. Flowering time : October to early
December, rarely in late September. Figure 16C-F.
Distribution : a poorly documented and probably
fairly rare species of the north-south-trending mountains
of northwestern Western Cape, Ixia cedarmontana is
centred in the Cedarberg and Cold Bokkeveld Mtns, but
there are also records from the Great Winterhoek Mtns,
to the south (Figure 17). Plants grow in peaty sandstone-
derived soils, usually in moist habitats such as wet,
poorly drained flats, seeps and seasonal marshes.
Diagnosis and variation : Ixia cedarmontana is rec-
ognized by a combination of a relatively long peri-
anth tube, 18-25 (rarely only 12) mm long, and
small to moderate-sized corms with finely fibrous
corm tunics. Most collections also have white flow-
ers, pale yellow in the throat, but occasionally pink
tepals. Several of the white-flowered collections that
we assign here to I. cedarmontana were known to
Lewis (1962), who included them in I. paucifo/ia,
noting that these northwestern populations had fine
corm tunics and straight rather than falcate leaves.
De Vos (1999) likewise regarded them as belong-
ing to /. paucifo/ia , which she treated as a single vari-
able species, adding that the tepals were sometimes
suborbicular in the northwestern plants. Both Lewis
and De Vos thought that intermediates made it impos-
sible to separate the two sets of populations taxo-
)6“ 18“ 20° 22° ' 24° 26° 28°.
FIGURE 17. — Known distribution of Ixia cedarmontana , •; and /.
stenophylla, O.
nomically. We disagree. Not only do the corms of the
two differ consistently in size and texture of the tunics,
but flower colour and tepal shape do not overlap when
carefully preserved flowers are measured. Ixia cedar-
montana has white or pale pink, sweetly scented flow-
ers with ovate tepals 10-16 x 5-8 mm, thus about twice
as long as wide, and filaments reaching the apex or
exserted up to 4 mm from the perianth tube. The almost
white to light beige flowers of I. paucifolia are always
unscented, have narrower tepals, 12-15 x 3.0—4. 5 mm,
thus about three to four times as long as wide, and the
filaments are consistently exserted 2-3 mm.
The two species also have a different ecology. Ixia
cedarmontana grows in sandstone-derived soils and is
associated with moist habitats, such as seeps and sea-
sonal marshes, its flowers are richly scented, more so
in the evening, and the flowers remain open all night.
We infer moth pollination for the species. In contrast,
I. paucifolia grows in relatively dry habitats, usually on
exposed, well-drained open clay and shale slopes that
are dry at flowering time. It is known to be pollinated
by long-proboscid flies and the unscented flowers close
at night.
Ixia cedarmontana is fairly variable in size and leaf
dimensions. One collection from the Great Winterhoek
Mtns ( Marloth 2328) consists of tall plants, one speci-
men reaching 500 mm, and with leaves up to 8 mm
wide. In contrast, plants from Bokkeveld Tafelberg
(Esterhuysen 3909) are 150-250 mm high and have
leaves only 3-4 mm wide. Most collections fall between
these two extremes and have unbranched stems. The
type collection from Heuningvlei ( Kruger 1668) consists
largely of plants with one or two, long, straight, lateral
branches each bearing 3-5 flowers, and some have four
leaves, the lower three with well-developed blades. We
include here a single plant from Hexberg, southeast of
Citrusdal (Goldblatt 7116), with linear leaves 1.5-2. 0
mm wide, and two flowers on a slender, unbranched
stem.
Some pink-flowered plants that we include in Ixia
cedarmontana from the Cedarberg were referred by both
Lewis and De Vos to I. latifolia var. angustifolia. Other
specimens cited under this name are now I. divaricata
and I. monticola but both have flowers with a shorter
perianth tube, 8-1 1 mm long. Ixia monticola has, in
addition, leaves of a softer texture and papery rather
than fibrous corm tunics. Ixia divaricata, often a taller
plant, has distinctive long lateral branches with the flow-
ers crowded in the distal half, and the perianth tube is
funnel-shaped rather than ± cylindric.
Representative specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3219 (Wuppertal): Cedarberg, Middelberg
Plateau, 4 000' [± 1 220 m], damp places, (-AA), Sept. 1927, Levyns
2266 (BOL); northern Cedarberg, peak at Koupoort, 4000' [± I 220
m], (-AC), 22 Oct. 1945, Esterhuysen 12153 (BOL, PRE); Cedar-
berg, Cedarhoutkloof, 3 500' [1 110 m], (-AA), Oct. 1923, Pocock 324
(NBG); Cedarberg, Matjies River Valley along road to Driehoek, wet
restio flats, (-AC), I Oct. 2009, Goldblatt & Porter 13477 (MO, NBG,
PRE); Elandskloof, (-CA), 3 Oct. 1940, Compton 9702 (NBG); Cedar-
berg, sandy flats near Sneeuberg Hut, in grassland witli Restionaceae,
1 300 m, (-AC), 25 Oct. 1989, Le Maitre 620 (NBG, PRE); Cedarberg,
Slangvlei, moist sandy soil, ± I 650 m, (-AC), II Nov. 1956, Taylor
1850 (NBG); Hexberg, SE of Citrusdal, rare in rocky kloof, 4000'
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
129
[± I 210 m], (-CA), 26 Oct. 1983, Goldblatt 7116 (MO); Bokkeveld
Tafelberg, Ceres, 5500' [± 1 720 m], (-CD), 8 Dec. 1940, Bond 700
(NBG), Esterhuysen 3909 (BOL). 3319 (Worcester): Grootwinter-
hoek, 1 200 m, (-AA), Nov. 1896, Marloth 2328 (PRE); 31 Dec. 1951,
Esterhuysen 19878 (BOL).
35. Ixia stenophylla Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
nom. et stat. nov. pro I. fucata var. filifolia G.J. Lewis
in Journal of South African Botany 28: 99 (1962).
Type: [Western Cape], Riviersonderend Mtns, northern
slopes (as Boschjesveld Mtns, Worcester side), 1 Oct.
1955, Stokoe s.n. [SAM68608, 68609 (two sheets), syn.!
(. SAM69608 was said by De Vos 1999 to be the holotype,
but this is without foundation)].
Plants 200-400 mm high, without collar of fibres
around base, simple or rarely with single branch sub-
tended by silvery, attenuate bracts and prophylls up to
4 mm long, slightly curved at base of spike. Corm glo-
bose, 7-15 mm diam., with tunics of fine to medium-
textured netted fibres, sometimes thickened and claw-
like below. Leaves 3. lower 2 with linear-filiform blades
0.8-1. 2 mm wide, central vein heavily thickened and
raised above blade surface, thickened secondary veins
sometimes present; margins not thickened; uppermost
leaf usually entirely sheathing. Spike slightly flexu-
ose, 1- or 2(-3)-flowered; bracts 6-8 mm long, outer
3-veined and 3-toothed, inner about as long as outer,
2-veined, forked apically. Flowers nodding, white or
flushed pale mauve, with a ring of dark streaks at tube
mouth, pale mauve outside, with dark veins on tube;
perianth tube straight and cylindric, (1 2-) 15-20 mm
long, ± 2 mm diam.; tepals subequal, 12-15 * 6-8 mm,
spreading at right angles to tube. Stamens with filaments
5-6 mm long, unilateral, arcuate, exserted ± 3 mm from
tube; anthers 3—4 mm long, parallel and facing the lower
tepals. Style dividing opposite middle to upper third of
anthers, style branches ± 1.5 mm long, weakly recurved.
Flowering time : late September and October, rarely in
late August. Figure 18.
Distribution : Ixia stenophylla is a narrow endemic
of the western end of the Riviersonderend Mtns and the
Hex River Mtns; it extends from Boesmanskloof Pass
above Greyton to the western end of the Riviersondered
range near Villiersdorp (Figure 17). The one collection
we have seen from the Hex River Mtns is from Brand-
wagberg. There is also a single record from the ‘French-
hoek Forest Reserve,’ we assume from the eastern end
of the Reserve, closest to the Riviersonderend Mtns.
Plants grow in rocky sites, usually in low vegetation of
the upper northern slopes, usually on sandy ground or in
sandstone outcrops, but also on shale slopes.
Diagnosis and relationships'. Ixia stenophylla was
first recognized as a distinct taxon by Lewis (1962),
who treated it as var. filifolia of the florally somewhat
similar I. fucata. De Vos (1999), in her Flora of southern
Africa account of Ixia, uncritically accepted that opin-
ion. Lewis distinguished var. filifolia from wax. fucata by
its taller stem, three leaves, the basal two with filiform
blades up to 1 mm wide, and the absence of a collar of
fibres around the stem base, the latter characteristic of
var .fucata. Lewis considered the spike, bracts and flow-
ers virtually identical to those of var. fucata, particularly
the wide, cylindrical perianth tube and well-exserted fila-
ments. Our examination of the spike and flowers of the
FIGURE 18. — Ixia stenophylla, Snijman 2181 (NBG): A, plant; B,
flower, front view; C, half-flower; D, anatomical section of leaf
blade. Scale bar: A-C, 10 mm. Artist: J.C. Manning.
130
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
two taxa refutes Lewis’s contention. Var. filifolia differs
not only in the vegetative features noted by Lewis, the
narrow leaf blades, up to 1 .2 mm wide, with the margins
not thickened, and without a collar of fibres around the
stem base, but in floral features as well. The spike bears
1 or 2, rarely 3 flowers, and the stem is almost invariably
unbranched (just three of 52 specimens in herbaria exam-
ined have a single short branch). The white flowers are
flushed mauve outside and have dark veining on the peri-
anth tube, which is fairly wide and (1 2-) 15-20 mm long.
Fresh flowers we examined ( Snijman 2181 ) also have
unilateral stamens, presumably typical of the species.
Although extended horizontally, the unilateral stamens
have parallel anthers facing the lower tepals, an orienta-
tion unique in Ixia. We have no hesitation in treating the
plants as a separate species, 1. stenophylla, so named for
its particularly narrow leaves. Lewis’s varietal name fili-
folia has already been used at species rank in the genus.
The immediate relationships of Ixia stenophylla are
uncertain. The two linear and very narrow foliage leaves
suggest it belongs to the /. capillaris complex, all species
of which also have narrow leaves. Close examination of
the leaves, however, shows that they differ significantly
in having a strongly thickened and raised central vein and
a thickened secondary vein, whereas the leaves of all spe-
cies of the I. capillaris complex lack thickened veins.
Typical Ixia fucata, as we now circumscribe the spe-
cies, usually has four leaves, the lower three with nar-
rowly sword-shaped blades, 2-3 mm wide, of a thinner
texture than in I. stenophylla and with a fairly well-devel-
oped central vein. The white to pink flowers are deeper
pink to reddish on the outside, lack obvious dark vein-
ing, the stamens in at least some populations are unilat-
eral and declinate, and the filaments are exserted ± 5 mm.
The perianth tube is narrower than in I. stenophylla and
expands gradually from base to apex, thus different from
the wide tube of uniform diameter in I. stenophylla. The
range of I. fucata extends from the western Langeberg
near Montagu to Keeromsberg and the western end of the
Hex River Mtns. We assume that the similarities in the
flowers of I. fucata and I. stenophylla are due to conver-
gence and that they are not closely allied. The immedi-
ate affinities of /. fucata are most likely with the central
Langeberg species, /. stohriae , which is similar in veg-
etative morphology but has longer-tubed pink, radially
symmetric flowers with shorter filaments, either exserted
up to I mm or included in the perianth tube and then the
anthers also partly to fully included.
Selected specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Hex River Mtns, Brand-
wagberg 1 86, Tierkloof on path to Thomas Hut, 828 m, partly shaded
south slopes on shale soils, (-CB), 4 Oct. 2009, Helme 6107 (NBG);
NW end of Riviersonderend Mtns, road from Highlands to Paulsgat,
in rocks along stream in fynbos, (-CD), 2 Oct. 2007, Snijman 2181
(NBG); Jonaskop, Langberg, rocky koppie on north slopes, ± 1 050
m, (-DC), 19 Oct. 1971, Eslerhuysen 32696 (BOL, K, MO); Wolwen
Kloof, Wildepaardeberg, ± 1050' [320 m], (-DC), 1931, Stokoe 2507
(BOL); Jonaskop, halfway up FM tower road, among rocks, (-DC), 20
Oct. 1989, Snijman 1239 (NBG, PRE). 3419 (Caledon): Silverstream,
near Villiersdorp, moist rocky slope, (-AA), 5 Oct. 1985, Eslerhuysen
36235 (MO, PRE); 5 miles [8 km] N of Theewaterskloof Dam wall, (—
AB), 21 Sept. 1975, Burgers 115 (NBG); Riviersonderend Mtns, Boes-
manskloof Pass, north slope on sandstone outcrop, (-BA), 19 Aug.
1993, Bean & Trinder-Smilh 2873 (BOL). Without precise locality:
Franschhoek Forest Reserve, 28 Sept. 1935, Lewis s.n. (BOL26938).
2.4. Series Rapunculoides
36. Ixia rapunculoides Delile in Redoute, Les
Liliacees 8: t. 431 (1814b); Goldblatt & Manning; 7
(2008a). Type: South Africa, without precise locality,
collector unknown, illustration in Delile in Redoute,
Les Liliacees 8: t. 431 (1814b). Epitype: South Africa,
[Northern Cape], Klipkoppies, red clay, 9 Aug. 1961,
Lewis 5853 (NBG, epi. ! , designated by Goldblatt &
Manning 2008a: 7; K!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration'. Figure 1 A-C in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
Since the publication of our account of the species
(Goldblatt & Manning 2008a) one unusual variant has
come to our attention. These are plants from the Keiskie
Mtns south of Calvinia ( Goldblatt & Porter 13140,
MO, NBG). Very like Ixia rapunculoides in leaf and
corm, and even general aspect, these plants differ from
typical I. rapunculoides, which is common on flats and
lower slopes both to the north and south, in the long
narrow tepals ±18><4 mm, perianth tube 8.5 mm long
and filaments inserted ± 4 mm above the tube base and
± 4 mm long. Flowers of I. rapunculoides elsewhere
have broader tepals 11-15 x 4. 5-6.0 mm, a perianth
tube rarely more than 8 mm long, and often less than 7
mm, filaments inserted 2^4 mm above the tube base and
2-3 mm long. The anthers of the Keiskie population are
also longer, ± 4 mm, compared with 2. 3-3. 5 mm for I.
rapunculoides. These plants need further investigation
but we provisionally include them here without taxo-
nomic recognition at any rank.
37. Ixia robusta (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning in Bothalia 38: 9 (2008a). Ixia rapuncu-
loides var. robusta G.J. Lewis: 74 (1962). Type: South
Africa, [Northern Cape], Moordenaarspoort, 26 miles
[41.6 km] NE of Calvinia, 26 Sept. 1952, Lewis 2503
(SAM, holo.!; BOL!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 1 D-F in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
38. Ixia rivulicola Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 9 (2008a). Type: South Africa, Northern
Cape, 3220 (Sutherland): Roggeveld Escarpment, drift
across Bo-Vis River at Noudrif Farm, in muddy ground,
(-AB), 11 Oct. 2004, Goldblatt & Porter 12666 (NBG,
holo.!; K!, MO!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration : Figure 4A-C in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
39. Ixia lacerata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 10 (2008a). Type: South Africa, Western
Cape, 3320 (Montagu): Klein Roggeveld, about 24 km
north ofNl on road to Sutherland, dolerite slope, (-BA),
26 Aug. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12702 (NBG, holo.!;
K!, MO!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 4D-F in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
40. Ixia mollis Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
nom. nov. pro I. flaccida (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning in Bothalia 38: 17 (2008a), illegit. homo-
nym non I. flaccida Salisb. : 35 (1796), nom. illegit.
superfl. pro I. patens Aiton: 59 (1789). Type: South
Africa, [Western Cape], Boschkloof, 7 Aug. 1896, Sch-
lechter 8432 (BOL, holo.!; BM, G, K!, L, MO!, PRE
(two sheets)!, S, Z, iso.).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
131
41. Ixia namaquana L. Bolus in South African Gar-
dening & Country Life 21: 368 (1931b); Goldblatt &
Manning: 14 (2008a). I. rapunculoides var. namaquana
(L. Bolus) G.J. Lewis: 76 (1962). Type: South Africa,
[Northern Cape], Klipfontein, Sept. 1883, H. Bolus as Her-
bario Normale Austro- Africana 698 (BOL, lecto.!, desig-
nated by De Vos 1999: 15; B, G, K!, PRE!, SAM!, Z, iso.).
Illustration'. Figure 6A-D in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
42. Ixia oxalidiflora Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 17 (2008a). Type: South Africa, [Western
Cape], 3319 (Worcester): Hex River Pass, south-facing
clay slopes, (-BC), 2 Sept. 1992, Goldblatt & Manning
9397 (NBG, holo.!; MO!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 6E-G in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
43. Ixia sobolifera Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 11 (2008a). Type: South Africa, Northern
Cape, 3320 (Montagu): north of Matjiesfontein on road
to Sutherland, (-BA), 9 Sept. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter
12809 (NBG, holo.!; MO!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 4G-I in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
44. Ixia contorta Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 21 (2008a). Type: South Africa, Western
Cape, 3219 (Wuppertal): Cold Bokkeveld, low hill east
of Farm Waboomsrivier, well-drained sandy ground, (—
CD), 17 Sept. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12854 (NBG,
holo.!; MO!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 1 1 in Goldblatt & Manning 2008a.
2.5. Series Capillares
45. Ixia capillaris L.f, Supplementum plantarum:
92 (1782); Lewis: 68 (1962); Goldblatt & Manning:
117 (2008b). Morphixia capillaris (L.f.) Ker Gawl.:
106 (1827). Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], with-
out precise locality, collected circa 1773, Thunberg s.n.
( UPS-THUNB935 & 936, syn.!).
Illustration: Figure 1 A-C in Goldblatt & Manning 2008b.
46. Ixia exiliflora Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in Both-
alia 38: 119 (2008b). Type: South Africa, Western Cape, 3319
(Worcester): ± 0.8 km S of turn-off to Montagu from Nl, flat
plateau, 3200' [± 1 050 m], (-BD), 25 Aug. 2006, Goldblatt
& Porter 12688 (NBG, holo.!; K!, MO!, PRE!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 1 D, E in Goldblatt & Manning 2008b.
47. Ixia dieramoides Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 120 (2008b). Type: South Africa, Western
Cape. 3320 (Montagu): north of Nl between Matjies-
fontein and Touws River, sandstone outcrop, (-BA), 27
Aug. 2006, Goldblatt & Porter 12713 (NBG, holo.!; K!,
MO!, PRE!, BOL!, iso.).
Illustration: Figure 3 in Goldblatt & Manning 2008b.
48. Ixia pauciflora G.J. Lewis in Journal of South
African Botany 27: 88 (1962); Goldblatt & Manning:
121 (2008b). Type: South Africa, [Western Cape], Cold
Bokkeveld, north of Waboomsrivier, 2 Sept. 1956,
Barker 8635 (NBG, holo.!).
Illustration: Figure 5 in Goldblatt & Manning 2008b.
49. Ixia reclinata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning in
Bothalia 38: 123 (2008b). Type: South Africa, Western
Cape, 3419 (Caledon): hills south of Theewaterskloof
Dam, Farm Cranesfield, north of Draaiberg road, stony
shale outcrops, (-AA), 24 Aug. 2006, Goldblatt, Man-
ning & Porter 12686 (NBG, holo.!; K!, MO!, PRE!, S!,
iso.).
Illustration: Figure 6 in Goldblatt & Manning 2008b.
NOMENCLATURAL NOTE
In the course of our investigation of type material
in European herbaria we located the type specimen of
Ixia striata Vahl (1805) in the Copenhagen Herbarium.
The species was excluded from Ixia in her account by
Lewis (1962) who commented that it might be ‘a form
or variety’ of I. latifolia based on the description. De Vos
(1999) thought I. striata might be a species of Tritonia
and although she saw and annotated the specimen at
the Copenhagen Herbarium ‘ Tritonia strictifolia (Klatt)
Benth. & Hook.f.’, she did not realize it was the type of
I. striata. We have seen scanned images of the type and
confirm that it is a species of Tritonia and are confident
it is T. gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning [= T.
lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.], of which it becomes a syno-
nym. The basionym of T. gladiolaris is Ixia gladiolaris
Lam. (1789) (see Goldblatt & Manning 2006), which
predates I. striata by 16 years.
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.
Manning in Bothalia 36: 57 (2006). Ixia gladiolaris
Lam.: 341 (1789). Type: South Africa, Cape of Good
Hope, cultivated in Paris, flowering March and April,
original collector unknown (P-Herb. Lamarck, holo.!).
Ixia striata Vahl: 65 (1805), syn. nov. Type: South Africa, without
precise locality or collector (C, holo.-scanned image!).
Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.: 228 (1804); M.P.de Vos:
369 (1983). Gladiolus lineatus Salisb.: 40 (1796). Montbretia line-
ata (Salisb.) Baker: 169 (1877). Tritonixia lineata (Salisb.) Klatt:
357 (1882). Type: South Africa, without precise locality, grown at
the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew in 1781 (BM, lecto., designated by
M.P.de Vos 1983: 371).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Support for this study by grants 7316-02, 7799-05
and 8248-07 from the National Geographic Society is
gratefully acknowledged. Collecting permits were pro-
vided by the Nature Conservation authorities of North-
ern Cape and Western Cape, South Africa. We thank
Ingrid Nanni, Elizabeth Parker and Lendon Porter for
their assistance and companionship in the field; Roy
Gereau for revising our Latin descriptions; Clare Archer,
South African National Herbarium, Pretoria, for help
with several questions; Mary Stiffler, Research Librar-
ian, Missouri Botanical Garden, for providing copies
of needed literature; Sharon Bodine for help with her-
barium searches; Mats Hjertson for providing a digitally
scanned image of the type of I. scariosa in the Thunberg
Herbarium, Uppsala, Sweden; and lb Friis, University of
Copenhagen, for help in providing a scanned image of
the type of Ixia striata. We also thank the following her-
baria for loans and for searching for types among their
132
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
collection, not always present there: B, BM, BOL, C,
GRA, K, PRE, S, UPS and Z.
REFERENCES
AITON, W, 1789. Hortus kewensis, vol. 1. Nicol, London.
ANDREWS, H.C. 1802. Ixia capitata var. stellala. The botanists s
repository 4: t. 232.
BAKER, J.G. 1877 [as 1878]. Systema iridearum. Journal of the Lin-
nean Society , Botany 16: 61-180.
BAKER, J.G. 1892. Handbook of the Irideae. Bell, London.
BAKER, J.G. 1896. Iridaceae. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora capensis
6: 7-171. Reeve, Covent Garden, London.
BAKER, J.G. 1904. Beitrage zur kenntnis der Afrikanischen-Flora. Bul-
letin de l 'Herbier Boissier ser. 2, 4: 1005.
BENTHAM, G. & HOOKER, J.D. 1883. Genera plantarum 3,1. Reeve,
London.
BERGIUS, P.J. 1767. Descriptiones plantarum capensium. Salvius,
Stockholm.
BOLUS, L. 1929a. Novitates africanae. Journal of Botany 67: 132-139.
BOLUS, L. 1929b. Plants — new and noteworthy. South African Gar-
dening 19: 27.
BOLUS, L. 1931a. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Garden-
ing 21:281,282.
BOLUS, L. 1931b. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Garden-
ing 21: 367, 368.
BORN, J„ LINDER, H.P. & DESMET, P. 2006. The Greater Cape Flor-
istic Region. Journal of Biogeography 34: 147-162.
BROWN, N.E. 1928. The South African Iridaceae of Thunberg’s her-
barium. Journal of the Linnean Society , Botany 48: 1 5-55.
BROWN, N.E. 1929. The Iridaceae of Burman’s Florae capensis
prodromus. Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information 1929:
129-139.
DELAROCHE, D, 1766. Descriptiones plantarum aliquot novarum.
Verbeek, Leiden.
DELILE, A.R. 1814a. Ixia phlogiflora. In J.P. Redoute, Les Liliacees
8(72): t. 432. Paris.
DELILE, A.R. 1814b. Ixia rapunciloides. In J.P. Redoute, Les Liliacees
8(72): t. 431. Paris.
DE VOS, M.P. 1974. Dutliiella, ’n nuwe genus van die Iridaceae. Jour-
nal of South African Botany 40: 301-309.
DE VOS, M.P. 1982. Die bou en ontwikkeling van die unifasiale blaar
van Tritonia en verwante genera. Journal of South African Bot-
any 48: 27-37.
DE VOS, M.P. 1 983. The African genus Tritonia Ker-Gawler 2. Journal
of South African Botany 49: 347-422.
DE VOS, M.P. 1988. Three new species of Ixia L. (Iridaceae) from the
Cape Province. South African Journal of Botany 54: 596-602.
DE VOS, M.P. 1 999. Ixia. In M.P. de Vos & P. Goldblatt, Flora of south-
ern Africa 7, part 2, fascicle 1: 3-87. National Botanical Insti-
tute, Pretoria.
DIELS, L. 1930. Iridaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl, Die natiirlichen
Pflanzenfamilien edn 2, 15a: 463-505. Leipzig.
DUMORTIER, B.C.J. 1822. Commentationes botanicae. Casterman-
Diem, Toumai.
DUMORTIER, B.C.J. 1829. Analyse des families des plantes. Caster-
man, Toumai.
ECKLON, C.F. 1827. Topographisches Verzeichniss der Pflanzen-
sammlung von C.F. Ecklon. Reiseverein, Esslingen.
FOSTER, R.C. 1936. Notes on nomenclature in Iridaceae. Contributions
from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University 1 14: 37-50.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1969. The genus Sparaxis. Journal of South African
Botany 35: 219-252.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1971. Cytological and morphological studies in the
southern African Iridaceae. Journal of South African Botany 37:
317-460.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1979. New species ofCape Iridaceae. Journal of South
African Botany 45: 8 1 -89.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1984. A revision of Hesperantlia (Iridaceae) in the
winter rainfall area of southern Africa. Journal of South African
Botany 50: 15-141.
GOLDBLATT, P. 1985. Revision of the southern African genus Geis-
sorhiza (Iridaceae: Ixioideae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 72: 277-447.
GOLDBLATT, P„ BARI, A. & MANNING, J.C. 1991. Sulcus and oper-
culum structure in the pollen grains of Iridaceae subfamily Ixioi-
deae. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 78: 950-961 .
GOLDBLATT, P„ BERNHARDT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1998. Pol-
lination of petaloid geophytes by monkey beetles (Scarabaeidae:
Rutelinae: Hopliini) in southern Africa. Annals of the Missouri
Botanical Garden 85: 215-230.
GOLDBLATT, P„ BERNHARDT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2000. Adap-
tive radiation of pollination mechanisms in Ixia (Iridaceae: Cro-
coideae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 87: 564—577.
GOLDBLATT, P„ DAVIES, T.J., SAVOLAINEN, V., MANNING, J.C.
& VAN DER BANK, M. 2006. Phylogeny of Iridaceae subfamily
Crocoideae based on combined multigene plastid DNA analysis.
In J.T. Columbus, E.A. Friar, J.M. Porter, L.M. Prince & M.G.
Simpson, Monocots: comparative biology and evolution , vol. 1 :
399 — 4 1 1 . Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden, Claremont, CA.
GOLDBLATT, P„ DAVIES, T.J., MANNING, J.C., POWELL, M.P.,
VAN DER BANK, M. & SAVOLAINEN, V. 2008. Iridaceae
‘Out of Australasia’? Phylogeny, biogeography, and divergence
time based on plastid DNA sequences. Systematic Botanv 33:
495-508.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1993. Ixia acaulis, a new acau-
lescent species of Iridaceae: Ixioideae from the Knersvlakte,
Namaqualand, South Africa. Novon 3: 148-153.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1995. Phylogeny of the African
genera Anomatheca and Freesia (Iridaceae-Ixioideae), and a new
genus Xenoscapa. Systematic Botany 20: 161-178.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1997. The Moegistorhynchus lon-
girostris (Diptera: Nemestrinidae) pollination guild: long-tubed
flowers and a specialized long-proboscid fly pollination system
in southern Africa. Plant Svstematics and Evolution 206: 51-69.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1998. Gladiolus in southern
Afi-ica : systematics, biology , and evolution. Femwood Press, Cape
Town.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 1999. New species of Sparaxis
and Ixia (Iridaceae: Ixioideae) from Western Cape, South Africa,
and taxonomic notes on Ixia and Gladiolus. Bothalia 29: 59-63.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus
of the Cape flora of South Africa. Strelitzia 7. National Botanical
Institute, Cape Town & Missouri Botaincal Garden, St. Louis.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2006. Notes on the systematics
and nomenclature of Tritonia (Iridaceae: Crocoideae). Bothalia
36: 57-61.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2007. Pollination of Romulea
syringodeoflora (Iridaceae: Crocoideae) by a long-proboscid fly,
Prosoeca sp. (Diptera: Nemestrinidae). South Afi-ican Jouirnal
of Botany 73: 56-59.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2008a. Systematics of the south-
ern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 1 . The /. rapunculoides com-
plex. Bothalia 38: 1-23.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2008b. Systematics of the south-
ern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 2. The filiform-leaved /. cap-
illaris complex. Bothalia 38: 115-124.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2010. Reappraisal of Ixia macu-
lata with I. calendulacea sp. nov., and an earlier name for I. lutea
(Iridaceae). Bothalia 40: 59-64.
GOLDBLATT, P. & SNIJMAN, D. 1985. New species and notes on the
southern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). South Afi-ican Journal of
Botany 5 1 : 66-70.
GOLDBLATT, P. & TAKEI, M. 1997. Chromosome cytology of Iridace-
ae, base numbers, patterns of variation and modes of karyotype
change. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 84: 285-304.
HEYNHOLD, G. 1841. Nomenclator botanicus hortensis 2. Dresden
& Leipzig.
HEYNHOLD, G. 1847 [as 1846]. Alphabetische und synonvmische
Aufzahlung der Gewachse. Dresden & Leipzig.
HILLIARD, O.M., BURTT, B.L. & BATTEN, A. 1991. Dierama. The
hairbells of Africa. Acorn Press, Johannesburg.
HOLMGREN, P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. 1990.
Index herbariorum. Part. I: the herbaria of the world. New York
Botanical Garden, New York.
HORN, W. 1962. Breeding research on South African plants: III. Intra-
and interspecific compatibility in Ixia L., Sparaxis Ker., Watsonia
Mill, and Zantedeschia Spreng. Journal of South African Botanv
28: 269-277.
HOUTTUYN, M. 1780. Natuurlijke historic 12. Amsterdam.
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1794. Gladiolus longifiorus. leones plantarum
rariorum 2,16: t. 262. Wappler, Vienna.
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1795a. Ixia lancea. leones plantarum rariorum
2,16: I. 281. Wappler, Vienna.
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1795b. Ixia incarnata. leones plantarum rari-
orum 2(16): t. 282. Wappler, Vienna.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
133
JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1796. Collecteana plantarum. Supplement.
Wappler, Vienna.
KER GAWLER, J. 1802a. Ixia arislala. Salver-flowered ixia. Curtis's
Botanical Magazine 16: t. 589.
KER GAWLER. J. 1802b. I. capillaris (var. y ) gracillima. Slender ixia.
Curtis's Botanical Magazine 17: sub t. 570.
KER GAWLER, J. 1 803a. Ixia capillaris (var. (5) stricta. Wire-stemmed
ixia. et Ixia capillaris var. y incarnata. Flesh-coloured Ixia. Cur-
tis's Botanical Magazine 17: t. 617.
KER GAWLER. J. 1803b. Tritonia capensis. Long-tubed tritonia. Cur-
tis s Botanical Magazine 17: t. 618.
KER GAWLER, J. 1 803c. I. rochensis. (a) Plaid ixia. Curtis s Botanical
Magazine 17: t. 598.
KER GAWLER, J. 1804. Ensatorum ordo. Koenig & Sims Annals of
Botany 1: 219-247.
KER GAWLER, J. 1807. Ixia capillaris (var. y) aulica. Rose-coloured
ixia. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 25: t. 1013.
KER GAWLER. J. 1809. Ixia erecta. (v. lutea; odorata). Yellow sweet-
scented ixia. Curtis s Botanical Magazine 29: t. 1173.
KER GAWLER, J. 1810. Tritonia viridis. Greenish-flowered tritonia.
Curtis s Botanical Magazine 3 1 : t. 1275.
KER GAWLER. J. 1811. Ixia fucata. Painted-flowered ixia. Curtis's
Botanical Magazine 34: t. 1379.
KER GAWLER, J. 1812a. Tritonia rochensis (a.) Bending-flowered
ixia. Curtis ’s Botanical Magazine 37: t. 1 503.
KER GAWLER, J. 1812b. Tritonia longiflora (()., y.). Long-flowered
tritonia. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 37: t. 1502.
KER GAWLER, J. 1821. Notes [3]. The botanists register 7.
KER GAWLER, J. 1827. Iridearum genera. De Mat, Brussels.
KLATT, F.W. 1882. Erganzungen und Berichtigungen zu Baker's Sys-
tema Iridacearum. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenderi Gesells-
chaft zu Halle 15: 44—404.
LAMARCK, J.B.A.P.M. DE. 1789. Encyclopedic methodique Bota-
nique 3. Paris.
LINNAEUS, C. fil. 1782 [as 1781], Supplementum plantarum. Orph-
anotropheus, Brunswick.
LEWIS, G. J. 1933. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Garden-
ing and Country Life 23 : 2 1 3.
LEWIS, G.J. 1938. Eight new Iridaceae from the Cape Province. Jour-
nal of South African Botany 4: 1-11.
LEWIS, G.J. 1945. Ixia cochlearis G.J. Lewis. The Flowering Plants of
Africa 25: t. 969.
LEWIS, G.J. 1954. Some aspects of the morphology, phylogeny and
taxonomy of the South African Iridaceae. Annals of the South
African Museum 40: 15-113.
LEWIS, G.J. 1962. South African Iridaceae: The genus Ixia. Journal of
South African Botany 28: 45-195.
MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 1997. The Moegistorhvnchus lon-
girostris (Diptera: Nemestrinidae) pollination guild: long-tubed
flowers and a specialized long-proboscid fly pollination system
in southern Africa. Plant Systematics and Evolution 206: 5 1-69.
MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2001 . A synoptic review of Romulea
(Iridaceae: Crocoideae) in sub-Saharan Africa, the Arabian Penin-
sula and Socotra, including new species, biological notes, and a
new infrageneric classification. Adansonia , ser. 3, 23,1 : 59-108.
MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT, P. 2005. Radiation of pollination
systems in the Cape genus Tritoniopsis (Iridaceae: Crocoideae)
and the development of bimodal pollination strategies. Interna-
tional Journal of Plant Sciences 166: 459-474.
MANNING, J.C. & GOLDBLATT. P. 2006. New species of Iridace-
ae from the Hantam-Roggeveld centre of endemism and the
Bokkeveld, Northern Cape, South Africa. Bothalia 36: 139-145.
MANNING, J.C., GOLDBLATT, P. & SNIJMAN, D. 2002. The color
encyclopedia of Cape bulbs. Timber Press, Portland, OR.
NORDENSTAM, B. 1972. Types of Ecklon’s ‘Topographisches
Verzeichniss’ in the Swedish Musem of Natural History in
Stockholm. Journal of South African Botany 38: 277-298.
PAX, F. 1888. Iridaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl, Die natiirlichen
Pflanzenfamilien 2,5: 137-157. Engelmartn, Leipzig.
PETERS, W.C.H. 1864. Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossam-
bique, Band 6, Botanik, II Abteilung. Georg Reimer, Berlin.
PROCTOR, M., YEO. P. & LACK, A. 1 996. The natural history of pol-
lination. Timber Press, Portland, OR.
REEVES, G., CHASE, M.W., GOLDBLATT, P„ RUDALL, P.J., FAY,
M.F., COX, A.V., LEJEUNE, B. & SOUZA-CHIES, T. 2001. A
phylogenetic analysis of Iridaceae based on four plastid sequence
regions: trnL intron, tmL-F spacer, rps4 and rbcL. American
Journal of Botany 88: 2074—2087.
REICHENBACH, H.G.L. 1 856. Selectus e Seminario Horti. Academici
Dresdensis 1856. Dresden.
ROEMER, J.J. & SCHULTES, J.A. 1817. Systema vegetabilium secun-
dum 1 . Cotta, Stuttgart.
RUDALL, P.J. 1995. Anatomy of the monocotyledons, vol. 8, Iridaceae.
Clarendon Press, Oxford, UK.
RUDALL, P.J. & GOLDBLATT, P. 1991. Leaf anatomy and phylogeny
of Ixioideae (Iridaceae). Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
106: 329-345.
SALISBURY, R. A. 1 796. Prodromus stirpium in horto ad Chapel Aller-
ton vigentium. London.
SALISBURY, R.A. 1 812. On the cultivation of rare plants, etc. Transac-
tions of the Horticultural Society, London 1 : 261-366.
STEUDEL, E.G. 1821. Nomenclator botanicus. Cottae, Stuttgart.
SWEET, R. 1 826. Hortus britannicus. Ridgeway, London.
THUNBERG, C.P. 1783. Dissertatio de Ixia. Edman, Uppsala.
THUNBERG, C.P. 1811. Flora capensis. Edman, Uppsala.
VAHL, M. 1805. Enumeratio plantarum, vol. 2. Copenhagen.
VOIGT, J.O. 1845. Hortus suburbanus calcuttensis. Bishop’s College
Press, Calcutta.
INDEX
Acidanthera capensis (Houtt.) Benth. ex Baker, 99
Agretta pallidiflavens EM., 106
Angustisiphon, series, sect. Hyalis, IxiaZ., 104
Babiana longiflora (P.J.Bergius) Steud., 99
Brevitubae, series, sect. Morphixia, Ixia L., 119
Capillares, series, sect. Morphixia, IxiaZ., 131
Crocosmia
rochensis (Ker Gawl.) Klatt, 95
tenuiflora (Ker Gawl.) Klatt, 100
Dichone (Salisb. ex Baker) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, sect., Ixia Z., 85
Freesea mineatolateritia Eckl., 108
Fucatae, series, sect. Hyalis, IxiaZ,., 101
Geissorhiza
latifolia (D.Delaroche) Baker, 1 12
Gladiolus
ixioides Thunb., 100
lineatus Salisb., 131
longiflorus (P.J.Bergius) Jacq., 99
Houttuynia capensis Houtt., 99
Hyalis series, sect. Hyalis, IxiaZ., 93
Hyalis (Baker) Diels, sect., Ixia Z., 92
aulica (Aiton) Salisb., 112
latifolia (D.Delaroche) Salisb., 112
longiflora (P.J.Bergius) Salisb., 99
marginifolia Salisb., 119
Ixia, sect., 85
Ixia Z.
acaulis Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 7), 98
alba Eckl., 105
alba L., 105
aulica Aiton, 112
alata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 30), 121
aurea J.C. Manning & Goldblatt (No. 16), 107
avellana R.C. Foster, 106
bellendenii R.C. Foster (No. 4), 95
bolusii G.J. Lewis, 125
brunneobracteata G.J. Lewis (No. 26), 1 1 8
capillaris Lf. (No. 45), 131
var. aulica (Aiton) Ker Gawl., 112
var. incarnata (Jacq.) Ker Gawl., 112
var. lancea Ker Gawl., 119
var. stricta Ker Gawl., 119
Icapitata var. stellata Andrews, 1 1 1
cedarmontana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 34), 126
cochlearis G.J. Lewis (No. 9), 101
conferta R.C. Foster, 102
contorta Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 44), 131
dieramoides Goldblatt & J. C. Manning (No. 47), 1 3 1
divaricata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 19), 110
dolichosiphon Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 33), 126
ecklonii Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 25), 1 1 8
erecta Thunb., 106
var. lutea odorata Ker Gawl., 106
esterhuyseniae M.P.de Vos (No. 15), 107
exilifiora Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 46), 131
flaccida (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, 130
134
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
flaccida Salisb., 1 30
flavescens Eckl., 106
fi-amesii L.Bolus, 108
fucata Ker Gawl. (No. 10), 101
\zx. filifolia G.J. Lewis, 129
gladiolaris Lam., 131
incarnata Jacq., 112
lacerata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 39), 130
lancea Jacq., 119
lancea Thunb., 119
latifolia D.Delaroche (No. 2 1 ), 112
var. angustifolia G.J. Lewis, 110
var. curviramosa G.J. Lewis, 112
var. parviflora G.J. Lewis, 116
var. ramulosa G.J. Lewis, 1 17
leipoldtii G.J. Lewis (No. 2), 93
linderi Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 6), 97
linearifolia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 29), 121
longiflora Lam., 100
longiflora P.J.Bergius, 99
longituba N.E.Bi: (No. 3), 94
subsp. longituba (No. 3a), 94
subsp. macrosiphon Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 3b), 95
var. bellendenii (R.C. Foster) M.P.de Vos, 95
marginifolia Salisb. ex G.J. Lewis (No. 27), 1 19
mollis Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 40), 130
monticola Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 22), 115
nantaquana L. Bolus (No. 41 ), 131
orientalis L.Bolus (No. 13), 104
odorata Ker Gawl. (No. 14), 106
var. hesperanthoides G.J. Lewis, 106
ovata var. stellata (Andrews) Baker, 1 1 1
oxalidiflora Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 42), 131
paniculata D.Delaroche (No. 8), 99
var. rochensis (Ker Gawl.) Baker, 95
var. tenuiflora (Valtl) Baker, 100
parva Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 23), 116
patens Aiton, 130
pauciflora G.J. Lewis (No. 48), 131
paucifolia G.J. Lewis (No. 32), 125
pavonia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 28), 120
phlogiflora Delile, 1 12
polystachya var. flavescens (Eckl.) Baker, 106
pulcherrima Eckl. , 108
pumilio Goldblatt & Snijman (No. 1), 93
purpureorosea G.J. Lewis (No. 18), 109
ramulosa (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt & J. C. Manning (No. 24), 117
rapunculoides Delile (No. 36), 130
var. namaquana (L.Bolus) G.J. Lewis, 131
var. rigida G.J. Lewis, 1 1 1
var. robusta G.J. Lewis, 130
var. subpendtila G.J. Lewis, 1 1 1
reclinata Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 49), 131
recondita Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 12), 103
rivulicola Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 38), 1 30
robusta (G.J. Lewis) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 37), 1 30
rochensis (Ker Gawl.) L.Bolus, 95
rochensis Ker Gawl., 95
saundersiana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 20), 1 1 1
scariosa Thunb., 112
var. longifolia Baker, 1 05
schlechteri Baker, 1 05
sect.
Dichone (Salisb. ex Baker) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, 85
Hyalis, (Baker) Diets, 85, 92
Ixia, 85
Morphixia (Ker Gawl) Pax, 85, 109
Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Diels, 109
series
Angustisiphon, sect. Hyalis, 104
Brevitubae, sect. Morphixia, 119
Capillares, sect. Morphixia, 131
Fucatae, sect. Hyalis, 101
Hyalis, sect. Hyalis, 93
Morphixia, sect. Morphixia, 1 10
Paucifolieae, sect. Morphixia, 125
Rapunculoides, sect. Morphixia, 130
sobolifera Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 43), 131
splendida G.J. Lewis (No. 5), 97
stellata (Andrews) Klatt, 1 1 1
stenophylla Goldblatt & J.C. Manning (No. 35), 129
stohriae L.Bolus (No. 11), 102
striata Vahl, 131
tenuifolia Vahl (No. 17), 108
tenuiflora Vahl, 1 00
thomasiae Goldblatt (No. 31), 123
Montbretia
capensis (Houtt.) Voigt, 99
concolor (Sweet) Voigt, 100
lineata (Salisb.) Baker, 131
rocheana (Ker Gawl.) Heynh., 95
tenuiflora (Ker Gawl.) Voigt, 100
Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Pax, sect., Ixia L, 85, 109
Morphixia series, sect. Morphixia, Ixia L., 1 10
Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Diels, sect., 109
Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, subgen., 109
Morphixia
aulica (Aiton) Ker Gawl., 112
capillaris (L.f) Ker Gawl., 131
var. incarnata (Jacq.) Baker, 1 12
var. lancea (Ker Gawl.) Baker, 119
incarnata (Jacq.) Ker Gawl., 1 12
lancea (Ker Gawl.) Klatt, 119
odorata (Ker Gawl.) Baker, 106
paniculata (D.Delaroche) Baker, 99
var. rochensis (Ker Gawl.) Baker, 95
var. tenuiflora (Vahl) Baker, 100
Paucifolieae, series, sect. Morphixia, IxiaZ., 125
Rapunculoides, series, sect. Morphixia, IxiaZ.., 130
Sparaxis bulbifera (L.) Ker Gawl., 105
subgen.
Hyalis Salisb. ex Baker, 92
Morphixia (Ker Gawl.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, 109
Tritonia
capensis (Houtt.) Ker Gawl., 99
concolor Sweet, 1 00
latifolia (D.Delaroche) N.E.Br., 112
gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning, 131
lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl., 1 3 1
longiflora (P.J.Bergius) Ker Gawl., 99
paniculata (D.Delaroche) Klatt, 99
rocheana Sweet, 95
rochensis Ker Gawl., 95
strictifolia (Klatt) Benth. & Hook.f, 131
tenuiflora (Vahl) Ker Gawl., 100
Tritonixia
conferta Klatt, 102
lineata (Salisb.) Klatt, 131
Waitzia
capensis (Houtt.) Reichb., 99
concolor (Sweet) Heynh., 100
rochensis (Ker Gawl.) Heynh., 95
tenuiflora (Ker Gawl.) Heynh., 100
Bothalia 41,1: 135-160 (2011)
A conspectus of Combretum (Combretaceae) in southern Africa, with
taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on species and sections
M. JORDAAN*t, A.E. VAN WYK** and O. MAURIN***
Keywords: Combretaceae, Combretum Loefl., lectotypification, phylogeny, sections, southern Africa, taxonomy
ABSTRACT
Two subgenera of Combretum Loefl. occur in the Flora of southern Africa ( FSA ) region. Previous sectional classifica-
tions were assessed in view of molecular evidence and accordingly modified. Ten sections in subgen. Combretum, 25 species
and eight subspecies are recognized. Subgen. Cacoucia (Aubl.) Exell & Stace comprises four sections and seven species. C.
engleri Schinz, C. paniculatum Vent, and C. tenuipes Engl. & Diels are reinstated as distinct species separate from C. schu-
mannii Engl., C. microphyllum Klotzsch and C. padoides Engl. & Diels, respectively. C. schumannii occurs outside the FSA
region. Records of C. adenogonium Steud. ex A. Rich., C. platypetalum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson subsp. oatesii (Rolfe) Exell
and subsp. baumii (Engl. & Gilg) Exell in Botswana are doubtful. C. celastroides Welw. ex M. A. Lawson subsp. orientale
Exell is elevated to species level as C. patelliforme Engl. & Diels. C. grandifolium F.Hoffm. is reduced to C. psidioides Welw.
subsp. grandifolium (F.Hoffm.) Jordaan. Twenty-six names are lectotypified. The type, a full synonymy, other nomenclatural
and taxonomic information, the full distribution range and a distribution map are provided for each taxon. Selected specimens
examined are given for poorly known species. Keys to subgenera, sections and species are provided.
CONTENTS
Abstract 135
Introduction 135
Materials and method 136
Taxonomy 136
Key to the southern African subgenera of Combretum 1 36
A. Combretum Loefl. subgen. Combretum 137
Key to sections of subgen. Combretum in FSA
region 137
Group 1 (I-V) 137
I. Combretum sect. Angustimarginata 137
Key to species of sect. Angustimarginata .... 138
II. Combretum sect. Spathulipetala 141
Key to species of sect. Spathulipetala 141
III. Combretum sect. Macrostigmatea 142
IV. Combretum sect. Glabripetala 143
V. Combretum sect. Ciliatipetala 143
Key to species of sect. Ciliatipetala 144
Group 2 ( VI-X) 147
VI. Combretum sect. Hypocrateropsis 147
Key to species of sect. Hypocrateropsis .... 148
VII. Combretum sect. Metallicum 149
Key to subspp. of Combretum collinum ... 149
VIII. Combretum sect. Breviramea 151
IX. Combretum sect. Campestria 151
X. Combretum sect. Plumbea 152
B. Combretum subgen. Cacoucia 152
Key to sections of subgen. Cacoucia 152
XI. Combretum sect. Poivrea 153
XII. Combretum sect. Conniventia 153
XIII. Combretum sect. Megalantherum 155
XIV. Combretum sect. Oxystachya 155
Specimens examined 155
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria, t Student affiliation: Department of
Plant Science, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
** H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium. Department of Plant Science,
University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
*** Molecular Systematics Laboratory, Department of Botany and
Plant Biotechnology, APK Campus, University of Johannesburg, P.O.
Box 524, 2006 Auckland Park, Johannesburg.
MS. received: 2009-09-17.
Acknowledgements 156
References 156
Index 158
INTRODUCTION
Combretum Loefl. belongs to Combretaceae, one of
the 14 core families of the Myrtales (Dahlgren & Thome
1984; Sytsma et al. 2004), one that is characterized by
mainly opposite leaves and the absence of stipules or stip-
ules being rudimentary (Stace 2007). Combretaceae is
sister to all the other 13 families combined, and diverged
early in the evolution of the Myrtales (Angiosperm Phy-
logeny website — APweb). Combretum (excluding Quis-
qualis L.) comprises about 250 species (Bredenkamp
2000) and occurs in tropical and subtropical regions
(America, Africa, Madagascar, India, Asia, Malesia,
Australia), but is absent from the Pacific Islands (Stace
2007). Although Bredenkamp (2000) gives the distribu-
tion as excluding Australia, C. trifoliatum Vent., a vigor-
ous woody climber, was discovered in northern Australia
in the 1980s (Clarkson & Hyland 1986; Pedley 1990).
The greatest species diversity occurs in Africa, namely
163 in sub-Saharan Africa (Klopper et al. 2006), with 43
in Gabon (Jongkind 1999), 36 in Cameroon (Liben 1983),
and about 30 in southern Africa (Jordaan 2003). It is wide-
spread in the FSA region in all countries and provinces,
except in the Free State (rare), Lesotho and Western Cape
(Bredenkamp 2000).
Members of Combretum are mostly deciduous or
semi-deciduous (rarely evergreen) trees, shrubs, scan-
dent shrubs (scramblers), subshrubs with woody root-
stocks (so-called geoxylic suffrutices; rare in southern
Africa) or woody climbers (lianas), sometimes with
spine-tipped lateral shoots (C. imberbe Wawra). Bark
on young stems is often flaking and peeling in stringy
strips or threads in most species or in large ± cylindri-
cal or hemicylindrical pieces revealing an exposed cin-
namon-red surface (C. psidioides group). Leaves are
opposite, subopposite (or locally alternate), sometimes
3- or 4-whorled, exstipulate, simple and the margins are
136
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
always entire, rarely crenulate, or sometimes undulate
(C. elaeagnoides Klotzsch, C. petrophilum Retief and C.
tennipes Engl. & Diels). Indumentum on leaves, flow-
ers and fruit consists of unicellular, compartmented or
combretaceous hairs (sharp-pointed, thick-walled with
a bulbous base), multicellular stalked glands and mul-
ticellular scales. Mature scales can be classified into
three major groups and have proved to be important in
assessing taxon boundaries and phylogenetic relation-
ships (Exell & Stace 1972). Leaves are pinnately veined
where the lateral veins are arranged parallel to each
other, somewhat spaced and looping before they reach
the margin (brochidodromous). Hair-tuft domatia (mar-
supiiform) in the axils of the veins below are present
in a number of species (Stace 1965). Bases of leaf peti-
oles may persist as straight spines or recurved hooks as
in C. bracteosum (Hochst.) Brandis, C. mossambicense
(Klotzsch) Engl, and C. microphyllum Klotzsch. Flow-
ers are bisexual and are borne in axillary or terminal
branched or unbranched spikes, sometimes subcapitate,
and are bracteate. Flowers are 4- or 5-merous and usu-
ally sweetly scented. Petals vary from white, cream-
coloured, yellow, yellow-green in most species, but
are sometimes pale to deep pink or bright red as in C.
bracteosum , C. microphyllum, C. paniculatum Vent., C.
platypetalum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson and C. wattii Exell.
In deciduous species, the flowers appear before or with
the new leaves, e.g. C. elaeagnoides Klotzsch, C. micro-
phyllum, C. platypetalum, C. psidioides and C. zeyheri
Sond. The calyx is produced into a short, campanulate
or cup-shaped limb above the inferior ovary. Stamens
are inserted on the hypanthium, usually twice as many
as the sepals or petals, and usually exserted beyond the
petals. The stamens vary in colour from yellow, orange,
pinkish, crimson or reddish to red-brown. A glabrous or
pilose, green or red, well-developed nectariferous disc is
often present at the base of the upper hypanthium. Nec-
tar production is indicative of flowers that are pollinated
by a wide range of insects or birds (Stace 2007). The
ovary is inferior and 1-locular with two pendulous ana-
tropous ovules of which only one develops into a seed.
The fruit is glabrous or covered with scales and/or hairs
and is mainly a 4-winged, or occasionally 5-winged (C.
mossambicense, C. oxystachyum, C. wattii) indehiscent
samara, except in C. bracteosum which has wingless
fruit (nuts). In most cases winged fruit are wind-dis-
persed and the wingless fruit seem to be an adaptation to
water dispersal (Exell & Stace 1972).
Despite extensive taxonomical and anatomical stud-
ies on Combretum in tropical and southern Africa by
Engler & Diels (1899), Diimmer (1913), Stace (1961;
1965; 1969; 1980; 1981), Exell (1968; 1 978), Verhoeven
& Van der Schijff (1973), Wickens (1973), Van Wyk
(1984), Carr (1988), Rodman (1990) and Tilney (2002),
there are still taxonomic and nomenclatural problems
remaining, as well as new taxa to be described. Some
names are misapplied and the identity of some taxa in
southern African herbaria is uncertain. Recent molecular
work (Maurin et al. 2010) has indicated that taxa bound-
aries need revising to reflect more accurately the phy-
logeny of Combretum and its allies. Maurin et al. (2010)
deal mostly with the subgeneric, sectional and generic
delimitation of Combretum, whereas the present paper
deals with species delimitation, the status elevation of
infraspecific taxa and lectotypification of some names.
MATERIALS AND METHOD
All material of Combretum in the National Herbar-
ium, Pretoria (PRE) and H.G.W.J Schweickerdt Her-
barium, University of Pretoria (PRU) was examined.
Two websites were consulted for type material: 1, www.
aluka.org and 2, the Zurich Herbarium: www.zuerich-
herbarien.unizh.ch. Types seen electronically are cited as
e! Where the holotype was destroyed in the Berlin Her-
barium (B) during World War II, lectotypification is cov-
ered by Article 9.15 of the Code (McNeill et al. 2006)
which provides for narrowing the lectotype to a single
specimen. Acronyms of herbaria where types are housed
follow Holmgren et al. (1990).
Sectional classifications of Engler & Diels (1899),
Exell (1978) and Stace (1981) were assessed in view of
the phylogenetic studies done by Maurin et al. (2010)
and adjusted where necessary. Sections are arranged
from ancestral to derived according to the mentioned
molecular studies. C. mkuzense is treated as belonging
to sect. Spathulipetala. Species are arranged alphabeti-
cally within each section. An index is provided at the
end for easy access to species. The following species
are widespread, well defined and well known or recently
described and no voucher specimens are cited for them:
C. apiculatum Sond. subsp. apiculatum, C. erythrophyl-
lum (Burch.) Sond., C. hereroense Schinz, C. imberbe,
C. kraussii Hochst., C. molle R.Br. ex G.Don, C. vendae
A.E.van Wyk and C. zeyheri Sond. Geographical dis-
tributions mentioned in the keys refer primarily to the
FSA region, namely Botswana, Lesotho, South Africa
(RSA: Eastern Cape, Free State, Gauteng, KwaZulu-
Natal, Limpopo, Mpumalanga, Northern Cape and
North-West), Namibia and Swaziland. Species occurring
north of the FSA region are indicated by an arrow on the
distribution maps. Full range distribution, including all
countries and the relevant provinces of South Africa, is
given alphabetically under each species.
TAXONOMY
Subgeneric classification
Combretum is divided into three subgenera, namely
subgen. Combretum, subgen. Cacoucia (Aubl.) Exell &
Stace and subgen. Apetalanthum Exell & Stace (Stace
1981). The last-named is represented by only one spe-
cies, C. apeta/um Wall, ex Kurz which is restricted to
Key to the southern African subgenera of Combretum as modified from Exell (1978)
la Scales present though sometimes inconspicuous or hidden by hairs; microscopic stalked glands absent; flowers and fruit usually 4-mer-
ous; petals cream-coloured, white, yellow or greenish, usually not red, < 3.5 mm long subgen. Combretum (p. 137)
lb Scales absent; microscopic stalked glands present; flowers and fruit 5-merous or if 4-merous then petals red; petals > 4 mm long
subgen. Cacoucia (p. 152)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
137
Asia. It has leaves with scales and stalked glands, pet-
als are absent and it has 10 stamens in two whorls. The
first two subgenera have scales or stalked glands, pet-
als are present, although sometimes reduced and they
have eight stamens in one or two whorls. Subgenera
are mainly based on the presence or absence of petals,
presence or absence of scales on the leaves, presence or
absence of stalked glands, the flowers being 4- or 5-mer-
ous, colour of the flowers and length of petals.
A. Combretum Loefl. subgen. Combretum
Scales present, although sometimes inconspicuous
or hidden by combretaceous hairs; microscopic stalked
glands absent; flowers usually 4-merous; petals usually
not red; stamens usually 8, in 1 or 2 whorls; fruit usu-
ally 4-winged. The structure and arrangement of scales
are of great taxonomic significance (Stace 1965). The
southern African material is divided into ten sections
(Engl. & Diels 1899; Wickens 1973; Exell 1978; Stace
1980, 1981; Rodman 1990) which fall into two groups.
The sectional grouping is based on the size of the scales
on the leaves and the resultant two groups are congru-
ent with the two major groups recovered in phyloge-
netic analyses (Maurin et al. 2010). Each group is rep-
resented by five sections. The first five sections treated
here belong to the group with small, inconspicuous
scales, usually smaller than 100 pm, ± circular in outline
or slightly scalloped in sect. Ciliatipelala and divided by
few radial and tangential walls. Sometimes the tangen-
tial walls are absent as in sect. Angustimarginata, sect.
Glabripetalci and sometimes in sect. Ciliatipetala. (Fig-
ure 1). The last five sections have conspicuous scales,
usually larger than 100 pm, scalloped or irregularly
undulate in outline and the scales are divided by many
radial and tangential walls (Figure 2). C. imberbe is
placed in its own section, sect. Plumbed (Maurin et al.
2010). Note that although 100 pm is taken as the cut-off
measurement to separate the two groups, intermediates
do occur.
Key to sections of subgen. Combretum in FSA region
la Scales inconspicuous, usually < 100 pm in diam.; scales divided by few radial and tangential walls (tangential walls sometimes absent);
stamens 1-seriate (Group 1, p. 137) (Figure 1):
2a Petal apex ciliate or pilose; petals small, 0.5-1 .5 mm long (if apex not ciliate then petals < 1 mm long as in C. petrophilum ); leaf api-
ces often apiculate; fruit 15-30 mm long V. sect. Ciliatipetala (p. 143)
2b Petal apex glabrous; petals 1.5-2. 5 mm long; leaf apices not apiculate; fruit 15— 50(— 1 00) mm long:
3a Fruit up to 22 mm long; often with hair-tuft domatia in axil of veins below (except in C. erythrophyllum and C. vendae ):
4a Spring leaves at least partly cream-coloured or with some leaves turning bright red in autumn; petals narrowly spathulate; disc
margin pilose; style without expanded stigma; fruit sparsely to moderately hairy, not lepidote, mature fruit tinged pink to dark
red (rare in C. erythrophyllum)', stipe 4-8 mm long I. sect. Angustimarginata (p. 137)
4b Spring leaves not cream-coloured and autumn leaves not reddish; petals broadly spathulate; disc glabrous with only a very short
free margin; style sometimes with expanded stigma; fruit green, glabrous and glutinous, yellowish green, with reddish brown
scales, giving it a satiny sheen, wings papery; stipe up to 10 mm long III. sect. Macrostigmatea (p. 142)
3b Fruit 35-50(-100) mm and longer; hair-tuft domatia in axil of veins below absent:
5a Leaves large, 100-200 mm long; style without swollen apex; fruit up to 35 mm long; glutinous when young, glabrous, yellowish
green tinged reddish brown; stipe up to 7 mm long IV. sect. Glabripetala (p. 143)
5b Leaves medium-sized, 30-100 mm long; style with swollen apex; fruit up to 50(— 1 00) mm long, pale green, glutinous only on
body, sparsely hairy or glabrous, drying pale brown, straw-coloured or limegreen; stipe 10-30 mm long
II. sect. Spathidipetala (p. 141)
lb Scales conspicuous and large, usually > 100 pm in diam. (84-160 pm in sect. Breviramea ); scales divided by many radial and tangen-
tial walls; stamens 1- or 2-seriate (Group 2, p. 147) (Figure 2):
6a Trees; petals subcircular; fruit dark brown or reddish grey to dark purple, glabrous to densely hairy, metallic in appearance, often acute
at apex; disc with free pilose margin; cotyledons arising below soil level on a stalk formed by connate petioles
VII. sect. Metallicum (p. 149)
6b Trees, shrubs, scrambling shrubs or woody climbers; petals linear-elliptic, obovate to spathulate; fruit densely rufous, golden or sil-
very lepidote, otherwise glabrous; disc without free margin; cotyledons arising above or below soil level:
7a Inflorescences usually terminal panicles of spikes or branched spikes; upper hypanthium little developed, flattened; stamens 1 -seri-
ate, inserted at margin of disc; fruit usually < 20 mm long; stipe 1-3 mm long; cotyledons arising above or below soil level; scales
contiguous or not:
8a Scrambling shrubs or woody climbers, usually multi-stemmed, not with spine-tipped short branches; disc glabrous or pilose at
least on margin; style without stalked scales; fruit not densely silvery lepidote; stipes < 2 mm long; cotyledons borne above soil
level; scales conspicuous but not contiguous or overlapping VI. sect. Hypocrateropsis (p. 147)
8b Erect trees up to 15 m, occasionally up to 30 m tall, single-stemmed, with short lateral branches often spine-tipped; disc margin
densely tomentose; style with stalked scales; fruit densely silvery lepidote; stipe 2-3 mm long; cotyledons arising below soil
level; scales conspicuous, contiguous and/or overlapping X. sect. Plumbea (p. 1 52)
7b Inflorescences usually axillary unbranched spikes; upper hypanthium well developed, campanulate or cup-shaped, not flattened; sta-
mens 2-seriate; fruit 20-35 mm long; stipe up to 1 1 ( — 15) mm long; cotyledons arising above soil level; scales contiguous or overlapping:
9a Leaves with only 3 or 4(5) pairs of primary lateral veins; reticulate venation conspicuous below; hair-tuft domatia absent in axils
of veins below; leaf margin flat, usually ciliate; flowers long hairy, not conspicuously lepidote; disc with free pilose margin; fruit
densely reddish or golden lepidote VIII. sect. Breviramea (p. 151)
9b Leaves with 9-13 pairs of primary lateral veins; only midrib and primary lateral veins conspicuous and prominently raised below;
hair-tuft domatia in axial of veins below; leaf margin often undulate, glabrous; flowers not hairy but densely and conspicuously
lepidote; disc without free margin; fruit silvery lepidote IX. sect. Campestria (p. 151)
GROUP 1
Species with small scales, usually smaller than 100
pm, divided by few radial and tangential walls or tan-
gential walls sometimes absent (Figure 1).
I. Combretum sect. Angustimarginata Engl. &
Diels (1899)
This section is a natural taxon of six closely related
species restricted to Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Botswana,
138
Bothalia 41.1 (201 1 )
FIGURE 1. — Scales of Combretum subgen. Combretum. Group 1.
Sections I-V, showing smaller size, ± circular in outline and
divided by few radial and tangential walls, and sometimes tan-
gential walls absent as in sect. Anguslimarginata, sect. Glabri-
petala and sometimes in sect. Ciliatipetala. A, C. erythrophyl-
lum (sect. Anguslimarginata ); B, C. zeyheri (sect. Spathulipeta-
/a); C, C. engleri (sect. Macrostigmatea)', D, C. adenogonium
(sect. G/abripeta/a); E, C. apiculatum (sect. Ciliatipetala ); F, C.
albopunctatum (sect. Ciliatipetala ); G, C. molle (sect. Ciliatip-
etala ); H, C. molle. Taken from Stace (1969) and Exell (1978).
Scale bar: 80 pm. Artist: Daleen Roodt.
South Africa and Swaziland. It is characterized by their
4-merous flowers; upper hypanthium cupulifonn to cam-
panulate; petals subcircular, obovate, spathulate or narrowly
elliptic, glabrous, margins not ciliate; stamens 8, 1-seriate,
inserted shortly above margin of disc; disc glabrous with
a pilose margin very shortly free for up to 0.5 mm; style
not expanded; fruit 4-winged; scales inconspicuous, often
obscured by hairs and/or glutinous secretions, ± 50-75
pm in diam., weakly scalloped, delimited by 8-16 primary
radial walls alone; cell walls very thin (Exell 1970, 1978).
Other diagnostic characters based on field obser-
vations are: the bark is ± smooth or flaking in small,
rather papery pieces in older specimens; the first spring
leaves are often partly or completely cream-coloured or
at least some leaves turning red in autumn; the flowers
have calyx lobes tinged reddish purple; the mature fruits
are usually partly or completely tinged pink to dark red
(Van Wyk 1984). The secondary xylem of older stems
has islands of interxylary phloem (Verhoeven & Van der
Schijff 1973).
Engler & Diels (1899) and Exell (1978) included
C. woodii Diiminer under C. kraussii Elochst. Rodman
(1990) considers C. woodii to be conspecific with C.
erythrophyllum. Burtt Davy (1926), Van Wyk (1984),
Carr (1988) and Jordaan (2003, 2006) consider C. wood-
ii to be a distinct species. There are ample DNA and
morphological differences to separate C. woodii from C.
kraussii and C. erythrophyllum (Maurin et al. 2010). See
Carr (1988) for differences between these three species.
Exell (1970, 1978) included C. nelsonii and C. woodii in
the synonymy of C. kraussii. Chemosystematic studies
conducted by Carr & Rogers (1987) support the recog-
nition of C. nelsonii Diimmer, C. kraussii and C. wood-
ii as three distinct species. C. caffrum (Eckl. & Zeyh.)
Kuntze and C. vendae also belong to this section. A form
of Combretum vendae with glabrous leaves occurs in the
western Soutpansberg and represents a new subspecies
to be described elsewhere.
Key to species of Combretum sect. Angustimarginata
based on Van Wyk (1984)
la Leaves glabrous below when mature, often with hair-tuft
domatia:
2a Flowers in laxly elongated spikes (25 — )35 — 60(— 85) mm
long:
3a Leaf lamina with secondary lateral veins raised but inter-
secondary veins ± plane below; scales with 8-10 radial
cells; trees; forest; widespread 3. C. kraussii
3b Leaf lamina with both secondary and intersecondary
veins conspicuously raised below; scales with 10-16
radial cells; trees, shrubs or climbers; forest and
savanna; Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga, KwaZulu-
Natal and Swaziland 6. C. woodii
FIGURE 2. — Scales of Combretum
subgen. Combretum. Group
2. Sections VI-X, showing
larger size, ± scalloped in
outline and divided by many
radial and tangential walls. A,
C. patelliforme (sect. Hypo-
crateropsis); B, C. celastroi-
des (sect. Hypocrateropsis);
C, C. collinum (sect. Metalli-
cum)\ D, C. hereroeme (sect.
Breviramea)', E, C. elaeag-
noides (sect. Campestria)', F,
C. imberbe (sect. Plumbed).
Scale bar: 80 pm. Artist:
Daleen Roodt.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
139
FIGURE 3. — Seedling morphology
of Combretum zeyheri (A)
and C. mkuzense (B). Solid
transverse lines depict ground
level. In C. zeyheri cotyledons
fused to form a subcircular
peltate structure which termi-
nates primary stem. Growth
in length is resumed by a lat-
eral bud from a point below
fused cotyledons (sympo-
dial growth). In C. mkuzense
growth in length of stem com-
mences from what seems to
be the primary growing tip
located between two oppo-
site cotyledons (monopodial
growth). Scale bar: 10 mm
Artist: Daleen Roodt.
2b Flowers in congested subcapitate spikes ( 10 — )15 — 20(— 35)
mm long:
4a Usually shrubs; leaves elliptic, obovate-elliptic or obo-
vate; flowers with upper hypanthium divided into a
lower ± campanulate part containing the disc, and an
expanded ± cupuliform upper part; Limpopo Province
and Mpumalanga 4. C. nelsonii
4b Usually trees; leaves narrowly elliptic or lanceolate;
flowers with upper hypanthium ± cupuliform, not
divided into a lower and upper part; Eastern Cape ....
1. C. caffrum
lb Leaves distinctly hairy below when mature, at least on mid-
rib and lateral veins:
5a Reticulate venation of leaf lamina conspicuously raised
below; Venda (Limpopo Province) 5. C. vendae
5b Reticulate venation of leaf lamina plane or slightly raised
below; widespread along watercourses
2. C. erythrophyllum
1. Combretum caffrum (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Kuntze,
Revisio generum plantarum 3,2: 87 (1898); J.D.Carr:
40 (1988); M. Coates Palgrave: 797 (2002). Type: South
Africa, Eastern Cape, ‘ad ripas fluminum Kat et Visch-
rivier (Albany), Zondagsrivier (Uitenhage), Keys-
kamma et Keyrivier (Caffraria)’, Ecklon & Zeyher 421
[. SAM0036373-2 , lecto. e!. designated here; FR e! , HBG
e! , K e!, M e!, W e! , isolecto.].
Dodonaea caffra Eckl. & Zeyh.: 55 (1834—1835).
D. conglomerala Eckl. & Zeyh.: 55 (1834—1835). Type: South
Africa, Eastern Cape, ‘Inter frutices fluvii Katrivier prope Fort Beau-
fort Caffraria terminis’, Ecklon & Zeyher 422 [SAM0036375-2 e!,
lecto., designated here; K el, M e!, isolecto.].
C. salicifolium E.Mey. ex Hook.: t. 592 (1843); Sond.: 51 1 (1862);
Diimmer: 182 (1913). Type: South Africa, Eastern Cape, ‘Sundays
River’, Burke 592 (K, holo. e!; BM, iso. e!).
C. dregeanum C.Presl: 73 (1844). Type: South Africa, Eastern
Cape, Klein Winterhoek between Zoutpansnek and Enon, Drege 6849a
(?PR. holo.; BM e!, HBG e!, K el, MO el, SAM e!, W e!, iso.).
Note : Ecklon & Zeyher 421, 422, both at SAM, are cho-
sen as lectotypes for Combretum caffrum (= Dodonaea caf-
fra), and D. conglomerata respectively, because they have
the protologues and annotations attached to the specimens.
Distribution : RSA: Eastern Cape (Figure 4).
2. Combretum erythrophyllum (Burch.) Sond.
in Linnaea 23: 43 (1850); Sond.: 509 (1862); Engl.
& Diels: 26 (1899); Diimmer: 140 (1913); Bews: 146
(1921); Exell & Roessler: 8 (1966); Exell: 7 (1968);
Exell: 112 (1978); J.D.Carr: 69 (1988); Pooley: 356
(1993); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 330 (1997); McCle-
land: 460 (2002); M. Coates Palgrave: 802 (2002). Type:
South Africa, Northern Cape, ‘on the banks of the Ky-
gariep’ (Griqualand West, Kalahari region, Herbert Div.,
right bank of the Vaal River at Blaauwbosch Drift),
Burchell 1749 (K, holo. el; PRE, iso.!).
Terminalia erythrophylla Burch.: 400 (1822).
C. glomeruliflorum Sond.: 47 (1850); Sond.: 509 (1862); Engl. &
Diels: 26 (1899); Burtt Davy: 247 (1926); Codd: 130 (1951). Type:
South Africa, Natal [KwaZulu-Natal], Port Natal [Durban], Gueinzius
62 (?S, holo.; HBG e!, K el, P el, W el, iso.).
C. riparium Sond.: 47 (1850); Sond.: 511 (1862). C. glomeruliflor-
um Sond. var. riparium (Sond.) Burtt Davy: 247 (1926); O.B.Mill.: 42
(1948). Type: South Africa, [?Gauteng], ‘On Magalisriver’, Zeyher
549 (S, holo. e!; BM, K e!, SAM, iso.).
C. sonderi Gerrard ex Sond.: 511 (1 862). Type: South Africa, Natal
[KwaZulu-Natal], ‘On the Nototi River, near Port Natal’, Gerrard 138
(?TCD, holo.).
140
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 4. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum vendae,
• ; C. woodii, A; and C. caffrum , B.
C. erythrophyllum (Burch.) Sond. var. obscurum Van Heurck &
Mull.Arg. : 237 (1871); Dummer: 147 (1913). C. glomeruliflorum
Sond. var. obscurum (Van Heurck & Mull.Arg.) Burtt Davy: 37, 247
(1926). Type: South Africa, ‘Africa australis, woods on Crocodile
River’, Zeyher 550 (K, holo. el; P, iso. e! ).
C. lydenburgianum Engl. & Diels: 26 (1899); Eyles: 428 (1916).
Type: South Africa, [Mpumalanga], near waterfall in town of Lyden-
burg, Wilms 212 (B, holo.f; K, lecto. el, designated here; BM, E el,
isolecto.).
Note: Wilms 212, the holotype of Combretum lyden-
burgianum, was destroyed in Berlin during World War II
and the Kew specimen is chosen as lectotype, which is
the best specimen of the isotypes that are available.
Distribution'. Botswana, Mozambique; RSA: East-
ern Cape, Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal, Limpopo Province,
Mpumalanga, Northern Cape, North-West; Swaziland,
Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 5).
3. Combretum kraussii Hochst. in Flora 27: 424
(1844); Sond.: 510 (1862); Dummer: 164 (1913); Bews:
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 5. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum
erythrophyllum ,•; and C. engleri , A.
147 (1921); Burtt Davy: 246 (1926); Exell: 7 (1968);
Exell: 114 (1978); J.D.Carr: 89 (1988); Pooley: 358
(1993); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 332 (1997); McCle-
land: 462 (2002); M.Coates Palgrave: 804 (2002). Type:
South Africa, Natal [KwaZulu-Natal], Port Natal [Dur-
ban], ‘in sylvis primitivis circa Umlaas River’, Oct.
1839, Krauss 253 [B, holo.t; K00022665, lecto. el, des-
ignated here; BM e! , M e!, MO el, OXF, TCD e!, W el,
Z el, isolecto.].
C. lucidum E.Mey. ex Drege: 174 (1843); Dummer: 164 (1913).
Type: South Africa, [KwaZulu-Natal], between Umkomanzi and Um-
zimkulu Rivers, Drege s.n. (HBG, holo. e!; K, iso. el).
Note: the holotype of Combretum kraussii at Berlin
was destroyed in World War II and from all the extant
isotypes, the fruiting specimen at Kew was chosen,
because it shows the leaf characters the best, namely
totally glabrous, obovate with a rounded to emarginate
apex, with very conspicuous reticulate venation below,
margin flat, not wavy and longitudinally folded upwards
along the midrib as in C. woodii , and the apices not
acute to acuminate as in C. erythrophyllum, its two clos-
est allies; most of the other isotypes are just fragments,
except the BM specimen which is flowering.
Distribution'. Mozambique; RSA: Eastern Cape, Kwa-
Zulu-Natal, Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga; Swaziland
(Figure 6).
4. Combretum nelsonii Dummer in The Gar-
deners’ Chronicle, ser. 3: 164 (1913); Burtt Davy: 246
( 1 926); A.E.van Wyk: 132 (1 984); A.E.van Wyk & P.van
Wyk: 334 (1997); McCleland: 466 (2002); M.Coates
Palgrave: 807 (2002). Type: South Africa, [Limpopo
Province], mountain gorge, near Groot Vley, Pienaars
River, Nelson 91 (K, holo. el; PRE, iso.!).
Distribution'. RSA: Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga
(Figure 6).
5. Combretum vendae A.E.van Wyk in South
African Journal of Botany 3: 125 (1984); j.D.Carr: 140
(1988); M.Coates Palgrave: 811 (2002). Type: South
Africa, [Limpopo Province], Vuvha NE of Thengwe,
FIGURE 6. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum
kraussii,9; and C. nelsonii, A.
Bothalia 41.1 (2011)
141
near Muledzhi Village, Van Wyk 3913 (PRU, holo.l; K
el, P el, PRE!, iso.).
Distribution : RSA: Limpopo Province (Figure 4).
6. Combretum woodii Dimmer in The Gardeners’
Chronicle, ser. 3: 181 (1913); Burtt Davy: 245 (1926);
Compton: 395 (1976); J.D.Carr: 147 (1988); Pooley:
358 (1993); McCleland: 468 (2002); M.Coates Palgrave:
812 (2002). Type: South Africa, [Mpumalanga], Barber-
ton Dist., Kaap River Valley, Galpin 1176 (K, lecto. el,
designated here; NH el, PRE!, SAM e!, isolecto.).
Note : Dtimmer (1913) mentioned two specimens
in his protologue. Wood 522 and Galpin 1176. The lat-
ter syntype in Kew where Dtimmer worked for a few
years is chosen, because it comprises flowers and fruit,
and duplicates are housed in many other herbaria. This
specimen (lectotype here chosen) shows the distinguish-
ing characters which separate Combretum woodii from
C. kraussii : leaves membranous, widest in the mid-
dle, folded along the midrib, and narrower elliptic fruit
which are totally glabrous. The syntype Wood 522 in
BM was not examined and is not available on the Aluka
website, but a duplicate exists in the Zurich Herbarium,
which does not show the leaves folding along the midrib
as clearly as the Galpin specimens.
Disfribution: probably Mozambique; RSA: KwaZulu-
Natal, Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga; Swaziland (Fig-
ure 4).
II. Combretum sect. Spathulipetala Engl. &
Diels (1899)
This section is characterized by leaves with hairy peti-
oles, usually hair-tuft domatia in axils of veins below;
4-merous flowers; petals obovate-spathulate to spathu-
late, glabrous; stamens 8, 1 -seriate, inserted at margin of
disc; disc with pilose margin free for up to 2 mm; style
with swollen apex; fruit 4-winged, large in genus, usu-
ally up to 50 x 50 mm and occasionally up to 100 x 80
mm, with rigid wings; stipe up to 20-25 mm long; scales
± 40-85 pm in diam., circular but slightly convexly scal-
loped; cells delimited by 7-9 radial walls and additional
few tangential and extra radial walls; marginal cells 7-12
(Exell 1978).
Members of this section show two distinct types of
germination (Figure 3) suggesting that the group is prob-
ably not a natural one. Four main types of germination
are known in Combretum , the taxonomic significance
of which is not clear (Exell & Stace 1972). C. zeyheri is
unusual in also having the cotyledon blades fused into a
subcircular peltate structure. According to Exell & Stace
(1972) the fruit are adapted for blowing along by wind
at ground level.
Although provisional molecular data have indicated
that a re-evaluation of the taxonomic concepts of sec-
tions Spathulipetala and Macrostigmatea are needed
(Maurin et al. 2010), formal taxonomic adjustment
must await further phylogenetic analyses based on
more taxa and more gene sequences. This should also
take into account the data derived from all other fields,
including micro- and macromorphology, vegetative and
reproductive characters, phytogeography and chemis-
try. Only a combination of such evidence will provide a
clear picture of the true phylogeny and evolution of the
group. Traditionally Combretum zeyheri has been the
only member of this section. Tentatively Combretum
mkuzense is placed in this section. Hennessy & Rod-
man (1995) reduced C. mkuzense to synonymy under
C. zeyheri. The latter is a single-stemmed tree, whereas
C. mkuzense is a scrambling shrub. C. mkuzense and
C. zeyheri also have markedly different seedlings (Fig-
ure 3). There is abundant morphological and molecular
(Maurin et al. 2010) evidence that C. mkuzense, C. zey-
heri and a third undescribed species from the northern
Kruger National Park (as C. mkuzense in McCleland
2002: 464) with much smaller fruit, are separate entities.
Key to species
la Usually single-stemmed tree with branches not trailing; leaf
lamina (45-)70-120(-200) x 30-50(-l 10) mm; lateral
veins in (5— )7— 12 pairs 8. C. zeyheri
lb Usually multi-stemmed shrub or tree with branches with ten-
dency to trail; leaf lamina (25— )45(— 80) x ( 1 0— )20(— 30)
mm; lateral veins in up to 5 pairs:
2a Fruit 50-70 mm long; KwaZulu-Natal 7. C. mkuzense
2b Fruit smaller, 38—55 x 35—60 mm; Limpopo Province ....
Combretum sp. nov.
7. Combretum mkuzense J.D.Carr & Retief in
Bothalia 19: 38 (1989); Pooley: 360 (1993); McCle-
land: 458 (2002); M.Coates Palgrave: 805 (2002). Type:
South Africa, [KwaZulu-Natal], Mkuze Game Reserve
headquarters, Carr 187 (PRE, holo.l; K, iso. e!).
Distribution'. RSA: KwaZulu-Natal (Figure 7).
8. Combretum zeyheri Sond. in Linnaea 23: 46
(1850); Sond.: 511 (1862); Engl. & Diels: 59 (1899); Dum-
mer: 116 (1913); Burtt Davy: 248 (1926); O.B.Mill.: 44
(1948); Codd: t. 1230 (1956); Exell & Roessler: 11 (1966);
Exell: 8 (1968); Liben: 72 (1968); Exell & J.G. Garcia: 66
(1970); Wickens: 31 (1973); Exell: 122 (1978); Vollesen:
54 (1980); J.D.Carr: 151 (1988); Pooley: 360 (1993);
A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 338 (1997); McCleland: 470
(2002); M.Coates Palgrave: 812 (2002); Curtis & Mannhei-
mer: 488 (2005). Type: South Africa, ‘Africa australis, in
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 7. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum
adenogonium,9 ; C. collinum subsp. suluense (provisional;
requires confirmation), and C. mkuzense , H.
142
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
silvis montis Magalisberg’, Zeyher 552 (S, holo. e!; BM, K
e!, MEL, P e! , SAM e!, TCD, W e!, Z e!, iso.).
C. tinctorum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson: 430 (1871); Engl. & Diels: 30
(1899). Type: Angola, Cuanza Norte, Cacuso, Pedras de Guinga, Wel-
witsch 4373 (LISU, holo. e!; BM e!, COI, K e!, P e!, iso.).
C. oblongum F.Hoffm.: 34 (1889). Type: [Tanzania], Tabora Dist.,
Kakoma, Boehm 87a (B, holo.j; K, fragment e!).
C. antunesii Engl. & Diels: 58 (1899). Type: Angola, Lubango,
Huila, Anilines 17 (COI, holo.).
C. odontopetalum Engl. & Diels: 60 (1899); De Wild.: 139 (1921).
Type: [Namibia], ‘Amboland, Omupanda, Unkuanyama’, Wulfhorst 14
(Z, lecto. e!, designated here; K, isolecto. e!).
C. lopolense Engl. & Diels: 502 (1907); De Wild.: 138 (1921).
Type: Angola, Benguella.-Lopol., Dekindt 48 (B, holo.|; BM e!, K e!,
iso.).
C. calocarpum Gilg ex Dinter: 169 (1919); Suess.: 336 (1953).
Type: [Namibia], ‘Hereroland’, Neitsas, Dirtier 795 (SAM, lecto. e!,
designated here; BM, E e!, isolecto.).
Note : both syntypes of Combretum odontopetalum ,
Schinz 1050 and Wulfhorst 14, are housed in the Zurich
Herbarium, but only the Wulfhorst specimen has a dupli-
cate in another herbarium, namely in Kew, and is there-
fore chosen as the lectotype.
Dinter (1919) mentioned syntypes in his protologue
of Combretum calocarpum: Dinter s.n., Dinter 795 and
Dinter 2877. The large fruit, the most distinctive charac-
ter of this species in Namibia, is best seen in the Dinter
795 specimen in SAM; it is here chosen as the lectotype.
Distribution: Angola, Botswana, Democratic Repub-
lic of the Congo (DRC), Kenya, Malawi, Mozambique,
Namibia; RSA: Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal, Limpopo
Province, Mpumalanga, North-West; Swaziland, Tanza-
nia, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 8).
III. Combretum sect. Macrostigmatea Engl. &
Diels: 24 (1899); Stace: 158 (1969); Exell: 176 (1970);
Wickens: 21 (1973); Exell: 115 (1978); Stace: 336
(1981).
Species in this section have yellow, 4-merous, glu-
tinous flowers arranged in subcapitate spikes. The nec-
tariferous disc is glabrous with only a very short free
margin in Combretum schumannii Engl, and C. engleri
Schinz. C. kirkii M. A. Lawson (Malawi, Mozambique,
Zambia, Zimbabwe) and C. gillettianum Liben (DRC,
Tanzania, Zambia) also belong to this section. Whether
sections Macrostigmatea and Spathulipetala should be
united, as suggested by provisional molecular analyses,
must await further study (see under sect. Spathulipetala
above).
Dinter (1919) published the name Combretum parvi-
folium, but the epithet was antedated by C. parvifolium
Engl. (1895). Schinz’s ‘ engleri ’ is, however, the earliest.
Exell (1970) keeps C. engleri and C. schumannii as two
separate species, but Wickens (1973) and Exell (1978)
consider C. engleri to be conspecific with C. schuman-
nii on the basis that the flowers of both entities have a
glabrous nectariferous disc with a short free margin and
the fruit are glabrous except for peltate scales. However,
Carr (1988) maintains these two entities as separate spe-
cies as they differ in habit and geographical distribution.
FIGURE 8. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum zeyheri.
He also points out that C. schumannii has been success-
fully propagated from seed in cultivation, whereas all
attempts to germinate seed of C. engleri have failed.
Based on flower and scale morphology, Hennessy &
Rodman (1995) also concluded that C. engleri and C.
schumannii are separate species. Engler (1895) based
C. schumannii on a Holst specimen collected in Lushoto
District, Tanzania. C. engleri is a multi-stemmed shrub
up to 4 m tall, growing in mixed woodland and savanna,
often semi-arid and on Kalahari sands in Angola, Zam-
bia, Namibia, Botswana and western Zimbabwe (Wankie
District). After viewing the type on the Aluka Digital
Library, it is clear that C. schumannii does not occur in
the FSA region and it is therefore a misapplied name
in this region. Specimens from Namibia and Botswana
previously named C. schumannii are all C. engleri. Carr
(1988) mentions that C. schumannii is a tree up to 18 m
tall with flaky bark, occurring in coastal and inland for-
est in Kenya, Tanzania, Malawi and northern Mozam-
bique. There are enough morphological distinctions
between these two species to keep them separate (Can-
1988; Hennessy & Rodman 1995).
9. Combretum engleri Schinz in Bulletin de
EHerbier Boissier ser. 2,1: 878 (1901); Stace: 14 (1961);
Exell & Roessler: 8 (1966); Exell: 7 (1968); Exell:
176 (1970); Exell & J.G.Garcia: 55 (1970); J.D.Carr:
66 (1988); M.Coates Palgrave: 801 (2002); Curtis &
Mannheimer: 476 (2005). Type: [Namibia], Ombalam-
buenge, Apr. 1896, Rautanen 236 (Z, holo. el).
C. parvifolium Dinter: 170 (1919), nom. illegit.
C. myrtillifolium Engl.: 695 (1921). Type: [Namibia], Naruchas,
Diinen, Dinter 7278 (PRE, lecto.!, designated here; BOL, K e!, iso-
lecto.) & [Namibia], Neitsas, Dinter 668 (BM, fragment, e!, SAM,
paralecto. e!).
C. chlorocarpum Exell: 167 (1928). Type: Angola, Oct. 1906, Goss-
weiler 3241 (BM, holo. e!; COI, LISJC, iso.).
Note: Dinter (1919) mentioned two specimens in his
protologue of Combretum parvifolium, Dinter 668 and
7278, collected in Namibia. This name is a later homonym
and therefore illegitimate and Engler (1921) chose the
new name C. myrtillifolium. The PRE specimen of Dinter
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
143
7278, which must be an isosyntype, is chosen as lectotype
for C. myrtillifolium because it has flowers and fruit.
Distribution : Angola, Botswana, DRC, Namibia, Zam-
bia (Figure 5).
IV. Combretum sect. Glabripetala Engl. & Diels
(1899)
While working on the Flora of Ethiopia , Vollesen
(1986) realized that Combretum adenogonium is an
earlier name for C. fragrans F.Hoffm. Wickens (1973)
considers C. adenogonium (= C. fragrans ) as occur-
ring from Ethiopia in the north through Uganda, Kenya,
Tanzania, Malawi, Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Zambia,
Malawi, southwards to Zimbabwe and Botswana and
westwards to Burkina Faso, Benin, Nigeria and the
Congo. It is characterized by relatively large leaves, up
to 180 x 90 mm, and glutinous leaves and fruit. The
presence of this taxon in the ESA region is indicated by
two old specimens in PRE, both dated pre-1950 and col-
lected in Botswana. It needs to be re-collected to con-
firm the existence of this species in the FSA region.
10. Combretum adenogonium Steud. ex
A. Rich., Tentamen florae abyssinicae 1: 266 (1848);
F.W.Andrews: 204 (1950); Vollesen: 962 (1986); Wick-
ens: 29 (1973); Vollesen: 117 (1995); A.E.van Wyk &
P.van Wyk: 326 (1997); M. Coates Palgrave: 795 (2002).
Type: Ethiopia, Sabra, May 1840, Schimper 1289 (P,
holo. el; BR el, K el, MO el, W el, Z el, iso.).
C. fragrans F.Hoffm.: 31 (1889); Engl.: 289 (1895); Wickens: 29
(1973); Exell: 183 (1970); Exell: 120 (1978); Liben: 18 (1983). Type:
[Tanzania], Pa-Kabombue, Oct. 1881, Bohm 1 6a (B. syn.f; Z, lecto. e!,
designated here; K, isolecto. e!).
C. ghasalense Engl. & Diels: 47 (1899); F.W.Andrews: 206 ( 1950);
Exell: 8 (1968); Liben: 75 (1968). Type: Sudan, Bahr el Ghazal, Sabbi
[Ssabi], 1869, Schweinfurth 2730 (B, syn.f; P, lecto. el, designated
here; K, isolecto. el).
C. multispicatum Engl. & Diels: 47 (1899). Type: Sudan, ‘1m
Lande der Bongo’, Sabbi, Nov. 1864, Schweinfurth 2662 (B, syn.f; P,
lecto. el, designated here; K el, PRE!, WU el, isolecto.).
C. undulatum Engl. & Diels: 48 (1899). Type: Sudan, Ngama, im
Lande der Mittu, 1869, Schweinfurth 2815 (B, syn.f; P, lecto. el, des-
ignated here; K e!, PRE!; WU e!, isolecto.).
C. temifolium Engl. & Diels: 49 (1899); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948).
Type: [Tanzania], Morogoro Dist., Mgeta, Stuhlmann 9272 (B, holo.f;
K, fragment, lecto. e!, designated here; ?BM, isolecto.).
Notes'. Hoffmann (1889) mentioned two syntypes
in his protologue of Combretum fragrans : Bohm 16a
and Bohm 32a. Both were destroyed in World War IE
but fortunately duplicates survived in Zurich (Z) and
Kew (K). Bohm 16a in Z, which shows the large temate
leaves the best, is chosen as the lectotype. Duplicates of
the syntype, Bohm 16a, are not available on the Aluka
Library, whereas only a fragment of the other syntype,
Bohm 32a, survived in Kew.
Engler & Diels (1899) described Combretum ghasalense,
C. multispicatum and C. undulatum'. all these three names
are based on types collected in the Sudan, and C. ternifolium
is based on a specimen collected in Tanzania. The holo- and
syntypes, all at Berlin, were destroyed and lectotypes are
selected from material in Paris (P) and Kew (K).
Distribution'. Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Central
African Republic, Cameroon, Cote d’Ivoire, DRC, Ethi-
opia, Ghana, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Malawi, Mozam-
bique, Nigeria, Sudan, Tanzania, Togo, Uganda, Zambia,
Zimbabwe (Figure 7).
V. Combretum sect. Ciliatipetala Engl. & Diels
(1899)
This section comprises about 60 species and is the
largest in the genus. Although the species are morpho-
logically diverse they do seem to form a natural group.
All members of this section have small petals which
are ciliate or pilose at the apex, except in Combretum
petrophilum , and the disc has a short, free, pilose mar-
gin. The scales are relatively small, 40-130 pm in diam.,
± circular, scalloped at the margin with radial and tan-
gential walls. Stace (1969) separates this section into
two large aggregates centred on C. apiculatum and C.
molle, but these two groups are not supported as natu-
ral entities by molecular evidence (Maurin et al. 2010).
Leaves in the section vary from very glabrous, gluti-
nous and always with apiculate apices in C. apiculatum
subsp. apiculatum and C. petrophilum , with hairs only
on the margin and main vein and with acute to rounded
apices in C. edwardsii Exell, to very hairy leaves in C.
albopunctatum Suess., C. apiculatum subsp. leutweinii
(Schinz) Exell (apiculate apices), C. moggii Exell, C.
molle and C. psidioides. Apices of leaves in C. mode are
usually round, emarginate to abruptly acuminate with a
long acumen or mucron, but are occasionally apiculate.
Combretum apiculatum subsp. apiculatum is wide-
spread in Angola, Namibia, Botswana, the northern
parts of South Africa, Zimbabwe, Zambia, Malawi and
Mozambique and grows in savanna woodland, often on
Kalahari sands, whereas subsp. leutweinii has a more
restricted range in Namibia and Botswana, mainly in
karstveld and mopaneveld. C. apiculatum subsp. boreale
Exell is reinstated for the narrow-leaved form of C. api-
culatum mainly from Tanzania and Kenya. Wood ( 1908)
mentions C. glutinosum Guill. & Perr. ex DC. as occur-
ring in KwaZulu-Natal, but it is a West African species
that does not occur in southern Africa.
Combretum moggii and C. mode are both very hairy,
especially their leaves and young stems. C. moggii is
usually a multi-stemmed, small shrub up to 3(— 5 ) m tall
growing in sandy soil in the crevices between outcrop-
ping quartzitic rocks (Carr 1988). It has a smoother bark,
smaller and narrower leaves with more silky hairs and
longer inflorescences than C. mode. The latter is usually
a single-stemmed tree up to 9 m tall, with main branch-
ing commencing 1. 5-3.0 m above ground level (Can-
1988). Besides the fonner Transvaal records of C. mog-
gii (Exell 1968; Carr 1988; Hennessy 1991a) additional
localities were recorded in Swaziland (Loffler & Loffler
2005) and northern KwaZulu-Natal (Figure 12).
Combretum mode has a very wide distribution, from
Saudi Arabia, Yemen and Ethiopia, from where the type
is, in the north to KwaZulu-Natal (= C. gueinzii Sond.)
in the south and westwards to West Africa, DRC and
Angola, but it is absent from Namibia and most parts of
Botswana. Exell (1978) points out that there is a great
deal of variation in leaf shape, size and indumentum,
144
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
and that the species grows in various ecological habitats.
A polymorphic species, C. molle is one of the aggregate
groups of Combretum in Africa that needs to be invest-
igated further for the possibility of recognizing distinct
subspecies. Wickens (1973) for instance, recognized
three forms of C. molle in East Africa.
Combretum petrophilum, as currently defined, com-
prises populations from the Strydom Tunnel in the Abel
Erasmus Pass, Mariepskop, Loskop Dam, Doomkop and
Mogol Nature Reserve. Leaves have an undulate margin,
the base is often asymmetric and subcordate; the often
twisted apex tapers to a long, narrow acumen with a
mucro and is therefore described as apiculate.
Engler & Diels (1899) placed Combretum psidioides
in sect. Glabripetalae, but Exell & Garcia (1970) and
Stace (1981) later transferred it to sect. Ciliatipetala.
Maurin et al. (2010) support the latter placement. In the
FSA region, C. psidioides is represented by two subspe-
cies: the typical one which occurs in northern Botswana
and Namibia (Caprivi), and subsp. dinteri (Schinz) Exell
from Angola, Namibia and Zimbabwe. Wickens (1971b)
described a third subspecies, subsp. psilophyllum. The
isotype of subsp. psilophyllum, Haerdi 174/87 in PRE,
shows that the leaves are large, obovate, up to 80-125
x (32— )65— 1 1 5 mm, with narrowly cuneate bases and
are totally glabrous on both sides, except for scales,
and with reticulate venation prominently raised on both
sides. Specimens from the Chimanimani Mountains,
Mozambique side, (I Muller 1239 in SRGH) (Meg
Coates Palgrave pers. comm.) and Tunduru Dist., Tan-
zania (Greenway & Hoyle 8340 in PRE), belong to this
taxon. They also match Busse 325 (HBG, K), the type of
C. anacar difolium from Tanzania, but this is an unpub-
lished manuscript name used by Adolf Engler.
Wickens (1971b) placed Combretum grandifo-
lium F.Hoffm. in synonymy under C. psidioides subsp.
psidioides. The holotype of the former, Bohm 30a, was
destroyed in World War II in Berlin, but a fragment of
the isotype survived in the Zurich Herbarium. The iso-
type shows large leaves which match specimens in
the National Herbarium (PRE) and Harare Herbarium
(SRGH). These specimens are of tall trees with very
rough, grey, thick, corky and deeply fissured bark, and
with large leaves, (T10-)120-240(-300) x (80—) 1 30—
160(-200) mm, densely hairy on midrib and veins,
but glabrous on the areoles. The leaf bases are usually
cordate to truncate, but sometimes (as in the isotype)
are broadly cuneate. The fruits are up to 36 x 28 mm,
with scales and a few scattered hairs. Young leaves
are sparsely glabrous and glutinous. This form, which
ranges from Tanzania, through Malawi, Zambia and
Zimbabwe to Mozambique, is here proposed as a dis-
tinctive subspecies of C. psidioides. See key to sect. Cil-
iatipetala.
Nearly all specimens of the Combretum psidioides
complex examined in PRE are either sterile or crim-
son to blood-red in fruit. An exception are collections
from northern Zambia and the DRC (Milne-Redhead
2728, Robertson 138, Robson 142, Van Meel 4158), all
with flowers only. The leaves, 62-1 15 x 30^48 mm, are
very thickly tomentose on both sides, whereas the mid-
rib and lateral veins are very prominently raised on both
sides, with reticulate venation inconspicuous above,
the apices tapering to an acute to acuminate point or,
when rounded, with a mucro, and the bases are broadly
cuneate to rounded. These specimens represent a distinct
entity and either represent a new subspecies of C. psidi-
oides or belong to C. brachypetalum R.E.Fr.
Key to species of Combretum sect. Ciliatipetala, partly from Wickens (1971b) and Exell (1978)
la Leaf apex usually apiculate and often twisted:
2a Leaf sparsely to densely pubescent on both surfaces; Namibia and Botswana 12b. C. apiculatum subsp. leutweinii
2b Leaves glabrous, or only margin and midrib with hairs, glossy, glutinous and sometimes sticky when young:
3a Most leaves with apiculate apices, leaf margin flat, often with hair-tuft domatia in axils of veins below, leaf base symmetrical, reticu-
late venation not prominent below; upper hypanthium 2-3 mm long; petal margin ciliate; fruit 17-28 mm long; widespread
12a. C. apiculatum subsp. apiculatum
3b Only few leaves with apiculate apices, but margins often undulate, without hair-tuft domatia in axils of veins below, leaf base asym-
metrical, rounded to subcordate, reticulate venation very prominent below; upper hypanthium up to 1.5 mm long; petal margin
glabrous, not ciliate; fruit 16-19 mm long; Limpopo and Mpumalanga 16. C. petrophilum
lb Leaf apex round, obtuse, acute to acuminate, rarely apiculate:
4a Woody climbers 13. C. edwardsii
4b Multi-stemmed shrubs or single-stemmed trees:
5a Fruit glabrous except for scales, sometimes glutinous; bark of branchlets peeling off in large ± cylindrical or hemicylindrical pieces
revealing an exposed cinnamon-red surface:
6a Leaves obovate, bases cuneate, glabrous on both sides; Tanzania and Mozambique 1 7c. C. psidioides subsp. psilophyllum
6b Leaves oblong to oblanceolate to elliptic, bases broadly cuneate, or cordate to truncate, variously hairy on both sides; FSA region
and tropical Africa:
7a Leaves usually >110 mm long 1 7d. C. psidioides subsp. grandifolium
7b Leaves usually < 105 mm long, base cuneate:
8a Leaves pubescent on reticulation below, but glabrous on areoles when mature 17a. C. psidioides subsp. psidioides
8b Leaves shortly tomentose on reticulation and on areoles below when mature 1 7b. C. psidioides subsp. dinteri
5b Fruit densely to sparsely hairy, sometimes only on body or sometimes glabrous; bark of branchlets peeling off in untidy, irregular,
fibrous strips or threads:
9a Scales glistening; stipe up to 8 mm long; northern parts of Botswana and Namibia 1 1. C. albopunctatum
9b Scales not glistening; stipe up to 3(— 5 ) mm long; southeastern parts of Botswana, Swaziland and South Africa:
10a Plants with silky appearance; usually multi-stemmed shrubs growing on rocks; leaves usually shorter than 60 mm, reticulate
venation not prominently raised below; fruit densely covered with longish appressed hairs over whole surface 14. C. moggii
10b Plants without silky appearance; usually single-stemmed trees; leaves usually longer than 60 mm, reticulate venation promi-
nently raised below; fruit very sparsely hairy mainly on the body or glabrous, but densely covered with scales 1 5. C. molle
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
145
11. Combretum albopunctatum Suess. in Mit-
teilungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung Munchen 1 :
336 (1953); Exell & Roessler: 7 (1966); Exell: 126 (1978);
J.D.Carr: 29 (1988); M. Coates Palgrave: 795 (2002); Cur-
tis & Mannheimer: 490 (2005). Type: Namibia, Popa Falls,
1938, Volk 2105 [M sheet M0106663, lecto. e!, designated
here].
Combretum sp. 2. in White: 287 (1962).
Note\ Suessenguth, curator of the Botanische Staats-
sammlung, Munchen from 1927-1955 (Stafleu & Cowan
1986), mentioned two collections in the protologue of
C. albopunctatum, namely Volk 2119 and 2105, which
he must have examined in the Munchen Herbarium
(M). Both syntypes were collected in Namibia, at the
Popa Falls. Volk 2105 (two specimens in M) are avail-
able on the Aluka Library website and the better of the
two {M0 106663), which shows the characters described
the best, is here selected as the lectotype. An isosyntype,
Volk 2119 is housed in PRE, but unfortunately there is no
specimen of the original syntype at M available on the
Aluka Library.
Distribution : Botswana, Namibia, Zambia, Zimbabwe
(Figure 9).
12a. Combretum apiculatum Sond. subsp. api-
culatum in Linnaea 23: 45 (1850); Sond.: 510 (1862);
Dimmer: 164 (1913); Bews: 146 (1921); Burtt Davy: 245
(1926); O.B.Mill.: 42 (1948); Exell: 3 (1961); Stace: 13
(1961); Exell & Roessler: 7 (1966); Exell: 7 (1968); Liben:
65 (1968); Exell & J.G. Garcia: 61 (1970); Wickens: 35
(1973); Exell: 129 (1978); Vollesen: 53 (1980); J.D.Carr:
32 (1988); Pooley: 352 (1993); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk:
328 (1997); McCleland: 456 (2002); M.Coates Palgrave:
796 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer: 469 (2005). Type:
South Africa, [?Gauteng], Magaliesberg, Ze\,her 555 (S,
holo. e!; BM e!, K e!, P e!, SAM e!, TCd” e!, W e!, iso.).
C. buchananii Engl. & Diels: 40 (1899). Type: Nyassaland
[Malawi], without precise locality, Buchanan 1263 (K, lecto. e!, des-
ignated here).
C. apiculatum Sond. var. parvifolium Baker f.: 46 (1905). Type:
Southern Rhodesia [Zimbabwe], Bulawayo, Eyles 1094 (BM, holo.;
SRGH, iso.).
C. glutinosum sensu Wood: 156 (1908), non Guill. & Perr.: 288
(1833) ex DC.: 21 (1828).
Note : Buchanan 1263 in Kew (K) is the only extant
specimen of Combretum buchananii and is chosen here
as the lectotype.
Distribution-. Angola, Botswana, DRC, Kenya,
Malawi, Mozambique, Namibia; RSA: Gauteng, Kwa-
Zulu-Natal, Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga, North-
West; Swaziland, Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure
10).
12b. Combretum apiculatum Sond. subsp.
leutweinii (Schinz) Exell in Mitteilungen der Bota-
nischen Staatssammlung Munchen 4: 3 (1961); Exell &
Roessler: 8 (1966); Exell: 19 (1968); Exell: 195 (1970);
Exell: 132 (1978); Curtis & Mannheimer: 471 (2005).
Type: [Namibia], Otjiwarongo, Waterberg, Mar. 1899,
Dinter 413 (Z, holo. e!).
C. leutweinii Schinz: 878 (1901).
C. kwebense N.E.Br.: Ill (1909); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948). Type: [Bot-
swana], Ngamiland, Kwebe Hill, Lugard 48 (K, holo. e!).
Distribution'. Botswana, Malawi, Mozambique, Na-
mibia, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 1 1 ).
13. Combretum edwardsii Exell in Boletim da
Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 42: 19 (1968); Verhoeven
& Van der Schijff: 39 (1975); J.D.Carr: 59 (1988); Poo-
ley: 354 (1993); McCleland: 460 (2002); M.Coates
Palgrave: 800 (2002). Type: South Africa, [KwaZulu-
Natal], Impendle Dist., Lundy’s Hill, upper edge of
Umkomaas Valley, Edwards 3147 (PRE, holo.!; K e!,
NHe!,NUe!,iso.).
Distribution-. RSA: KwaZulu-Natal, Limpopo Prov-
ince, Mpumalanga (Figure 9).
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 9. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum albo-
punctatum, • ; and C. edwardsii, A.
FIGURE 10. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum apicu-
latum subsp. apiculatum.
146
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
14. Combretum moggii Exell in Boletim da
Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 42: 21 (1968); J.D.Carr:
98 (1988); Hennessy: t. 2027 (1991a); McCleland: 464
(2002); M. Coates Palgrave: 805 (2002). Type: South
Africa, [Mpumalanga], Middelburg Dist., Olifants River
gorge, Hoomsnek, Farm Slaghoek 126, 20 miles [32
km] NW, Oct. 1953, Mogg 22400 (PRE, holo.!; BM e!,
J, K e!, iso.).
Distribution : RSA: Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal, Lim-
popo Province, Mpumalanga; Swaziland (Figure 12).
15. Combretum molle R.Br. ex G.Don in Transac-
tions of the Linnean Society of London 15: 431 (1827);
F.W. Andrews: 201 (1950); Exell: 7 (1968); Liben: 67
(1968); Exell & J.G. Garcia: 62 (1970); Wickens: 33
(1973); Exell: 127 (1978); Vollesen: 53 (1980); Liben:
18 (1983); J.D.Carr: 102 (1988); Pooley: 356 (1993);
Thulin: 249 (1993); Vollesen: 118 (1995); A.E.van Wyk
& P.van Wyk: 334 (1997); McCleland: 466 (2002);
M. Coates Palgrave: 806 (2002). Type: Ethiopia, without
locality. Salt s.n. (BM, holo. e!).
C. velutinum DC.: 20 (1828). Type: Guinea, collector unknown (P,
holo. e!).
C. fermgineum A. Rich.: 267 (1848). Type: Ethiopia, Selassaquilla,
Schimper 767 (P, holo. e!; BR el, K, W el, iso.).
C. gueinzii Sond.: 43 (1850); Sond.: 509 (1862); Engl. & Diels: 38
(1899); Dimmer: 116 (1913); Bews: 147 (1921); F.W.Andrews: 202
(1950). Type: South Africa, [KwaZulu-Natal], Port Natal [Durban], ‘in
silvis’, Gueinzius 567 (S, holo. e!; K el, SAM el, TCD e!, iso.).
C. holosericeum Sond.: 44 (1850); Sond.: 510 (1862);
M. A. Lawson: 430 (1871); Diimmer: 116 (1913); Burtt Davy: 247
(1926); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948). C. gueinzii Sond. var. holosericeum
(Sond.) Exell ex Rendle: 93 (1932). Type: South Africa, [?Gauteng],
‘Magalisberg’, Zeyher 575 (S, holo. e!; BM e!, K, fragment e!, P, frag-
ment el, PRE!, SAM e!, W e!, WU, fragment el, Z e!, iso.).
C. splendens Engl.: 289 (1895); Engl. & Diels: 37, t. 11/D (1899).
C. gueinzii Sond. subsp. splendens (Engl.) Exell ex Brenan: 137
(1949). Type: Nyassaland [Malawi], locality unknown, Buchanan 859
(K, lecto. e!, designated here).
C. welwitschii Engl. & Diels: 40 (1899). Type: Angola, Cuanza
Norte, Golungo Alto, near banks of rivulet Quiposa, not far from
Canguerasange, Welwitsch 4318 [LISU, lecto. e!, designated by Garcia
(1961); BM e!, BR e!, G el, P e!, isolecto.].
C. galpinii Engl. & Diels: 41 (1899); Dimmer: 147 (1913); Burtt
Davy: 246 (1926). Type: South Africa, [Mpumalanga], Barberton
Dist., Avoca, near Barberton, Galpin 112 (Z, lecto. e!, designated here;
BOL, K e!, NH e!, PRE!, SAM el).
C. obtusatum Engl. & Diels: 58 (1899). Type: Angola, Lubango,
Huila, Aniunes A50.61 [BM fragment, lecto. e!, designated by Exell &
Garcia (1970); COI, isolecto.].
C. dekindtianum Engl.: 136 (1902). Type: Angola, Lubango, Huila,
Dekindt 51 [LUA, lecto., designated by Exell & Garcia (1970)].
C. arengense Sim: 62, t. 63, fig. B (1909). Type: Mozambique,
Maganja da Costa, Sim 5916 (probably = Sim 20902 ) (NU, holo. e! ;
PRE, iso.!).
C. ellipticum Sim: 63, t. 63, fig. D (1909). Type: Mozambique,
without precise locality, Sim 6068 (NU, holo. e! ; K e!, PRE!, iso.).
Note : in their protologue of Combretum galpinii, Eng-
ler & Diels ( 1 899) mentioned Galpin 112 in the Zurich
Flerbarium (Z) and Wood 6547 in Berlin Herbarium (B).
The Galpin specimen in Z is the only specimen that sur-
vived. It was examined by Engler & Diels and is there-
fore chosen as lectotype.
Engler (1895) cites syntypes from Tanzania and
Malawi in his protologue of C. splendens, but only an
isotype of Buchanan survived in Kew, which is here
chosen as the lectotype.
Distribution'. Benin, Botswana, Burkina Faso, Burundi,
Cameroon, Central African Republic, Chad, Cote d’Ivoire,
DRC, Ethiopia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya,
Malawi, Mozambique, Nigeria; RSA: Free State, Gau-
teng, KwaZulu-Natal, Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga,
North-West; Rwanda, Saudi Arabia, Sierra Leone, Somalia,
Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Togo, Uganda, Yemen, Zam-
bia, Zimbabwe (Figure 11).
16. Combretum petrophilum Retief in Bothalia
16: 44 (1986); J.D.Carr: 124 (1988); McCleland: 468
(2002); M.Coates Palgrave: 809 (2002). Type: South
Africa, [Limpopo Province], Strydom Tunnel, Oct.
1982, Carr 203 (PRE, holo.!; K, MO e ! , iso.).
Distribution'. RSA: Limpopo Province (Figure 13).
FIGURE 1 1 . — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum apicu-
latum subsp. leutweinii,9; and C. molle , ▲.
FIGURE 12. — Known distribution of Combretum moggii.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
147
17. Combretum psidioides Welw. in Annaes
Conselho Ultramarino, ser. 1, 24: 249 (1856); Exell: 5
(1961); Exell & Roessler: 10 (1966); Exell: 8 (1968);
Exell & J.G. Garcia: 64 (1970); Wickens: 36 (1971b);
Wickens: 37 (1973); Exell: 133 (1978); J.D.Carr:
135 (1988); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 336 (1997);
M. Coates Palgrave: 810 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer:
484 (2005). Type: Angola, ‘in dumetosis interioris Pro-
vinciae Angolensis, rarior avis. Arbuscula elegans filiis
maximis, habitu exacte Psidiorum. Quicuze’, Welwitsch
4378 (LISU, holo. e!; BM, BR e!, COI, K e!, P e!, iso.).
17a. subsp. psidioides
Distribution : Angola, Botswana, Namibia, Zimbabwe
(Figure 13).
17b. subsp. dinteri (Schinz) Exell in Mitteilungen
der Botanischen Staatssammlung Miinchen 4: 3 (1961);
Exell & Roessler: 10 (1966); Exell & J.G. Garcia:
66 (1970); Wickens: 38 (1971b); Exell: 135 (1978);
J.D.Carr: 135 (1988). Type: [Namibia], Hereroland, Apr.
1 899, Dinter 580 (Z, holo. e!).
C. dinteri Schinz: 877 (1901).
C. quirirense Engl. & Gilg: 318 (1903). Type: Angola, Bie, Quiriri
River. Baum 722 [B, holo.t; BM, lecto. e!, designated by Exell & Gar-
cia (1970); BR el, COI, E el, HBG el, K, S el, W e!, Z el, isolecto.].
C. omahekae Gilg & Dinter ex Engl.: 698 (1921 ). Type: [Namibia],
Omaheke, ‘bei Otjituo und Naitsas’ (type not traced).
Distribution : Angola, Namibia, Zambia, Zimbabwe
(Figure 13).
17c. subsp. psilophyllum Wickens in Kew Bulle-
tin 26: 39 (1971b); Wickens: 38 (1973). Type: Tanzania,
Ulanga Dist., Ifakara, Haerdi 174/87 (K, holo. e!; EA e!,
PRE!, iso.).
Distribution : probably Mozambique, and Tanzania.
17d. subsp. grandifolium (F.Hoffin.) Jordaan, stat. nov.
C. grandifolium F.Hoffm. in Beitrage zu Kenntnis der Flora von
Central-Ost-Afrika: 29 (1889); Engl.: 289 (1895); Engl. & Diels: 39
FIGURE 13. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum
petrophilum, ■; C. psidioides subsp. psidioides, •; and C.
psidioides subsp. dinteri, ▲.
(1899); Engl.: 698 (1921). Type: Tanganyika [Tanzania], Mpanda
Dist., Pa-Kabombue, Bohm 30a (B, holo.t; Z fragment, iso. el).
Distribution : Malawi, Mozambique, Tanzania, Zam-
bia, Zimbabwe.
GROUP 2
Species with large scales, usually larger than 100 pm,
divided by many radial and tangential walls (Figure 2).
VI. Combretum sect. Hypocrateropsis Engl. &
Diels (1899); Exell: (1968); Stace: 135 (1969); Exell:
105 (1978)
Species in this section are woody climbers, scram-
blers or sometimes trees, usually multi-stemmed and
without spine-tipped lateral branches. The upper hypan-
thium of the flowers is almost flat and little developed
and the petals are linear-elliptic and glabrous. The scales
on the leaves are the largest in Combretum, mostly over
150 pm, and are circular, divided by many radial and
tangential walls.
Engler & Diels (1899) described two species: 1,
Combretum tenuipes from a plant collected at Low’s
Creek in the Barberton District and 2, C. padoides from
a plant collected in Mozambique. C. tenuipes was subse-
quently placed in synonymy with C. padoides by Exell
(1968, 1970, 1978), Wickens (1973), Carr (1988) and
Rodman (1990). Rogers (1989) conducted chemotaxo-
nomic studies on the leaves of C. padoides (his ‘coastal
form') and C. tenuipes (his 'inland form’). Fie found sig-
nificant differences between the oxidation states of some
of the compounds isolated from coastal and inland trees
and suggested that the differences could be due to geo-
graphic or genetic factors and needed to be investigated
further. Rogers’s samples of his ‘inland species’ came
from a plant growing in the Pretoria National Botanic
Garden, which is without any doubt C. tenuipes. Sam-
ples of his ‘coastal species’ came from a tree in Durban,
grown from seed originating from a tree growing in the
National Botanic Garden, Harare, Zimbabwe. C. tenui-
pes is confined to the Barberton Centre of Endemism
FIGURE 14. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum celas-
troides subsp. celastroides, •; and C. patelliforme, ▲.
148
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
(Van Wyk & Smith 2001), whereas C. padoides grows in
eastern tropical Africa, from Kenya southwards to Tan-
zania, Malawi, Zambia, eastern Zimbabwe and Mozam-
bique, as well as the DRC, and just enters South Africa
in the northernmost part of Limpopo Province. Pooley
(1993) included C. padoides as occurring in KwaZulu-
Natal and the accompanying photos to illustrate the
species were taken in the Pretoria National Botanical
Garden; this means that the photos depict C. tenuipes.
Combretum padoides has not yet been recorded in Kwa-
Zulu-Natal, but there is a new, undescribed species of
Combretum growing as a climber in the sand forest of
Maputaland with which it may be confused. However,
this new species does not belong to sect. Hypocraterop-
sis. Combretum tenuipes and C. padoides are here rein-
stated as separate species since there are several differ-
ences, including geographical, molecular (Maurin et al.
2010) and morphological ones (see the key) to distin-
guish between them.
Exell (1968) described a third subspecies of Com-
bretum celastroides , namely C. celastroides subsp. ori-
entate based on a plant from Mozambique, collected
by Schlechter at Maputo [Delagoa Bay]: Schlechter
11957. This is also one of the syntypes of C. patel-
liforme Engl. & Diels (1899). The other syntype of C.
patelliforme is from Angola, namely Antunes A155,
which was destroyed in World War II, but this belongs
to subsp. celastroides. The two subspecies of C. celas-
troides in the FSA region, the typical subspecies and
subsp. orientate , are quite different morphologically, and
this is supported by molecular evidence (Maurin et al.
2010) and by the fact that the two taxa are geographi-
cally disjunct. Hence C. celastroides subsp. orientate
is elevated to species level as C. patelliforme Engl. &
Diels. See the key for differences between it and subsp.
celastroides. C. celastroides subsp. laxiflorum (Welw.
ex M. A. Lawson) Exell has larger flowers than the other
subspecies, the leaves are nearly glabrous, and it is usu-
ally a tree. It occurs in Zambia, Angola, Tanzania and
DRC.
Key to species of Combretum sect. Hypocrateropsis
based on Exell (1978)
la Disc glabrous:
2a Leaves pubescent on entire leaf surface below; disc up to
4 mm diam.; fruit ± 18-20 x 17-22 mm; peg ± 1.0-2. 5
mm long; Caprivi, Botswana 18. C. celastroides
2b Leaves almost glabrous below (except for hair-tuft domatia
in axils of veins below); disc 2. 0-2. 5 mm diam.; fruit ±
15x15 mm; peg up to 1 mm long; Limpopo Province,
KwaZulu-Natal 20. C. patelliforme
1 b Disc pilose:
3a Ultimate twigs hairy; leaves narrowly elliptic, usually
longer than 55 mm, margin flat, principal lateral veins in
± 5-8 pairs; fruit usually larger than 17x17 mm; Lim-
popo Province 1 9. C. padoides
3b Ultimate twigs glabrous; leaves ovate, usually shorter than
45 mm, margin markedly wavy, principal lateral veins in
3(4) pairs; fruit usually 15x15 mm or smaller; Mpuma-
langa and Swaziland (Barberton Centre of Endemism)
2 1 . C. tenuipes
18. Combretum celastroides Welw. ex M. A. Lawson
in Flora of tropical Africa 2: 422 (1871 ); Engl. & Diels: 12
(1899); O.B.Mill.: 42 (1948); F.White: 284 (1962); Exell
& Roessler: 8 (1966); Exell: 16 (1968); Exell: 168 (1970);
Exell & J.G. Garcia: 50 (1970); Wickens:17 (1973); Exell:
107 (1978); J.D.Carr: 45 (1988); M. Coates Palgrave: 798
(2002); Curtis & Mannheimer: 472 (2005). Type: Angola,
Huila, Welwitsch 4370 [LISU, lecto., designated by Exell &
Garcia (1970); BM e!, BR e!, COI, K el, P el, PRE!, iso-
lecto.].
C. patelliforme Engl. & Diels: 12, t. 1, fig. C (1899) pro parte
quoad specim. Antunes Al 55 (Bf).
Distribution'. Angola, Botswana, Mozambique, Na-
mibia, Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 14).
19. Combretum padoides Engl. & Diels in Mono-
graphieen afrikanischer Pflanzenfamilien und Gattungen
3: 13 (1899); Exell: 7 (1968); Liben: 40 (1968); Exell:
168 (1970); Wickens: 17 (1973): Exell: 107 (1978);
Vollesen: 53 (1980); J.D.Carr: 17 (1988); Thulin: 248
(1993); Pooley: 354 (1993); McCleland: 468 (2002), pro
parte; M. Coates Palgrave: 808 (2002). Type: Mozam-
bique, Zambezi, Boroma, Menyharth 878 [Z, lecto. el,
designated by Exell (1970); Ke!, WU el, isolecto.].
C. homblei De Wild.: 196 (1914). Type: Democratic Republic of
the Congo, Katanga, Kapiri Valley, 1913, Homble 113 (BR, holo. el;
BM, fragment, iso. el).
C. minutiflorum Exell: 245 (1930). Type: Tanganyika [Tanzania],
Kilosa Dist., Kipera [Kipela], Oct. 1921, Swynnerton s.n. (BM, holo.
el).
Distribution'. DRC, Kenya, Malawi, Mozambique,
RSA: Limpopo Province; Somalia, Tanzania, Zambia,
Zimbabwe (Figure 15).
20. Combretum patelliforme Engl. & Diels in
Monographieen afrikanischer Pflanzenfamilien und Gat-
tungen 3: 12, t. 1, fig. C (1899); Dtimmer: 183 (1913).
Type: Mozambique, Delagoa Bay [Maputo], Schlechter
11957 [BM, lecto. el, designated by Exell (1968); BOL,
BR el, COI, E el, HBG e!, Ke!,Le!,MO el, P e!, PRE!,
SAM, WAG el, Z e!, iso.].
C. celastroides Welw. ex M. A. Lawson subsp. orientale Exell: 16
(1968); Wickens: 17 (1973); Exell: 107 (1978); J.D.Carr: 45 (1988);
Pooley: 354 (1993); McCleland: 458 (2002).
Note: Engler & Diels (1899) described three species
in this section, Combretum patelliforme, C. padoides
and C. tenuipes. In the protologue of C. patelliforme,
two syntypes are cited: Antunes A155 from Angola
and Schlechter 11957 from Mozambique. The speci-
men from Angola belongs now to C. celastroides subsp.
celastroides and Mozambique specimen to C. patelli-
forme, pro parte. Exell (1968) reduced this name to sub-
specific level and used a new epithet, namely orientale
and lectotypified this name with the Schlechter speci-
men. Once this taxon is elevated now to species level the
old epithet patelliforme must be used, because no name
has priority outside its rank according to the Interna-
tional Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code):
1 1.2 (McNeill et al. 2006).
Distribution'. Mozambique, RSA: KwaZulu-Natal,
Limpopo Province; Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Fig-
ure 14).
21. Combretum tenuipes Engl. & Diels in Mono-
graphieen afrikanischer Pflanzenfamilien und Gattungen
3: 13, t. 3, fig. b (1899); Dtimmer: 182 (1913); Burtt
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
149
FIGURE 15. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum
padoides , •; and C. tenuipes, A.
Davy: 246 (1926). Type: South Africa, [Mpumalanga],
Barberton Dist., Louws Creek, Galpin 885 (Z, holo. e!;
BOL, K e!, PRE!, SAM e!, iso.).
Distribution : Mpumalanga and probably Swaziland
(Figure 15).
VII. Combretum sect. Metallicum Exell (1968);
Stace: 145 (1969); Exell: 179 (1970); Exell: 117 (1978);
Wickens: 23 (1973)
Species in this section are nearly always glutinous,
especially when young. The scales on the leaves are usu-
ally extensively divided by many radial and tangential
walls to give rise to ± 1 0—40 marginal cells. The disc has
a free, pilose margin. The fruit are glabrous to densely
hairy in Combretum collinum subsp. suluense, and are
usually somewhat 'metallic' in colour.
Okafor (1967) recognized four subspecies of Com-
bretum collinum in the FSA region. Carr (1988) regarded
the separation of C. collinum into subspecies as unjus-
tified because of the largely overlapping geographi-
cal distribution patterns of these four subspecies. Here,
however, we uphold the four subspecies as recognized
by Okafor (1967). C. coriaceum , described by Schinz
(1888), is conspecific with C. gazense and is the oldest
validly published name for this subspecies but was not
used by Okafor when he reduced this taxon to subspe-
cific rank.
There are four synonyms of subsp. subtense described
earlier than 1899, but Okafor chose to use the name
subtense over the other four (C. fischeri, C. brosigianum,
C. fulvotomentosum and C. schinzii). Type material for
C. fischeri, C. brosigianum and C. fulvotomentosum was
destroyed and they could be considered to be uncertain
names. There is, however, an isotype of C. schinzii in
the Zurich Herbarium (Z) described in 1899 that could
serve as a lectotype. It seems, however, that this taxon
rather belongs to C. collinum subsp. ondongense ( 1 899)
and not to C. collinum subsp. subtense as stated by Rod-
man (1990).
Pooley (1993) gives a group of records for Combre-
tum collinum subsp. subtense from around False Bay
and Mkuze Game Reserve, but specimens growing in
these sand forest areas belong to an undescribed species.
There is, however, one specimen in the KwaZulu-Natal
Herbarium collected in the mountains north of Vryheid
which gives the distribution for subsp. suluense as far
north as Kenya and southwards as far south as Swa-
ziland and far northern KwaZulu-Natal. C. collinum
subsp. ondongense (Engl. & Diels) Okafor is confined
to the Kalahari sands of Angola, Namibia, Botswana,
Zambia and the eastern fringe of Zimbabwe, and has not
been recorded in South Africa. The holotype of subsp.
taborense is based on Stuhlmann 506 , collected in Tab-
ora, Tanzania, but was destroyed in World War II and no
isotypes seem to exist. Okafor was confident enough to
use this name despite the lack of type material. In the
absence of good material from Tanzania in the National
Herbarium in Pretoria, we have refrained from selecting
a neotype for this taxon.
Key to subspecies of Combretum collinum
la Leaves densely grey-hairy below; fruit glabrous; Namibia,
Botswana, Limpopo Province and Mpumalanga
22a. C. collinum subsp. gazense
lb Leaves glabrous below, except for hairs in axils of veins;
fruit glabrous or hairy:
2a Fruit densely hairy, red scales conspicuous
22c. C. collinum subsp. suluense
2b Fruit glabrous:
3a Leaf apices acute to acuminate to apiculate, lamina sil-
very below, with conspicuous darker venation; Lim-
popo Province and Mpumalanga
22d. C. collinum subsp. taborense
3b Leaf apices rounded to subacute, lamina yellowish
below, without conspicuous darker venation; Namibia,
Botswana 22b. C. collinum subsp. ondongense
22a. Combretum collinum Fresen. subsp.
gazense (Swynn. & Baker fi) Okafor in Boletim da
Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 41: 145 (1967); Exell:
182 (1970); Wickens: 27 (1973); Coates Palgrave: 665
(1977); Exell: 120 (1978); J.D.Carr: 51 (1988); McCle-
land: 458 (2002); M. Coates Palgrave: 799 (2002); Curtis
& Mannheimer: 474 (2005). Type: Mozambique, Gaza-
land. between upper Buzi and Mount Umtereni, Smm-
nerton 587 (BM, holo. e!; K e!, Z e! , iso.).
C. gazense Swynn. & Baker f.: 68 (1911); Burtt Davy: 248 (1926);
O.B.Mill.: 42 (1948); Codd: 129 (1951). C. mechowianum O.FIoffm.
subsp. gazense (Swynn. & Baker f.) Duvign.: 81 (1956); Liben: 77
(1968).
C. coriaceum Schinz: 247 (1888); Dinter: 169 (1919); O.B.Mill.:
42 (1948). Type: [Namibia], Ngamigebiet, 1888, Fleck 422a (Z, holo.
el; K, iso. el).
C. bajonense Sim: 63, t. 63 (1909). Type: Mozambique, Magenja
da Costa, 1908, Sim 5715 (renumbered as 20901) (PRE, holo.!: NU,
iso.).
C. eylesii Exell: 170 (1939). Type: [Zimbabwe], Salisbury [Harare],
Eyles 849 (BM, holo. el; K, iso. el).
Distribution-. Botswana, DRC, Malawi, Mozambique,
Namibia; RSA: Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga; Tan-
zania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 16).
22b. subsp. ondongense (Engl. & Diels) Okafor in
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 41: 147 (1967);
Exell: 120 (1978); J.D.Carr: 50 (1988); M.Coates Pal-
150
FIGURE 16. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum colli-
num subsp. gazense.
grave: 799 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer: 474 (2005).
Type: [Namibia], ‘Amboland zwischen Ondonga und
Unkussyama’, July 1897, Rautanen 234 (HBG, holo.;
BM, fragment el, K e!, Se!, WU e!, Z e!, iso.).
C. ondongense Engl. & Diels: 56 (1899).
C. schinzii Engl, ex Engl. & Diels: 54 (1899). Type: Namibia,
Onkumbi, Sep. 1885, Schinz 1037 (B, holo.t; Z, iso. e!).
Distribution'. Botswana, Namibia, Zimbabwe (Figure
17).
22c. subsp. suluense (Engl. & Diels) Okafor in
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 41: 143 (1967);
Wickens: 28 (1973); Exell: 120 (1978); Vollesen: 53
(1980); J.D.Carr: 51 (1988); McCleland: 458 (2002);
M. Coates Palgrave: 799 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer:
474 (2005). Type: Swaziland, hill slopes, Horo Mine,
Dec. 1890-1894, Galpin 1264 (B, holo.f; BOL, K e!,
NH, PRE!, SAM e!,Zel, iso.).
FIGURE 17. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum colli-
num subsp. ondongense, •; and C. collinum subsp. taborense,
A; and C. elaeagnoides, B.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
C. suluense Engl. & Diels: 54 (1899); Dimmer: 183 (1913); Burtt
Davy: 248 (1926); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948).
C. junodii Dimmer: 183 (1913); Bews: 147 (1921). Type: South
Africa, [Limpopo Province], hills, Shilouvane, Junod 613 (K, holo. el;
PRE!, Z e!, iso.).
C. griseiflorum S. Moore: 227 (1921); Burtt Davy: 246 (1926);
O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948). Type: South Africa, [Mpumalanga], Nelspruit,
Breyer s.n. sub Rogers 24018 (BM, holo. e!).
C. angustilanceolatum Engl.: 702 (1921). Type: Mozambique,
Lower Umswirizwi River, Swynnerton 45 (B, holo.f; BM, lecto. e!,
designated here; K, isolecto. e!).
C. makindense Gilg ex Engl.: 703 (1921). Type: Kenya, Machakos
Dist., Kibwezi, Makinde Steppe, Scheffler 210 (B, holo.f; K, lecto. e!,
designated here; BM, E e!, HBG e!, P e!, PRE!, WAG e!, Z e!, iso-
lecto.).
C. millerianum Burtt Davy: 279 (1921). Type: Swaziland, Buck-
ham’s to Forbes’ Coal Mine, June 1911, Burtt Davy 10681 (BOL,
holo.; K, iso. e!).
Note', the holotype of Combretum angustilanceolatum
was destroyed and from the two extant isotypes in BM
and K, the first-mentioned specimen is chosen as lecto-
type, because it is the better one of the two.
The holotype, Scheffler 210, of C. makindense was
destroyed and the Kew specimen, the best of all the
duplicates, is the only one seen by Wickens (1968) and
identified by him. It is here chosen as lectotype.
Distribution'. Angola, Kenya, Malawi, Mozambique,
?Namibia; RSA: Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga; Swa-
ziland, Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 17).
22d. Combretum collinum Fresen. subsp. tabor-
ense (Engl.) Okafor in Boletim da Sociedade Brote-
riana, ser. 2, 41: 144 (1967); Exell: 182 (1970); Wick-
ens: 26 (1973); Exell: 120 (1978); Vollesen: 53 (1980);
J.D.Carr: 51 (1988); McCleland: 460 (2002); M.Coates
Palgrave: 800 (2002). Type: Tanzania, Tabora, Stuhl-
mann 506 (B, holo.|).
C. taborense Engl.: 290 (1895). C. mechowianum O.Hoffm. subsp.
taborense (Engl.) Duvign.: 80 (1956); Liben: 76 (1968).
C. goetzenianum Diels: 500 (1907). Type: Tanzania, Dondoland,
between Kilwa and Likemba, Busse 570 (B, holo.f; EA, lecto., desig-
nated here; BM, fragment, isolecto. e!).
C. psammophilum Diels: 502 (1907). Type: Tanzania, Lindi, Ruaha,
Busse 1122 (B, holo.f; EA, lecto. e!, designated here; BM, isolecto.).
C. burttii Exell: 169 (1939). Type: Zambia, 25 miles [40 km] from
Kassama on road to issaka, near Malole Mission, Burtt 5951 (BM,
holo. e!; BR e! , EA e!, K, iso.).
Note: Diels (1907) described two species, Combretum
goetzenianum and C. psammophilum, based on Busse’s
specimens he collected in Tanzania. Both species proved
to be C. collinum subsp. taborense. The holotypes of
both names was destroyed and the isotypes in the East
African Herbarium (EA) in Kenya are chosen here as
lectotypes. The material in BM are merely fragments.
Distribution: DRC, Malawi, Mozambique; RSA:
Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga; Tanzania, Zambia,
Zimbabwe (Figure 17).
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
151
VIII. Combretum sect. Breviramea Engl. & Diels
(1899); Stace: 148 (1969); Exell: 199 (1970); Exell: 136
(1978)
Combretum hereroense Schinz belongs to this sec-
tion. It often has divaricately branched stems; leaves
mostly with only 3 or 4(5) pairs of principal lateral
veins; 4-merous flowers; upper hypanthium campanu-
late to infundibuliform; petals spathulate to broadly obo-
vate or obovate or subcircular and glabrous; disc with a
pilose free margin; fruit up to 35 mm long and glabrous;
scales very densely packed, contiguous, sometimes hid-
den by dense indumentum of combretaceous hairs on
leaves below, (50— )75— 1 20(— 1 60) pm diam., irregular in
outline, delimited usually by 8 primary radial walls with
up to 8 tangential and up to 4 partial radial walls.
Combretum hereroense is extremely variable in leaf
shape and indumentum and sometimes in the size of the
fruit. The indumentum varies from densely tomentose to
nearly glabrous. Wickens (1971a) subdivided C. here-
roense into three subspecies, and subsp. hereroense into
two varieties on account of their hairiness. Only the typi-
cal subspecies occurs in our area. We do not recognize
these varieties.
Combretum hereroense , C. imberbe and C. elaeag-
noides are clearly related according to the molecular
analysis by Maurin et al. (2010), although currently
placed in three different sections. They are characterized
by 4-merous flowers in dense often subcapitate axillary
spikes, a glabrous disc and lepidote fruit. Leaves in all
these species are densely lepidote with scales contigu-
ous or overlapping, silver or golden or rust-brown with
cells divided by numerous radial and tangential walls.
All three species are deciduous trees, although C. elae-
agnoides has a tendency to scramble. Young stems of C.
imberbe have short, opposite, spine-tipped lateral shoots.
23. Combretum hereroense Schinz subsp. herer-
oense in Verhandlungen des Botanischen Vereins der
Provinz Brandenburg 30: 245 (1888); Engl. & Diels:
63 (1899); Diimmer: 201 (1913); Exell & Roessler: 8
(1966); Exell: 8 (1968); Exell & J.G.Garcia: 56 (1970);
Wickens: 411 (1971a); Wickens: 40 (1973); Exell: 138
(1978); Vollesen: 53 (1980); J.D.Carr: 77 (1988); Poo-
ley: 356 (1993); Vollesen: 118 (1995); A.E.van Wyk
& P.van Wyk: 332 (1997); McCleland: 462 (2002);
M. Coates Palgrave: 803 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer:
478 (2005). Type: South West Africa [Namibia], Otjova-
zandu, Schinz 431 (Z, holo. e!; B, iso.t).
C. eilkeranum Schinz: 246 (1888); Engl. & Diels: 61 (1899);
O.B.Mill.: 42 (1948). Type: South West Africa [Namibia], Kunene,
Schinz 420 (Z, holo. e!).
C. transvaalense Schinz: 202 (1894); Diimmer: 201 (1913); Burtt
Davy: 246 (1926); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948); Brenan: 139 (1949). Type:
South Africa, [Limpopo Province], Makapansberge, Rehmann 5470 (Z,
holo. e!).
C. sambesiacum Engl. & Diels: 63 (1899). Type: Mozambique,
Boroma, Menyharth 892b (B, holo.f; Z, lecto. e!, designated here; K,
fragment e!, WU, fragment e!, isolecto.).
C. hereroense Schinz subsp. hereroense var. villosissimum Engl. &
Diels: 63 (1899); Diimmer: 201 (1913); Wickens: 41 (1973). C. villo-
sissimum (Engl. & Diels) Engl.: 705 (1921). C. transvaalense Schinz
var. villosissimum (Engl. & Diels) Burtt Davy: 246 (1926). Type:
South Africa, [Limpopo Province], Makapansberge, Streydpoort, Reh-
mann 5471 (Z, holo. e!).
C. porphyrolepis Engl. & Diels: 63 (1899), nom. illegit.
C. rautanenii Engl. & Diels: 64 (1899); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948).
Type: [Namibia], Katumare, Rautanen 199 (B, syn.t; Z, lecto. el, des-
ignated here).
C. rhodesicum Baker f.: 435 (1899); Eyles: 428 (1916); O.B.Mill.:
43 (1948). Type: [Zimbabwe], Bulawayo, Rand 582 (BM, syn.) and
Rand 583 (BM, syn.).
C. transvaalense Schinz var. bolusii Diimmer: 201 (1913). Type:
South Africa, [Mpumalanga], ‘Juxta ripas Hum. Kaup prope Barber-
ton’, Bolus 7763 (K, holo. el).
FIGURE 18. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum herer-
oense.
Note : Menyharth 892b, collected in Mozambique, is
the type of Combretum sambesiacum (Engler & Diels
1 899). The only acceptable extant specimen is housed in
the Zurich Herbarium which is chosen as the lectotype.
Specimens in K and WU are merely fragments. Eng-
ler & Diels (1899) mentioned Rautanen 199 and three
specimens of Fleck in their protologue of Combretum
rautanenii. None of the Fleck specimens are available on
the Zurich Herbarium website, only Rautanen 199, after
which the species was named.
Distribution-. Angola, Botswana, Kenya, Malawi,
Mozambique, Namibia; RSA: Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal,
Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga, North-West; Swazi-
land, Tanzania, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 18).
IX. Combretum sect. Campestria Engl. & Diels
(= sect. Elaeagnoidea Engl. & Diels) (Stace 1981)
Exell (1978) placed C. elaeagnoides Klotzsch in sect.
Elaeagnoidea Engl. & Diels, but Stace (1981) sank it
under sect. Campestria , stating that there are four spe-
cies in Africa belonging to this section. Of these, C.
elaeagnoides is the only species south of the Zambezi
River where it is restricted to the Flora zambesiaca
region (including the Caprivi Strip in Namibia). It has a
peculiar type of scales and the leaves, flowers and fruit
are densely silvery lepidote. The flowers are 4-merous,
arranged in dense, often subcapitate axillary spikes; the
disc is without a free margin. C. elaeagnoides grows in
the Zambezi Valley often forming dense thickets and is
known in Zimbabwe as jesse-bush.
152
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
24. Combretum elaeagnoides Klotzsch in Peters,
Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossanibique, Bot-
anik 6, 1: 73 (1861); Engl.: 290 (1895); O.B.Mill.: 42
(1948); Exell: 7 (1968); Exell: 140 (1978); J.D.Carr:
63 (1988); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 330 (1997);
M. Coates Palgrave: 801 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer:
491 (2005). Type: Mozambique, Sambesi Jitsch, Tete,
Peters s.n. (B, holo.|; BM, K, fragment e!, iso.).
C. prunifolium Engl. & Diels: 28 (1899), pro parte. Type: Mozam-
bique, Boroma, Menyharth 893 (Z, holo. el; WU, iso. e! ).
C. stevensonii Exell: 171 (1939); O.B.Mill.: 44 (1948). Type: Zam-
bia, Mazabuka, Oct. 1929, Stevenson 99 (BM, holo. el; FHO, iso.).
Note\ the type of Combretum prunifolium Engl. &
Diels, Menyharth 893 (Z), consists of three specimens,
the two upper ones being C. elaeagnoides and the lower
one C. hereroense (Exell 1978).
Distribution : Botswana, Mozambique, Namibia, Zam-
bia, Zimbabwe (Figure 17).
X. Combretum sect. Plumbea Jordaan, A.E.van
Wyk & O.Maurin in Maurin et ah (2010)
This section is named Plumbea , derived from the
Latin word plumbum which means lead, referring to the
heartwood of Combretum imberbe which is extremely
hard, heavy and durable; hence the common name lead-
wood.
Exell (1978) placed Combretum imberbe Wawra
in sect. Hypocrateropsis but separated it from all the
other species in this section by its very densely lepidote
leaves with scales mostly contiguous. It has rather large
scales, 120-300 pm in diameter, roughly circular, cells
very numerous and small, divided by radial and tangen-
tial walls. A molecular phylogenetic study (Maurin et
al. 2010) shows that C. imberbe is more closely related
to C. elaeagnoides and C. hereroense than to the other
members of sect. Hypocrateropsis and is treated here in
a section of its own. In young growth, the branches are
decussate and short lateral shoots end in a spinescent
tip. The fruit is very small, less than 18 mm long and
densely covered with silvery scales.
25. Combretum imberbe Wawra in Sitzungs-
berichte der Mathem.-Naturw. Classe der Kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien 38: 556 (1860);
Engl. & Diels: 14 (1899); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948); Exell &
Roessler: 9 (1966); Exell: 7 (1968); Exell & J.G. Garcia:
52 (1970); Wickens: 18 (1973); Exell: 109 (1978);
Vollesen: 53 (1980); J.D.Carr: 81 (1988); Pooley: 358
(1993); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 332 (1997); McCle-
land: 462 (2002); M. Coates Palgrave: 803 (2002); Curtis
FIGURE 19. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum imberbe.
& Mannheimer: 480 (2005). Type: Angola, Benguela,
Wawra 247 (W e! , holo.; BM e! , iso.).
Argyrodendron petersii Klotzsch: 101 (1861). Combretum peter-
sii (Klotzsch) Engl.: 290 (1895). C. imberbe Wawra var. petersii
(Klotzsch) Engl. & Diels: 14 (1899); Engl. & Gilg: 314 (1903); Diels:
491 (1907). Type: Mozambique, Sena, Peters s.n. (B, holo.f). Mozam-
bique, Zambezia entre Mocuba e Mugeba, a 36 km de Mocuba (Mar-
ata), Barbosa & de Carvalho 2667 (WAG, neo. e!, designated here).
C. tnmcatum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson: 427 (1871); Diimmer:
231 (1913); O.B.Mill.: 44 (1948). C. imberbe Wawra var. truncatum
(Welw. ex M. A. Lawson) Burtt Davy: 246 (1926). Type: Angola, Ben-
guela, Catumbela, Welwitsch 4372 [LISU, lecto. e!, designated by
Exell & Garcia (1970); BM el, K e!, isolecto.].
C. primigenum Marloth ex Engl.: 49 (1888); Engl. & Diels: 14
(1899); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948). South West Africa [Namibia], Herero-
land, Usakos, Omumborombonga, Marloth 1264 (B, holo.f; GRA e!,
Ke!,Me!,PRE!,We!,iso.).
Distribution-. Angola, Botswana, Malawi, Mozam-
bique, Namibia; RSA: Gauteng, KwaZulu-Natal, Lim-
popo Province, Mpumalanga, North-West; Swaziland,
Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 19).
B. Combretum subgen. Cacoucia (Aubl.) Exell &
St ace (Exell & Stace 1966 Wickens 1973)
Cacoucia Aubl.: 450, t. 179 (1775).
This subgenus is characterized by the absence of
scales but the presence of microscopic (and sometimes
macroscopic) stalked glandular hairs. The flowers are
usually 5-merous (4-merous in sect. Conniventia).
Four sections are recognized.
Key to sections of subgen. Cacoucia
la Scrambling shrubs or woody climbers, with persistent petiole bases developing into curved spines; leaf lamina densely covered with
translucent crystalliferous idioblasts; flowers orange to scarlet-red or white tinged pink; petals minutely hairy or pilose; fruit hairy or
glabrous, with wings or wingless sect. XI. Poivrea (p. 153)
lb Scrambling shrubs, erect shrubs, climbers or suffrutices, without persistent petiole bases developing into curved spines; leaf lamina
without crystalliferous idioblasts; flowers red, grey-green or white; petals glabrous or velvety; fruit sparsely hairy to velvety, always
with wings:
2a Climbers, shrubs or suffrutices; flowers red; petals glabrous; fruit sparsely hairy on body only; Botswana, northern provinces of South
Africa, Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal sect. XII. Conniventia (p. 153)
2b Scrambling shrubs; flowers not red; fruit with velvety covering all over; endemic to or centred on the Kaokoveld Centre of Endemism
(Namibia and Angola):
3a Leaves opposite or in whorls of three, not longitudinally folded; flowers grey-green with a pinkish or reddish tinge
sect. XIII. Megalantherum (p. 155)
sect. XIV Oxystachya (p. 155)
3b Leaves opposite, longitudinally folded; flowers white with crimson to reddish brown stamens
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1)
153
XI. Combretum sect. Poivrea (Comm, ex DC.)
G.Don (1832); Wickens: 57 (1973); Exell: 154 (1978)
Combretum mossambicense and C. bracteosum
belong to this section. They are characterized by the lack
of epidermal scales and the presence of gland-tipped
hairs on the midrib and lateral veins, hairy pockets in
the axils of veins below and translucent gland dots in
the leaf lamina. Species in this section have relatively
large and showy flowers, usually 5-merous and up to 10
mm long with protruding stamens. The fruit are usually
5-winged or 5-angled. C. mossambicense has white or
pinkish flowers and is one of the few species of Com-
bretum in southern Africa with hairy fruit. The only
other species of Combretum with pubescent or woolly
fruit in our region belong to other sections, namely C.
albo-punctatum, C. collinum subsp. suluense, C. herer-
oense, C. moggii, C. oxystachyum and C. wattii. Com-
bretum bracteosum and C. mossambicense have petioles
which persist as a recurved woody spine or hook. Simi-
lar recurved hooks are found in Quisqualis par\>iflora
Sond. Combretum bracteosum is a free-standing, much-
branched, many-stemmed shrub, but may climb on other
vegetation. It has scarlet or red flowers, but differs from
all other southern African species of Combretum in hav-
ing wingless fruit.
26. Combretum bracteosum (Hochst.) Bran-
dis in Engl. & Prantl, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien
3,7: 125 (1893); Engl. & Diels: 95 (1899); Diimmer: 68
(1913); Bews: 146 (1921); J.D.Carr: 37 (1988); Hen-
nessy: t. 2028 (1991b); Pooley: 354 (1993); M.Coates
Palgrave: 796 (2002). Type: South Africa, [KwaZulu-
Natal], ‘in sylvis prope fl. Umlaas’, Krauss 350 [B,
holo.t; BM000902273, lecto. e!, designated here; G el,
MO, fragment e! , S, fragment el, W, fragment el, iso-
lecto.].
Poivrea bracteosa Hochst.: 424 (1844); Sond.: 512 (1862); Sim:
223 (1907).
Codonocroton triphyllum E.Mey.: 149 (1843), nom. nud. Type:
South Africa, [Eastern Cape], between Omtata [Umtata] and Omsam-
vubo [Umzimvubu] Rivers, Drege s.n. (S, holo. e!).
FIGURE 20. — Known distribution of Combretum mossambicense, •;
and C. bracteosum, A .
Note : Krauss 350 in the British Museum (BM), type
of Combretum bracteosum, is an acceptable flowering
specimen chosen here as the lectotype; the isotypes in
the other herbaria are merely fragments.
The name Codonocroton triphyllum does not seem
to be validly published and only appeared in Meyer’s,
Zwei pflanzengeographische Documente von J.F. Drege
(1843), collected by Drege in the Eastern Cape, a year
before Hochstetter pulished the name Poivrea bracteosa,
based on a specimen from KwaZulu-Natal. The Drege
specimen at Stockholm Herbarium has a handwritten
label and was mounted on the same sheet as S08-899,
the type of Poivrea bracteosa , the name under which it
is filed.
Distribution'. RSA: Eastern Cape, KwaZulu-Natal (Fig-
ure 20).
27. Combretum mossambicense (Klotzsch) Engl.,
Die Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der Nachbargebiete
C: 292 (1895); Engl. & Diels: 98 (1899); O.B.Mill.: 43
(1948); Stace: 14 (1961); Exell & Roessler: 9 (1966);
Exell: 6 (1968); Liben: 26 (1968); Exell: 219 (1970);
Exell & J.G. Garcia: 78 (1970); Wickens: 63 (1973);
Exell: 156 (1978); A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 334
(1997); M.Coates Palgrave: 807 (2002); Curtis & Mann-
heimer: 482 (2005). Type: Mozambique, Manica e
Sofala, Sena, Peters s.n. (B, holo.t; BM, fragment, K,
fragment e!, iso.).
Poivrea mossambicensis Klotzsch: 78, t. 13 (1861).
C. ukambense Engl.: 291 (1895). Type: Kenya, Kitui in Ukamba,
Hildebrandt 2719 (B, holo.f; K. lecto. el, designated here; M e!, P el,
W el, isolecto.).
C. trichopetalum Engl.: 292 (1895); Engl. & Diels: 97, t. 28, fig. C
(1899). Tanzania, Mwanza Dist., Makolo, Stuhlmann 722 & Bukumbi,
Stuhlmann 822 & without locality, Fischer 250 (all syn. at Bf).
C. guangense Engl. & Diels: 98 (1899). Type: Angola, Cuanza
Norte, Golungo Alto, Welwitsch 4282 [BM, lecto. el, designated by
Exell & Garcia (1970); COl, G el, K el, L1SU el, Pel, isolecto.].
C. cataractarum Diels: 508 (1907); N.E.Br.: Ill (1909); Burtt
Davy: 248 (1926); Eyles: 427 (1916); O.B.Mill.: 42 (1948). Type:
Zimbabwe, Victoria Falls, Oct. 1904, Allen s.n. (B, syn.|) and Ufer,
country unknown. Sept. 1905, Engler 2925 (B, syn.f).
C. phillipsii Diimmer: 116 (1913). Type: South Africa, [Mpuma-
langa], Komatipoort, Kirk 57 (K, holo. e!).
C. detinens Dinter: 170 (1919). Type: [Namibia], between Franz-
fontein and Outjo, Dinter 2645 (SAM, iso. e!).
Note: the holotype of Combretum ukambense was
destroyed and of the four extant isotypes, the one in
Kew has the best preserved flowering material and is
therefore chosen as the lectotype.
Distribution'. Botswana, DRC, Kenya, Malawi,
Mozambique, Namibia; RSA: Limpopo Province, Mpu-
malanga; Tanzania, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure
20).
XII. Combretum sect. Conniventia Engl. & Diels
(1899)
This section falls under subgen. Cacoucia because
scales are absent but the leaves have stalked glandular
154
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
hairs. Flowers are red, 4-merous and the petals are gla-
brous. Ventenat (1808) described Combretum panicula-
tum from a plant collected in Senegal, West Africa and
C. microphyllum was described by Klotzsch (1861)
from a plant collected in Mozambique. Wickens (1971c,
1973) reduced C. microphyllum to a subspecies of C.
paniculatum. Exell (1968, 1978) raised C. microphyl-
lum to species level. Coates Palgrave (1977) placed C.
microphyllum under C. paniculatum and therefore con-
siders this as an aggregate species occurring in most
parts of tropical and subtropical Africa. Exell (1978) and
Carr (1988) consider C. paniculatum and C. microphyl-
lum as two distinct species and there seems to be enough
molecular evidence (Maurin et al. 2010) to maintain
these two species. Chemotaxonomic studies conducted
by Carr & Rogers (1987), however, found identical
extracts for these two species suggesting that they are
closely related, but they unfortunately did not include
C. platypetalum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson in their studies,
a species from the Flora zambesiaca region and further
north, which forms part of this complex (see below). C.
paniculatum flowers usually in autumn (March-May)
and the leaves remain on the plant when in flower. The
leaves and flowers are larger than in C. microphyllum ,
a deciduous species that flowers usually in spring (Sep-
tember and October) when no leaves are visible on the
plants. Exell (1978) pointed out that, although it is dif-
ficult to separate C. microphyllum and C. paniculatum
in the herbarium, the two species are different in the
field and they are also ecologically distinct. C. panicu-
latum occurs in forest and forest edges in the Soutpans-
berg region of South Africa. C. microphyllum grows on
river banks of, for example, the Limpopo, Letaba, Oli-
fants, Crocodile, Sabi, Komati, Ngwavuma, Pongola and
Mkuze Rivers in South Africa in open lowveld savanna
in full sun. It has become a popular garden plant in sub-
tropical gardens. Flowers of both species are rich in nec-
tar and are eagerly visited by nectar-feeding sunbirds
and passerine birds. The flowers are also visited by hon-
eybees.
Combretum platypetalum is a multi-stemmed, sparsely
branched to virgate dwarf shrub (geoxylic suffrutex) up
to 1.5 m high (subsp. oatesii does not exceed 500 mm)
with a thick woody rhizome, occurring in the Flora
zambesiaca region as well as Namibia, Botswana, DRC,
Angola and Tanzania. The differences between subsp.
platypetalum and subsp. baumii (Engl. & Gilg) Exell
are not clear because both have hairy leaves and flowers,
and we accept the view of Exell (1978) and Carr (1988)
that only the typical subspecies occurs in northeast-
ern Namibia crossing the border into Botswana. Subsp.
oatesii (Rolfe) Exell differs from the other two subspe-
cies by its glabrous leaves. Exell (1978) cites one speci-
men from Botswana, Rogers 6109 (SRGH), collected
at Lobatsi, under C. platypetalum subsp. oatesii (Rolfe)
Exell. No specimen of this taxon has been located in
the National Herbarium, Pretoria (PRE) and it is doubt-
ful whether subsp. oatesii actually occurs in southeastern
Botswana. Further investigation is needed to confirm its
presence in southern Africa.
28. Combretum microphyllum Klotzsch in Peters,
Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossambique, Botanik
6,1: 74 (1861); Bummer: 183 (1913); Burtt Davy: 246
(1926); I.Verd.: t. 978 (1945); O.B.Mill.: 43 (1948); Exell:
6 (1968); Exell: 150 (1978); Vollesen: 53 (1980); Pooley:
360 (1993); McClelan: 464 (2002); M. Coates Palgrave:
804 (2002). Type: Mozambique, Manica e Sofala, vicinity
of Rios de Sena and Tete, Peters s.n. (B, holo.t; BM, frag-
ment, lecto. e!, here designated).
FIGURE 2 1 . — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum platy-
petalum subsp. platypetalum , •; C. microphyllum , A; and C.
oxystachyum, B.
C. paniculatum Vent, subsp. microphyllum (Klotzsch) Wickens: 66
(1971c); Wickens: 53 (1973).
C. lomuense Sim: 62, t. 61/B (1909). Type: Mozambique, without
precise locality, Sim 6393 (not traced).
Note : the holotype of Combretum microphyllum was
destroyed in Berlin and the only extant isotype is in BM,
although merely a fragment.
Distribution'. Botswana, Malawi, Mozambique; RSA:
KwaZulu-Natal, Limpopo Province, Mpumalanga; Swa-
ziland, Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe (Figure 21 ).
29. Combretum paniculatum Vent., Choix de
Plantes, sub. T. 58 (1808); G.Don: 424 (1827);
M. A. Lawson: 425 (1871); Exell: 171 (1928); Exell:
175 (1944); F.W. Andrews: 203 (1950); F. White: 283
(1962); Liben: 34 (1968); Exell: 212 (1970); Exell &
J.G. Garcia: 69 (1970); Wickens: 52 (1973); Exell: 149
(1978); Vollesen: 53 (1980); Liben: 37 (1983); D.J.Carr:
1 20 ( 1988); Vollesen: 120 ( 1995); A.E.van Wyk & P.van
Wyk: 336 (1997); Jongkind: 70 (1999); M. Coates Pal-
grave: 809 (2002). Type: Senegal, Roussillon 60 in
Herb. Jussieu 13632 (P-JU, holo.).
C. ramosissimum Engl. & Diels: 72 (1899). Type: Sierra Leone,
Afzelius s.n. (B, syn.f); Bioko, Mann 203 (B, syn.f; K, P, isosyn.);
Gabon, Soyaux 86 (B, syn.f; K, iso.); Cameroun, Zenker 210 (B,
syn.f); Cameroun, Zenker & Stanch 177 [B, syn.f; K, lecto., desig-
nated by Jongkind ( 1999), BM, isolecto. e!].
Distribution: Angola, Benin, Bioko, Burkina Faso, Cam-
eroon, Cote d’Ivoire, DRC, Ethiopia, Gambia, Guinea,
Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Liberia, Malawi, Mali, Mozambique,
Nigeria; RSA: Limpopo Province; Sao Tome, Senegal, Sierra
Leone, Sudan, Tanzania, Uganda, Zimbabwe (Figure 22).
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
155
XIV. Combretum sect. Oxystachya Exell ( 1968)
Only one species from the FSA region, C. oxy-
stachyum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson from the Kaokoveld
and adjacent parts of Namibia, belongs to this section.
It is a scrambling shrub or climber and the leaves are
longitudinally folded, with dense white hairs and stalked
glands. The flowers are white with crimson to reddish
brown stamens. The fruit is 5-winged.
32. Combretum oxystachyum Welw. ex M.A. Lawson
in Flora of tropical Africa 2: 422 (1871); Hiem: 341(1 898);
Exell & Roessler: 10 (1966); Exell: 26 (1968); Exell &
J.G. Garcia: 77 (1970); Curtis & Mannheimer: 492 (2005).
Type: Angola, Bumbo, Quitibe de Cima, 1860, Welwitsch
4309 (LISU, holo.; BM, iso. e!).
Distribution'. Angola, Namibia (Figure 21 ).
FIGURE 22. — Known distribution in FSA region of Combretum wattii ,
• ; and C. paniculatum, A.
30. Combretum platypetalum Welw. ex M.A. Lawson
subsp. platypetalum in Flora of tropical Africa 2: 433
(1871); Engl. & Diels: 68 (1899); Exell: 7 (1968); Liben:
39 (1968); Exell: 214 (1970); Exell & J.G.Garcia: 71
(1970); Wickens: 54 (1973); Exell: 151 (1978); Curtis &
Mannheimer: 493 (2005). Type: Angola, Huila, Mumpula-
Humpata, Welwitsch 4356 (LISU, holo.; BM e!, COI, K el,
P e!, iso.).
C. zastrowii Dinter: 174 (1919); O.B.Mill.: 44 (1948). Type:
[Namibia], Grootfontein to Okavango, Zastrow in Herb. Dinter 5135a
(SAM, iso. e!).
Distribution'. Angola, Botswana, DRC, Namibia, Zam-
bia (Figure 21).
XIII. Combretum sect. Megalantherum Exell
(1968)
Only one very distinct species, Combretum wattii
Exell endemic to the Kaokoveld Centre of Endemism
in northwestern Namibia and southwestern Angola
(Van Wyk & Smith 2001), belongs to this section. It
has leaves in pairs or in whorls of three and the foli-
age is confined mainly to short lateral shoots emerging
from older wood. A single flower terminates the lateral
shoots, accompanied by further individual flowers in
one or two sets of distal axils, up to five flowers per lat-
eral shoot. The colour of the flowers is also unusual in
being grey-green with a pinkish or reddish tinge. They
have a nectariferous disc and are densely pubescent with
dark brown stalked glands. The stamens and style are
exserted beyond the petals, green at first, becoming red-
dish. The fruits are 5-winged.
31. Combretum wattii Exell in Mitteilungen der
Botanischen Staatssammlung Miinchen 4: 5 (1961); Exell
& Roessler: 11 (1966); Exell & J.G.Garcia: 79 (1970);
A.E.van Wyk & P.van Wyk: 336 (1997); M. Coates Pal-
grave: 812 (2002); Curtis & Mannheimer: 486 (2005).
Type: [Namibia], Kaoko-Otavi, 1939, Watt 1766 (M e!,
holo.).
Distribution'. Angola, Namibia (Figure 22).
SPECIMENS EXAMINED
Specimens are held at PRE, unless otherwise indi-
cated. The numbers in brackets are the species numbers
as used in the text.
Abbott 82 (13). Acocks 9132 (1); 12985 (6). Archer 494 (27). Ar-
chibald 3959 (1).
Babich 9 (27). Balkwill & Cadman 1418 (13). Banks 25 (27); 58 (12b).
Barrett 12 (28). Bayliss 677 (1). Bavtopp 156 (28) UNIN (fide Miller
1948, Setshogo & Venter 2003); 275 (27). 1 Siegel, Pope & Gibbs
Russell 4043 (27); 4049 (12b). Biggs 273 (11). Bodenstein 619 (18).
Bokelmann s.n. (26). Boshojf & Mason 257 (12b); 283 (9); 301 (22a).
Boss TVM34971 (22b). D.J. Botha 3401 (20); 3522 (28). N.M. Botha
FDH2889 (13). Botha & Bredenkamp 3608 (22a). Botha & Cilliers
3678 (27). Bowbrick BA625 (17d) SRGH. Bower 9148 (22a). Braun
153 (28). Breijer TRV16043 (28). Brown 7966 ( 9); 8713 (11). Brusse
6330 (22c). Brynard & Adendorff 4504 (22d). Buitendag 862, 948
(22c); 911 (22a); 1237 (13). Burger 596 (14); 1260 (27). Burgoyne
3262 (9); 3358. 341 7 (22a).
Carr 72 (22b); 73. 98 (22a); 79. 107 (11); 96. 115 (17a); 99 (9); 146
(12b); 192 (7). Cawood & Ward 9 (22a). Codd 3025 , 4334. 4364 (28);
4448. 5726 (27); 6031. 10291 (6); 7079 (22a); 10326 (14). Codd c£
Over 4585 (20). Coetzee 1195 (4); 1342 (22c). Cole 978 (27). Comins
1715 (1). Compton 26036, 28852, 32363 (22c); 30065 (6); 30145 (28).
Cresswell 34 (22a). Culverwell 654. 955 (6); 709. 787 (22c). Citrson
119 (10). Curtis 962a, 1022 (17b); 966 (22b); 996. 1081 (9); 1043
(22a).
Dehning RWD9413 (4). De Winter 3644, 3850, 9147 (22a); 3726.
3854 (17b); 3734, 4778 ( 9); 3861 (12b); 3923 (30); 5760 (31); 6008
(14); 9220, 9247 (24). De Winter & Giess 6953 (9); 6954. 7000 (22b);
6961 (17a); 6999 (17b); 7106 (32). De Winter & Leistner 5392, 5906
(32). De Winter & Marais 4593 (27). De Winter & Wiss 4204 (22a);
4267 (17a); 4286 (30). Du Plessis 279 (14). Du Preez & Steenkamp
104 (22a). G.J. du Toit 5133 (27). P.C.V. du Toil 875 (28). Dyer 26 (1);
4349 (6).
Edwards 1835, 4115 (6); 3139, 3147, 3330 (13); 4337, 4449 (18);
4339, 4395, 4405 (22a); 4398, 4416 (9); 4404, 4446 (17b). Erens 365
(24). Esterhuyse 441 (18).
Fourie 1332 (14). Foye 14 (28). Friederich FR12/77 (17b); FR12/79
(22a).
Galpin 2977, 8116, 11554 (1); 13697, 13853 (28). Geldenhuys 328,
334 (9). Germishuizen 949 (14); 6107 (22c). Gerstner 5887 (22a).
Gibbs Russell 4007 (1). Giess 8967. 12385, 14795 (12b); 9303, 9311,
9469, 9478, 9515, 9790, 10003. 10142, 10149. 11473. 12363. 15108
(22a); 9793 (9); 9881 (17a); 9891, 10139, 10146a. 12365, 14803
(17b); 10114(30); 10500, 10504. 15463 (21); 70505 (31); 14898 (\\).
Giess <£ Leippert 7004 (22c); 7581 (18). Giess & Loutit 14111 (27);
14166 (9). Giess & Van der Walt 12635 (32). Giess, Volk & Bleissner
6571 (12b). Gillett 3034 (28). Glen 1827 (22a); 3743 (14). Goosen
156
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
41 (22a). Greenway & Hoyle 8340 (17c). Greenway & Kanuri 14299
( 1 7d). Grobbelaar 66a (32). Gush 24 (28).
Hansen 34 73 (27). Hardy 7122 (17b). Hardy & Scott-Smith 1534 (6).
Hardy & Wells 376 (27). Heath 560 (14). Hemm 36 (14); 97a (22c).
Herman 856 (1). Hines 533 (18). Horler 209 (22c). Horn 167 (18).
Hornby 2413, 2611 (1 7d). Hutchinson 2522 (22c).
Ihlenfeldt, De Winter & Hardy 3215 (31).
Jacobsen 3122 (18); 5043. 5142 (9); 5492 (14). Jacot Guillarmod
9471 (1). Jenkins TRV8145 (28). Joffe 1079 (22c). Jordaan 3068
(22c). Joubert PRF8721 (22c); PRF9513 (22d).
Karsten s.n. (22c). Kayombo 976. 977 (17d). Keel 1657 (30). Killick
3842 (22c). Killick & Leistner 3204 (18); 3205 (22a); 3207 (17a).
Kirkman 3089 (1). Klaassen <£ Austaller EK169 (27). Koker 17 (29).
Kolberg 746 (22a). Kolberg & Loots HK965 (22b). Kolberg, Loots &
Moses HK1125 (32); HK1166 (27). Kolberg & Tholkes HK768 (31).
Kreiden 493. 534. 538 (22a). I. Kruger s.n. (22a). PR. Kruger 282
(13). Krynauw 1351 (21).
Lang TVM30169 (27); TRV30579, TRV30935 (28). Leistner. Oliver.
Steenkamp & Vorster 7 (32); 39 (22b); 70 (22a). Lemmer 13539 (17d).
Le Roux 85, 151 (9); 166 (30); 1086 (22a). Letty 212 (26). Ley 154
(21). Liebenberg 4910 (9). Liengme 199 (28); 431 (22c). Lindstedt 86
(1). Loeb 144 (22c); 297 (9). Lotter 753 (19). Louw 2721 (6).
MacKenzie 30 (17b); 40 (9); 62 (22a). Maguire 1628, 2064 (30). Man-
nheimer & Curtis CM709. CM726 (32). Mason & Boshoff 301 (22a).
Mauve 1055 (26); 5256 (6). McFerren 8a (17a). McKav 1978 (24).
Meeuse 9701 (27). Merxmiiller & Giess 1392, 1555 (31); 1512 (32);
2002 (9); 2149 (17b); 30238 (12b); 30445 (22a). J.J. Meyer 4158 (28);
BP00354 (22c). P.G. Meyer 1287 (32). Miller B/43. B/334 (27); B/106.
B/1274 (18); B/178 (22a); B/181 (11); B/424 (30); B/641, B/1199 (9);
B/1200 (24); B/1318 (17a); B/1341 (22a); PRF5377 (26). Mills 397
(26). Milne-Redhead 405 (22b). Mogg 17300. 37502 (14); 37096
(22c); 37485 (4). Moll 813 (13); 2091 (6); 4359 (7); 5655 (20). Moll &
Muller 5688 (20). Moss PRE32234 (26). Midler 321 (17b); 322 (22a);
1833 (27). Muller & Biegel 2257 ( 1 7a); 2274 ( 11). Midler & Giess 444
(17a); 502 (30); 585, 602 (9). Mullin 1/52 (17d) SRGH.
Nel 119 (22d); 180 (22a); 237 (6). Netshiungani 996 (22c). Nicholson
2122, 2250 ( 13). Nienaber EN223 (28).
Oates 33 (22c). Obermeyer 542 (22c); 978 (29); TVM36098 (22d).
Onderstall 777(28). Orpen 200. 971 (17d) SRGH.
Pegler 2076 (1). Pienaar 49 (22c); 139 (26); 435 (27). Pienaar &
Vahrmeijer 483 (9). Pole Evans 3236 (22b); 3702 (22a); 4598 (10).
Porter 330, 342 (22c). Poynton 19428 (14).
P. Raal & G. Raal 1332 (14). Repton 3861 (14); 6415 (27). E. Retief
247 (1). I.M. Retief 205 (28). Richards 10035. 19084 (17d) SRGH.
Roberts 1821A (1). Rodin 8978, 9310 (17b); 9119 (9); 9139 (22a).
Rogers 2608 (27). Ross 1892 (13). Rossouw 248 (22a).
Scheepers 1133 (22a). Schoenfelder S531 (17b). Seely SEE/47 (22a).
Silver SIL28 (22a). Smith 85 (17a); 1 73. 249. 1164, 1707, 1710. 2593.
2943 (1 1); 244. 314, 3434, 5686 (22a); 322, 2864 (9); 2063 (24); 2851,
3433, 4051 (17a); 3874 (1). Smook 1335 (6). Smuts 56 (22a); 2078,
2277 (17d). Stalmans 1046 (22c); 1215 (14). Steel 463 (22d). Stephen
335 (28). Steyl 21 (17a); 60 (24); 67 (12b). Steyn 10 (4); 11 (22d); 13
(19); 15 (6); 16 (22a); 17 (21); 18 (22c); 23 (32); PRE61956 (14).
Story 2120 (1); 3962 (28); 4651 (27); 4723, 5052, 5270, 5330 (22a);
5093, 6493 (9); 5870 (31); 6356 (12b); 6461 (17b); 6465 (30). Straub
438 (28); 633 (27). Strey 6422, 6850, 7320, (26); 11148 (1). Strey &
Mod 3750 (28). Swelankomo 29 (4).
Taylor 2129 (13). G.C. Theron 1067 { 1); 1569(26). G.K. Theron 2604
(22a). Thorncroft TVM22210 (21). Tinley 1004 (7); 1075 (22a); 1425
(24); 1427 ( 18); 1478 (17a); 1496 (\\); 1501 (30).
Uiras MU622 (17b); MU652 (9). Uys 2/65 (1 7d) SRGH.
Vahrmeijer & Du Preez 2510 (18); 2626 (22c). Vahrmeijer & Tolken
970 (28). Van Daalen 504b (22a). Van der Merwe 58 (22a); 62 (19).
Van der Schijff61, 819 (28); 1010 (27); 1657 (6); 2151, 2898 (20);
3153, 3816, 3822 (22a); 5585 (13). Van der Walt 9510 (20). Van
Graan cfe Hardy 543 (27). Van Greuning 247 (22a). Van Jaarsveld 735
(28); 1164 (21). A.S. van Rensburg PRF11303 (26). J.H. van Rens-
burg 3034 (17d) SRGH. Van Rooyen & Bredenkamp 609 (19). Van
Son TVM28827 (22a); TVM28828 (24). Van Steenis 24011 (26). Van
Warmelo 51 z 19/27 (29). A.E. van Wyk 2944 (14); 3069 (22c); 3215
(I) ; 5188a (27); 6673 (6). A.E. van Wyk c& Theron 4913 (28). B.-E.
van Wyk & C.M. van Wyk 1423(g) (1). E. van Wyk evw0095 (22d);
avwll2 (22a); evw!17 (14). E. van Wyk & Gavhi evw300 (7); ewv353
(19). E. van Wyk, Nkuna & Dlamini 557 (28). P. van Wyk BSA900
(22a); BSA905', BSA916 (17a); BSA918 (9); BSA940 (29); BSA1724
(18); BSA2029 (20); 4763 (19). F. Venter 7265, 7821 (22a); 10338 (4).
H.J.T. Venter 6032 (26). Verhoeven 61 (19). Volk 238, 419 (17b). Von
Breitenbach 19831 (22d); 20288 (4). Von Teichman 233 (22a).
Walsh 10842 (22a). C.J. Ward 526, 8614, 8727 (26); 2130 (6); 7276
(28); 8793 (7). M.C. Ward 1027 (28); 2286, 2301 (20). Ward & Hines
10334 (30). Wells 1855 (6); 3515 (26); 3587 (1). Wentzel 14 (22c).
Westfall 998 (14); 1578 (4). Westphal 16 (27). Wild & Drummond 6840
(II) ; 6986 (9). Wirminghaus 1144 (13).
Yalala 416 (U).
Zambatis 323 (27); 1225 (28).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We would like to thank Hester Steyn for the distribu-
tion maps, Daleen Roodt for the line drawings and Meg
Coates Palgrave for checking certain specimens in the
Harare Herbarium (SRGH).
REFERENCES
ANDREWS, F.W. 1950. The flowering plants of the Anglo-Egvptian
Sudan 1 . Buncle, Scotland.
AUBLET, J.B.C.F. 1775. Histoire des plantes de la Guiane franqaise
1 . Londres, Paris.
BAKER, E.G. 1899. Rhodesian Polypetalae. Journal of Botany 37:
422-438.
BAKER, E.G. 1905. Mr. Eyles’s Rhodesian plants. Journal of Botany
43; 44-54.
BEWS, J.W. 1921. Combretaceae. An introduction to the flora of Natal
and Zulu land. City Printing Works, Pietermaritzburg.
BRANDIS, D. 1898. Combretaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl, Die
naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien III, 7: 106-130. Engelmann, Leip-
zig.
BREDENKAMP, C.L. 2000. Combretaceae. In O.A. Leistner, Seed
plants of southern Africa: families and genera. Strelitzia 10: 228,
229. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
BRENAN, J.P.M. 1949. Combretaceae. In J.P.M. Brenan & P.J. Green-
way, Check-lists of the forest trees and shrubs of the British
Empire 5, part 2: Tanganyika Territory: 132-146. Imperial For-
estry Institute, Oxford.
BROWN, N.E. 1909. List of plants collected in Ngamiland and the
northern part of the Kalahari Desert, chiefly in the neighbour-
hood of Kwebe and along the Botletle and Lake Rivers. Kew
Bulletin 1909: 89-146.
BURCHELL, W.J. 1822. Travels in the interior of southern Africa 1.
Longmans, London.
BURTT DAVY, J. 1921. New or noteworthy South African plants. Kew
Bulletin 1921: 278-288.
BURTT DAVY, J. 1926. A manual of the flowering plants and ferns of
the Transvaal with Swaziland 1. Longmans & Green, London.
CARR, J.D. 1988. Combretaceae in southern Africa. Tree Society of
southern Africa, Johannesburg.
CARR, J.D. & RETIEF, E. 1989. A new species of Combretum from
Natal. Bothalia 19: 38-40.
CARR, J.D. & ROGERS, C.B. 1987. Chemosystematic studies of the
genus Combretum (Combretaceae) I. A convenient method of
identifying species of this genus by a comparison of the polar
constituents extracted from leaf material. South African Journal
of Botany 53: 173-176.
CLARKSON, J.R. & HYLAND, B.P.M. 1986. Combretum trifoliatum
Vent. (Combretaceae), a new record for Australia. Austrobaileya
2: 274-276.
COATES PALGRAVE, K. 1 977. Trees of southern Africa, edn 1 . Struik,
Cape Town.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
157
COATES PALGRAVE, M. 2002. Keith Coates Palgrave Trees of south-
ern Africa , edn 3. Struik, Cape Town.
CODD, L.E.W. 1951. Trees and shrubs of the Kruger National Park.
Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 26: 1 28—
133. Government Printer, Pretoria.
CODD, L.E.W. 1956. Combretum zeyheri. The Flowering Plants of
Africa 31: t. 1230.
COMPTON, R.H. 1976. The Flora of Swaziland. Journal of South Afri-
can Botany , Suppl. vol. 11.
CURTIS, B.A. & MANNHEIMER, C.A. 2005. Tree atlas of Namibia.
National Botanical Research Institute, Windhoek.
DAHLGREN, R. & THORNE, R.F. 1984. The order Myrtales: circum-
scription, variation and relationships. Annals of the Missouri
Botanical Garden 71 : 633-699.
DE CANDOLLE, A. P. 1 828. Combretaceae. Prodromus svstematis natu-
ralis regni vegetabilis 3: 9-24. Treuttel & Wiirtz, Paris.
DE W1LDEMAN, E.A.J. 1914. Decades novarum specierum florae
katangensis . Feddes Repertorium 13: 193-212.
DE WILDEMAN, E.A.J. 1921. Contribution a Delude de la flore du
Katanga. Reynaert, Bruxelles.
DIELS, F.L.E. 1907. Combretaceae africanae. Botanische Jahrbiicher
39: 485-515.
DINTER, K. 1919. Index, deraus Deutsch-Siidwestafrika bis zunt Jahre
1917 bekannt gewordenen Pflanzenarten IV. Feddes Reperto-
rium 16: 167-174.
DON, G. 1827. A review of the genus Combretum. Transactions of the
Linnean Society of London 15:41 2-44 1 .
DON, G. 1832. Combretaceae. A general system of gardening and bot-
any 2: 655-667. Rivington, London.
DREGE, J.F. 1843. Zwei pflanzengeographische Dokumente. Leipzig.
DUMMER, R.A. 1913. The South African Combretaceae. The Garden-
ers’Chronicle, ser. 3, 53: 52, 53, 67, 68, 116, 117, 147, 148, 164,
165, 181-183,201.
DUVIGNEAUD, P. 1956. Geographic des caracteres et evolution de
la Flore Soudano-Zambezienne III: les Combretum arborescents
des savanes et forets claires du Congo Meridional. Bulletin de la
Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique 88: 59-90.
ECKLON, C.F. & ZEYHER, K.L.P. 1 834, 1 835. Enumeratio plantarum
africae australis extratropicae 1 . Perthes & Besser, Hamburg.
ENGLER, A. 1888. Plantae Marlothianae. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der Flora Sudafrikas I. Monokotyledonae und Dikotyledonae
archichlamydeae. Botanische Jahrbiicher 10: 1-50.
ENGLER, A. 1895. Combretaceae. Die Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und
der Nachbargebiete C: 288-295. Reimer, Berlin.
ENGLER. A. 1921 . Combretaceae. Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas 3, 2: 681-
729. Engelmann, Leipzig.
ENGLER, A. & DIELS, F.L.E. 1 899. In A. Engler, Monographien afri-
kanischer Pflanzen-F amilien und -Gattungen 3: Combretaceae-
Combretum. Engelmann, Leipzig.
ENGLER, A. & DIELS, F.L.E. 1907. Combretaceae africanae. Bota-
nische Jahrbiicher 39: 487-5 15.
ENGLER, A. & GILG, E. 1903. Combretaceae. In O. Warburg, Kunene-
Sambesi-Expedition by FI. Baum: 314—322. Kolonial-Wissen-
schaftliches Komitee, Berlin.
ENGLER, A. & various authors. 1902. Plantae benguellense Antune-
sianae et Dekindtianae. A botanicis Musei Regii Berolinensis.
Botanische Jahrbiicher 32: 128-1 52.
EXELL. A.W. 1928. Gossweiler’s Portuguese West African plants.
Combretaceae. Journal of Botany 66, Supplement Polypetalae :
164-174.
EXELL, A.W. 1930. Notes from the British Museum Herbarium. Jour-
nal of Botany 68: 244—246.
EXELL, A.W. 1 939. Some new species of Dombeya, Grewia, and Combre-
tum from tropical Africa. Journal of Botany, London 77: 165-173.
EXELL, A.W. 1944. Catalogue of the vascular plants of Sao Tome. Brit-
ish Museum, London.
EXELL, A.W. 1961. New species and subspecies of Combretum from
southern tropical Africa. Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssa-
mmlung Miinchen 4: 3—7.
EXELL, A.W. 1968. Notes on the Combretaceae of southern Africa.
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 42: 5-33.
EXELL, A.W. 1970. Summary of the Combretaceae of Flora zambesi-
aca. Kirkia 7: 159-252.
EXELL, A.W. 1978. Combretum. In E. Launert, Flora zambesiaca 4:
101-160. Flora zambesiaca Managing Committee, Glasgow.
EXELL, A.W. & GARCIA, J.G. 1970. Combretaceae. Conspectus flor-
ae angolensis 4: 44-93. Junta de Investigates Cientificas do
Ultramar, Lisbon.
EXELL, A.W. & ROESSLER, H. 1966. Combretaceae. In H.
Merxmiiller, Prodromus einer Flora von Sudweslafrika 99:
1-1 1. Cramer, Lehre.
EXELL, A.W. & STACE, C.A. 1966. Revision of the Combretaceae.
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 40: 5-25.
EXELL, A.W. & STACE, C.A. 1972. Patterns of distribution in the
Combretaceae. In D.H. Valentine, Taxonomy, phytogeography
and evolution: 307-323. Academic Press, London and New
York.
EYLES, F. 1916. A record of plants collected in southern Rhodesia.
Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 273-564.
GUILLEMIN, J.B.A. & PERROTTET, G. 1833. Combretum L. Florae
Senegambiae Tentamen 3, 8: 284—290. Paris.
HENNESSY, E.F. 1991a. Combretum moggii. The Flowering Plants of
Africa 51: t. 2027.
HENNESSY, E.F. 1991b. Combretum bracteosum. The Flowering
Plants of Africa 5 1 : t. 2028.
HENNESSY, E.F. & RODMAN, S. 1995. A note on Combretum subge-
nus Combretum section Macrostigmatea (Combretaceae). Both-
alia 25: 149-153.
HIERN, W.P. 1898. Catalogue of the African plants collected by Dr.
Friedrich Welwitsch, vol. 1 . Trustees of British Museum, Lon-
don.
HOCHSTETTER, C.F.F. 1844. Pflanzen des Cap- und Natal-Landes,
gesammelt und zusammengestellt. Flora 27: 424.
HOFFMANN, F. 1 889. Beitrage zu Kenntnis der Flora von Central-
Ost-Afi-ika. Loewenthal, Berlin.
HOLMGREN, P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. 1990.
Index herbariorum, part 1 : The herbaria of the world, edn 8.
New York Botanical Garden, New York.
HOOKER, W.J. 1843. Combretum salicifo/ium. Hooker’s leones
Plantarum, ser. 2, 6: t. 592.
JONGKIND, C.C.H. 1999. Combretaceae. In P. Morat, Flore du Gabon
35: 5-1 15. Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.
JORDAAN, M. 2003. Combretaceae. In G. Germishuizen & N.L.
Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated checklist. Strelitz-
ia 14: 369-371. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
JORDAAN, M. 2006. Combretaceae. In G. Germishuizen, N.L. Meyer,
Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African plants.
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41:
329, 330. SABONET, Pretoria.
KLOPPER, R.R., CATELAIN, C., BANNINGER, V„ HABASH1, C„
STEYN, H.M., DE WET, B.C., ARNOLD, T.H., GAUTIER, L„
SMITH, G.F. & SP1CHIGER. R. 2006. Checklist of the flow-
ering plants of sub-Saharan Africa. South African Botanical
Diversity Network Report No. 42. SABONET, Pretoria.
KLOTZSCH, J.F. 1861. Combretum elaeagnoides. In W.C.H. Peters,
Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossambique, Botanik 6, 1 .
Reimer, Berlin.
KUNTZE, C.E.O. 1898. Combretaceae. Revisio generum plantarum 3,
2: 87, 88. Felix, Leipzig.
LAWSON, M.A. 1871. Combretaceae. In D. Oliver, Flora of tropical
Africa 2: 413^136. Reeve, London.
L1BEN, L. 1968. Spermatophytes. Combretaceae. Flore du Congo du
Rwanda et du Burundi. Jardin Botanique National de Belgique,
Bruxelles.
LIBEN, L. 1983. Combretum. In B. Satabie, Flore du Cameroun 25:
13-61 . Delegation Generate a la Recherche Scientifique et Tech-
nique, Yaounde.
LOFFLER, L. & LOFFLER, P. 2005. Swaziland Tree Atlas, including
selected shrubs and climbers. Combretaceae. Southern African
Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 35: 62-65. SABONET,
Pretoria.
MAURIN, 0., CHASE, M.W., JORDAAN, M. & VAN DER BANK,
M. 2010. Phylogenetic relationships of Combretaceae inferred
from nuclear and plastid DNA sequence data: implications for
generic classification. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
162:453^176.
McCLELAND, W. 2002. Combretaceae. In E. Schmidt, M. Lotter &
W. McCleland, Trees and shrubs of Mpumalanga and Kruger
National Park: 456—474. Jacana, Johannesburg.
McNEILL, J„ BARRIE, F.R., BURDET, H.M., DEMOULIN, V.,
HAWKSWORTH, D.L., MARHOLD, K„ NICOLSON, D.H.,
PRADO, J„ SILVA, P.C., SKOG, J.E., WIERSEMA, J.H. &
TURLAND, N.J. (eds). 2006. International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the Seventeeth Inter-
national Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A.R.G.
Gantner Verlag, Ruggel], Liechtenstein. Regnum Vegetabile 146.
158
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
MEYER, E.H.F. 1843. Beigabe zur Flora. Zwei pflanzengeographische
Documente von J.F. Drege. Leipzig.
MILLER, O.B. 1948. Combretaceae. Checklists of the forest trees and
shrubs of the British Empire No. 6: 42^14. Bechuanaland Protec-
torate. Scrivener Press, Oxford.
MOORE, S. 1921. Alabastra Diversa — Part XXXIV. Plantae Rogersi-
anae — VI. The Journal of Botany 1921: 227.
OKAFOR, J.C. 1967. A taxonomic study of the Combretum collinum
group of species. II. The subspecies of Combretum collinum.
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 41 : 137-1 50.
PEDLEY, L. 1990. Combretaceae. Flora of Australia 18: 255-293.
Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
POOLEY, E.S. 1993. The complete field guide to trees of Natal, Zulu-
land and Transkei. Natal Flora Publications Trust, Durban.
PRESL, K.B. 1844. Botanische Bemerkungen. Haase, Prague.
RENDLE, A.B. 1932. African notes II. Journal of Botany 70: 89-96.
RETIEF, E. 1986. A new species of Combretum from the Transvaal.
Bothalia 16: 44, 45.
RICHARD, A. 1848. Tentamen florae abyssinicae 1. Bertrand, Paris.
RODMAN, S. 1990. The validity of currently recognized sectional lim-
its within Combretum Loefling, subgenus Combretum (Combre-
taceae) in southern Africa. M.Sc. thesis. Department of Botany
in the Faculty of Science at the University of Durban-Westville,
Durban.
ROGERS, C.B. 1989. New mono- and bi-desmosidic triterpenoids
isolated from Combretum padoides leaves. Journal of Natural
Products 52: 528-533.
SCHINZ, H. 1888. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Flora von Deutsch-Siid-
west-Afrika utid der angrenzenden Gebiete. Verhandlungen des
Botanischen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg 30: 245-247.
SCHINZ, H. 1 894. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der afrikanischen Flora. Com-
bretaceae. Bulletin de l 'Herbier Boissier 2: 202, 203.
SCHINZ, H. 1901 . Beitrage zur Kenntnis der afrikanischen Flora. Com-
bretaceae. Bulletin de l Herbier Boissier, ser. 2, 1 : 877-879.
SETSHOGO, M.P. & VENTER, F. 2003. Trees of Botswana: names and
distribution. South African Botanical Diversity Network Report
No. 18. SABONET, Pretoria.
S1M.T.R. 1907. The forests and forest flora of the Colony of the Cape of
Good Hope. Taylor & Henderson, Aberdeen.
SIM, T.R. 1909. Forest flora and forest resources of Portuguese East
Africa. Taylor & Henderson, Aberdeen.
SONDER, O.W. 1 850. Beitrage zur Flora von Sudaffica. Combretaceae.
Linnaea 23: 42-47.
SONDER, O.W. 1862. Combretaceae. In W.H. Harvey & O.W. Sonder,
Flora capensis 2: 507-513. Hodges & Smith, Dublin.
STACE, C.A. 1961. Cuticular characters as an aid to the taxonomy of
the South West African species of Combretum. Mitteilungen der
Botanischen Staatssammlung Miinchen 4: 9-19.
STACE, C.A. 1965. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the taxon-
omy of the Combretaceae. I. A general review of tribal, generic
and specific characters. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
59: 229-252.
STACE, C.A. 1969. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the tax-
onomy of the Combretaceae. II. The genus Combretum subgenus
Combretum in Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
62: 131-168.
STACE, C.A. 1980. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the tax-
onomy of the Combretaceae V. The genus Combretum subgenus
Cacousia in Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 8 1 :
185-203.
STACE, C.A. 1981. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the tax-
onomy of the Combretaceae: conclusions. Botanical Journal of
the Linnean Society 81 : 327-339.
STACE, C.A. 2007. Combretaceae. In K. Kubitzki, The families and
genera of vascular plants 9: 67-82. Spinger Verlag, Berlin.
STAFLEU, F.A. & COWAN, R.S. 1976-1988. Taxonomic literature ,
vol. 1-7. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht.
SUESSENGUTH, K. 1953. Neue Taxa, Kombinationen und Vorkom-
men in Sud-Afrika. Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssa-
mmlung Miinchen 1 : 333-345.
SWYNNERTON, C.F.M. & BAKER, J.G. 1911. Contribution to the
flora of Gazaland. Dicotyledons, Polypetalae. Journal of the Lin-
nean Society 40: 16-76.
SYTSMA, K.J., LITT, A., ZJHRA, M.L., P1RES, C., NEPOKROEFF,
M., CONTI, E„ WALKER, .1. & WILSON, P.G. 2004. Clades,
clocks, and continents: historical and biogeographical analysis
of Myrtaceae, Vochysiaceae, and relatives in the southern hemi-
sphere. International Journal of Plant Science 165 (4 Suppk):
S85-S105.
THULIN, M. 1993. Combretaceae. Flora of Somalia 1 : 247-254. Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew.
TILNEY, P.M. 2002. A contribution to the leaf and young stem anatomy
of the Combretaceae. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
138: 163-196.
VAN HEURCK, H.F. & MULLER. ARGOVIENSIS, J. 1871. Observa-
tiones botanicae et descriptiones plantarum herbaria Van Heur-
ckiani. Antwerpen, Berlin.
VAN WYK, A.E. 1984. A new species of Combretum from Venda and
taxonomic notes on the section Angustimarginata (Combreta-
ceae). South African Journal of Botany 3: 125-134.
VAN WYK, A.E. & SMITH, G.F. 2001. Regions of floristic ende-
mism in southern Africa. A review with emphasis on succulents.
Umdaus Press, Pretoria.
VAN WYK, A.E. (Braam) & VAN WYK, P. 1997. Field guide to trees
of southern Africa. Struik Publishers, Cape Town.
VENTENAT, E.P. 1808. Choix de Plantes. Crapelet, Paris.
VERDOORN, I. 1945. Combretum microphyllum. The Flowering
Plants of Africa 25: t. 978.
VERHOEVEN, R.L. & VAN DER SCHIJFF, H.P. 1973. A key to the
South African Combretaceae based on anatomical characteristics
of the leaf. Phytomorphology’ 23: 65-75.
VERHOEVEN, R.L. & VAN DER SCHIJFF, H.P. 1975. A short note
on Combretum edwardsii Exell. Journal of South African Botany
41: 39, 40.
VOLLESEN, K. 1980. Annotated check-list of the vascular plants of
the Selous Game Reserve, Tanzania. Opera Botanica 59: 3-1 1 7.
VOLLESEN, K. 1986. Name changes for two well-known African
Combretaceae. Kew Bulletin 41 : 962.
VOLLESEN, K. 1995. Combretaceae. In S. Edwards, M. Tadesse &
I. Hedberg, Flora of Ethiopia and Eritrea 2, 2: 115-131. The
National Herbarium, Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia.
WAWRA, H. 1860. Sertum Benguelense. Polypetalae. Sitzungsberichte
der Mathem.-Naturw. Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften in Wien 38: 556.
WELWITSCH, F.M.J. 1856. Parte nao official. Annaes Conselho Ultra-
marino, ser. 1, 24: 249, 250.
WHITE, F. 1962. Forest flora of Northern Rhodesia. Oxford University
Press, London.
WICKENS, G.E. 1971a. The Combretum hereroense complex (Com-
bretaceae). Kew Bulletin 25: 41 1—41 6.
WICKENS, G.E. 1971b. The Combretum psidioides Welw. complex
(Combretaceae). Kew Bulletin 26: 37 — 40.
WICKENS, G.E. 1971c. Linear discriminant functions and the Combre-
tum paniculatum Vent, and C. microphyllum Klotzsch complex
in the Combretaceae. Kew Bulletin 26: 61-66.
WICKENS, G.E. 1973. Combretum. In R.M. Polhill, Flora of tropical
East Africa , Combretaceae : 2-66. Crown Agents for Oversea
Governments and Administrations, London.
WOOD, J.M. 1908. Revised list of the flora of Natal. Transactions of
the South African Philosophical Society 18: 121-271.
Websites:
ALUKA LIBRARY, http://www.aluka.org [accessed March 2009],
ANGIOSPERM PHYLOGENY WEBSITE (APweb). 2008.
www.mobot.org/MOBOT/Research/APweb/ [accessed August
2009].
ZURICH HERBARIUM http://www.zuerich-herbarien.unizh.ch/
[accessed August 2008].
INDEX
Angustimarginata Engl & Diels , sect., 137
Argyrodendron petersii Klotzsch. 152
Breviramea Engl. & Diels, sect., 151
Cacoucia (Aubl.) Exell <£ Stace, subgen., 152
Cacoucia Aubl., 152
Campestria Engl. & Diels, sect., 151
Ciliatipetala Engl. & Diels, sect., 143
Codonocroton triphyllum E.Mey., 1 53
Combretum, subgen., 137
Combretum Loefl.
adenogonium Steud. ex A. Rich., 143
albopunctatum Suess., 145
angustilanceolatum Engl., 150
antunesii Engl. & Diels, 142
apiculatum Sond.
subsp. apiculatum, 145
subsp. leulweinii (Schinz) Exell, 145
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
159
var. parvifolium Baker f., 1 45
arengense Sim, 146
bajonense Sim, 149
bracteosum (Hochst.) Brandis , 153
buchananii Engl. & Diels, 145
burttii Exell, 1 50
caffrum (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Kuntze, 1 39
calocarpum Gilg ex Dinter, 142
cataractarum Diels, 153
celastroides Welw. ex M.A. Lawson, 148
subsp. orientale Exell, 148
chlorocarpum Exell. 142
collinum Fresen.
subsp. gazense (Swynn. & Baker f.) Okafor , 149
subsp. ondongense (Engl. & Diels) Okafor , 149
subsp. suluense (Engl. & Diels) Okafor, 150
subsp. taborense (Engl.) Okafor, 150
coriaceum Schinz, 149
dekindtianum Engl., 146
detinens Dinter, 153
dinleri Schinz, 147
dregeanum C.Presl, 139
edwardsii Exell, 145
eilkeranum Schinz, 1 5 1
elaeagnoides Klotzsch, 1 52
ellipticum Sim, 146
engleri Schinz, 142
erythrophyllum (Burch.) Sond., 139
var. obscurum Van Heurck & Mtill.Arg., 140
eylesii Exell, 149
ferrugineiim A. Rich., 146
fragrans F.Hoffin., 143
galpinii Engl. & Diels, 146
gazense Swynn. & Baker f., 149
ghasalense Engl. & Diels, 143
glomendiflorum Sond., 139
var. obscurum (Van Heurck & Mtill.Arg.) Burtt Davy, 140
var. riparium (Sond.) Burtt Davy, 139
glutinosum sensu Wood, 145
goetzenianum Diels, 1 50
grandifolium F.Hoffm., 147
griseiflorum S. Moore, 150
guangense Engl. & Diels, 153
gueinzii Sond., 146
subsp. splendens (Engl.) Exell ex Brenan, 146
var. holosericeum (Sond.) Exell ex Rendle, 146
hereroense Schinz
subsp. hereroense, 1 5 1
var. villosissimum Engl. & Diels, 151
holosericeum Sond., 146
homblei De Wild., 148
imberbe Wawra, 152
var . petersii (Klotzsch) Engl. & Diels, 152
var. truncatum (Welw. ex M.A. Lawson) Burtt Davy, 152
junodii Diimmer, 1 50
kraussii Hochst., 140
kwebense N.E.Br., 145
leutweinii Schinz, 145
lomuense Sim, 1 54
lopolense Engl. & Diels, 142
lucidum E.Mey. ex Drege, 140
lydenburgianum Engl. & Diels, 140
makindense Gilg ex Engl., 150
mechowianum O.Hoffm.
subsp. gazense (Swynn. & Baker f.) Duvign., 149
subsp. taborense (Engl.) Duvign., 150
microphyllum Klotzsch, 154
millerianum Burtt Davy, 150
minutiftorum Exell, 148
mkuzense J.D.Carr & Retief 141
moggii Exell, 146
molle R.Br. ex G.Don, 146
mossambicense (Klotzsch) Engl., 153
multispicatum Engl. & Diels, 143
myrtillifolium Engl., 142
nelsonii Diimmer, 140
oblongum F.Hoffm., 142
obtusatum Engl. & Diels, 146
odontopetalum Engl. & Diels, 142
omahekae Gilg & Dinter ex Engl., 147
ondongense Engl. & Diels, 1 50
oxystachyum Welw. ex M.A. Lawson, 155
padoides Engl. & Diels, 1 48
paniculatum Vent., 154
subsp. microphyllum (Klotzsch) Wickens, 1 54
parvifolium Dinter, 142
pateliiforme Engl. & Diels, 148
patelliforme Engl. & Diels p.p. quoad specim., 148
petersii (Klotzsch) Engl., 152
petrophilum Retief, 146
phillipsii Diimmer, 153
platypetalum Welw. ex M.A. Lawson subsp. platypetalum, 155
porphyrolepis Engl. & Diels, 151
primigenum Marloth ex Engl., 1 52
prunifolium Engl. & Diels, 152
psammophilum Diels, 150
psidioides Welw., 147
subsp. dinteri (Schinz) Exell, 147
subsp. grandifolium (F.Hoffm.) Jordaan, 147
subsp. psidioides, 147
subsp. psilophyllum Wickens, 147
quirirense Engl. & Gilg, 147
ramosissimum Engl. & Diels, 154
rautanenii Engl. & Diels, 1 5 1
rhodesicum Baker f., 151
riparium Sond., 139
salicifolium E.Mey. ex Hook., 139
sambesiacum Engl. & Diels, 151
schinzii Engl, ex Engl. & Diels, 150
sect.
Angustimarginata Engl. & Diels, 137
Breviramea Engl. & Diels, 1 5 1
Campestria Engl. & Diels, 151
Ciliatipetala Engl. & Diels, 143
ConniventiaEwg/. & Diels, 153
Glabripetala Engl. & Diels, 143
Hypocrateropsis Engl. & Diels, 147
Macrostigmatea Engl. & Diels, 142
Megalantherum Exell, 155
Metallicum Exell, 149
Oxystachya Exell, 155
Plumbea Jordaan, A.E.van Wvk & O.Maurin, 152
Poivrea (Comm, ex DC.) G.Don, 153
Spathulipetala Engl. & Diels, 141
sonderi Gerrard ex Sond., 139
sp. 2, 145
splendens Engl., 146
stevensonii Exell, 152
subgen.
Cacoucia (Aubl.) Exell & Stace, 152
Combretum, 137
suluense Engl. & Diels, 150
taborense Engl., 150
tenuipes Engl. & Diels, 148
ternifolium Engl. & Diels, 143
tinctomm Welw. ex M.A.Lawson, 142
transvaalense Schinz, 151
var. bolusii Diimmer, 1 5 1
var. villosissimum (Engl. & Diels) Burtt Davy, 151
trichopetalum Engl., 153
truncatum Welw. ex M.A.Lawson, 152
ukambense Engl., 153
undulatum Engl. & Diels, 143
velutinum DC., 146
vendae A.E.van Wvk, 140
villosissimum (Engl. & Diels) Engl., 151
wattii Exell, 155
welwitschii Engl. & Diels, 146
woodii Diimmer, 141
zastrowii Dinter, 155
zeyheri Sond., 141
Conniventia Engl. & Diels, sect., 153
Dodonaea
caffra Eckl. & Zeyh., 139
conglomerata Eckl. & Zeyh., 139
Glabripetala Engl. & Diels, sect., 143
Hypocrateropsis Engl. & Diels, sect., 147
Macrostigmatea Engl. & Diels, sect., 142
160
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Megalantherum Exell, sect., 155
Metallicum Exell , sect., 149
Oxystachya Exell , sect., 155
Plumbea Jordaan. A.E.van Wyk & O.Maurin , sect., 152
Poivrea (Comm, ex DC.) G.Don, sect., 153
bracteosa Hochst., 153
mossambicensis Klotzsch, 153
Spathulipetala Engl. & Diels, sect., 141
Terminalia erythrophylla Burch., 139
Bothalia 41,1 : 161-169(2011)
Generic status of Quisqualis (Combretaceae), with notes on the tax-
onomy and distribution of Q. parviflora
M. JORDAAN*, A.E. VAN WYK** and O. MAURIN***
Keywords: Africa, Campylogyne Hemsley, classification, Combretaceae, Combretum Loefl., new combination, phylogeny, pollination, Quisqualis
L., southern Africa, taxonomy
ABSTRACT
The taxonomic status of Quisqualis L., a genus closely related to and sometimes considered congeneric with Combretum
Loefl., is discussed. The genus Quisqualis is maintained to accommodate selected African, Indian, Asian and Malesian spe-
cies (including Q. indica L. and Q. parviflora Sond.). Diagnostic characters for Quisqualis include: leaves with abundant sub-
epidermal crystalliferous idioblasts, each containing a large druse of calcium oxalate; leaves, stems and flowers with stalked
glands but no scales; persistent petiole bases that develop into curved spines; petals well developed; hypanthium tubular or
cylindrical, usually longer than 20 mm; stamens and style not or scarcely exserted; style adnate to hypanthium for more than
half its length. Quisqualis shares a number of morphological similarities with Combretum Loefl. subgen. Cacoucia (Aubl.)
Exell & Stace sect. Poivrea (Comm, ex DC.) G.Don. Some species of Combretaceae from West, West Central and East Africa
have the style adnate to the upper hypanthium and display features reminiscent of both Quisqualis and Combretum. These
species also have characters of their own and in the past were placed in different sections under Combretum. It is suggested
that at least some of these species may be best classified in genera distinct from Combretum and Quisqualis, one of which
is Campylogyne Hemsley. Combretum s.str. is defined on the basis of a combination of characters and includes species of
which the upper hypanthium is variable in shape, but when tubular or cylindrical, then always shorter than 20 mm. Other
diagnostic characters include: stamens exserted well beyond petals; style exserted and free, but when shortly adnate to upper
hypanthium (only at the base or for a short distance), then stamens long-exserted. It is suggested that different pollination
strategies have developed independently in the Combretum-Quisqualis clade, resulting in convergent morphological trends
in floral morphology. These homoplasious similarities in floral morphology are at the root of the difficulties experienced to
demarcate genera. An alternative classification is provided for those preferring to include the southern African Quisqualis
parviflora under Combretum s. 1. For this purpose, a new combination and name, Combretum sylvicola O.Maurin is provided.
Quisqualis parviflora is confined to the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal coastal regions and does not extend beyond this
area as has been claimed by some. A comparative table to differentiate among four groups in Quisqualis and Combretum in
Africa, as well as a photo of a herbarium specimen and a distribution map of Quisqualis pan’iflora, are provided.
INTRODUCTION
Quisqualis L., a genus comprising ± 1 7 spe-
cies, occurs in Africa, India, Asia (China) and
Malesia (Exell 1954; Chen & Turland 2007). It
shares a number of morphological similarities
with Combretum Loefl. subgen. Cacoucia (Aubl.)
Exell & Stace sect. Poivrea (Comm, ex DC.)
G.Don. In southern Africa, Combretum mossam-
bicense (Klotzsch) Engl, and C. bracteosum (Hochst.)
Brandis belong to this section. Quisqualis pan’iflora
Sond. (Figure 1), the only southern African member of
the genus, as well as the latter two species of Combre-
tum, are characterized by the absence of epidermal glan-
dular scales and leaves with stalked glands on the peti-
ole, midrib, lateral veins and flowers. Scales are always
present in subgen. Combretum where they are of con-
siderable taxonomic significance, especially at sectional
level (Jordaan et al. 2011). Stalked glands, on the other
hand, are of little use for resolving sections in subgen.
Cacoucia as well as in genera such as Quisqualis and
Calopyxis Tul. (Stace 1980). Long unicellular combreta-
ceous hairs (non-glandular, sharp-pointed, thick-walled
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X101, 0001 Pretoria / Student affiliation: Department of
Plant Science, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
** H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Plant Science,
University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
*** Molecular Systematics Laboratory, Department of Botany and
Plant Biotechnology, APK Campus, University of Johannesburg, P.O.
Box 524, 2006 Auckland Park, Johannesburg.
MS. received: 2009-07-29.
with a bulbous base) are present in both subgenera of
Combretum and in Quisqualis.
Hennessy (1991) described the leaf lamina of Combre-
tum bracteosum as ‘pellucid-punctate’. This distinctive
character has now also been observed in C. bracteosum ,
C. mossambicense, Quisqualis parviflora and Q. indica
L. These so-called pellucid dots are abundant, spherical,
subepidermal, crystalliferous idioblasts, each containing a
large druse of calcium oxalate (Figure 2) (see Tilney 2002).
These idioblasts are also quite noticeable in dry material
as numerous tiny bumps on one or both lamina surfaces
when viewed under a stereo light microscope. Quisqualis
may have extrafloral nectaries (Tilney & Van Wyk 2004),
structures not yet recorded in Combretum. Furthermore, C.
mossambicense, C. bracteosum and Quisqualis parviflora
all have hooked or straight spines derived from persistent
petioles by means of which they climb in or over vegeta-
tion. The flowers vary from white with long protruding sta-
mens in C. mossambicense, bright red in C. bracteosum, to
greenish with included stamens in Quisqualis pan’iflora. C.
mossambicense has 5-winged, softly hairy fruits, but those
of C. bracteosum are quite different in being wingless, hair-
less and indistinctly 5-angled nuts.
Quisqualis parviflora, according to Carr (1986), has
5-winged fruits. Flowever, we could not find any fruit-
ing material of this species in South African herbaria
and it is possible that Carr inferred the fruit morphology
from generic descriptions which are based mainly on
non-African material. The 4-winged fruit attributed to
Quisqualis parviflora and depicted in plate 1925 of The
162
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
In merit forest on nest-facing slope in valley.
Locally common.
Liana into canopy.
Flowers green.
Conf. C.L. Bredenkamp (1993)
Ex Herbarium: University of Durban-Hestville, Natal
CJH 1986 pin | Ref./verw. 5541000 00100
FIGURE 1. — Quisqualis parviflora, Ward 9831 in PRE.
Flowering Plarits of A frica (Carr 1986) is said to have
come from Mariepskop, Mpumalanga. Considering the
known distribution of this species in southern Africa
(Figure 3), the fruit most probably belonged to a mem-
ber of Combretwn and not to Quisqualis. Tony Abbott
(pers. comm.) has confirmed that he has not seen any
fruits on this species in the Umtamvuna Nature Reserve
for the last 30 years. As Carr (1986) states, even flower-
ing seems to be a rare event, only a handful of flowering
specimens exist in South African herbaria. On the other
hand, the paucity of flowering material in herbaria may
well be due to the fact that the flowers are inconspicu-
ous and borne in the canopy of tall forest trees well out
of the reach of plant collectors. The flowering and repro-
ductive behaviour of Q. parviflora is clearly in need of
further investigation.
History of the genus Quisqualis
The genus Quisqualis was established by Linnaeus
(1762). Flooker (1867), Lawson (1871) and Brandis (1898)
separated Quisqualis from Combretum on the basis of its
elongated, tubular, upper hypanthium which is subterete
throughout and not constricted towards the base — a char-
acter state absent in typical Combretum. They attributed to
Quisqualis several species from Asia, tropical and southern
Africa. Engler & Diels (1900), on the other hand, recog-
nized Quisqualis based on the alleged presence of dehiscent
fruit, compared to indehiscent fruit in Combretum. How-
ever, this character proved to be unreliable because many
species of Combretum have tardily dehiscent fruit.
Exell (1931) proposed a new circumscription of Quis-
qualis and Combretum based on the insertion of the
style in the upper hypanthium: if the style is adnate to
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
163
FIGURE 2. — Paradermal section of
leaf blade of Combretum mos-
sambicense showing subepi-
dermal, crystalliferous idio-
blasts under polarized light.
Each idioblast contains a large
druse of calcium oxalate.
the hypanthium, it is a Quisqualis. Based on his generic
concept, Exell (1931) transferred the following African
species to Quisqualis : Combretum hensii Engl. & Diels,
C. latialatum Engl, ex Engl. & Diels, C. littoreum Engl,
and C. exanmilatum (O.Hoffm.) Engl. & Diels. These
species of Combretum were earlier classified, together
with C. oxystachyum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson, in Com-
bretum sect. Campylogyne (Hemsl.) Engl. & Diels (Eng-
ler & Diels 1899). Subsequent to Exell’s (1931) new
definition of Quisqualis, some specimens from tropical
Africa classified under Combretum were found in which
the style is very shortly adnate to the upper hypanthium.
To avoid this ambiguity, Exell & Stace (1964, 1966)
redefined Quisqualis and separated it from Combretum
by a combination of two characters: 1, adnation of the
style to the hypanthium and 2, the non-exertion of sta-
mens from the flower. Exell & Stace (1964) provided
a useful key to distinguish between Quisqualis and
Combretum. Jongkind (1991), on the other hand, pro-
posed the amalgamation of Quisqualis with Combretum
based on the adnation of the style to the upper hypan-
thium which he encountered in some otherwise undis-
puted species of Combretum. He formally transferred
a number of species from Quisqualis to Combretum
(Jongkind 1991, 1992, 1999). Based on leaf anatomi-
cal evidence, Tilney (2002) supports the classification
of Jongkind (1991). Stace (2007) and Mabberley (2008)
follow Jongkind’s lumping of the two genera.
Quisqualis in Africa
The style is free from the hypanthium in nearly all
species of Combretum in Africa and only in a few is
there a certain degree of adnation to the upper hypan-
thium. For example, C. ghesquierei Liben from the
Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) has 4-merous
(mostly 5-merous in other species) flowers with the style
only adnate to the very base of the upper hypanthium,
but with long-exserted stamens. Liben (1968) separated
this species from all of the other members of Combre-
tum in West Central Africa and placed it in a group of
its own. Furthermore, Jongkind (1990) found that the
style is fused to the upper hypanthium for more than 2
mm in C. grandiflorum G.Don from West tropical Africa
(Guinea, Liberia and Sierra Leone, through Ivory Coast
to Ghana). It has bright red, 5-merous flowers with the
upper hypanthium infundibuliform, 1 2— 20(— 25 ) mm
long, glabrous or sparsely hairy, petals 10-15 mm long,
glabrous or with few hairs on veins outside, but with the
stamens long-exserted. Engler & Diels (1899) placed
this species, together with other West African species,
in a section of their own, namely sect. Grandiflorae ,
based on the nearly glabrous petals. Stace ( 1981 ) placed
this section in synonymy with subgen. Cacoucia sect.
Poivrea , a step which seems morphologically poorly
supported. Although C. grandiflorum also has leaves
with abundant crystalliferous idioblasts as in C. mos-
sambicensis and C. bracteosum , and bright red flowers
as in C. bracteosum, it has no stalked glands and almost
glabrous petals. The petals in the latter two species are
densely hairy. With its long-exserted stamens, C. gran-
diflorum still fits better morphologically with Combre-
tum than with Quisqualis. We suggest it be retained in
Combretum sect. Grandiflorae as proposed by Engler
& Diels (1899). Crystalliferous idioblasts in the leaves
of C. grandiflorum may not be homologous to those in
the leaves of members of sect. Poivrea, but is perhaps a
similarity due to convergence.
Nine species in Africa were at one time or another
placed under Quisqualis (Liben 1968; Wickens 1973).
Six of these are from the most western parts of West
Central Africa (Angola, adjacent DRC, Gabon and Cam-
eroon), namely Q. exannulata (O.Hoffm.) Exell, Q. fal-
cata Welw. ex Hiem, Q. hensii (Engl. & Diels) Exell, Q.
latialata (Engl, ex Engl. & Diels) Exell, Q. mussaendi-
flora (Engl. & Diels) Exell and Q. pellegriniana (Exell)
Exell. Two species grow along the east coast of Africa,
namely Q. parvflora in South Africa and Q. littorea
(Engl.) Exell in Somalia, Kenya and Tanzania. The ninth
TABLE 1 . — Comparison of proposed four groups of African Combretum and Quisqualis. See footnotes for more information on each group
164
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
ts g x> s
| ~
U — 12 -S
e B
P 60
E C
—
2 |
£ £
~o m
oJ s
1 1
r§ 2
d>
8 2
- ^ <D
0) <U -2 —
— 0> —
D C3 £
3 -O O
.£ £
£
•3 v.
-C —
3 o
bO £
.5 O <D
— 'o ^
O * "
‘•3 bX) x:
D- C O
— 03
u « E
t'O £
O c3 u,
> bX) O
Oj
<d £
Ol-s
£ bX)
<o c
S 2
I £
*o E
§ °
<G <N
• S A
I 2 s
U bo 2
2 3
3 2
2 £
"o £
§ °
'2 (N
3-o 2 g»- c
e ^ ■£ -a
■H. £
u -s ■i
bD 5
•a «
ca £
-3 o>
S O
if
TJ c>
|8
oSoS
E 3 E _
(O g- § E
2 3 g- E
5 E o
2 2 « <N
'-3 ^
2 c
- A
- CJX)
2 c
bX) «a <l>
c o
O -£ '3
Oj
'S,
b)
bt
bt
bt
o <
■L £ E
.»3 —
•2 <
i? < s
J< >— <
U
bt -g
2
i + .
^ •£
3 O
Q
S’ &
a Q
ot r
o o a a
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
165
species, Q. indica L., is reputed to be a native of Asia,
but is now widely cultivated as a horticultural subject in
the tropics.
In Africa, herbarium specimens attributed to Quis-
qualis indica L. have been recorded from both gardens
and the wild in West, East and South Africa. The culti-
vated Asian form of Q. indica has become semi-natu-
ralized in close proximity to human dwellings, such as
in the Nairobi Arboretum (e.g. Williams 396, 529 and
Greenway 1821 , all in PRE). However, a number of her-
barium specimens somewhat resembling Q. indica were
collected from natural habitats (near streams or in damp
places) along the woodland escarpment in the Iringa
District, Tanzania, e.g. Lovett & Congdon 1093, 300,
Taylor et al. 8493 (MO, PRE) and Greenway & Kanuri
14816, Napper 1685 (PRE). These specimens require
further study and may well turn out to be an indigenous
African form of Q. indica , or a new species. The Tanza-
nian taxon differs in its petals being well developed, up
to 23 mm long with abruptly acuminate apices. Q. indica
in Asia has petals up to 12 mm long with round to blunt
apices. Wickens (1973) noted the differences between
the indigenous Tanzanian form and typical Asian Q.
indica , but refrained from taking any formal taxonomic
decisions on the status of the African form. In both
forms the flowers are white becoming dark red with age,
especially on the inside, whereas the leaves have sub-
epidermal, crystalliferous idioblasts, stalked glands, and
combretaceous hairs, with hair-tuft domatia in the axils
of veins beneath.
Leaves of Quisqualis latialata have black (in her-
barium material) stalked glands and combretaceous
hairs on both sides, but lack crystalliferous idioblasts;
the petals are yellow becoming red with age with a yel-
low edge; its upper hypanthium is described as cylin-
dric-infundibuliform, very short, less than 6 mm long;
the inflorescence is always terminal, contracted into a
dense subcapitate raceme. Leaves of Q. littorea also have
black stalked glands, combretaceous hairs and hair-tuft
domatia in the axils of veins below; the hypanthium is
narrowly tubular, up to 20 mm or occasionally up to 25
mm long, petals 6 mm long and apex rounded. Q. pel-
legriniana has very thick pubescent young leaves that
become puberulous with age and stems with unusual
long, flattened, stalked glands mingled with combre-
taceous hairs, whereas Q. littorea and Q. falcata, both
have almost papery, puberulous leaves. The stamens and
styles are included or very slightly exserted in Q. fal-
cata, Q. latialata, Q. pellegriniana and Q. littorea , but
the first three species have a short (6-10 mm long) upper
hypanthium, whereas in Q. littorea the hypanthium can
be up to 25 mm long. Liben (1968) lowered the rank of
Q. mussaendiflora (Engl. & Diels) Exell to a variety of
Q. falcata. Jongkind (1992, 1999) placed Q. pellegrini-
ana and Q. littorea in synonymy under Combretum fal-
catum (= Quisqualis falcata ), resulting in two widely
disjunct distribution ranges for the expanded Q. falcata ,
a classification not accepted by us because there are
slight, though quite marked differences between these
taxa. In 1991, Jongkind described Combretum inflation
from Gabon, a species with tubular greenish flowers and
an adnate style which seems closely related to Q. fal-
cata and Q. latialata. Jongkind (1999) provided a key
and illustration (pi. 14) to show the differences between
C. inflation, Q. falcata and Q. latialata. They all have
greenish flowers, conspicuous floral bracts, whereas the
leaves have stalked glands, lacking any scales or idio-
blasts. The inflorescences of these species are dense, con-
gested capitate racemes with few, long, elliptic to falcate
floral bracts, the latter best developed towards the base
of the inflorescence axis. The inflorescences also display
pronounced acropetal maturation, with the flowers open-
ing sequentially over a period of time from the base to
the apex. This phenomenon is so far only displayed by
these six species. In essentially all other members of
Combretum and Quisqualis in Africa, floral anthesis in
any one inflorescence is more or less synchronous.
Quisqualis hensii and Q. exannulata have long (up to
20 mm), protruding styles, the latter twice as long as the
stamens in Q. hensii , a state not found in any other species
of Quisqualis examined. Q. hensii is also the only mem-
ber of Quisqualis with long, exserted stamens. Although
Q. hensii has the style adnate to the hypanthium for ± 2
mm, stalked glands on the leaves, stems and flower axis,
it has flowers with an infundibuliform upper hypanthium,
9-11 mm long. Initially Q. hensii was included in Com-
bretum sect. Campylogyne by Engler & Diels (1899),
then transferred to Quisqualis sect. Combretopsis Exell
(1931), provisionally associated with Combretum (Exell
& Stace 1964) and subsequently placed in a section of its
own, namely Combretum sect. Pseudoquisqualis by Exell
(1968) and Stace (1981). Anatomically, Q. hensii has a
distinctive type of epidermis, discussed in detail by Stace
(1965, 1980) as well as an unusual indumentum, namely:
a mixture of stalked glands; normal combretaceous com-
partmented hairs; and on young leaves, thin-walled non-
compartmented unicellular hairs. The indumentum is
very rare in the family (Stace 1965). Although Q. hensii
has some adnation of the style to the hypanthium, it still
fits better in Combretum because of its short upper hypan-
thium and long-exserted stamens and style (Table 1).
Quisqualis in Asia, Malesia and eastern Africa
The Asian and Malesian species of Quisqualis,
namely Q. caudata Craib, Q. conferta (Jack) Exell, Q.
166
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
parvifolia Exell, Q. sulcata Slooten and Q. indica L.
(Exell 1954) and the East and southern African species
( Q . indica and Q. parviflora) all have tubular hypanthi-
ums from 10-25 mm long or up to 90 mm long in Q.
indica, with ± included or shortly exserted stamens and
styles. Q. parviflora and Q. indica have hairs and occa-
sionally stalked glands on the hypanthium, petiole, mid-
rib and lateral veins of the leaves as well as abundant
subepidermal crystalliferous idioblasts similar to those
in Combretum mossambicense and C. bracteosum.
A resolution on the taxonomic status of Quisqualis
From the above overview of Quisqualis in Africa and
Asia, it is obvious that there is a great need for further
comparative studies to try and resolve the many uncer-
tainties still prevailing. In our judgement, there is still
ample morphological evidence to distinguish between
Combretum and Quisqualis. The two genera can eas-
ily be keyed out in southern and East Africa, Malesia
(Exell 1954) and China (Chen & Turland (2007). Chen
& Turland (2007), for example, separate Quisqualis
and Combretum on the basis of a combination of char-
acters, namely, 1, length of the hypanthium; 2, degree
of stamen exsertion; and 3, adnation of the style to the
hypanthium. If the hypanthium is ( 1 7— )50— 90 mm long,
the stamens are not or scarcely exserted from the hypan-
thium and the style is partly adnate to the hypanthium,
then it is a Quisqualis. Combretum on the other hand has
the hypanthium usually shorter than 20 mm, the stamens
usually well exserted from the hypanthium and the style
mostly free or shortly adnate to the inside of the hypan-
thium.
In the case of the few African species of Combre-
tum (C. hensii, C. grandiflorum, C. ghesquierei) where
the style is shortly adnate to the hypanthium, the long-
exserted stamens and short hypanthiums can still be
used to separate these species from Quisqualis. These
three species can therefore remain in Combretum, placed
in three different sections in subgen. Cacoucia as classi-
fied before by Exell (1968) and Stace (1981), Engler &
Diels (1899) and Liben (1968), respectively.
We suspect the other six combretaceous species from
West Central and East Africa previously placed in Quis-
qualis (Table 1 ) may well constitute one or more genera
of their own. Quisqualis exannulata from Angola and
the DRC has rose-purple flowers, lacks stalked glands
and has leaves without abundant crystalliferous idi-
oblasts. It is most unusual in having a geniculate style
which is adnate to the hypanthium and long exserted
beyond the petals, whereas the stamens are scarcely
exserted. The hypanthium is infundibuliform, slightly
curved, 25-35 mm long and has a double constriction,
one just above the lower hypanthium and another above
the portion where the style bends and becomes free from
the hypanthium. The flower bracts are large, leafy, ovate,
venose, up to 2/3 of flower length and present along the
whole length of the inflorescence axis, although decreas-
ing somewhat in size towards the apex. It was previ-
ously placed in a genus of its own, namely Cctmpylogyne
by Hemsley (1897), a classification which we support.
Differentiation among these four groups in Quisqualis
and Combretum in Africa is presented in Table I .
Potential shared characters for Quisqualis s.l. (if one
includes Q. hensii and Q. exannulata despite their anom-
alous floral structure), may include the persistent petiole
bases that develop into curved spines, petals minutely
to densely hairy or pilose, fruits 5-winged or 5-angled,
characters also shared with species of Combretum sub-
gen. Cacoucia sect. Poivrea. However, spiny petioles
could have evolved independently in these taxa because
all are woody climbers or lianas in forest or forest mar-
gins where they need to climb over dense vegetation in
search of sunlight. It is strongly recommended that all of
the taxa mentioned in the above overview be included in
future molecular phylogenetic studies.
Molecular phylogeny
Ample leaf and floral morphology (Liben 1968; Exell
1978; Wickens 1973), anatomy (Stace 1965, 1969, 1980;
Verhoeven & Van der Schijff 1974; Tilney 2002) and
molecular data (Maurin et al. 2010) are available for
the southern and tropical African species of Combre-
tum. Unfortunately, only three species of Quisqualis,
namely Q. parx’iflora (Africa), Q. indica (Asia) and Q.
caudata (Thailand) have been included in the available
molecular studies (Tan et al. 2002; Maurin et al. 2010).
Tan et al. (2002) studied the phylogenetic relationships
of subfam. Combretoideae (Combretaceae) based on a
limited sampling of only two species from each genus.
They concluded that Quisqualis and Combretum are
monophyletic sister taxa, but acknowledge that their
sampling was insufficient to establish clear generic lim-
its. In subsequent molecular phylogenetic studies based
on more comprehensive, though still limited, sampling
(Maurin et al. 2010), Quisqualis as a genus is recovered
as a clade embedded within Combretum subgen. Cacou-
cia. As a consequence of these results, the third author
supports Jongkind (1999), Stace (2007) and Mabberley
(2008) in considering Quisqualis congeneric with Com-
bretum. However, the potentially misleading effects of
poor taxon sampling on phylogenetic analyses and their
applications should be kept in mind (e.g. Heath et al.
2008). To increase the accuracy of phylogenetic esti-
mates in Combretaceae it is strongly recommended that
as many as possible of the taxa mentioned in Table 1 be
sampled in future studies.
In this paper, however, the first and second authors
prefer to retain Quisqualis as a separate genus for prac-
tical purposes, considering the evolutionary speciali-
zation shown by the particular clade. Although there
might be intermediate states in the degree of adnation
of the style to the upper hypanthium in some species of
Quisqualis and Combretum as noted by Exell & Stace
(1966) and Jongkind (1991), there are still enough char-
acters to distinguish between these two genera in East
and South Africa and they can easily be keyed out. In
Quisqualis the upper hypanthium is elongated into a
long tube (Figure 1). In Combretum , on the other hand,
the hypanthium is usually a flattened, short, campanu-
late, infundibuliform or cupuliform limb above the infe-
rior ovary. In C. bracteosum and C. mossambicense the
upper hypanthium is distally broadly infundibuliform,
whereas proximally it is subglobose, the two parts being
separated by a slight constriction. Furthermore, in Quis-
qualis the stamens are included or very shortly exserted,
whereas in Combretum they are always long exserted
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
167
(Bredenkamp 2000). The fact that Combretum subgen.
Cacoucia is rendered paraphyletic if Quisqualis is main-
tained as a genus, may be contested by those strictly
adhering to Hennigian phylogenetic philosophy, but this
is completely acceptable to those prescribing to the more
pragmatic evolutionary school of plant classification
(Mayr & Bock 2002; Brummitt 2008). Nevertheless, to
cater for the alternative point of view, a new combina-
tion and new name are provided for Q. parxhflora below.
Pollination and evolution of adaptive traits in the Com-
bretum-Quisqualis elude
Pollination syndromes have the capacity to predict
the types of pollinators of given species based on obser-
vations of certain floral traits. To achieve pollination,
flowers have evolved suites of convergent floral traits,
usually involving flower shape, colour, scent and type of
reward (Fenster et al. 2004). Stebbins (1970) pointed out
that floral diversity has arisen by divergence into differ-
ent pollination syndromes (evolutionary specialization).
In Combretaceae, major adaptations linked to differ-
ent pollination specializations are evident (Stace 2007).
There is, for example, the loss of petals as in Termina-
lia, contrasted with an enlargement of petals in Quisqua-
lis. Differences in pollination strategy are most likely
responsible for the floral differences between Combre-
tum and Quisqualis. In the case of Quisqualis , the elon-
gation of the hypanthium might represent a modification
for pollination by long-proboscid sphingid moths (Stace
2007). This shift towards moth pollination might have
occurred independently in different Combretaceae. The
white- and yellow-flowered species of Combretum with
relatively small and reduced petals and with nectaries,
suggest pollination by insects with short mouthparts,
notably honeybees, whereas those with red flowers and
abundant liquid nectar, including the odd-flowered Quis-
qualis ( Campylogene ) exannulata are probably bird-
pollinated (Faegri & Van der Pijl 1971; Stace 2007). For
Combretum , this is confirmed by casual observations on
the southern African species.
Combretum displays different floral traits indicative
of different pollination syndromes and separate evolu-
tionary diversification, patterns supported by molecular
(Maurin et al. 2010) and morphological data. Some evo-
lutionary trends most probably developed independently
within the Combretum-Quisqualis clade. In Combretum
subgen. Combretum the leaves all have glandular scales,
the flowers have long-exserted stamens, short styles, the
colour varies from whitish, yellow or green, the upper
hypanthium is short, either little developed and flattened
(C. imberbe Wawra), campanulate, infundibuliform
or cupuliform, all indicative of pollination by insects
(Faegri & Van der Pijl 1971).
All species of Combretum subgen. Cacoucia lack
scales on their leaves but have a great diversity in other
leaf characters and floral traits. In sect. Poivrea the
leaves have abundant, subepidermal, crystalliferous idio-
blasts, stalked glands and flowers with campanulate
upper hypanthiums, exserted stamens, pinkish to bright
red. In C. sect. Conniventia the flowers are bright red,
with long-exserted stamens and short hypanthiums, sug-
gesting bird pollination. Their leaves lack scales and
glands. In sections Megalantherum (C. wattii Exell) and
Oxystachva (C. oxystachyum Welw. ex M. A. Lawson),
both endemic to the Kaokoveld (northwestern Namibia
and southwestern Angola), the flowers are white or grey-
green with a pinkish or reddish tinge and a well-devel-
oped nectariferous disc; the leaves are densely pubescent
with dark brown stalked glands. The stamens and style
are exserted beyond the petals and the upper hypanthium
is short.
The flowers of Quisqualis in West Central Africa
(excluding Q. hensii and Q. exannulata). East and South
Africa as well as India, Asia and Malesia are pendent,
± zygomorphic, white, yellowish to greenish turn-
ing red with age; have narrowly tubular hypanthiums
slightly widening at the tip, petals and calyx lobes bent
backwards; no nectar guides; included styles which are
straight and adnate for some distance to the hypanthium;
and stamens inserted in two rows with versatile anthers,
the latter included or very slightly exserted. This syn-
drome suggests pollination by long-proboscid insects
such as sphingid moths (Exell 1954; Faegri & Van der
Pijl 1971). Exell (1954) also noted that the petals in
Quisqualis are rather large in the family, much exceed-
ing the calyx lobes and enlarging during anthesis.
Distribution of Quisqualis parviflora
Quisqualis parviflora is endemic to South Africa
(Bredenkamp 2000; Jordaan 2003, 2006). Van der Schijff
& Schoonraad (1971), Carr (1986) and Bredenkamp (2000)
give the distribution of Q. parviflora as occurring in Mpu-
malanga (Mariepskop and Graskop), KwaZulu-Natal and
Eastern Cape. Subsequently, all the specimens claimed to
be Q. parviflora in Mpumalanga, were shown to be Com-
bretum edwardsii (Verhoeven & Van der Schijff 1975;
McCleland 2002). Sterile material collected from more
inland localities in KwaZulu-Natal and previously named
Q. pan’ flora also belongs to C. edwardsii and/or prob-
ably an undescribed species of Combretum. Therefore, Q.
panhflora only grows with certainty as a woody climber
in mainly coastal forest from Ndumu Game Reserve in the
north, through most of KwaZulu-Natal to the Eastern Cape
(Port St Johns) in the south (Figure 3). Although no records
have been found in Mozambique, it may well occur there,
at least in the far south where it borders KwaZulu-Natal
(Carr 1986).
Taxonomy o/Quisqualis parviflora
Quisqualis has microscopic stalked glands similar to
those in Combretum subgen. Cacoucia, and the scales
so characteristic of Combretum subgen. Combretum are
absent (Exell & Stace 1966; Wickens 1973). Flowers
are 5-merous and the fruit of Quisqualis are generally
5-winged. The petals are well developed in Quisqua-
lis-. white, pink or red in Q. indica (rangoon creeper), a
decorative species originally from Asia and commonly
cultivated in gardens, and green in the South African Q.
parviflora. Specimens seen on the Aluka Library web-
site, http://www.jstor.org/ (accessed December 2010),
are distinguished by the code e! in the citations below.
Gerrard gave the material he collected with McKen at
Umhtoti in KwaZulu-Natal the manuscript name, Quis-
qualis natalensis (now the type of Quisqualis parvi-
flora). Sonder (1862) changed the epithet ‘ natalensis ’
to ‘ parviflora ’ and validly published the name Quis-
168
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
qualis parviflora for the species. Engler & Diels (1900)
recorded the name Quisqualis natalensis.
Quisqualis parviflora Sond. in Flora capensis 2:
512 (1862); Dummer: 232 (1913); Bews: 147 (1921);
J.D.Carr: t. 1925 (1986); Pooley: 362 (1993); M. Coates
Palgrave: 809 (2002); Boon: 410 (2010). Type: South
Africa, Natal [KwaZulu-Natal], ‘Nototi’ [Umhtoti], Ger-
rard & McKen s.n. (TCD, holo. e!; K, iso. e!).
Q. natalensis Gerrard ex Engl. & Diels (1900), nom. nud.
For description see Carr ( 1 986).
Selected specimens examined
KWAZULU-NATAL.-— 2632 (Bella Vista): Ndumu Game Reserve,
Khondo Sand Forest, (-CD), 03-1968, P. de Moor 35 (PRE). 2732
(Ubombo): Mkuzi Station, from Ubombo Magistracy to uGaza Mtn,
(-CA), 26-04-1944, J. Gerstner 4552 (PRE); Hlabisa Dist., False
Bay, lower Mzinene River, (-CD), 26-10-1944, J. Gerstner 4963
(PRE). 2831 (Nkandla): Eshowe, Memorial Hill, (-CD), 15-05-1951,
J.G. Lawn 1974 (PRE); Ngoye Forest Reserve, (-DC), 19-11-1993,
R. Williams 1106 (NH, PRE). 2930 (Pietermaritzburg): Durban, Bur-
man Bush, (-DD), 11-07-1970, R.G. Strey 9839 (NH, PRE), Isipingo,
Jeffels Hill South, (-DD), 16-02-1966, C.J. Ward 5313 (PRE). 2931
(Stanger): Stanger Dist., 4 miles [6.4 km] from Mapumulo to Kran-
skop, (-AA), 20-01-1966, E.J. Moll 2958 (PRE); Mtunzini Forest,
(-BA), 17-02-1961, M. Wells & D. Edwards 22 (PRE); Inanda Dist.,
5 miles [8 km], W of Verulam, (-CA), 15-09-1965, E.J. Moll 2083
(PRE). 3030 (Port Shepstone): Vernon Crookes Nature Reserve, (-
BC), 15-03-1986, C.J. Ward 9831 (PRE); Port Shepstone, Farm Tiger-
hole, (-CB), 08-08-1965, R.G. Strey 5927 (PRE). 3130 (Port Edward):
Umtamvuna Nature Reserve, Bululu River, (-AA), 09-04-1981, H.B.
Nicholson 2171 (PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3129 (Port St Johns): Lotana Forest near
Ntafufu, (-DA), 11-04-1991, K.H. Cooper 283 (NH, PRE); Port St
Johns, on road to Agate terrace, (-DA), 10-03-2001, P.M. Gavhi,
P.J.H. Hurter & E. van Wyk 39 (PRE).
Alternative taxonomic treatment
If Quisqualis is sunk under Combretum, a new com-
bination and name is required for Q. parviflora. The
specific epithet ‘ parviflorum ’ cannot be used in Combre-
tum since it was already used by Reichenbach (1825).
Exell (1953) pointed out that Index kewensis incorrectly
attributes C. parviflorum to De Candolle (1828), where
it was cited as a synonym of C. micrantlium Don, a mis-
take still reflected in The International Plant Name Index
(IPNI), accessed January 2011. The name C. parviflorum
was validly published three years earlier by Reichenbach
(1825), thus invalidating C. parviflorum Eichler (1867).
The latter name was proposed for a species from Brazil,
but because it is a later homonym, this species is now
known by the new name C. vernicosum Rusby (1927).
Combretum sylvicola O.Maurin , comb, et nom. nov.
Quisqualis parviflora Sond.: 512 (1862), non Combretum parvi-
florum Rchb.: 46, t. 62 (1825), nec C. parviflorum Eichl.: 114 (1867),
nom. illegit. Type: South Africa, Natal [KwaZulu-Natal], ‘Nototi’
[Umhtoti], Gerrard & McKen s.n. (TCD, holo. el; K, iso. el).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We would like to thank Hester Steyn, National Her-
barium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
for preparing the distribution map, and Tony Abbott, a
farmer and amateur botanist from Port Edward, Kwa-
Zulu-Natal, for sharing with us his field observations on
Quisqualis parviflora.
REFERENCES
BEWS, J.W. 1921. An introduction to the flora of Natal and Zululand.
City Printing Works, Pietermaritzburg.
BOON, R. 2010. Pooley s trees of eastern South Africa: a complete
guide. Flora and Fauna Publications Trust, Durban.
BRANDIS, D. 1898. Combretaceae. In A. Engler & K. Prantl, Die
natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 3,7: 106-130. Engelmann, Leipzig.
BREDENKAMP, C.L. 2000. Combretaceae. In O.A. Leistner, Seed
plants of southern Africa: families and genera. Strelitzia 1 0: 228,
229. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
BRUMMITT, R.K. 2008. Evolution in taxonomic perspective. Taxon
57: 1049, 1050.
CARR, J.D. 1986. Quisqualis parviflora. The Flowering Plants of Afri-
ca 49: t. 1925.
CHEN, J. & TURLAND, N.J. 2007. Combretaceae. Flora of China,
vol. 13. Online publication: htt://www.eFloras.org/ (accessed
December 2010).
COATES PALGRAVE, M. 2002. Keith Coates Palgrave Trees of south-
ern Africa, edn 3. Struik, Cape Town.
DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1828. Combretaceae. Prodromus systematis natu-
ralis regni vegetabilis 3: 9-24. Treuttel & Wiirtz, Paris.
DUMMER, R.A. 1913. The South African Combretaceae. The Garden-
ers’ Chronicle, ser. 3, 53: 231, 232.
EICHLER, A.G. 1867. Combretaceae. In C.F.P. de Martius & A.G.
Eichler, Flora brasiliensis 14,2: 77-128. Oldenbourg, Leipzig.
ENGLER, H.G.A. & DIELS, F.L.E. 1899. Combretaceae — Combretum.
In H.G.A. Engler, Monographien afrikanischer Pflanzen-F amil-
ien und -Gattungen 3: 1-1 16. Engelmann, Leipzig.
ENGLER, H.G.A. & DIELS, F.L.E. 1900. Combretaceae excluding
Combretum. In H.G.A. Engler, Monographien afrikanischer
Pflanzen-F amilien und -Gattungen 4: 1-44. Engelmann, Leipzig.
EXELL, A.W. 1931. The genera of Combretaceae. Journal of Botany
69: 113-128.
EXELL, A.W. 1953. The Combretum species of the New World. Jour-
nal of the Linnean Society, Botany 55: 103-141.
EXELL, A.W. 1954. Combretaceae. Quisqualis. In C.G.G.J. van Stee-
nis. Flora malesiana, ser. 1, vol. 4: 544-548. Noordhoff, Gro-
ningen.
EXELL, A.W. 1968. Notes on the Combretaceae of southern Africa.
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 42: 5—33.
EXELL, A.W. 1978. Combretaceae. In E. Launert, Flora zambesiaca
4: 100-183. Flora zambesiaca Managing Committee, Glasgow.
EXELL, A.W. & STACE, C.A. 1964. A re-organization of the genus
Quisqualis (Combretaceae). Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana,
ser. 2, 38: 139-143.
EXELL, A.W. & STACE, C.A. 1966. Revision of the Combretaceae.
Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, ser. 2, 40: 5-26.
FAEGRI, K. & VAN DER PIJL, L. 1971 . The principles of pollination
ecology, edn 2. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
FENSTER, C.B., ARMBRUSTER, W.S., WILSON, P„ DUDASH,
M.R. & THOMSON, J.D. 2004. Pollination syndromes and
floral specialization. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and
Systematics 35: 375 — 403.
HEATH', T.A., HEDTKE, S.M. & HILLIS, D.M. 2008. Taxon sampling
and the accuracy of phylogenetic analyses. Journal of Systemat-
ics and Evolution 46: 239-257 .
HEMSLEY, W.B. 1897. Campylogyne exannulata. Hooker's leones
Plantarum 26: t. 2550.
HENNESSY, E.F. 1991. Combretum bracteosum. The Flowering Plants
of Africa 51: t. 2028.
HOOKER, J.D. 1867. Combretaceae. In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker,
Genera plantarum 1 : 683-690. Reeve, London.
JONGK1ND, C.C.H. 1990 [1991], Novitates gabonensis 6. Some criti-
cal observations on Combretum versus Quisqualis (Combreta-
ceae) and description of two new species of Combretum. Bul-
letin du Museum National d’Histoire Nature! le, ser. 4, 12, sect.
B, Adansonia 3—4: 275-280.
JONGK1ND, C.C.H. 1992. Novitates gabonensis 13. Three new spe-
cies and one new combination in Combretum (Combretaceae).
Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, ser. 4, 14:
257-262.
JONGKIND, C.C.H. 1999. Combretaceae. In P. Morat, Flore du Gabon
35: 5-1 15. Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.
JORDAAN, M. 2003. Combretaceae. In G. Germishuizen & N.L.
Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated checklist. Strelitz-
ia 14: 369-371. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
JORDAAN, M. 2006. Combretaceae. In G. Germishuizen, N.L. Meyer,
Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African plants.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
169
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41:
329, 330. SABONET, Pretoria.
JORDAAN, ML, VAN WYK, A.E. & MAUR1N, O. 201 1 . A conspectus
of Combretum (Combretaceae) in southern Africa, with taxo-
nomic and nomenclatural notes on species and sections. Bothalia
41: 135-160.
LAWSON, M.A. 1871. Combretaceae. In D. Oliver, Flora of tropical
Africa 2: 4 1 3 — 436. Reeve, London.
L1BEN, L. 1968. Combretaceae. Flore dit Congo du Rwanda et du
Burundi. Jardin Botanique National de Belgique, Bruxelles.
LINNAEUS, C. 1762. Species plantarum , edn 2,1. Salvius, Stockholm.
MABBERLEY, D.J. 2008. Mabberley’s plant-book: a portable diction-
ary of the vascular plants , edn 3. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
MAURIN, O., CHASE, M.W., JORDAAN, M. & VAN DER BANK,
M. 2010. Phylogenetic relationships within Combretaceae
inferred from nuclear and plastid DNA sequence data: implica-
tions for generic classification. Botanical Journal of the Linnean
Society 162: 453^176.
MAYR, E. & BOCK, W.J. 2002. Classifications and other ordering
systems. Journal of Zoological Systematics and Evolutionary
Research AO: 169-194.
McCLELAND, W. 2002. Combretaceae. In E. Schmidt, M. Lotter &
W. McCleland, Trees and shrubs of Mpumalanga and Kruger
National Park. Jacana, Johannesburg.
POOLEY, E. 1993. The complete field guide to trees of Natal, Zululand
and Transkei. Natal Flora Publications Trust, Durban.
REICHENBACH, H.G.L. 1 825. Combretum parviflorum. Iconographia
Botanica Exotica 1 : 46. t. 62. Hofmeister, Leipzig.
RUSBY, H.H. 1927. Descriptions of new genera and species of plants
collected on the Mulford biological exploration of the Amazon
Valley. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden 7: 205-384.
SONDER. O.W. 1862. Combretaceae. In W.H. Harvey & O.W. Sonder,
Flora capensis 2: 507-513. Hodges & Smith, Dublin.
STACE, C.A. 1965. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the taxon-
omy of the Combretaceae. I. A general review of tribal, generic
and specific characters. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
59: 229-252.
STACE, C.A. 1969. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the tax-
onomy of the Combretaceae. II. The genus Combretum subgenus
Combretum in Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
62: 131-168.
STACE, C.A. 1980. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the tax-
onomy of the Combretaceae V. The genus Combretum subgenus
Cacoucia in Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
81: 185-203.
STACE, C.A. 1981. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the tax-
onomy of the Combretaceae: conclusions. Botanical Journal of
the Linnean Society 8 1 : 327-339.
STACE, C.A. 2007. Combretaceae. In K. Kubitzki, The families and
genera of vascular plants 9: 67-82. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.
STEBBINS, G.L. 1970. Adaptive radiation of reproductive characteris-
tics in angiosperms. 1 . Pollination mechanisms. Annual Review
of Ecology and Systematics 1 : 307-326.
TAN, F.X., SHI, S.H., ZHONG, Y„ GONG, X. & WANG, Y.G. 2002.
Phylogenetic relationships of Combretoideae (Combretaceae)
inferred from plastid, nuclear gene and spacer sequences. Jour-
nal of Plant Research 1 1 5 : 47 5^18 1 .
TILNEY, P.M. 2002. A contribution to the leaf and young stem anatomy
of the Combretaceae. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
138: 163-196.
TILNEY, P.M. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2004. Extrafloral nectaries in Com-
bretaceae: morphology, anatomy and taxonomic significance.
Bothalia 34: 115-126.
VAN DER SCHIJFF, H.P. & SCHOONRAAD, E. 1971 . The flora of the
Mariepskop Complex. Bothalia 10: 461-500.
VERHOEVEN, R.L. & VAN DER SCHIJFF. H.P. 1974. Anatomical
aspects of Combretaceae in South Africa. Phytomorphology 24:
158-164.
VERHOEVEN, R.L. & VAN DER SCHIJFF, H.P. 1975. A short note
on Combretum edwardsii Exell. Journal of South African Botany
41:39, 40.
WICKENS, G.E. 1973. Combretaceae. In R.M. Polhill, Flora of tropi-
cal East Africa, Combretaceae: 2-10. Royal Botanic Gardens
Kew, London.
Websites:
ALUKA. http://plants.jstor.org/ (accessed December 2010).
eFLORAS. htt://www.eFloras.org/ (accessed December 2010).
INTERNATIONAL PLANT NAMES INDEX (IPNI). Published on the
Internet: http://www.ipni.org/ (accessed January 2011).
TROPICOS. http://www.tropicos.org/ (accessed January 2011).
Bothalia 41,1: 171-207(2011)
Notes on African plants
VARIOUS AUTHORS
IRIDACEAE
TRITONIA CEDARMONTANA AND T. L1NEARJFOLIA (CROCOIDEAE), TWO NEW SPECIES FROM THE CAPE FLOR1ST1C REGION;
T. LINEATA VAR. PARVIFOLIA INCLUDED IN T. GLADIOLARIS', AND THE CORRECT AUTHOR CITATION FOR T. STRICTIFOLIA
INTRODUCTION
Tritonia Ker Gawl. is a genus of ± 30 species widely
distributed throughout eastern sub-Saharan Africa but
concentrated in the South African winter rainfall region
(De Vos 1999; Goldblatt & Manning 2008). Its relation-
ships lie with a small group of genera in tribe Ixieae
(= Croceae) that includes Dierama K.Koch, Duthieas-
trum M.P.de Vos, lxia L. and Spar axis Ker Gawl., all of
which have ± smooth, shiny, subglobose seeds with an
excluded vascular bundle. Tritonia is defined within this
alliance by its membranous to dry, ± translucent floral
bracts, with the outer bract often 3-toothed (Goldblatt
& Manning 2008), and (with rare exceptions in two spe-
cies with unusual, succulent leaves) by its anatomically
specialized leaves that lack a marginal vein or strand of
subepidermal sclerenchyma at the margins, and in which
mechanical strengthening is provided instead by narrow,
thick-walled marginal epidermal cells (Rudall 1994).
This specialized leaf margin anatomy also character-
izes Duthieastrum and Sparaxis but not the two remain-
ing genera of the alliance, Dierama and lxia , which have
the plesiomorphic leaf margin anatomy. These two gen-
era have membranous to dry floral bracts, with the outer
bracts of lxia also typically 3-toothed and thus similar to
those in Tritonia. Unlike Tritonia , however, both Dier-
ama and lxia have actinomorphic flowers borne on ±
wiry, capillary stems as the plesiomorphic state.
Tritonia was thoroughly revised by De Vos (1982,
1983, 1999) and the following two new species are
the first to be described since then. T. cedarmontana
is named for the only known locality of the species in
the Cedarberg [the form of the epithet, although a com-
pound of English and Latin, matches that of other spe-
cies in Iridaceae], and T. linearifolia is named for its
unusually narrow leaves, most species in the genus
having lanceolate leaves. The latter species is undoubt-
edly a member of sect. Subcallosae M.P.de Vos but the
relationships of the former are less clear, and our place-
ment of it in the same section is provisional. Collections
at BOL, NBG, PRE and SAM, the main herbaria with
good representation of collections of Cape species, were
consulted for records of the two new species (herbarium
acronyms after Holmgren et al. 1990).
Recent study of some early types of species of Iri-
daceae resulted in the identification of lxia gladiolaris
Lam. as an earlier name for Tritonia lineata , which was
accordingly placed in synonomy under the new combi-
nation T. gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C. Manning
(Goldblatt & Manning 2006). The requisite transfer of T.
lineata var. parvifolia M.P.de Vos to T. gladiolaris was
not done at the time. We have subsequently examined
material of both varieties and conclude that var. parvi-
folia., which was recognized solely by its shorter leaves,
is not worthy of taxonomic recognition, and the name is
reduced to synonomy here.
Tritonia cedarmontana Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
sp. nov.
Plantae (50—) 1 50-300 mm altae, cormo conico-glo-
boso 7-10 mm diam., tunicis fibris tenuibus reticula-
tis, caule usitate eramoso, foliis 4-6 omnibus ± basali-
bus usitate 1 .5-2.0 mm latis, spica inclinata 2-5-flora,
bracteis sicco-membranaceis translucentibus ad apicem
brunneomaculatis, bractea externa 3-venosa 4-6 mm
longa, interna ± aequilonga 2-venosa ad apicem furcata,
floribus zygomorphis salmoneo-aurantiacis, tubo peri-
anthii oblique infundibuliformi 9-10 mm longo, tepalis
pauciter inaequalibus, tepalo dorsali ovato 13-14 x 7.0-
7.5 mm, aliis ellipticis ± 13 * 5. 5-6. 5 mm, staminibus
unilateralibus arcuatis, filamentis 4-5 mm longis ± 1
mm exsertis, antheris 3 .5^4.0 mm longis, stylo ad api-
cem antherarum diviso, ramis ± 3 mm longis.
TYPE. — Western Cape: 3219 (Wuppertal): southern
Cedarberg. Krom River Kloof, 4000' [1 220 m], (-CA/
CC), 13 Dec. 1950, Esterhuysen 18009 (BOL, holo.;
NBG, PRE, iso.).
Plants (50—) 1 50—300 mm high; corm conical-globose,
7-10 mm diam., tunics of fine, netted fibres, extend-
ing in a papery or fibrous neck; stem ± erect, usually
unbranched, rarely with 1 small branch in axil of a
membranous cauline bract enclosed in uppermost leaf
sheath. Leaves 4-6, all ± basal, linear, usually ± as long
as stem, mostly 1. 5-2.0 mm wide, uppermost largely
sheathing, usually shorter than others, central vein mod-
erately thickened. Spike inclined, 2-5-flowered, moder-
ately lax; bracts dry-membranous, translucent with some
brown speckling apically, outer with 3 main veins, shal-
lowly 3-toothed at apex, 4-6 mm long, inner ± as long,
2- veined and forked at apex. Flowers zygomorphic,
salmon-orange; perianth tube obliquely funnel-shaped,
9-10 mm long, lower cylindrical portion 4-5 mm long;
tepals slightly unequal, dorsal ovate, 13-14 x 7. 0-7. 5
mm, other tepals elliptical, ± 13 x 5. 5-6. 5 mm. Stamens
unilateral and arcuate; filaments 4-5 mm long, inserted
5-6 mm within tube thus included ± 1 mm; anthers
3. 5-4.0 mm long, partially included in upper part of
tube, yellow. Ovary ± 2 mm long; style arched over sta-
mens, dividing opposite anther tips, branches filiform, ±
3 mm long. Immature capsules subglobose or obovoid,
3- lobed, ± 4.5 mm diam. Immature seeds globose. Flow-
eringtime'.: December. Figure 1.
172
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
Determinavit
Confirmavit:
■ UNIVERSITY
FIGURE 1. — Tritonia cedarmontana,
Esterhuysen 18009 (BOL).
Distribution and ecology'. Tritonia cedarmontana
is known only from the extensive type collection made
in Krom River Kloof in the southern Cedarberg by the
late Cape Town botanist, Elsie Esterhuysen (Figure 2).
The species was collected on ledges and steep sandstone
slopes along streams.
Diagnosis and relationships'. Tritonia cedarmontana
is a diminutive species with narrow, linear leaves mostly
1. 5-2.0 mm wide and a moderately lax, few-flowered
spike of small, salmon-orange flowers without evident
calluses on the lower tepals. The dorsal tepal is subpa-
tent, rather than arched and hooded as in most species of
Tritonia and the filaments are short, 4-5 mm long, with
the anthers half-included in the funnel-shaped tube that
is 9-10 mm long. The species has a remarkable superfi-
cial similarity in the dry state to T. parvula N.E.Br., sect.
Montbretia (DC.) Pax, from the Little Karoo, notably in
its small stature, narrow leaves, and small, orange flow-
ers, and the single collection was assigned to this spe-
cies by De Vos despite the considerable geographical
disjunction. The three lower tepals in T. parvula are,
however, strongly flexed downwards, and each has the
high, ± oblong, median tooth-like callus or ridge that is
diagnostic of the section (De Vos 1982, 1983). These
calluses are not developed in T. cedarmontana , which
also differs from T. parvula in its subpatent dorsal tepal
not strongly differentiated from the lower tepals, and in
its shorter filaments, 4-5 mm vs 6-10 mm.
On the basis of its zygomorphic, pinkish orange
flowers without callus ridges on the lower tepals, Trito-
nia cedarmontana is placed in sect. Subcallosae but its
immediate relationships are not clear. Sect. Subcallosae
currently comprises six species that fall into two distinct
groups. The first comprises four species from the south-
western Cape and Little Karoo, T. bakeri Klatt, T. pal-
lida Ker Gawk, T. flabellifolia (D.Delaroche) G.J. Lewis
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
173
16° 18° 20° 22” 24° 26° 28°
FIGURE 2. — Known distribution of Tritonia cedarmonJana , A; T. lin-
earifolia, O; T. pallida , •.
and T. linearifolia (described here), all with white or
cream-coloured flowers with elongate perianth tubes
longer than the tepals. The second group comprises two
species from the southern Cape and southeastern sum-
mer rainfall region, T. gladiolciris (Lam.) Goldblatt &
J.C. Manning (= T. lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.) and T.
disticha (Klatt) Baker, both with short-tubed, funnel-
shaped flowers and leaves with a prominent submar-
ginal vein. Florally, T. cedarmontana is most similar to
orange-flowered T. disticha but it is vegetatively unlike
this species, and since this flower type may be plesio-
morphic in the genus, its relationships to the other spe-
cies in the section, and even its sectional assignment,
remain uncertain.
Tritonia linearifolia Goldblatt & J.C. Manning,
sp. nov.
Plantae ( 1 00—1 50— 500(— 600) mm altae a Tritonia
pallida cormelis in sobolibus brevibus fasciatis produc-
tis, foliis per anthesin siccis suberectis vel trahentibus,
laminis linearibus 1-2 mm latis caulem aequantibus vel
paulo superantibus recedit.
TYPE. — Eastern Cape: 3323 (Steytlerville): Jouber-
tina, Kouga Mountains, valley of Dwarsrivier west of
Kransfontein Farm, (-CA), 12 December 2009, Man-
ning 3244 (NBG, holo.; MO, iso.).
Plants ( 1 00—1 50— 500(— 600) mm high; corm sub-
globose or depressed-globose, 10-20 mm diam.; tunics
somewhat papery, of fine-textured fibres, extending in a
papery or fibrous neck; developing clusters of cormels
at base on short, appressed. flattened, fasciated stolons;
stem ± erect below, usually unbranched but with up to
2 branches. Leaves 7-12, dry at flowering, suberect
or trailing and slightly twisted, ± as long as stem or
slightly longer, linear, ( 1 0— )20— 60 x 1-2 mm, soft-
textured with central vein moderately thickened. Spike
inclined. (2-)4-8-flowered; bracts soft-textured and
membranous, lanceolate, 8-12 mm long, translucent or
straw-coloured and lightly flushed or speckled brown-
ish distally with darker brown veins, minutely trifid or
median tooth obsolete, inner bracts slightly shorter,
bifid. Flowers zygomorphic, white with purple veins on
reverse, lower three tepals with narrow, median, yellow-
ish green longitudinal mark at base, unscented; perianth
tube slender and tubular but expanded and bell-shaped
distally, 35-45 mm long, straight but slightly curved
in upper part; tepals unequal with uppermost largest,
dorsal and lower median tepals suberect but remaining
tepals spreading in distal half, dorsal tepal ovate-elliptic,
1 8—20 x 10-12 mm, remaining tepals oblong, 1 8—20
x 5-7 mm, lower three tepals with low, median, ridge-
like callus. Stamens arcuate and unilateral; filaments
13-16 mm long, inserted 5-6 mm within tube; anthers
5-6 mm long, apiculate, purple with purple pollen. Style
arching over stamens, dividing opposite middle or apex
of anthers, branches ± 2 mm long. Capsules and seeds
unknown. Flowering time', early to middle December.
Figure 3A-D.
Distribution and ecology n Tritonia linearifolia is
largely restricted to the lower slopes of the Kouga and
Baviaanskloof Mountains but is also recorded from the
northern foothills of the Fouriesberg at the western end
of the Outeniqua Mountains (Figure 2). Although poorly
collected, the species does not appear to be uncommon
on the southern slopes of the Kouga Mountains, where it
occurs in colonies on cooler, south-trending, rocky sand-
stone slopes. The conns are wedged among the rocks in
loamy soil, and the leaves are dry and withered at flow-
ering, which takes place in early summer, in December.
The unscented, white flowers with purple anthers con-
form to the Moegistorhynchus-Philoliche long-probos-
cid fly pollination guild (Goldblatt & Manning 2000).
Other local species that we predict to be members of this
guild are Tritonia bakeri Klatt and T. pallida Ker Gawl.
(Iridaceae), Pelargonium peltatum, and P. tetragonum
(Geraniaceae), and Dianthus caespitosus subsp. caes-
pitosus (Caryophyllaceae). Populations of the Dianthus
from the Little Karoo constitute a distinct race with an
exceptionally long calyx, cream-coloured petals, purple
anthers, and flowers that are unscented at night, unlike
subsp. pectinatus , which has a shorter calyx, pink petals
with pale anthers and are scented at night (unpublished
obs.).
Diagnosis and relationships'. Tritonia linearifolia is
recognized by its inclined spikes of white, long-tubed,
zygomorphic flowers with low, greenish yellow, ridge-
like calluses in the throat, and linear, grass-like leaves,
1-2 mm wide and dry at flowering. The reduced, linear
callus ridges and linear leaves place it in sect. Subcal-
losae.
The relationships of Tritonia linearifolia lie with
T. pallida , from which it is practically indistinguish-
able in its flowers (Figure 3E), and the two may com-
prise a vicariant species pair. They are readily separated
vegetatively and in their ecology. T. pallida has notice-
ably wider, lanceolate leaves, 8-15 mm wide, and often
longer floral bracts, up to 20 mm long, and is centred in
the western and central Little Karoo, between Oudts-
hoom and Montagu, with outlying populations north of
the Swartberg from Whitehill to Laingsburg. T. pallida
occurs on shale slopes, primarily in renosterveld or tran-
sitional vegetation types, flowering from mid-September
to late October. T. linearifolia , in contrast, has very nar-
row, linear leaves, 1-2 mm wide, and is known mainly
from the Longkloof and Baviaanskloof, with a single
collection to the west from Fouriesberg in the Little
Karoo south of Calitzdorp. The species is restricted to
rocky sandstone slopes, in arid and grassy fynbos veg-
174
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 3. — A-D, Trilonia linearifolia, Manning 3244\ A, flowering plant; B, flower, front view; C, half flower; D, bracts, outer (left) and inner
(right). E, T. pallida , Goldblall & Manning 10760 (NBG): flower, front and side view. F, T. bakeri, Manning 2909 (NBG): flower, front and
side view. Scale bar: A-F, 10 mm. Artist: John Manning.
etation, flowering much later than T. pallida , in Decem-
ber.
Collections of Trilonia linearifolia have until now
been misidentified as T. bakeri , another long-tubed spe-
cies widespread through the Little Karoo from Ladi-
smith to the Langkloof, on the basis of the long, linear
leaves but the resemblance between the two is super-
ficial. The leaves of T. bakeri are highly characteris-
tic, being fleshy and semi-terete in section when fresh.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
175
without an evident midrib or true margins (De Vos 1999:
fig. 29). Flowering in this species takes place some-
what earlier, mainly October to November, at which
time the foliage is still green. This contrasts with the ±
plane, thin-textured leaves of T. linearifolia, in which
the midrib is thickened and evident, and which are quite
dry at flowering time, in December. The two species are
florally quite different, although this is best seen when
they are fresh. Both species have inclined spikes but the
flowers are differently orientated in the two: T. linearifo-
lia has a clearly zygomorphic perianth and conventional
floral orientation, with the dorsal tepal in the uppermost
position and the stamens arched above the entrance to
the floral tube, thus pollen deposition is nototribic; T.
bakeri , in contrast, has an almost actinomorphic perianth
with the flowers curved or slightly twisted at the base so
that the morphologically dorsal tepal assumes a ventral
position, with the stamens almost central and the anthers
facing the spike apex, and pollen deposition thus ± ster-
notribic (Figure 3F).
Additional specimens
WESTERN CAPE. — 3321 (Ladismith): Outeniqua Mtns, lower
northern slopes of Fouriesberg, 1600' [1 000 m], (-DD), 13 Dec. 1987,
Viviers & Vlok 369 (NBG).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3324 (Steytlerville): Baviaanskloof Mtns,
next to track at Bosrug, 3800' [2 375 m], (-CA), 20 Dec. 1985, Vlok
1333 (MO, NBG, PRE); Farm Joubertkraal, (-CC), 17 Dec. 1997, Van
Jaarsveld 15601 (NBG).
Tritonia gladiolaris (= T. lineata) is a widespread spe-
cies ranging from Mossel Bay in Western Cape through
Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal to Mpumalanga (De
Vos 1983). A few collections of smaller plants in the
southeast of the range between Jeffrey’s Bay and Port
Elizabeth were segregated as var. parvifolia by De Vos
(1983) based on their smaller size (up to 300 mm tall)
and shorter leaves (< 150 x 5 mm). The two varieties are
florally identical (De Vos 1983) and we have encoun-
tered several depauperate plants among collections of
the typical variety that match var. parvifolia in their
reduced size and foliage. We conclude that the taxon
does not deserve taxonomic rank.
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C. Man-
ning in Bothalia 36: 57 (2006). Ixia gladiolaris Lam.:
341 (1789). Type: South Africa, Cape of Good Hope,
cultivated in Paris, original collector unknown (P-Herb.
Lamarck, holo.!).
T. lineata var. parvifolia M.P.de Vos: 374 (1983), syn. nov. Type:
South Africa, [Eastern Cape], Jeffrey's Bay, Fourcade 3345 (NBG,
holo.!; K, MO, PRE, iso.).
Tritonia strictifolia is currently cited (De Vos 1983)
as T. strictifolia (Klatt) Benth. & Hook.f. (1883). How-
ever, although Bentham & Hooker’s account of Trito-
nia mentions the basionym Crocosmia strictifolia Klatt
as belonging to Tritonia, they do not cite the combina-
tion by name, and their inferred combination is thus
invalid (McNeil et al. 2006: Art. 33.1). A combination
(autonyms excepted) is not validly published unless the
author definitely associates the final epithet with the
name of the genus or species, or with its abbreviation.
Article 33.1 Example 2 provides a parallel example.
The valid combination T. strictifolia Benth. & Hook.f. is
provided in Index kewensis by the editor, B.D. Jackson,
who also provided reference to the Bentham & Hooker
treatment of Tritonia in which the basionym is cited. The
correct author citation for the species is thus as follows:
Tritonia strictifolia (Klatt) Benth. & Hook.f. ex
B.D.Jacks. in Index kewensis 2: 1129 (1895). Montbre-
tia strictifolia Klatt: 753 (1864). T. laxifolia var. stric-
tifolia (Klatt) Baker: 195 (1892). Type: South Africa,
[Eastern Cape], Uitenhage, Kalkhoogte between the
Swartkops and Sundays Rivers, Ecklon & Zeyher 100
(B, lecto., designated by De Vos: 118 (1999); G, S,
SAM, Z, iso.).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Rodger Smith III and Natasja Wor-
tel from Joubertina for locating Tritonia linearifolia
and for taking us to the site, Roy E. Gereau for nornen-
clatural advice, and to Elizabeth Parker for facilitat-
ing the field trip to the Langkloof to collect type mate-
rial. Michelle Smith kindly scanned the type sheet of T.
cedarmontana.
REFERENCES
BAKER, J.G. 1892. Handbook of the Irideae. Bell, London.
BENTHAM, G. & HOOKER, J.D. 1883. Genera plantarum 3(1).
Reeve, London.
DE VOS, M.P. 1982. The African genus Tritonia Ker Gawl. (Iridaceae):
part 1 . Journal of South African Botany 48: 1 05-163.
DE VOS, M.P. 1983. The African genus Tritonia Ker Gawl. (Iridaceae):
part 2. Sections Subcallosae and Montbretia. Journal of South
African Botany 49: 347^422.
DE VOS, M.P. 1999. Tritonia. In M.P. de Vos & P. Goldblatt, Flora of
southern Africa 7, 2: 89-128. National Botanical Institute, Pre-
toria.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2000. The long-proboscid fly
pollination system in southern Africa. Annals of the Missouri
Botanical Garden 87 : 146-170.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2006. Notes on the systematics
and nomenclature of Tritonia (Iridaceae: Crocoideae). Bothalia
36: 57-61.
GOLDBLATT, P. & MANNING, J.C. 2008. The iris family: natural
history and classification. Timber Press, Oregon.
HOLMGREN. P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. 1990.
Index herbariorum. Part. 1 : the herbaria of the world. New York
Botanical Garden, New York.
JACKSON, B.D. 1895. Index kewensis 2. Clarendon , Oxford.
KLATT, F.W. 1862. Revisio Iridearum. Linnaea 32: 689-784.
LAMARCK, J.B.A.P.M. 1789. Encyclopedic methodique Botanique 3.
Paris.
McNEILL, J„ BARRIE, F.R., BURDET, H.M., DEMOULIN, V.,
HAWKSWORTH, D.L., MARHOLD, K„ NICOLSON, D.H.,
PRADO, J., SILVA, P.C., SKOG, J.E., WIERSMA, J.H. &
TURLAND, N.J. (eds). 2006. International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature (Vienna Code) adopted by the seventeenth Inter-
national Botanical Congrss, Vienna, Austria, July 2005. Gantner,
Liechtenstein. Regnum Vegetabile 146.
RUDALL, P. 1994. Anatomy and systematics of Iridaceae. Botanical
Journal of the Linnean Society 114: 1— 21 .
J.C. MANNING* and P. GOLDBLATT**
* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
** B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical Gar-
den, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, USA.
MS. received: 2010-01-12.
176
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
ASTERACEAE
VERNONIA (TRIBE VERNONIEAE) AND RELATED GENERA IN SOUTHERN AFRICA: UPDATES AND CORRECTIONS
INTRODUCTION
When we compiled the Asteraceae account for
Strelitzia 10 (Herman et al. 2000), Strelitzia 14 (Herman
et al. 2003) and the Southern African Botanical Diver-
sity Network Report No. 41 (Herman et al. 2006), the
publication of Robinson (1999) on research and changes
in the classification of the large genus Vernonia Schreb.,
was not available to us. This reclassification resulted in
numerous name changes. A list of names of new genera
and new combinations relevant to southern African Ver-
nonia sens. lat. is presented here. The format followed
in this article is based on that of Germishuizen & Meyer
(2003), Germishuizen et al. (2006) and Herman (2008):
the number(s) after the synonyms refer to the literature
reference(s) where the synonymy was published, and
the E indicates whether the taxon is endemic to South
Africa. A key to the subtribes and genera can be found
in Robinson (2007).
BACKGROUND
Since the early classification by Bentham in 1873, the
tribe Vernonieae contained a large core genus, Vernonia
Schreb., and various satellite genera based mostly on
variations in morphological characters (Robinson 1996,
2007). This classification was followed for most of the
previous century. It was only from the 1970s that revi-
sional studies included pollen, chromosome numbers
and chemistry, together with the traditional morphologi-
cal characters, which led to the changing of the genus
and species delimitations, and the genera were split off
from the large, heterogeneous core genus (Robinson
1996).
The study by Isawumi (1996) showed that the genus
Vernonia is paraphyletic and has two centres of origin:
one in South America and the second in Africa and
southeastern Asia. Many scientists have found that Ver-
nonia species from the eastern and western hemispheres
are different and should be placed in different genera
(Isawumi 1996; Robinson 1996). The following argu-
ments support these views:
1 . The eastern hemisphere or the Old World is where
almost all the Vernonieae with chromosome numbers
x = 9 or 10 occur, whereas the American or the New
World Vernonieae have chromosome numbers x = 16
or 17 (Isawumi 1996; Robinson 1996). Recent studies
showed that it is not always the case but the chromo-
some numbers in the Old World species showed much
less variation than those in the New World (Keeley &
Robinson 2009).
2. The flavonoids of American Vernonieae species are
more complex and consist of flavones or flavonols or
both (Isawumi 1996; Robinson 1996), whereas the Ver-
nonieae in the eastern hemisphere or Old World produce
only flavones (Isawumi 1996).
3. There are differences in the pollen of the Verno-
nia species occurring in the eastern and western hemi-
spheres. Robinson (1996) reported pollen type A in Ver-
nonia in the western hemisphere (North America, the
Bahamas, south to central Mexico and temperate South
America) while Keeley & Jones (1979) reported pollen
type D only in the western hemisphere Vernonia and
pollen types E and F exclusively in the eastern hemi-
sphere Vernonia.
4. DNA evidence presented in the phyletic tree
by Keeley & Robinson (2009), shows a definite gap
between the Vernonieae of the eastern and western hemi-
spheres.
However, members of the genus Vernonia cannot
simply be divided into two genera, one for each hemi-
sphere. Many segregates are needed for each hemi-
sphere (Robinson 1990, 1996, 1999). In an attempt to
refine the genus Vernonia sens lat. from both the Old
and New Worlds by segregating new genera, Robinson
(1990) resurrected the genera Baccharoides Moench
and Cyanthillium Blume, and Robinson & Kahn (1986)
resurrected and made some transfers into the genus
Distephanus Cass, from the Old World Vernonia. Pol-
len, style bases, raphids, inflorescence form, involucre,
anther appendage, chromosome numbers, geography
and chemistry were some of the additional characters
used in the reclassification of the genus Vernonia (Rob-
inson 1996).
In a study by Robinson (1999), fourteen palaeotropi-
cal (eastern hemisphere) genera have been described,
raised from lower rank, resurrected, enlarged or reduced
with 110 new combinations. Hilliardiella H.Rob.,
Orbivestus H.Rob. and Vernoniastrum H.Rob. are some
of the newly described genera. Some of the resurrected
genera are Centrapalus Cass., Linzia Sch.Bip. ex Walp.
and Polvdora Fenzl. Some species were transferred to
Cyanthillium and Gymnanthemum Cass. Recent publi-
cations support this new classification (Robinson 2007;
Keeley & Robinson 2009). More combinations were
made by Isawumi (2008). The genus Vernonella Sond.
is also in the process of being reinstated by Robinson &
Skvarla (in press).
Half the tribe in the western hemisphere has been
delimited into workable and phyletically acceptable
genera. The members in the eastern hemisphere, how-
ever, need more work (revision) as the paraphyletic
core genus Vernonia sens. lat. and paraphyletic or
polyphyletic segregates are not congeneric with Verno-
nia sens. str. (Robinson 1999). There are no species of
Vernonia sens. sir. in the eastern hemisphere (Isawumi
1996). Some Vernonia species names are still used in
Africa and the continued use of the name Vernonia for
species in this area, is simply there until further revi-
sions have been completed.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
177
LIST OF TAXA
CYANTHILLIUM Blume 8751050
(3) Robinson. 1999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112: 220-247.
vernonioides (Muschl.) H.Rob.
Erlangea vernonioides Muschl. not Vernonia vernonioides
(A. Gray) Bacigalupo, 1931 (3)
Vernonia meiostephana C. Jeffrey (3)
Annual. Herb. Ht 0.6-1. 5 m. Alt. 350-850 m. LIM,
M, S
GYMNANTHEMUM Cass. 875 1 1 30
( 1 ) Robinson. 1 999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112:220-247.
amygdalinum (Delile) Sch.Bip. ex Walp.
G. abyssinicum Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (1)
Vernonia amygdalina Delile (1)
V. randii S. Moore (1)
Perennial. Tree or shrub. Ht up to 8 m. Alt. 130-1 065
m. B. LIM, M, S, KZN
coloratum (Willd.) H.Rob. & B.Kahn sens.Iat.
Baccharis senegalensis Pers. ( 1 )
Decaneurum senegalense (Pers.) DC. (1)
Eupatorium coloratum Willd. (1)
G. cupulare Cass. (1)
G. senegalense (Pers.) Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (1)
Vernonia colorata (Willd.) Drake subsp. colorata (1)
V senegalensis (Pers.) Less. (1)
Perennial. Tree or shrub. Ht 0.9-9 m. Alt. 20-975 m.
B, LIM, M, S, KZN
corymbosum (L.f.) H.Rob.
Cacalia coiymbosa (L.f.) Kuntze (1)
Plectreca coiymbosa (Thunb.) Raf. ( 1 )
Staehelina coiymbosa L.f. (1)
Vernonia coiymbosa (L.f) Less. (1)
V. neocoiymbosa Hilliard ( 1 )
V. tigna Klatt (1)
Perennial. Shrub. Ht 0.5-3 m. Alt. 0-2 000 m. LIM,
M, S, FS, KZN, EC
crataegifolium (Hutch.) H.Rob.
Vernonia crataegifolia Hutch. (1)
V. mespilifolia Less. var. subcanescens DC. ( 1 )
V. pseudo-corymbosa Thell. ( 1 )
Perennial. Shrub. Ht 0.6-2 m. Alt. 60-2 000 m. LIM,
M, S, KZN, EC
mespilifolium (Less.) H.Rob.
Cacalia mespilifolia (Less.) Kuntze ( 1 )
Vernonia mespilifolia Less. ( 1 )
Perennial. Shrub, climber or scrambler. Ht 0.6-9 m.
Alt. 0-1 830 m. LIM, M, S, KZN, WC, EC
myrianthum (Hook.f.) H.Rob.
Vernonia ampla O.Hoffm. ( 1)
V. myriantha Hook.f ( 1 )
V. podocoma Sch.Bip. ex Vatke (1)
V. stipulacea Klatt (1)
Perennial. Shrub. Ht 1.2-7 m. Alt. 430-1 920 m.
LIM, M, S, KZN
HILLIARDIELLA H.Rob. 8751070
( 1 ) Robinson. 1999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112: 220-247.
aristata (DC.) H.Rob.
Cacalia aristata (DC.) Kuntze (1)
Vernonia aristata (DC.) Sch.Bip. (1 )
V. natalensis Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (1)
V. pseudonatalensis Wild (1)
Webbia aristata DC. ( 1 )
Perennial. Herb. Ht 0.1-1 .2 m. Alt. 5-2 200 m. LIM,
NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, EC
hirsuta (DC.) H.Rob.
Vernonia hirsuta (DC.) Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (1)
V. hirsuta (DC.) Sch.Bip. ex Walp. var. obtusifolia Harv. (1)
Webbia hirsuta DC. (1)
Perennial. Herb. Ht 0.3-1. 5 m. Alt. 5-2 285 m. LIM,
NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, EC
Enudicaulis (DC.) H.Rob.
Cacalia nudicaulis (DC.) Kuntze (1)
Vernonia dregeana Sch.Bip. (1)
Webbia nudicaulis DC. (1)
Perennial. Herb, geophyte. Ht 0.3-0. 8 m. Alt. 0-1 920
m. M, KZN, EC
oligocephala (DC.) H.Rob.
Cacalia elaeagnoides (DC.) Kuntze (1)
Vernonia elaeagnoides (DC.) Sch.Bip. (1)
V. kraussii Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (1)
V. oligocephala (DC.) Sch.Bip. ex Walp. (1)
Webbia elaeagnoides DC. (1)
W. oligocephala DC. (1)
Perennial. Herb. Ht 0.08-1 m. Alt. 15-2 338 m. N, B.
LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS, KZN, L, NC, EC
pinifolia (Lam.) H.Rob.
Cacalia capensis (Houtt.) Kuntze (1)
Conyza canescens L.f (1)
C. pinifolia Lam. ( 1 )
Erigeron capense Houtt. ( 1 )
Vernonia capensis (Houtt.) Druce (1 )
V. pinifolia (Lam.) Less. (1)
Webbia pinifolia (Lam.) DC. (1)
Perennial. Herb, geophyte. Ht 0.2-1 m. Alt. 15-2 100
m. M, S, FS, KZN, L. WC, EC
LINZIA Sch.Bip. ex Walp. 8751030
(1) Robinson. 1999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112: 220-247.
(2) Isawumi. 2008. Compositae Newsletter 46: 38 — 40.
gerberiformis (Oliv. & Hiem) H.Rob. subsp. macrocy-
anus (O.Hoffm.) Isawumi
Vernonia gerberiformis Oliv. & Hiem subsp. macrocyanus
(O.Hoffm.) C.Jeffrey (2)
V. macrocyanus O.Hoffm. (1,2)
V primulina O.Hoffm. (1, 2)
Perennial. Herb. Ht 0.04-0.75 m. Alt. ± 700 m. N, B.
LIM
glabra Steetz sens. lat.
L. glabra Steetz var. glabra (1)
L. glabra Steetz var. laxa Steetz ( 1 )
Vernonia glabra (Steetz) Vatke sens. lat. (1)
V. obconica Oliv. & Hiem (1)
V. ondongensis Klatt (1)
Perennial. Herb. Ht 1.2-3 m. Alt. 900-1 158 m. N, B.
LIM
melleri (Oliv. & Hiem) H.Rob. sens. lat.
Vernonia melleri Oliv. & Hiem sens. lat. (1)
Perennial. Herb. Ht 0.3-1. 5 m. Alt.? B
ORBIVESTUS H.Rob. 875 1 080
(1) Robinson. 1999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112: 220-247.
(2) Robinson. 2009. Phytologia 91,3: 482-492.
cinerascens (Sch.Bip.) H.Rob.
Vernonia cinerascens Sch.Bip. (1)
V. luederitziana O.Hoffm. (1)
V. porta-taurinae Dinter ex Merxm. (1)
V. squarrosa Dinter ex Merxm. (1)
Perennial. Shrub. Ht 0.5-3 m. Alt. 360-1 200 m. N,
B, LIM, M?
POLYDORA Fenzl 8751090
(1) Robinson. 1999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112:220-247.
angustifolia (Steetz) H.Rob.
Crystallopollen angustifolium Steetz (1)
Vernonia erinacea Wild (1)
V. rhodanthoidea Muschl. (1)
178
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
POLYDORA Fenzl (cont.)
angustifolia (Steetz) H.Rob. (cont.)
Annual. Herb. Ht 0.1-2 m. Alt. ± 1 000 m. LIM, NW,
G
bainesii (Oliv. & Hiem) H.Rob. sens. lat.
Vernonia bainesii Oliv. & Hiem sens. lat. (1)
Perennial. Herb. Ht 0.6-1. 2 m. Alt.? Tvl”?
poskeana (Vatke & Hildebr.) H.Rob. sens. lat.
Vernonia poskeana Vatke & Hildebr. sens. lat. excl. V. poskeana
Vatke & Hildebr. var. chlorolepis (Steetz) O.Hoffm. (1)
Annual. Herb. Ht 0.1-1. 5 m. Alt. 300-1 850 m. N, B,
LIM, NW, G, M, S, FS
steetziana (Oliv. & Hiem) H.Rob.
Vernonia poskeana Vatke & Hildebr. var. chlorolepis (Steetz)
O.Hoffm. (1)
V. steetziana Oliv. & Hiem ( 1 )
Annual. Herb. Ht 0.2-1 m. Alt. 305-1 030 m. N, B,
LIM, M, S, KZN
VERNONELLA Sond. 875 1 120
( 1 ) Robinson & Skvarla. In press. Proceedings of the Biological Soci-
ety of Washington 123,3.
Eafricana Sond.
Centrapalus africanus (Sond.) H.Rob. ( 1 )
Vernonia africana (Sond.) Druce ( 1 )
V. vernonella Harv. ( 1 )
Perennial. Herb, geophyte. Ht up to 0.5 m. Alt. 75-150
m. KZN
VERNONIASTRUM H.Rob. 8751100
(1 ) Robinson. 1999. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton 112: 220-247.
latifolium (Steetz) H.Rob.
Crystallopollen latifolium Steetz ( 1 )
Vernonia petersii Oliv. & Hiem ex Oliv. (1)
Annual. Herb. Ht 0.1-1 .2 m. Alt. up to 1 160 m. N, B
nestor (S. Moore) H.Rob.
Vernonia nestor S. Moore ( 1 )
Perennial. Herb. Ht up to 0.9 m. Alt.? KZN
REFERENCES
BENTHAM, G. 1873. Compositae. In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker, Gen-
era plant arum 2. Reeve, London.
GERM1SHUIZEN, G. & MEYER, N.L. (eds). 2003. Plants of southern
Africa: an annotated checklist. Strelitzia 14. National Botanical
Institute, Pretoria.
GERMISHUIZEN, G„ MEYER, N.L., STEENKAMP, Y. & KEITH, M.
(eds). 2006. A checklist of South African plants. Southern Afri-
can Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41. SABONET,
Pretoria.
HERMAN, P.P.J. 2008. Asteraceae in Strelitzia 14 (2003) and South-
ern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41 (2006):
updates and corrections. Bothalia 38: 125-129.
HERMAN, P.P.J., RETIEF, E„ KOEKEMOER, M. & WELMAN, W.G.
2000. Asteraceae. In O.A. Leistner, Seed plants of southern Afri-
ca: families and genera. Strelitzia 10: 101-170. National Botani-
cal Institute, Pretoria.
HERMAN, P.P.J., WELMAN, W.G., RETIEF, E„ KOEKEMOER, M.
& NETNOU, N. 2003. Asteraceae. In G. Germishuizen & N.L.
Meyer, Plants of southern Africa: an annotated checklist. Strelitz-
ia 14: 178-310. National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
HERMAN, P.P.J., WELMAN, W.G., RETIEF, E„ KOEKEMOER, M.
& NETNOU, N. 2006. Asteraceae. In G. Germishuizen, N.L.
Meyer, Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African
plants. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report
No. 41: 155-277. SABONET, Pretoria.
ISAWUMI, M.A. 1996. Infrageneric classification of Vernonia (Vemon-
ieae: Compositae) in West Africa. In D.J.N. Hind & H.J. Beentje,
Compositae: systematics. Proceedings of the International Com-
positae Conference, Kew, 1994, vol. 1: 531-544. Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew.
ISAWUMI, M.A. 2008. The status of generic revision in the African
Vemonieae (Asteraceae). Compositae Newsletter 46: 27-48.
KEELEY, S.C. & JONES, S.B. 1979. Distribution of pollen types in
Vernonia (Vemonieae: Compositae). Systematic Botany 4: 195—
202.
KEELEY, S.C. & ROBINSON, H. 2009. Vemonieae. In V.A. Funk, A.
Susanna, T.F. Stuessy & R.J. Bayer, Systematics, evolution and
biogeography of Compositae : 439^)69. International Associa-
tion for Plant Taxonomy, Vienna.
ROBINSON, H. 1990. Six new combinations in Baccharoides Moench
and Cyanthillium Blume (Vemonieae: Asteraceae). Proceedings
of the Biological Society of Washington 103: 248-253.
ROBINSON, H. 1996. The status of generic and subtribal revisions in
the Vemonieae. In D.J.N. Hind & H.J. Beentje, Compositae: sys-
tematics. Proceedings of the International Compositae Confer-
ence, Kew, 1994, vol. 1: 511-529. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
ROBINSON, H. 1999. Revisions in paleotropical Vemonieae (Aster-
aceae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1 1 2:
220-247.
ROBINSON, H. 2007. VI. Tribe Vemonieae Cass. In K. Kubitzki, The
families and genera of vascular plants. VIII. Flowering plants —
Eudicots. Asterales (eds J.W. Kadereit & C. Jeffrey): 149-174.
Springer, Berlin.
ROBINSON, H. 2009. Additions to the genus Orbivestus H.Rob.
(Asteraceae: Vemonieae) and neotypification of Vernonia teiten-
sis O.Hoffm. Phytologia 91,3: 482^192.
ROBINSON, H. & KAHN, B. 1986. Trinervate leaves, yellow flowers,
tailed anthers and pollen variation in Distephanus Cass. (Ver-
nonieae: Asteraceae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 99: 493-501.
ROBINSON, H. & SKVARLA, J.J. In press. The restoration of the
genus Vernonella Sond. (Vemonieae: Asteraceae). Proceedings
of the Biological Society of Washington 123,3.
P.P.J. HERMAN* and N. SWELANKOMO*
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversiy Institute,
Private Bag XI 01, 0001 Pretoria.
MS. received: 2010-01-26.
CAMPANULACEAE
ANEW SPECIES OF WAHLENBERGIA FROM WESTERN CAPE, SOUTH AFRICA
INTRODUCTION
Wahlenhergia Schrad. ex Roth with 260 species
(Lammers 2007a, b) is the largest genus of Campanu-
laceae in the southern hemisphere and is most abun-
dant in South Africa where about 65 % of species occur.
Other areas in the southern hemisphere with significant
species numbers are Australia (28 spp., Smith 1992;
Plunkett et at. 2009) and New Zealand (10 spp., Petter-
son 1997). Wahlenhergia , as currently circumscribed,
includes the genus Lightfootia L’Her. nom. illegit..
which comprised shrubby species with deeply divided
corolla lobes (Thulin 1975; Lammers 1995). Von Breh-
mer (1915) revised Wahlenhergia for almost the entire
African continent. He provided a subgeneric classifica-
tion and keys to all species of Wahlenhergia and also
proposed a subgeneric classification for Lightfootia ,
which was an improvement on that of Sonder (1865).
More than 50 % of the species accepted by Von Breh-
mer were based on single collections. Thulin (1975) who
revised Wahlenhergia for tropical Africa and Madagas-
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
179
car, expressed doubt on the validity of many of them.
The most recent comprehensive revision of Lightfootia
was published by Adamson (1955) in which he recog-
nized 46 species and followed to a great extent the sub-
generic treatment of Von Brehmer (1915). Since Adam-
son’s treatment, new species and subspecies of the genus
formerly treated as Lightfootia have been described
for tropical Africa (Lambinon & Duvigneaud 1961;
Duvigneaud & Denaeyer-De Smet 1963; Wild 1964) but
none for South Africa.
During field work, while collecting material for phy-
logenetic studies of the Campanulaceae, an undescribed
species of Wahlenbergia was discovered. Vegetative
and floral characters displayed by this species, place it
in the Lightfootia-type group of the genus. This is also
confirmed by the phylogenetic analyses, using chloro-
plast and nuclear DNA sequences, where these shrubby
species were grouped separately from the 'typical' Wahl-
enbergia species (Cupido 2008). The new species meets
the criteria of the monophyletic species concept, under
which species can be diagnosed by at least one autapo-
morphy (Donoghue 1985). The species is described and
illustrated here.
Wahlenbergia suffruticosa Cupido, sp. nov.,
herba perennis a congeneribus rhizomate capsulaque
loculicide secus rimas longitudinales inter valvas api-
cales depressas in segmenta 5 secedenti. W. subulatae
(L’Her.) Lammers affinis sed fioris colore, hypanthii
forma amplitudineque, disci epigyni forma et capsulae
dehiscentia differt.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3318 (Cape Town): Malmes-
bury, Chatsworth, southern end of Chamberlain Road, (-
DA), 5 Dec. 2007, C.N. Cupido 325 (NBG, holo.; K, PRE).
FIGURE 4. — Wahlenbergia suffru-
ticosa, inflorescences. Photo-
graph: C.N. Cupido.
Perennial rhizomatous herb with suffruticose habit,
up to 200 mm tall, hispid, tufted, initially with taproot,
lateral rhizomes develop later from which new shrub-
lets arise. Stems erect, slender, unbranched, occasion-
ally with lateral branches. Leaves alternate, scattered,
spreading, sessile, linear, up to 10 mm long, subulate,
apex hyaline, sparsely hispidulous on abaxial surface;
margins sparsely ciliate or ciliate-dentate; axillary clus-
ter of smaller leaves present. Inflorescence 3-flowered, 1
terminal, lateral 2 rudimentary, on highly reduced lateral
branches with leaf-like bracts, aggregated into raceme-
like synflorescences toward ends of main branches.
Flowers shortly pedicellate, axillary, actinomorphic;
bracts 2, leaf-like, 1.2-3. 6 mm long, opposite, succulent,
subulate, apex hyaline, sparsely hispidulous on abax-
ial surface, margins sparsely ciliate or ciliate-dentate,
subtending each of rudimentary flowers, absent in ter-
minal flower. Hypanthium hemispherical, hispidulous.
Calyx', lobes 5, alternating with corolla lobes, 1.2-2. 5
mm long, triangular, apex hyaline, sparsely hispidu-
lous, margins sparsely ciliate-dentate. Corolla stellate,
white or mauve; tube 0. 1-1.0 mm long; lobes 5, 2. 3-3. 6
mm long, linear, outer surface hispidulous along midrib
and inner surface near base. Stamens 5, free, inserted
at base of corolla tube; filament 1. 0-2.2 mm long, base
dilated, margin ciliate, upper part tapering, forming a
dome; anthers linear, basifixed. Ovary inferior, 5-locu-
lar, each containing 3 or 4 erect ovules situated at base
of ovary, epigynous disc fleshy, occasionally hairy; style
cylindrical, 2. 0-3. 6 mm long, eglandular, mauve-pur-
ple, sparsely hairy; stigma 3(4)-lobed. Fruit a capsule
with depressed apical valves, dehiscing loculicidally by
5 longitudinal slits, 1 seed develops in 1 or 2 locules.
Flowering time: November to January. Figures 4, 5.
180
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 5. — Wahlenbergia suffruticosa, Cupido 325. A, portion of plant; B, flowering branch; C, leaf; D, leaf-like bract with rudimentary flower;
E, flower with two leaf-like bracts; F, base of flower longitudinally opened, showing ovary and basal part of style; G, capsule (aerial view).
Scale bars: A, 20 mm; B, 4 mm; C-G, 2 mm. Artist: Tracey Nowell.
Conservation status', known from a single population
in Chatsworth, Malmesbury. The habitat of this species
is under serious threat from invasive Acacia saligna
trees and housing developments. Plots adjacent to the
population are already being cleared for housing. It
must be considered as Critically Endangered [A3c; B1
ab (i,ii,iii,iv,v) + 2ab (i,ii,iii,iv,v); C1+ 2a (i,ii); D, World
Conservation Union (IUCN) 2001].
Diagnostic features and affinities', the ‘ Lightfootia'
clade in which Wahlenbergia suffruticosa is nested, is
largely unresolved (Cupido 2008) and is of limited use
in inferring relationships among species. The placement
of W. suffruticosa is therefore uncertain, but morpholog-
ical investigations suggest a strong affinity of this spe-
cies to W. subulata L’Her.
Vegetatively, the two species resemble each other in
their spreading, often tufted habit, leaf shape and the
presence of smaller leaves in the axils. The flowers of
Wahlenbergia subulata are generally deep purple and on
pedicels of longer than 1 mm, and larger than those of
W. suffruticosa. In contrast, the smaller almost incon-
spicuous white flowers of W. suffruticosa are on pedicels
shorter than I mm. The ovary in W. subulata is almost
superior, thereby reducing the size of the hypanthium
which is obscured by bulges at the base of the calyx
lobes. W. suffruticosa differs from it in having an almost
semi-inferior ovary, a well-developed hypanthium and
no bulges at the base of the calyx lobes. Both species
have three or more basal ovules in each of the five loc-
ules of the ovary. Usually in the Campanulaceae, the
ovary locule number and style lobe number are corre-
lated (Thulin 1975; Eddie & Ingrouille 1999), but this
is not the case in this population of W. suffruticosa , in
which the style lobe number (three) is smaller than the
ovary locule number (five). The locule number, how-
ever, appears constant within the population. The style
base in W. subulata is expanded, fusing with the dome-
shaped epigynous disc, whereas in W. suffruticosa it is
not expanded but embedded in a fleshy, flattened epi-
gynous disc. In all species of Wahlenbergia , except W.
acaulis E.Mey., the capsule characteristically dehisces
by erect apical valves, which are formed by the dome-
shaped epigynous disc. In W. acaulis dehiscence takes
place via protruding intercalyx folds. W. suffruticosa
has also departed from the typical Wahlenbergia pattern
by evolving a unique mode of dehiscence in which slits
develop between the depressed apical valves and extend
longitudinally, separating the capsule into five segments
(Figure 5G). This mode of dehiscence is an autapomor-
phy for the species. The uncorrelated style lobe and
ovary locule numbers appear unique to this species, but
could be a result of phenotypic plasticity, a phenomenon
common in the Campanulaceae (Eddie & Ingrouille
1999). The consistency of these character states within
the species needs to be confirmed when more popula-
tions are found.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
181
In previous studies in the South African Campanu-
laceae, little or no attention has been given to below-
ground plant structures as a potential source of taxo-
nomic characters. The rhizomatous habit found in
Wahlenbergia suffruticosa is documented here for the
first time. It would appear from some herbarium speci-
mens that rhizomes are also found in W. subulata.
Distribution and habitat', this species is only known
from Chatsworth, a small town 15 km from Malmesbury
off the N7 road from Cape Town (Figure 6). It grows in
full sunlight in sand fynbos on sandy flats at an altitude
of about 100 m. The soils are well drained and more
than 2 m deep. The annual rainfall range is between
290 and 660 mm, with precipitation peaking from May
to August. Additional precipitation is provided by mists
which are common in winter. Frost occurs about three
days per year (Rebelo et al. 2006).
Etymology: the epithet refers to the habit of the plant
(, suffruticosus = somewhat woody).
Additional specimen examined
WESTERN CAPE. — 3318 (Cape Town): Malmesbury, Chatsworth,
vacant plot SW of the Morris Brown AME Church, (-DA), 22 Nov.
2001. Cupido 209 (NBG).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to express my thanks and appreciation to Dr
Ted Oliver for translating the diagnosis into Latin, Dr
Tracey Nowell for doing the line drawing, Pethole Man-
yama for determining the conservation status, and the
Western Cape Nature Conservation Board for granting a
collecting permit.
REFERENCES
ADAMSON, R.S. 1955. South African species of Lightfootia. Journal
of South African Botany 21:1 55-22 1 .
CUPIDO, C.N. 2008. Systematic studies of the South African Campanu-
laceae (Campanuloideae) with an emphasis on generic delimita-
tions. Ph.D. thesis, University of Cape Town.
DONOGHUE, M.J. 1985. A critique of the biological species concept
and recommendations for a phylogenetic alternative. Bryologist
88: 172-181.
DUVIGNEAUD, P. & DENAEYER-DE SMET, S. 1963. Cuivre et
vegetation au Katanga. Bulletin de la Societe Royale Botanique
de Belgique 96: 93-23 1 .
EDDIE, W.M.M. & INGROUILLE, M.J. 1999. Polymorphism in the
Aegean ‘five-loculed’ species of the genus Campanula, Section
Quinqueloculares (Campanulaceae). Nordic Journal of Botany
19: 153-169.
LAMBINON, J. & DUVIGNEAUD, P. 1961. Etude systematique et
phytogeographique d’un groupe de Lightfootia a inflorescence
contractee. Bulletin de la Societe Royale Botanique de Belgique
93: 41-53.
LAMMERS, T.G. 1995. Transfer of the southern African species of
Lightfootia nom. illeg., to Wahlenbergia. Taxon 44: 333-339.
LAMMERS, T.G. 2007a. Campanulaceae. In K. Kubitzki, The families
and genera of vascular plants, vol. 8. Asterales (J. Kadereit & C.
Jeffrey, eds): 26-56. Springer, Berlin.
LAMMERS, T.G. 2007b. World checklist and bibliography of Cam-
panulaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
PETTERSON, J.A. 1997. Revision of the genus Wahlenbergia (Cam-
panulaceae) in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany
33: 9-54.
PLUNKETT, G.T., BRUHL, J.J. & TELFORD, I.R.H. 2009.Two new,
sympatric species of Wahlenbergia (Campanulaceae) from the
New England Tableland escarpment, New South Wales, Aus-
tralia. Australian Systematic Botany 22: 319-33 1 .
REBELO, A.G., BOUCHER, C., HELME, N„ MUCINA, L. & RU-
THERFORD, M.C. 2006. Fynbos Biome. In L. Mucina & M.C.
Rutherford, The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swazi-
land. Strelitzia 19: 53-219. South African National Biodiversity
Institute, Pretoria.
SMITH, P.J. 1992. A revision of the genus Wahlenbergia (Campanu-
laceae) in Australia. Telopea 5: 91-175.
SONDER, O.W. 1865. Campanulaceae. In W.H. Harvey & O.W.
Sonder, Flora capensis 3: 530-605. Hodges, Smith, Dublin.
THULIN. M. 1975. The genus Wahlenbergia s.l. (Campanulaceae) in
tropical Africa and Madagascar. Symbolae Botanicae Upsalien-
sis 21: 1-223.
VON BREHMER, W. 1915. Uber die systematische Gliederung und
Entwicklung der Gattung Wahlenbergia in Afrika. In A. Engler,
Beitrage zur Flora von Afrika, XLIV. Botanische Jahrbiicher 53:
9-143.
WILD, H. 1964. New and interesting species. Kirkia 4: 159-164.
WORLD CONSERVATION UNION (IUCN). 200\. IUCN Red list cat-
egories and criteria: version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival Com-
mission. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.
C.N. CUPIDO*
* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
MS. received: 2010-02-23.
PTERIDOPHYTA
NEW PTERIDOPHYTE RECORDS FOR THE FLORA OF SWAZILAND
The most recent enumeration of the pteridophytes
of Swaziland is that of Roux (2003a), nomenclatu-
ral aspects of which have been updated (Roux 2009).
The 2003 checklist reflected new discoveries based on
intense field work conducted during May 2002, and was
complemented by a country-focused treatment (Roux
2003b) that provided distribution maps for each taxon.
The new records were included in the Swaziland flora
checklist produced shortly thereafter by Braun et al.
(2004). We report on three subsequent pteridophyte dis-
coveries made in Swaziland, which increase the total
documented number of fern taxa occurring there to
182
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
115. Protologue citations and synonymy for these new
records — Asplenium cordatum (Thunb.) Sw., Cheilan-
thes inaequalis (Kunze) Mett. var. buchananii (Baker)
Schelpe and Ophioglossum costatum R.Br. — are pro-
vided by Roux (2009).
Asplenium cordatum
It is somewhat surprising that no ceterachoid asple-
niums have been found earlier in Swaziland, given
the extent of suitable xeric habitat and close proxim-
ity to South African localities of the two regional spe-
cies [for map see information under Ceterach cordatum
sensu Burrows (1990)]. Plants of Asplenium cordatum
[Aspleniaceae, syn. Ceterach cordatum (Thunb.) Desv.]
were found in typical habitat near Mbabane (Figure 7),
as chasmophytic saxicoles (Jacobsen 1983) on granite
boulders amongst clumps of Strelitzia caudata. The veg-
etation at the site forms part of the KaNgwane Montane
Grassland (Gm 16) (Mucina et al. 2006).
31° 32°
FIGURE 7. — Distribution of Asplenium cordatum , ▲; Cheilanthes
inaequalis var. buchananii , ■; and Ophioglossum costatum, •,
in Swaziland.
Specimen examined
SWAZILAND. — 2631 (Mbabane): on ledge of granite boulders,
northeastern aspect, towards top of kopje on Van der Meers Farm,
Mbabane, 1 346 m, (-AC), 29-12-2009, L. Loffler 1179 (BNRFI, PRE).
Cheilanthes inaequalis var. buchananii
Within its distribution range, Cheilanthes inaequa-
lis var. buchananii (Sinopteridaceae) is usually asso-
ciated with a quartz substrate, growing on moist soil
in the shade of rocks. The current finding of this taxon
at Mahamba Gorge (Figure 7) in the lee of quartzitic
rocks in mid-altitude grassland is fully consistent with
its known ecological requirements. Plants were uncom-
mon and localized on a northern aspect. The Swaziland
plants link disjunct subpopulations near Graskop in
Mpumalanga with those in central KwaZulu-Natal (Bur-
rows 1990), in much the same way that plants of Pel-
laea pectiniformis Baker (Sinopteridaceae) from the
Mahamba Gorge site do for that species (Roux 2003a).
Cheilanthes inaequalis var. buchananii may be superfi-
cially confused with C. eckloniana (Kunze) Mett., the
lamina underside of which is similarly covered with a
felt-like layer of hairs. However, the former taxon may
be distinguished readily by the absence of broad, shiny,
cream-coloured scales along the abaxial surface of the
costae and costules (Burrows 1990). The typical variety
of C. inaequalis has not yet been collected in Swazi-
land; this taxon has a tomentose rather than pilose dor-
sal lamina indumentum. The fronds are less dissected
and narrowly ovate to lanceolate in outline rather than
broadly ovate as with C. inaequalis var. buchananii.
The hairs of the typical variety are also shorter and mat-
ted, whereas those of var. buchananii are longer and
straighter (Anthony 1984; Burrows 1990). The vegeta-
tion at Mahamba Gorge corresponds to Ithala Quartzite
Sourveld (Gs2) (Mucina et al. 2006).
Specimen examined
SWAZILAND. — 2731 (Louwsburg): Mahamba Gorge, ± 7 m from
water tank supplying rest camp, on north-facing aspect in soil between
vertical quartzitic rocks, growing together with Pellaea pectiniformis ,
984 m, (-AA), 22-11-2009, N. Crouch 1259 (NH).
Ophioglossum costatum
Ophioglossum costatum (Ophioglossaceae) is wide-
spread in the Old World tropics, stretching from northern
Australia through Indonesia, India to Africa and Mada-
gascar. In Africa it occurs widely in tropical and sub-
tropical deciduous woodland and open savanna, always
confined to seasonally wet habitats such as stream
banks, next to springs, and in seasonally wet seepage
areas over sheetrock. Although widespread in tropical
Africa, O. costatum is somewhat more rare in the Flora
of southern Africa region and, up until now, had not
been recorded further south than 25° S, in the Witbank
and Nelspruit Districts of Mpumalanga Province (Bur-
rows 1992).
This latest collection was made in the Umbeluzi
Gorge which cuts through the Lubombo Mountains that
form the border between Swaziland and Mozambique.
It was found growing among short grasses in a wet area
next to a small stream near the Umbeluzi River, just
before it flows out into Mozambique (Figure 7). The
vegetation at the site forms part of the Southern Le-
bombo Bushveld (SV1 1 6) (Rutherford et al. 2006). This
collection therefore represents the first record of the spe-
cies from Swaziland, as well as a range extension south-
wards for the species in Africa.
Specimen examined
SWAZILAND. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Umbeluzi Gorge, Mlawula
Game Reserve, 100 m, (-AA), 3-12-2006, J.E. Burrows & S.M. Bur-
rows 9654 (BNRH).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Linda Loffler of Mbabane is thanked for bringing her
discovery of Asplenium cordatum to our attention, and
providing a voucher specimen. Ms Hester Steyn of the
National Herbarium, SANBI, Pretoria, kindly produced
the distribution map.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
183
REFERENCES
ANTHONY, N.C. 1984. A revision of the southern African species of
Cheilanthes Swartz and Pellaea Link (Pteridaceae). Contribu-
tions from the Bolus Herbarium 1 1 : 33 — 42.
BRAUN, K.P., DLAMINI, S.D.V., MDLADLA, D.R., METHULE,
N.P., DLAMINI, P.W. & DLAMINI, M.S. 2004. Swaziland flora
checklist. Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report
No. 27. SABONET, Pretoria.
BURROWS, J.E. 1990. Southern African ferns and fern allies. Frand-
sen, Sandton.
BURROWS, J.E. 1992. The taxonomy of the genus Ophioglossum L.
(Ophioglossaceae) in southern Africa. M.Sc. thesis. Natal Uni-
versity, Pietermaritzburg.
JACOBSEN, W.B.G. 1983. The ferns and fern allies of southern Africa.
Butterworths, Durban.
MUCINA, L., HOARE, D.B., LOTTER, M.C., DU PREEZ, J.,
RUTHERFORD, M.C., SCOTT-SHAW, C.R., BREDENKAMP,
G.J., POWRIE, L.W., SCOTT, L„ CAMP, K.G.T., CILLIERS,
S.S., BEZUIDENHOUT, H„ MOSTERT, T.H., SIEBERT, S.J.,
WINTER, P.J.D., BURROWS, J.E., DOBSON, L„ WARD, R.A.,
STALMANS, M„ OLIVER, E.G.H., SIEBERT, F„ SCHMIDT,
E„ KOBISI, K. & KOSE, L. 2006. Grassland Biome. In L. Muci-
na & M.C. Rutherford, The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho
and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19: 349^436.
ROUX, J.P. 2003a. An annotated checklist of the pteridophyte flora of
Swaziland. Bothalia 33: 53-57.
ROUX, J.P. 2003b. Swaziland ferns and fern allies. Southern African
Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 19. SABONET, Pretoria.
ROUX, J.P. 2009. Synopsis of the Lycopodiophyta and Pteridophyta
of Africa, Madagascar and neighbouring islands. Strelitzia 23.
South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
RUTHERFORD, M.C., MUCINA, L„ LOTTER, M.C., BREDEN-
KAMP, G.J., SMIT, J.H.L., SCOTT-SHAW, C.R., HOARE,
D.B., GOODMAN, P.S., BEZUIDENHOUT, H„ SCOTT, L„
ELLIS, F., POWRIE, L.W., SIEBERT, F„ MOSTERT, T.H.,
HENNING, B.J., VENTER, C.E., CAMP, K.G.T., SIEBERT,
S.J., MATTHEWS, W.S., BURROWS, J.E., DOBSON, L., VAN
ROOYEN, N„ SCHMIDT, E„ WINTER, P.J.D., DU PREEZ,
J„ WARD, R.A., WILLIAMSON, S. & HURTER, P.J.H. 2006.
Savanna Biome. In L. Mucina & M.C. Rutherford, The veg-
etation of South Africa. Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19:
438-538.
N.R. CROUCH* and J.E. BURROWS**
* Ethnobotany Unit, South African National Biodiversity Institute, P.O.
Box 52099, 4007 Berea Road, Durban/School of Chemistry, University
of KwaZulu-Natal, 4041 Durban.
** Buffelskloof Private Nature Reserve & Herbarium, P.O. Box 710,
1120 Lydenburg.
MS. received: 2010-01-18.
ASPHODELACEAE: ALOOIDEAE
GASTERIA CROUCHERI SUBSP. PONDOENSIS. A NEW CREMNOPHYTE FROM PONDOLAND, SOUTH AFRICA
We describe a new subspecies of Gasteria croucheri
(Hook.f.) Baker from northern Pondoland, Eastern
Cape, an obligate cremnophyte belonging to Gasteria
Duval sect. Longiflorae Elaw. ser. Longifoliae Haw. The
members of this series are all characterized by narrow,
elliptical, comparatively dull-coloured flowers in which
the swelling in the upper half approximates the rather
unpronounced basal gasteriform portion (Van Jaarsveld
et al. 1994). Mature specimens of the new taxon produce
both leaves (up to 1.5 m long) and flowers (up to 50 mm
long) that are exceptionally long in the genus. To date,
plants have only been found in the Msikaba and Mtentu
River systems adjacent to Mkambati Game Reserve
(Figure 8), the topography of which is characterized by
rugged plateaux of 100-500 m, dissected deeply by nar-
row river gorges. This distribution falls within the Pon-
doland Centre of Plant Endemism (Van Wyk & Smith
2001). Specimens grow on cliffs both fully exposed on
southern aspects, as well as within the shaded margins of
riverine forest. It is a clump-forming species with long,
angular and often sickle-shaped leaves, most of which
are pendulous in mature specimens (Figure 9).
Gasteria croucheri (Hook.f.) Baker subsp. pon-
doensis N.R. Crouch, Gideon F.Sm. & D.G. A. Styles,
subsp. nov.
A subsp. croucheri differt foliis pendulis et a subsp.
pendulifolia foliis usque ad 1.5 m longis, dum flores sui
50 mm longi longitudines antea in ceteris duabus sub-
speciebus recognitas excedentes. Subspecies nova ad
habitationem specialem in regio geographica speciei
restricta.
TYPE. — Eastern Cape, 3130 (Port Edward): rocky
ledge alongside Lukabeni stream, 4.5 km upstream of
Mtentu River mouth, (-AA), 04-01-2009, N. Crouch &
D. Styles 1149 (NH, holo.).
Plants acaulescent, decumbent to rarely erect, 250-
400 mm tall, up to 600 mm diam., solitary, dividing or
proliferating from base to form dense groups. Roots
succulent, up to 6 mm diam. Leaves rosulate, erectly
spreading, rarely patent or recurved, triangular, linear-
lanceolate to falcate, rarely lorate, 200-1 500 mm long,
30-100 mm broad at base; adaxial surface broadly
canaliculate, plane towards apex, abaxial surface some-
what convex with a distinctly tuberculate-serrulate
excentric keel; both surfaces dark green, often glaucous,
with dense white to concolorous spots arranged hap-
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 8. — Known distribution of Gasteria croucheri subsp. pon-
doensis , •.
184
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 9. — Flowering plant of Gasteria croucheri subsp . pondoensis
along the Lukabeni stream, tributary of Mtentu River, Eastern
Cape Province. Photograph: N. Crouch.
hazardly or in transverse bands; surface smooth, rarely
slightly asperulous; margin tuberculate-serrulate, rarely
denticulate; apex obtuse or acute, mucronate. Juvenile
leaves distichous, lorate, patent to erectly spreading,
smooth; apex acute, rarely obtuse, mucronate. Inflor-
escence racemose, up to 900 mm tall, ascending, at
first drooping, with or without a pair of side branches;
scape 10-14 mm broad at base, flattened; floral bracts
6-1 1 mm long, piliferous; pedicel 10-11 mm long, pink.
Perianth 42-50 mm long, stipitate for up to 9 mm, gas-
teriform proximally (narrow-elliptic) for half its length;
basal gasteriform portion pink, 7 mm wide (often tri-
angular in cross section), upper portion light pink with
green striations, inflated to nearly same diam. as basal
portion (with slight constriction in middle); apex erect
becoming erectly spreading, obtuse; margins of inner
segments free and channelled at base for 8-12 mm,
diverging gradually towards apex. Stamens 33 mm long;
anthers 2. 5^4.0 mm long, shortly exserted at anthesis.
Ovary 9-10 x 3 mm; style 17-19 mm long, lengthen-
ing considerably during female phase of flower; stigma
capitate, included or slightly exserted, curved upwards,
minute. Capsule 20-22 mm long, obtuse at apex. Seeds
3-4 x 2-3 mm. Flowering time4. December to February.
In the latest revision of Gasteria (Van Jaarsveld
1994), over 100 available names (Schelpe 1958) were
consolidated to 16 species, with a total of 22 taxa. A
subsequent synopsis (Van Jaarsveld 2007) indicated that
further research had by that date resulted in the recog-
nition of an additional seven species, bringing the total
number of taxa to 34. Included in this revised number
were two new taxa described from KwaZulu-Natal, the
most recent of which was G. tukhelensis Van Jaarsv.
from the lower Tukhela River near Kranskop (Van Jaars-
veld & Van Wyk 2005). Forms of G. croucheri previ-
ously referred to as cultivars ‘Shongweni’ and ‘Umgeni’
from near Durban (Van Jaarsveld 1994) were also col-
lectively described as G. pendulifolia Van Jaarsv. (Van
Jaarsveld & Van Wyk 2001), but were subsequently
reduced to subspecific rank ( G . croucheri subsp. pen-
dulifolia (Van Jaarsv.) Zonn.) following total nuclear
DNA analyses (Zonneveld & Van Jaarsveld 2005). Van
Jaarsveld & Van Wyk (2001) considered the distribu-
tion range of G. croucheri subsp. pendulifolia to extend
along the subtropical coast, northwards from Durban to
just south of Mkuze. Zonneveld & Van Jaarsveld (2005)
distinguished G. croucheri subsp. pendulifolia from
the typical subspecies on account of its smaller size,
prolific clustering habit, and pendulous leaves that are
narrow, glaucous and with an entire margin. The flow-
ers are also predominantly white infused pink basally,
whereas those of subsp. croucheri are pinker through-
out, with more prominent green striations apically. The
typical subspecies has been reported as larger, with
leaves ascending to spreading, and a lower propensity
for cluster-forming (Van Jaarsveld & Van Wyk 2001;
Van Jaarsveld 2007). Based on their somewhat broader
concept for G. croucheri subsp. croucheri , Van Jaars-
veld & Van Wyk (2001) reported the typical subspecies
to occur from Durban southwards to the Msikaba River
in the Eastern Cape. Subspecies croucheri is presently
not known from the Msikaba and Mtentu River gorges,
but has been observed beyond the range of subsp. pon-
doensis to as far south as the Mzimvubu River where
plants were found on shale cliffs ± 15 km inland of the
coast (Van Jaarsveld & Van Wyk 2003). Populations of
subsp. pondoensis occur towards the southern end of the
range of subsp. croucheri, and are separated geographi-
cally from the similarly pendulous-leaved subsp. pendu-
lifolia by a distance of 150 km. The three subspecies of
Gasteria croucheri are thus allopatric. As stated above,
the leaves of subsp. pondoensis are often significantly
longer than those of both other subspecies, for they may
attain lengths of up to 1.5 m. By comparison, those of
subsp. croucheri are only 0.36 m long, whereas those of
subsp. pendulifolia are little more than 0.45 m long (Van
Jaarsveld & Van Wyk 2001 ). The perianth size of subsp.
pondoensis is longer too than both its closest relatives,
attaining 50 mm compared to 40 mm; they are similar in
colour to subsp. croucheri.
Gasteria croucheri subsp. pondoensis occurs in a
summer rainfall coastal region, where it is associated
with Scarp Forest (FOz 5), a vegetation unit which today
exists as an archipelago of scattered patches ranging in
altitude from near sea level to 600 m (Rutherford et al.
2006). This Gasteria has, however, not yet been found at
altitudes higher than 200 m. Particularly fine specimens
may be seen on cliffs at the Superbowl on the Msikaba,
and along the Mtentu fringe about 3.5 km upstream of
the mouth. Both these two deep gorges have likely pro-
vided stable forest refugia for this and other endemic
taxa, which have been unable to escape their enclave
as a result of susceptibility to, inter alia, hot seasonal
fires in the surrounding sourveld grasslands (Edwards
2005). G. croucheri subsp. pondoensis grows on cliff
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
185
faces and on rock ledges in dense subtropical vegeta-
tion that includes the following shrub and tree species:
Helichrysum populifolium, Dracaena aletriformis ,
Encephalartos altensteinii , Grewia pondoensis, Commi-
phora harveyi , Jubaeopsis caffra, Strelitzia nicolai , and
Tarchonanthus trilobus. Associated cremnophytic suc-
culents include Aeollanthus parvifolius, Aloe arbores-
cens , Bulbine sp., Crassula multicava subsp. multicava ,
C. orbicularis, C. pellucida, C. streyi , Delosperma sp.,
Isclmolepis natalensis, Plectranthus saccatus subsp.
pondoensis, Rhipsalis baccifera subsp. mauritiana,
Senecio medley-woodii and S. oxydontus.
At species level, the Red List status for Gaster-
ia croucheri has recently been evaluated as Vulner-
able (A2d) (Van Jaarsveld & Raimondo 2009) based on
extensive and unsustainable harvesting for the trade in
traditional medicine (Crouch et al. 2000). For this pur-
pose, subsp. pondoensis will undoubtedly be as sought
after as its sister taxa. In favour of its conservation, G.
croucheri subsp. pondoensis should find refuge in suita-
ble habitats along both the northern and southern bound-
aries of the Mkambati Game Reserve.
The subspecific epithet pondoensis is a geographic
indicator of the presently known distribution of this Pon-
doland endemic.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Dr Otto A. Leistner, formerly of the South
African National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI), Pre-
toria, for providing the Latin diagnosis, and Ms Hester
Steyn of SANBI for preparing the map.
REFERENCES
CROUCH, N„ SMITH, G., SYMMONDS. R. & TOMALIN, M. 2000.
Gasteria croucheri — the magical impundu of the Zulu. British
Cactus and Succulent Journal 18: 70—78.
EDWARDS, T.J. 2005. Two new Plectranthus species (Lamiaceae) and
new distribution records from the Pondoland Centre of Plant
Endemism, South Africa. Bothalia 35: 149-152.
RUTHERFORD. M.C., POWRIE, L.W., LOTTER, M.C., VON
MALT1TZ, G.P., EUSTON-BROWN, D.l.W. MATTHEWS,
W.S., DOBSON, L. & McKENZIE, B. 2006. Afrotemperate,
Subtropical and Azonal Forests. In L. Mucina & M.C. Ruther-
ford, The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland.
Strelitzia 19: 584—614.
SCHELPE, E.A.C.L.E. 1958. Gasteria — a problem genus of South
African succulent plants. The Journal of the Botanical Society of
South Africa 44: 1 7-2 1 .
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1994. Gasterias of South Africa. A new revi-
sion of a major succulent group. Femwood Press, Cape Town.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 2007. The genus Gasteria ; a synoptic review
(new taxa and combinations). Aloe 44: 84—103.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & RAIMONDO, D. 2009. Gasteria croucheri.
In D. Raimondo, L. von Staden, W. Foden, J.E. Victor, N.A.
Helme, R.C. Turner, D.A. Kamundi & P.A. Manyama, Red List
of South African plants. Strelitzia 25: 92.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J., SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, B-E. 1994. A
cladistic analysis of Gasteria ( Aloaceae). South African Journal
of Science 90: 467^170.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2001. Gasteria penduli-
folia, a new species from KwaZulu-Natal. Cactus and Succulent
Journal (US) 73: 68-70.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, A.E. (Braam) 2003. New cliff-
dwelling Crassulaceae from the Eastern Cape: a new Cotyledon
and two new Adromischus taxa from the Mbashe and Mzimvubu
Rivers, South Africa. Aloe 40: 36-40.
VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. & VAN WYK, A.E. 2005. Gasteria tukhelen-
sis, a new species from KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa. Bothalia
35: 164-166.
VAN WYK, A.E. & SM 1TH, G.F. 200 1 . Regions offloristic endemism in
southern Africa. A review with emphasis on succulents. Umdaus
Press, Hatfield. Pretoria.
ZONNEVELD, B.J.M. & VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 2005. Taxonomic
implications of genome size for all species of the genus Gas-
teria Duval (Aloaceae). Plant Systematics and Evolution 251:
217-227.
N.R. CROUCH*, G.F. SMITH** and D.G.A. STYLES ***
* Corresponding author: Ethnobotany Unit, South African National Bio-
diversity Institute, P.O. Box 52099, Berea Road. 4007 Durban/School
of Chemistry, University of KwaZulu-Natal, 4041 Durban. E-mail:
n.crouch@sanbi.org.za.
** Biosystematics Research and Biodiversity Collections Division,
South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XI 01, 0001
Pretoria/H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium. Department of Plant Sci-
ence, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
*** P.O. Box 50030. 4062 Musgrave, Durban.
MS. received: 2010-05-03.
MARCHANTIOPHYTA
NEW LIVERWORT DISTRIBUTION RECORDS IN SOUTH AFRICA
New provincial records of thallose liverworts, identi-
fied since the publication of the latest checklist of South
African liverworts (Perold 2006) are reported here. The
new records are based on specimens in the bryophyte
collection of the National Herbarium, Pretoria (PRE).
Taxonomy and nomenclature follow Perold (2006). The
thallose liverworts of southern Africa were revised by
Perold (1999).
1. Asterella wilmsii (Steph.) S. W.Arnell
FREE STATE. — 2828 (Bethlehem): Fouriesburg, Meiringspoort
Nature Park, (-CA), 28°36T9"S, 28°13'46"E, 1 381 m, on soil at edge
of pool, 15 July 2001, M Koekemoer 2057 (PRE). 2829 (Harrismith):
Oliviershoek, Blydschap Farm, stream bank, on rock, (-CA), 17 July
1999, H.M. Anderson 1424 (PRE).
2. Dumortiera hirsuta (Sw.) Nees
FREE STATE. — 2828 (Bethlehem): Fouriesburg, Meiringspoort
Nature Park, 28°36'19"S, 28°13'46"E, 1 381 m, on soil under rock
overhang in moist bog, (-CA), 15 July 2001, M. Koekemoer 2061
(PRE).
3. Exormotheca pustulosa Mitt.
KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2929 (Underberg): about 4 km down Sani
Pass, 2 956 m, on vertical soil bank at roadside, (-CB), 5 Jan. 2000,
S.M. Perold & M. Koekemoer 4341 (PRE).
NORTHERN CAPE.— 2822 (Glen Lyon): ±51 km N of Grie-
kwastad, Rudisheim Farm, on soil, (-DD), June 1999, P.M. Burgoyne
CHI 3732 (PRE).
WESTERN CAPE. — 3320 (Montagu): just outside Montagu at the
arched rock, above outspan, 33°48'32"S, 20°05'55"E, 223 m, on soil.
186
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
(-CC), 10 Sept. 2002, M. Koekemoer 2J97(PRE). 3321 (Ladismith):
Vleirivier, Manie se Kloof, Gamkaberg Reserve, dry river bed, small
area sheltered and shaded by rocks and plants, flat on ground, grey-
green, (-DB), 13 Mar. 2003, Y. van Wijk 2963 (PRE). 3322 (Oudts-
hoom): Wilderness, Kleinplaats-Vanrooyenskraal, Bergplaas State
Forest, 300 m, steep N-facing rocky cliff, on soil in cracks and under
overhangs, (-DC), 20 Apr. 2003, Y van Wijk 2972B, 2973A, 29 74 (all
PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3027 (Lady Grey): Barkley East Dist., road
to Rhodes from Barkley Pass, 30°52'22"S, 27°47T1"E, 1 590 m, steep
SE-facing slope in grassland, green liverwort on moist soil, (-DD), 19
Mar. 1996, J.E. Victor 1750B (PRE).
4. Lunularia cruciata (L.) Dumort. ex Lindb.
FREE STATE. — 2627 (Potchefstrooin): Dist. Sasolburg, ‘Elysium',
Plot 12, Wonderfontein Road, 26°46'52"S, 27°46'18"E, 1 440 m, cul-
tivated garden, abundant and a menace in shade house on soil of pot
plants and on floor of cement bricks, green thallose liverwort, (-DD),
12 May 2001, A. V. Kroon 16480 (PRE).
5. Marchantia pappeana Lehm. sitbsp. pappeana
WESTERN CAPE. — 3318 (Cape Town): Claremont, Kirsten-
bosch Botanical Gardens, 150 m, edge of pond, (-CD), 17 Mar. 1995,
T. Arts RSA03/31 (PRE); stream near guest house, 12 Mar. 1994, M.
Koekemoer 1050 (PRE); on earth bank at edge of streamlet, 12 Jan.
1987, S.M. Perold 1220 (PRE); on sandstone, at water’s edge of small
stream, 1 Sept. 1993, S.M. Perold 2926 (PRE); on earth walls of water
furrows, 12 Oct. 1995, S.M. Perold 3323 (PRE); at edge of streamlet, 5
Jan. 1998, S.M. Perold 3954 (PRE).
6. Plagiochasma appendiculatum Lehm. & Lindenb.
LIMPOPO. — 2427 (Thabazimbi): 26 km E of Thabazimbi on road
to Alma, in gulley about halfway up Bakker’s Pass, at base of large
rocks, (-BC), 6 Mar. 1985, S.M. Perold 854 (PRE); about 4 km E of
Rooiberg to Hoopdal, and Thabazimbi to Alma crossroads, in Bakker’s
Pass, in gulley near road at large Ficus tree and boulders, 16 Dec.
1993, S.M. Perold & M. Koekemoer 3135 (PRE).
MPUMALANGA. — 2430 (Pilgrim’s Rest): Blydepoort, along
stream to Tufa Waterfall, on rock, (-DB), 27 May 2001, S.M. Perold &
M. Koekemoer 4715 (PRE).
7. Plagiochasma rupestre (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Steph.
var. volkii Bischl.
MPUMALANGA. — 2529 (Witbank): Mapoch’s Grounds ± 8 km
NE from Roossenekal, 25°10'32"S, 29°57'14"E, 1 410 m, in grassland
on soil, thallus greyish green with black edges, (-BB), 19 Jan. 2005,
S.P Bester 5505 (PRE).
FREE STATE. — 2728 (Frankfort): Warden, just N of turn-off to
town, at rocks near roadside (N3), with Exormotheca pustulosa Mitt.,
(-DD), 13 Jan. 1992, S.M. Perold 2799 ( PRE).
8. Riccia albovestita O.H. Volk
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3025 (Colesberg): 10 km S of Colesberg on
N9, between Noupoort and Colesberg, 30°49'09"S, 25°04'33"E, 1 453
m, plant growing flat on ground, thalli greyish green, mixed with frag-
ments of Riccia runssorensis Steph., (-CC), 24 Apr. 2006, J.J. Meyer
4785 (PRE).
9. Riccia argenteolimbata O.H. Volk & Perold
EASTERN CAPE. — 3225 (Somerset East): Mountain Zebra
National Park, 32°14'14"S, 25°27'49"E, 1 245 m, on sandy soil of
mountain slope. South-eastern Mountain Grassland, thallus dry and
whitish, (-AB), 12 Dec. 2005, S.P. Bester 6297 (PRE).
10. Riccia crinita Taylor
MPUMALANGA. — 2529 (Witbank): Mapoch’s Grounds ± 8 km
NE from Roossenekal, drainage line immediately N of camping site at
Mapoch’s Caves, 25°10'21"S, 29°57'29"E, I 519 m, on thin soil layer
over rock sheets on edge of river line, North-eastern Mountain Grass-
land, thallus green with ‘hairy’ edges, (-BB), 17 Jan. 2005, S.P. Bester
5439 (PRE).
1 1 . Riccia curtisii (James ex Austin) Austin
EASTERN CAPE. — 3324 (Steytlerville): Baviaanskloof, sec-
ond river crossing after Kudu Kaia, Ysrivier Farm, 33°39'52"S,
24°32'H"E, 190 m, on soil in partial shade, (-DA), 8 Sept. 2002, M.
Koekemoer 2355 (PRE).
12. Riccia lanceolata Steph.
GAUTENG. — 2529 (Witbank): 20 km N of Witbank railway sta-
tion on dirt road to Zaaihoek, turn-off to Kwartspruit Farm and ± 5 km
along rough track to Olitants River, on soil between grass in vlei, (-
CA), 20 Feb. 1994, S.M. Perold. 3189, 3194 (both PRE).
13. Riccia nigrella DC.
LIMPOPO. — 2430 (Pilgrim’s Rest): southern portion of Leolo
(Lulu) Mountains, Tama Kgoshi Peak, Soupiana Farm, 24°43'29"S,
30°02'58"E, 1 912 m, on humus-rich soil in North-eastern Mountain
Grassland, thallus blue-green, (-CA), 2 Dec. 2004, S.P. Bester 5316
(PRE).
14. Riccia purpurascens Lehm.
EASTERN CAPE. — 3324 (Steytlerville): Baviaanskloof, along
banks of Witrivier, (-DA), 9 May 2000, J. Perold 106 (PRE).
15. Riccia runssorensis Steph.
KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2830 (Dundee): Dannhauser, ± 5 km from
Bismarck, farm of David Watson, 28°00'35"S, 30°00'U"E, 1 274 m,
common on black turf soil in North-eastern Mountain Grassland, thal-
lus blackish green, submerged in standing water, (-AA), 1 1 Feb. 2006,
S.P. Bester 6565 (PRE).
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3123 (Victoria West): Central Karoo, Riet-
poort Farm, 34 km N of Victoria West, on main road, good rains after
drought, flat top of koppie in damp area between bossies, (-AA), 14
Mar. 1988, L. Smook 6962 (PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3225 (Somerset East): Mountain Zebra
National Park, 32°14T4"S, 25°27'49"E, 1 245 m, at foot of mountain,
on soil at base of boulders, South-eastern Mountain Grassland, thallus
bluish, with Riccia crinita Taylor, (-AB), 12 Dec. 2005, S.P. Bester
6300 (PRE).
16. Riccia volkii S. W. Arnell
EASTERN CAPE. — 3027 (Lady Grey): Rhodes, gravel road/
jeep track between Naudesnek and Ben Macdhui, Marsfield Farm,
30°39'23"S, 27°59'01"E, on soil among grass tufts, (-DB), 11 Dec.
1999, M. Koekemoer 1615 (PRE).
1 7. Symphyogyna brasiliensis Nees & Mont.
NORTHWEST. — 2527 (Rustenburg): Rustenburg Nature Reserve,
stream bank at bridge, on soil, (-CA), 18 Feb. 1997, S.M. Perold 3666
(PRE).
NORTHERN CAPE.— 2822 (Glen Lyon): Griekwastad Dist.,
Rudesheim Farm, SW of town, 1 279 m, Kalahari thomveld invaded
by karoo, (-DD), 19 June 1999,7.7. Meyer 2007 (PRE).
REFERENCES
PEROLD, S.M. 1999. Flora of southern Africa , Hepatophyta, Part 1:
Marchantiopsida, Fasc. 1: Marchantiidae. National Botanical
Institute, Pretoria.
PEROLD, S.M. 2006. Hepatophyta. In G. Germishuizen, N.L. Meyer,
Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African plants.
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41:
31^19. SABONET, Pretoria.
J. VAN ROOY*, N. PHEPHU* and S.M. PEROLD*
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag XI 01, Pretoria 0001.
MS. received: 2010-09-17.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
ASTERACEAE
THE TRUE IDENTITY OF OXYLAENA ACICULARIS
187
The genus Oxylaena Benth. ex Anderb. with its sin-
gle species O. acicularis (Benth.) Anderb. has intrigued
many scientists over the last few years, and many collec-
tors have wanted to re-collect this species. It was clas-
sified in the tribe Gnaphalieae and rested in an informal
basal group ( Macowcmia group) that was not assigned to
a subtribe (Anderberg 1991; Bayer et al. 2007). It was
known only from the type specimen, Burchell 5159 , col-
lected between Cloete’s Kraal and Paardekraal in the
George District, Cape Province, in March 1814. The
genus Oxylaena has subsequently been excluded from
the Gnaphalieae and moved to the Calenduleae when
O. acicularis was found to be conspecific with Gibbaria
scabra (Thunb.) Norl. (Ward et al. 2009).
In Fourcade’s (1944) notes on BurchelTs travels, he
stated that on the afternoon of 26 March 1814, Burchell
travelled on the road between Cloete’s Kraal and
Paardekraal and collected 17 specimens (numbers 5151—
5167). Furthermore, Fourcade (1944) wrote: ‘Burchell
continued down the Cloete’s Kraal ridge, south of the
river, to the only crossing of the Diep River that was
possible before the new main road was constructed,
there being a succession of precipitous cliffs higher up,
and reached Paardekraal, on the farm Roodemuur. in the
division of Knysna’.
In March 2003, almost two centuries later, an attempt
was made to re-collect the plant (Koekemoer & Steyn
2004) on a section of BurchelTs route that was discov-
ered by Mr Katot Meyer on his Farm Pietersrivier. Even
in a modem vehicle this route, where it deviates from
the main road, is only for the very adventurous. It was
easier searching for the plant on foot rather than trying
to manoeuvre a vehicle over the rocks and dongas, but
despite searching a wide area around the track, only one
species which resembled the illustration of Oxylaena
acicularis was seen. Very few plants were flowering at
the time and I was convinced that it was Oxylaena but a
local botanist, Jan Vlok, identified it as Gibbaria scabra
(Thunb.) Norl.
This led to a deeper investigation into the two spe-
cies. Upon inspection of the type specimens at Kew, it
became apparent that Oxylaena acicularis and Gibbaria
scabra are conspecific. Bentham’s (1876) description
failed to describe the flower colour and cypsela struc-
ture, which contributed to the confusion. Although the
rays of fresh flowers are bright yellow above and brown-
ish below, the florets and bracts turn brick-red in older
specimens. Careful observation of the type specimen
of Oxylaena revealed a single incurvate cypsela that
undoubtedly identifies the plant as Gibbaria scabra.
De Candolle (1836) described the genus Anaglypha
with A. aspera as type, which is now a synonym of Gib-
baria scabra (Hilliard & Burtt 1976).
Bentham (1876) described a new species Anaglypha
acicularis. He did not, however, recognize the genus
and had it figured under the name Oxylaena acicularis.
The genus Oxylaena was only formalized much later
by Anderberg (1991), based on Anaglypha acicularis
Benth. (1876).
Up to a few years ago the genus Gibbaria consisted
of two species (Norlindh 1943): G. scabra and G. ilici-
folia (E.) Norl. The latter species was transferred to a
new monotypic genus, Nephrotheca , in the tribe Calend-
uleae (Nordenstam et al. 2006). Nordenstam & Kallersjo
(2009) then restored the number of species in Gibbaria
to two by transferring Osteospermum glabrum N.E.Br.
to the genus.
The revised synonymy for Gibbaria scabra, adding
Oxylaena acicularis is:
Gibbaria scabra (Thunb.) Norlindh , Studies in
the Calenduleae: 360 (1943). Osteospermum scabrum
Thunb.: 166 (1800). Type: in Herb. Thunberg (UPS; K,
photo.!).
G. bicolor Cass.: 139 (1817). Type: unknown.
Xerothamnus ecklonianus DC.: 311 (1836). Type: Caput Bonae-
Spei in Uitenhage Dist., Ecklon & Zeyher 1851 (G-DC).
Anaglypha aspera DC:. 311 (1836). Type: Africae capensis, Albany
Dist., Drege s.n. (G-DC).
Anaglypha acicularis Benth.: 9 (1876). Oxylaena acicularis (Benth.)
Anderb.: 53 (1991), syn. nov. Type: South Africa, Cape Colony, George
Dist., between Cloete’s Kraal and Paardekraal, Burchell 5159 (K, holo.!).
This example of Oxylaena shows how critical it is for
taxonomists to investigate the specimens and types and
to clarify the classification. In turn the name Oxylaena
can now be removed from checklists and the Red Data
List (Raimondo et al. 2009) where the status is indicated
as Unsure or Data Deficient.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The following are thanked: Jan Vlok for valuable dis-
cussions; Katot Meyer for his enthusiasm about Burchell
and his hospitality during our visit; Hester Steyn for
helping with the search; SANBI for financial support;
and the editors and referees of the manuscript for valu-
able comments.
REFERENCES
ANDERBERG, A.A. 1991. Taxonomy and phytogeny of the tribe
Gnaphalieae (Asteraceae). Opera Botanica 104: 53.
ANDERBERG, A.A. 1 994. Gnaphalieae. In K. Bremer, Asteraceae cla-
distics and classification. Timber Press, Portland, Oregon.
BAYER, R.J.. BREITW1ESER, I., WARD, J.M. & PUTTOCK, C.
2007. Gnaphalieae. In K. Kubitzki, The families and genera of
vascular plants. Flowering plants — Dicotyledons: Compositae.
Springer- Verlag, Berlin.
BENTHAM, G. 187 6. Anaglypha acicularis. Hooker’s leones Plantarum,
vol. 2: 9, t. 1109.
CASSINI, H. 1817. Gibbaria bicolor. Bulletin des Sciences, par la
Societe Philomatique 2: 139. Paris.
CASSINI, H. 1820. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles 18: 526. Le
Normant, Paris.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1 836. Prodromm systematis naturalis regni veg-
etabilis 5. Treuttel & Wiirtz, Paris.
FOURCADE. H.G. 1944. Notes on Burchell’s Catalogus geographicus,
middle portion. Journal of South African Botany 10: 145—161.
HILLIARD. O.M. & BURTT, B.L. 1976. Notes on some plants from
southern Africa chiefly from Natal: V. Notes fi-om the Royal
Botanic Garden Edinburgh 34: 253—286.
KOEKEMOER, M. & STEYN, H.M. 2004. Burchell’s tracks retraced
in search of Oxylaena. SABONET News 8,2: 120.
NORDENSTAM, B„ KALLERSJO, M. & ELDENAS, P. 2006. Neph-
rotheca, a new monotypic genus of the Compositae-Calenduleae
from the southwestern Cape Province. Compositae Newsletter
44: 32-37.
NORDENSTAM, B. & KALLERSJO, M. 2009. Calenduleae. In V.A.
Funk, A. Susanna, T.E. Stuessy & R.J. Bayer, Systematics, evolu-
tion, and biogeography of Compositae. International Association
of Plant Taxonomists (IAPT).
NORLINDH, T. 1943. Studies in the Calenduleae I: monograph of the
genera Dimorphotheca, Castalis, Osteospermum, Gibbaria and
Chrysanthemoides. Gleerup, Lund.
RAIMONDO, D„ VON STADEN, L„ FODEN, W„ VICTOR, J.E.,
HELME, N.A., TURNER. R.C., KAMUNDI, D.A. & MAN-
YAMA, P.A. (eds). 2009. Red List of South African plants 2009.
Strelitzia 25. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pre-
toria.
THUNBERG, C.P. 1800. Osteospermum scabrum. Prodromus plan-
tarum capensium. Edman, Uppsala.
WARD, J„ BAYER, R.J., BRE1TWIESER, I., SMISSEN, R„ GALBA-
NY-CASALS, M. & UNWIN, M. 2009. Gnaphalieae. In V.A.
Funk, A. Susanna, T.E. Stuessy & R.J. Bayer, Systematics, evolu-
tion, and biogeography of Compositae. International Association
of Plant Taxonomists (IAPT).
M. KOEKEMOER*
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag XI 01, 0001 Pretoria.
MS. received: 2010-03-04.
BRYOPHYTA
NEW AND INTERESTING RECORDS OF MOSSES IN THE FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA AREA: 5. NEW PROVINCIAL RECORDS
New provincial distribution records in the moss flora
of South Africa, identified since the publication of the
latest checklist for the country (Van Rooy 2006) are
reported here. The new records are based on specimens
in the bryophyte collection of the National Herbarium,
Pretoria (PRE). Taxonomy and nomenclature follow Van
Rooy (2006).
1 . Braunia secunda (Hook.) Bruch & Schimp.
NORTHERN CAPE. — 31 19 (Calvinia): Nieuwoudtville Area, Oor-
iogskloof Nature Reserve, along path from entrance to river, Fynbos
vegetation along edge of scarp, 31°26'50"S, 19°11'30"E, ± 700 m, on
shaded rock, (-AC), T.A.J. Hedderson 14332 (BOL, PRE).
2. Bryum cellulare Hook.
EASTERN CAPE. — 3029 (Kokstad): Bizana, Ndunge Forest, N of
town, small stream through forest, on soil, with Philonotis sp., (-DD),
29 Dec. 2006, N. Phephu 38 (PRE). 3129 (Port St. Johns): Ntabankulu,
KuGomo Forest, about 6.5 km S of town, on soil, (-AB), 3 May 2007,
N. Phephu 99 (PRE).
3. Bryum viridescens Welw. & Duby
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3220 (Sutherland): Tankwa Karoo National
Park, top of Gannaga Pass about 2 km on plateau NE of Agterkop
Farm, 32°06'05"S, 20°07'48"E, 1 249 m. Succulent Karoo, on sandy
soil in partial shade, (-AA), 5 Aug. 2006, S.P. Bester 7074A (PRE).
4. Chamaebryum pottioides Then & Dixon
EASTERN CAPE.— 3028 (Matatiele): ± 15 km E of Rhodes,
Mavis Bank Farm, on Kloppershoek turn-off, W-facing rocky ridge
near house at base of cliff, 30o42'51"S, 28°00'47"E, 2 106 m, on soil
in rock crevices, with Plagiochasma rupestre (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.)
Steph. var. rupestre and Riccia sp., (-CA), 8 Dec. 1999, M. Koekemoer
1506( PRE).
5. Crossidium spiralifolium Magill
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): Worcester Dist., Fairy
Glen, (-CB), Aug. 1932, C.W. Thorne CH50306 (PRE).
6. Didymodon austral asii (Hook. & Grev.) R.H. Zander
EASTERN CAPE. — 3325 (Port Elizabeth): Port Elizabeth, Sum-
merstrand, at top of Richardson road among Port Jackson trees and
other shrubs, on dump of bricks and stones, (-DC), 1 Aug. 1991, E.B.
Evenwel 32 (PRE).
7. Ephemerum rehmannii (Miill. Hal.) Broth.
GAUTENG. — 2528 (Pretoria): Bronkhorstspruit Dist., Ezemvelo
Nature Reserve, along stream running into dam at reception centre,
1 400 m, grassland with exotic poplar and wattle trees, on soil among
grass, (-DB), 10 May 1999, J. van Rooy 3908, 3917 (both PRE).
8. Fabronia pilifera Hornsch.
NORTHERN CAPE. — 2920 (Boomrivier): Kenhardt Dist.,
T’Oubeep Farm, ± 80 km S of Kakamas, T'Oubeep portion A,
29°19T3"S, 20°13T2"E, 886 m, Bushmanland vegetation, on stony
soil in light shade, (-AC), S.P. Bester 6887, 6888 (both PRE).
9. Fissidens asplenioides Hedw.
GAUTENG. — 2528 (Pretoria): Bronkhorstspruit Dist., Ezemvelo
Nature Reserve, along Grootspruit, tributary of Wilge River, 1 350 m,
Bankenveld, on soil bank of stream, (-DB), 10 May 1999, J. van Rooy
3919, 3924 (both PRE).
10. Fissidens borgenii Hampe
GAUTENG.— 2528 (Pretoria): Little Eden, NNE of Cullinan
on Sybrandskraal road, along river banks in kloof, 1 300 m, on soil
in rock overhang, (-DA), 29 Mar. 2001, J. van Rooy 4014 (PRE);
Bronkhorstspruit Dist., Ezemvelo Nature Reserve, along Grootspruit,
tributary of Wilge River, 1 350 m, Bankenveld, on soil in rock over-
hang and crevice, (-DB), 10 May 1999, J. van Rooy 3938, 3951 (both
PRE).
1 1 . Fissidens megalotis Schimp. ex Mull. Hal.
WESTERN CAPE. — 3319 (Worcester): McGregor Area, Kranz
Nature Reserve, 33°56’59"S, I9°48'51"E, 250-300 m, succulent (kar-
roid) vegetation over shales and patchy Fynbos on sandstones, (-DD),
5 Aug. 2001, T.A.J. Hedderson 14113 (BOL, PRE).
12. Fissidens pygmaeus Hornsch.
GAUTENG. — 2528 (Pretoria): Bronkhorstspruit Dist., Ezemvelo
Nature Reserve, wooded area along stream running into dam opposite
reception centre, on vertical earth wall, (-DB), 10 May 1999, S.M.
Perold 4095 (PRE).
13. Gigaspermum repens (Hook.) Lindt.
EASTERN CAPE.— 3028 (Matatiele): ± 15 km E of Rhodes,
Lamont Farm, on Kloppershoek turn-off from Rhodes-Maclear road,
30°43T9"S, 28°00'26"E, 1 987 m, grassland, on moist soil in partial
shade, with species of Tortilla , Pseudocrossidium and Grimmia, (—
CA), Dec. 1999, M. Koekemoer /6J7 (PRE).
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
189
14. Leptodontium brachyphyllum Broth. & Ther.
LIMPOPO. — 2329 (Pietersburg): Louis Trichardt, ± 10 km N of
town, behind Mountain View Hotel, on mountain below krantz, with
Hypnum citpressiforme Hedw., (-BB), 4 Aug. 1989, S.E. Strauss 16
(PRE).
15. Micromitrium perexiguum (Mull. Hal.) Crosby
LIMPOPO. — 2427 (Thabazimbi): 34 km E of Thabazimbi on
Bakker’s Pass road, 2 km before Hartebeesfontein Farm, on damp soil
at small stream near road, (-BC), 6 Mar. 1985, S.M. Perold 859 (PRE).
16. Mittenothamnium reptans (Hedw.) Cardot
EASTERN CAPE. — 3129 (Port St. Johns): Ntabankulu, KuGomo
Forest, about 6.5 km S of town, on tree trunk, with Aerobryopsis cap-
ensis (Mull. Hal.) M.Fleisch., Entodon macropodus (Hedw.) Mull. Hal.,
Thuidium sp. and leafy liverworts, (-AB), 3 May 2007, N. Phephu 65.
70. 157 (all PRE); on dead log, with Papillaria africana (Mull. Hal.)
A. Jaeger, N. Phephu 109 (PRE); on rock, with Porotrichum madagas-
sum Kiaer ex Besch., N. Phephu 69. 79. 101, 117 (all PRE).
1 7. Oedipodiella australis (Wager & Dixon) Dixon
WESTERN CAPE. — 3322 (Oudtshoom): George Div., Wilderness
Nature Park, Half-collared Kingfisher Trail, 20 m, on soil, frequent, (—
DC), 19 Aug. 1994, H.F.Glen 3672 (PRE).
18. Pohlia baronii Wijk & Margad.
NORTHWEST. — 2527 (Rustenburg): Magaliesberg, Rustenburg
Nature Reserve, along small wooded kloof W of Visitor’s Centre,
1 500 m, on soil of stream bank, (-CA), 18 Feb. 1997, J. van Rooy
3740 (PRE).
19. Pohlia cruda (Hedw.) Lindb.
MPUMALANGA. — 2530 (Lydenburg): Buffelskloof Nature
Reserve, high mist forest, 1 600 m, on soil bank of road cut, (-BC),
24 Jan. 2007, J. van Rooy 4098 (PRE); along wooded High Forest
Stream near cottages, 1 700 m, on soil bank, with Philonotis africana
(Mull. Hal.) Rehmann ex Paris and Ditrichum brachypodum (Mull.
Hal.) Broth., J. van Rooy 4180 (PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3027 (Lady Grey): ± 15 km E of Rhodes,
Mavis Bank Farm, on Kloppershoek turn-off, slope of highest peak
NW of house, 30°42'23"S, 27°59'88"E, 2 346 m, on soil under rock
overhang, with Bartramia sp., (-DB), 9 Dec. 1999, M. Koekemoer
1573 (PRE); Rhodes, gravel road/jeep track between Naudesnek and
Ben Macdhui, Marshfield Farm, 30°39'23"S, 27°59’01"E, 2 500 m,
grassland, on soil, 11 Dec. 1999, M. Koekemoer 1619 (PRE).
20. Ptychomitrium exaratifolium H.Rob.
EASTERN CAPE. — 3027 (Lady Grey): Joubert’s Pass, at Sentec
Tower, rocky ridges near mountain peak, 30°41'52"S, 27°16'04"E,
2 377 m, with Ptychomitrium cucullatifolium (Mull. Hal.) A. Jaeger and
Tortella xanthocarpa (Schintp. ex Mull. Hal.) Broth., (-CB), 27 Feb.
2007, C.L. Bredenkamp & D. von Staden 88A (PRE).
21. Rhodobryum commersonii (Schwdgr.) Paris
GAUTENG. — 2527 (Rustenburg): Hartebeeshoek Satellite Track-
ing Station, wooded area at main tracking station, 1 450 m, on humus
and humus-rich soil, (-DC), 22 Mar. 2001, J. van Rooy 3976, 3985
(both PRE).
22. Rigodium toxarion (Schwdgr.) A.Jaeger
LIMPOPO. — 2430 (Pilgrim’s Rest): Wolkberg Wilderness Area,
Serala Peak, in deep shade on quartzite boulders, on forest floor in
stream, (-AA), F. Venter 11376 (PRE).
23. Schlotheimia percuspidata Mull. Hal.
EASTERN CAPE. — 3129 (Port St. Johns): Ntabankulu. KuGomo
Forest, about 6.5 km S of town, on tree trunk in forest, (-AB), 3 May
2007, N. Phephu 72 (PRE).
24. Syntrichia ammonsiana (H. A. Crum & L.E. Anderson)
Ochyra
NORTHWEST. — 2527 (Rustenburg): Magaliesberg, Rustenburg
Nature Reserve, along small wooded kloof W of Visitor’s Centre, 1
500 m, on tree trunk, (-CA), 1 8 Feb. 1997, J. van Rooy 3736 (PRE).
25. Syntrichia papillosa (Wilson) Jur.
NORTHERN CAPE. — 3119 (Calvinia): Nieuwoudtville Area, Oor-
logskloof Nature Reserve, along path from entrance to river, Fynbos
vegetation along edge of scarp, 31°26'50"S, 19°11'30"E, ± 700 m, (—
AC), 5 Oct. 2001, T.A.J. Hedderson 14354 (BOL, PRE).
26. Trematodon longicollis Michx.
MPUMALANGA. — 2531 (Komatipoort): near Hazyview, grounds
of Hippo Hollow Hotel, on muddy banks of Sabie River, (-AA), 25
Aug. 1996, S.M. Perold & M. Koekemoer 3572 (PRE).
EASTERN CAPE. — 3029 (Kokstad): Bizana, KwaNikhwe, 10 km
from Bizana to Port Edward along R61, along stream opposite Small-
bird Store, on soil, (-DD), 23 Dec. 2006, N. Phephu 10 (PRE).
REFERENCES
VAN ROOY, J. 2006. Bryophyta. In G. Germishuizen, N.L. Meyer,
Y. Steenkamp & M. Keith, A checklist of South African plants.
Southern African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41:
1-30. SABONET, Pretoria.
J. VAN ROOY*
* National Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X 1 0 1 , Pretoria 000 1 .
MS. received: 2010-09-17.
MOLLUGINACEAE
ADENOGRAMMA NATANS , A REMARKABLE NEW AQUATIC SPECIES FROM WESTERN CAPE, SOUTH AFRICA
INTRODUCTION
A small, primarily tropical family, Molluginaceae
comprises 1 1 genera and ± 90 species (Heywood et al.
2007). The genera are primarily polycarpellate with
capsular fruits, and only Adenogramma Rchb. has a
unilocular, uniovulate carpel ripening into a nutlet. This
small genus is confined to southern Africa and currently
comprises ± 10 species of annual or perennial herbs
with leaves in false whorls and subtended by filiform
stipules (Adamson 1955; Dreyer & Jordaan 2000). The
small, white and green flowers lacking petals are borne
in sessile, seemingly axillary cymes. Adenogramma is
largely confined to the coastal plain and lower moun-
tain slopes of the winter rainfall parts of Northern and
Western Cape (Adamson 1955) and divides readily into
a group of perennial species with stems ± woody, at least
towards the base, and another of delicate, herbaceous
annuals. The latter are characteristic of seasonally damp
or shaded situations (Adamson 1955; Goldblatt & Man-
ning 2000).
190
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
Phamaceum
Mo Hu go
S uessenguthiella
Adenogramma natans —
Adenogramma lichtensteiniana
Glischrothamnus
Glinus
Pereskia - Cactaceae
Portulaca- Portulacaceae
Alluaudia - Didiereaceae
Claytonia- Portulacaceae
Halophytum - Halophytaceae
Basella- Basellaceae
Bougainvillea - Nyctaginaceae
Mirablis - Nyctaginaceae
Gisekia- Gisekiaceae
Rivina- Phytolaccaceae
Petiveria- Phytolaccaceae
Ercilla- Phytolaccaceae
Phytolacca- Phytolaccaceae
Agdestis - Phytolaccaceae
Sarcobatus- Sarcobataceae
Trichodiadema- Aizoaceae
Galenia - Aizoaceae
Corbichonia - Lophiocarpaceae
Limeum - Limeaceae
Stegnospermum - Stegnospermataceae
Amaranthaceae
Achatocarpaceae
Caryophyllaceae
Asteropeiaceae
Physenaceae
Simmondsiaceae
Non-core Caryophyllales
Rhabdodendraceae
Outgroup taxa
FIGURE 10. — One of the two most parsimonious phylogenetic trees obtained from the analysis of Caryophyllales based on rbcL and matK. (5 310
steps; 0=0.34; RI=0.62). Bootstrap percentages above 50% are shown above branches. Species currently assigned to family Molluginaceae
are in bold. The arrow points to the new species Adenogramma natans.
Recent intensive exploration of Elandsberg Nature
Reserve near Wellington in Western Cape resulted in
the discovery of an unknown, emergent aquatic herb.
This delicate, bottom-rooted annual produces long, wiry
stems with floating clusters of whorled leaves at the
branch tips. It conforms to the genus Adenogramma in
essential morphological features of the foliage and flow-
ers but differs strikingly in its truly aquatic habit. The
growth form of the species is so anomalous in the genus
that a plastid molecular analysis was undertaken to cor-
roborate its phylogenetic and taxonomic placement.
No earlier collections of the species could be located
in local herbaria and it is described here as Adeno-
gramma natans in allusion to its unique aquatic habit. It
is the second unusual aquatic to be described from the
southwestern coastal plain in recent years (Manning et
a/. 2008). Elandsberg Nature Reserve itself includes
the largest remaining areas of Swartland Alluvial Fyn-
bos and Renosterveld plant communities (Mucina &
Rutherford 2006). The fynbos vegetation unit in particu-
lar, especially the wetlands, includes several endemic
species, a number of which have only recently been
described, notably Brunsvigia elandsmontana (Amarylli-
daceae), Marasmodes spinosa (Asteraceae) and Lotononis
complanata (Fabaceae).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Morphology r. the description and illustration were
prepared from freshly collected material. Examination
of herbarium collections at BOL, NBG, PRE and SAM,
failed to reveal additional collections (herbarium acro-
nyms after Holmgren et al. 1 990).
Molecular analysis ; DNA extraction, polymerase
chain reaction (PCR) amplification, and DNA sequenc-
ing were performed as in Manning et al. (2009). The
rbc L sequence obtained for Adenogramma natans was
incorporated into a published rbcL-matK combined
analysis of order Caryophyllales (Cuenoud et al. 2002).
The other Molluginaceae accessions included in the
study of Cuenoud and colleagues for which only matK
was available, as well as the only other available rbcL
sequence for Adenogramma (A. lichtensteinia\ GenBank
accession number AM235030), were also included in
our analysis. The program SEQUENCHER 4.1 (Gene
Codes Corp., Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA) was used
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
191
to assemble complementary strands and verify base-
calling. The rbcL sequence was readily aligned by eye
in PAUP* (version 4.0b 10; Swofford 2002). Phyloge-
netic analyses were performed using the maximum par-
simony criterion as implemented in PAUP* (Swofford
2002); a heuristic search was conducted using 1 000
random addition replicates, tree bisection and reconnec-
tion (TBR) branch swapping, and saving 10 trees per
replicate. Support for each clade was assessed using the
bootstrap method (Felsenstein 1985) as implemented
in PAUP* with 1 000 bootstrap replicates, TBR branch
swapping, simple addition sequence with MulTrees
option in effect (keeping only 10 trees per replicate).
RESULTS
Molecular analysis : the combined rbcL-matK matrix
comprises 2 356 characters of which 1 057 are constants,
1 299 are variable and 943 (40 %) are potentially par-
simony informative. The analysis resulted in only two
most parsimonious trees, of 5 310 steps with a consist-
ency index of 0.34 (excluding uninformative sites) and a
retention index of 0.62 (Figure 10). The only difference
between these two trees does not concern the family
Molluginaceae. Most of the genera traditionally included
in Molluginaceae, with the exception of Limeum (now
Limeaceae) and Corbichonia (now Lophiocarpaceae),
comprise a weakly supported clade (66 % bootstrap
support) corresponding to the modem, narrow circum-
scription of the family (e.g. Haston et al. 2007). Adeno-
granuna nutans is retrieved as sister to the other species
of Adenogramma that was included (A. lichtensteiniana ;
100 % bootstrap support), both nested within the fam-
ily, and sister to a clade comprising genera Pharnaceum
L., Mollugo L. and Suessenguthiella Friedr. The phy-
logenetic analysis thus supports the identification of the
newly described species as a member of genus Adeno-
gramma.
Adenogramma natans J.C. Manning & Goldblatt ,
sp. nov.
Herba annua subtilis aquatica caulibus submersis
ramis ex nodis superioribus productis, foliis 3 in verticil-
lum dispositis sessilibus ovato-lanceolatis 3-5 x 1. 5-2.0
mm planis pallide viridibus marginibus membranaceis
angustis, stipulis subulatis minutis ± 0.5 mm longis, flor-
ibus 1(2) axillaribus folio mediano oppositis, pedicello
0.5-0.75 mm longo, sepalis (4)5 imbricatis obovate-
cucullatis ad basem arete connatis 1.5-2 x 0. 5-1.0 mm,
marginibus latis translucentibus, in fructu persistenti-
bus, staminibus (4)5 ad basem connatis filiformibus ± 1
mm longis quam perianthio brevioribus, antheris ± 0.2
mm longis rubro-aurantiacis, ovario oblique contpresso-
ovoideo ± 1 mm longo ruguloso uniloculari, ovulo
solitario lateraliter affixo, fructu oblique pyriformi vel
virguliformi ±2xi mm, acuto nec manifeste rostrato,
incluso vel vix ex perianthio exserto, granulato-ruguloso
brunneo.
TYPE. — Western Cape, 3319 (Worcester): Bo-Her-
mon, Elandsberg Farm, seasonal streams, (-AC), 16
Oct. 2009, Parker sub Manning 3233 (NBG, holo.; MO,
K, PRE, iso.).
Delicate aquatic annual with submerged stems and
floating apical leaf clusters. Stems filiform-capillary, up
to 200 mm long, glabrous, leafy only near tips, often
flushed pinkish, becoming dry and wiry later, sim-
ple below and branching from upper nodes. Leaves in
whorls of 3, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 x 1. 5-2.0 mm,
flat, incurved when young, later spreading, apiculate-
mucronulate but not aristate, truncate-cordate at base,
congested apically and more distant below, median leaf
inserted immediately below lateral pair, soft-textured,
pale green with narrow membranous margins, persist-
ent but soon decaying. Stipules minute, awl-like, ± 0.5
mm long. Flowers 1(2), axillary, arising opposite median
leaf between lateral leaf pair, shortly pedicellate; pedicel
0.5-0.75 mm long, not elongating in fruit. Sepals (4)5,
imbricate, obovate-cucullate, connate basally, 1.5-2 x
0.5-1 mm, with narrow, fleshy, green median region ± 3/4
total length and broad, translucent membranous margins
flushed pink in distal half, remaining tightly furled and
persistent in fruit. Stamens (4)5, connate at base in ring,
filiform, ± 1 mm long, shorter than perianth; anthers ±
0.2 mm long, orange-red. Ovary obliquely compressed-
ovoid, ± 1 mm long, rugulose, 1 -chambered with soli-
tary, laterally attached ovule; style falcate, curving away
from placental side, scarcely 0.5 mm long, pink, stig-
matic in distal half. Fruit obliquely pyriform or comma-
shaped, compressed, ±2x1 mm, with narrow mar-
ginal keel in distal half, acute but not evidently beaked,
included or just protruding from perianth, granular-rugu-
lose. brown, soon deciduous and falling with enveloping
perianth. Flowering time: July-October. Figure 1 1 .
Distribution and ecology: currently known only from
Elandsberg Nature Reserve near Bo-Hermon in West-
ern Cape (Figure 12), where it occurs at the foot of the
Elandskloof Mtns in shallow, seasonal streams draining
the western slopes of the mountains. The streams begin
to run during the winter with the onset of the seasonal
rains but are entirely dry during the summer months.
Adenogramma natans co-occurs in some streams with
other locally restricted hydrophytes, including Oxalis
natans (Oxalidaceae) and Lachenalia bachmannii (Hya-
cinthaceae), both of which are endemic to seasonal ponds
and streams along the West Coast between Piketberg and
the Cape Peninsula (Goldblatt & Manning 2000).
Adenogramma natans is evidently cleistogamous, as the
flowers remain closed, with the anthers dehiscing directly
onto the stigma within the perianth, and all flowers develop
ripe nutlets. As such, the species is extremely inconspicu-
ous, which probably explains why it has been overlooked
until now. We have not encountered the species in our
investigation of vernal pools along the West Coast and it
thus appears to be restricted to seasonally flowing streams.
Diagnosis and relationships: Adenogramma natans
is instantly recognizable as the only aquatic species
in the genus. The thread-like stems of this annual herb
are rooted in the bottom substrate of shallow seasonal
streams, with the terminal leafy portions of the stems
floating on the surface. Increasing inundation of the
stems leads to loss of the submerged foliage so that
only the terminal portions of the stems remain leafy.
The ovate, pale green, thin-textured leaves are borne in
whorls of three at the nodes, with one or two minute,
cleistogamous flowers at each of the upper nodes. Plants
are unbranched at the base but develop one or two
192
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
FIGURE 11. — Adenogranuna natans , Parker sub Manning 3233 (NBG). A, whole plant; B, stem apex; C, single leaf whorl; D, detail of stipules
and pedicel insertion; E, single flower at anthesis; F, sepal; G, flattened perianth and 1/s of pistil; FI, pistil, side view; 1, nutlet. Scale bar: A,
10 mm; B, C, 1.5 mm; E, G, 1 mm; D, F, FI, I, 0.5 mm. Artist: J. Manning.
branches from some of the nodes along the stem. The
species is morphologically unusual in the genus in hav-
ing the leaves in whorls of 3, and in its highly reduced
axillary cymes, producing mostly one (sometimes two)
flowers at each node. Other species mostly have whorls
of 4-6 leaves and typically develop three or more flow-
ers at each node.
The immediate relationships of Adenogramma natans
are unclear but the species most closely resembles two
other annual, herbaceous species, A. g/omerata (L.f.)
Druce and A. littoralis Adamson. In all three species the
perianth is persistent in fruit, remaining wrapped around
the nutlets, which have poorly developed or very short
apical beaks. Both A. glomerata and A. littoralis , how-
ever, are truly terrestrial species, favouring seasonally
damp sandy flats. A. natans most closely approaches A.
littoralis in its relatively broad, flat, ovate-lanceolate,
acute-mucronulate leaves lacking the characteristic api-
cal arista of all other members of the genus. The leaves
of A. littoralis , however, are distinctly narrowed towards
the base, unlike the truncate-cordate leaves of A. natans,
and they are borne in whorls of four to six rather than in
whorls of three. A. glomerata has whorls of mostly six,
narrower, linear-lanceolate leaves with an apical arista.
In fruit A. natans is also more similar to A. littoralis,
both species developing compressed-pyriform nutlets
with acute apices, although the nutlets in A. littoralis
have a characteristic punctuate-reticulate sculpturing
rather than the more irregular granular-rugulose sculp-
turing of A. natans.
Several of the known Adenogramma species are
evidently rarely collected. A. littoralis, for instance,
although cited by Adamson (1955) as occurring from
Hondeklip Bay to Cape Hangklip, is still unrepresented
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
193
FIGURE 12. — Known distribution of Adenogramma natans.
at NBG, and A. physocalyx Fenzl. is another poorly
known species. The insignificant character of many of
the species is likely to be a partial explanation for their
poor representation in herbaria but they may also be
truly rare.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Elizabeth Parker of Elands-
berg Nature Reserve for her ongoing support and Ian
Maclachlan for laboratory assistance. Material was col-
lected with a permit from CapeNature.
REFERENCES
ADAMSON, R.S. 1955. The South African species of Aizoaceae. 1.
Adenogramma and Polpoda. Journal of South African Botany
21: 83-95.
CUENOUD. P„ SAVOLAINEN, V., CHATROU, L.W., POWELL, M„
GRAYER, R.J. & CHASE, M.W. 2002. Molecular phylogenetics
of Caryophyllales based on nuclear 18S rDNA and plastid rbcL,
atpB, and mat'd DNA sequences. American Journal of Botany
89: 132-144.
DREYER, L.L. & JORDAAN, M. 2000. Molluginaceae. In O.A. Leist-
ner, Seed plants of southern Africa: families and genera. Strelitz-
ia 10: 4 1 0 — 4 1 3 . National Botanical Institute, Pretoria.
FELSENSTEIN, J. 1985. Confidence limits on phylogenies: an
approach using the bootstrap. Evolution 39: 783-791.
GOLDBLATT. P & MANNING, J.C. 2000. Cape plants. A conspectus
ofthe Cape flora. Strelitzia 9. National Botanical Institute, Preto-
ria & Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis.
HASTON, E„ RICHARDSON, J.E., STEVENS, P.F., CHASE, M.W.
& HARRIS, D.J. 2007. A linear sequence of Angiosperm Phylo-
geny Group II families. Taxon 56: 7-12.
HEYWOOD, V.H., BRUMMITT, R.K., CULHAM, A. & SEBERG,
O. 2007. Flowering plant families of the world. Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew.
HOLMGREN, P.K., HOLMGREN, N.H. & BARNETT, L.C. 1990.
Index herbariorum , part 1 : the herbaria of the world. New York
Botanical Garden, New York.
MANNING, J.C., FOREST, F„ DEVEY, D.S., FAY, M.F. & GOLD-
BLATT, P. 2009. A molecular phylogeny and a revised classifica-
tion of Omithogaloideae (Hyacinthaceae) based on an analysis
of four plastid DNA regions. Taxon 58: 77-107.
MANNING. J.C., GOLDBLATT, P„ SIEBEN, E.J.J. & ROUX, J.P
2008. Aponogeton fugax (Aponogetonaceae), a new endemic
species from the Cape Floral Region, South Africa. Bothalia 38:
156-159.
MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD. M.C. 2006. The vegetation of South
Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19. South African
National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
SWOFFORD, D.L. 2002. PAUP*. Phylogenetic Analysis Using Par-
simony (*and Other Methods) Version 4. Sinauer Associates,
Sunderland, MA.
J.C. MANNING,* P. GOLDBLATT** and F. FOREST***
* Compton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Institute,
Private Bag X7, 7735 Claremont, Cape Town.
** B.A. Krukoff Curator of African Botany, Missouri Botanical Gar-
den, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166. USA.
*** Jodrell Laboratory, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Richmond, Sur-
rey, TW9 3 DS, UK.
MS. received: 2010-02-02.
PTERIDOPHYTA-THELYPTERIDACEAE
METATHELYPTERIS BURROWSIORUM, A NEW SPECIES FROM SWAZILAND AND A FIRST GENUS RECORD FOR SOUTHERN
AFRICA
Metathelypteris (H.Ito) Ching is a genus of ± 16 spe-
cies with a number of additional infraspecific taxa. It is
widely distributed in the Old World, particularly Asia
(Ching 1963). In recent years a collection was made in
the Lebombo Mountains of northeastern Swaziland,
representing not only a first record for this genus in
southern Africa, but also a new species; this novelty is
described here. Metathelypteris is poorly represented in
Africa, with only one species — M. vandervekenii Pic.
Serm. — known previously from the continental main-
land, in Rwanda (Pichi Sennolli 1983). M. fragilis
(Baker) Holttum subsp. guineensis Beni occurs only on
two islands in the Gulf of Guinea, Sao Tome and Bioko
(Fernando Po) (Beni 1988; Figueiredo 1998; 2002),
whereas the typical subspecies is known only from a sin-
gle gathering from Madagascar (Baker 1877; Flolttum
1974).
Metathelypteris burrowsiorum N.R. Crouch, sp.
nov., M. fragilis (Baker) Holttum similis sed pinnis pro-
funde bipinnatifidis neque ad costam anguste alatam see-
ds, frondibus longioribus cum 15-22 paribus pinnarum
discretis, non 8-16 paribus, et venis in pinnulis discretis
non furcatis, differt.
TYPE. — Swaziland: 2632 (Bela Vista): dry stream
bed in riverine forest next to boulder, Carmichael Farm,
Siteki, Lebombo Mtns, (-AC), 02-12-2006, J.E. Bur-
rows & S.M. Burrows 9649 (BNRH, holo., PRE. iso.).
Plants terrestrial. Rhizome erect, caudex short, ±
8 mm long, up to 8 mm diam., closely set with roots
and stipe bases; scales sparse, up to 9 x 1 mm, charta-
ceous, castaneous, sessile, attenuate, margins irregu-
larly set with acicular hairs. Fronds tufted, arching, up
to 370 mm long; stipe firm. 70-120 mm long, up to
194
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
I IGIJRf . 1 3. Melalhelypleris burrowsiorum, Burrows & Burrows 9649 ( BNR 1 1 ). A, rhizome with lower stipes; B, frond; C, rhizome scale; D, free,
pinnate venation, E, deeply pinnatifid pinna; F, rachis section with uniseriate acicular hairs; G, indusiate round sori along veins. Scale bars;
A, B, 20 mm; C, 2 mm; D, 2.5 mm; E, 5 mm; F, 1 mm; G, 0.5 mm. Artist: S. Burrows.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
195
FIGURE 14. — Known distribution of Metathelypteris bwrowsiorum ,
1.5 mm diam., pale green to stramineous, scales proxi-
mally sparse, similar to those of rhizome, up to 2.6 x
0.3 mm, pilose with short, acicular hairs up to 0.12 mm
long. Lamina 1-pinnate-pinnatifid, lanceolate, 220-300
x 50-80 mm, pale green to yellow-green, tapering apex
formed by gradually shortened upper adnate pinnae,
with 15-22 free pinna pairs, with 1 or 2 basal pinna pairs
gradually reduced; rachis shallowly sulcate, pale green,
sulca more pronounced distally, with hairs similar to
those on stipe but longer, 0.5- 1.0 mm long. Pinnae ses-
sile, thinly herbaceous, subopposite to alternate, spaced,
elliptic, decrescent at bases, largest 28-40 x 10-12 mm,
deeply lobed to more than 2/3 way to costa. Pinnule lobes
oblong, obtuse, often somewhat falcate, up to 4.5 x 2.5
mm, irregularly crenate-sinuate; basal acroscopic lobe
sometimes enlarged, adaxially moderately set with uni-
cellular acicular hairs along costa, veins and along mar-
gins, and sparsely set along costa and veins with minute
capitate hairs (0.08-0.13 mm long) bearing a translucent
to opaque to orange gland at top, abaxially moderately
set with unicellular acicular hairs along and occasion-
ally scattered between veins, up to 0.45 mm long, and
sparsely set along costa and veins with capitate hairs
as for adaxial surface; costa adaxially without sulci,
pronounced abaxially, set with hairs similar to those
on rachis. Venation evident, free, pinnately branched
in lobes, branches simple not forked, ending short of
margin, with no vein pairs anastomosing below sinus.
Sori circular, medial on veins, up to 7 per lobe; indu-
sium chartaceous, green turning pale brown, persistent,
reniform to subcircular, with unicellular acicular hairs
above, up to 0.5 mm diam.; receptacle naked. Sporan-
gium stalk 2 cells thick, simple, capsule circular in lat-
eral view, with 12 or 13 indurated annulus cells, 5 or 6
stomial cells; spores 64 per sporangium, brown, ellipsoi-
dal, monolete, verruculose to shortly echinate. Figure 13.
Distribution'. Metathelypteris burrowsiorum is known
only from a single Swaziland locality (Figure 14) at
520 m, at a well-shaded site within Southern Lebombo
Bushveld (SV1 16). It falls within the summer rainfall
region with a mean annual precipitation of 550-1 000
mm (Rutherford et al. 2006). It is terrestrial, and was
found on soils derived from underlying rhyolite of the
Jozini Formation, in a seasonally dry stream bed pro-
tected from the erosive action of tloodwater by a boul-
der. Other ferns in close vicinity included Doryopteris
concolor and Microgramma mauritiana. Although the
new species is evidently rare in Swaziland, it has pos-
sibly been located on the periphery of its range, given
the close proximity of the type locality to Mozambique.
Searches for further subpopulations should accordingly
focus on the adjacent region in Mozambique. The rather
unexpected and sparse occurrence of M. burrowsiorum
in the region is consistent with the history of discovery
of other Metathelypteris taxa in Africa and its surround-
ing islands — when present, plants are typically very rare
and localized.
Etymology, the specific epithet burrowsiorum jointly
honours John and Sandra Burrows, for their contribution
to pteridology in south-central Africa that spans three
decades, and as the collectors of the type specimen.
Diagnostic characters : Metathelypteris burrowsiorum
differs from M. fragilis in having pinnae that are deeply
bipinnatifid but not cut to a narrowly winged costa, in
producing longer fronds with 15-22 free pinnae pairs
rather than 8-16, having veins free in the pinnules and
not forked, and possessing indusia with acicular rather
than capitate hairs. The pinnule margins of M. fragilis
are obtusely lobed a third to halfway to the rachis, not
irregularly crenate-sinuate as with M. burrowsiorum.
The new species differs from M. vandervekenii in lack-
ing capitate glandular hairs on the abaxial lamina sur-
face and on the indusia — although these are present on
the costule and veins — and in having the rachis hairy
throughout, not only on the upper surface. The Rwan-
dan taxon also has a more dissected lamina (Pichi Ser-
molli 1983). Other African Metathelypteris species have
fronds that are ovate-lanceolate or deltate in outline,
relative to the somewhat narrow lanceolate lamina of M.
burrowsiorum.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Dr Hugh Glen of the South African National Biodi-
versity Institute (SANBI), Durban, kindly provided the
Latin diagnosis, Ms Hester Steyn of SANBI (Pretoria)
prepared the map and the Keeper of the Herbarium,
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, provided permission to
access specimens and library facilities.
REFERENCES
BAKER, J.G. 1 877. On a collection of ferns made by Miss Flelen Gilpin
in the interior of Madagascar. Journal of the Linnean Society,
Botany 16: 197—206.
BENL, G. 1988. The Pteridophyta of Bioko (Fernando Po). Contribu-
tions to a flora of the island. IV. Acta Botanica Barcinonensia
38: 1-69.
CHING, R.C. 1963. A reclassification of the family Thelypteridaceae
from the mainland of Asia. Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica 8:
289-335.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 1998. The Pteridophytes of Sao Tome and Principe
(Gulf of Guinea). Bulletin of the Natural History Museum. Lon-
don (Botany) 28: 41-66.
FIGUEIREDO, E. 2002. Pteridofitos de Sao Tome e Principe. Estudos,
Ensaios e Documentos, Lisboa 162: 1—209.
196
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
HOLTTUM, R.E. 1974. Thelypteridaceae of Africa and adjacent
islands. Journal of South African Botany 40: 123-168.
PICHI SERMOLLI, R.E.G. 1983. A contribution to the knowledge of
the Pteridophyta of Rwanda, Burundi, and Kivu (Zaire) — I. Bul-
letin du Jardin Botanique National de Belgique 53: 177-284.
RUTHERFORD, M.C., MUCINA, L„ LOTTER, M.C., BREDEN-
KAMP, G.J., SM1T, J.H.L., SCOTT-SHAW, C.R., HOARE,
D.B., GOODMAN, P.S., BEZUIDENHOUT, H„ SCOTT, L„
ELLIS, F„ POWRIE, L.W., S1EBERT, F„ MOSTERT, T.H.,
HENNING, B.J., VENTER, C.E., CAMP, K.G.T., SIEBERT,
S.J., MATTHEWS, W.S., BURROWS, J.E., DOBSON, L„ VAN
ROOYEN, N„ SCHMIDT, E„ WINTER, P.J.D., DU PREEZ,
P.J., WARD, R.A., WILLIAMSON, S. & HURTER, P.J.H. 2006.
Savanna Biome. In L. Mucina & M.C. Rutherford, The veg-
etation of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19:
438-538.
N.R. CROUCH*
* Ethnobotany Unit, South African National Biodiversity Institute, P.O.
Box 52099, Berea Road, 4007 Durban / School of Chemistry, Univer-
sity of KwaZulu-Natal, 4041 Durban. Email: n.crouch@sanbi.org.za.
MS. received: 2010-07-31.
AGAVACEAE
FURCRAEA FOETIDA : AN INVADING ALIEN IN SOUTH AFRICA
The genus Agave L. has long been recognized as
invasive in southern Africa, and until recently was
thought to be the only one of eight genera in the Aga-
vaceae (Verhoek 1998) to have become regionally
naturalized (Smith & Mossmer 1996; Smith 2003). In
recent years, colonies of large plants bearing a loose
resemblance to agaves in general vegetative habit (Fig-
ure 15) have been noted as widely naturalized in Kwa-
Zulu-Natal, the Western Cape and Mpumalanga (Figure
16); these have been determined as Furcaea foetida
(L.) Haw. (syn. F. gigantea Vent.) of the tribe Agaveae
(Agavaceae). A plate of this Meso- and South Ameri-
can species is reproduced in Verhoek (2002). F. foet-
ida bears some resemblance to those species of Agave
locally grown, particularly in domestic and amenity
horticulture; it also has rigid, succulent leaves, rather
than leathery, flaccid ones, and in this regard resembles
young specimens of Agave americana L., but the leaves
are verdant green and not glaucous. The main morpho-
logical differences between Agave and Furcraea are pre-
sented in Table 1 .
Taxonomically, Furcaea Vent, is a poorly under-
stood genus — see for example Ahmed Kahn (1997) on
the species cultivated in India, and Garcia-Mendoza
(1999, 2000) on the tree-like furcraeas. Geographically,
Furcraea extends from east-central Mexico through
the Antilles and eastern Brazil to Peru; it is the only
genus in the Agavaceae with a primary distribution
centred south of Guatemala. Approximately 20 species
are recognized in two subgenera: F. subgen. Furcaea
and F. subgen. Roezlia (Verhoek 1998). The subject of
this report is subgen. Furcraea. Various orthographic
variants on Furcraea exist in the literature: Furcroya ,
Furcroea, Fourcroea and Fourcroya (Drummond 1907;
Verhoek 1998).
Furcraea foetida occurs naturally from Guadaloupe,
southwards through northern South America to Brazil
and the Caribbean (Greater Antilles) (Grisebach 1864;
Howard 1979). Through the agency of humans this spe-
cies is now known to have naturalized widely in the
Pacific and Indian Ocean Islands, including the Sey-
chelles, Madagascar, the Mascarene Islands (Baker 1888;
Drummond 1907; Macdonald et at. 1991), Marquesas
Islands, Cook Islands, Fiji, Guam, French Polynesia,
Hawaii, Tonga, New Caledonia, Australia (Forster 1986)
and New Zealand. It is also now known from Florida
in the USA (Francis 2009; PIER 2009). Morris (1887)
described how the Mauritius-based hemp industry was
originally initiated in about 1875 in order to utilize the
large number of plants that had naturalized along the
island coastline following their introduction from South
America in about 1790. The extensive uses to which
fique, the Columbian name for this plant and its fibres
had historically been employed, has been documented
in detail (Anonymous 1916). By 1917 the species was
under cultivation for its sisal-like fibres in several coun-
tries besides Mauritius, including Malawi [Nyasaland],
Sri Lanka [Ceylon] and India (Anonymous 1917). When
crushed, the leaves of some cultivars give off a strong
odour, hence the origin of the specific epithet and an
alternative common name ‘foetid aloe’ (Morris 1887).
Selections with pronounced marginal leaf spines have
subsequently been planted widely as barrier plants in
tropical regions (Howes 1946), and variegated cultivars,
e.g. cv. ‘Mediopicta’ grown in horticulture as landscaping
and large, potted accent plants (Smith 2005).
Its arrival in South Africa may be traced to its impor-
tation by the Natal Botanical Gardens (now the Durban
Botanic Gardens) sometime before the early 1880s, ±
130 years ago. It (as Fourcroya gigantea) receives men-
tion as a garden accession in an early visitors’ guide
(Wood 1883), with archival records revealing that a fur-
ther cultivar arrived in November 1894 (as Fourcroya
gigantea var. variegata) from the [Lalbagh] Botani-
cal Gardens in Bangalore, India. The Durban Garden
propagated and later distributed material to meet the
demands of a growing fibre industry in Natal, now Kwa-
Zulu-Natal (KZN). The Garden Director recorded how
Mauritius hemp was ‘receiving much attention’, with
large areas planted to this economically important spe-
cies (Wood 1907) — a good source of fibre for rope and
cordage (Anonymous 1887). In support of the emerging
South African hemp sector, Wood (1907) reported dis-
patching— over 12 months — a total of 2 350 plants (as F.
gigantea ), to farming enterprises, from Umzumbe (KZN
South Coast) northwards to Zululand.
The ability of Furcraea foetida to invade is associ-
ated with the production of copious bulbils, ± several
thousand per plant, on an inflorescence (Figure 17A,
B). After flowering, these viviparous plantlets even-
tually drop, rooting easily on contact with the soil to
form dense monotypic thickets that exclude native veg-
etation (ISSG Database 2009); plants are accordingly
transformers (Pysek et al. 2004). A dense stand of > 1
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
197
TABLE 1. — Main morphological distinctions between Agave and Furcraea
acre may be observed at Lake Eland Game Reserve
(KZN South Coast). By definition (Pysek et al. 2004),
F. foetida is invasive rather than simply naturalized or
a casual alien, as colonies are known to have persisted
for more than 10 years, and, via vegetative propagules,
to have spread more than 100 m in less than 50 years.
Longer distance dispersal events (of bulbils) are seem-
ingly facilitated by man, with naturalized subpopulations
currently known as far apart as Klein Brakrivier in the
Western Cape, and Loskop Dam in Mpumalanga. Bulbil
production follows shortly after flowering, at which time
resources in the (dying) basal rosette are transferred to
aerial vegetative propagules, and more rarely to devel-
oping fruit and seed. A hundred percent survival and
rooting of fresh Puerto Rican bulbils (n = 100) placed
in moist potting mix have been observed after a single
week, with plantlets attaining an average height of 178 ±
4 mm after only one month (Francis 2009). Parent plants
also produce new plantlets by lateral budding (off-
shoots). Further weedy characteristics are exhibited by
F. foetida : its capacity to thrive in sun as well as partial
shade, its non-susceptibility to fire (plants singe rather
than bum), and a variable phenology. Plants appear to
flower when they attain sufficient vigour and size to sup-
port the large inflorescence, at 5-20 years depending on
environmental conditions (Francis 2009).
Furcraea foetida (L.) Haw., Synopsis plantarum
succulentarum: 73 (1812); Howard (1979); PIER
(2009); Verhoek (2009).
Agave foetida L.: 323 (1753).
F. gigantea Vent.: 65 (1793); Sims (1821) (as Furcroea); Bailey
(1958).
Massive, robust, fibrous-rooted multi-annual, mono-
carpic, leaf succulent. Stem short, ± I m high, usu-
ally only 200-300 mm long within ± 2. 5-3. 5 m diam.
basal rosette. Leaves up to 50, rigid, outermost recurv-
ing, verdant green to yellow-green, linear-lanceolate to
oblanceolate, up to 2 400 x 200(-250) mm, thick, firm,
smooth or obsolescently striate, somewhat roughened
beneath, fleshy with thread-like parallel fibres; margins
hard and smooth, usually entire at least in distal half,
sometimes basally with a few hooked marginal spines
shaped like shark’s teeth pointing towards the leaf apex,
mature apex a firm, blunt point. Inflorescence fast-grow-
ing, paniculate; scape 5-12 m high; panicle ± as long as
peduncle, central branches much branched; after flower
senescence frequently producing large number of bul-
bils 10-160 mm long. Flowers with pedicels articulated,
6-12 mm long, in clusters of 2-5, pendulous, only a few
open at a time for several weeks, white, greenish white,
yellowish green, or pale blue-green, tubular, 25-50 x
10-18 mm, scented. Perianth segments 6, with tepals
spreading, 23-30 mm long, oblong, distinct except
at base. Stamens 6, inserted; filaments short, abruptly
expanded below middle. Ovary inferior, 12-15 mm
long; style inserted, dilated, 3-lobed proximal to middle;
stigma 3-lobed. Fruits capsular, loculicidally dehiscent,
infrequently produced. Seeds many, black, flat, 2 rows
FIGURE 15. — Small colony of
Furcraea foetida , Umzimkulu
Mouth, KwaZulu-Natal. Pho-
tograph: N. Crouch.
198
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 16.: — Known naturalized distribution of Furcraea foetida , •,
in FSA region, based on sight records and herbarium vouchers.
per locule. Chromosome number 2n = 60. Flowering
time\ mainly in the cooler months in South Africa, but
often spontaneous throughout the year.
Specimens examined
KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2930 (Pietermaritzburg): Pinetown, road-
side cutting alongside Ml 3 highway, about 200 m eastbound beyond
onramp to N3, 293 m, (-DD), 13-01-2010, N. Crouch 1261 (NH).
3030 (Port Shepstone): Wichman's farm, (-CD), 29-12-1968, A.P.
Wells 437 ( NH).
Common names : Mauritius hemp, foetid aloe, aloes
vert (Morris 1887), green aloe (Anonymous 1887). Wild
populations in Columbia are referred to as fique (Anony-
mous 1916) or cabuya (Drummond 1907), as cadere,
chanvre de Maurice, choka and choka vert on French
Reunion (La Reunion) (ISSG Database 2009), and else-
where as female karata, maguey, mayuey criollo, and
cocuisa (Francis 2009).
FIGURE 1 7. — Furcraea foetida :
A, mature inflorescence with
aerial bulbils; B, aerial bul-
bils proliferating on a mature
inflorescence branch. Photo-
graphs: N. Crouch.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
199
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Mr Michael Cheek (Emerging Alien Invasives Pro-
gramme, SANB1) is thanked for facilitating access to
aerial bulbils of Furcraea foetidci. Ms Hester Steyn and
Mrs Ronell Klopper, National Herbarium, SANBI, Pre-
toria kindly produced the distribution map.
REFERENCES
AHMED KAHN, H. 1997. Morphotaxonomical studies of Furcraea
(Agavaceae) of India. Journal of Plant Anatomy and Morphol-
ogy 7: 140-147.
ANONYMOUS. 1887. Fibre plants. Kew Bulletin 1887 (3): 1, 2.
ANONYMOUS. 1916. Fique. Furcraea gigantea. Kew Bulletin 1916
(7): 169-170 (with plate).
ANONYMOUS. 1 91 7. A list of economic plants native or suitable for cul-
tivation in the British Empire. Kew Bulletin 1917 (7/8): 241-296.
BAILEY, L.H. 1958. The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, vol. 2.
MacMillan, New York.
BAKER, J.G. 1888. Furcraea. Handbook of the Amaryllideae. Bell,
London.
DRUMMOND, J.R. 1907. The literature of Furcraea with a synopsis
of the known species. Missouri Botanical Garden Annual Report
18:25-75.
FORSTER, P.I. 1986. Agavaceae. 3. Furcraea. In A.S. George, Flora of
Australia. Iridaceae to Dioscoreaceae, vol. 46: 77, 78. Austral-
ian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
FRANCIS, J.K. 2009. Furcraea foetida. Agavaceae. http://www.fs.fed.
us/global/iitf/pdf/shrubs/Furcraea%20foetida.pdf (accessed 22
Dec. 2009).
GARCIA-MENDOZA, A. 1999. Una especie nueva de Furcraea (Aga-
vaceae) de Chiapas, Mexico. Novon 9: 42^t5.
GARCIA-MENDOZA, A. 2000. Revision taxonomica de las especies
arborescentes de Furcraea (Agavaceae) en Mexico y Guatemala.
Boletin de la Sociedad Botanica de Mexico 66: 113-129.
GRISEBACH, A.H.R. 1864. Flora of the British West Indian Islands.
Reeve, London.
HAWORTH, A.H. 1812. Synopsis plantarum succulentarum, edn 1.
Taylor, London.
HOWARD, R.A. 1979. Flora of the Lesser Antilles, Leeward and Wind-
ward Islands, vol. 3. Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, USA.
HOWES, F.N. 1946. Fence and barrier plants in warm climates. Kew
Bulletin 1(2): 51-87.
ISSG DATABASE (GLOBAL INVASIVE SPECIES DATABASE).
2009. Furcraea foetida. http://www.invasivespecies.net/database/
species/ecoloey.asp?si=1257&ff=l&sts=&lang=EN (accessed 22
Dec. 2009).
LINNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantarum, edn 1. Salvius, Stockholm.
MACDONALD, I.A.W., THEBAUD, C„ STRAHM, W.A. & STRAS-
BERG, D. 1991. Effects of alien plant invasions on native veg-
etation remnants on La Reunion (Mascarene Islands, Indian
Ocean). Environmental Conservation 18: 51-61.
MORRIS, D. 1887. Mauritius hemp. Kew Bulletin 1887 (3): 8-10.
PIER (PACIFIC ISLAND ECOSYSTEMS AT RISK). 2009. Furcraea
foetida (L.) Haw., Agavaceae. http;//www.hear.org/pier_v3.3/
fufoe.htm (accessed 22 Dec. 2009).
PYSEK, P„ RICHARDSON, D.M., REJMANEK, M„ WEBSTER,
G.J., WILLIAMSON, M. & KIRSCHNER, J. 2004. Alien plants
in checklists and floras: towards a better communication between
taxonomists and ecologists. Taxon 53: 131-143.
SIMS, J. 1821. Furcroea gigantea. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 48: t.
2250.
SMITH, G.F. 2003. Agavaceae. In G. Germishuisen & N.L. Meyer, Plants
of southern Africa: an annotated checklist. Strelitzia 14: 955.
SMITH, G.F. 2005. Gardening with succulents. Horticultural gifts from
extreme environments and the arid world. Struik Publishers,
Cape Town.
SMITH, G.F. & MOSSMER, M. 1996. FSA contributions 4: Agavace-
ae. Bothalia 26: 31-35.
VENTENAT, E.P. 1793. Bulletin de la Societe Philomatique de Paris
no. 28 Vendemaire, an 2 de la Rep. i.
VERHOEK, S. 1998. Agavaceae. In K. Kubitzki, The families and gen-
era of vascular plants. III. Flowering plants. Monocotyledons.
Lilianae (except Orchidaceae): 60-70. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.
VERHOEK, S. 2002. Furcraea, Agavaceae. In Flora of North America
Editorial Committee, Flora of North America north of Mexico
26: 461, 462. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
WOOD, J.M. 1883. A guide to the Natal Botanical Gardens contain-
ing a plan of the gardens, byelaws, etc. and catalogue of plants.
Durban.
WOOD, J.M. 1907. Report on Natal Botanic Gardens and Colonial
Herbarium for the year 1906-1907. Bennett & Davis, Durban.
N.R. CROUCH* and G.F. SMITH**
* Ethnobotany Unit, South African National Biodiversity Institute, P.O.
Box 52099, Berea Road, 4007 Durban/School of Chemistry, University
of KwaZulu-Natal, 4041 Durban. E-mail: n.crouch@sanbi.org.za.
** Biosystematics Research and Biodiversity Collections Division,
South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X 1 0 1 , 0001
Pretoria/H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium. Department of Plant Sci-
ence, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria. E-mail: g.smith@sanbi.
org.za.
MS. received: 2010-01-14.
APOCYNACEAE
DISTRIBUTION OF CRYPTOLEPIS DELAGOENSIS (PERIPLOCOIDEAE-CRYPTOLEPIDEAE), A SUBCONTINENTAL SOUTHERN
AFRICAN ENDEMIC AND SELECTION OF A NEOTYPE
During a visit to Mahamba Gorge in Swaziland in
November 2009, John Burrows showed the first author
a branch of a Cryptolepis that grew on the Mahamba
mountainside. These plants were also growing along the
river bank next to the campsite and one of them was in
full flower. Initial investigations at the National Her-
barium (PRE) revealed that it was C. delagoensis and a
new record for Swaziland. After consultation of the col-
lection, further material, previously incorrectly identi-
fied as Secamone filiform is (L.f.) J.H.Ross, extended our
knowledge of C. delagoensis, and led to this note.
Cryptolepis delagoensis seems to be so infrequently
collected that it has not even been reported in the pre-
liminary checklist of vascular plants for Mozambique
(Da Silva et al. 2004). It was annotated as an insuf-
ficiently known species in Klopper et al. (2006). In the
most recent assessment of all South African species,
Raimondo et al. (2009) listed the conservation status of
Cryptolepis delagoensis as least concerned (LC).
Cryptolepis delagoensis Schltr. has not previously
been reported for Swaziland (Compton 1966, 1976;
Kemp 1981, 1983; Braun et al. 2004; Braun 2010). In
the protologue, the species was described and based on
a single unnumbered specimen of Schlechter (Schlech-
ter 1905; Brown 1907). It was collected at Delagoa Bay
near Lourenpo Marques (today Maputo). All Schlech-
ter’s holotypes were deposited in the Berlin Herbarium
(B) which was bombed during the Second World War,
and most of these specimens were destroyed (Hiepko
1978; Nicholas 1992; Livshultz 2003). Although some
specimens from B were out on loan at the time of the
bombing, recent enquiries to the curator revealed that
200
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
the Cryptolepis delagoensis specimen was not one of
them. It is therefore presumed that Schlechter’s speci-
men was also destroyed. The following neotype is there-
fore selected here.
Cryptolepis delagoensis Schltr. in Botanische
Jahrbiicher 38: 26 (1905). Neotype: South Africa, Natal
[KwaZulu-Natal], Tembe Game Reserve, Ngobozana
Trail, H.J.T. Venter 9335 (PRE, neotype here designated;
BLFU, isoneotype).
The Kemp specimen {1181) of Cryptolepis delagoen-
sis is the first record of this species in Swaziland, even
though it was wrongly identified and listed under Seca-
mone filiformis Schltr. (Braun et al. 2004).
Specimens examined
SWAZILAND. — 2631 (Mbabane): Mololotsha Valley, 26° 06'S
31° 06' E, (-AA), Kemp 1181 (PRE!, SDNH). 2731 (Louwsburg):
Mahamba Gorge, ± 4.4 km NNW of Mahamba Border Post, Mahamba
Lodge, (-AA), Bester 9763 (BLFU!, LYD!, MO!, PRE!, PRU!,
UDW!).
MOZAMBIQUE. — 2632 (Bela Vista): Maputo, southern end of
Licuati Forest Reserve, ± 30 km SW of Bela Vista, Goyder 5034 (K).
MPUMALANGA. — 2531 (Komatipoort): Barberton, (-CC), Thorn-
croft 825 (NU, NH); Ida Doyer Reserve on Farm Schoonoord 380JU,
near Swaziland border at Havelock, (-CC), Fonrie 1641 (PRE!); Ugu-
tugulo Gorge below Shiyalongubo Dam (Makonjwa Range), waterfall
plunge-pool rim, 25°46'12"S 31°16'18"E, (-CD), Winter 6439 (PRE!).
2630 (Carolina): Amsterdam, 9 km S of town, (-DA), Bruyns 9365
(BOL).
The two species, Cryptolepis delagoensis and Seca-
mone filiformis, have many common features: both are
lianas with a climbing nature; both have leaves that are
somewhat bicolorous with the lower surfaces much paler
compared to the dark green adaxial side; and the lower
epidermis is densely covered by papillae, those in S. fili-
formis being much smaller than those found in C. dela-
goensis.
The difference in flowers is very obvious. In Cryp-
tolepis delagoensis the inflorescences are few-flowered
with 2-6 flowers and pedicels 1-3 mm long, contrasting
with the inflorescences of S. filiformis which have 5-12
flowers with pedicels 2-4 mm long. Furthermore, the
leaves of C. delagoensis are elliptic to lanceolate-elliptic
with the blade 10-22 x 4-7 mm and in S. filiformis the
leaves are linear with the blade 12^14 x \^\ mm.
Cryptolepis delagoensis grows in closed, short bush-
land, open woodland scrub usually on a rocky substrate,
or in thickets of short sand forest. The plants grow in
well-drained loamy soils and partial shade on steep,
undisturbed slopes, river banks or plains. The creamy
yellow flowers are borne from November to February
followed by the development of follicles that are dark
brown when mature. Specimens have been collected at
altitudes from 30-1 000 m. In sand forests it can attain
heights of ± 4 m tall. The known distribution for C. del-
agoensis is given in Figure 18.
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 18. — Known distribution of Cryptolepis delagoensis Schltr.
KWAZULU-NATAL. — 2731 (Louwsburg): Piensrand area, crest of
Nqongwana Hill, (-AC), MacDevette 718 (NH); Vryheid Dist., road to
Bhivarte (Paris) Dam, (-CA), Bruyns 9357 (BOL); Coronation, Paris
Dam, 27°31'0"S 31°2'0"E, (-CA), Hankey 556 (PRE!); Vryheid Dist.,
Coronation, Schurwerand Farm 9640, ± 26 km north from Corona-
tion in gorge above Bivane River, (-CA), Jacobsen 5371 (PRE!); Itala
Game Reserve, slope above Square Davel, (-CB), MacDevette 2220
(NH, PRE-photocopy). 2732 (Ubombo): Ingwavuma Dist., Tembe
Elephant Park, (-AB), Ward 1928 (NH, PRE!); Tembe Game Reserve,
Ngobozana trail, (-AB), Venter 9335 (BLFU, PRE); False Bay, Bird
Sanctuary, near Mr Redman’s house, (-CD), Gerstner 4731 (PRE).
2832 (Mtubatuba): Hlabisa Dist., False Bay, bird sanctuary, Bushveld
Reserve, (-AB), Gerstner 4731 (PRE!).
REFERENCES
BRAUN, K.P. 2010. Swaziland flora database, http://www.sntc.org.sz/
flora/index. asp (accessed 1 March 2010).
BRAUN, K.P., DLAMINI, S.D., MDLADLA, D.R., METHULE, N.P.,
DLAMINI, P.W. & DLAMINI, M.S. (compilers) 2004. Swazi-
land flora checklist. South African Botanical Diversity Network
Report No. 27. SABONET, Pretoria.
BROWN. N.E. 1907. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora capensis 4,1: 528.
Reeve, London.
COMPTON, R.H. 1966. An annotated checklist of the flora of Swa-
ziland. Journal of South African Botany , Suppl. vol. 6: 62-64.
COMPTON, R.H. 1976. The flora of Swaziland. Journal of South Afri-
can Botany, Suppl. vol. 1 1 : 442-472.
DA SILVA, M.C., IZIDINE, S. & AMUDE, A.B. 2004. A preliminary
checklist of the vascular plants of Mozambique. South African
Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 30. SABONET, Pre-
toria.
H1EPKO, P. 1978. Die erhaltenen Teile der Sammlungen des Bota-
nischen Museums Berlin-Bahlem (B) aus der Zeit vor 1943.
Willdenowia 8: 389^400.
KEMP, E.S. 1981. Additions and name changes to the flora of Swazi-
land. Swaziland National Trust Commission, Occasional Publi-
cation No. 1.
KEMP, E.S. 1983. A flora checklist for Swaziland. Swaziland National
Trust Commission, Occasional Publication No. 2.
KLOPPER. R.R., CHATELA1N, C„ BANNINGER, V„ HABASHI, C„
STEYN, H.M., DE WET, B.C., ARNOLD, T.H., GAUTIER, L„
SMITH, G.F. & SP1CHIGER, R. 2006. Checklist of the flower-
ing plants of sub-Saharan Africa: an index of accepted names
and synonyms. South African Botanical Diversity Network
Report No. 42. SABONET, Pretoria.
LIVSCHULTZ, T. 2003. Leptotypification of Dolichostegia Schlechter
(Asclepiadoideae, Apocynaceae) and a new combination, Dis-
chidia boholensis. Taxon 52: 595-600.
NICHOLAS, A. 1992. The Asclepiadaceous works of Rudolph F. Sch-
lechter ( 1 872-1925). Wildenowia 22: 215-264.
RAIMONDO, D„ VON STADEN, L„ FODEN, W„ VICTOR, J.E.,
HELME, N.A., TURNER, R.C., KAMUNDI, D.A. & MAN-
YAM A, P.A. (eds). 2009. Red List of South African plants 2009.
Strelitzia 25. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pre-
toria.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
201
SCHLECHTER. R. 1905. Asclepiadaceae africanae. In A. Engler, Bei-
trage zur Flora von Afrika XXVIII. Botanische Jahrbiicher 38:
25-56.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The following people are thanked for their help in
checking their various collections for material of Cryp-
tolepis delagoensis : Luis Catarino ( L ISC); David Goy-
der (Kew Herbarium); Sifosiso Mnxati (Natal Herbar-
ium); Ashley Nicholas (Ward Herbarium, University of
KwaZulu-Natal); Christina Potgieter (Bews Herbarium,
University of KwaZulu-Natal) and Robert Vogt (Ber-
lin Herbarium). The Plant Specialist Group (PSG) from
Mpumalanga and Linda Loffler, who made the arrange-
ments for the outing to Mahamba, are also thanked.
S.P. BESTER* and L. JOUBERT**
* Author for correspondence: National Herbarium (PRE), South African
National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XI 01. 0001 Pretoria. Email:
S.Bester@sanbi.org.za.
** Department of Plant Sciences, Faculty of Natural and Agricultural
Sciences, University of the Free State, 9300 Bloemfontein. Email: Jou-
bertL@ufs.ac.za.
MS. received: 2010-03-04.
PTERIDOPHYTA-MARSILEACEAE
PIL ULAR1A D RAC O MONTANA , A NEW SPECIES OF P1LLWORT FROM THE KWAZULU-NATAL DRAKENSBERG, SOUTH AFRICA
The genus Pilularia L. remains relatively poorly
known, although recent work on its phylogenetic posi-
tion (Nagalingum et al. 2008) as well as the function and
structure of spores in this heterosporous genus (Schnei-
der & Pryer 2002) have improved our understanding of
its diversity and relationships. The exact number of spe-
cies is not certain; currently five or less are recognized
(Large & Braggins 1989; Nagalingum et al. 2008).
The first record of the genus in southern Africa —
identified tentatively as P. americana A. Braun on the
basis of both vegetative and sexual characters — was col-
lected from Nieuwoudtville on the Bokkeveld Escarp-
ment in 2001, at an altitude of ± 800 m. There, P. ameri-
cana grows immersed and emergent on the periphery
of seasonal pans, in a region receiving winter/spring
rainfall of 500-650 mm per annum (Roux 2002). Dur-
ing April 2010, a second collection of this cryptic genus,
representing a novel species, was gathered from tarns in
the southern Drakensberg of KwaZulu-Natal, at more
than twice the Bokkeveld altitude, and over 1 000 km
distant. This latest collection is of a diminutive species,
significantly smaller than P. americana in many vegeta-
tive and sexual respects, and with an ecological require-
ment of perennial submersion in deep, sandstone tarns.
Circinate vernation is not obvious in either taxon known
from South Africa. This is in contrast to North American
material of P. americana in which circinate vernation
is reported to be a prominent character (Johnson 2010).
Roux (2002) neither described nor illustrated this inward
coiling feature of the frond for the Nieuwoudtville
plants, unlike Cook (2004), whose illustration and text
was presumably based on extra-South African material.
Fresh samples were viewed in water, using a Nikon
AZ100 microscope. Longitudinal views through
megaspores were obtained on a Nikon 80i microscope,
using 1 pm toluidene blue-stained sections of material
embedded in epoxy resin, using standard procedures.
Light microscope images and measurement data were
acquired using NIS Elements D software (Nikon, Japan).
For scanning electron microscopy (SEM), samples
were fixed chemically, dehydrated in a graded ethanol
series and dried using hexamethyldisilazane (SPI Sup-
plies, US), mounted on stubs using double-sided carbon
tape and rendered conductive by sputter coating with
gold. Samples were viewed using a LEO 1450 SEM
(Carl Zeiss, Germany).
Pilularia dracomontana N.R. Crouch & J.Wesley-
Smith, sp. nov., P. americanae A. Braun similis sed spor-
ocarpiis minoribus solum 3-5 megasporas in quoque
soro continentibus, acrolamella proportione valde lon-
giori, foliis etiam brevioribus (usque ad 14 mm, non
15-100 mm longis), sine vematione manifeste circinata,
intemodiis brevioribus (usque ad 4.2 mm, non 30 mm),
differt. Pilularia dracomontana a speciebus omnibus
aliis generis sporocarpia in plantis immersis, non emer-
sis nec emergentibus pariendo, differt.
TYPE. — KwaZulu-Natal: 2929 (Underberg): Cob-
ham, growing submerged in a sandstone tarn above
Lakes Cave, 2 160 m, (-CB), 1 April 2010, N. Crouch
1268 (PRE, holo., NH, iso.).
Plants aquatic, mat-forming. Rhizome filiform, creep-
ing, irregularly branched, up to 0.24 mm diam., set with
1-5 roots at nodes, intemodes ( 1 .47 — )2.70( — 4.2) mm
long, initially sparsely hairy, glabrous with age, mostly
with a few hairs at frond base, hairs up to 5 cells long.
Fronds borne singly at nodes, erect, simple, setiform,
(8.9— )1 1 .98(— 1 3.66) mm long, basally with few laterally
attached, 3-celled hairs, glabrous apically. Sporocarp
subterranean, globose, ( 1 .49—) 1 .58(— 1 .7) mm diam., lat-
erally attached, cream-coloured and densely hairy when
young, atrocastaneous and sparsely hairy when mature,
hairs up to 5 cells long, appressed; sporocarps 4-locular,
dehiscing into 4 valves, each locule with a single sorus
containing micro- and megasporangia; sporocarp pedi-
cel arising from node on rhizome, up to 1.43 x 0.21 mm,
produced laterally. Microsporangia clavate, several per
sorus, wall one cell layer thick, hyaline, each bearing
28-32 microspores. Microspores trilete, circular in polar
view, elliptic in equatorial view, laesurae short, peris-
pore hyaline, much larger than spore, epispore densely
rugulate, (44.23— )49.88(— 53.41 ) pm diam. at equator
and (36.03— )42.25(— 5 1 .95) pm diam. at poles, pseudo-
endospore (intine) evident below exine layer. Megaspor-
angia ellipsoid, wall one cell layer thick, hyaline, 3-5
per sorus (12-19 per sporangium), each bearing a single
megaspore. Megaspores spherical in polar, and broadly
elliptic in lateral view, with prominently ridged aero-
202
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
FIGURE 19. — Pilularia clracomonlana. A, fertile mat portion, fronds borne singly at nodes; B, clavate microsporangia, intact with micro-
spores surrounded by hyaline perispore; C, intact sporocarp unevenly covered with multicellular appressed hairs; D, t/s microspore
wall; E, apical view of mechanically ruptured mature sporocarp; F, I/s distal end of mature megaspore; G, megaspore with apical
papilla-like laesura (acrolamella); H, partially dissected microspore, ac, acrolamella; ex, exine layer; gp, gelatinous perine layer;
iep, inner epispore sublayer; in, intine layer; meg, hyaline megasporangia; mic, microspores; oep, rugulate outer epispore sublayer;
p, dehydrated perine layer; sg, starch grain; sw, sporocarp wall.
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
203
lamella (apical papilla-like laesura) (76.86-)99.54(-
120.07) pm long, perispore hyaline, much larger than
megaspore, both perispore and epispore thicker around
distal pole than at equator, outer sublayer of epispore
deeply plicate giving it a finely rugose appearance, inner
sublayer of epispore much thinner than outer sublayer,
pseudoendospore (intine) evident below exine layer,
epispore up to 346 pm in length (excluding acrolamella)
and up to 329 pm at equator. Figure 19.
Distribution-. Pilularia dracomontana is thus far
known only from three tarns in the Cobham District of
the KwaZulu-Natal Drakensberg (Figure 20). The site is
at the upper limit of the Southern Drakensberg Highland
Grassland (Gd 4), almost on the boundary of uKhahl-
amba Basalt Grassland (Gd 7) (Mucina et al. 2006). P.
dracomontana grows with an undescribed species of
Isoetes (aff. I. transvaalensis Jermy & Schelpe) in deep
sandstone tarns on a southern aspect. Plants grow in silt
at the bottom of the tarns, at a depth of ± 40 cm, with
fronds buried 14 to 14 of their length. In habitat, plants
annually receive precipitation of ± 1 120 mm from sum-
mer rainfall, but also winter snow; the tarns ice over fre-
quently between June and August. No plants have been
observed to grow as emergents in soil on the perimeter
of the tarns, indicating that P dracomontana may be an
obligate submerged hydrophyte, at least in its vegeta-
tive state. Given its diminutive size and arcane form, this
species may well be more widespread in suitable habi-
tat in the Drakensberg, but has been overlooked to date.
Plants are locally abundant in the Cobham tarns, which
range in diameter from 10-15 m.
Etymology, the specific epithet dracomontana is a
geographic indicator of the distribution of this species,
which is known only from the KwaZulu-Natal Drakens-
berg.
Diagnostic characters-. Pilularia dracomontana dif-
fers from P. americana in both vegetative and sexual
characters, and is smaller in several respects. Mature
sporocarps of P. americana have a mean diameter of
2.67 mm and contain 12-20 megaspores per sorus
(Large & Braggins 1989), whereas the correspond-
ing values for P. dracomontana are 1.58 mm, and 3-5
megaspores respectively. The apical papilla-like laesura
(acrolamella) of the megaspores of P. dracomontana is
proportionately much longer (at ± 23 %) than its equiva-
lent in P. americana, which has been documented as
± 12.5 % of the total spore length (Tryon & Lugardon
1991). Leaf lengths of P. americana range from 1 5— 50(-
100) mm (Correll 1956; Large & Braggins 1989; Mickel
& Smith 2004), whereas leaves of the new species are
no longer than 14 mm. on average attaining < 12 mm.
The leaves of P. americana from North America exhibit
obvious circinate vernation (Johnson 2010), but this
feature is yet to be observed in P. dracomontana ; addi-
tionally, more than one leaf per node has been observed
in P. americana (Correll 1956), whereas P. dracomon-
tana invariably produces only one per node. Intemode
lengths recorded by Roux (2002) for P. americana are
up to 11 mm and by Grounds (1974) up to 30 mm; the
maximum observed in P. dracomontana is only 4.2 mm.
Comparison of the Drakensberg species with the two
other 4-locular pillworts, P. novae-zelandiae Kirk and
P. novae-hollandiae A. Braun, reveals real differences
FIGURE 20. — Known distribution of Pilularia dracomontana , •.
in the size of fronds, pedicels, sporocarp diameters,
megaspores per sporocarp, and spore dimensions (Large
& Braggins 1989). Some authors (e.g. Nagalingum et al.
2008) consider these two last-mentioned Pilularia spe-
cies to be conspecific, and New World specimens pre-
viously referred to P. americana to likely belong to at
least two taxa. The European species, P. minuta Durieu
(known also from North Africa) and P. globulifera L.,
each possess only two locules. The non-emergent yet
prolific fertile character (at a submerged depth of 40 cm)
of P. dracomontana appears unique in the genus: Pilu-
laria is otherwise consistently reported (Tryon & Tryon
1982; Mickel & Smith 2004) to produce sporocarps only
on emergent plants.
Specimen examined
Pilularia americana
NORTHERN CAPE — 3119 (Calvinia): Nieuwoudtville, in mud on
edge of seasonal pan, (-AC), 10-10-2001, J.P.Roia 3156 (NBG).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Mrs Priscilla Maartens and Ms Sharon Eggers of the
EM Unit, UKZN are thanked for assistance with micro-
scopy, and Dr Tanza Crouch for constructing the plate.
Dr Hugh Glen of the South African National Biodiver-
sity Institute (SANBI) Durban, kindly provided the
Latin diagnosis, Ms Ronell Klopper of SANBI (Preto-
ria) prepared the map and assisted in sourcing relevant
literature. The staff of the Mary Gunn library at PRE is
similarly thanked for help in obtaining literature, and the
Curator of NBG and Keeper of K for allowing use of
their respective herbarium collections and library facili-
ties.
REFERENCES
COOK, C.D.K. 2004. Aquatic and wetland plants of southern Afi-ica.
Backhuys Publishers, Leiden.
CORRELL, D.S. 1956. Ferns and fern allies of Texas. Texas Research
Foundation, Renner, Texas.
GROUNDS, R. 1974. Ferns. Pelham Books, London.
204
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
JOHNSON, D.M. 2010. Marsileaceae. 23. In Flora of North America
Editorial Committee, Flora of North America north of Mexico
(online version), vol. 2. Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms. www.
efloras.org (accessed 09-2010).
LARGE, M.F. & BRAGGINS, J.E. 1989. An assessment of characters
of taxonomic significance in the genus Pilularia (Marsiliaceae):
with particular reference to P. americana, P. novae-hollandiae,
and P. novae-zelandiae. New Zealand Journal of Botany 27:
48 1 — 486.
MICKEL, J.T. & SMITH, A.R. 2004. The pteridophytes of Mexico.
Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden 88. NYBG Press,
Bronx, USA.
MUCINA, L„ HOARE, D.B.. LOTTER, M.C., DU PREEZ, J„ RU-
THERFORD, M.C., SCOTT-SHAW, C.R., BREDENKAMP,
G.J., POWRIE, L.W., SCOTT, L„ CAMP, K.G.T., CILLIERS,
S.S., BEZU1DENHOUT, H„ MOSTERT, T.H., SIEBERT, S.J..
WINTER. P.J.D., BURROWS, J.E., DOBSON, L„ WARD, R.A.,
STALMANS, M„ OLIVER, E.G.H., SIEBERT, F„ SCHMIDT,
E„ K.OBISI, K. & ROSE, L. 2006. Grassland Biome. In L. Muci-
na & M.C. Rutherford, The vegetation of South Africa, Lesotho
and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19: 349-436.
NAGALINGUM, N.S., NOWAK, M.D. & PRYER, K.M. 2008. Assess-
ing phylogenetic relationships in extant heterosporous ferns
(Salviniales), with a focus on Pilularia and Salvinia. Botanical
Journal of the Linnean Society 1 57: 673-685.
ROUX, J.P. 2002. Marsileaceae-Pteropsida. First report of the genus
Pilularia from continental Africa. Bothalia 32: 82, 83.
SCHNEIDER, H. & PRYER, K.M. 2002. Structure and function of
spores in the aquatic heterosporous fern family Marsileaceae.
International Journal of Plant Sciences 163: 485-505.
TRYON, A.F. & LUGARDON, B. 1991. Spores of the Pteridophyta.
Springer- Verlag, New York.
TRYON, R.M. & TRYON, A.F. 1982. Ferns and allied plants with spe-
cial reference to tropica! America. Springer- Verlag, New York.
N.R. CROUCH* & J. WESLEY-SMITH**
* Ethnobotany Unit, South African National Biodiversity Institute, P.O.
Box 52099, Berea Road, 4007 Durban / School of Chemistry, Univer-
sity of KwaZulu-Natal, 4041 Durban. Email: n. crouch@sanbi.org. za.
** Electron Microscopy Unit, University of KwaZulu-Natal, 4041
Durban. Email: wesley-smith@ukzn.ac.za.
MS. received: 2010-09-19.
PTERIDOPHYTA-SINOPTERIDACEAE
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF CHE1LANTHES DELTOIDEA FROM GAUTENG AND LIMPOPO, SOUTH AFRICA
Cheilanthes deltoidea Kunze is a small and easily
overlooked fern endemic to southern Africa. Hitherto it
has been recorded in the western and northwestern parts
of the Northern Cape, the Cederberg area of the West-
ern Cape, and in southern Namibia. To the east, there is
a disjunct record from the Waterberg in Limpopo Prov-
ince (Jacobsen & Jacobsen 1986; Burrows 1990), and
Klopper et al. (2006) reported the discovery of a particu-
larly small form of C. deltoidea in the Centurion area of
Gauteng. Klopper et al. (2006) suggested that this form
(perhaps including the plants from the Waterberg) may
warrant description as a new infraspecific taxon, but fur-
ther studies were needed to confirm the suggested status.
Recently, a population of this same entity was discov-
ered north of the Cradle of Humankind area, very close
to the Gauteng/North-West border. The population in the
Waterberg was located and a comparative study of the
various forms and their habitat was completed.
Northern Cape populations of Cheilanthes deltoidea
fall within the winter rainfall region and produce new
fronds during this time of year; during the dry summer
months the plants are desiccated and shrivelled. In this
region, C. deltoidea grows predominantly in fissures
on granite or gneiss rock formations. The northeast-
ern populations in Centurion, the Cradle of Human-
kind area and the Waterberg are in the summer rainfall
region and the seasonality of its growing cycle differs
accordingly. Centurion and Cradle of Humankind plants
were only found on outcrops of chert rock associated
with dolomite representing the Malmani Subgroup,
Chuniespoort Group of the Transvaal Supergroup
(Obbes 2000; Eriksson et al. 2006). These populations
were present on chert in Carletonviile Dolomite Grass-
land (Mucina & Rutherford 2006), but apparently do
not occur on the chert outcrops of the Rand Highveld
Grassland in Centurion (Petro Lemmer pers. comm.).
In the Waterberg, plants of C. deltoidea grow in Cen-
tral Sandy Bushveld (Mucina & Rutherford 2006), on
phonolithic lava that forms part of the lower strata of
the Waterberg Group (Barker et al. 2006; Prof. P. Eriks-
son & Dr N. Lenhardt pers. comm.). Plants were con-
sistently smaller in Centurion, the Cradle of Human-
kind area and the Waterberg than in the Northern Cape.
Based on the clear disjunction in the distribution range,
the specific geological requirements, and the mor-
phological and phenological differences observed,
the small form from Gauteng and Limpopo is here
described as a new subspecies.
Cheilanthes deltoidea Kunze subsp. silicicola
Klopper & A.E.van Wvk , subsp. nov., a subspecie typi-
ca frondis minoribus (lamina ± 8-21 mm longa, pinnis
basalibus ± 5-15 mm longis), squamis rhizomatis pal-
lide brunnescentibus, stipa lamina sesquilongior, in sili-
ca vel lava phonolithica aestate crescente differt.
TYPE. — Gauteng, 2528 (Pretoria): Centurion, Irene,
Doornkloof, Smuts House Museum, on koppie close to
monument, (-CC), 30-03-2006, R.R. Klopper & A. IV.
Klopper 217 (PRE, holo.).
Rhizome shortly creeping, 2-3 mm diam., densely
covered with roots and old stipe bases; scales lanceolate,
attenuate, ± 2-3 mm long, pale light brownish, concolor-
ous, entire. Fronds closely tufted, erect, herbaceous to
thinly coriaceous; stipe sulcate, slender, 10-22(^45)
mm long, dark reddish brown, becoming darker with
age, glabrous. Lamina broadly debate in outline, 8-21
(-30) x 9-26(-35) mm, 2- or 3-pinnatifid, pinnae in 3-5
± opposite pairs, basal pinnae basiscopically developed,
5-1 5(- 18) mm long; ultimate segments oblong acute to
broadly spathulate in fertile fronds, obtuse in sterile or
partially sterile fronds, margins entire, glabrous; rhachis
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
205
FIGURE 21. — Cheilanthes deltoidea
subsp. silicicola, R.R. Klopper
& A.W. Klopper 217. A, habit;
B. mature leaf growing in
deep shade; C, immature leaf;
D, marginal sori; E, rhizome
scale. Scale bars: A-C, 5 mm;
D, E, 2 mm. Artist: G. Condy.
dark reddish brown, glabrous, narrowly winged for its
entire length. Venation free, obscure adaxially. Sori lin-
ear; false indusium continuous, 0.3-0. 4 mm broad. Fig-
ure 2 1 .
Diagnostic characters'. Cheilanthes deltoidea subsp.
silicicola can be distinguished by its small, broadly
deltoid fronds, continuous false indusium, and winged
rachis. It is consistently smaller (frond lamina ± 8-21
mm long, basal pinnae ± 5-15 mm long) than the typi-
cal subspecies and has an average stipedamina ratio of±
1.5 (compared to ± 1 in subsp. deltoidea ). When grow-
ing in the shade of rocks, as at the type locality, plants
can become larger (stipe up to 45 mm long, and lamina
up to 30 * 35 mm), but they never reach the average size
of C. deltoidea subsp. deltoidea , and the stipedamina
ratio remains consistent. Rhizome scales of C. deltoidea
subsp. silicicola are a pale brownish colour as opposed
to more castaneous in C. deltoidea subsp. deltoidea
(Table 2). Furthermore, C. deltoidea subsp. deltoidea
only grows in sheltered rock crevices on south-facing
aspects, where it is completely sheltered from direct
sunlight. It is found mostly on granite or gneiss rock for-
TABLE 2. — Differences between Cheilanthes deltoidea subsp. silici-
cola and C. deltoidea subsp. deltoidea
mations (Jacobsen 1983; Burrows 1990). Cheilanthes
deltoidea subsp. silicicola grows on north- or northwest-
facing aspects, and is confined to chert and phonolithic
lava outcrops (Klopper et al. 2006).
Distribution : only known from the Centurion area of
Gauteng and north of the Cradle of Humankind (Gau-
teng/North-West border), with an outlier record from
the Waterberg in the Limpopo Province (Figure 22). It
could be more widespread where suitable geology is
present.
Habitat and ecology’-, grows in sheltered soil pockets
and rock crevices mainly on northern and northwestern
aspects of chert outcrops associated w ith dolomite of the
Malmani Subgroup, Chuniespoort Group of the Trans-
vaal Supergroup, and on phonolithic lava of the Water-
berg Group. In Centurion and the Cradle of Humankind
area, this fern has only been found on chert and not on
the associated dolomite.
In Centurion it is found in a relatively small area in
Carletonville Dolomite Grassland near the transition
with Rand Highveld Grassland (Mucina & Ruther-
ford 2006), but is not present in the latter (Petro Lem-
mer pers. comm.). The population north of the Cradle
of Humankind also occurs in Carletonville Dolomite
Grassland, whereas the Waterberg population is asso-
ciated with Central Sandy Bushveld (Mucina &
Rutherford 2006). During the dry season it shrivels
up completely and revives when sufficient moisture is
available.
Etymology’-, from Latin, silicis (silica), and -cola
(inhabiting), alluding to the narrow geological prefer-
ence of this subspecies that only grows on chert and
phonolithic lava, both having a very high silica content.
206
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
FIGURE 22. — Known distribution of Cheilanthes deltoidea , adapted
from Burrows (1990), with his permission, by adding localities
based on specimens kept at PRE and NBG that have been col-
lected since publication of map; Cheilanthes deltoidea subsp.
deltoidea , •; C. deltoidea subsp. silicicola, A.
Conservation status: owing to its very small size and
the fact that this fern shrivels up during dry periods, it is
easily overlooked. Much of the suitable habitat for this
plant has already been destroyed through massive urban
expansion in Centurion. For this reason Cheilanthes del-
toidea subsp. silicicola was assessed as Vulnerable [VU
Blab(ii,iii,iv,v) + 2ab(ii,iii,iv,v); C2a(i); Dl+2] by the
Threatened Species Programme (Victor & Pfab 2009, as
C. deltoidea subsp. nov.). It is exposed to several threats,
the most prominent being habitat loss from urbanization,
but also alien vegetation, unnatural fire regimes, and
trampling.
Other specimens examined
GAUTENG. — 2527 (Rustenburg): Kalkheuwel-wes, Lewenskloof,
(-DD), 24-OI-2008, L. Mills s.n. (PRE). 2528 (Pretoria): Centurion,
Doornkloof, Portion 107 on Farm Doomkloof 391-JR, (-CC), 1 8-02-
2006, P. Lemmer 623 (PRE), Portion 198 (part of remainder of Por-
tion 335), 25-03-2006, R.R. Klopper, J. Nel & A. Nel 216 (PRE); Irene,
Farm Doornkloof 391-JR, rocky ridges between Smutskoppie and
M57, (-CC), 29-03-2005, A.E. van Wyk 1 3630 (PRU), 07-10-2005,
A.E. van Wyk 13653 (PRU); Doornkloof 391 -IR, (-CC), 31-01-2008,
L. Mills s.n. (PRE); Erasmia, (-CC), 24-01-2008, L. Mills s.n. (PRE);
Centurion, Irene, Century Hill, (-CC), 03-02-2009, J..J. Meyer 5168
(PRE); Centurion, Farm Rietvallei 377-.IR, adjacent to Rietvlei Nature
Reserve, close to where Olifantsfontein road crosses Sesmylspruit, (-
CD), 26-02-2006, R.R. Klopper & A.W. Klopper 215 (PRE).
LIMPOPO. — 2428 (Modimolle/Nylstroom): Waterberg Dist., Farm
Leeuwpoort 573 KR, (-CB), 21-03-1980, N. Jacobsen 5209 (PRE),
08-04-1984, W.B. Jacobsen 5500 (PRE); Waterberg Dist., Farm Leeuw-
poort 573 KR, (-CB), ± 20 km northwest of Modimolle (Nylstroom) on
Lephalale (Vaalwater) road, on ridge next to dam wall, 05-12-2009, R.R.
Klopper & A.W. Klopper 255, 256 & 2J7 (PRE).
Cheilanthes deltoidea Kunze in Linnaea 10: 535,
536 (1836) subsp. deltoidea. Pellaea deltoidea (Kunze)
Baker: 146 (1867). Allosorus deltoideus (Kunze)
Kuntze: 806 (1891). Doryopteris deltoidea (Kunze)
Diels: 269 (1899). Type: Northern Cape, Namaqualand,
Zilverfontein, J.F. Drege s.n. (LZf, holo.; K, lecto.; B,
BM, K ! , isolecto.), designated by Anthony ( 1984: 109).
Doryopteris deltoidea (Kunze) Diels var. laxa Sim: 217 (1915).
Type: Northern Cape, Namaqualand, between O’Kiep and Nababeep,
1883,//. Bolus 9463 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!, K, iso.).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to thank the following people:
Mr Reinhard Lemmer and Mrs Petro Lemmer (Galago
Ventures) who discovered the population at Irene and
for bringing it to our attention; Dr Koos Roux (Comp-
ton Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity
Institute) and Mr John Burrows (Buffelskloof Nature
Reserve) for confirming the identification of the Irene
specimen; Mr Matthys Dippenaar, Prof. Pat Eriksson
and Dr N. Lenhardt (Geology Department, University
of Pretoria) for confirming the rock types on which the
fern grows; Mr John Burrows for providing permission
to use the distribution map of this species (Burrows
1990); Ms Hester Steyn (National Herbarium, South
African National Biodiversity Institute) for preparing the
distribution map; Mr David Boshoff (Groenkloof Nature
Reserve); Mr Riaan Marais and Mr Cecil Labuschagne
(Rietvlei Nature Reserve), Mr Ate Berga (Berga Nurs-
ery), Ms Lorraine Mills (Gauteng Department of Agri-
culture Conservation and Environment) and Mr Arrie
Klopper for their efforts and assistance in searching for
further populations; Ms Emelia Baumgartner for giving
permission to collect a specimen on the property of the
Smuts House Museum; Dr Hugh Glen (KwaZulu-Natal
Herbarium, South African National Biodiversity Insti-
tute) for kindly providing the Latin diagnosis.
REFERENCES
ANTHONY, N.C. 1984. A revision of the southern African species of
Cheilanthes Swartz and Pellaea Link. Contributions from the
Bolus Herbarium 11: 1-293.
BAKER, J.G. 1867. Tribe 6. Pterideae. In W.J. Hooker & J.G. Baker,
Synopsis Filicum 4: 1 1 3-160. Hardwicke, London.
BARKER, O.B., BRANDL, G„ CALLAGHAN, C.C., ERIKSSON,
P.G. & VAN DER NEUT, M. 2006. The Soutpansberg and
Waterberg Groups and the Blouberg Formation. In M.R. John-
son, M.R. Anhaeusser & C.R. Thomas, The geology of South
Africa'. 301-318. Geological Society of South Africa / Council
for Geoscience, Pretoria.
BURROWS, J.E. 1990. Southern African ferns and fern allies. Frand-
sen Publishers, Sandton.
DIELS, F.L.E. 1899. Polypodiaceae. In H.G.A. Engler& K.A.E. Prantl,
Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 1,4: 139-339. Engelmann,
Leipzig.
ERIKSSON, P.G., ALTERMANN, W. & HARTZER, F.J. 2006. The
Transvaal Supergroup and its precursors. In M.R. Johnson,
M.R. Anhaeusser & C.R. Thomas, The geology of South Africa :
237-260. Geological Society of South Africa / Council for Geo-
science, Pretoria.
JACOBSEN, W.B.G. 1983. The ferns and fern allies of southern Africa.
Butterworths, Durban.
JACOBSEN, W.B.G. & JACOBSEN, N.H.G. 1986. Adiantaceae:
Cheilanthes deltoidea Kunze in the Waterberg, Transvaal. Both-
alia 16: 41 , 42.
KLOPPER, R.R., LEMMER, P. & NEL, J. 2006. Cheilanthes deltoidea ,
a new locality in Gauteng, South Africa (Pteridophyta). Bothalia
36: 173, 174.
KUNTZE, C.E.O. 1891. Revisio generum plantarum 2. Felix, Leipzig.
KUNZE, G. 1836. Plantarum acotyledonearum Africae australis recen-
sio nova. Linnaea 10: 480-570.
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
207
MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD, M.C. (eds). 2006. The vegetation of
South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19. South Afri-
can National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
OBBES, A.M. 2000. The structure, stratigraphy and sedimentology of
the Black Reef-Malmani-Rooihoogte succession of the Trans-
vaal Supergroup southwest of Pretoria. Bulletin 127. Council for
Geoscience, Pretoria.
SIM, T.R. 1915. The ferns of South Africa, edn 2. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
VICTOR, J.E. & PFAB. M.F. 2009. Cheilanthes deltoidea subsp. nov. In
D. Raimondo, L. von Staden, W. Foden, J.E. Victor, N.A. Helme,
R.C. Turner, D.A. Kamundi & P.A. Manyama, Red List of South
African plants 2009. Strelitzia 25. South African National Biodi-
versity Institute, Pretoria.
R.R. KLOPPER*" & A.E. VAN WYK*
* Biosystematics Research and Biodiversity Collections Division,
South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XI 01, 0001
Pretoria. Email: R.Klopper@sanbi.org.za.
+ Department of Plant Science, University of Pretoria, 0002 Pretoria.
Email: Braam.vanwyk@up.ac.za.
MS. received: 2010-09-27.
.
Bothalia 41,1: 209-228 (2011)
The medical ethnobotany of Lesotho: a review
A. MOTEETEE*t and B-E. VAN WYK*
Keywords: ethnobotany, Lesotho, magic, materia medica, medicine, traditional healers
ABSTRACT
Traditional healing in Lesotho is reviewed, focusing on four aspects: 1, cultural practices; 2, traditional health care prac-
titioners; 3, dosage forms; 4, the materia medica. Cultural practices are strongly associated with the belief that intangible
forces are responsible for human happiness and misery. A total of 303 plant species are used medicinally (including 25 alien
species), representing eight pteridophyte and 75 angiosperm families, of which the most important are Asteraceae, Fabaceae,
Hyacinthaceae, Apocynaceae, Scrophulariaceae, Lamiaceae and Poaceae. Dicoma anomala (used mainly for digestive ail-
ments) and Artemisia afra (used mainly for respiratory ailments) appear to be the best known and most widely used medicinal
plants amongst a total of 37 species that have been cited four or more times in the literature. About 50 species are variously
employed for magic and sorcery. There are no new species records but 36 new uses are reported. Our conclusion is that the
medicinal plants of Lesotho are relatively well recorded and that this review will allow detailed comparisons with other
African healing cultures.
INTRODUCTION
Traditional healing has always been practised in
Lesotho from time immemorial, but the concepts, prac-
tices and materia medica are not well known beyond the
borders of the country and have not yet been systemati-
cally recorded. This paper is therefore aimed at provid-
ing a broad review of traditional medicine in Lesotho,
focusing on cultural practices, traditional health care
practitioners and especially the botanical identity, ver-
nacular names, uses and dosage forms of the plants that
are used.
There are three reasons why we are hesitant to call
this a review of Sotho traditional medicine. Firstly, it is
difficult to delimit the geographical boundaries of the
Sotho culture, e.g. should North Sotho (Pedi) — excluded
here — be included? Secondly, there are subtle linguis-
tic differences, in terminology and plant names, for
example between the Sesotho spoken in Lesotho and
that which is spoken in other parts of southern Africa.
Thirdly, the plant species used in Lesotho sometimes
differ from the species found in other regions. However,
even though this review is focused on Lesotho, the infor-
mation probably has a much wider relevance and appli-
cation than the boundaries of a single, small country.
Sources of information
The review is based on the experience and recollec-
tions of the first author and on the available literature.
These experiences and recollections stem from early life
(until 20 years ago) of the first author; many of these
plants were used in her home and village in the rural
areas of the Qacha’s Nek District and later in the Maseru
District in Lesotho. Further information regarding plant
use was gathered through discussions and interviews
with informants using Sesotho names of plants and in
some cases with voucher specimens. The most com-
prehensive reference material is that of Phillips (1917)
* Department of Botany and Plant Biotechnology, University of Johan-
nesburg, P.O. Box 524, 2006 Auckland Park, Johannesburg,
f Corresponding author e-mail address: amoteetee@uj.ac.za.
MS. received: 2010-03-11.
but the list of plants is incomplete and many of the
names are outdated. Jacot Guillarmod (1971) also gives
an account of plant use but her main source was Phil-
lips (1917). Other useful sources of information include
Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962), Motlamelle (1938),
Schmitz (1982) and Maliehe (1997), of which the last
three are out of print. The last-mentioned is limited to
60 species of useful plants in Lesotho. Some valuable
information has also been published in early volumes
of Bantu studies (Watt & Brandwijk 1927) and in lesser
known publications such as Casalis (1861) and Ashton
(1967). A comprehensive list of medicinal plants which
includes the scientific names, author citations, vernacu-
lar names and main uses, is presented in the Appendix.
Authorities for scientific names are not repeated in the
text.
Cultural practices
Three important aspects, medicine ( moriana , litl-
hare), magic ( lithlare ), and sorcery ( boloi ) play an
important role in the Basotho culture.
Medicine (moriana. litlhare )
Many people in Lesotho, particularly those in rural
areas with no clinics or health facilities, are able to diag-
nose and treat minor common ailments such as colds,
coughs, headaches and constipation. This self-medica-
tion relies almost exclusively on medicinal plants. Head-
aches, for example, can simply be cured by inhaling
smoke from a burning stick of monkhoane (Heteromor-
pha aborescens), stomach aches by chewing roots of a
grass known as hloko (Eliomtrus muticus) (Motlamelle
1938). If there is no cure, a traditional healer is con-
sulted. Women are traditionally experts in home reme-
dies because they collect vegetables ( moroho ), many of
which are also used for medicinal purposes. Historically
however, most traditional healers are men. There are
two main reasons for this: 1, there is a strong traditional
belief that women should perform their duties at home,
taking care of their families, including children and the
elderly; 2, there are taboos around women handling
strong medicines.
210
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
If there was an epidemic in a village, the village doc-
tor or chief’s doctor (at the chief’s expense), usually a
diviner ( selaoli ) or herbalist (ngaka-chitja), would pre-
pare a mixture (known as leliba) that would have to be
taken by all the villagers.
Magic ( lithlare )
Medicines are not only used to cure illnesses but are
used for almost any situation, including those that occur
when a need for help in controlling natural or social
phenomena is perceived. This category includes plants
that are used as Category 1, good luck charms, such as
molomo-monate (Lotononis eriantha var. obovata ) which
is a very well-known plant used to ‘make sure you are
heard wherever you go’ (e.g. litigants use it to strengthen
their case.); Category 2 includes plants that are used as
love philtres such as Cymbopogon marginatus which
may be added to a man’s bathing water while he calls
out the name of the desired woman; Category 3 includes
plants that are used as charms against lightning, thunder-
storms and hailstorms such as Phygelius aequalis (metsi-
matso ) which is a renowned charm to protect crops from
hail damage. The Basotho believe that good health is not
only physical but also spiritual; therefore ancestral spirits
(balimo) form an integral part of their lives. If a person
experiences bad luck and misfortune, then this is most
likely ascribed to the fact that they have neglected their
ancestors and are therefore being punished.
Sorcery (boloi)
There is a strong belief in sorcery among the people
of Lesotho, so much so that misfortune, accident, unu-
sual illness, or even death may be attributed to it. Sor-
cerers are believed to use special or ordinary medicines
maliciously. It was previously believed that they were
even capable of and responsible for harming whole com-
munities through disasters and epidemics (Ashton 1967).
Therefore, it was (and still is) a socially unacceptable
practice. Although killing alleged sorcerers was pro-
claimed illegal by King Moshoeshoe I in 1855 (Ashton
1967), people suspected of sorcery were often severely
punished, sometimes even brutally tortured to death
(Casalis 1861). This practice, however, appears to have
discontinued in the last 50 years. Sorcery is believed to
be driven either by jealousy (mostly) or by revenge. The
effects of sorcery range from a minor injury or illness
(such as diarrhoea or stomach ache believed to be
due to worms, beetles or small snakes introduced
into the patient’s body, often from eating bewitched
food), or more serious conditions such as convulsions
(due to strangling by a familiar (a supernatural being),
i.e. a thokolosi ), or death by lightning. When sorcery is
suspected, a diviner is consulted, who will then, as the
first step, counteract the witchcraft by renewing all pro-
tective medicines. Sometimes the patient is taken and
hidden away in another village. If nothing works, then
people who believe themselves to be victims of sorcery
have sometimes been driven to murdering the suspected
sorcerer (Ashton 1967).
Traditional healthcare practitioners
Several types of traditional healthcare practition-
ers exist in Lesotho. These include: the diviner or bone
thrower (ngaka, selaoli), the herbalist (ngaka chitja), the
seer ( senohe ), the veterinarian (ngaka-ea-liphoofolo),
the sangoma ( lethuela , mokoma, leqekha), the appren-
tice ( lehlahana ) and the charlatan (ngakana-ka-hetla).
The Sesotho word ngaka is a generic term applied
to any kind of healer or doctor, but some authors (e.g.
Motlamelle 1938) apply it exclusively to the diviner.
Although traditional healers do not have any special sta-
tus in society, the chief formerly had a doctor who occu-
pied a socially high-ranking position next to him or her.
These doctors associated with the chiefs were rainmak-
ers ( seepa-meru ), diviners {ngaka, selaoli ) and keepers
of war medicine.
When consulting a healer, one is expected to pay an
initial consultation fee (usually a sheep or goat) to ‘open
the bag of medicines’. In the case of a diviner, the fee is
known as pula-molomo, which literally translated means
‘one that opens (bula) the mouth (molomo)' [pula is the
noun form of bula, not to be confused with pula (rain),
which is written in the same way but pronounced differ-
ently], Pula-molomo therefore has to be paid before the
diviner will even speak. It is not customary to say ‘thank
you’ when given medicine because this will weaken its
strength. Final payment is done only if the treatment has
worked.
Diviner {Ngaka, Selaoli )
The diviner uses bones ( litaola ) to help him make a
diagnosis and discern the appropriate treatment. The
diagnosis is based on the way in which the various
bones land or fall on the ground, having been thrown
by the person consulting. Diviners are expected to solve
problems of any kind; they prescribe remedies for minor
ailments, protection against sorcery, misfortune and
accidents, and also for good luck and prosperity. ‘There
is, in fact, no manner of question which the diviners
do not undertake to answer’ (Casalis 1861). Tradition-
ally, he is a striking figure and may be recognised by
his headdress ( kuoane ), made from monkey skin and
decorated with feathers, gall bladders and eagle’s claws,
a shoulder strap of horns ( lenaka ) from various beasts
containing all kinds of powders and ointments (known
as mohlabelo) and, a bag of divining bones {khetsi) con-
sisting of varying pairs of bones from different animals
(Ashton 1967).
Herbalist ( Ngaka-chitja )
Traditional healers who rely only on plants are known
in Sesotho as ngaka-chitja which means a hornless doc-
tor, because they do not keep medicines in horns. They
diagnose and treat minor ailments and, traditionally, if
they are unable to cure the disease, they refer patients to
a diviner. In recent times they are known also to refer
patients to a clinic.
Seer ( Senohe )
The seer is a person with the power of second sight,
meaning that they divine supematurally. This power
is a skill that cannot be acquired but is believed to be
a gift from the ancestors. A seer can diagnose illnesses
and foretell the future. A special type of seer can locate
(see) people who have drowned or have been swallowed
by the water serpent, khanyapa or noha-ea-metsi (Ash-
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
211
ton 1967). Chief Mohlomi. a very well-known leader in
Lesotho’s history, who was an advisor, mentor, and doc-
tor to the founder of the Basotho nation. King Moshoe-
shoe I, was a seer by profession.
Veterinarian (Ngaka-ea-liphoofolo)
Historically, there were no doctors devoted entirely
to animal illnesses; this was the job of diviners, herbal-
ists or seers. However, the existence of veterinarians is
now recognised. Animals such as cattle, Basotho ponies,
sheep and goats play an important role in the Basotho
culture. Cattle are symbolic in Lesotho, being used for
lobola (bohali) and may also be slaughtered during bur-
ial rituals to accompany (ho felehetsa) deceased persons
so they can rest in peace. In addition, cattle represent
wealth. Many areas in Lesotho are still only accessible
by horses and they therefore serve as a useful mode of
transport. Sheep and goats are kept mainly for meat and
wool. It is therefore imperative that all these animals
are kept healthy. Veterinarians work in a similar manner
as herbalists; they are able to diagnose and treat a wide
range of animal diseases including gall sickness, ‘black
leg’ and lung sickness.
Sangoma ( Lethuela , Mokoma, Leqekha )
The concept of a sangoma is foreign to the Lesotho
culture and it was introduced by the Thembus who orig-
inated from what was then known as the Cape Colony
(Motlamelle 1938; Ashton 1967), perhaps currently the
Eastern Cape Province. The language in which san-
gomas practise their craft points to the foreign origins
of this tradition. Furthermore, sangomas are mostly
women, whereas in Lesotho, healers were tradition-
ally male only. When consulted, they diagnose prob-
lems using the divining method (in a similar manner as
diviners, except that their bag of bones also includes sea
shells and lately a set of dice) and prescribe medicines.
Apprentice (Lehlahana)
Diviners and herbalists learn their profession by
becoming an apprentice ( lehlahana ) to a reputable
healer. Among other duties, the lehlahana carries the
teacher’s bag, cooks the food, collects the fees, collects
and prepares the medicines and performs techniques
such as making incisions (ho phatsa ) (Motlamelle
1938). Once qualified, the apprentice may establish his
or her own practice, or on rare occasions he or she may
inherit the master’s horn. Other healers inherit prescrip-
tions from their family members who are doctors.
Charlatan (Ngakana-ka-hetla)
While we disagree with Casalis’ (1861) assertion that
traditional healers are ‘a crowd of clever and cunning
men, who, under the generic name of engakas , or learned
men, perform functions of priests, prophets, diviners, and
doctors, and enrich themselves at the public expense’,
there are traditional healers who are charlatans. These are
termed ngakana-ka-hetla (the verb hetla means to look
over your shoulder) in Sesotho, a mocking word applied
to people who claim to be healers but have not undergone
proper training. As a result they have to keep looking
over their shoulders to make sure they are not being fol-
lowed by the patients whom they have cheated.
Dosage forms and methods of administering medicine
Medicinal plants are used in many different forms.
They are taken as decoctions (mostly with water, rarely
with milk) or infusions either orally (ho noa ) or as an
enema (ho tsela) for various internal ailments. Plants
are also incinerated, powdered and used as a snuff (ho
tsuba), often to induce sneezing to get rid of head and
chest colds. Another form is inhalation of either smoke
from a burning plant (another form of ho tsuba) or
vapour from a freshly crushed plant or fresh leaves of
lengana (Artemisia af'ra ) or koena (Mentha longifolia)
stuffed in the nostrils, as a cure for headaches and colds.
Smoke can also be introduced into the body through
fumigation (ho futhela). Boiling decoctions (generally
of some Helichrysum species, Artemisia afra or Men-
tha longifolia ) are used for steaming (ho arubela) to
treat colds. Sometimes plants are also taken as mastica-
tories, although only a few plants are chewed raw (e.g.
Alepidea cordifolia and Elionurus muticus). Other medi-
cines are applied or rubbed into incisions/scarifications
(ho phatsa) made on the body. These incisions are done
for two reasons: 1, to protect people against sorcery
or to counteract its effects, in which case several parts
of the body (including forehead, cheeks, chin, neck,
throat, breasts, and joints) are scarified and the medicine
is rubbed in; or 2, as a cure for ailments such as head-
aches, whereby only the affected part is scarified. Other
plants are used externally as lotions, mixed with fat to
make ointments or applied as poultices (ho thoba or ho
tapisa).
Materia medica
A checklist of medicinal plants used in Lesotho is
presented in the Appendix. The list is arranged alphabet-
ically according to family and genus. Several plant spe-
cies used for magical purposes and during the divining
process (e.g. for washing the divining bones) have also
been included in the list. The botanical nomenclature in
older publications has been updated to reflect currently
accepted names, following Germishuizen & Meyer
(2003).
The appendix reveals that 355 plant species (includ-
ing 23 exotics), from eight pteridophyte and 76
angiosperm families, are used for various medicinal pur-
poses in Lesotho. In terms of the number of medicinal
species, the most important families are Asteraceae (76),
Fabaceae (33), Hyacinthaceae (15), Apocynaceae (12),
Scrophulariaceae (12), Lamiaceae (11) and Poaceae
(11). It is also interesting to note that seven species of
ferns are used medicinally — mostly used to treat head-
aches, either through smoking the leaves or inhaling
smoke from smouldering leaves.
Some plants are age and gender specific, others are
strictly for livestock, whereas others are used for both
humans and animals. Several plants are used to treat
children’s ailments. From the Appendix, the follow-
ing pattern of exclusive uses emerges: human (287 spe-
cies), livestock (8 species), women (20 species), men
(three species) and children (29 species). The medicinal
plant uses can also be grouped on the basis of the ail-
ment treated, such as problems relating to digestion (84
species), respiration (67 species), fertility and reproduc-
212
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
tion (31 species), circulation (26 species) and skin and
wounds (24 species). Another important category is that
of magic and sorcery; at least 50 species are used for this
purpose. For the sake of brevity, a more detailed analysis
is not given here, but the necessary data for more com-
prehensive analyses are available in the Appendix.
Interesting examples of specific uses include the fol-
lowing. Plants used exclusively for children include
Brachystehna foetidium (colds), Helichrysum ecklonis
(diarrhoea) and Euphorbia clavarioides (skin rashes).
Numerous plants are used specifically by women for
infertility (e.g. Ajuga ophrydis, Equisetum ramosissi-
mum and Elaplocarpha scaposa ); menstrual pains (e.g.
Gimnera perpensa , Scabiosa columbaria ) or for ail-
ments associated with pregnancy such as heartburn,
flatulence and colic (e.g. Anthospermum rigidum, Gaza-
nia linearis, and Convolvulus bidentatus). Plants used to
treat animals only include Watsonia densif/ora (for diar-
rhoea in calves) and Acrotome inflata (for ‘black leg’ in
cattle).
Based on the frequency of published and unpublished
records (Appendix), it is possible to rank the species and
in this way determine which ones are the best known
and/or most frequently used. A total of 37 species in
the Appendix have at least four citations for medicinal
uses — and almost invariably the same number of cita-
tions for vernacular name(s). These 37 species may be
considered as the most important and best known medic-
inal plants in Lesotho and are therefore shown in bold
type in the Appendix. The number of citations for ver-
nacular names and for uses were both considered and are
given in Table 1 .
It is interesting to note that the two most important
medicinal plants in the materia medica of Lesotho are
used also for the two most common everyday ailments,
namely respiratory and digestive problems ( Artemisia
afra and Dicoma anomala). Artemisia afra (lengana)
is most commonly used as a nasal plug but the leaves
are also used as a decoction or for steaming. The plant
is used as a traditional medicine in many parts of Africa,
to treat various illnesses including colds, sore throat,
headaches and intestinal worms, but should not be used
in high doses as it usually contains thujone, which is a
central nervous system toxin (Van Wyk & Wink 2004).
Dicoma anomala ( hloenya : to grimace, because of the
extremely bitter taste) is used for a wide range of ill-
nesses including diarrhoea, toothache, hypertension, dia-
betes, period pains, pneumonia, backache, wounds and
sores, and for gall sickness in cattle. In South Africa and
Zimbabwe, it is used for similar digestive and respira-
tory ailments (Van Wyk & Gericke 2000).
Another plant ranking amongst the top in impor-
tance is Pentanisia prunelloides, appropriately named
setima-mollo (fire extinguisher) in Sesotho for its use
to relieve the burning pain of boils and reducing fevers.
Urtica urens ( bobatsi : something that is rough) is inter-
estingly not indigenous to Lesotho but is also amongst
the list of commonly used plants. Other important plants
include Gerbera pilloseloides (tsebe-ea-pe/a: ear of the
rock-rabbit), Helichrysum caespititium (phate-ea-ngaka\
mat of the healer, because of the prostrate habit), Men-
tha longifolium ( koena : crocodile, because of its asso-
ciation with aquatic environments), Rhamnus prinoides
(mofifi: very dark, because of the dark green foliage),
Alepidea cordifolia ( lesoko ), Heteromorpha arborescens
(monkhoane), Felicia muricata (’ ma-mileng : along the
road), Gerbera viridiflora ( moarubetso : the one used to
fumigate), Helichrysum odoratissimum (phefcr. breeze,
allegedly because when burnt during harvesting it brings
about a breeze that helps with winnowing), Cotyledon
orbiculata ( serelile : slippery). Trifolium burchellianum
(’ musa-pelo : the one who turns the heart around), Gun-
nera perpensa ( qobo ), Olea europaea ( mohloare ),
Hermannia depressa ( seletjane : a small axe), Eucornis
undulata ( khapumpu ), Bulbine narcissifolia ( khomo-ea -
balisana : a cow of the shepherds), Dianthus basuticus
( hlokoana-la-tsel : the grass of the road), Mentha aquat-
ica ( koena-e-nyenyarre : the small crocodile), Cussonia
paniculata (. motsetse ), Gazania krebsiana ( tsikitlane ),
Xysmalobium undulatum (poho-tsehla : yellow bull) and
Tulbaghia acutiloba ( sefotha-fotha ). The traditional use
of Mentha aquatica and M. longifolia for respiratory
problems can be ascribed to the presence of a volatile oil
with possible decongestant effects (Van Wyk & Gericke
2000). Xysmalobium undulatum is used all over south-
TABLE 1. — No. times vernacular names cited and no. times uses cited fortaxa
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
213
em Africa for stomach problems and for a similar pur-
pose in modem phytotherapy — it contains uzarin which
has proven anti-diarrhoeal properties (Van Wyk & Wink
2004).
Although the meaning of some Sesotho plant names
is not obvious, many of them are descriptive and indi-
cate either the habit or the usage of the plant (Moteetee
& Van Wyk 2006). For example, Stapelia grandiflora
(bohatsu: numbness) is used to cure numbness of the
limbs, Asclepias aurea (mohlatsisa; emetic) is used as an
emetic to treat constipation, Senecio erubescens ( letap -
iso\ poultice) is used as a hot poultice, Scabiosa colum-
baria ( selomi : one that causes pain or bites) is used to
relieve period pains and Gomphocarpus fruticosus
( moithimolo : one who causes sneezing) is used to cure
headaches and colds by sneezing. Several plants known
as ’ musa-pelo are used as sedatives and adaptogens, for
dropsy of the heart or heart palpitations. This concept
has been dealt with in detail elsewhere (Moteetee & Van
Wyk 2007).
Animal products are also used for medicinal pur-
poses. Examples include cow dung (used to cure chick-
enpox), dog fur (placed on a dog-bite wound to speed
up the healing process), a mixture of powdered mare’s
afterbirth and crocodile skin (to assist difficult child-
birth; fumigation with smoke from crocodile skin is an
alternative). Snake flesh mixed with Linum thunbergii
(bohloko) is used to treat snakebite.
CONCLUSIONS
The most important plants that are used in Basotho
traditional medicine and the main health care practition-
ers and their practices have been described and concep-
tualized for the first time. A total of 355 plant species are
used, representing eight pteridophyte and 76 angiosperm
families of which the Asteraceae, Fabaceae, Hyacin-
thaceae, Apocynaceae, Scrophulariaceae, Lamiaceae and
Poaceae are the most important. The traditional system
appears to be dynamic and adaptive, because at least 25
alien species have been incorporated into the materia
medica.
Plants are used for a wide range of ailments, the most
frequent indications being digestive ailments and res-
piratory conditions. Dicoma anomala (used mainly for
digestive ailments) and Artemisia afra (used mainly for
respiratory ailments) appear to be the best known and
most widely used medicinal plants. Fifty-two species are
variously employed for magic and sorcery. Other impor-
tant medicinal species include Gerbera pilloseloides,
Helichrysum caespititium, Mentha longifolium, Rhamnus
prinoides , Alepidea cordifolia, Heteromorpha arbores-
cens, Felicia muricata , Gerbera viridiflora, Helichrysum
odoratissimum. Cotyledon orbiculata , Trifolium burchel-
lianum , Gunnera perpensa, Olea europaea, Pentanisia
prunelloides , Hermannia depressa, Eucomis autumnalis,
Bulbine narcissifolia and Dianthus basuticus.
Although hitherto scattered in the literature, the
medicinal plants of Lesotho seem to be relatively well
recorded, as this review did not reveal any new species
records. Detailed comparisons with other African heal-
ing cultures are now possible. The data suggest that the
uses of the plants were not comprehensively recorded,
as 36 new uses are reported. Field surveys in remote
parts of Lesotho may reveal additional species and use
records, but we believe that we have presented a reason-
ably comprehensive insight into the diversity of Lesotho
medicinal plants and practice.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The University of Johannesburg is thanked for finan-
cial support. The first author acknowledges all inter-
viewees and family members who provided some infor-
mation on traditional plant use.
REFERENCES
ASHTON, H. 1967. The Basuto, a social study of traditional and mod-
ern Lesotho : 283-318. Oxford University Press, London.
BRENDLER, T. & VAN WYK, B-E. 2008. A historical, scientific and
commercial perspective on the medicinal use of Pelargonium
sidoides (Geraniaceae). Journal of Ethnopharmacology 119:
420^133.
CASALIS, E. 1861. The Basutos; twenty-three years in South Africa'.
1-355. Nosbert, London.
GERMISHUIZEN, G. & MEYER, N.L. 2003. Plants of southern Afri-
ca: an annotated checklist. Strelitzia 14. National Botanical Insti-
tute, Pretoria.
GERMISHUIZEN, G„ MEYER, N.L., STEENKAMP, Y. & KEITH,
M. 2006. A checklist of South African plants. Southern African
Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41. SABONET, Pre-
toria.
HUTCHINGS, A. & VAN STADEN, J. 1994. Plants used for stress-
related ailments in traditional Zulu, Xhosa and Sotho medicine.
Part 1 : plants used for headaches. Journal of Ethnopharmacol-
ogy AT. 89-124.
JACOT GUILLARMOD, A. 1971. Flora of Lesotho. Cramer, Lehre.
MALIEHE, E.B. 1997. Medicinal plants and herbs of Lesotho. Mafe-
teng Development Project, Lesotho.
MOTEETEE, A. & VAN WYK, B-E. 2006. Sesotho names for exotic
and indigenous edible plants in southern Africa. Bothalia 36:
25-32.
MOTEETEE, A. & VAN WYK, B-E. 2007. The concept of ’musa-pelo
and the medicinal use of shrubby legumes (Fabaceae) in Leso-
tho. Bothalia 37: 75-77.
MOTLAMELLE, M.P. 1938. Ngaka ea Mosotho. Morija Printing
Works, Lesotho.
PHILLIPS, E.P. 1917. A contribution to the flora of the Leribe Plateau
and environs. Annals of the South African Museum 16: 1-379.
SCHMITZ, M.O. 1982. Wild flowers of Lesotho. ESSA, Roma, Lesotho.
SHALE, T.L., STIRK, W.A. & VAN STADEN, J. 1999. Screen-
ing of medicinal plants used in Lesotho for anti-bacterial and
anti-inflammatory activity. Journal of Ethnopharmacology 67:
347-354.
VAN WYK, B-E. & GERICKE, N. 2000. People's plants: a guide to
useful plants of southern Africa. Briza Publications, Pretoria.
VAN WYK, B-E. & WINK, M. 2004. Medicinal plants of the world.
Briza Publications, Pretoria.
WATT, J.M. & BRANDWIJK, M.G. 1927. Suto (Basuto) medicines.
Bantu Studies 3: 73-100, 154-178, 296-319.
WATT, J.M. & BREYER-BRANDWIJK, M.G. 1962. The medicinal
and poisonous plants of southern and eastern Africa. Living-
stone, Edinburgh.
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type
214
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod (1971 ); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S el al. , Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & B1 , Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — Lisl of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
215
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1971 ); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al„ Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
216
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod (1971); Ml, Maliehe ( 1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et a!.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk ( 1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
217
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1971 ); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al., Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W& Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
218
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod (1971 ); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips ( 1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S el al.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
Bothalia 41,1 (201 1 )
219
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1971 ); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips ( 1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
220 Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod (1971); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience offirst author;
P, Phillips ( 1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al„ Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
222 Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod (1971); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & B1 , Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
223
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Stadeti ( 1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1971 ); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (191 7); S, Schmitz (1982); S el al.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk ( 1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
224
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1971); Ml , Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S el al.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
225
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden ( 1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod (1971 ); M 1, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al ., Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden ( 1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
226
Bothalia 41,1 (2011 )
£ *
§ £
>1
S
u m
2 4
0) <D
U
O u,
s ®
>-«
si
^ <N
r- QD
§5 <*j
£
o
2 PQ
43
o
y ^
a S
c/3 >
<% *fi
C/5 00
CD r
G ^
£ ^
J's
^ C/3
I ^
>. E
^ o
C C/3
.M
> C/3
=3 O
CO J;
>- 2=
c*j £
ca &,'
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
Bothalia 41,1 (2011) 227
B &V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden (1994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1971); Ml, Maliehe (1997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle (1938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips (1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S et al.. Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
APPENDIX. — List of Lesotho medicinal plants; their vernacular names in Sesotho; parts used; main uses and references. Most important species are in bold type (cont.)
228 Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
B & V, Brendler & Van Wyk (2008); H & V, Hutchings & Van Staden ( 1 994); JG, Jacot Guillarmod ( 1 97 1 ); M 1 , Maliehe ( 1 997); M & V, Moteetee & Van Wyk (2007); M2, Motlamelle ( 1 938); O, own experience of first author;
P, Phillips ( 1917); S, Schmitz (1982); S el al. , Shale, Stirk & Van Staaden (1999); W & Bl, Watt & Brandwijk (1927); W & B2, Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962).
Bothalia 41,1 (2011)
229
Miscellaneous notes
TRIBUTE TO GERRIT GERMISHUIZEN, EDITOR OF BOTHALIA
For the past 14 years, Mr Gerrit Germishuizen
edited Bothalia, the house journal of the South African
National Biodiversity Institute (SANBI). On 30 Septem-
ber 2010 Gerrit retired from full-time employment at the
Institute, and his tenure as the editor of this journal has
come to an end.
Gerrit was bom in Pretoria on 25 February 1950, and
completed his under- and junior postgraduate studies
at the University of Pretoria from 1960 to 1973. Later,
in 1982. he was awarded a Masters degree by the same
institution. Until 1997 Gerrit was what could perhaps
best be described as a career taxonomist, moving to sci-
entific editing only after having spent 21 years as Profes-
sional Officer in the National Herbarium of the Botani-
cal Research Institute, later to become the National
Botanical Institute (NBI), and currently SANBI. Gerrit
took over the editorship of the NBI’s scientific publica-
tions from Dr Otto Leistner (Smith 1998). While with the
Institute’s Scientific Publications section, Gerrit not only
edited Bothalia but as scientific editor he also played
a significant role, with his colleagues in the section,
in editing several volumes in the NBI’s and SANBI’s
Flowering Plants of Africa, Flora of southern Africa,
Strelitzia and SANBI Biodiversity > Series.
During his tenure as scientific editor, Gerrit worked on
numerous benchmark botanical publications for south-
ern Africa, some of the best known and most widely
used and cited being the vegetation map of South Africa,
Lesotho and Swaziland (Mucina & Rutherford 2006) and
the region's species list (Germishuizen et al. 2006) and,
more recently, he co-authored with H.F. Glen, an update
of Gunn & Codd’s volume on the botanical exploration
of the subcontinent (Glen & Germishuizen 2010).
When a decision is required on whether a submit-
ted manuscript is worthy of publication in a scien-
tific journal, an editor is inevitably guided by opinions
expressed by referees as part of the peer-review process.
Admirably, Gerrit religiously followed this golden rule
sometimes to the chagrin of his colleagues and friends.
But to his credit, he always looked for reasons why a
paper should be published, rather than why it should be
rejected. In this way Gerrit played an important role in
shaping the science reporting skills of several young and
established scientists. But more than that, even while
editor, he was always ready to assist young taxonomists
in the National and other herbaria when they needed
assistance with becoming acquainted with the plant
groups they have to study and curate. As scientific editor
of SANBI’s publications, Gerrit became acquainted with
a broad cross-section of the southern African botanical
fraternity and beyond, all of whom will miss his input
into improving their written effusions.
REFERENCES
GERMISHUIZEN, G„ MEYER, N.L., STEENKAMP, Y. & KEITH,
M. (eds). 2006. A checklist of South African plants. Southern
African Botanical Diversity Network Report No. 41: 1-1126.
SABONET, Pretoria.
GLEN, H.F. & GERMISHUIZEN, G. (Compilers) 2010. Botanical
exploration, edn 2. Strelitzia 26: 1-489. South African National
Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD. M.C. (eds). 2006. The vegetation of
South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland. Strelitzia 19: 1-807. South
African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.
SMITH, G.F. 1998. New editor for Bothalia. Bothalia 28: 113-115.
G.F. SMITH*
* Biosystematics and Biodiversity Collections, South African National
Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag XI 01, 0001 Pretoria/Acocks Chair,
H.G.W.J. Schweickerdt Herbarium, Department of Botany, University
of Pretoria. 0002 Pretoria. Email: g.smith@sanbi.org. za.
hSANBIBooksh°P
situated at the National Herbarium Building
Latest Publications
national
biodiversity
institute
S A N B I
STRELITZIA 27
Botany and horticulture of the genus Frees/a (Iridaceae) [2010]
John C. Manning & Peter Goldblatt
Freesias are well-known throughout the world as striking plants that add colour and fragrance
to any garden or bouquet. Chapters include various aspects of botany such as the taxonomic
history, phylogenetic relationships, systematics and a key to species. Additional useful
information is provided on the ecology, biogeography, speciation patterns, horticultural history
and cultivation of freesias. A complete analysis of the floral scent chemistry of 1 3 taxa is also
presented. This book is an essential addition to the library of any horticulturalist, taxonomist,
biochemist, pollination biologist, biogeographer or interested plant enthusiast. Published by
the South African National Biodiversity Institute [SANBI].
Soft cover: 239 x 177 mm. pp. 114 + vi. ISBN 978-1-919976-58-7.
Price SADC R1 80.00 / other countries $45.00.
SANBI BIODIVERSITY SERIES NO 19
Ensuring a future for South African frogs: a strategy for conservation research
[2011]
G.J. Measy ted.]
South Africa, particularly the eastern part of the country, is home to a spectacular diversity
of frogs [order Anura). However, the very survival of many species is in danger due to various
factors causing habitat loss. This book represents the outcomes of a reassessment of all
threatened species — roughly a third of all South African frogs. Strategic research priorities
regarding taxonomy, conservation, monitoring and public awareness are extensively covered
and guidelines for all future amphibian studies are established. Appendix 1 provides an update
of the Red List with IUCN criteria for all reassessed amphibians. The species accounts are
illustrated with maps and images and contain detailed information on every species' geographic
range, population, habitat, ecology as well as current and historical Red List status. Further
information includes notes on conservation actions currently in place and major threats to
their survival. This book is a must-have for all conservationists, policy makers and amphibian
or natural history enthusiasts. Published by the South African National Biodiversity Institute
[SANBI].
Soft cover: 297 x 210 mm. pp. 84 + ii. ISBN 978-1-919976-63-1.
Price SADC R1 20.00 / other countries $30.00.
Ensuring a future
for
South Africa's frogs:
a strategy for
conservation research
'im
SANBI BIODIVERSITY SERIES NO 18
Pollen wasps and flowers in southern Africa [20 1 1]
Sarah K. Gess and Friedrich W. Gess
Pollen wasps are different to other wasps as, like bees, they provision their nests with pollen
and nectar, rather than with hunted insects and spiders, as other wasps do. Western southern
Africa is particularly rich in pollen wasps where they are important as flower pollinators,
and they have interesting and close associations with the plants visited. This book covers
world distribution, southern African distribution, morphology, taxonomy, life history [including
behaviour], presently recognized species, as well as associated organisms of these wasps.
The sections on behaviour include: flower visiting, water visiting, nesting, nest provisioning,
sleeping and sheltering, and male behaviour. Details of the various 21 plant families visited
are given, and there is a section on the impact of land use practices on pollen wasps. Colour
photographs of the genera, flowers and vegetation types are used, and line drawings depict
the various nest types and distribution maps. This publication will interest entomologists,
conservationists, ecologists, botanists, as well as amateurs wanting to know more about
these insects. Published by the South African National Biodiversity Institute [SANBI].
hSAMBIBooksh°P
situated at the National Herbarium Building
ORDER FROM:
SANBI Bookshop
Private Bag XI 01
Pretoria
0001 South Africa
Personal Details:
Title: Initials: Surname:
Business/Organisation:
national
biodiversity
institute
SANBI
ORDER FORM
April 201 1
Tel.: +27 12 843 5000
Fax: +27 12 804 321 1
E-mail: bookshop@sanbi.org
Website: www.sanbi.org
Account Number: Student Number: BOTSOC card number
Postal Address:
Postal Code: Country: .
Tel. no. (W): (H): Fax: Cell:
Email (if you'd like to be included on the mailing list):
Subscription: I would like to subscribe to BOTHALIA *SADC customer □
□ 1 year *SADC R220. OO/other countries $55.00 Other □
□ 2 year (2010/1 1 ) SADC R450. OO/other countries US$ 1 1 0.00
Payment:
A. Enclosed is my cheque/money order no.
or US$
B. Please charge my credit card:
Visa □ MasterCard □
for the amount of R
payable to the South African National Biodiversity Institute
American Express □
Expiry date:
Signature: Date:
RSA and SADC: postage and packaging: R34. 00 for the first kg, plus RB.OO for each additional
kg or part thereof (surface mail].
Other countries: $25.00 for the first kg, plus $10.00 for each additional kg or part thereof
(surface mail).
SUBTOTAL
CLEARANCE FEE: $15.00
TOTAL
All postage and clearance fees subject to currency fluctuations
-‘SADC countries: Angola, Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mauritius, Mozambique, Namibia, South Africa, Swaziland, Tanzania, Zambia,
Zimbabwe
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION (2011)
SADC R220.00 Other countries US$55.00
TWO-YEAR SUBSCRIPTION
2010/11: SADC R450.00 Other countries US$110.00
2011/12: SADC R450.00 Other countries US$110.00
BOTHALIA SPECIALS
The history of the
Botanical Research Institute
by Denise Fourie
a reprint of this article in Bothalia 28,2 with an attractive cover.
Price: SADC countries, R30.00 / Other countries US$8.00
All prices include VAT. Prices are subject to change from time to time. Postage is excluded. Please consult the latest catalogue.
Available from: The Bookshop, South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X 1 0 1 , Pretoria 0001, RSA
Tel. (012) 843-5001 • Fax (012) 804-3211 • email: bookshop@sanbi.org. za
BOTHALIA
Volume 41,1 May 20 1 1
CONTENTS
1. Systematics and biology of the African genus Ferraria (Iridaceae: Irideae). P. GOLDBLATT and J.C.
MANNING 1
2. Annotated catalogue of the flowering plants of Sao Tome and Principe. E. FIGUEIREDO, J. PAIVA, T.
STEVART, F. OLIVEIRA and G.F. SMITH 41
3. Systematics of the southern African genus Ixia (Iridaceae). 3. Sections Hyalis and Morphixia. P.
GOLDBLATT and J.C. MANNING 83
4. A conspectus of Combretum (Combretaceae) in southern Africa, with taxonomic and nomenclatural notes
on species and sections. M. JORDAAN, A.E. VAN WYK and O. MAURIN 135
5. Generic status of Quisqualis (Combretaceae), with notes on the taxonomy and distribution of Q. parviflora.
M. JORDAAN, A.E. VAN WYK and O. MAURIN 161
6. Notes on African plants:
Agavaceae. Furcraea foetida : an invading alien in South Africa. N.R. CROUCH and G.F. SMITH 196
Apocynaceae. Distribution of Crvptolepis delagoensis (Periplocoideae-Cryptolepideae), a
subcontinental southern African endemic and selection of a neotype. S.P. BESTER and L.
JOUBERT 199
Asphodelaceae: Alooideae. Gasteria croucheri subsp. pondoensis, a new cremnophyte from
Pondoland, South Africa. N.R. CROUCH, G.F. SMITH and D.G.A. STYLES 183
Asteraceae. The true identity of Oxylaena acicularis. M. KOEKEMOER 187
Asteraceae. Vernonia (tribe Vernonieae) and related genera in southern Africa: updates and
corrections. P.P.J. HERMAN and N. SWELANKOMO 176
Bryophyta. New and interesting records of mosses in the Flora of southern A frica area: 5. New
provincial records. J. VAN ROOY 188
Campanulaceae. A new species of Wahlenbergia from Western Cape, South Africa. C.N. CUPIDO 178
Iridaceae. Tritonia cedarmontana and T. linearifolia (Crocoideae), two new species from the Cape
Floristic Region; T. lineata var. parvifolia included in T. gladiolaris ; and the correct author
citation for T. strictifolia. J.C. MANNING and P. GOLDBLATT 171
Marchantiophyta. New liverwort distribution records in South Africa. J. VAN ROOY, N. PHEPHU
and S.M. PEROLD 185
Molluginaceae. Adenogramma natans , a remarkable new aquatic species from Western Cape, South
Africa. J.C. MANNING, P. GOLDBLATT and F. FOREST 189
Pteridophyta-Marsileaceae. Pilularia dracomontana , a new species of pillwort from the KwaZulu-
Natal Drakensberg, South Africa. N.R. CROUCH & J. WESLEY-SMITH 201
Pteridophyta. New pteridophyte records for the flora of Swaziland. N.R. CROUCH and J.E.
BURROWS 181
Pteridophyta-Sinopteridaceae. A new subspecies of Cheilanthes deltoidea from Gauteng and
Limpopo, South Africa. R.R. KLOPPER and A.E. VAN WYK 204
Pteridophyta-Thelypteridaceae. Metathelypteris burrowsiorum , a new species from Swaziland and
a first genus record for southern Africa. N.R. CROUCH 193
7. The medical ethnobotany of Lesotho: a review. A. MOTEETEE and B-E. VAN WYK 209
8. Miscellaneous notes:
Tribute to Gerrit Germishuizen, editor of Bothalia. G.F. SMITH 229
Abstracted, indexed or listed in • AETFAT Index • AGRICOLA • AGRIS • BIOSIS: Biological Abstracts/RRM • CABS • CABACCESS • CAB
ABSTRACTS • ISI: Current Contents, Scisearch, Research Alert • Kew Record of Taxonomic Literature • Taxon : reviews and notices.
ISSN 006 8241
'( Published by and obtainable from: South African National Biodiversity Institute, Private Bag X 1 0 1 , Pretoria 0001, South Africa.
Tel. (012) 843-5000. Fax (012) 804-321 1 . e-mail: bookshop@sanbi.org website: www.sanbi.org. Typesetting and page layout: D. Maree.
Printing: Seriti Printing (Pty) Ltd, P.O. Box 24829, Gezina, 0031 Pretoria.
Sothana volume 41. 1